QR)
I595Q

JOURNAL OF BOTANY,

a ental

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S., |

SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MusEuM (NaTuRAL History).

VOL. =< VIIT. 7

ILLUSTRATED. WITH PLATES AND CUTS. :

LONDON:

WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN.

1900.

Mo. Bot.Garden,

CONTRIBUTORS

TO THE PRESENT VOLUME.

Baeer tensa» Sit wate ee
Exeanora ARMITAGE. E. 8S. Marsuatnz, M.A., F.L.S.
GC. R. P. Anprews, M.A. M. T. seh, M.D., Be. B.S.
E. G. rR, F.L.S. W. F. Minute
F, Baker. HW. iienancr F.L.S.
Erez §. B Spencer Le M. Moors, F.L.S
BE: Ae ass. LL.B., F.L.8. | G. R. M. Murray, F.R.S
Anraee Bennett, F.L.S. W. E. Nicuoxson.
G. §. Bouterr, F L W. H. Par
James BREBNER W. H, Prarso
S. A. Brenan, M.A Epwarp Ports
James Britten, F.L.8 H. W. Puasiey
Cuartes E). Brirron Carteton Re
Rosert Brown H. P. Reaper
I Carrutuers, F.R.S A. B. Renpue, D. Se., F.L.S.

A. Craic Curistiz, F.L.S. H. N. Rivtey, M.A., F.L.S.
C. B. Cuarxe, M.A., F.R.S. J. N. Rose.
S. J. Coney. T. H. Russexi.
N. Couean, M.R.I.A C. E. Saumwon, F.L.§S.

. Covi E. 8. Saumon, ae
F. H. Davey JAMES SAUNDE
H. N. Drxon, M.A., F.L.S. W.A A. SnooconeD, u R. 0. 8.
Antony Grpp, M.A., F.L.S. Anne L
Joun Gerarp, §.J., F.L.S. - W. G. Sutin, ELS.
Henry Groves, F.L.S. Ricuarp F. Townprow
James Groves, F.L.8 Frepertcx TownsEnD, M. AS
Sranitey Guiron F.L.S.
W. P. Hier, M.A., F.L.S C. H. WappeE tt.
E. C. Horretn Tuomas WaINWRIGHT.
W. Inenam, : A G. 8. Wes
A. B. Jackso W. West, F.L. ‘8.

B. Daypon Pitas Sec.L.8S.

Orro Kuntzz, Ph.D.

H. W. Lert.

Aveustin Ley, M.A.

E. F. Linton, M.A.

Artuur Lister, F.R.S.

Symers M. Macvicar.

a2 ‘Mae. Pueypett, M.A,
F.L.S.

JAMES Ww. Waite, F.L.S.
oA:

Asent WIson
<e . Woixey- Doo, R.A.
B. B. Woopwarp, F.G.S.

Directions to Binder.

Tas. 405 : ; ; ( : - to face page 1
» 406 go: ae
» 407 ee 65
if? MOB 02M CE ee o> S38
De Aw ao) er
Tap. 411 sae 0 ings ae ees 40
» 412 | ee
» 418 Rte oe, a oe
yO Gees. | ee co gg
» 415 . » 409
» 416 457

Or all may be placed together at the end of the volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR 1900

No.445 1) JANUARY, 1900 Vol. XXXVIIT |]

JOURNAL -OF BOTANY |

BRITISH AND FOREIGN

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S.

SENIOR AssiSTant, DEPARTMENT oF Botany, BRiTiIsH Museum (Natural History)

CONTENTS

PAGE “PAGE
Sphagnum a Limpr. in Britain. | Report of Department of Botany,
By Hanorp
405

W. Monineroy, F.L.5 ong RPS 1898. By Gro. —
1 Musray, F.R.S. a
Some Welsh Hawkweeds. by Rev. ant Notes. — Reninicdes — Si
Aveustin Ley, M.A 3 i Godr.— Suffolk Alien
Lizeriac gee: ee of 1737 a8 a Sharting: None on Alisma .. A ea
poin Soneuslasaie
B “da fe tei q | Noricr or Boox :—
On some Species of Cracca. By aa sgh Pa red Ruborum Ger-
Bair 8., and Epuunp G. et Virginiz. BY HaNst..
5. 12 “eae at, MDo ea
Mosses of Falmouth ian re Neigh- ; ee
bourhoo moi We tie Bay, Articles in Journals eu owe oe

20 Book-Notes, News, &e. . lg ** : oe

LONDON :
WEST, NEWMAN & O0O., 54, HATTON heres icenee BG,
DULAU & c0., 80 SOHO SQUARE

Price One: Shilling and Eightpeee

British and Foreign
EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S. Gy, Ae eee
SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT or Borany, Brrrish Museum (Narvrar Hiseéeeh

=

ence tase? Waste anat San

AL or Borany was established in 1863 by Dr.

te 1872 Ae oe Sia was assumed by the late Dr. Tee
assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. a n a

~ Moore, carried it on until the ad of 1879, when he left England
es Since then it has been in the hands of the present Edit

ppea
_ punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially co
with systematic botany, observations of every kin a
‘Es “ ve has from the first been given to Britis
: fely be said that noth ing of primary ciate
upon this ‘eabjent has remained unnoticed.

Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to :
considerable attention and the his eats of many o

erapl # : a
se wbiomioeseatd to inerease its size,
iia the gna of: oes

West, Newman imp.

umpr.

Sphagnum medium J,

THE

JOURNAL oe, BOTAN

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.
panei en

SPHAGNUM MEDIUM Lier. IN BRITAIN.
By Harotp W. Monrneton, F.L.S.
(PiatE 405.)

Wate recently looking through some Sphagna gathered by
E. C. Horrell last August in Teesdalé, I was much struck

Russow, but the identity ‘of this
ave escaped notice. It
lly distributed throughout

folium var. purpurascens Russ
of first recognizing S. medium
his ‘‘ Hepatice: and Musci of

tr gna
appeared in 1880, and inclu

Journat or Borany.—Vor. 88. [Jan. 1900.]

2 SPHAGNUM MEDIUM LIMPR. IN BRITAIN

the Pb a eset Russ. under var. B ee en
This is elect & o (p. 41) as raptottiss in tw
extremely dense gains of large size,’’ the ther Ina and of a a
more rosy tint above and pale nares very conspicuous by the
abundant heads of de le male inflorescence.’ The former

‘**congestum”’; the latter agrees wit e var. ‘* purpurascens,
specimens of which Dr. Braithwaite has kindly sen Of
the specimens = out as the latter all are probably S. medium,
but some at least of the var. congestum are truly referable to
S. eymbifolium.

Limpricht, in Bot. Centralbl. 1881, 318, followed se
in combining these varieties, uniting them under an older name 0
8, as S. medium, n.sp., mainly upon the strength ‘of the
important character of the enclosed chlorophyllose cells. A full
and comma description subsequently appeared in the same author's
Laubmoo

War a rf gives an excellent description of S. een: in the
Botanical Gazette, 1890, 252-4, from which I quote the follow.

** Dioicous ; male branchlets purple. Size and habit of S. Sigel
folium, but with the tufts variegated, dappled with green and red to
violet- Zhe mad often only the male amentula faintly suffused with
ea Oe ‘ rely pure green or wits. ranches not more than four, of

conclusion fro tai ecimens from the Vosges, &e., in which
the chlorophyllose cells approach the ventral surface, and the
ommon e contiguous hyaline cells becomes thickened,

ating - both smooth and papillose forms, while 8. apillosum

reduced to a var. of S. cymbifolium. More recently, however
(Hedwigia, 1894, 380), ae restores S. papillosum, and promotes
~S. eryt faces fl a ecific rank. Our species thus consists of

y:
| anguestonably the three species, 2 oe
S. medium, llosum, are closely related, I inclined

to think S. medium a good species. It varies consiicabie’ in colour

=

Ae enh ee eae es
Ne eae eee

abot = pase Eines is

PT na ee ee TE ee Le

SOME WELSH HAWKWEEDS 3

and degree of variegation, and to some extent in the arrangement
of the branch-leaves, but — in nearly all cases a facies by
which it can be readily det
The crucial point is re course the position of ie s ohiororh yes
cells, to ascertain which thei pi should be cut through the
middle of the leaf; in many cases, however, en pre will
reveal the situation of the enclosed cells. In focussing downwards
the common wall of adjoining hyaline cells will be noticed pions
the immersed dildecphy ides cells appear; it is of course necessary
to repeat this process upon the other side of the lea
o far as my own specimens indicate, the faint of the
species is as follows :—England: Witherslack Moss, Westmoreland
(Barnes, 1872); Teesdale (Dr. Mason); Widdy Bank Fell, peated
ham (Horreli, 1899); Keston, Kent (Horrell, 1899). Scotland :
Ben More (Diwon ¢ Binstead, 1897); Chapelton Moss, Hamilton
(J. Murray, 1899). Ireland: Geashill, King’s Co. (H. W. Lett,
1890). Mr. Lett’s Ea was named ‘8S, papiliosum var. confertum.”
xon’s specimen from Ben More is certainly not the type;
ier ore it is the se virescens alin

EXPLANATION oF Puate 405. _Fig ig. 1. Plant, nat. size (Witherslack © Moss).
2.-(Part of stem, with fascicle. 3. Stem-leaf, x 16. 3a. Ditto, apex, x
Ditto, “oes above middle, x 280. 4. Bacheb: leaf, x 16. 4a. Ditto, cells
m middle, x 280. 4b. Ditto, 1 transverse x

SOME WELSH HAWKWEEDS.
By Rey. Aveustin pe M.A.

u
to continental Ht orb and, aithoue I reste naturally te
them before one or two of the leading students of this genus -
England, and have received suggestions 0 nek value from thei
kind criticism, corrections or alterations, if found —— bee
entail responsibility on no one but the author of this paper
1, Hieractum murorum L. ex parte, var. LucIDULUM, no

Very near to H. murorwn var. to aciien Laestad., but differing
constantly* from it in the following particulars :—Stem shorter

pure white. Sia with a single leaf, whital is ovate-acute, ra
Steere realbad, often placed low on the stem, or 0. Z
B

4 SOME WELSH HAWKWEEDS

Mountain pace “py banks, not in the lowlands; common in
South Wales. d

Localities. Sag detichine” Red Daren and Olchon Daren, in
oe Hatterel Hills. Monmouthshire: Daren-r-Esgob, Black Moun-

ain. Breconshire: Common on all the mountain rocks, both on
ae limestone and sandstone; river-side rocks, Glyn Taf-fechan.
Carmarthenshire: Cliffs of Llyn-y-fan-fechan; river-side rocks
near Llangadoc. ~ctaelieesaio Nant Francon. Westmoreland:
Ambleside, 1870, Rev. #. Ff. Linton!

Often growing in company with var. econ ser ok but
keeping quite distinct from it in the character. above
Cultivated along with it for six or seven years, it tks ocied its
characters perfectly. I have endeavoured to a nina ke relation to
var. oY ‘

t out by me through the London Bot. Exe hinge Club in
1896, ee Llangadoe, as var. pellucidum Laestad.
pecimens of this plant in Mr. Hanbury’s herbarium front
wseieel of the above localities have been named var. pellucidum
Laestad. by Dr. Elfstrand; but, after watching the two for a series
of years, I feel sure that = are distinct.

mL. ex , Var. SANGUINEUM, Nov. V

n
vigorous plants sometimes with conspicuous forward teeth), the
two sides of the blade often unequal at base, the margins bearing
small teeth which are often — to points, the tip similar, or
shortly acuminate in the inner leav

Stem 12-15 nearly santa Genres furrowed when
dry, branched from. phone the middle, the main branches straight.
Primary flower short-stalked, soon Sreeiotped by the secondaries

bearing abundant black-based greyish hair and loose tomentum,
especially on the conspicuous white margins; tip incurved in bud.
Anthode semiglobose on opening. Ligules, at least occasionally,
ciliate at tip. Style not quite pure yellow.

Standing well away from the type, and from other common
oe of H. murorum, in the broad, semiglobose anthode, and
the :

4
‘a
i)
Ps
<q
i
&
i
@o
nm
oe
|
wo
Q
oe
Eee
4
ee
es
=
Oo
ol
S
@
_
5
Fee
ol

and the presi point are conspicuous features. I have never
seen a stem-leaf.

Bot. Exch. Club poco for 1893 (as H. cinerascens Jord.),
p- 418, and edt = - murorum yar. caliginosum Dahl. ?), p. 555:

rc Veikchire Limestone pavements at Malham Cove

1 S aanels and Moughton Sear, near Settle, 1891; Ingle-
biutkighs 1891; all #. J. Hanbury! Breconshire: abundant on
shaded and exposed limestone rocks at the head of Dy

SOME WELSH HAWKWEEDS 5

Crawnon, alt. Pag aa fi ile hog subsequently; central
cliff of the Brecon Beacons, on san

Under RativaGon it has oicind ‘e Ehiholad unchanged for
seven years.

8. H. vagense, sp.nov. 4H. britannicwn F. J. Hanb.
vagense F. J. Hanb. in Journ. Bot. 1892, 367. As this hae
seems acknowledged to be misplaced under H. britannicum (see

a short nla nia giving it — as a separate species. Its place
in our list appears to be near to H. casium Fr., and perhaps next
to H. cambricum F. J. Hanb.

Stem slender, drooping, 1 ft. to 18 in., light glaucous green, as is
also the foliage, with a single leaf or 0, branching from the middle
or at-top, with few large heads of flower.

Root-leaves long, narrowly oval or elliptic, areal at base into
long petiole, ascending, upper surface smooth, under strigose with long
stiff white hairs, acuminate, the margins bearing many long acuminate
very unequal teeth, which are often coniiaued down the petiole nearly to
its base. Stem- leaf eer or narrower and linear. Midrib and main
veins of all the leaves pelluci

Stem with sparse see hairs, tomentose above, branches long,

scending. Peduncles and pedicels bearing sete which are light
stodred in the living plant. Phyllaries light green, with many
setee and black-based hairs. Bud ovate then oblong, thick; anthode
ovate after flowering. Phyllaries at first loosely ineurved, erect nm
bud, tips nearly naked. Heads of flower /arye, handsome, flat on
opening, ligules long. Style yellow. Latter half of June.

Very similar in general appearance to H. cambricum F. J. Hanb.,
but ies in all its parts, more hairy and glandular, less intensely
nel and with the leaf-teeth strikingly fringing ‘the e pet

wing and increasing by seed readily in garden ay In
eutivation se. plant retains all its characteristics, and does not
change, oO assume a per mt larger size, and exaggerate
the peculiar toothing of the lea

river-side. rocks in the inet sth of the Wye, between Builth
and Three a ns Junction, chiefly near Errwood, in Breconshire
and Radno

First mola in 1888: cultivated by me since that date.

. H. re ar. MUTABILE, nov. var. Stem 1- om ft.,
erect, with 1~4 leaves (usually 2), bearing long stiff white
the lowei half, slender sete and tomentum on the upper, the tas
~~ upwards, the sete and tomentum downwards.

ot-leaves several, spreading horizontally, rt “talked: Bes dent

flat, ratte obtuse, narrowed into petiole, greyish green both
sides, with very ena § shallow teeth. Petiole and both vidleg ‘of leaf
strigose, like base of stem, with stiff white hairs. Stem-leaves
similar to the root-leaves, but with less hair, more deeply toothed,
and less narrowed into petiole; 1-4, or reduced to 1 or 2 small
bracts, sae lowest usually placed low on the stem, recent in size
upwar

6 SOME WELSH HAWKWEEDS

Panicle usually branched, with long ascending branches, the
branches 1-8-flowered. Peduncles clothed with sparse white
tomentum and black-headed sets yllaries without muicro-
glands, bearing sete but scarcely tomentum except at base, acute,
some of the outer ones loose with ascending points, incurved in bud,
with white tips. Buds thick, shortly cylindrical; heads of flower
rather small. Style nearly pure yellow

est placed as a var. under H. vulgatum Fr., this plant neverthe-
less les an eeu range of variation, which naturally led
me, on first saying the wild plant, to eet a mixture of several
species. Further study led me to attribute all the forms to a
eae species, a aa ec Which ns paeah has abundantly
confirmed. Very small forms with a single stem-leaf from d
mountain banks have become in ordinar garden soil in two years

us. The hair,

cultivation, becomes less, and the eh a of the stem-leaves —
exaggerate

In comparison with H. sciaphilum Uechtr., the leafy-stemmed
forms of this plant have shorter, more elliptic leaves, those of the
root usually arranged in a conspicuous flat. rosette, the hair stiffer, —
the anthode thicker, the hair and floccum of the phyllaries less in
wag th me style nearly pure yellow

Mou anks, hedge-banks, railway and colliery débris, &e., —
in ani (bite ts; common, at least in South Wales.

Localities. —Brecon shire: Abundant on the upper Re “a -

i 9

(see Raves, 1896, p. 528); and Ata tain banks in the
same net without a name ae Rivake 1807 p- 556).
mu Fr. var. ampiirotium, nov. var. Tall, stem

2-8 ft. “ poe "eotnetiied Lt Secbaete from near bane flowers few,
rather large ; foliage soft, light gr

oot-leaves long- stalked, arg oblong 3 oblong-obovate,
rounded and very obt tuse, wih * y shallow teeth often reduced
to mere points, thin, strigose on “both sides, ean rather stiff white
hairs. Stem-leaves 4-5, large, the upper gradually more shortly
stalked and smaller, hairy beneath, nearly smooth above, with
large triangular teeth, acute.

tem bearing long white hair and sete, which are rather
numerous under and on the base of the phyllaries, Bud os

BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 7

oval, then oblong ; anthode after flowering ovate. Phyllaries with
many black and few white hairs, light green with darker centre,
floccose at tip. Heads of flower flat on opening; ligules very full
yellow ; styles slightly darkened.

Near var. glaucovirens Dahl., but differing from it in the tall
erect habit, closer heads with shorter peduncles, oblong very obtuse
root-leaves, soft light and bright green foliage, and darkened style.

rom H. sciaphilum Uechtr. it is distinguished by its obtuse
bldg root-leaves, larger and less numerous stem-leaves, whic
bear larger triangular teeth, and white-haired peduncles, and b
the less numerous and less black sete of peduncles and phyllaries.

Hilly anks, on limestone and sandstone; also on mountain
rocks.

Localities.—Herefordshire: Great Doward Hill; bank at Wal-
ford; Red Daren, Hatterel Hills. West Gloucestershire: Symonds
Yat. Monmouthshire : Wyndcliff, Mr. W. A. Shoolbred! Brecon-
shire: Bwlceh-y-fingel, Black Mountain.

THE ADVANTAGES OF 1787 AS A STARTING-POINT
OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE.*

By Dr. Orro Kuntze.

Ar request of the editor of this journal —— tner oe Zentral-
blatt], I give the following newly proved list of generic names,

15 Aesculus ae 1735).
30 Ageratum (Carelia 1786).
45 Ajuga (Bulga 1785).
Arctotis ( Anemonospermos 1736).
1400 Astr ao (T ragacantha 1785) inel. :
150 Spiesia = Oxytropis gir te to Briquet and Burnat.
23 Bulbine bupase oe 1786
21 Carica (Papaya 1
Carpesium | Congiibidas 1736).
Cassandra (Hydragonum 1736).
132 Clitoria (Ternatea 1785).

or
@

bt GO

m 09
8
_-«,
o
=
=
“8
cond
-
>=
~
—s
=~]
eo
1

Convallaria § L. (Majanthemum 1736). [§ is the sign for group
(section, subgenus or discretionary genus); § L. 1737 means
a oe of Linnzeus.]

* Translated by the author from the Gaertnerisches Zentralblatt, Berlin,
1899, No. 2. The article contains a new motive for 1737, and at the last a new
international proposition not yet known to botanists.

+ [The date of the first edition of the Systema Nature.—Ep.]

.

8 BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE

280 Cordia (Lithocardium 1785).
6 Corrigiola (non 1
170 Crepis (Hieraciodes 1736), if separated.
600 Croton (Oxydectes 1785).
1 Cuminum (non
180 Cynanchum ( Vincetoricum 1786) sensu latiore.
ryas (Dr yadea 173
72 Hehinops (Spharocephalus 1735).
12 EF fowls eae ae 1735).
~ 400 Erica Ludw. 1787 (Er ster ag 1736).— Erica a 1737 is
ae Calluna — = Ericodes Ludw. 1737 (non
Mochr. ica Lad. —Linneus’ = indication “* Semina

180 Geranium § L. 1737; 1753 ex parte max. (Geranios
Sieg. 1736 = Pelargonium ! Burm. 1738) ; oventaalle n
— Gruinalis r L. 1787, Ludw. 1787, Haller 1745 (Gera
Sieg., L’Hér.).—Linneus distinguished 1787 (m @
Plant.: 08) under Geranium in an observation : Geranium
** Riv.,”’ corolla irregulari. Gruinalis ‘ Riy.
equali et filamentis vix manifeste coalitis.

lora Jenensis 1745 had under Gruinalis only s
we call now Geranium. Nearly all species of Pelargo

173 36).
400 aes § L. 1737 choo neg 17835) sensu latiore.
90 Inula (Helenium 35).

4 Melia Sip hed th 173 5).
13 Michelia (non 1735).
156 Nepeta (inel. gir: 1735).
1 Obolaria (non 173
8 Ornithopus ( Ornithopodinm 1735).
2 Patagonula einen 1735).
220 Ovxalis (Acetosel a1736) ‘
27 Phlox casante! 1

BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 9

Phyllanthus (Dianne us 1785) sensu latiore.
tacia (Lentiscus 1735).
110 Psidium \Cnajeva. 1736), if separated.
105 Psoralea (Lotodes 1736).
120 Rhus (Toxicodendron 1735).
15 Sesamum (Volkameria 1735).
54 Sisyrinchium (Bermudiana 1785).
80 Stapelia (Stissera
115 Thesium (Linosyris 1736).
48 Tr

ox
>
cam

75 Trigonella (Telis 1785).
44 Trichosanthes (ie 1735).
1 Zea (Thalysia 1735).

6285 species in 58 genera with long-used names remain thus valid.

But 329 species in 9 genera, valid from the former starting-point,

receive new Names; therefore 5956 species in 49 genre are spared,

that is, are less to be changed, in their names, if we begin with

1787 instead of 1735. But this is the only seohacie ievinece
ode.

Moreover, es starting of 1737 affords the great advantage that
Linneus’ Genera Plantarum 1787 contains besides the scientific

oar Linneus wrote, for instance: ee tas genus hoee
naturale in plura non naturalia distribuerunt : (a) H yacinthus quum
tubus corolle sit tubulatus —- (8) Muscari quum tubus corolle
sit fere globosus.” In the same manner is distinguished elgaiise
(«) from (8) pistes. ee Unifoliun pe last is now mo

dula and § Dimorphotheca, Helianthemum, and Cistus, ete. The
ollowing oriiews are thus obtained from = $§ of 1787 for later
renewe dg ra :—Acacia, Alhagi, Arnica***, Arisarum, Bernhardia,
Buldocodinn Ca Camitéa il, erie Capnodes, Capnorchis*,
Castanea** Kaban des, Cereus**, Colocynthis*, Damasonium, Dimorpho
theca, Dracunculus, Echinophora, Elephas, Faniculum**, Heliantha:
mum, Helleborod bie Hypocystis, Ionthlaspi, Lontana § (= Uftia),
Lasianthus**** » Leue onymphea* = Nymp @a auct. ate: s)s Nymphea
= Nupha art), iaidenen, a Majorana, Malvavis 8, Mei ibomia: i

Palarun Podgiualinieds 2 Raphnistr, Rapistr rum, Rhagadiolus, Seine
daca (Securigera DC.), Statice, Symphoricarpus, Thymbra*, Triosteo
spermum, Trollius*, Tulipifera, a Zacintha**,—{One * m
that Linneus —— such an * to these names in the index of his
Genera Plantarum; ** means a Linneus had that name in 1735
for a genus; *** indicates both.)

10 BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE

From these pence amma genera, considered by Linnaeus and
other authors at one time as “eae , at another time as sections, a
systematic doeuiers is easy ; only two dubious cases occur: the first
rare case is that the same group (a) received two names, such as
Sida and Malvinda; then the genus name, which received first a
species name, is vali e other case is that three to four names
occur for the same now united group; then the name under which

they were first correctly united is to be valid. For instance, | q

Lonicera 1787 consists of four genera, and is thus confused; Haller

after exclusion of the genera not belonging thereto, first uated
Caprifolium, Periclymenum, Chamaecerasus, Xylosteum ‘under Capri-
folium. Lobelia P1. is correctly defined as a §, and is therefore to
be excluded; the rest was named then at first Bapuntium, en

w nam
if their name — not secured from the § of 1737—e.g. Helianthe-
mum. The name Cactus, after exclusion of the §§ of 1787, remains
good for the seiinindens part.
In contrast to these great advantages and savings of the 1737-

starting-point, there are—see my Revisio Generum III, chapters 27

and 28—to be changed with the 1753-starting-point the names of 7100
peaned and 129 genera, whereof only 29 genera with 152 species
are named up to the present time. Furthermore, 46 genera thereo
with 3621 species would have still to receive new and unusual names,
instead of those introduced from the earlier starting-point. ut
even with this the number of these changes is not finis hed, because
the starting-point of 1753 for genera has not yet been completely
worked out. This 1753-starting-point is thus not only h orribly
noxious but also unscientific, as it misses the genera- mertones and
nearly all the named genera-sections. Only the 1737-starting- babs
is practicable, wecue and economical for genera. Perhaps a gen
convention may be agreed upon to the effect that the 1737- sartioid
point be valid for geners; 1758 for species with future exclusion of all
intermediate works—that is, of all publications between Linneus’
Genera Plantarum 1737 and Species Plantarum 1758.

the adoption te oo”. the date of Linnzus’ first edition of the

reference to the Systema of 1735. The Paris

Laws a Botanical Natecaalsiiro (1867), art. 15, would have seemed

tion the use of the names in the publication of 1735, had not

they ashiralls been bare ng without descriptions or characters,
and therefore barred by ar

r. Kuntze’s constding proposal i is remarkable and arbitrary,

and dcabtlees $0 to many minds will appear unfair as well as incon-

sistent ee sound principles. It is ys the effect that, sa taking

nus’ Genera Plantarwn of 1787 for the starting-point of genera

and the Sipeciae Plantarum of 1758 for that of species, all publications

between these dates be in future for ever excluded. It is difficult to

see why, if 1737 be made the starting-point, the Corollarium Generum

Ss

‘
;

BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 11

Plantarum of Linneus, poe in Sige pubseaneney to the
Genera Plantarum, shou ignored, as uch important

(1742) and the second and sixth editions of the Systema Nature
(1740 and 1748), and all the works of contemporaneous authors.
The Berlin Code of 1897 makes 1753/54 the starting-point for
the names of genera as well as Spire: and the general tendency
of modern botanists is now and for some time has been towards
agreement to this rule—that i ie to taka’ the publioaian of the first

cation for the names of plants. Such an epoch is essentially
convenient and proper, and fairly scientific; the species there
are comprehensively for the first time on the Linnean plan both

named, classified, and described. Their names of course are not

generic portion, and thus the names of his genera can be under-
stood, though they are not as such specially defined or characterized,
the only sort of description being involved in that of their respective
species. The 1752 and 1754 editions of the Genera Plantarum are
available as informal or further assistance to clear up doubts about
the meaning of the generic names. Moreover, it may be urged

figures deserve careful scrutiny, and some of the principles an
details which he assumes for the purpose of his pene ge must
be duly weighed before acceptance. Of the numerous specific
names which he has given in the Revisio in ited with his
present or previous principles, ane vely few have obtained
general use, and scie ience will not greatly suffer if, in accordance

remains probable that 1758 will be dseidied to She the best, th
convenient, and sufficiently scientific.—Ep, Journ. Bor.]

12

ON SOME SPECIES OF CRACCA.
By James Brirren, F.L.S., anp Epmunp G. Baker, F.L.S.

: I. Cracoa viremina L.
An incidental reference to the National Herbarium in connection
with the plant known to modern American authors until lately as
Tephrosia virginiana Pers., and to the more modern school as
Cracea virginiana L., showed that by this name were represented
in literature and in herbaria two plants so unlike in appearance
and in character that it is at first impossible to imagine that they
seuke have been confused. his, however, is the case, and the
explanation is rendered more difficult by the fact that the confusion
was caused by Linneeus himself, the founder of the species. The
name, however, is, and for a hundred and fifty years has been,
misapplied; and this it is our object to show.
The oe is the description of Cracca virginiana as it stands
in Sp. Pl. lh (1753): the citations are numbered for convenience
of reference :

1 Seis virginiana) leguminibus retrofaleatis compressis vil-
of

$ spicatis, i lanatis, foliolis ovali-oblongis acuml-—

Gen.

[2 Clitoria ee baat caule decumbente. Hort. cliff. 498.*

Led

g. 83.
[3] Hina Mich. gen. 210.
[4] Orobus sip sa ange foliis fulva lanugine incanis, foliorum
rv ab Pluk. mant. 142.
[5] Cicer Su alae: virginianus hirsutie pubescens, floribus
amplis subrubentibus. Pluk. alm. 103. t. 23. f. 2.
Habitat in Visine, Canada
Caulis in loco natali erectus est.”

a

(1] The description with the nara ty hf teamietee No. 5)
appears in Nov. Plant. Genera, pp. 31, 82, n. 1040 (1751), as the
first species in the genus Cracca, big without trivial name. It
is reprinted, with the addition of the specific name, in Amen.
Acad. iii. 18, 19 (1756). n both places, as in the above A selectins
** Elymus Mitch.* gen. 21 a is incorrectly quoted a nonym—
apparently through some accidental confusion with FE vias Mitch.
(on the same page), which, however, is also cited by Linneus in all
three places after the generic name Cracca. The mis i
rected in Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 1063, where Erebinthus is correct
there is also in the Banksian herbarium &@ specimen from Jritonell
labelled ‘‘ Erebinthus Mitchell

] The citation of the descriptive phrase from Hort. Cliff. and
Gronovius, standing, as it does, first among the s synonyms, is in
itself sufficient to determine what plant Linneas had in mind. In

* The misprint “ Mich.” is confined to Sp. Pl. ed.1. Elymus Mitch. is
correctly cited in Bp. Peete WM abs cneighs ct Hine

7
4
:

ON SOME SPECIES OF CRACCA 13

Hort. Cliff. there is a very full description drawn up from a plant
raised from Virginian seeds, so that the synonym quoted from

urmann, and belonging to an India plant, may be neglected.
It will be noted that the reference to Hort. Cliff. is followed by an
asterisk, which, in the preface to Sp. Pl. ed. 2, is thus explained :
“ Deseriptiones * tantum in obscuris adhibere necessum fuit, eas-
que sine ambagibus, ut obtinerem compendium tironibus gratum.”’
This sentence appears indeed in Sp. Pl. ed. 1, but the asterisk is

iern in ote

the *, and is confirmed by further examination of the references i -

Pl. to which it is attached. Mr. Hiern writes :—*I hav
examined the text of Galega spp. nn, 3-8, pp. 1062, 1063 in ed. i
corresponding to Cracca spp., p. 752 in ed. i, and it appears to m
that the * following the references there signifies that useful
pee are to be found in the works thus referred to. The *
follows the reference to Hort. Cliff. and four out of the five
rofsrenoed o Fl. Zeyl.; d in each of these places useful

a * to the six references to Ameen. Acad. 3, where the descriptions
are useless; there is a * following the reference under Galega
cinerea Li. Sp. 1, ed. 2, p. 1062, to Ameen. Acad. 5, where the
a is u
[3] M itehell’s plant has already been dealt with under [1].
4| We cannot speak positively about this plant, for the determi-
nation of which no material appears to exist; so far as the de-

racca virginiana of Sp.
[5} The plant figured by Plukenet in his Almag pit a8 types
of which are preserved in his herbarium aed rb. Peanonaerd i. f, 100,

a name substituted i in Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 1062, for the Cracca virginiana

specimen in the Linnea n herbarium, written up in his own hand,
undoubtedly represents the same species. This specimen he recei ived
rom m, and on its authority it would seem that the locality
“ Canada ”’ ‘and ot a ‘‘caulis in loco natali erectus est’’ were
added in Sp. Pl. the original account in Nova Genera; the

14 ON SOME SPECIES OF CRACCA

Plukenet plants, as is shown by his descriptions and specimens,
and by the labels attached to the latter. DeCandolle, too (P Prodr.
ii. 250), under Tephrosia virginiana Pers., cites ‘* Galeya virginiana
Linn. Spec. 1062, non hort. Cliff.,” showing that the discrepancy
between the two descriptions had not escaped him. Solander also
erie the difference between the plants, and the following note
n his MSS. shows that he was misled by the Plukenet figure:

land (Jezreel Jones, Vernon, and Krieg) and Carolina (Catesby),
he writes: ‘‘Secundum differentiam specificam’ legumina esset
retrofalcata, sed in speciminibus e Carolina iiss legumina fuere
recta com ot ressa. An distincta planta? sed assimilatur figure

vival) in Ameen. Acad. in 7156; the Saco here mere in-
cludes the plants of Hort. Cliff., Gronovius, and Mitchell, of each
of which, as has been said, the types exist. These types and

descriptions refer, not to the plant now universally known as
Cracea (or 7 ‘ephrosia) virginiana, but to Cracca spicata QO. T.
spicata Torr. & Gray)—a name which must give place to C
virginiana

The history of the plant will be best shown by the following
synonymy, in which references are given to the principal works in
which the true Cracca ar evar of Linneus has been entered under
various names. From this it will be seen that the right use 0
virginiana ceased with Willdenow i in 1800, since which time Galega

ata of Walter, under various synonyms, has been accepted as
ne type of the plant; it was transferred to : nee by mete ey
an n

He says (Bot, Gaz. 1899, 199, footnote) :—“ The name 7. lilies is
first employed by Persoon in his Synopsis ene wa is there used
raed for the American plant. . . . The usage of De Candolle

ny more recent Huropean writers, by pore the name Tf.

in is applied to an East Indian and species, to which
rsoon’s description had no he si i hatened, is clearly an un-
warrantable transposition. is true th as an earlier

Galega villosa than that of Mi ated but this should not invalidate

v.88 osia villosa Pers., which is clearly applied to the American

plant, and is antedated by no homonym. ‘The str sas - Old

Worl, although possessing an earlier specitic as not
a

that genus receive another specific designatio
Dr. Robinson n’s remarks are based on his ie natural assump-

ON SOME SPECIES OF CRACCA 15

tion that Persoon had only one mrs plies As a matter of
fact, he has two—nos. 17 and 28—on the same page; the former
based on Galega villosa of Michaux, the ites on G. villosa Linn.
lt is fortunate that those ——— botanists who regard the earlier
precedence of a name on the of a book as a claim to priority
are in this case prevented from zeae T. villosa, no. 17, by their
rule as to the adoption of the earliest specific designation. T. villosa
Pers. will therefore remain attached to the Old World plant.

Cracca vircintana L
Orobus virginianus, ete., Pluk. Mant. 142 (1700) ; Ray Hist. iii. 450
1704).

Clitoria foliis cos etc., Linn. Hort. Cliff. 498 (1737) et i
herb. Cliffort.!; Gronov. Fl. Virg. 88 (1748) et herb. ‘
(Clayton, no. 102

Er “inde “ge in Act. Nat. Cur. viii. App. 210 (1748) et in herb.

2 racca lguminiba retrofalcatis, etc., Linn. Nov. Pl. Gen. pp. 31,
32, no. 1090 (1751), Sp. Pl. n. Me synon.; Gronov. EL.
Virgin ed. 2, lil ie —

Cracca ane Li. Sp.. PF 2 (1758), cum synon. (excl. s a
Cice _ Li yin gene cee : Pik Alm. 103); Ameen. Acad. iii
18, 19 (1756), cum synonym

Galega virginiana L. Sp. Pi. ed. 2, 1062 (1763) (excl. syn. Pluk.

Alm.); Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 1244 (1800) ys sy 2% Pluk. Alm.).

Galega spicata Walt. Fi. Carol. 188 (1788) et oc

Galega villosa Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. ii. 67 (18

Tephrosia ighren Pers. Syn. ii. $29, fo 17, st no. 23, (1807) ;
Robin in Bot. Gaz. 1899, p. 199.

Tephrosia peo Nutt. hou! li. 19 (1818) et herb. ! (pauciflora) ;
Elhott Bot. 8. Carol. ii. 246 (182 a5 ae Prodr. ii. 252 (1825).

Tephrosia ida bo. a ii. 250 (18

Galega eye Nutt. ex M. A. Sees 3 in “Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist.
i

Tephrosia spicata ca! al & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. i. 296 (1838) ; Chap-
man, ar S. United tates, 95 (1860); S. Wats. Bibl. Index,

Tephrosia mollissima pete Bot. Mise. ix. 10, : 3, fig. 2 (1851).

Cracca spicata O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. i. 175 (1891); Vail in Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 1895, 30; Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N.
Amer. ii. 298 (1897), cum ic

II. Cracca HOLOSERICEA,
The identity of Cracca virginiana L. having been established, it

completely has its identity been lost sight of, is Tephrosia holusericea
Nuttall, which was proposed by him as a species in 1884, and was

* Cited as of Curtis by Miss Vail and Dr. Robinson, but the context shows
that the “‘N” after the name = Nuttall.

16 ON SOME SPECIES OF CRACCA

subsequently reduced by Torrey and Gray to a variety of the plant
they ¢ se d T. virginiana. Nuttall’s specimens in the National
Herbarium show no characters which separate the plant from the

numerous and proximati

scarcely excepting the Spe surfaces of the leaves.” Our series of

specimens shows almost every interme ye in n elothing between

this and the var. glabra of Torrey and Gray, and we propose to

pat Nuttall’s sig for the species; those als « consider the more
n and less silky form deg of varietal aisteaon will

deabslcee find for it a suitable na

The synonymy of the plant is "ae follows :-—

CRACCA HOLOSERICEA.
Cicer Astragaloides (forte) hk ose hirsuté pubesermes floribus
subrubentibus, Phytogr. Tab. 23, fig. 2. Pluk. k. Alma-
gest. p. 103 (1696) et in Herb. Sloane, xciii. 100! cii. 166!
Raii Hist. iii. Bee ae.
Vicia ny pinnatis noy. Fl. Serum. ha (1748), ed. 2,
106 (1762) et fag : (Cason, no. 38) ev

Cracea virginiana L. Sp. PI. mAATBS) Haga a. Pluk. ae
(supra citat.) et in gue O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen 178
(1891); MacMill. aides 328 (1892); Vail in Bull. "Work
Bot. Club, 1895, 27; Britton & brown n, Ill. Fl. N. Amer. ii.
292 (cum ic.) Coe, et auct.

Galega viryiniana L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 1062 (1763) (quoad a Pluk.
Alm.); Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. viii. no. 4, or syn. (1768) ;
Hill, Veg. Syst. xxi. Pp. 55, t. lv. fig. 1 (mala) se ie bbe

: Amer.

. ~
Tephrosia Veninans Pers. Syn. ii. 329 (1807) ; ’ Pursh, Fl. Amer.
Se i. 489 (1814); Nutt. Gen. Amer. Pl. ii. 119 (1818);
lhiott, Bot. S. Carol. ii, 245 (1824); DOC. Prodr. ii. 250
Cae Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. ii. 295 (1888) ; Chapm.
United jai 94 (1860) ; S. Wats. ae Index, 260
(1878); Robinson in Bot. Gaz. xviii. 196 (1899).
Tephrosia virginica Bigel. "Pi. Boston. (sphalm.) ed. 2, 278 (1824).
Tephrosia holosericea Nutt. in Journ. Acad. Philad. vii. 105 (1834).
Tephrosia ot geri : Si holosericea Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. ii. 296
18388) ; Bibl. Spee 260 (1878) ; Robinson in Bot.
Gaz. xviii. 196 (1899
Cracca virginiana holosericea : Vail in Bull. Torr. ae 1895, 27;
ritton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N. Amer. ii. 293 (1897).

III. Cracca SanieAionr sp. n.

There remains for consideration a plant collected by Seemann
in Mexico (Sierra Madre, no. 2191), which is cited as 7’. virginiana
(= Cracca holosericea) by Mr. Hemsley (Bot. Biol. Centr.-Amer.
i. 258), and was noted by Bentham on the sheet in the National

ON SOME SPECIES OF CRACCA 17

Herbarium as ‘‘ 7’. virginiana Pers. var.’ The specimens both at
the British Museum and Kew stand out from C. holosericea by habit
and by the thicker leaflets, which are glabrous and shining above
and silky and poy white beneath ; the racemes bear fewer and some-
what smaller flowers. It is no doubt closely allied to C. holosericea,
but, although with some remieheren we propose it as a species, of
which the following i is a diagnosis :

Cracea Seemanni, Hes? pi ecies certe C. holosericee valde
affinis ; vdiffert j imprimis foliolis crassioribus subtus albo-sericeis,
racemis paucifloris et floribus paulo minoribus

Suffruticosa, caulis patentim sient conn + 3 dm. longus,
stipulis lanceolatis acuminatis, petiolis communibus brevibus, foli-
olis 11-19 coriaceis oblongis vel — oblongis mucronatis superne
glabris subtus albo-sericeis 0-8-1: m. longis, + 0°5 cm. latis costa
media in pagina superiore betes: in pagina inferiore prominente ; ‘
racemis terminalibus paucifloris et floribus interdum axillaribus, pedi-
cellis gracilibus patentim villosis florentibus 1 cm.—1-3 cm. longis ;

antes immaturis albo-sericeis. ‘Flores eri ’ (Seemann).
Hab. Mexico, Seemann, Sierra Madre, no. 2191.

IV. Benrsamantua Alefeld.
name was substituted by Alefeld in Bonplandia (1862, 264)

for rast Benth., the name Cracca having already been employe
generically for a section of Vicia. Dr. Kuntze, having mR com
overlooked this, propos ed (Rev. Gen. i. 164) a me—Bri
amra—for Cracca Benth., but lnbad: (i.e. Til. 53) * poner rs ‘the
claims of Benthamantha.

e working at Cracca Ce Pers.) we had occasion to

refer to Cracca Benth., and it seems worth while to bring together
the plants which have been setiniead to it and will ane to be placed
under Benthamantha. The employment of the e Cracca for

three distinct groups of ohaiia has already le led to cutaaeill + and,
until botanists have agreed either to maintain Cracca or Tephro
Pers. or to retain the latter name, further age ties will inevitably
arise. Dr. Millspaugh, for example (Contrib. Fl. Yucatan, 1. 22),
places under Cracca (. cinerea aha C. ta a nts representing
two genera; in Contrib. ii. 299 he describes a new species,
Greenmanii, which apparently belongs to Benthamantha, but again
— next to it C. cinerea (Tephrosia cinerea Pers.); in Contrib.

lern, in his notice of vol. iii. of the Revisio, referred (Journ. Bot.
1898, 498) rs the’ numbering of its pages in two series, each in Arabic n l
differing only in the thickness of the type, as ‘‘ apt to cause confusion.” This

compensating advan je

+ e.g. in mab Kewensis, Galega ochroleuca Jacq. is identified with Vicia
ochroleuca L.

Journat or Borany.—Vou. 38. [Jan. 1900.) o

18 ON SOME SPECIES OF GRACCA

iii. 866 he adds Cracca bicolor Boiss. (which is apparently a Ben-
thamantha), and associates it with C. Greenmanii and what he now
calls ‘ Cracca villosa cinerea Li. (Kuntze). * Dr. Millspaugh points

i i

ie
sitiastad at the same place and on the same day, belon
B. mollis Alef. or a closely allied form. These, like Schott’s
no. 865 (from Yucatan), are labelled ‘‘ Tephrosia spicata Torr. &
Gray”; the two seem identical, and his 163 (from Merida) 1s
also a Benthamantha ; the two last numbers are not cited by Dr.
Millspaugh.t f
Whether the plants here enumerated can be retained as distinct
species is open to doubt, as various puzzling intermediate forms
exist between them. Dr. Kuntze (Rev. Gen. i. 164, 165) points out
the inconstancy of certain characters relied on by previous authors
to separate the species, and reduces. all the plants which had up
to that time been described under Cracca Benth. to varieties of
C. caribea.
In the National Herbarium there is a specimen from J acquin of
his Galega caribaea. The leaflets are small, 19-21 in number,

oblong or lanceolate-oblong and aristate-mucronate, sericeous-
villose, and not, as Jacquin states in his description, glabrous. The
plant is figured and described in Jacquin’s Selec irp. Amer

as Tephrosia cinerea. The leaflets in Jacquin’s specimen are only
5-6 mm. long; in Hahn’s plant they are 1-1-2 cm. ; in West India
i 1

* The modern American invention of trinominals seems to demand strenu-
ous protest,
We note that Dr. Millspaugh (I. c. p. 364) proposes a new name—Bauhinia
Cavanillei—tor Pauletia inermis Cav.; he has appaneatty overlooked our identi-
fication of this plant with B. ungulata L. (see Journ. Bot. 1897, 232.)

|

ON SOME SPECIES OF ORACOA 19

B. cartema O. K. Rev. Gen. ili. 53.
Galega caribea Jacq. Select. Stirp. Amer. p. 212, t. 125 (1768);
Select. Stirp. Amer. Pict. p. 100, t. 198 (1780 ?).
T. i caribaea DC. — il. p. 251 (1825).
acca caribea Benth. n Viens Meddel. Kjébenhavn, 9
(1858) Duss FI. Aenee, P: "195 (18
Brittonamra caribea es O. K. Rev. Gen. i. 165.
B. GLABRESCENS Alefeld, in Bonplandia, 1862, 264.
Cracca glabrescens Benth. lI. c.
Tephrosia glabrescens Benth Bot ee P. 81 (1844).
Brittonamra caribea y atari nhs
B. ezanpuuirera Alefeld, J. ¢
Cracea glandulifera Bently: in Wak Meddel. Kjébenhavn, 8
1853).
Tephrosia glandulifera Benth. Pl. Hartweg, 115 (1843); and Bot.
Sulph. p. 81 (1844),
B. Guin Alefeld, 1
Cra as Havardsit 5. ie Pl, Wright, p. 35 (1853); Proc. Am.
Acad. an 201 (1882
C. glabrescens Homey, Biol. Centr.-Amer. i. 262 (1880), non
Benth., ex A. Gray, /
Var. GLABELL
‘yacca Edwardsii po var. glabella Gray, !. ¢.
Si MOLLIS Alefeld, 1. ¢. p. 264.
Cracca mollis Hen in Videnks. Meddel. yin abe 9 (1853).
Tephrosta mollis H. B. K. Nov. Gen. v. 468 (1821).
Brittonamra caribea 3 mollis O. K. |. ¢
B. ocurotevca Alefeld, J
Cracca ochroleuca oe re ce. non Alef.
Tephrosia ? ochroleuca Pers. Syn. ii. 329 Sih
Galega ochroleuca Jacq. Ic. Rar. p. 15, "150 (1781) ; Collect.
. 79 (1786).
Brittonamra caribea var. ¢ ochroleuca O. K. 1. ¢.
B, SERICEA
C. Fedora var. sericea A. Gray, /
C. cea A. Gray, in Proc. Am ake xix. 74 ae ).
onamra caribea var. > Edwardsii O. K. l.c. 165 from
eae it seems to belong to this form.
this genus the following, so far as can be judged from figures
and oeitcin apparently belong :—
Cracca bicolor Micheli in Bull. Herb. Boiss. ii. p. 444, t. xi.

(1894).
wt acca Greenmannii Millsp. Contrib. Fl. Yucatan, ii. 299, t. xiii.
(1896

me

Time micrantha Micheli in Prim. Fl. Costaricensis, Fase. i. 189
(1891).

c2

20

MOSSES OF FALMOUTH AND THE NEIGHBOURHOOD.
By tae Rev. W. H. Painter.

z Mosses recorded below were gathered by me when staying
at Fa sfnitith between February and the middle of May, 1898, to
which I have added a few which Mr. G. H. Fox, of Falmouth, has
furnished me with from the a of Penzance. Against
these last-mentioned Mosses I have placed ‘‘F,” as well as against
the habitats with which he has supplied me, whilst my own
gatherings are distinguished thus (!).
am greatly indebted to Messrs. Benson and Hamilton, of
Shrewsbury, and to Mr. E. ©. Horrell and Mr. H. N. Dixon for
examining and nam ing Jn Mosses submitted to them, especially to
the first-named botani
. he nomenclature co sequence on le is that of Dixon and
Jameson’s Student’s Handbook of British Moss

Sphagnum cymbifolium Ehrh. Budock Rocks !—S. subsecundum
Nees var. contortum Schp. Budock Rocks! Porthgwarra, near
Penzance, F'.—S. acutifolium Ehrh. Penjerrick !

Catharinea undulata C

Polytrichum aloides Hedw. Pennance Point ; Pendennis Point

juniperinum Willd, Pennance Point ; Budock Rocks.
Jformosum Hedw. Sunny Corner, Truro ; Budock Rocks !

abtae 4g subulatum Bab. Trefusis and Pennance Points;
Glendurg

Cer din purpureus Brid. Very common

Dicranella oo Schp. Common. —D, varia Schp. Sandy
Cove, Falmouth
ngs fragilis B. & 8. Pennance Poin
ae ranum scoparium Hedw. Penjerrick ; Guabitargai Budock

ocks !

Fissidens viridulus Wall. Near Falmouth ! — Ff. bryoides Hedw.
Sunny Corner, Truro; Trefusis fields; Budock; Swa anpoo ol! — F.
tacrifotius Hedw. Near Falmouth ; Sunny Corner, Truro !

Grimmia apocarpa Hedw. Budock Rocks !—G. maritima Turn.
Trefusis Point, where it had been previously gathered ; Pennance
and Pendennis Points! — @. pulvinata Sm: Budock Rocks, and
Sunny Corner, Truro!

Rhacomitrium fasciculare Brid. and R. heterostichum Brid.
Budock Rocks !

Prychomitriam polyphyllum Fiirnr. Falmouth and Budock
Rocks! St. Kevern Churchyard, F.

Hedwigia ciliata Ehrh. Budock Rocks !

tia Heimii Firnr. Pendennis Point ! — P. truncata Lindb.
Pennance and Pendennis Points; Budock! — P. minutula Firnr.
Pendennis Point !, where it had been previously found by Mr.
Tellam, of Bodmin.

Tortula oides De Not. Near Swanpool, Falmouth, in
quantity !— 7’. cuneifolia Dicks. Sunny Corner, Truro !, eae it

MOSSES OF FALMOUTH AND THE NEIGHBOURHOOD 21
had been previously found by Mr. Tellam. — 7. muralis Hedw.
Common.

Barbula rubella Mitt. In small quantity near Peet Fal-
uth! — B. tophacea pie Pendennis and Pen e Points ;
Sandy Cove, Paleiontls | 1 B. fallax ay Pondartaié “Point !—
B. convoluta Hedw. Sunny Corner, Truro, and Pennance Point !—
B, unguiculata Hedw. Common.
eissia microstoma C. M. Trefusis Point; Budock! — W. viri-
dula Hedw. Common
Trichostomum mutabile Bruch. var. littorale he Sunny
Corner, Truro! ‘A large form,” H. N. Dixon. — T. flavo-virens
Bruch. In fruit, Sandy Duis Falmouth! Passe sed by H. N. Dixon.
This is the first record of the fruit of this moss having been found
in this country. Maenporth and Pennance Point!— 7. nitidum
Schp. Rocks, Falmouth and Maenporth !
Ulota crispa Brid. Glendurgan, F.—U. phyliantha Brid. Pen-
nance Point! Swanpool, near Falmouth, F’
Orthotrichum diaphanum Schrad. Trees, Pennance; walls,
Falmouth !
’ ee pyriforme Brid. Swanpool! St. Kevern Church-

> .

Funaria ericetorum Dixon. Pennance Point! Porthgwarra,
near Penzance, tt —F, hygrometrica Sibth. Falmouth and Sunny
Corner, Truro :

Bartramia romiorn Hedw. or Corner, Truro!

Bud

ebera nutans Hedw.
Bi a alpinin Huds. spon 8 Rocks ! — B. atropurpureum
W. & Pennance Point ! — B. cespiticium L. Budock; Pen-

jerrick I. — B. capillare L. Budock Rocks and Pennance Point !—
B. inclinatum Sw. Pennance Point!—B. argenteum L. Falmouth!
Mnium undulatum L. Budock! — M. hornum L. Common !—

k!

Neckera complana ta Hiibn. Budock!

out to me by Mr. ne Trefusis Wood, and near Auslboebegh
Cottage, Falmout

Porotrichum cihalial Mitt. Budock Rocks and Helford!
Penjerrick, F,

Thuidium tamariscinum B. : §. Pennance Point! Trefusis
fields, &c.; Glen ndurgan (pits), F
“ Pleu europus sericeus Dixon. Trefusis Woods and Sunny Corner,

ruro

Brachythecium rutabulum B. & 8. Maenporth; Budock Rocks,

and near Falmouth ! — B. velutinum B. & 8. Pennance Point !—

-& 8. Common !—#,. Swartzii Hobk. Penjerrick !—E. tenellum
Milde. Near Pome !— EF. myosuroides s Schp. Trefusis esi
Budock Rocks ; lendurgan ! — E. striatu Mae

and G
porth; Glendurgan; Penjerrick; Pennance; and Helford 1.

22, REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM

rusciforme Milde. Fonierciek and Helford ! Poihoniee Wood,
. Keverne, F'.—E. confertum Milde. Common!

Plagiothecium Borrerianum Spr. Srloee: Rocks !— P. denticu-
latun B. & 8. Helston and Falmouth ! — P. sylvaticum B. & 8.
Glendur

Amblystegium serpens B. & 8. Com
ypnum cupressiforme L. Budock Boek? : Glendurgan; Truro ;
Falmouth ! Srerenening var. ree: Schp. Bull’s Avenue,
Falmouth ; Budock ! — Var. ericetorum B. & 8. Budock Rocks, in
small quantity ! — H., cordifolium aa. Swanpool Marsh ! — H.
cuspidatum Li. Trefusis Woods! ere Marsh, near Fal-
mouth, F.—H. Schreberit Willd. Falmouth !
Hylocomium splendens B. & S. Falmouth !—dH. Bios B. &
§. Pennance Point and Glendurgan ! — H. triquetrum B. .
Budock Rocks, and Peas Point, and Glendurgan !

REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM, 1898.
By Grorce Murray, F.R.S.

Tue additions to the collections by presentation have consisted
of :—Types of 8 species of Asarum, by W. W. Ashe; 180 Malayan
Plants, by H. N. Ridley; 20 Pectalian Plants, by Miss Jessie
Hussey ; 301 Plants es Nova aya Zemlya and Waigatz, by Col. H.
W. Feilden; 28 Plants from thee, by Dr. S. L. Hinde; 70
Plants from Tibet, by A. H. Savage Landor; 21 Orchids from Messrs.

rr. to,
J. F. Duthie ; 627 Cape Plants, by Capt. Wolley Dod ; 346 Plants
and 14 Fraits from Christmas Island, by Sir John Murray; 192
West African Plants, by J. W. H. Migeod; 169 Paces Plants
from Asia Minor, by Cap t. F. R. Maunsell ; 88 European wering
Plants, by Mrs. E. G G. Clink : 4 Orchids, by Messrs. Sander & Co. ;
4 Orchids, by Sir Trevor Lawrence; a collection of Phyto- ake
from the Atlantic, by Captain C. S. Tindall; 44 Marine Alge from
nog ae by J. Cosmo Melvill; 2 Marine Algw from Grand Canary,
y Miss Anna Vickers; 176 Cryptogams from North-West India, by
a Duthie; 52 Cryptogams or New Zealand, by D. Thomson;
52 Ferns from Jamaica, by William Fawcett; 8 Slides of Rhodesian
Diatoms, by T. Comber; 32 Slides of American Diatoms, by B. W.
Thomas; 2 i 878 of Phyto-plankton from ie Indian Ocean;

2 Californian Hopaties s, by Marshall A. Yas

The following additions have been made by presentation to the
British Herbarium :—14 specimens British aliens, by 8. T. Dunn;
4 Phanerogams, ty W. Whitwell; 346 Phanerogams and 2 Charace®,
by Rey. E. 8. Marshall; 65 Rubi, by Rey. W. Moyle Rogers; 96

SHORT NOTES 23

specimens, by W. A. Shoolbred; 23 * lik by Rev. G. R.
Bullock-Webster ; 61 Mosses, by H. N. Dix

The following additions have been ead by exchange of du-
plicates :—73 Cape Plants from Professor McOwan; 824 Indian
Plants from the Calcutta Botanic Gardens; 146 North American
Phanerogams collected Ba J. R. Vasey; and 87 specimens (mostly
Malvacee) from J. N. Rose

e following specimens have been acquired by purchase :—
Four rondred Phanerogams from Canaries, by Rev. R. P. Murray;
1524 Phanerogams from South Africa, by Dr. F. Wilms; 1120
Phanerogams from South Africa, by R. Schlechter; 108 Phanero-
gams from New Guinea, from Dr. Garcke ; 1519 00 ee
han

1 Dr. :
Mosses and 58 Lichens from North America, by Small; 100 South
European Mosses, by Fleischer and Warnstorf; 150 North American
Alge, by Collins, Holden. and Setchell; 81 Mosses of Tahiti i, by
Bescherelle ; 20 European. Algz, by De Toni; 250 Fungi, by Sydow ; ;
113 East Indian Heypatics, by Schiffner; 303 Cryntonitié from
; oO —

‘drawings of Fungi, b
and Sesse’ S drawings of Mexican Plants ; ; and 84 microscopic pre-
parations, by D eby.

TR
E
a
=
wa
©
co
°
Leet
er
5
2
&
ae
6B
ig
wa
°
=r
‘=
c
5
°

SHORT NOTES.

Ranuncutus Bauporn Godr. — In May, 1896, I noticed in the
imbled

24 SHORT NOTES

duced at Wimbledon; but as one or two other maritime species—
e. g. Rumex limosus Thuill. and Scirpus maritimus L.—still occur in
the vicinity, I think it more probable that R. Baudotii may be a
survival from the days when the tidal influence of the Thames
exte: oe much ota _ at present along the valley of the
Wandle.—H. W. Pues
oad as ees plants were collected last year
near Lowesto ft and Oulton Broad—in the former locality by Mr. W.
A. Dutt, in the latter by myself. The pao are indicated by
initials :—Sisymbrium pannonicum J oh (O.B.), Conringia orientalis
Dum. (0. B.), Lepidium Draba L. (0. B.), L. pelt L. (0. B.),
Iberis umbellata L. (O.B.), Saponaria Vaccaria L. (L. & O. B.),
Geranium pheum IL. (L.), G. striatum Li. Ve ), Trigonella carulea Ser.
0. B.), Coronilla teat och (L.), Trifolium resupinatum L.
(0. B.), Vicia varia Host (O. B.). Baige um rotundifolium (L.
.B.), Carum Carvi L. (0. ‘B. , Coriandrum sativun na (L. & 0.B.),
peiet r Rite L. (0. by Fag enone aE yy 3) per se arvensis

.B.), Lolium italicum Braun (L.), Lagurus ovatus L. (O. B.).—
. Baker.

OBE Ge ictus, — Ya Mis Journal for 1893, p. 48, the Rev.
E. 8. Marshall recorded a variety of this species—‘‘y. pt eR
Fr.’”’; and mentions, among some references that I had given him,

r. . lil. p. 18.

var. Bikes iteewenta ate (Mant. tii. p. “188,
1842 ; adie: Veg. p. Echinodorus natans

4
Engler var. sparganifolius Aschers. Fi. Brandenb. i. 652 (1864).

4 p. 22 ). His note on it is: « This Is suppose = =» gram vint-
but perhaps that is only an extreme state of
B lanceolatum With., which, however, I have not seen. It grew in
several feet of water, and no flowers were seen. I have not seen it
elsewher i. e locality was “‘ Kings Myre, Perth, 19.8.1885.""—

25

NOTICE OF BOOK.

Nova Synopsis Ruborum Germania et Virginie. Pars I. [Mono-
raphical contributions to the knowledge of the genus Rubus,
especially of the Brambles of Germany and Virginia. By

nst H. L. Krause, M.D. First Part. Quarto; pp. 105,
tabb. 12. Saarlouis, 1899; published by the Author. Price
13°60 marks. ]

and ma e have formed tolerably sound and reasonable
opinions about the value which can be placed, broadly speaking,
on our ed species. The prolific Rubus-flora of a tl a

identify the Rubus-forms observed in England and Scotland with
those of N. Germany” leads one to suppose that his researches were
not very thorough.

The title of the work at once betrays a defective sense of pro-
portion: it is not easy to see why one of the United States should
be thus tacked on to Germany, nor could a single visit to Virginia
qualify the author for attem ting a monograph of its brambles.
A sentence from the prospectus illustrates his mental attitude :—

of

] ith ’
also of equal value with the universally acknowledged Central
Kuropean species of Salix.” This assertion is incapable of proof;
a glance at his « Synopsis specierum’’ shows its absurdity, to say
nothing about the test of experience. So far as Britain is con-
cerned, no genus approaches Rubus in complexity of forms, excepting
Hieracium ; Carew or Salix may perhaps come third, but at a great
distance,

Dr. Krause was formerly a disciple of Dr. Focke, whose Synopsis

26 NOVA SYNOPSIS RUBORUM GERMANIA ET VIRGINIA

assigned to an earlier geological period, and supposed that the
original parents might have died out or changed. The essential
difference of my conception from that of my teacher lies in my
tracing the polymorphism of the brambles to the crossing of species

still living and still distinguishable.” Both theories rest mainly —
upon the presence of defective pollen-grains in a great majority of
the brambles tested by Dr. Focke: a phenomenon which does not
seem to have been verified hitherto by British microscopists, and
which, if found to hold good, is a prima facie presumption in favour
of some hybrid origin, remote or recent. Of the two, Dr. Focke's
appears to me to be by far the more probable, though I greatly

says (p. 6): “In my experience, hybrids predominate in all
collections’; but is this capable of anything like proof ?

i p
this sensible remark: ‘‘ We need only bear in mind that the species
ed by us exists but for a time, not for ever.

understand what is meant by this—probably, suspected hybrids.
Dr. Krause’s chapte nom ure is mos ous. After
sayin that ‘all scientific nomenclature misses its object
ess the greatest possible perma e is stri ,” and that
‘* the uded principle of priority has the greater
muddle the more strict] has been foll

tom of appending the
riber’ What a delightful prospect lies before
us, if this example is generally followed in Germany or elsewhere,
the present work well illustrates; in a good many cases one call
only conjecture what plant Dr. Krause intends by the particular
name used. ‘‘Subspécies stand between variety and species, as &
semicolon between comma and full stop.” This is a good working

NOVA SYNOPSIS RUBORUM GERMANIZ ET VIRGINIZ 27

definition ; att statement that hybrids are best sosensies by the
of their progenitors is also sound. In cases of [assumed}
yes ogi only one parent can n be ascer cnet he writes the
prefix ‘ e.g. R. semicesius = R. casius X 2): OF
“emnee ee if ‘th at one parent is very ¢ Pale ely approached. When a
writer presents us with such eccentricities as ‘‘ Rubus hybridus
ie ylifolius quidam,” ‘‘ Rubus dubius suberectus cf. id@oastivalis,
ae = bi appeal ciaigaian ga ‘* R, Bellardit X vestitotomentosvastivalis
thyrsoideus qu.,”’ we are prepared for an announcement like the
follow (p. 18): ‘*I hope to find an opportunity of carrying out
nomenclature in a Flora. I should then expunge the specific
neti tag intermedius, and hybridus, as well as all those composed
with pene-, plus-, and semi-, and all those composed of several
Lativi dajectevea.” Besides this, I should — ch the nomen
specificum from monotypes; I should, in recognizing the family
Adoxacee, call Adoxa moschatellina Adoxa familialis, or else Adoxa

Pages 19 to 49 set forth the author’s views upon all the
European and certain North American species recognized by him
as genuine, e former amo to only a dozen :

Eaewing, t may be said at once that the large number of
‘ species ” already recognized in this country could not have

sprung from such a limited ancestr ry.
Our R. sue ectus and R. fissus are placed as estivalis x ideus, on
grounds which seem to me quite insufficient. In Britain, at see
e

situation, and climate. In point

that of Per ir ogersit Linton, found from Ross to Kent
and in R Trelacd would doubtless have had the same origin
assigned to it, if it been known to Dr. Krause; but in some

to ;
parts of Scotland it is among the most abundant of brambles, and
fruits freely. Focke’s Co, -ylifolit are all ‘only R. cesius and its
in th

rids”’; yet R. corylifolius Sm. i on enough in the
Northern Highlands, from which cesius appears be wholly
absent. Focke’s hamnifolii ** are ieee pene =e co:

sag Argyle, Cardigan, or Surrey. R. ra dula and . pha are

mark, and Norway ‘belongs to the Proles hybrida of R. vestitus.’
But the common “ villicaulis” of N. Scotland, accepted by Focke as
the ce Bosse © — an area in which vestitus Doan oer. does
— ese few instances it will readily be see

+s an palsies fuaudadion Dr. Krause has built.

28 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS

Sixteen pages are devoted to the alleged hybrids between Rubus
ideus and the European blackberries, and thirty-seven to the
bramble: forms of Alsace. This, with an explanation of the plates,
brings Part I. to a conclusion. Regarded as a whole, I do not con-
sider it a trustworthy contribution to science, though its preparation
has evidently cost the author much labour, and a has displayed

considerable ingenuity. Epwarp 9. Marsaatz.

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.*

Annals of Botany gt. —R. A. Harper, ‘Cell-division in
sporangia and as sei’ — we C. Worsdell, ‘Vascular s ate
= female ‘ flowers’ of Canina (1 pl.).—H. M. Wa rd, ‘ Symbiosi

‘Culture of Algw’ (1 pl.). — F. - ae ‘ Geotropism and
Id

of Charles Darwin’ (portr — os Bc ” Wager, ‘ Sexuality of
Pine Ae
Bot. Centralblatt (Nos. 48-52). — B. Leisering, ‘Ueber die
Entwic emis ph des interxyliren Leptoms bei den Di-
(concl.). — A. Nabokich, ‘ Ueber die Functionen
48). L

Chemie des Chlorophylls.’ — (Nos. 49, 50). ‘Weitere Beobacht-
ungen tiber die Biologie von onan Fetidus.’ — (No. 51).
Wehmer, Aspergillus varians, sp. . Thomann, ‘Ueber die
Bedeutung des Atropin in Datura- Santos: :

Bot. Gazette (‘‘ October’’: issued 21 Nov.). — F. L, Stevens,
‘Compound oosphere of Albuyo Bliti.’: — C. M. Derrick, « Develop-
ment of holdfasts of Floridee’ (3 pl.).— W. Miller, «N omenclature
of cultivated plants.” — - B. O. Longye ear, ‘New Michigan Fungi.’—
(30 Nov.) J. F. Clark, ‘ Toxic agents on germina-
tion and rere, of certain filamentous fungi. eee Wiegand,
‘ Development of mic rosporangiu m in Convallaria and Pee,
(8 pl.).—A. B. Townsend, ‘ Hermaphrodite gametophore in Preissia

Bot. Notiser (haft 6: 15 Dec.). —R. E. Fries, « Pol, ysaccum
crassipes.—N. Svedelius, ‘ Esdlaologiak undersékning fran svenska
knoten af Ostersjén.’ — N. Bryhn, Philonotis anceps, Br rachythectum
aay spp. nn. — J. Holmboe, ‘ En fjeldform af rapes Bursa-
pastoris.’—O. Nordstedt, ‘ Quelques mots sur Stapfia Cho

aes ae - Dec.).—H. Solms-Laubach, ‘ Bite “ genus
Pleuromeia’ (1 pl.).

Bull. de oe Boissier Me Nov.). — H. de Boissieu, ‘ Les
Cruciféres du Japon.’ — 0. & B. Fedtschenko, ‘ Matériaux pour la
flore de la Crimée’ (cont.), — H. Christ, ‘ Filices Faurieane.’—

The dates assigned to the scabies are those which appear on their covers
not lero ne but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
p on.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 29

B. A. Fedtschenko, ‘ Novitie Flore Turkestanice.’ . Chodat,
‘ Pleurococcus & Pseudo-pleurococcus.’ — A. Chabon: i. ie irs
d’antan’ (cont.). — H. Schinz & H. Junod, ‘Zur Kenntniss der

Pflanzenmelt der Delagoa- Bay.”
ull. Soc. Bot. France (xlvi, 4-5: Nov.). —G. V. Aznavour,
‘Flore des environs de Constantinople.’ — —. Hue, ‘ William
— (1822-99: portr.). — J. Comére, ‘ Conjuguées des en-
s de Toulouse’ (1 pl.). — ae G. Camus, ‘ Fleurs anomales

. Rou

et Hispanica.’— —. Finet & A. Franek: ‘Plantes du Fokie

Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (15 Nov.). — F. E. Lloyd, Lye
peice cc issus & L. complanatum (1 pl.). —G. V. Nash, ‘ The
_ dichotomous Panicums; some new species.’ — P. A. Rydberg,
« Delphinium carolinianum and related species.’ — A. A. Heller,
‘Plants from ve stern North America.’ — B. D. Halsted, Hry-
okie gen.n

Gardeners’ Onn Von Nov.).—M. Foster, Iris bck ape

(fig. 125).—(9 Dec.). T. Druery, ‘ Evolution of fern fronds.’
Journal de pa (« Sept.’’: received 14 Dec.).—A. Frapehe,
‘Plantarum Sinensium ecloge tertia’ (Conifer@ : conel.).— P. v:

Tie ieghem, ‘ Sur les ere ee vi sy Mangin, ‘ La membrane pe
Mucorinées’ (cont 1 pl.). —H. G. Camus, ‘Plantes hybrides
spontanées de la fans suinpeaee (cont. ).

Malpighia ge fasc. 4: received 16 Dec.). — L. Nicotra, ‘ In-
quirende nella Flora di Sarde egna.’ — M. Pitzorno, ‘Di alcuni
antichi professori di botanica dell’ Ateneo Sassarese. ’*—O. Mattirolo,

ulla Mannite contenuta nelle Tuberacee.’ — G. Cecconi, ‘ Galle
ai Vallombrosa, —F. Cavara, ‘Di una nuova Laboulbeniacea’
(Rickia, gen. nov.: 1 pl.). — L. Montemartini, ‘ Pistillodia dell’
antera in Gentiana campestris.’

Oesterr. Bot. ait (Dec.).—R. a Wetistein, ‘ Die weibliche
Bliite von Gin nkgo’ l.). — K. Fritsch, ‘Zur Syste matik der
Gattung Sorbus’ “conel). —A. Waisbecker, ‘Zur Kenntniss der
oe titi

Rho sean —H. Webster, Lepiotes rhacodes (1 pl.). — M. L.
Fe fash ‘ Ranunculus acris var. Steveni in New England.’

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ée.

Ar the meeting of the Linnean Society on Nov. 16th, Mr. W. C.
Worsdell read a paper on ‘‘The Comparative Anatomy of certain
Species of Encephalartos.” The chief features of the anatomy were
shown to be the presence of several vascular cylinders in the stem,
a character Se also in Cycas and Macrozamia; and the medullary
system of vascular bundles, forming, as in Macrozamia Fraseri iq.,
a complex dpe intimately united with a corresponding network

30 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

of mucilage-canals. The system of mucilage-canals in the pith is
continuous with that of the cortex, but the medullary bundles form
an independent primary system. The mucilage-canal system is
probably of use as a storehouse of moisture during the dry season,
when the roots and foliage die away. A younger seedling plant of
E. horridus Lehm. exhibited in the hypocotyledonary region, the
transitional region sheiwoeh stem and root, at one point a curious
large cauline, and partially concentric strand, and several smaller
strands or bundles lying farther out in the cortex. These, ac Dl
to the author, represented the rudiments of the outer acals ar

u
such fossil plants as the Midulloute, In the opinion of the author

e ancestry of modern Cycads must be looked for in that fossil
group.

WE are nee: to note that the Enumeration of Chinese Plants,
which has been suspended for five years and a half, has been
resumed in the Linnean Society
instalment contains the Urticee by Mr.C. H. Wright, the Juglandacee
and Quercinee by Mr. S. A. Skan, the remainder of the —
and the Salicacee by Mr. I. H. Burkill. Now that Mr. Hems sley

venience of citation, the name of the author should be placed at

Ww. sta n
elaborated the <Artocarpea, al ho ugh- from internal evidence we
elieve Mr. Hemsley is responsible. for them. We trust that the
tae saat of this important work will proceed without further
hindran

We are glad to learn that our contributor Mr. James co IEC
of Luton, ii been elected an Associate of the Linnean Society.

Tue contrast between the colouring of the plates in the earlier
and the later volumes of the Botanical Magazine, like that between
those of the first and third editions of Hnglish Botany, has long been

in the flowers of Kleinia Grantii (t. 7691) is applied with a care-
lessness which should not be allowed to pass unnoticed.
Tue mysterious modes of publication eet characterize the
Kew Bulletin still continue. In October we had ‘‘ Appendix I
1900,”” dated for that year on wrapper nit front page: now we
ner fhe 1 ae II, 1899,’’ dated November and issued in
r; containing a list of ‘‘ New Garden Plants of the
Vist 1898 i It is not easy to conceive what useful purpose can

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 81

be served by cage begee ge of so belated a list. No author’s

2 Oo
Lar)
mn
=}
ie)
=
2}
a}
wo
me
a2 8
_ 2
Tr
i=}
Br oh
Ge
2
=,
o
5
2
nm
er
a
oO
—
_
m
1 er
ao)
Be:
6
er
=
5
&

Geonoma Pynaertiana ar by the way, is incorrectly cited, as

in the original description there is a ‘¢?” after the generic ——

is ‘an Jguanura, probably I. diffusa’; or that Coveeeadas is

cattleya. ‘This anonymous and irresponsible method of ubiieakia

. must lead to serious confusion in the future, and demands a
est.

he gente Annual Report of the Watson RP prt
Cis (1898-99) contains many records of casuals and n
anonymous Rubi: the latter can only ietarost ve who aes the

specimens referred to. Some of the other notes seem superfluous
—e.g. that on ing Martagon—* sitely ae considered a native
here”’ ete. s. Salmon point out that Bromus maximus Desv.

= B. rigidus Ke bers Roth): “the name B. rigidus for this
plant in Lond. . ed. 9 is thus apparently an error.” Mr.
Dun m

without any mark of intro n. ‘‘As it is not mentioned by
the older British botanist, it is probably of Seberaaaae oe
appearance here even a garden plant.”

sequitur ; moreover, it was r oulteeaied by the siandic Teadecaniie’ in
1656 (see Ait. Hort. Kew. ii. 115), There may be something to be

(Synopsis, ii. 141) records it in 1795 from — places near
Exeter, and Richard Weston (who died in 1806) sent specimens to
Banks from ‘‘ Dawlish Brooks, on a short sheepbite washed annually
by a torrent from Haldon.” Smith had it from Devonshire from
four other collectors (see Eng. Bot. t. 1726). .

Mr - E. D. Marquanp sends us his paper on ‘‘ Additional here
Fungi,” reprinted from the Transactions of the Guernsey Society of
Natural Science for 1898.
Tue following, from the Academ y, seems worthy of preservation :
—‘* One of the most amusing misconceptions which we remember

i c cer
the scene. The picture might hang at Kew.” A similar con-
fusion lately riioaa a student to Sat the National Herbarium

32 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC.

°
©
Oo
mM
®
oO
5
-_
co
=
o
TM
ic}
ee
@
5
o
©
Q
5
ee
—
©
Q
a
sr
S
5B
o
La
=a
oO

is searc y
Victoria and Albert Museum

Ar the meeting of the Litany Society on Dee. 7th, Dr. Otto
Stapf exhibited specimens of Malayan and African species of
Kickvia Blume, to show the differences whieh exist between the

size of the corolla, the insertion and general relation of the
stamens to the tube of the corolla, the placentation, the structure
of the fruit, and the general habit of the plants. As the name
Kickxia would have to be retained for the Malayan species, he pro-
posed the name Funtwmia for the African species, from “ funtum

a vernacular name for F’. elastica. He further pointed out, by
means of flowe werlng and fruiting specimens of I. africana Stapf 4

Magazine of Natural History (iii. 561). In 1841, at which time he
was living in London, he published in the Phytologist (i. 68) a list
of Bristol plants, and he contributed several notes to the old series
of that periodical. In 1845 he contributed a list of plants to J. C.
Robertson’s Environs of Reading (see Flora of Berkshire, p. el xix).
In 1846 he botanized in Kent, and embodied the results of his
researches in a Flora Thanetensis, published in 1847 at Ramsgate,
where he then resided. In 1848, while at Seend, in Wiltshire,

Suting the years 1857-1874. This e BF sae
ments in the journal of a local society ie not favourable to abeity;
t a can hardly take ran

importance, and it is practically ——_ seded by Mr. Preston’s
or pea Plants a Wiltshire, published as a volume by the same
society in 1888. Mr. Flower’s ei ieee been chiefly known to
the more recent generations of botanists in connection with Draba

-known locality, Pennard Castle, near Swansea. Various short
sites from his pen, showing general rather than critical knowledge,
will be found in several volumes of this Journal, the most interesting,
os being that on the island of Steep Ho i ourn. Bot.

).

BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX
- Deceased British and Irish Botanists.

é BY
JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G.,F.L.S., & G. S. BOULGER, ae

a i
ape

‘**All persons interested in the history of oro and of the botanists of these _
islands, but more especially those actively engaged in botanical work in —s
bisicaad research, will welcome a reprint of the ‘ serge: — which ran
= rough four ores of this Journal, beginning in 1888. . d this little babes

after all, foundation, and a good substantial one, $i: eo: the history of —
British and at botanists, which may some day develop into as complete and
exhaustive a work as Colmeiro’s admirable La Botdnica y los Botdnicos de la
Peninsula His ispano-Lusitana. No other nation, I believe, possesses such a work as
the latter, and no second nation, so far as I am aware, just suély a work as the
former.”’—W. Botting Hemsley in Journ. Bot., Sept. 1893.

The utility and general sores of this compilation were re rendered evident :
the course of its pu licatio =
then received is amply co Sabon now that the Index appears revisedand completed
up to date.”—dtheneum, Dee. 30, 1893.

“The details given by the authors are very concise, Soke considering that they oe
comprise reference to other sources of information, they The (
- ments of the aufhors, and the unrivalled facilities # their disposition in Mie

M ‘
ae in the history of horticulture, as well as in that of botany, will find the
ork indispensable.’’"—Gardeners’ Chronicle, Sept. 9, 1893. :
——. book has been compiled to satisfy a felt want among botanists The
8, dates, chief facts concerning, and published works jof, botanists have —
| carefully put together.”—The Bookman, Aug. 1893. |
“The authors have done their work well, and made a valuable contribution =
botanical literature.” — Natural Science, Oct. 1893.

| (1803-97)
PRICE is. 6d. ‘NET. ee

Bee ANISTS found A unsbers ie the
(Second Series) to complete their Sets may obtain n
them at the cost of Sixpence each Number from— bli

Mrs. PAMPLIN, Luanpperre.. MERIONETHSHIRE,

HE NAT URALIST: A Monruty Sous
Natura History for the North of England. Edited by Wu. D
Rorsvck, F.L.S., Sunny Bank, Leeds; with the sage oe in special de
ments of J. GILBERT Baxer, F.B.S., F.L.S.; W. Eacte Crarge, F
M.B.0.U.; ALFRED Lie eee M.A., F.G.S. + C. 2; Hoskins, F.L.S.; Go.
Porritt, F.L.S., F.E.S.; W. Barwe..t Turner, F.R.M.

Price 6d., by post ? id. leita Subscription 68. 64.

LE enps: * Basinghall Stre

For Drying Flowering Plants, Ferns, & Segi needa:
-Preserves form and colour in the best possible manner
seldom, if ever, requires change of sheets whilst the plants 4
being dried; it is stout and durable. Used by the Arctic sh
and on the eruise of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’
16 in. by 10 when folded, 15s. per ream, Is. 1d. per quire.
io... Al a 19s, : Is. 4d, -
3 ES e 238, ‘ Is. $d.
wa a 3038. ee 28-24.

_ An Illustrated Journal of General om Lithographed P Plates
the best t Entomological Artists, and frequent Woodeut:

Epirreo sy RICHARD SOUTH, F.E.S.

London : gael NE W MAN & 06:, 54, barr: Garden

Established i851.

BIRm 5

Sov Bametun Buitpines, ——— Lame, Loxpos, W.C.

‘Invested Funds £10,000,000.

Number of Accounts, Be oak
‘O-AND-& “HALF per CENT. pre! allo
= eeio. on CURRENT A NTS, on

SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR 1900 (I6s.) ARE Now DUE

mee +
po Ses 8
No. 446 FEBRUARY, 1900 “eo Vek XXXVI |

JOURNAL OF BOTANY |
BRITISH AND FOREIGN

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S.

Senior ASSISTANT, DeraRrMEN?T OF Botany, BRitIsH Musnum (Naturat HISTORY) —

CONTENTS Ce

PAGE ) PAGE

Two Grasses new to the Channel Flowers. By E. Wintrams Her :
islands. By O. B. P. ANDREWs, VEY ee eG

M.A. (Plate 406 33. The North American Slime
Taxodium. ae Gh yptostrobus. ‘By | .. “Moulds.” By proms HH. Mac
- Maxwern Masrers, M.D., | pRripe. — The ozoa, and —
B.S. Pi 37 | some era Which they sug-_
Additions to the Flore of West gest. By the Rt. Hon. Sir
Lancashire. B A. WHELDON | Epwarp Par and Acnes Fry... 55
and Anserr Wi | On New Z ati
A Plea od my 1787 Spee By ' Dr. S. BEercGRen. —
o Kun 47 patice and Anthocerotes of Cali-
Pipes: Royle’ in England. By | fornia. By M
sages Pe TEN, F2L.8. 50 Mowe 235 en oe re
SHorr Nor He nts and Dorset
egtiavie: —Warwic
ses.—Note on a el peatus.
an = it 5Y i 6
Notites or Boo | Articles in Jour me fran.
‘Observations 2

eo a. Anions of Book- Notes, psig &e... ened

NOTICE.

The Eprror will be glad to send the JouRnNAL oF Borany

in exchange for other Journals of a similar character. Such

Journals, Books for review, and Communications intended | ‘

‘for publication, to be addressed to James Brirrsn, Esq
126, KENNINGTON PARK ROAD, 5S.

He will be greatly obliged to the Secretaries of Local

Natural History Societies if they will forward him copies of

their Transactions, so that any paper of botanical interest may

be recorded in this Journal.

The JOURNAL OF BOTANY is printed and Published
Monthly by West, Newman & Co., 54, Hatton Garden
London, E.C., to whom Subseriptions for 1900 (in advance,
- Sixteen Shillings, post free; if not paid in advance, chargeable
at the rate of 1s. 8d. per number) should be paid.
The Volumes for 1884 to 1895 can still be had, price 14s. each,
_ or £7 10s. the set. Of Vols. 1884 and 1885 very few copies remail.
The bound Volumes for 1896, 1897, 1898, and 1899 can be had

at the usual price, £1 1s. each; also covers for the 1899 Volume
- (price 1s. 4d. post free). — ;
> For Volumes and back numbers for 1872—82 application should be
made to Dutat & Co., Soho Square, W.

, ADVERTISEMENTS.
23 “ Advertisements should be sent to Wrst, Newman & Co,
54, Hatton Garden, not later than the 24th of each month. —

| AUTHOR'S — COPIES.
Contributors are prese six copies of their

a peuen copies | 4 pages wed eopies 5s.| 8 — 25 upton os. oa
” ee 6s. ,

100 “1 ee 100 2 10s, oa
oh xfoater ‘sacral of pages to keg toast in nequal proportion. ft vacate Titles,

For articles supplied as. | prided in te dournal, and not re-made
up, the charge is “ocean Tess. State whether : equired 2

Tab. 406.

Shek
a hes
SP etene e

SETA
RS See

‘is minor Retx. B.Milium scabrum Merl:

T Wiad eat

i ee teaaaa —eereoee
Scag neta Sees nat
me Bi aie

—

Seren ACS oe

- a

Soiree spay Svante at ilastesyg

RMorgan del. et ith.

Journ .Bot.

ed a, a ge ee es

33

TWO GRASSES NEW TO THE CHANNEL ISLANDS.
By C. R. P. Anprews, M.A.
(Prate 406.)

Two grasses have been found in Alderney and Guernsey during
the last year, of which one has not previously been recorded within
the limits of the British Flora, while the other has only been nbd
once or twice as an undoubted introduction. Ju udging from the
localities in which they grew, and from a comparison of their
continental distribution, there is little doubt that they may both be
considered as native plants.

The obvious objection which meets this statement at the outset
is that numbers of the best British botanists have visited these
islands since Babington’s Primitie Flore Sarnice in 1839 called

One of the two, pBar oh ‘is minor Retz, so closely resembles Phalaris
canariensis L. that it has been passed over without interest as a
casual. The probability of this is increased by oe cr that

flower. The oad which flower with it ual or rigs
profusion in the more easily accessible anes and the lower
parts of the cliffs are seldom disturbed by botanists in the spring.

The grass, as I saw it, is only 1-4 in. in height, and its small

purplish panicle amo t thick growt the surrounding
plants might well be riage: especially as the smali purplish
spike of Mibora verna ig by no means uncommon in the same

Puauaris minor Retz. Obs. Bot. iii. 8 (1788).
Syn. E aguaterae W. Sp. i 236 ee) et auct. plur. (non L.).
a 798).

P. decumbens Moench, Aihas 08 (1794).
Annual. Root fibrous. Stems several, often branched near the
base, erect or ascending, 1-2 ft, in height, furrowed but smooth.
Leaves flat, acu minate, about 4 in. broad at ie pees nae

longer than its leaf. Ligule long, obtuse, alia

Panicle spike-like, ovoid or cylindric-oblong, 1-1} in. long.

Spikelets much compressed laterally. Two outer glumes ~ m
Journat or Borany.—Vou, 38. [Fxs. 1900.] ne

84 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

In the Plate—1, Spikelet; 2, rudimentary glume; 3, fertile glume—are
magnified four times.

A tecatiga according to lagen aes eD Gall. occ.
mer.; Ligu tal. med. mer Cro : Attica;
Algeria ; Bu eis Corinth : Cye aa Or eta “the rac. or. Richter
(Plante Europea, 1890) only gives ‘ Regio wuehiaanck” which
is certainly insufficient.

P. minor is distinguished from P. canariensis by the narrowel
shorter leaves, more cylindric area and smaller spikelets; by
the wing of the keel of the ou r glumes, which, though very
variable in the same panicle, is on ae ever entire, and does not
extend more than half-way down the keel; and by the presence of
only one ey glume, much musilas Sronoracianl than
those of P. ¢

In Grenier k Godron’s Flore de France (iii. 488, 489 (1855-56) )
it is stated that the stem ant os minor are ** lon guement nus au
sommet,’ while those of P. riensis are ‘‘ briévement nus au

sommet.” I find that this Saceeke is aa eh varying
pa ae in both specie

arqua see who is working at a Flora of Guernsey

and the smaller islands, first called my attention to P. minor in

Alderney last July, thinking that it was only a casual. It was

for it in Guernsey, and found it in several places; in good quantity
in coed cultivated fields by the sea, and twice sparingly on the
sandy shore.

The plant is not uncommon on the west coast of France. Lloyd
(Flore de UV’ Ouest de France, 898 (1886) ) records it as occurring in
cultivated fields, and especially gardens, in all the emrgtoe
departments from Vendée to Lle- oe Vilaine, where it grow
St. Malo and St. Briac, amongst other places. Corbiére (Flore de
Mivcaaak 626 (1894)) states that he has found it himself in
sandy fields on the coast near Barfleur and Cherbourg, and accepts
it as a native, though it is very rare so far north. Grenier &
Godron give a long list - we including Barfleur, with no

uestion as to its being native. Being a native of both sides of
bay in which the acta are pitunted; i it might naturally be

TWO GRASSES NEW TO THE CHANNEL ISLANDS 85

expected to occur there also. That it has been overlooked through
its likeness to P. canariensis is certain, for it is incredible that
@ casual should appear in the same year or the first time in
considerable quantity in many parts of two islands which are as
ar apart from one another as Dover is from Calais.

Babington recorded P. canariensis as “ “ naturalized in several

now believes that this was P. minor. I have often on P. canari-
ensis in gardens in Guernsey, but all the specimens from sandy
ground by the coast which I examined last summer were P. minor.
In Townsend's Flora of Hants, p. 402, Mr. Marqu “aa recorded P.
canariensis a8 growing ‘‘in the sand at Mudeford, well established.”
In a le ta to me he one that it was “ growing abu mys aye

Minium soaprum Merlet de la Boulaye, Herbor. Maine et Loire,
— 220 (1809),
Syn. M. confertum Mill. Gard. Diet. gig non L.
M. confertum Guss. Fl. Sic . i, 181 (1842).
M. effusum B, Kunth, Enum. 5 Te i. 66 (1888).
M. vernale Dub. et al. (non Bieb.), teste Nyman.
nnual. Root fibrous. Stems erect or ascending, 14-4 in.

sheath. Sheaths strongly striate, somewhat inflated. Ligule long,
acute. Panicle about 1 in. lo g, erect, contracted ; branches short,
2-nate, unequal, capillary, flexuous. Spikelets ovoid, 1 li g

h, shining; it
palea. Stem, sheaths, a panicle-branches, and outer glumes
all slightly scabrid
se — the Plate—1, Spikelet; 2, fertile glume; 3, palea—are magnified eight
im
Distebuton reg to Nyman.—Batav. ; Belg. (sec. Parl.) ;
Gall. oce. mer. ; Cor Sicil. Tala ed. mer.; Crete et reg 8
mont. x Heldr. Richter gives et a. med. om mer.,” which 1
again insulicien Pe
I ms impossible to distinguish M. scabrum specifically from
M. ver sad Bieb., which only differs j in its larger size and diffuse
panicle. It is said also to fe less scabrous, but M. scabrum vari ries

the ves it as Me effusum, but appears to be =
M, vernale, like M, scabrum, is an annoal, an

86 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

can be seen in the British Museum Herbarium which it is difficult
to assign with certainty to either.

I found this plant growing sparingly on the southern cliffs of
Guernsey, near Petit Bot, on April 17th, 1899. These cliffs are
about 800 ft. in height, the precipitous face varying from 100 to
150 ft.; the remainder consists of a steep slope, overgrown in

d everyw

many part s with gorse, heather, and bracken, a ywhere
covered with datioe except where the granite projects In
boulders. M. scabrur ows on the lo art of this green
slope, well away fr any houses or cultivated land; in no

part of the island is one less likely to meet with an alien or
casual.

d san ae : that department, and also in Gironde,
-Charente- Perini and Vendée, but it is a rare plant. North of
Vendée it only reappears on the coast of the oe certainly
in South Holland, possibly in Belgium also. Oudemans (Flora van
Nederland, te 475 (1874)) records it for fhe, neighbourhood ¢

also

Katwijk, the dunes near Overveen, and ar Wassenaar and
Scheveningen, in Nordwijk. These pera are bien in ad e
utch Floras, and there are specimens from ey

eningen
British Museum. Van Hall (Spec. Bot. 82 (1821), and Hlora Bagi
ge ionalis i. 55 (1825)) records it, but gives no localities for
Dumortier (Obser aoe sur les Graminées de la Flore
Beigepid (1828) ) says, ‘‘ Plantam hance rarissimam mecum coml-
municaverunt amiciss. van sont on van Hall,” but gives no localities:
Parlatore (Flora Italica, i, 155 (1848) ) says, ‘Ei stata trovata in
Belgio, in Francia,” &¢. Nyman gives Belgium only on Parlatore’s
authority, an sn hie: modern Belgian Floras omit it. Husnot ie
de France, Belgique, lies Britanniques, Suisse, 1897) remarks
that it is “‘ stidicrté en Belgique par plait itd, ; il est trés douteux
que cette espéce y ait été réellement trou
The most noteworthy points about ‘M. scabrum in North-west
Europe are, that it does not occur between Vendée and the Nether-
lands, that it grows on sand, and that it is generally much taller
ha mo Vi dali

als hb.
There are other plants which do not come further up the Fren¢

coast than Finistére, and yet are found in Guerns —e.g. Opnisho, us

on sand are found on the rnsey cliffs—e.g. Romulea Column@
Juncus capitatus, both of et ow near M. scabrum. Man

of the cliff ee are much dwarfed, aaa I am told by a resident m

than

can see no Mana to doubt that these two grasses are native

TAXODIUM AND GLYPTOSTROBUS 37

in the Channel Islands, and should therefore be included in the
British Flora with Cynosurus echinatus, Lagurus ovatus, and Bromus

h
hardly needed emphasizing—viz. that the Channel Islands are,
geologically and botanically, a part of France, and not of Britain.

TAXODIUM AND GLYPTOSTROBUS.
By Maxwett T. Masters, M.D., F.R.S.

are two Coniferous plants, one a species generally so
considered, from China, and the other a variety of a North American
i i plant. The

ne genus by so
and is placed in anata genus by others, so that, if we look to
books o 8 i i

The two deen I outer e e the ‘‘ Chinese Water Pine,” the
Glyptostrobus heterophyllus of Endlicher, Synops. 70 Grae ees
regarding the synonyms); and a variety of the Swamp Cypre
or deciduous Cypress of Florida, Taxodium distichum Duin There
are in cultivation forms of the latter which are hardy enough to
Pihstaua our climate, but it is doubtful whether the Ohinade plant
can re Without adequate shelter. It seems probable that it might
survive in mild winters, but that it would be destroyed in more

» as to i Brongniart, in Ann. Se. Nat. 1 Ser
Xxx. p. 1 833), included the Cupressus sinensis of the Paris
Garden ae Taxod er (l.¢. p. 69) proposed (lypto-

having ‘ squamis itidultien pares . ++. Squamarum stipite e
basi tenuissima sursum incrassato dilatato, oe convexo; centro
are aa margine superiore leviter toroso, longitudinaliter sul-
c

hg seeds of Glyptostrobus he thus describes :—‘t Semina sub
quavis squama 2, _ejusdem | foveolis immersa, erecta , ovata, com-
pressa ; ; anguste alatum,

bead ¥

88 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

basi in alam oblongam concolorem squame ungui adpressam et cum
semine “ene produce
ntil young cones can “be examined, and the fact ascertained

with sictalsity; it would seem that it would be nr correct to say
that the seeds are oo and not sie ct; but, in any case, the
difference is ea between the description ‘of te ‘ood of Glypto-
strobus and those of Taavllaht, which latter runs: ‘‘Semina sub
quavis squama eet minea (stc), oblique rots, basi onesie:
squamarum stipiti inserta, integumento lignoso, irregulariter
edro, angulis acutis.’

Parlato ore, in DC. Prod. xvi’. p. 488 (1868), follownae Endlicher,
recognizes the two genera, as Carriére and Gor ordon n had done be fore,

charaiers of the two Bichler (in 2 lee and Prantl, Die Natur.

Pflanzenfam. uw. i. p. 91 (1889)) kept the two genera separate.

Beissner (Handbuch der Nadelholzkunde, p. 184 (1891) ), combines

— with Tawodium, oe) refers aay cher’s G. heterophyllus
o the Ta

hao x. p. 152 ( 1896) ) on the giant usually cultivated as
Glyptostrobus mate to Taxodium distichum var. imbricarium.
this acerose form he gives the ee synonymy :—
T us Po distichum var. imbri
ssus disticha 3 ‘abrieiiria Nattall, Gen. ii. 224 (1818).
Taide microphyllum te {1888), Endlicher (1847).
Taxodium ascendens Brongniart (18
Taxodium distichum sinense pendulum dion. Arboretum, iv. 2482
1

Taxodium sinense y pendulum Forbes, Pinetum Woburnense, 180
1839

Schubertia disticha B & y, Spach, Hist. Veg. xi. 349, 350 (1842):
sia sth - pendulus pe ate’ 71 (1847) ; Lindley &
Gordon, Journ. Hort. So . v. 208; Knight, ai
3 Cate, Traits Conif, 168 oe in Bot. Mag. 5603;

8, Evergreens, 869, f. 59, 60.

Gutodion sinense Gordon, Bines: 309 (1858).

Taxodium distichum pendulum Carriére, I.c. ed. 2, 182 (1867);
Veitch, Manual, 215; oe Handbuch, 152; Hansen 12
Journ. R. Hort. Soe. xiv. 304.

Thus, yrs to ay as tree met with in English gardens

under the name Glyptostrobus pendulus is no Glyptostrobus, but 4

Taxodium, am a variety of T. distichum, and in this opinion I
ag

It may be added that Taxodium distichum was first deseribed
by Parkinson in 1640 from a plant cultivated in England, where it
had n introduced by John Tradescant under the name of
ee pereategrel F see Dita Theatr. 1477, fig.; Catesby,
at. Hist.

Sargent also cites the following synonymy, some of it of doubtful
application :—

TAXODIUM AND GLYPTOSTROBUS 89

Cupressus virginiana, foliis Acacia deciduis Hermann, Cat. Hort.
Lugd. Bat. 207; J. Commelin, Hort. Amst. i. 118, t. 59;
Boerhaave, Ind. Alt. Hort. Lugd. Bat. ii. 181.

Cupressus virginiana foliis Acacie cornigere paribus et deciduis,
Plukenet, Phyt. 85, f. 6; Alm. Bot. 125.

Cupressus virginiana, foliis Abietis mollibus atque deciduis, Breyn,
Prod. Sec. 40 [89]; ed. 2, 59.

Cupressus foliis distiche patentibus, Linn. Hort. Cliffort. 449;
Clayton, Flor. Virgin. 119; Royen, Flor. Leyden. Prod. 88.

Cupressus americana foliis deciduis, Romans, Nat. Hist. Florida, 25.

The early history of the Chinese plant is somewhat involved,
but it is certain that the plant spoken of by Plukenet (Amalthewm,
p. 125) as ‘‘ Juniperi folia Arbuscula Cheusanensis Conifera, foliis
varlis Cupressi squammosis, et Juniperinis ” is Juniperus chinensis of
Linneus, as is shown by Plukenet’s specimen in Herb. Sloane
xeiii. f. 214.

Endlicher includes two species in his genus Glyptostrobus,
G. heterophyllus and G. pendulus, the latter with slender pendulous
branchlets and leaves only half as large as those of G. hetero-
phyllus, acuminate and approximate. Endlicher says G. pendulus

t synon
given under G, heterophyllus, must be excluded from Endlicher’s
on.

In herbaria where complete specimens of the Chinese (Glypto-
strobus) and of the Florida plant (Tawodiwm) occur there is not the |

alter in disposition, size, and form, and in which the direction of
the branches (habit) varies greatly from that supposed to be typical.
In reference to this subject it is desirable to quote what Sargent
says as to the variety,

Alluding first to the species, Sargent (p. 152) says of Taxodium
distichum: ‘The deciduous lateral branchlets are three or four

spreading branchlets are linear-lanceolate, apiculate, from one-hal

to three-quarters of an inch in length, about one-twelfth of an inch

in width, and light bright yellow-green on both surfaces or ;
> and on

40 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

appear on tho same individual would imagine that the Cypress-like
trees with erect or se endulous thread-like branchlets and closely

appressed acerose leaves belong to the same i as those with
spreading distichous Seaniies “and flat leaves. The acerose form
ong been an inhabitant of the pate of the eastern

United States and Bur om and is generally cultivated as Glypto-
strobus act and believed to be a native of China.”

It is worth recording that the two genera ai onan and
Tastee: are well ameber in a fossil conditio ault

, and
here and from Sioux City, United States. Of Taxodium five species
are also atl in similar miocene deposits. The characteristic
marks of eeoesoe between the two genera are observable in the
fossil speci
It aA g seem, then, that the two genera Gleptagern and
Taxodium are amply distinct. The chief distinction of Glypto

strobus lies in the elongated cone-scale, which is not peltate; the

bract < hac ae from the seed-scale at the base, but rather
above middle it becomes free and recurved, leaving bare the
5-7- Tohed summit of the seed-scale. On the inner side of the seed-
scale are ri pockets or depressions in which lie the seeds. “These
are smooth, oblong or obovate, often with a short spur or funicle
at the base and wi ith a nego. wing on the side, prolonged beneath
into a flat lancet-shaped w e seeds are described as erect,
but they seem more likely By s pendulous. The point t cannot be
conclusively settled till material, especially cones in their ear arly
condition, is sae tecyr t.

The cone-scales of Taxodium, as already stated, are peltate, and
we Fait ois 4 zat irregularly three-sided, and scarcely, if at all,

Ing:

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WEST LANCASHIRE.

By J. A. Wuenpon anp ALBERT Witson,

She Raji’ of he Botanical 1 Reciid Club. No attempt is made to

ence it must not be inferred that the localities given are the only
ones = hte we have observed the Lea named. So far as we
can resent ascertain, nearly all a w county records, there-
fore me have not called attention to this fact i in individual cases by
sign. It is quite possible that some of the species may

hava} Seek recorded previously through publications with which we

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WEST LANCASHIRE 4]

are at present unacquainted. A few less common plants are inserted,
in order to supply a authority where such is lacking in Topo-
graphical Botany ; but, as we have no desire to claim these as new
county records, they are distinguistied by the obelisk sign t+.

We include a number of extracts from the excellent little Flora
of the Stonyhurst District, acne edition, 1891 (quoted as F’. S.), by
the Rev. John Gerard, 8.J., and the Rev. C. A. Newdigate, 8.J.,
whose names, however, are modestly withheld from the title-page.
As the Stonyhurst ape embraces three vice-counties, the utility
of this work from our point of view is somewhat limited by the use

of general expressions is indicat the distribution of the species
(e.g. ‘€common,” ‘‘ abundant,”’ etc.). We only include such as are
specially ascribed therein to oad West by the addition of the
letter W. Some interesting plants are mentioned from just beyond
our borders.

If some well-known workers’ names are omitted here, it is only
because their discoveries are fully recorded in the important publi-
—_ mentioned in our opening lines, to which this list is supple-

entary. here no authority follows a locality, it rests on the
sanbaalitity of the authors emer ; _— the sign ! indicates that
we are th to confirm records so m

undistinguis ope to deal at a later welt with questions
of ere: sree range, and distribution of species, and s
glad t otes or specimens from 0 botanists which are

rec

= A. L. were published by Dr. F. A. Lees in the Naturalist, 1899,

299. Other contractions used are Wi. (Wilson) and Wh.
(Wheldon ).

The Rev. W. M. Rogers, Rev. E. 8. Marshall, and Mr. F. J.
Hanbury hare — kind enough to examine for us some doubtful
species, and with characteristic courtesy have readily assisted us
with — sc teak knowledge, for which we here tender our cordial

*Clematis Vitalba L. Several plants about Bare, F. 4. L.
Thalictrum collinum Wallr. Limestone rock- see Dalton
Crag, June, 1899, Mr. Sydney Wilson (with Wh. & Wi.)
Waste gr

e, FA.
Ranunculus Testes Lam. In the Ri bble at Ree Deep, not
flowering, F.S. — R. eircinatus Sibth. Canal near Lancaster,
June, 1899, Whew R. Baudotii Godr. Pool on the sandhills,
St. Annes, May, 1899, Wh.

Acta spicata L. In a « pot-hole,” Leck Fell, 1888, W2,

*Papaver Rheas var. strigosum Boenn. Morecambe, on ballast,
July, 1899, Wh. — P. Argemone L. Cornfield near St. Annes,
1898, Wh.

Fumaria yes Jord. Near Little Eccleston, 1895, Rev. E. S.
Marshall. — F’, confusa Jord. Near Little Eccleston, 1899, Rev,
E. 8S, Marshall,

42 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

+Cochlearia danica L. St. Annes and eee Wh. — *C,
armoracia arden escape, Stonyhurst, F’. S.

t Sisymbrium Sophia L. Near Lytham, 1897, 1 h.

+ Brassica monensis Huds. Rasen Seo i and §t. Annes,
1896. Wh.

Diplotaxis muralis var. Babingtonii Syme. St. Annes, 1899,
Wh.

*Hesperis matronalis L. Banks of re Seg below Whitewell,
and in the bed of the river also, July, 1899,
*Tunaria rediviva DC. Sands of 2 path Bay, J. Britten in
Naturalist, 1864, p. 203.
Coronopus Ruellii All. Near Garstang and en Wi.
*Lepidium sativum L. Morecambe, July, 1899,
tCakile maritima Scop. Pilling and Knott En oe , Wi.
Helianthemum Chamecistus Mill. Limestone Sd ‘Kellet, War-
ton and Silverdale district, abundant ae
Viola ericetorum Schrad. Lytham, 1896, Wh.
Polygala oxyptera Reichb. Sandhills west of Lytham, 1895,
ev. E. 8. Marshall.
Sapna officinalis L. Banks of Lune, Ribble, and elsewhere, —
h
: Silene Cucubalus var. puberula Wierzb. Ribble bank below
roughs
Lychnis 'Githago Scop. Greenfield, F.S. Cornfield near St.
Annes, 1896, Wh.
3 a semidecandrum Li. Between Lytham and St. Annes,
ay,
ger cee serpyllifolia var. stg (Guss. ie —— July, 1899,

Wh.—Var. Lloydii (Jord.). Bare, July, 1899,
Spergula arvensis L. var. sativa Boenn. eo Freckleton,
1899, Wh.

Buda marina Dum, var. neglecta (Kindb.). = marshes,
Pilling, 1895, Wi. — B. media Dum. With the last, W
Hypericum elodes Li. ochetly on Ribbleton Moor, now extinct,
Hed Wm. Dobson in Rambles by the Ribble, 1877. Succeeding records
bac? s name are from the same source. Ribbleton Moor
wis drained about forty years ago, and is now built over; but Mr.
Wilson, of Garstang (father of one of the authors) remembers
gathering Gentia na, Pneumonanthe there.
+Malva rotundifolia Ts . Between Blackpool and Marton, 1895, Wi.
: tee cordata Mill. Rocky wood on limestone near Warton,
*Linum usitatissimum L, Leagram, 1867, F.S
*Geranium pheum L. Near Higher Bridge, ‘Shire Lane e,
Longridge, F.S. Roadside near Barrow, Leck district, Miss
Maudsley. < purpureum Forster. North of Bare, F..4.L. With
some expression of doubt.
Genista anglica L. Formerly on Ribbleton Moor, now extinct,
Wm. Dobson,
*Medicago denticulata Willd. Seminary gardens, Stonyhurst,
1886-7, F. 8.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WEST LANCASHIRE 43

*Trifolium a ue Field near Hacking Boat, 1887, F. S.
Preston Docks, 1899,
otus corniculatus Ls var. 7 Pers. Bare, 1899, F. A...
ae in other localities on the
Hippocrepis comosa Li. Lee rocks, Warton Crag and Over
Kellet, 1899, Wi.
Vicia angustifolia L. Near oe 1894, Wi.—V. lathyroides L.
Lytham and St. Annes, May, 1899, Wh.
Prunus fruticans Weihe. Near canal south of Hest Bank,
Ae

Bors — ta Li. var. denudata Boenn. Canal bank north of

Bare, F. A
[Rubus sae, And. Sale Wheel, F. S.] — R. incurvatus Bab.
Near Inskip, 1895, Rev. E. S. Marshall. “ Not what I consider the
typical form, but ‘that which prevails in Derbyshire, Salop, and
Lancashire, ‘hardly differing from the type, except in its ice
panicle, crowded strongly faleate prickles, and somewhat thinner
and less lobate leaves—characters suggesting a divergence from
ds Rev. W. M. Rogers 899. —

Le towards R. Colemanni,” Rev. gers in lit.
adula. Near Bare, F. rc L.—R. ca@sius var. aquaticus. Sand-
hills near Lytham, 1896, — fh. oeeggl - Ideus. Hurst Green,

near @ garden, with both bofeseres 1899,

Further notes on the Rubi of the vice- ces will be found in
Journ. Bot. M “i 1896, p. 186 (Rev. E. 8. Marshall), and October,
1898, p. 101 ( (I. A’ Wheldon n).

+Geum rivale L. Wennington and Hodder Valley. — G. i
medium Ehrh. Seminary ba Stonyhurst, Ff’. S.! Near icirkby
Lonsdale Station, Mr. L. P.

Pot Stet procumbens sii Quarry Road, es End, F. 8.

[P. fruticosa L. * Spa ingly on limestone rocks 100 yds. ‘due E.
of N Fe Kellet Church, 8 aioe beyond Lancaster,” Thos. Williams,
Science Gossip, Jan . 1870, p. 19. The locality is an unlikely one,
and we have searched it for this plant with a negative result.]

* Rosa pbs Herm Chaigley, F. S

Pyrus malus Li. var. acerba DC. Hindburm C.

Crate oa cxyacanthote Thuill. great Mr. L. Petty
‘Plants of Leck and Neighbouiedl? > (Naturalist, erent 1898).
Other records in Mr, Petty’s name are from the same source.

*Savifraga wmbrosa L. Plentiful and apparently thoroughly
naturalized by a waterfall in ee 21 Oct. 1899.—S. granulata
L. Dean Brook and Sale Wheel,
ee tChr yroeplenitim alternifolium L. nebo holes” of Leck Fell and

asegill, Wi,

Ribes a L. Chipping and Hurst Green, F. S.—
*R. nig grum Babee Moor, ee obson. Broce k Bottom, Wi.
—*k. rubrum L. By the side of Leck Beck, &c., Mr. L. Petty.

Sedum Telephium L. var. Fabaria H. C. Wats. Limestone
— — Silverdale, Wi.—*S. album L. Chaigley and Chipping,

ef alls about Leck, Mr. L. Petty
- pia tectorum L. Roof of ‘outhouse at Collin Holme,

r. L. Pett

44 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY
VR cada vulgaris L. Near Bare, F. A. L. River Keer, Stodday,

Taek Portula Li. Formerly on Ribbleton Moor, Wm. Dobson.
Epilobium angustifolium L. Leck Fell, Chipping, Roeburndale,
> 4.

“Apium inundatum Reichb. fil. Formerly on Ribbleton Moor, Wm.
Dobson. Marsh between Yealand Storrs and penne ‘h 1888, Wi.

Anthriscus vulgaris Bernh. Knott End, 1894,

*Peucedanum Ostruthium Koch. Roadside near old barn, Oaken-
clough, 1888, Mr. Sydney Wilson.

Galium sylvestre Poll. Limestone rocks, Warton me July,
1892, Wi.—G. uliginosum L. Swamp a paar 7, Wi.

Solidago Virgaurea var. ged (Huds.). On Yoraiale grit
rocks, Upper Easegill, Aug. ees

Filago germanica L. ie agra FS. ! Bare, #5 A. Ln

tErigeron acre L. Pilling, ies Spon St. Annes, &e

t Bidens tripartita L. Shard Bridge and ene: 1895, Wi.

*Chrysanthemum Par ashen Pers. Ballast between Morecambe
and Snatchems, 1899,

Matricaria inodora L i salina Bab. Near Bare, 1899, F. A. L.
Bolton-le-Sands, 1898, Wi. Fleetwood, 1896, Wh.
* Petasites fragrans Pres]. Near Yealand, Wh.
* Senecio saracenicus L. Ribble banks near Hacking Boat, 1863,
F.S. Reported also from other Ribble bank localities in Rambles
by the Ribble.

arduus hesoropiolivs Willd. Higher Bridge Island, 1886. Not

Gand = F.S. Banks of the Roeburndale River about Salter,

Plone echioides bs _ Clay banks by the sea between Naze Point
and Lytham, 1 $s

Serratula tinctoria < Gat ebarrow Wood, Silverdale, 16: Wi.

Hieraciwn murorum Ease Gill, 1. — H. durweps
F. J. H. var. ab eee F. J.H. Ease Gill, Leck, ion and
banks of Lune, Halton, 1896, Wi. — H. vulgatum Fr. ,
&e., F.8S.! Longridge, 1891, H. F. Linton! — Var. ravusculum
Dahlst. Sandhills near St. Annes, very local, 1895, Z. 8. Marshall.
—H. diaphanum Fr. Longridge, F. F. Linton in Bot. Exch. Club
Rep. 1892, p. 396. — H. sciaphilum Uechtritz. Lower Bleasdale,
Garstang, Wi. — H. rigidum var. tridentatum (Fr.). Upper Hase
Gill, Leck, 1899, Wi.—H. boreale Fr. Leck, Mr. L. Petty. Preston
Wives, Longridge, Leck, &. Common.

Leontodon hirtus L. A and elsewhere, 1887, Wi

Taraxacum officinale Web. var. “erythrosper mum (Andrz.). tam
and St. Annes, 1898, Wh. Warton Crag, 1899, Wi. — Var. lavt-
W.

25
®

oadsi ’
(DC.). Ease Gill, 1899. — Var. corniculatum DC. On limestone
rocks near Ease Gill Kirk. This is Surin to specimens so nam
by the Rey. W. R. Linton from Derbys
Tragopogon pratensis var. minus (Mill. \. ee et Churchyard,
F.S. e, F.A.
*Campanula rapunculoides L. Roadside near Pilling, 1895, Wi.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WEST LANCASHIRE 45

Primula vulgaris x veris. Near Riddings Farm, F. S.!
*Vinea minor L. Near Hurst Green Church, I’.
Gentiana baltica Murb. Between St. agers — ‘Lytham, E.S.
Marshall in Bot. Exch. Club Report, 1895,
*Polemonium ceruleum L. Stonyhurst, Sale ‘Wheel, &e., F':8.
Symphytum ee L. Gas Wood, Stonyhurst, F. S. Near

Myosotis repens . Don. Fairsnape Clough, Bleasdale, 1899, Wi.
*Verbascum Blattaria L. Three plants in a poultry-run near
Bare, :
Ser ophularia umbrosa Dum. Knowle orteY 1899, Wh. Queried
for ‘‘ near Preston” in Topographical Bot
Veronica polita Fr. Garden weed, utisiaret F.S. Garstang,
&c., 1894, Wi.
"Euphras ta nemorosa H. Mart _— Wh. — E. curta Fries.
Near Preesall, and Stalmine Moss,
Pedicularis palustris “e Damen Hindburn, &c., 1899, Wi.
On Leck Fell, Mr. L. Pett
Lathrea Squamari ia L. Busals Hill and Beezley Wheel, F. 8S.
ene vulgaris L. Leagram, Ff. S. Longridge Fell, Kase
Gill, Bleasdale » &e.

* Mentha viridis L. Lune banks, Halton, Wi.—M. sativa L. var.
rivalis. Near Hest Bank, F.A.L. Hodder Valley, Onttoualls and
arstang. — M. rubra Sm. em Bridge Islan . Seen on

Yorkshire side of. the river, lower down, s 0 probably cor ect, Wh.

x alamintha Clinopodium Spenn. Saddle Hill and Beasley Wheel,

Bare, F. 4.L. Stodday, Wennington, Halton, &c.
pee div ithe i: Silverdale, Middleton, and Nether Kellet,

1888, Wi.

*Lamium maculatum Li. North bank of Ribble near Ribchester,
W. Dobson.—L. Galeobdolon Crantz. Sale Wheel, F.
rt Plantago Coronopus var. ceratophyllum Rapin. Blackpool, 1896,

Littorella juncea Berg. Canal near Garstang, J stor 1891, Wi.

Seleranthus annuus L. Near Garstang, 1888,

Chenopodium album Li. var. incanum Mogq. eee 1899, Wh.
—Var. viride Syme. Preston Docks, 1899, Wh. — *C. opulifolium
Schrad. Near Preston, 1897-8, Wh.—*C. urbicum L. Near More-
pape and Preesall, 1899, Wi. — *C. rubrum L. Preston sail
189

At) thee tr te: Woods. Morecambe, July, 1899, Wh.—
*A. Smithii Syme. Lancaster, Wh.— A. deltoidea var. prostrata

99, Wh.

Polygonum aviculare var. littorale (Link). Morecambe, 1899, Wh.
—Var. vulgatum Syme. Canal towing-path, Lancaster, 1899, Wi.
Rumex domesticus Hartm. Crowshaw os ‘8. eR.

crispus X obtusifolius. Near Knowle Green, 1899, Wi
*Euphorbia cyparissias L. Grassy field between ioanes Vicarage

and the at May, mene J. C. Melwill.

t* Ulmus surculosa Stokes, var. suberosa Ehrh. Near Garstang, Wi.
Urtioa dioica L. var. angustifolia Blytt. Knowle Green, 1899, Wh.

46 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Betula verrucosa Ehrh. Middlebarrow Wood, Aug. 1899, Wi.
Quercus Robur L. var. sessiliflora (Salisb.). Near Wray, Oct. 1899.
Saliz aurita L., Bleasdale, near Garstang, 1888, Wi.—S. aes
L. Hedges near Leck, Mr. L. Petty. Near Garstang, 1888,
S. phylicifolia L. Jumbles and Higher ae Island, F. “ia
S. nigricans Sm. Rocks at the head of Bolton Roughs, F. S.—
S. Smithiana Willd. ee Reservoir, caidas, &e., F. 8.
Side of Leck Beck, Mr. L. Pet
Populus nigra L. Bank of ‘ors Beck, planted ?, Mr. L. Petty.
Ceratophyllum demersum Li. In the Hodder at Seed Holme Nook,

87,

*Blodea canadensis Michx. Near Hest Bank, 1899, F. A. L., and
elsew

Novitia Nidus-avis Rich. Bolton Roughs, F. S.

Epipactis oe orubens Schultz. Warton Crag and Gatebarrow
Wood, 1892,
ot oan L. ear Lancaster, 1896,

Gagea _esscsincst Salis: Ree Deep, 1886

Juncus compressus Jacq. aides Fell, oe Chasen
F.S. — J. diffus shige tie Near Hudd Lee Far m, FS. Marshy
ae near Hest Bank, F. A. L. — J. obtusifolius Ehrh. Bare,
aL.

Potamogeton natans L. Garstang, Wi., and elsewhere. Common

Ruppia rostellata Koch. ee near Bolton-le-Sands, 1898,
Wi. Freckleton Marsh, 1899,

Zannichellia palustris L. Soa. Lancaster and Carnforth,

Scir, pus pauciflorus Lightf. Salt-marsh near Bolton-le- Bands,
1892, Wi.— 8S. fluitans L. Ditches near Morecambe, 1899,

S. lacustris L. ‘Near Bar are, I’, A, L., and elsewhere. — S. Laberna-
montani Gmel. Abundant near Bolton-le -Sands, &c., 18938, Wi.—
S. rufus Schrad. Salt-marsh at Bolton-le-Sands, 1892, Wi.

Rynchospora alba Vahl. Cocke rham Moss, 1877, and again in
1887, Wi. Now probably extinct, as also Drosera anglica Huds. and
Carex limosa Li, which grew with it; the moss is now being rapidly
cut up and m ade awa y with by a « Moss- ata company.

Carex dioica L. Littledate Fell, Udale, 1899. — C. acuta L.
Sowerby Marshes, near Garstang, 1891, Wi.—C. digitata L. Wood
on 2 eee near Silverdale, 1888, Wi.—C. levigata Sm. Swampy
wood by the Calder, near Garstang, 1888, Wi. — C. binervis Sm.
Kempls, Hind F.8.! Near Bay Horse and Garstang, Wi. —

899, Wh.

Catabrosa aquatica Beauv. hae Borwick, 1888, and Gar-
stang, Wi.

Melica nutans L. Rough limestone ground in a wood, Silver-
dale, 1888, Wi.

Poa compressa L. Wall near Preston Wives, pomp | ee Wh.

Festuca uniglumis Soland. St. Annes, 1897, W, lvatica
Vill. On limestone, Ease Gill, near Leck, 1888, Wie — poe L.

A PLEA FOR MY 1787 PROPOSAL 47

Melling, Borwick, and Ease Gill, 1888, a — F. pratensis Huds.
Near Cowkins, Lowe er Hindburn, 1887, Wi
Agropyron caninum Beauv. Side of Dick Beck, pci L. Petty.
Between Wray and Lower Salter, 1887, Wi. — A. pung &.
Schult. = littorale Reichb. Bare, F. A. L. Picea, Glasson,
Preesa 1, &
ort murinum L. Preston Docks; 1899, Wh.—H. maritimum
Huds. Near Lytham, 1883, Wi.
a unilaterale Bory. Windy Clough, Glougha Scarr,
1881, Geo. Sta
idan a marinum Li, On the coast of the North —_ 1884,
and since, Wi. We deem it prudent to withhold exact locality.
Cystopteris fragilis Bernh. var. dentata Hook. Leagram, F. S
t Polystichum lobacum Presl. Hodder Banks, F.S.!, and else-
where.— P. angulare Presl. Buck Banks, Leagram,
: tPhegopteris Dryopteris Fée. Dean Brook, &c., F. 8. Hina-
urn,
+ Botrychium Lunaria Sw. Gare Wi.
Equisetum hyemale L. Bank of Lune, near Halton, 1899, Wi.—
E. variegatum var. arenarium Newm. St. Annes and South Shore.

piss A PLEA FOR MY 1737 PROPOSAL.
By Dr. Orro Kunrzz.

In the last number of this Journal its Editor opposed to my
new proposal that the 1787-starting-point be valid for genera, 1758
for species, with future exclusion of all intermediate works, as being
arbitrary and directed against Linneus’ Corollarium 1787, Genera
P mistake. of 1742, and his ee of 1740 and 1748. But that is
& mi

exclude ae works of Cee ; but that ace d does not touch
me at all, for I Shoronghly worked up the nomenclature of these

na o
who begin with 1758 and neglect thereby all these works of
Linnzus. By my proposal to exclude further mbaraetals a orks
between 1737 and 1753 I only intended to make a concession to
the numerous botanists a like to exclude the works of Rumphius,
of Burmann (1787, 17 38) and other contemporaneous sub of

under ‘ous = in his Flora Daianien, P- igs 240, under

this — does (he does — ae oxalnding all works peioes

48 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

By my panel are excluded only the doubtful cases of nomen
clature; such it will avoid future changements in notientlabire
an produce more 5 stabilit

It is inconsistent to begin, as the Editor proposes, only with
-piesntind Species Plantarum 1758 and to use notwithstanding also
Linneus’ Genera a um of 1752, which is moreover an illicit
reprint ie Ch. K. Strumpf-Halle.

In the Editor’s A ae of his 1753-starting-point against my
ciphers eporite. Sap ce the horrible nowiousness of the 1758-
proposal I ¢ t find any s sibseentint fact, I find therein only
not opraged ‘rokalit y and suppositions. But words alone =
— my statistical proves. I beg for careful scrutiny and do not
ear

It is true that numerous specific names of my Revisio Generum
have not received general use in England; but that is no argum ment
against my new proposal concerning only genera. It is not my
fault that English botanists maintain a private rule as s species-
names, if a species is transferred to another genus or if the genus-
name is to be changed. In ine ey I had to follow the strict
priority of the international Code of 1867. This isolation of

at can be done now at the botanical Congress rey Paris
110th October 1900. As I proposed in the addition to article 70
of the Codex emendatus (see Rev. Gen. III¥,. p. hee and its
motivation p. 197-198 of the introduction) the votes of such
members of a Congress who belong to the inviting dase —
be reduced to eign otherwise the Congress can never

By the lack c i

The ewan of the inviting fea are always in stupen ous

the
ntific Congresses would iM animated to settle the
ae ra as sequent manner and obliging thereby future Con-
gresses in this practice, viz. :—In scientific Congresses the members of
the inviting people give honorary — of the first rows and two-thirds
majority to the invited foreign
Such it could easily a seen, Gf the majority of a votation is

obligatici that each Congress has to choose the next one with its
preparing directors—a practice neglected by the Madison Congress
—could then be settled on such an arranged Congress at Paris next

A PLEA FOR MY 1787 PROPOSAL 49

Dr. Kuntze is in error in supposing that authoritative value
was claimed for the 1752 edition of Linneus’s Genera Plantarum :
our words were, ‘‘The 1752 and 1754 editions of the Genera
Plantarum are available as informal or further assistance to clear up
doubts.”

names are of very high scientific interest and importance, an
ach of them may be said generally to be worth many modern

inconvenience or difficulty is caused by the want of generic
definitions in the Species Plantarum; moreover, according to
modern codes, the name of a genus does not fail merely for

= . . . 8

me o en A
Horsfieldia Willd. Sp. Pl. iv. 2, p. 872, n. 1852 (1806).

already been done, thouch it bar the future all changes of
names dependent upon dates between 1737 and 1753; surely it
would be best to bar such names altogether. As an illustration of

the permission and the refusal for taking up old names, has a very
awkward look, and throws a strong suspicion on the principle so
treated. :
With regard to the Paris Congress, particulars of which will
appear in the fortheoming number of the Bulletin de la Société

Journat or Borany.—Vou. 38. [Fxs. 1900.) E

50 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

be well to add that we are not prepared to devote

ailiniined space to the discussion of details ewe with the

nomenclature question, for which reason we refrain from comment

wide certain other portions of Dr. Kuntze’ G cetunienicatial although
e do not accept his inferences.—Ep. Journ. Bor.]

IMPATIENS ROYLEI IN ENGLAND.
By James Britten, F.L.S.

In the Botanical Magazine for te last (t. 7647) Sir si
Hooker figures and describes, under the name Impatiens Roylet va
paltidifiora, a form of a plant which signe oe familiar as sl

London gardens, where it is kno «Tree Balsam.”
ky eatin of the genus (J. biflora) is sick 7 completely casual
in this country, and another (J. pareviete) is fully esta plished in
certain localities; and as it seems ee at to these, which are
already in our books, and have come to us respectively from North
America and Russia, a third introduetion—this time from
Himalayas—may have to be added, it may be worth while
transcribe Sir Joseph’s note upon the which he figures. He
writes :-—

‘ The plant here figured . appeared for the first time i
the slesibburies of my garden n near ‘Sumningdale three or — years
ago, and rapidly increased, so as to become a weed, until 1898,
when the long-continued drought decimated the instal aid pre-
vented the seeding of the few that were ag goed ioe or whenee
it was introduced I cannot form an idea. I hav ver raised a0

Also I saw it growing in pro a cottage garden 0 ge
Mr. Mitford’s cciilanes: Batsford "Park, cc iatorshins, but 2

a — of it was to be found in that gentleman’s fine ga "
or in collection of har oa brea shrubs,
and herbaceous plants, where 1, sich abounds in a nat ralized

of the Sikkim Himalaya, and of which I made a coloured drawing
on the spot, differing only in having subulate ee Baar glands,
eg og in the Sikkim plant these are flat or pulvi

ollowing notices show that the plant has tae. noticed in
Hegiand for nearly half a century. In the “Seale grriah i
(1855) Mr. Irvine says: ‘* We have been informed that a Balsam
twice as tall as the ioeetens fulva, with a stem as thick - a + common
broom-handle, grows on the Colne between Harefield and Denham.
. . « « We had our ielecnation from the k Sricas of Old Park Woods,

SHORT NOTES 51

era *‘manifests some inclination neous

Harefield” ; and later (vi. 544, 1863) writes that Impatiens glanduli-
to be one of our spontane
expects the plant of the Colne to be this species. It is n
the same plant to which Mr. Grindon (Manchester Flora, 99 (1859) )
refers to as ‘‘ Impatiens coccinea’’—which he describes as ‘‘a tall
and weedy plant, with flowers of a dull red colour, rapidly dissemi-
nating itself, growing, like its congeners, ever a seed is
dro .’ Mr. Grindon wrote to me in 1864 :—
‘*T have seen it within the last four or five years in various parts
of England; and on enquiry who sowed it, or where it came from,
no one knew. Many town gardens in Manchester and the neigh-
bourhood contain it; not sown, the people tell me. I have seen it
under the same circumstances at the sea-side places on the coast of
Lancashire, especially at Lytham, and also not far from the famous
old habitat of the American (inothera biennis. No one would grow
the plant for its beauty, for it is a cumbersome and weedy thing at
the best’’ (see Naturalist, ii. 49 (1865) ).

itions.
T have not had an opportunity of comparing living specimens, but,
so far as the figures enable one to judge, Sir Josep oker’s var.

SHORT NOTES.

June 6th I abundant growth of E. brevipila o :
between Swanage and Studland, Dorset; apparently not previously
noted for this coun any wi nd

Two or three other forms were obtained, but were too young for
satisfactory determination.—A. B. Jackson.
E 2

52 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Warwicxsutre Mosszs. Sg @ six months’ residence in
Warwickshire, two years ago, I paid some attention to the county
bryology. The following osasiis for the mosses given are additional
to those in Mr. Bagnall’s Flora, and also to the supplement published
in the ae bueng alist, 1892-8. I have to thank my frien
Messrs. J. EK. Bagnall and H. N. Dixon for much kind J aad in

m
been gathered for D. undulatwm Ehrh. (see Journ. Bot, 1874, 175).
icranoweisia cirrata Old Milverton Sape wall.—
‘Barat cylindrica Schp. Canal- bridge, Radford Semele (barren).
bane vinealis Brid. Stone coping, New River ipl eamington
en).—B. revoluta Brid. Sparingly at base of tree-trank near
adord Semele. — B. tophacea Mitt. A few barren plants found
among tufts of Bryum caspiticium near Rugby; pointed out to me
by Mr. Dixon. — Zygodon viridissimus R. Br. Tree-trunk, Radford

Sutton Park. é
Bridge near Hatton. — Mnium hornum L. Abundant in the shady
parts of Warwick Castle grounds.—Thuidium tamariscinum B, &

Yarningale Common (barren). — Campt oo lutescens B, & 8.
Bank — = Dy: — Bra chythecium ieee B. & S. Grassy

thecium sylvaticu . & §. Hedgebank near Leamin
Amblystegium filicinum De Not. Very fine and epee in a ete ‘e
Grass

veluto, dentato, leviter sinuato, Pane ree ro flavescente”’ Sloane,
Cat. p. 95 (1696); Nat. Hist. Ticskied 216, t. 135, ‘ para
We have Sloane’s specimens (Herb. Sloane, iv. f. also
specimens sent to Miller from Jamaica by Hou ae a #780.
Lunan (Hort. ——— p. 469 (1814)) describes ‘the _—
and states, “It grows but rarely in at a of Jamaica

coppices near the oust. Its common s Congo mahoe, the
negroes affirming that it came originally eg Africa, > Sloane (I. ¢-)
states, “It grew on the Red Hills over against Mr. Batchelor’s
House very plentifully.” There can be little doubt that it is
identical with H. clypeatus, with which it had already been p

OBSERVATIONS ON THE COLORS OF FLOWERS 58

(in the National Herbarium) by Mr. J. J. Bennett. H. tomentosus is
omitted by Macfadyen from his Flora of Jamaica, and by Grisebach
from the Flora of the British West Indies. H. tomentosus Stahl
(Estudios para la Flora de Puerto-Rico, p. 92 (1884)), although
agreeing i € points, can hardly be Miller’s plant, to which
it is doubtfully referred in the Index Kewensis, as it is described a

belonging to the section Furcaria.* H. ¢ ypeatus Li. occurs in
Porto Rico, as it was recently gathered there by P. Sintenis,
No. 3700. H. Berlandierianus Moricand does not a

differ from H. clypeatus. The three plants are retained as distinct
in the Index Kewensis.—E.. G. Bake

spicata O. Kuntze” and ‘“Gracca virginiana L.” for the headings
‘‘ Cracea virginiana L.” and « Cracea holosericea’’ on pp. 15, 16,
will leave the synonymy accurate.—JameEs Britten; E. G. Baker.

NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Observations on the Colors of Flowers. By BE. Witu1ams Hervey.
New Bedford: Anthony & Sons. 1899. Pp. 105.

hues found in various blossoms are, he tells us
chemical action blending the gimple tints originally put by Nature
on her palette. Insects have been main agents in working out this

* ‘* Esta especie de Hibiscus perteneciente 4 la seceién Furcaria no @
descrita en ningtn autor, asi no dudo sea una nueva es ie, y aunque la doy
el nombre especifico de tomentosus espero que esta clasificacién provisional
sea confirmada por botanicos mas competentes.”—Stahl, J. c.

54 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

result,
flowers which suit their taste, but directly, developing colours

k
tiny feet in the shape of a circle; when a bee rubs his back agains
the petals of a pop akes a similar-shaped [black] spot on

ned, colour or no colour” (p. 78). Moreover, he
declares, not only that ‘ honey-guides do not always guide”’ (p- 59),
but that in the case of the poppy the ‘‘ black honey-guides are of

(p. 67). Again, we learn that some insects, of weaker intelligence,
alighting on the wrong part of Trop@olum blossoms, are debatt
by “a sort of cheval-de-frise’’ from getting at the honey, but, nevel-
theless, repeat the blunder so habitually as to “stimulate just the
same,” and leave a monument of their folly in the shape of spots
of colour.

It is obvious that on such a theory we should not speak of
honey-guides at all, but rather of the tracks of creatures who kneW
how to reach the honey without them. But how does Mr. Hervey
square this account of the matter with some of his own exampl

J. G.

4
7
a

THE MYCETOZOA 55

The North American Slime Moulds. By Taomas H. Macsruz.
New York: The Macmillan Co. 1899. 8vo, pp. xvii, 281;
tab. xviii.

The Mycetozoa, and some Questions which they suggest. By the
Rt. Hon. Sir Epwarp Fry and Aenes Fry. London: Know-
ledge Office. 1899. 8vo, pp. viii, 82; 22 figs. Price 1s.

finski in the present case) as they took themselves, basing their
work on Linneus and the Linnean method, the reflection yet
explains the temptation to go quite wrong in matters of nomen-
clature which has at all times beset eryptogamists. We had arrived

does go against the grain to find fa It sometimes seems that
the author has a positive itch to do things contrary to rule and
— ake title-page. call them “ Slime

surely now quite unnecessary) to
in common with the Fungi? I prefer Sir Edward Fry’s ‘ — é
which is at least non-committal, or, better still, ‘« Creepies, whic

56 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

xample of

e
them, but this would end in reviewing nomenclature questions, as
has been done so efficiently and so frequently in these pages, and in

parting from the main business of reviewing this book.

Enough

thankful
for the great reform of the Lister Monograph, has deliberately taken
a backward step in a very important point. One is also constantly

.

irritated by seeing personal specific names, which are exceptionally
numerous in the Mycetozoa, printed with small initials, as “gauterl,

There is so much that is good, worthy to live, and utterly honest™
this book that criticism, such as this, becomes particularly pant
It is many years since I have met with any natural history”
y Edward
s they
ey have

reading so fruitful and so good as the small book of Si
They have studied their ‘‘ Myxies
s S.

and Miss Agnes Fry.
have plainly studied many other groups of organisms. Th
et an aim b i r

bee

5
oO
©
<4
©
5
et
a= as
®
5
oS
a
cor
=e
fe.
&
i)
i
oa)
a
35
=}
dQ
=|
wm
Ss
©
=o)
fer)
o)
er
on
=)
ia
‘c)
ee
=)
i=)
5B
3

‘* free-thinker,”’ as called himself, who thought the laws of
ature were of a compulsory character. He was quite clear, °
course, from his own experiences, that

iled to

n you fai Ee
he appeared to be inaccessible to the idea that laws of :

THE MYCETOZOA. 5]

Nature were merely human assertions as to the invariable order of
events. This is, I hope, a pardonable and elementary digression.
Sir Edward and Miss Fry, on the text of the Mycetozoa, raise
questions of the most far-reaching biological importance. It is
done with the most consummate appreciation of botanical research.
In one or two matters, however, I must correct.

The authors cite the experiment of Falkenberg yielding the
barren result of attempted hybridization of Cutleria adspersa and
C. multifida as impressing ‘the mind with the fundamental

than to support it; but hybridization is like “what the soldier
i it were, let us bring the argument within

obtain
vesiculosus 3 could not fertilize F. serratus 2. In the light of
hi i u

a character of real value.’ That such a comparison of colour
characters is admissible for a moment no botanist will agree.

Miss Fry’s essay, but I submit that the whole evidence
m

‘strike me as most clear and suggestive comments on a subject
obscured by Weismann. On th i
prose for a comparison. .

et me, finally, for the sake of usefulness, correct a small error.
The authors advise readers to get Mr. Lister’s Guide at “ South
Kensington Museum,” about to write ‘‘there is no such
place,” but I recall the dangers of debate on what is a —

ry),

Cromwell Road, S.W. «South Kensington Museum, w the
Victoria and Albert Museum, is, as I need not say, another
institution. G. M.

58 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

On New Zealand Hepatice. By Dr. S. Bercerun. Part I. Sweden,
Lund: E. Malmstrém. 1898. 4to, pp. 48, with ‘32 figures
in the text.

The = peat and Anthocerotes of California. By Marsuatt Avery

(Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club. Vol. VIL.)

Rew Lott, 1899. Pp. 208; plates 88-122. Price 3 dollars.

Tue long-continued output of pred ee) in the rich Hepatic Flora
of New Zealand remains unbroken. Since the monograph of the
group in Hooker's Handbook of the cal Zealand Flora in 1864
many new species have been added by Stephani, Mitten, Colenso,
and others. But their descriptions, scattered as they are for the
oss part through European periodicals, are difficult of access to

native botanists, who are hence placed at a disadvantage in
theie study of the group. These students are likely to derive mush
assistance, however, from Dr. S. Berggren’s On New Zea
Hepatice, the first part of which treats of. earwon genera, Be
priaing snisty ag species, of which seven are new. Five of
these gener: of the interesting but diffical’ type which matures
the capsule in in a subterranean pouch (marsupium) ; and asso sociated
with these is FRE ne which for the first time attains generi¢
rank. The illustrations are a valuable feature ; for discrimination
of the Hepatics depends so much upon the subtle curvature and
elaborate outline of the leaves, that even a simple line-drawing is
more readily understood than a wealth of ice gernished wi
adjectives, however picturesque and well-chosen they m

author describes his own collections mes twenty-five years ago in
the North and South Islands, end gives full and ofical notes in
good English. On pp. 39-4 mp some interesting remarks on

ods of dispersal of ie cams | in the southern regions of the
a e.

In the United States the home-study of the native cryptogamic
flora has for years been developing, and the publication of several
critical monographs on moss-genera shows how popular a —
of investigation the Mosses have become. That a due amount of

, but also in California itself; for the author in his
Eisen ioes uedusuon points out that the region with which he
eals presents a striking diversity of climatic conditions, and that

:

A. Re ee

ADA

GRAMINEES 59

D. H. Campbell and

sical researches of Prof. D. H.
with the rest of the

rof,
others, raised to the rank of a class co-ordinate
epatics

are Ricci@, and two new varieties are described. A.G

Graminées. Descriptions, figures et usages des Graminées spontanées et
cultivées de France, Belgique, Iles Britanniques, Suisse. ar
T. Husnot, Folio, pp. viii, 92; tt. 83. T. Husnot, Cahan,

par Athis. 1896-1899. Price 25 francs.

1 each,
which they were received by the Department of Botany. They are
as follow :—

Part 1. Pp. 1-24; tt. 1-8. Oct. 81, 1896.

Part 2. Pp. 25-48; tt. 9-17. June 23, 1897.

Part 3. Pp, 49-72; tt. 18-24. Dec. 8, 1898.

Part 4. Pp. i-viij (including title-page), 73-92; tt. 25-33.
sage 1899.

. . * P 7 “
Digitaria sanguinalis on plate iv. is hardly recognizable, and the
bad. We fully

clientéle. In France, where only true naturalists buy, less costly
black plates are preferable.” M. Husnot also draws a pathetic

60 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

contrast between the wide circulation of —* scientific publica-
tions in this country and the restriction merely to those who actually
need them in his own. We trust that he will not be embarrassed
by a too restricted sale in the present instance, but we do not feel
justified in warmly recommending his book to British botanists.

A. B. RB.

Carnot Linnea. Hortus Uplandicus, med inledning och férklaringar.
ox pears hapa till saigine ab os n offentliga ering
med h n professoren i ana medicine doktorn
Aveder ARALD Hammar dineder sitt embete af Ta. |
FRigs, nee: Universitets i Upsala n. v. rektor. (Upsala,
1899.] , pp. 88, xlviii. v. [with a facsimile of the title-
saad and plan of the st searal garden ce

ge
of the cadly life and work of the elder Linnezus ; eight contributions
have already appeared, and this may be t ken as virtually .
ni is particular MS. of the Hortus Uplandicus has not
printed before, and it is interesting to com = e it with the othe
versions, five of which are enumerated thus:

No. 1, without date, but probably written in the early summer of
1780; this is in the library of the Linnean Society of London.

No. 2, with a Swedish dedication, dated 29 July, 1730, to O. Rud-
beck the younger ; it is now at Leufsta.

No. 8, the same date as No. 2, but with a Latin dedication to Rud-
beck. This copy was sent by Linnzus to Professor J. J.
Lange, in Halle, to endeavour to get it printed and ‘published
in Germany, evidently without success; at the end of last
century it was in the possession of Schreber, Linneus’s pupil,
at Erlangen : it was then lost sight of, and finally was Se

in the State library at Munich ; in 1887 it was lent to the
University of Upsala, where oh was aegeareags and vonified as
being in the handwriting of

No. 4, dated 13 May, 1731, Old Style, Fibra’ s birthday; now in

possession of Pastor Johanson

ae Home ie to Adonis Uplandicus, 13 May, 1781, Old Style;

A,
ies

eee sis exception of the third, all these MSS. were printed in
Ahrling’s pos thumous Carl von Linné’s Ungdomsskrifter, Series i.
1888. This omission is supplied here, with a reduction of the
et ‘apace names of plants to those of the present time.

vo

e contains garden plants, as well ative, and
Professor Fries comments on certain points of interest, which show
the Linneus’s i s his sexual system took shape

introduced, and its history under the Rudbecks, down to 1787,
us III. made a grant of it to the University.
The last section of five pages is devoted to the official announce-
ment of Dr. Hammar’s installation as professor.

B. Daypon Jackson.

61

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.*

Annuario del R. Ist. Bot. di Roma (ix. fase. 1: received 22 Jan.).
. Longo, ‘ Sulle Calycanthaces ’ (2 pl.). — Id., ‘ Contribuzione
alla cneeantotit (picnosi) nei nuclei vegetali’ (1 pl. ). —G. Lopriore,
‘Amarantacese in Somalia lecte.’ wis Se Terraociano, ‘ Addenda ad
Synopsidem plantam Meer ot Montis Pollin
Bot. Centralblatt (Nos. 1-4). — R. Feitel, Zur vergleichenden
ae der Laubblitter bei den Campanulaceen der Capflora.’—
(No. 1: 20 Dec.). W. Taliew, ‘Zum Bestiubungs mechanismus
von Borra go riage und einigen anderen Borragineen.’— K. W.
von Dalla Torre & L. - Sarnthein, ‘Die Verbreitung det Angelica
verticillaris.’ fi he 4 &10 Jan.). A. P. Popovici, ‘ Der
Hinfluss der Vogetationsvotingangen auf die Liinge der wachsenden
Zone.’ —(No. swett, ‘ Das Chloroglobin.’
18

ay
ae Boe (« December, 99”’: issued 10 Jan. 1900).—
A. Nelson, ‘ Rocky Mountain Chrysothamni.’ — — J. F. Clark, ‘ Toxic
effect of dletrions agents on certain filamentous fungi’ (concl.).—
C. Bea ‘Studies in Crategus.’ — H. H. Hume, i

‘aliGcimcires:: —P. A. Rydberg, ‘ Prunus insititia.’ — G. Hedg-
cock & A. A. Hunter, ‘Notes on Thorea’ (1 pl.). — C. W. Hyams,
Lilium pasty: sp. n

Bull. de U Herb, Soe (80 Dec.: received 22 — Lint
Chabert, ‘ Souvenir d’Antan.’—J. a miiller, ‘Crocus Herm

—F.S phan ics Species Hepaticaru — HK. ° Wildeman, 7 Theo-
broma Kalagua, sp. n. (1 pl.).—J. Briguet, itie rubra & Calama-
ten ri

grostis

rrey Bot. Club (22 Dec.). — E. P. Bicknell, ‘ Studies in
Sinyrinchivn’ (cont.).—J. L. Clark, ee mellea, sp.n.—A. A.
Heller, ‘ Plants from Western N. America.’—D. Griffiths, Anthurus
sides: — F. §. Earle, « Fungi from s. Ricwisa. — J. B. Clifford,
‘The Mycorhiza of Timudiaria s nifolia’ (1 pl.).

Erythea (80 Nov. : recei ived 8 Jan.).—J. M. soe apse gh ‘ North-
western ae M. L. Fernald, ‘ New Western Plants.
Jepson, ‘Teratology of Scrophularia culifornica ’ ae ee — Id.

‘ Karly Scientific Expeditions to California.'—C. V. P ar Parnassia
cirrata, sp.n.

Gardeners Chronicle (18 Jan.). — ‘Solanum Worsleyt’ (2 sp. n.:

ae

Ee

g. 5).
Journal de Bota anique (‘* Octobre,” received 28 Dec

‘‘ Novembre,” received 8 Jan.). — A de Coi iney, ‘ Plantes somali

e d'Es ngin, ‘La membrane des

de Charles de I’ Eaolass.

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or title- “pages, but it must not always t be inferred that this is the actual date of

62 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

a ath fase. fos a received 20 Jan.).—A. Fiori, ‘ Nuovo
micr: no con etta tubulare.’ — A. Vaccari, ‘ —
i a alla flora dell’ Arcipelago di Maddalena.’—K. Par tori,
‘Richerche istologiche sui tubercoli radicali delle Leguminose’
(1 pl.). —Id., ‘L’ipotesi del Duval-Jouve sulla disposiaaaaa delle
lamine fogliari di alcune Graminacee’ (1 pl.)

esterr, Bot. Zeitschrift (Jan.). — A. Patil, ‘Untersuchungen
des Pollens hybrider Pflanzen.’ — O. Richter, ‘Ein neues Macera-
tionsmittel i } ponennewele:. —J. Podpéra, Fissidens Ve Inovshyt,
sp.n. (1 pl.) K. Urumoff, ‘ Zur Flora von Bulgarien’ (cont.).

Rhodora (Ja an. oy —H. von Schrenk, Arceuthobium pusidlum (3 pl.).
—F. 8. rg iron ‘ N otes on Algae.’ iis L. Fernald, ‘ Northeastern
species of Scirpus

ia a rea eet ee eet ane ee

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, de.

Sir James Pacer, who died in London on the 30th of last
December, claims a place among the records of British botanists.
Born at Great Yarmouth in January, 1814, he contributed the

but he always retained his interest in botany, and is mentioned by
r. Watson in Topographical Botany as having contributed in-
formation by correspondence for Norfolk and Suffolk; he was
for many years a ace attendant at the meetings of the
Linnean Society, of which body he became a Fellow in 1872.
He is ¢ at ea ated 3 Ferdinand von Mueller in ‘he. Rutaceous
_ Pag
NO even more distinguished man who demands mention
in ious pages, and of whom we hope to say more in our next issue,
is Joun Rusxiy, who died at Brantwood, Coniston, on Jan. 20.

Cuartes Grant Buairrinpie ALLEN, who died at + Hindbead on
the 25th of October last, at the age of fifty- one, was an interesting
writer, whose efforts of imagination were by no means restricted to
the novels and stories with which his name is associated. It may

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 63

writers in question.

Sir Rawson Wittiam Rawson, who died at South Kensington on
the 20th of last November, was born in London on Sept. 8, 181
His life was spent in the Colonial Service, in which he held positions
of distinction in Mauritius, at the Cape, and in the Bahamas, ending
his official career as Governor of the Windward Islands, from which

f K.C.M.G

he retired in 1875, when he received the title of K.C.

will be found in the Phytologist for 1852 (iv. 696), where three
Cheshire ferns are recorded by him. He collected in the various
countries in which he was stationed, and in 1858, in conjunction
with Dr. Pappe, published at Cape Town a Synopsis Filicum Africa
Australis. In this several new species are described, many of which
were subsequently reduced by Buchanan (Ferns of Natal, 1875), who
had access to Mr. Rawson’s specimens. Besides those of his own
gathering, Sir Rawson’s herbarium contained a large number of
specimens from various collectors; unfortunately, the collection had
suffered much damage before it was acquired by the British Museum,
but it contains specimens of interest in connection with species
published by him.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on Jan. 18th, Mr. George

igher form, were examined, with result that the conidial
condition of Spherostilbe mic) ospora and S. gracilipes proved to be
identical in structure with Stilbum vulgare, In O words, true

Tue London Quarterly Review for October last contained an
interesting article on “ The Primrose and Darwinism” by a writer
who styles himself A Field Naturalist, M.A. Camb.” The con-
clusion arrived at, after a careful survey of the literature of the
subject, is ‘that the primrose gives strong confirmatory evidence
to Axell’s view, that under natural and equal conditions self-

64 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY
fertilization Ast flowers is both the legitimate fertilization and the

ae exten to the following announcement such pub-
cob. as our page ord :—‘* Want nth are dried plants of culture
of every species, varieties too, of all nd countries (for the
present 3 by 8 specimens). Excellent preparation and good getting
up are condition. ro specimen will considered a stiff sheet of
paper (about 60 centimeter high), whieh is ee laid over with
the concerning plant. Anything formed roots etc. and ripe fruits
are to be delivered patente in plenty. The ticket of every sheet
must show the used remarks. | acim notes over ae

Si aceuias plants are ae. Kuropean specimens will be paid
with 2 pence and a half at least, others with 8 pence and a
half. Choosing of a equivalent accordi ing to the ite of the
»,lauschvermittlung fiir Herbarpflanzen’ is willingly ¢ ‘consented.
Notifications asked for next time. Paul F. F. Schulz, Berlin
Virchow Strasse 9.”

Ar the meeting of the Linnean Society on Dec. 21st, Dr. Braith-
waite exhibited specimens of Hypnum Hochstetteri Schimp. ., collected
by him on the Isle of Barra, Outer Hebrides, the only known locality
for the ome in Europe.

We n with regret that the Builetin de UV Herbier Boissier
te ome Ste existence with the December number. Its place
will be taken by Mémoires de Herbier Boissier, to be published
“4 époques indéterminées, en fascicules de a —— The
first number, dated Jan. 15, contains onti f Prof.
Schinz’s ‘Die Pidanzenwelt Deutsch-Siidwest- Afvikns,* hisheele
issued in connection with the Bulletin

Dr. B. L. Rostnson has been sieintad first incumbent of the
newly endowed 998 ray Professorship of Systematic Botany at
Harvard Univers

Mr. J. B. ibeiehie has been appointed Mycologist to the
Government of rsa oe and Asgsistant-Director of the Botanical
Gardens at Peraden
Anotuer fascicle of Mr. Fryer’s cee — of British
oe has appeared. Mr. Morgan’s plates are, as us
xcellent, and the publisher continues a sual them inconvenielié
for reference by placing his own name where common sense and
custom would tau us to bee Sr Gist of dha plant figured. The
‘satis of several ‘‘parts’’ in one wrapper, ooo is only dated by the
year, must in the future iad to inconvenie
Tue impetus lately given to the study of ‘sa’ in this country
does not seem to extend to Fra — We note that half the first
number of the Revue Bryoloyique for the present year is oceupied by
a paper entitled ‘‘ Compe de feuilles des Glumacées,”’ which is likely
to be overlooked by agrostologists, seeing that it appears in a journal
«‘ consacré a l’étude des Mousses et des Bees rer

BIOGRAPHICAL pee
Deceased British and Irish Botanists

BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G.,F.L.S., & G. 8S. BOULGER, F.LS.

r=
i

'**All persons interested in the history of botany and of the botanists of these
islands, but more especially os — engaged in botanical work rabies | .
historical research, will welcome a reprint of the ‘ Biographical Ce which ra:

through four volumes of this pita Se in 1888... d this little ak
is, after all, the foundation, and a good substantial one, sue = the history of

_ Peninsula Hispano-Lusitana. No other are I believe, possesses such a work as
~ the latter, and no second nation, so far am aware, just such a work % as the
- former.”—W. Botting Hemsley in Journ. "ies Sept. 1893
‘The utility and general accuracy of — compilation were rendered evident i in e
the course of its publication in the J Botany
then received is amply co —— now at the Index appears revised and completed :
_ up to date.”—Athenzum, Dee. 3 :

“The details given by the sae are very concise, but, considering that they

comprise reference to other source The acquire-_

ments of the i 8 the ees facilities at their. disposition in the :

_ Museum the best guarantees that their work has been well done.

: Gaterestod in i: Siete of horticulture, as well as in that of botany, willfind =
work indispensable.’’—Gardeners’ Chronicle, oon 9, 1893.

“This book has been eompiled to satisfy a felt want among botanists. The :
names, dates, chief facts concerning, and pu ied sats ‘of, botanists have been -
soa put together.”-——The Bookman, Aug. 1 .
—- uthors have done their work well, and made a valuable contribution to
: tis esate "—Natural Science, Oct. 1893.

PRICE 1s. 6a. ‘NET.

,ONDON: WEST, NEWMA ei Be

BoTANsTs requiring Numbers of the PH
(Second Series) to complete their Sets may obnee most |
them: ‘ the cost of Sixpence each Number from—

Mrs. PAMPLIN, Luanpperret, Mentoxeyse ee

‘HE NATURA ALIST: A Montaty sengel:
Natura History for the North of England. Edited by Wu. Denise
Sresee ELS., Sunny Bank, Leeds a the assistance in special depa
R Lie HAGLE

A :
.; ALFRED apa M; Ace a 'G. S.3 C. P, Horxirs, F.L. 8.5 Guo.
PoRRIT?, F. L.S., F.B.S.; W. Barwei. TURNER, F.R.M.S.

Price 6d., by post 7d. Annual Subscription, 6s. 6d.

Lonpon: Lovett Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta o Covent Garden,
LEEDS: Basinghall Bae =

For Drying Flowering Plants, Ferns, & Sea-weeds.
Preserves form and colour in the best possible manner,
seldom, if ever, requires change of sheets tg the planis
being dried; it is stout and durable. — the Arctic”
and on the cruise of H.M.8. ‘ Challeng
16 in. td 10 when folded, 15s. per ream, 1s. ld. per quire.
18 ii 19s Is. 4d. :

aeons “ Me os Bac:
a0 5S mh 30s. at Q3. 2d.

On the Ist of every Month, price cage 63. @ year, post-free to any ny part
the world.

THE ENTOMOLOGI ST:
An Illustrated Journal of General Entomology. Le Plates
the best Entomological Artists, and frequent Woodeuts.

Epirep sy RICHARD SOUTH, F.E.S.

London: WEST, NEWMAN ¢& Co., 54, Hatton ¢

Established 1851.

BIRE BECK BAN

U! HAMPT..N BUILDINGS, CHancery Lae, Lownos, WO

tavened Funds £10,000,000.

Number. of ‘Accounts, 85,094.

a ee "i i carota

_ STOCKS, SHARES, and ANNUITIES purchased and or customers,
SAVINGS DEPARTMENT. ‘

SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR 1900 (16s)

Hi No.447) MARCH, 1900 Vol. XXXVI |

| JOURNAL OF BOTANY
| BRITISH AND FOREIGN

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S.

Senior Assistant, DepantMeNT oF Botany, British Musnum (Naturan History)

a 5, eo Sa Spe ae PORK Sine phase oad & eGR Se) 2 oe

CONTENTS
: PAGH PAGE
gett a rutilus Wolfg. in Bri- SHorr hase! —Pyrola ae L, in
B THUR oe Westmoreland. — West Lanca-
Fa L. 8. (Plate 407) .. 65 | __ shire Add Barns Somme
New M ium. — Schenus ferrugineus.—
Se Rute By H. N. 68 Impatiens Roylei. — Juncus
ae inus. Vill. in Cumberland? — _
Notes additional to the ‘Flor ue sciaphilum Ue
a By —— Moons, Worcestershire.—Rosa Melvini 86 —
Seige 74 seike Lanai Literature of 1899 8
sae on Cosmia. By Jas Barra, Notices, oF Booxs :—
erie -» «+ 76} Monograph. Afrikanischer Pflan-
gen-Familien und prrevliclomng
Beatbeitt von A, Enarer & L.

78 |

Denbighshire Mosse. By Euzoxons
} TELS
a tenac.’ "By. A; a Rexbue, | Orehida cearum Genera et Species. _
2 cae edna <e Bxpocuit Frirz KRaENzuiIn --
et of the crs ee a | Articles in Journals oo
By Jaues Saunpens, A.L.S.. .. 83 Book-Notes, News, de. -- -- »+

LON DON

WEST, NEWMAN & GO., 54, HATTON GARDEN. e ;
DULAU & C0., 80 SOHO ‘SQUARE

s The ‘Herds will be aiad to send the Jovan: Bor.
in exchange for other Journals of a similar character. Such
_ Journals, Books for review, and Communications intended
for publication, to be addressed to James Brirren, Esq.,
126, KENNINGTON PARK ROAD, SE.
He will be greatly obliged to the Secretaries of Local
Natural History Societies if they will forward him copies of
_ their Transactions, so that any paper of botanical interest may
be recorded in this Journal.

ae Monthly by West, Newman & Co., 54,
London, E.C., to whom Subscriptions for 1900 (in advan
_ Sixteen Shillings, post free; if not paid in advance, i“

at the rate of 1s. 8d. per number) vases be ieee

: at the usual price, £1 1s. each ; ae covers oe the 1899 Volume |
fe (price 1s. 4d. post free). s

: is to Dunav & Co., Soho Square, W.

ADVERTISEMENTS. :
i dsahisewiente should be sent to West, Newman & Comp
54, Hatton Garden, not later than the 24th of each mide

AUTHOR’S SEPARATE COPIES.
are =~ esented with

25 = i Soe ‘Senos 5s. | 8 pages 25 copies —
50 bee he e “ai - 6 UM Os
mo tw} Ss ae 8s, S16 =

rot pages to » be charged in — fd arenas Separate Ti

_ Wrappers, &c.,

supplied as printed in pee Journal, and not
is eoheinarabiy id St te whether

Journ. Bot.

65

POTAMOGETON RUTILUS Wotre. IN BRITAIN.
By Arruur Bennett, F.L.S.
(Piate 407.)

I am indebted to Mr. C. E. Salmon, of Reigate, for the sight of
the first British specimen that I can certainly refer to Wolfgang’s
species. The specimens (mixed with P. pectinatus L. on one sheet)
are part of a collection presented to the Holmesdale Natural
History Club by Dr. J. A. Power many years ago, and were detected
in going over these plants to confirm the names. I advised that
the plant should be left, and that search should be made for it. Mr.
Salmon communicated with Mr. J. E. Bagnall, as he was more or
less in the neighbourhood of both localities named on the sheet of
specimens, which are, ‘‘ Coventry Canal, Atherstone’’; ‘‘ Marl Pits,
Fradley, Staffordshire.’ Mr. Bagnall wrote: ‘I am sorry to
have to say that I find no trace of P. rutilus at either the Ather-
stone Canal or any of the marl-pits near Fradley. Atherstone Canal
is now very bare of interesting aquatics; even those which in former
days were abundant, such as P. zosterifolius, are quite absent now,
the canal being apparently cleared recently. ere are many marl-
pits at and near Fradley, some of them still continuing to be more
or less filled with water, the pits neargst to Fradley being mostly
choked with Anacharis. Some of the outlying pits which I visited
are either ordinary duck-ponds, and quite bare of vegetable life, or
else so dried up as to be mere swamps. One I visited, which has
evidently not only been of large size (about fifteen yards square, and
very deep), but was formerly well filled with aquatic growth, has
now only an undergrowth of Carex paniculata and a large overgrowth
of sallows and willows. It is so long since [Joseph| Power lived in
the neighbourhood of Fradley, that the physical characters of the
country around are completely changed. He must have visited this
district when he lived at Polesworth in the beginning of the present
century, and, being a well-known man in the district, would have
access to places that would not be so accessible to one like myself;
although I have visited all the marl-pits I find marked on the six-
inch Ordnance map, there may have been in his day some that are
now filled up.” :

It may be that the dry season of last summer has dried up the
pools near Fradley where the P. rutilus grew. Mr. Bagnall has
promised to make another search this year. sic

The following is a translation of the original description of
P. rutilus in Roem. & Schultes, Syst. Veg. Mant. ui 362 :-—
‘« Stem compressed, reddish, lower portion more or less branched,
upper quite simple, slender ; leaves all submerged, sessile, alternate,
narrow-linear, flat, gradually narrowing to a mucro, sprea ing»
3-nerved, ruddy, obscurely biglandular; peduncles elongated ;
spikes 6-7-flowered, reddish; flowers alternately opposite In pairs ;
anthers apiculate. Wolfg. MS. n. 28. Besser in litt.

Journat or Botany.—Vou. 88. [Marcx, 1900.] F

66 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

The writers add :—<“ In our A) Sea gathered by the author
himself, and_ kindly eee pes by Besser, the stems are
rather compressed, flaccid, and very slender; the leaves erecto-
patent, 14 in. long, equalling or exceeding the ‘internodes, as thick
as the stem very narrow, acute, obscurely 8-nerved ; the stipules
entire, lanceolate, acute, scarious, half as long as the leaves or less,
broader towards the apex, opposite under the peduncles. Peduncles
somewhat thickened, ei than the leaves, terminal 1-14 in. long.
Spikes very short, 8 lines long, few- flow ered. Fruit wanting. In
lakes =. —. about Wilna. W

mark on this, that, as contrased with pusillus, the
sat ees oh ae y much longer, the leaves are more acute, and with
the aspect of acutifolius on a small pale: and aii a peculiar habit
that is not found in pusillus, difficult to describe, but best expressed
by the term ‘‘hard,”’ though this is somewhat lost (in drying ?) in

Baishonbesh, there is a slight cade Goonies) wdontaten on
the upper margin, and the fruit is smoother and browner than that
of pusillus.
a fo —— represents the history of the species :-—
ETON RUTILUS Wolfgang! in "pe & Schultes, Syst.
Vegi ranig iil. 362 . 827). P. pusillus L. var. B! Cham. & Sebi.
in Linnea, ii. 172 (1827). P. caspitosus Nolte!, ex Reichb. ee
Germ. et Helv. vii. p. 4 t. 28 (1845); Fries, Summ. Veg. Scand.
215 (1846); Sonder, Fl. Hamburg. 102 (1851); dpstiarsel , Fi.
Brandenb. 665 (1 864) + _ Henne Fl. Neu-Vorpommern, 495 (1869);
Lange, Handb. Danske Fl. ed. 4, 199 (1886); Hartman, —
k. i st. Li.

Ns) Pl ed. 12, 54 (889) Prahl, Krit Fl. § Holst. u
(1890); Macoun, Cat. Canadian Pl. pt. 4, 8 ; pt. 5, 371
(1890) ; r. Naiad. 42 (1893); Magnin, in Bull

8 Morong, N. :
Soc. France, xliii. 446 (1896); Ascherson & Graebner, Syn.
econ 346 (1897).

Eaxsicc.—F ries, Herb. Norm. xv. No. 74, 1858-7.

Rapires. —Reichenbach, Sse Fi. Germ. tg vii. t. 28; Flora
Danica, t. 2889 ; See N. Amer. Nai

Distribution. —Swed n (in ete: Sipiahd Bornholm !),
Denmark!, Finland}, Ransis, Poland, Baltic Provinces, Onega-
land, Ole netz, Tithuavial. an ig-Holstein!, Holland (Nyman),
Prussia!, Austria (Nyman), H ungary!, Switzerland?, Mecklen-
burg (Asch. & Graeb.). Canada: Anticosti!, James B Bay |, Nipigon

‘aon): United States: New York!, Michi igan!, Minnesota

(Morong

POTAMOGETON RUTILUS IN BRITAIN 67

I agree with M. Magnin in referring P. cespitosus Humnicki
(Cat. Pl. de Luxeuil, 60 (1876) ) and P. reptans Humnicki (i. c. 61)
to P. pusiiius L., and not to P. rutilus Wolfgang. These are the
authority on which P. rutilus has been reported as a Frenc
species.

In Dr. Lees’s Flora of West Yorkshire, p. 418, a plant is re-
ported as growing in ‘clear clay-bottomed ponds at Dringhouses,”
which Dr. Lees names P. pusillus L. var. rutilus Wolfg.; I have

the Berne Herbarium, as I have already noted in this Journal for
1895, p. 24, there is a sheet of specimens labelled ‘‘ P. pusilius.
Kly, Cambs. 25 July, 1825, Henslow’’; part are true pusillus, and
part rutilus, but they are not mixed, so perhaps a label has been
lo

e are differences in habit between rutilus of Wolfgang and
cwspitosus of Nolte, but not enough, in my opinion, to constitute a
varie Nolte’s plant has much the habit of some forms of

Sm. (Eng.
Bot. t. 418), P. Friesii Rupr., and P. dideri Meyer, under oe

plants of Ruprecht and Smith.
A riting the above, on going through all the doubtful

i iz from
Expnanation or Prare 407.—A. P. rutilus Wolfg., nat. size, drawn
the specimen in the Holmesdale Natural History Club Herbarium. B, Apex of
leaf, enlarged. CO. Portion of stem showing stipule, nat. size.

Fr 2

68 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS.
By H. N. Rivtey, M.A., F.L.S.

Amone the more interesting discoveries made recently in the
Malay aia, the fo llowing are the most noteworthy novelties.
Perhaps ane most striking is the addition of the genus Tupistra t
the flora of the Malay region; the group of Liliacee to which it
aa the Aspidistree—is characteristic rather of the Hima-
layan and ee regions, and hitherto has not been recorded
south of Tenasserim.

ocarpus cyaneus, sp.n. Acaulis, ee pluribus jd
crenatis seepeepeniater ey petiolis semiteretibus crassis, 4-
longis, 3 pollices ant Scapi plures 2-fiori fei, 3 pollices ie
Bractez een uste. Flores magni speciosi, pedicellis polli-
caribus. Ca Re laciniis angustis linearibus, 4 pollicis longis,
ad basin Liberte. Coral tubus curvus a. dilatatus, lobis rotun-
datis latis, labio inferiore quam superius majore. Flos 14 pollicis
longus, } pollicis ls atro-ceruleus, fauce pallidiore. Stamina 2,
filamentis in me atatis albis, antheris parvis oblongis flavis.
Stylus aaens piigsiats —_ canaliculato. Capsula teres subulata
longe rostrata pubescen

— territory at Alas sum. Collected by Mr. C. Curtis

The number of Didymocarpi in the Siamese-Malayan - region
seems satis: every district supplying one or more new kinds; but
few have been met with here more beautiful than a charming
little plant. Its deep blue flowers are produced in abundance
almost all the year round, and it is one of the sighed de cultivate ;
so that it ought to be a popular plant of cultivation. Its affinity is

with D. lacunosa Hook. fil.

Dipymocarpus corcHorirotia Wall. The genus Didymocarpus, a8
defined in Clarke’s Mono ee S nea Candolle, Mon. Phan. v.) a
the Flora of British India, iv. 845, comprises a most heterogeneous
collection of plants, which it would probably be more satisfactory

gt
D. corchorifolia Wall., which is cla “ied at Mr. Clarke in the
section Didymanthus, but of which he says: « Habitu proprio cum
character ibus sectionis male congruens, nulli specie forsan arcte
ome l.c. p. 85). Now ~ section i tages includes such
One

n, forms a woody shrub
much branched, and from four to six feet tall, with axillary panicles
bearing numerous flowers with cup-shaped bracts at the bases of
the peduncles and pedicels. Its most peculiar point, however:

which has be Ta is/sha overlooked in all published descriptions, 18

> {ico

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS 69

HA while the broader lower lip has the lobes turned down.
I know no other instance in the whole order of this form of —
In all other species the corolla, though usually irregular, has
longer or shorter tube, with the lobes erect or reflexed, but the
mouth of the tube is cireulat and open. The cup-shaped bracts
are alsu peculiar, but somewhat similar ones occur in D. citrina
Ridl. Finally, when one compares its stout shrubby habit with
that of such a plant as the stemless soft D. incana or the herbaceous
creeping D. reptans, one cannot avoid thinking that the genus as at
present arranged is rather too comprehensive.

The flowers of D, corchorifolia are white, usually apple-green in
the khtoats and sometimes tinted or stained with ie purple. It
grows on ba nks or rocks on Penang Hill; on the hill Bujong
Mab in Perak; and along the Pahang track fig Selangor, at
an altitude of about 2000 ft.

Enhydrias, gen. nov. Hydrocharidearum.

— submersa ramosa canlibus gracilibus. Folia alterna
angusta linearia acuminata minute dentata. Flores solitarii axil-
lares Sale basibus in vagina lon nga as saree Ca yeis
tuba longa gracilis, lobi lanceolati acuti virides. ala 8 li
multilongiora anguste linearia obtusa alba
tubi adnata brevia, antheris linearibus oe Styli 3 quam
stamina breviores cylindrici. Capsula angu ta cylindrica in vagina
a ovula plura anatropa. Semina fnsiforciin papillosa.

angustipetala, sp. unica. Herba A ad 24 pollices longa.
Folia linearia acuminata, ollicis longa, 745 — lata, alterna,
a vel

Stadia padiiea parva. Copala NP longa , semina circiter
14 fusifo ormia, olivacea, pustulis in seriebus tri
Common in fresh water, ponds and ditches. Singapore, avery:
where; Malacca, at Merliman ; : Perak, Dindings; Pahang, near
ekan.

This plant ti almost - soon» as @& plies with the
flowers of a Bilywa. It forms thick masses in pon and ditches,
and is quite a pest i in the nnn n lakes, meuing with at rapidity.
The whole plant is submerged, except the upper part of the perianth-

he leaves are narrow, much like thos e of epee

of an inch apart, except near the ‘flowers, where
ay

processes. The plant flowers all the yee

often dotted all over with its small w wers.

70 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

It is curious that so common a plant should have been long
overlooked ; _ it is cap that herbarium specimens, if collect ted,
may have been mistaken for Lagarosiphon Roxburghti, as these
aquatic aie are rather troublesome to preserve well in this
ont

endr obium Foxii, sp.u. Epiphytica, a gracilibus
dipedulibas rubris ; folia tenuia lanceolata acuminata atroviridia

roseo. Petala cblongo-obovst rotundata ane fimbriatis

majora fe 2p
angusto lineari, baalitnn abrupte dilatata pandurat a biloba, lobis
or sicat aes fimbriatis —— olumna crassa lata, brachiis brevibus
obtusis crassis aurantiaci
Perak. Thaiping Hi ils, at about 4000 ft. elevation (IV. Foz).
This pretty brehia belongs to the section a and is allie
o D. hymenanthum Hook. fl: ; but the flowers are rather larger;
the lip has a broad blade, als dilated, gt pinched in and
dilated again, and bilobed at the apex; the large and stout sp is
curved and dilated towards its end, terminating in a distinct short
point. It is very floriferous, and perhaps as showy as any of the
section
Cirrho opetalum maximum, sp.n. Rhizoma longum repens,
pseudobulbis remotis anguste oblongis planis, 6 pollices longis,
viridibus. Folium lanceolatum coriaceum atroviride, 12 pollices
ices latum apus i

late acuminate rubescentes. Pedicelli crassi sequilongi, ovarium
eanaliculatum. — lanceolata caudata, 5 pollices longa, pallide
dis i ia eequa

— e lobato. Rostellum rotun Capsula oblonga.
rak. On the _ Bujong Malacca, 1 to 2000 ft. altitude,
Selig on Pea and
This is truly a foabellons plant, and somewhat difficult to
classify, as it might really be classed either with Cirrhopetalum OF
with the Bulbophyllums of the Sar cochilus section. The flowers are
ir ing

he known as Bujong Malacca, a locality which has produced
a number of other. ceesiinade and beautiful plants.

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS 71

ophyllum hirtulum, sp.n. Planta perparva pseudo-

Labellum linguiforme hispidum atro-rufum. Columna a lata,
—— brevissimis — basi rufa. Anthera aurantiac

Penang. trees on the Western hill, in thick sings rare,
at 3000 ft. elevation, dowariak | in Mare

No greater contrast could there be between this very small plant
and the preceding i species. The affinity of B. hirtulwm is with
B. hymenanthum ‘Hoo k. fil., but it in many points ee the much
larger B. ioimtiben Lindl., a native of the same loca.

Cotnasium NEBULosum Bl]. ‘This charming fliage ‘plant has
been added recently +s: our flora by Mr. Derry, who found it on the
Thai ng Hills, in Perak. It has hitherto only been recorded from

Epiphyta magna pseudobulbis

Cymbidium Stephensi, sp. n.
bla enters complanatis, 4-6 filiiees longis, ollices latis.
olia blanceolata obtusa coriacea basibus in petiolis com-

ae:

blongo-lanceo-
rene sub-
», § pollicis

+ pollicis longa, crassa areuat alis pa
brevi rotundato. Rostellum “ant profunde excavatum
breviter conica obtusa pustulata. Pollinia 2, ovoidea canaliculata,
disco cordiformi.

Perak (A. B. Stephens

).
nt, when not in flower, has very much the habit of

of stout ape me

Grammatophyllum ser fori ee a large ree
ending in a pair of broad coriaceous i= peste
pendent with a large dull. cs “HOWeN, ney 3 in n texture,
and hardly opening.

lis eerie is with C, Traceyanum.

edi Se pre pluribus

Bromhe cirpoidea, sp. n.
Paes onplanate 6 pollices longis. Folia gusta curva
complanata pungentia coriacea, 44 agence ange, a polls lata.
revior,

Inflorescentia subterminalis quam folium
spicis pluribus 4 pollicis longis congestis, bractelé pa parvis imbricatis

ovatis. Flores singulatim expansi fugaces parvi, pedicellis } pollicis
longis: viridibus. Sepala lanceolata acuta $ pollicis longa, flavescentia
cum linea mediana rosea. Petala latiora pallide flava. Labellum

72 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

trilobum, lobis lateralibus elevatis ovatis flavescentibus purpureo
punctatis, lobo medio flavo, maculis duabus roseis ad basin, carina
elevata oblonga in epichilio. Columna tenuis lata ap viridis.

uthera — pollinia ovoidea, disco scutiformi m: wi

Perak near Ipoh; Pahang, Tahan Valley.
romheadias vary more in form of the vegetative organs
eae in their flowers, the general design of which and even the
colouring is similar all through the genus, and cert tainly no one
would take this sree rush-like plant for one of the genus without
seeing the flow e stiff narrow leaves, and stems, and tuft of
little spikes with, distichous bracts from which are pr oduced on at

tinted ith mink, They san last a few hov

Sacco se bium undulatum, sp. n. figiphnis, coll
caribus complanatis viridibus. _ Folia lorata mee undulato,
apice innate bi peed flaccida obscure viridia, 5 ae tase longa,
2 pollicis lata. mi graciles penduli, 4 pollices ing floribus
copiosis ‘minimis. Bas teee minute ovate acuminate dimidio
celli cum ovario equales. Sepala oblonga ovata fievesoantit faci
duabus rubris ;4, pollicis longis. Petala linearia lorata angustiora
obtusa flava cum maculis 4 rubris. Labellum lobis lateralibus v*
distinctis, medio brevi angusto cornuto decurvo, calcare pedicello
sequali obtuso in medio dilatato, callis nullis, flavum, maculis rubris
duabus in fauce calcaris. Columna brevis crassa cum basi Tose?
Anthera calvariiformis elevata, Pollinia 2, subglobosa, translucentia;
pedicello superne dilatato sca basi angusto lineari, disco
vei Toa oblonga pyriformis.
k

aoniee anthus ‘rostellatus, Sp. n. _Ganle ad 6 aig 5 longi
zs pollicis lati, f bilobis, lobis rotundatis,
7 pollices longis, ¥ pollicis latis. Panicula 6- pollicaris, pauci-ramos@,
pedunculo viridi purpureo-maculato. Flores circiter 20, pedicellis

f ulata, superne
inferne angustato, apice bilobo, lobis latis aitvitlegsia: Rostellum
re on longe bifidum, lobis trancatis oblongis. Stigma Pr0-

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS 73

Perak, at Tambun, near Ipoh, flowering in April.
This species is chiefly remarkable for the shape of the dise of
in f

the pollen-masses, which resembles in form the merrythought of a
owl, having two long curved processes at the extremit

, the lip pure white, except for a violet edge to

the mouth of the spur. :
Tupistra grandis, sp.n. Herba habitu Susi anthelmintici,
caule brevi erecto radicibus aeriis brevibus albis extrusis. Folia
lanceolata acuminata erecta atro-viridia, 24 pollices longa, 6 pollices
lata. Spica erecta valida pedalis, rachide crasso carnoso, floribus
50 vel pluribus sessilibus, pollicem longus et } pollicis latis, ala-
bastris tetraquetris oblongis truncatis ferme atris. Bractew ovate
purpuree minime, Perianthium campanulatum, purpurascens
pollicem longum apicibus sepalorum et petalarum recurvis atro-
burpureis ovatis. Anthere 6 in fauce tubo sessiles alba oblonga.
Stylus crassus alba, perianthiio superans, stigma imum rotun-
datum ara depresso album, Ovarium trilocularis, ovula in loculo

ant is a most interesting one, not only on account of its

a
3
fen)
®
°
as
B
e
Sorat
2
ie}
a
ima
B,
=]
nm
4.
o
xd
oO
=
Fy
<4
ro)
eu
a
0g
oO
a
B

74 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

almost black, and the contrast with the ivory-white pistil is most
striking.

The group Aspidisires: includes the genera Aspidistra, Gonio-
scypha, Rohdea, and Tupistra, all natiy es of the Himalayas, Burma,

s Moulm viz. T. Stoliczkana Kurz, which appears from the
aad rarer in the Flora . erick India = 325) to be the
most nearly allied species. A plant described by Mr. Baker in

Journ. Linn. Soc. xiv. 581, as Tupistra singapurana, collected in
Singapore by Wallich (no. 5195), is a fruiting specimen of Neuwiedia
Curtisii Rolfe. Live plants of T. grandis are in cultivation in the
Botanic Gardens, Singapore, ara one has already flowered ;
and one was also = to Kew

ANDR FLO Sandy seashores near Changi
and Gling: § Bitgupare: also Blakangheat Islan

Potytrias premorsa Hack. Turf in Botanic Gandann, Changi,
and <a ye spots in Singapore; Malacca, near the town.

These two grasses are not recorded for the peninsula in the
Flora of British India, and the latter appears only to have been
collected in Java hitherto

NOTES ADDITIONAL TO THE «FLORA OF CHESHIRE.’
By Speencer Moore, F.L.S.

HE following notes, relating to Cheshire records, were found
by Lady Leighton among Lord de ek 8 papers, but too late for
incorporation in the Flora of Cheshire

Cochlearia officinalis L. and C. anglica LL.‘ C. officinalis. Culti-
vated, June, 1822. Root from Hale Marsh, near Warrington, 1821.
The globose veinless capsule and the — rm leaves would
induce me to keep this distinct from C. a Rive — below
vole Aug. 1824. C. anglica_is tibte com abou
beseris n than C, officinalis.” W. Wilson (with sane) in
Her ay ore

Rubus humifusus Weihe. In the her Herbarium of the
Linnean Society are specimens (from the herbarium of Bell-
Salter) of the Beeston Castle Rubus Tabellea ‘¢ex Herb. Borrer.
Rubus Koehlert (var.): R. apiculatus W. & N. Beeston Castle,
18.7.1844.” These bear Babington’s MS. name, under date 1860,
R. Koehlert y pallidus, They are the same as the Kew specimens
which Professor Babington has het called R. humifusus, _ which
Mr. Baker referred to R. pallidus without the least ee

Rosa canina Li. var. decipiens Dumort. Mr. Wilson’s Chashirs
specimens in Herb. Borrer are from Over, gathered in 1880.

Asarum europeum L. ‘In the wood near Rey. Stolterfoth’ 8,
Rainow, Cheshire. Memorandum of J. D. Siddal, of Chester, in

boa rogtns serie: I saw a specimen of the plant in July, 1875.

NOTES ADDITIONAL TO THE ‘FLORA OF CHESHIRE’ 75

Malaxis paludosa Sm. ‘ Sink Moss, Cheshire, Aes: Fone s
W. Wilson in Hooker’s Journal of Botany, i. 806. Speci
collected in the same pies by Mr. Borrer in srt probably ‘under
the direction of Mr..Wilson. I do not know where Sink Moss

estuca pratensis Huds. var. ped ‘‘ Some years ago I visited
a meadow on the banks of the Weaver above Northwich, where
Festuca ~bgsage and I, loliacea were growing together in deer Re .
W. Wilson in Phytologist, ii. 446.

Cladium Mariscus Br. ‘‘ Lake near Rosthern Mere, ee
Mr. Campbell.” Deakin, Florigraphia Britannica, i. 82 (1857).
This is an earlier record by three years that in Wood’s Flora
Mancuniensis. Very likely Mr. Wilson had given specimens to the
Edinburgh Bot aries Society, some of which were distributed by
Mr. Campbell, and I believe that it was Rostherne that was the
locality meant by Mr. Wilson in his communication of Cladium as
a Cheshire plat to Smith (vide Hnglish Flora) and Hooker (vide
British Flora

The following ae specimens are in the British Herbarium
of the Linnean Soc

Lepidium Draba pe " Ohester 1847. Miss Pot

Diplotaxis tenuifolia DC. On Chester will May 25th, 1828.
Herb. N. Winch.

Sedum coher L. Sandy hedge-banks between Knutsford and
Monkshea H. C. Watson in Herb. N. Wine

Safa ga Hirculus L. Knutsford Moor. Mr. Holland, Herb.

N.

bras wn tenuissimum L. Near Chester. Miss Pot

Charophyllum Anthriscus Lam. Chester walls, May ath, 1828.

. Winch.

erste nigritellus D. Don. New Brighton, Sept. 18th, 1887.
C. C. Babington 3
Lycopodium inundatum Li. Sale’s Moor, near Manchester. Mr.
I. Robson, Herb. N. Winch.

Cheshire Carices in Herb. Boott at Kew :—

Carex: eerie L. Mr. eer 1836.

C. avillaris Good. Mr. Wilson, 1 : M

Cc. peace L. Dr. Hooker, ry No doubt derived from Mr.
Wilson

ah sevéela Good. Mr. Wilson, 1841.

Cheshire specimens in Herb. Borrer at Kew :—

Epipactis palustris Cr. Knutsford Moor, 1837.

Ualaatiigh ‘itl stricta Nutt. Oakmere, oe 1846.

Carew filiformis L. Oakmere, 1846. G. E ith.

Mr. Borrer probably went to the meeting of the British eee
ation at Liv ipeicese ol in 1837. He was with h Mr. Wilson ——. us
Visit to the county. Pike went, during this trip, to Chester, New
Brighton, Knutsford, and Beeston.

76 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

The following records will be found in Phytologist iv. 696
2) :—

(185

Nephrodium spinulosum Desv. Whitchurch. — N. Thelypteris
Desy. Quirsley Mere, near Whitchurch and Wybunbury Moss.—
Osmunda_ re sath L. Whitchurch neighbourhood. R. W. Rawson
is the authority for all three.

I — the present opportunity of adding the notes which
ollow

Sasifnga Hirculus - Probably the earliest reference to we
as a Cheshire plant is to be found in the Correspondence of D

lately from Dr. Fow Ove e says Savifraga angustifolia fl
tsbrid

peci
Herb. Blan (exlvi, fo

must express my Na ret for allowing to let pass the statement
on p. lxxxi of the Flora that “no satisfactory account of Gerard's
life has yet been compiled.” This was done in forgetfulness of
Mr. B. D. Jackson’s interesting biographical ere prefixed to his
rien “of Gerard’s catalog (ona on, 1876). The sen-
tence quoted above was of course penned by "Mr. Warren before
Mr. Jackson’s work appeare ai

et paella

NOTE ON COSMIA.
By James Brirren, F.L.S.

N the course of naming the Banksian engravings of Australian
oleate shortly to be published by the Trustees of the British Museum,
it became pears to look up the history of the genus Calandrinia,

one species of which—C, quadrivalvis F. Muell.—is among the plants
represent tea
It cs little Spee aat to discover that Calandrinia (H. B. K.

Nov. Gen. vi. 823) ) is antedated by Baitaria (Ruiz & Pav.
Prodr. 63, t. 86 (1794) ) of which Bethan & Ho : say (Gen
Pl. i. 158), ‘a Calandrinia haud diversa videtur.” All Lasgetwarid
of douk as to the identity of the two is removed by the

spection of Ruiz and Pavon’s specimens, two sheets of which,
rom specie herbarium, are in the National Herbarium. The

ere is, however, a still earlier name ve be considered. In
establishing ‘the genus Calandrinia, the authors (Nov. Gen. vi. 77

NOTE ON COSMIA 77

(1823) ) pate as : erage ** Cosmia Domb. Juss.” The reference

Peruy. distincta caule herbaceo, flo vn selitavite axillaribus 5-
andris, habitu Samoté?” Although no full decteigtien of Dombey’s
genus appears to have been published, there seems to be no doubt
as to its identity with Calandrinia; Sprengel th ag 458 (1825)),
who, by the way, cites Calandrinia as of Kun only, follows
H. B.K. in quoting Cosmia (catlescens) as a oe of Calandrinia
caulescens, and De Candolle cites MS. names of two other species
referred to Cosmia by Dombey in his herbarium, but placed in the
Prodr ted Hees 859 (1828) ) under Calandrinia. Even supposing
the citation from Jussieu were not accepted as sufficient definition
of the eae the name would be at least of equal date with —
drinia, under which, as already lee it is quoted a
synonym by the founders of the gen
Dr. Kuntze follows Ferdinand pee Mueller in placing =
Lalinum and Calandrinia (to which he adds Baitaria—or, as
tants to spell it, Baitara) under Claytonia, but Dr. Pax (Engler i
ea Pflanzenfam. iii. 16, 55) keeps them distinct, as do other
bciee
The sommes 8 of the plants already placed under Cosmia is
as follo
Cosmia caunescens Domb. ex Spreng. Syst. ii. 458 (1825), et in
Herb. Mus. Brit.!, where there is a specimen from D mbey’s
herbari rium, Pitas & transcription by L'Héritier of Dombey’s
MS. dese
Calandrinia pape H. B. K. Nov. Gen. vi. 78, t. 526 (1823).
Cosmia montana Domb. ex DC. Prodr. ii. 359 (18 1828).
Claytonia caulescens O. Kaiite e, Rev. Gen. 1. 57 Peg
Cosma prosrrata Domb. ex DC. Prod. iii. 859 (182
Baitaria ar Ruiz & Pav. bs Veg. og (1798); Fl. Per. Le.
802); et in Her
Calandrinia aie HS... v. Gen. vi. 78 onl DC. l.c.
Claytonia acaulis O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. i. 57 (18
hose who insist on the retention of the oldest all name will
call the plant Cusmia acaulis.
ice of some botanists in
roped (o tone ae pale Calandrinia under the
consider such

i ayt ; ly to increase synonymy ;
but it wi unscientific and likely needless iain to name ee tho

none QUADRIVAL = “9
Calandrinia seein F. Muell. Fragm : ag oF (1882).
Claytonia quadrivalvis F. Muell. Census xe

78 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

DENBIGHSHIRE MOSSES.
By Exzonora ARMITAGE.

In June, 1898, I spent three or four days collecting mosses in a
hilly district of Denbighshire (v.-c. 50), about seven miles west of
Oswestry. e geological formation there is Lower Silurian, con-
sisting of slate vas and soft black a (Llandeilo). The elevation
of the district above sea-level is as follow —Tydraw Valley, 831 ft.;
hill above Sera , 1467 ft.; hill ius Rhiwlas, 1490 ft. ; Gyen
Moelfre, 1 B tt.

I collected — species and varieties, thirty-one of which are
given here, nineteen being omitted as they have already pee
recorded for Donbiphabize i in the list Sg by Mr. H. N. Dixo
in this Journal for 1898, p. 186. The Rev. C. H. Binstead oi
Mr. E. C. Horrell have kindly helped me in dccemin ning the species.

I have now received a valuable additional list for Denbighshire
from Professor Barker, who has courteously placed it at my disposal.
I have therefore incorporated it here. Professor Barker's collection
was made during the last week of August and the first wee
September, 1899, in two parts of the county—viz. the neighbour-
hood of Capel Garmon, and around Colwyn Bay, including Bryn
Kuryn, a comer ote hill of the Orme’s Head

Professor Barker’s list ee one nde and seventy-seven
species saa vaste es; of these, forty-seven have been recorded in

r. Dixon's list and my Potigt er ht Aiton one hundred and six
are new. Some of the doubtful specimens were referred to Mr.
Dixon. Mosses collected both by Professor Barker and myself are
distinguished by the initials (TY. B., FE. A.) following the name;
those collected only by esktcas are marked (EZ. A.); the r
Professor Barker, are unmar ith the sixty- four mosses of

r. Dixon’s list, the total fox Denbighshire now includes two
hundred and one species and varieties.

Sphagnum papillosum Ldb.— confertum Lindb.— 8. squarrosum
Pers. EH. A. — S. acutifolium x arctum Braithw. — S. intermedium
Hoffm . Dy Ee A.
Andreea Rothii a ages Lindb.

Tetraphis pellucida

Catharinea undulata W, & Mee PBs, BAS

Polytrichum _aloides Hedw. 7. B. EE. A, — P. urnigerum L.—
. juniperum Willd. T. B., E. A. —P. strictum Banks.

leuridium awillare Lindb.

A=)

Cynodontium Bruntoni B. & 8.

Dichodontium flavescens Lindb.

Dicranella xe malia Schimp. T.B., FE. A.—D. varia Schimp.
Schreberi p.— Sabo Schimp. Ei. A.

Dénaglabai atrovirens De

Dicranum scoparium Sade: : YT. B., EB. = orthophyllum Brid.
—d spadiceum Boul. EH. A.—D. majus Turn

5

Se Se areas

DENBIGHSHIRE MOSSES 79

fissidens bryoides Hedw. T. B., ae —F’, osmundioides Hedw.
—F’, adiantoides Hedw.—F’, taxifolius Hedw.

Grimmia apocarpa Hedw.—G. orbicularis Bruch.—G. trichophylla
Grev. — G, Stirtoni Schimp (forma propagulifera). — G. arenaria
Hampe (see note at end of pape cs

Fhacomitrium Fils im Braun. — R. heterostichum [3 alopecurum
Hiib.—Var. obtus a Sa Grime obtusa Lindb. ).

Hedwigia silaate Ehr

Pottia truncatula Lindb.

Tortula ambigua Angstr.—T. aloides De Not.— 7’. mur ood Hedw.
U. B., E. A. —B rupestris Wils. -- 7. subulata Hedw avipila
Sehwaege. .—T’. intermedia Berk.—T. ruralis Ehrh. a ru “iivirat

Barbula rubella Mitt. — B. tophacea Mitt. var. bib aint
- fallax Hedw.—f brevifolia Schultz.—B. recurvifolia
2. rigidula Mitkas Be; Sans Schimp. — B. as 2
—B. sinuosa Braithw.—B. gracilis Schwaegr.—B. Hornschuchiana
Schultz.— B. revoluta Brid.— B. convoluta Hedw.— B. unguiculata
edw.
A house tortilis C. M. — W. viridula Hedw. says ih crispata
M. (see Journ. Bot. 1899, 375).—W. caleare
ie ee na ac Bruch.—T. he Bruch. —P£ littorale
Dixon.—T’, flavovirens Bruch.—T. nitidum Schimp.
E’ncalypta vulgaris eke
Aygodon viridissinus R. Br.—B pens Lindb.
Ulota Bruchii Hornsch. — U. crispa PB intermedia Dixon. — U.
phyllantha Bri
Orthotrickemn cupulatum Figen — OQ. leiocarpum B. & 8. — O.
ae y- &T. T. B., E. A. — O. affine Schrad. — O. stramineum
Hornsch.—0O. dia iaphanum schead.
Splinter pnltenegi ten L. 7. B., 1886; not seen, 1899.
Funaria Temp ¢ 8mi-<= F: calcarea Wahl.— EF. hygrometrica
Sibth. ss
Webera sutatis Hedw. T. Bi, HA Ts bicolor Schimp. £. A.
—W. carnea Schimp.—I. albicans Schimp.
Bryum pendulum Schimp. — B. verre arog _ pas pallens
Sw. E. A. — B: intermedium Brid.
B. er erythr ocarpum Schwaegr.—B. eh Wils. ep. ps teste Huds.
—B, argenteum L, HE. A. : ve i
Neckera crispa falcata Boul.—N. pumila B Philippeana Milde.
Pterogonium gracile
eterocladium heteropterum B. & 8.
Thuidium delicatulum Mitt.
Pleuropus sericeus Dixon. Pte
Camptothecium lutescens B. &
Draoky thecium albicans B. & 8.—B. ponent B. & are velu-
tinum BL. & 8. T. B., FE. A.—B. purum
; _—B Stokesii Lond. Cat. Mosses,
ay Pate, nc re prelongum B. & S.—p E. pumilum Schimp.—

— m anes

E. A.

E. myosuroides Schimp.—E. striatum B. & S.
Amblystegium serpens B.& 8. T. "B., E, A.—A. filicinum De Not.

80 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Hypnum polygamun Schimp.—H. a B protensum B. & S.
—H, chrysophyllum Brid.—H. fluitans E. A.—H. exannulatum
Giimb.—H. cupressiforme ae |—B resupinatum Schimp.

filiforme Pekicas —1 tectorum Brid. — H. Patientie Lindb. — H
moltuscum aneil —H. stramineum Dicks.—H. ace - B.,

Schimp.—dH. Schreberi Willd. T
eons squarrosum B ‘& 8.2. Ba Ba ake: an
B. ie B24 Bug hi A.

—lIt is interesting to record here, what has not been pre-
sioudy uplshed that Professor Barker first discovered Grimmia
arenaria Hampe as a British plant near Dolgelly, Merionethshire,
in August, 1898 ; while this year vd has added a second station for
it near Capel Garmon, Denbighshir

“JUNCUS TENAX.”
By A. B. Rennie, D.8ce., F.L.S.

Ix. Brivren having drawn my attention to a certain confusion
of species under the name stage tenax Soland., we went into the
matter with some care, and with the aid of the literature, including
the invaluable manuscripts of sae and Solander, arrived at con
clusions which may be worth recording.

1. Juncus renax Sol.—In the Appendix to Forster's hae
ee desvalien Prodromus (1786) under ‘Plante Obscur

e find ‘514. Juncus ey . Nova Zeelandia e 8. aignitie
Sohcudes: as is shown by a footnote explanatory of the heading,
which reads, ‘‘ Hoc titulo colliguntur plant in Australie insulis a
nobis quidem lect, sed vel imperfecte, vel omnino, deficientibus
floribus et euctitieationibus, non deseripte. Nomina nonnullis
deinde adjecta juxta sententiam b. Solandri qui easdem olim de-

ipsera a

—that is, to the descriptions by Banks oe Solander of the plants
collected by them on Cook’s earlier voyage; and the ‘J. tenax 8.”
means that Solander referred Forster’s plant “a hes species pre-
viously collected and thus designated by them

The identity of this New Zealand plats as hitherto been
doubtful. EH. H. F. Meyer, in his Synopsis Juncorum (p.
(1822), puts it among the species dubie. Wikstrom, in K. Vetensk.
Acad. Handl. 1828, ed - it as synonymous with J. glaucus
Ebrh., ‘* sec. assertionem Cel:mi Dryander olim in litteris ad Dom.
Montin.” Schultes alae Byctona. Veget. vii. 182 [1829]) inserts
it, with a query, under J. glaucus, on the same authority, an
Allan Cunningham (in Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. ii. 874 [1887] )

were collected in New Zealand, in the ee qivazs of Capt. Cook,
appears doubtful. Schultes observes,”

7
|
j
i
:
2
:

“oe ee

TIAL RECT ee ht ee ee ee eee

Se 2 a is Rh

“ JUNCUS TENAX”? 81

Fortunately the possession of the manuscript and specimens of
t. Banks and

a
near the J. vaginatus R. Br. with which I am inclined to includ
them. Forster’s specimen in Herb. Banks was subsequently
named J. glaucus by Dryander, a fact which accounts for the above-
mentioned statement on Wikstrom’s authority.

2. Juncus renax Banks & Sol. in Russell, Nat. Hist. Aleppo
(ed. 2), ii, 251 (1794). ;
In the second edition of Alexander Russell’s Natural History .

of Aleppo, 1.c., we find among the plants a new species, ‘‘ Juncus
tenax ; culmo nudo stricto striato, panicula laterali rara, squamis
radicalibus nitidis.”

second edition, ‘revised, enlarged and illustrated with
notes,” we owe to his brother Patrick Russell, who in his preface
and notes gives the full story of the plants. ‘‘ The catalogue of
plants,’ he says, viii, “will be found to have undergone

brought from Syria.’ Mr.
mentioned association of Banks with ee
out of the specimens is quite in a li os

goes to prove that “ Banks & Sol.,” and not merely ‘‘Sol.,”” must be

82 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

It is of interest to note that in the Solander manuscripts,
where the diagnosis is exactly as printed in Russell’s work, Dry-
ander subsequently erased the specific name tenax, substituting that
of glaucus. Kunth, Enum. iii. oe ¢ oe cites it as ‘species
dubie affinitatis.”” Buchenau, l.c 243, ge it a synonym of

46

a for
laxly effuse panicle and small roundly chivede fruit (2 5 mm. ig
perhaps referable to var. Tommasinit Buch. 1. c. 250.
8. JUNCUS TENAX Poir. Encycl. Méth. Suppl. iii. 156 (1818).
*“« Jone 4 cob iers
Buchenau, in his Krit. Verz. June. 45 (1880), says probably
BE leubs "Ehvh, ., but in his a ange (in Engl. Jabrb. xii. [1890] )
makes no reference to it. iat it is J. glaucus seems evident from
Poiret’s description and notes, and his citation of Juncus acutus
vulgaris Moris. Hist. 3, § 8, tab. 10, fig. 18. This is the Juncus
nome Se Parkinson, the Hard Rush of Ray’s Historia, which
pec s in Sloane’s Herbarium show to be Juncus glaucus.
“Se tenax Brown in Leop. v. Buch, Physic. Beschreib.
Oise The “191 (1825), nomen
A t in the Banks Herbarium bears plants collected in
gion both by Banks and Solander and by Masson, and is inseribed
n Solander’s hand Juncus tenax, the tenax ane subsea Oby
erased and glaucus written beneath by Dryan
obviously J. glaucus Sibth. The sheet on bass mas see
lected near London, and a manuscript n of Dryander, ‘‘ tenax
.” in our copy of Smith’s Hnglish Paw: p. 665, also asso-
ciates tenax with J. noes Buchenau, who cites the species
merely as a nomen nudum, “J. tena ote ” suggests (Krit. Verz.
45) that it may be J. canariensis Willd., .e. J. effusus var. cand-
riensis Buch.
In brief, then, the species stand thus :—
1. J. renax Sol. in Forst. Prodr. 90 (1786) = J. australis Hook. f.
sie bie 66 (1860), which is probably a synonym of J. vagi-
. Br. Prodr. 258 (1810) ( = J. pallidus R. Br. l. ¢. fide
Pashenee.
J. tenax « major Banks & Sol. ex Hook. f. Fl. Nov. Zel. i. 268
(1858) = J. — Br. Prodr. 258 ae
. tenax a minor Ban l, ex Hook. f. l.c. = J. pauciflorus
R. Br. Prodr. 259 (1810).
2, J. mexax Banks & Sol. in Russell’s Nat. Hist. Aleppo, ed. 2, ii.
251 (1794) = J. acutus L. var. Tommasinii Buchen. in Engl.
8

3. J. reNax Poir. Encyecl. Méth. peel: iii. 156 (1813) = J. glaucus
Sibth. Fl. —_ 113 (179

4, J. renax Brown ex Buch, Physi. Beschreib. Canar. Ins. 191
(1825) = J. a. Sibth. /

83

MYCETOZOA OF THE SOUTH MIDLANDS.
By James Saunpers, A.L.S.

Tne lists appended to the present communication are supple-
mentary to the one which appeared in this Journal in January,
1893 (pp. 10-18), and are indices of observations toe during the

Crouch, of Cainhoe, Beds, my son Edgar, and myself. In addition

we have had the advantage of three or four visits to this district of

Mr. A. Lister and Miss G. Lister, the latter of whom, while in our

mpany, eaters Diachea scheme at Flitwick, Beds, a first
Europe.

record for
The area iilceers by these investigations may be roughly
described as being within a ten mile radius of Luton. The

extremes are Flitwick, Beds, to the aoe Wheathaapeee-
i

monograph only about 110 species are enumerated as British,
it will be readily conceded ae ‘in this district is peculiarly
rich in these organisms, or that it has been well worked. Mr.
Lister has also recorded 70 species for Be Epping Forest district,

pt
Species sind varieties :— 6,
Physarum straminipes Lister (see Journ. Bot. 1898, 163, t. 38

g.

P, ierwide Rost.

P. didermoides var. lividum Lister (I. ¢. 161, t. 886, fig. 1).

P, vernum Somm. First British recor

Badhamia ovispora Racib. First British “yeoord.

Didymium Trochus Lister (1. c. 164, t. 886, fig. 1). for E

Fuligo ellipsospora Lister. Sept. 1899. First record os Nai
All of the foregoing, except Physarum vernum Somm., have up to
the present eo die om y tie such situations. It sho “ octal
or, be stated that the term ‘“ straw-heaps” includes ae aul a

t only of cereals, but also of peas, beans, and the other crop
which form the staple of English agriculture. 5

G

84 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

With regard to Didymium Trochus, it is noteworthy that it has
been found in increasing numbers each season since its original
discovery in April, 1897. It was at first regarded as an abnormal
form of isla — me Duby. Further observations, however,
ulaseadt t it was really different from sig species, both to the
naked fomge and a beneath the microsco Upon mature con-
sideration it seems safe to assume that this species rg previously

to 1897 in just such situations as those in which it is now seen, but,

as these habitats had not been carefully searched, it had been
overlooked. The plant is very retiring in its habit. Of the many
thousands of sporangia which have come under my notice, none
have been seen on the surface of the straw-heaps. When forming
their — they always do so at or below the line of saturation,
gether. This

is found to be an chia: to lift up a thick layer of material,
turn it upside down, when the sporangia, if present, rapidly dry,
and thus become fairly conspicuous. They are, however, very
disappointing when attempting to collect them, as their attach-
ment to the straw is very slight, and numbers of them fall off in

transit. In this respect they are widely different from those of
Dd, Eli with which D. Trochus is often associated.

o general is the habit with D. Trochus of fruiting below the
aan where they are out of the reach of currents of air, that the
question naturally arises as to how th ores are distributed.

loughing
for other agricultural purposes. The plasmodium of this species 18
** butter-yellow,” and was first observed by Mr. C. Crouch at Kitchen
nd, Beds; it has since been seen at Stopsley Common, in the
same county.
adhamia ovispora Racib. is another interesting denizen of
straw-heaps, and has been observed in various places extending
from Nether Crawley, two miles east of Luton, to Barton, Beds,
in B i

Farm.
the sporangia at or above the line of saturation. Other species
with a similar habit are Physarum compressum, P. Dy igh
P. Crateriachea, Craterium pedunculatum, C. leucocepha alum
pears Chondrioderma spumarioides, C. Michelii, Perichana
varia

Of species that are usually found at or near the surface of
Straw-heaps may be enumerated Physarum calidris, P. didermoides,
P, didermoides lividum, P. vernum, Fuligo septica, F, ellipso-
spora, Didymium nigripes, Spumari ta alba.

With iii tenes to the habitats of the whole of the Mycetozoa
that have come under our observation in this district, fifty-five per
cent. have been found on wood only; seven per cent. on leaves;
six per cent. on straw; seven per cent, on all three materials; and

MYCETOZOA OF THE SOUTH MIDLANDS 85

ten per cent. on both leaves and straw. Apparently all the members
of the following genera are limited to wood :—Stemonitis, Brefeldia
Enerthenema, Lindbladia, Dictydium, Licea, Tubulina, Dictydiethalium,
Enteridium, Reaicalaré ta, toe — Prototrichia, Lycogals, and also
most of the Trichias and Are

The most prolific anes for the Mycetozoa is a small coppice,
some six or seven acres in extent, situated in the parish of Flitwick.
It is practically a marshy alder swamp, some portions of which are
always saturated with moisture, other parts being a tangle of —
creepers, and ferns, under the moist shade of which ‘‘ Myxie
luxuriate, especially in the early ss Micedbas some wi
species have been collected within its a

Among the more noteworthy species sien in the following
lists may be specified ieee flavo-fuscum Rost. and Physarum
didermoides Rost., found by Mr. C. Crouch ; peeing violacea Rex,
a first record for Europe, since observed at Lyme Regis; and
Trichia Botrytis Pers. var. munda, a ne ety.

The additional county records to ose. ails published are
sinteal with an asterisk; the others are new localities for the less
common species. The arrangement and nomenclature followed is
that of the monograph by Mr. Lister, to whom I express my grateful
paraiso dear for his help in naming the specimens.

*Oeratomyxa mucida Schroeter. Luton Hoo, Flitwick, Beds.

Badhamia nitens Berk. Ridgmount, Beds, C. C. — *B. macro-
carpa. Flitwick, Beds, C. C. — *B. ovispora Racib. —
Stopsley Common, Nether Crawley, Beds.

Physarum oo Alb. & Schw. Flitwick, Beds.—*P. stra-
minipes List. ul End, Nether Crawley, Maiden Common, Beds.

—*P, didermoides ‘Bost. Mead Hook, C. C., Nether Crawley, Beds.

st Var: lividum List. Chaul End, Nether Crawley, Stopsley Com-
‘ Flitwick, Stopsley Common, Beds.

.C., Bedford, Warden Hills,

Be ‘ — *P. contextum Pers.
Flitwick, Beds.—* P. conglomeratum Rost. Flitwick, Beds.

* Fuligo ellipsospora List. Stopsley Common, apne _— 1899.

*Craterium mutabile Fr. Flitwick, Chaul End, :

*Chondrioderma spumarioides Rost. Ridgmount, Miss E Croue
Flitwick, Beds; Caddington, Herts. —C. testaceum "Rost. Flitwick,
Beds. @ seasons Neyo, in profusion. — *C. Michelii Rost.
Silsoe, C. C., Flitwick, Beds; Kenesbourne Fis. Herts. — *C.
reticulatum Rost. Flitwick, Beds. — *C, niveum Rost. Flitwick,
Beds.

*Diachea elegans Fries. meee Beds. — *D. subsessilis Peck.
Flitwich, Boder Mas G. Lister. (Found since * Holt, poke | iy
*Didymium Trochus List. " Kitchen End, C. Cn, 9 ae
Stapeley Common, Beds. — *D. Serpula Fr. Fiitwiek Be is, a f

. Clavus Rost. Flitwick, Beds, C. D. nigripes
Bricket Wood, Herts. — *Var. wanthopus. Flitwick, Stops ey

Common, Beds.
*Spumaria alba DC. Flitwick, Chalton, Beds ; Welwyn, Herts.

86 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

*Comatricha laxa Rost. Flitwick, Beds. — *C. Persoonii Rost.
patient Beds; Ashridge, Herts. —*C. rubens List. Flitwi ck,
Chaul , Beds.

eae doris violaceum Kost, Luton Hoo, Beds, on decayed

plar.
yf Brefeldia maxima Rost. Sewell, Luton Hoo, Beds.
*Dictydium cernuum Schrad. Redbourn, Herts.
*Licea flexuosa Pers. Russox Farm, Flitwick, Beds, C. C
*Tubulina fragiformis Pers. Luton Hoo, Beds ; Oughton Head,

Herts.

* Dictydiathalium plumbeum Rost. Kitchen End, Beds, C.C.

* Enteridium olivaceum Khrenb. Caddington, Heris.

*Trichia Botrytis Pers. var. munda List. Pepperstock, Herts.—
*T. contorta Rost. var. inconspicua. Ashridge,

*Perichena depressa Libert. Upbury, C. C., Bireliles, A
Birchin Grove eggs Herts.—* P. eee Fr. Luton Hoo, C

* Margarita dialog tia Ridgmount, Beds, Miss FE. Crouch.
*Lycogala flavo-fuscum Rost. Kitchen End, Beds, C. C.

SHORT NOTES.

MORELAND. mint Tay Mr. J. G. Baker's

stat i in Westmorela nee In Watson’s Top. Bot. ed. 2 (1883) it 1s,
however, to be Sound for this county, with ‘Ottley hb.’’ against the
record; and Mr. Britten informs me that the full note in Watson's
MS. runs—“ Above the Waterfall, Ambleside (Mr. Just.). Otley
Herb.” Considering that pete Sole usion has lon g existed amongst

specimens lately given me b r. A. J. Cros eld, I came
across a sheet of undoubted P. minor with the Westmoreland

locality of ‘‘Stock Gill Force, Ambleside,’’ collected by Miss
Wright, of Keswick, in 1848. Although I am told that records
by Miss Wright and her father—a gues in the Lake Distriet—

must be — Bie extreme caution, I see no reason why this
particular station should be ignaved, ‘especialy as Bs ‘alle so well
with the locality ‘dcneribedl by Watson.—C. E. Sar

West Lancasarre Appirions 5 oe —The ace paper on
more re silat additions to v.-c. 60 by Messrs. J. A. Wheldon and
Albert Wilson ition to my mind two mistaken records which
alae from my memory. A mer oY H. diaphanum Fr. at

SHORT NOTES 87

the locality; and the specimen was no doubt a weather-worn
H. vulgatum, with the involucre denuded of hair and down by a wet
and smoky climate. Milium efusum L., w. Ne I see stands on my

oA,

Lees, p. 47, published in 1878, was an error. ame Summary
may be found recorded Anthriscus —— Bernh 24), Pale
aurita L., es - Caprea Li. (p ; ¢ reco

3 rds in what
summary of the previous Reports of +e Locality Besoed Club
Messrs. Wheldon and Wilson appear to have overlooked. Saponaria
officinalis Li. and Senecio saracenicus oth grew in some quantity
and well- established on or near the north bank of the raptie ae
just beyond the Redscar Woods from Preston, the former frin
the banks or hanging over the water in abundance; abe vas in
1878-75.—E. F. Linton

SpHacnumM MeDIuM.—To the list of stations given on p. 3 m
added White Moss, West Lancashire, where Mr. Albert Wilson and
I had the pleasure of finding it last year. We are indebted to
Mr. H. N. Dixon for the determination of the specimens.—J. A.
WHELDoN.

Scua@nus FERRUGINEUS.— This plant, recorded from Loch Tum-
mel, in Perthshire, on the authority of specimens collected by myself
in1884 (see Journ. Bot. wi 219, 289, t. 261), las since disappeared
from that locality. Whe led the Perthshire naturalists to the
spot some years ago, =p a& aed was to be seen. It was very
abundant in 1884,—James Bresyer.

Impatiens Royter (p. 50).—I found this species on Sept. 28, 1888,
a Piitiaee Wood, Fremington parish, North Devon :—plant robust,

t. high; leaves opposite, whorled in threes, or alternate ;
sate pale rose- olay with a short spur; not near any house or
n. A some

ae Illu str. Himal. p. 151, t. 28, f. 2; non Arn. in

Judgi a only from the title-pages of the books
cited, Arnott’s I. glandulifera seems the older ; = par for this
reason, that of Royle has been superseded, and the name J.
adopted. On further investigation the case turns ond otherwise.
The title- gn of Hook. Com mp. Bot. Mag. vol. i. bears the date of

appeared in January, 1835
maintained. Impatiens tae ae (1836)
without a name, for the synonym I, cornigera Hook. (1852),

88 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

non Arn. (1886), is not available; being a Ceylon plant, the

new name [. rapropantca is proposed for it—W. P. Hiern,
I noted this apparently wild at Madresfield, Oct. 12th, 1899,

when the Worcestershire Naturalists’ Club and Malvern Naturalists’

Field Club held a joint-meeting at Dripshill Wood. It grew by the

side of a brook, and seemed well established there. The plant has

re petioles, so is, I suppose, the var. macrochila.—CaRLETon

EA.

_ Juncus aupinus Vill. mn CumBernann ?—Looking up some Norfolk
references lately, I came across the following note by Mr. H. D.
Geldart, of Norwich (Trans. Norf. & Norw. Naturalists’ Soc. vol. iv.
p- 513, 1888). Speaking of the occurrence of Juncus nigritellus
Auct. Angl. (non Don) at Wells, Norfolk, le observes :—‘ Of J. ni-

the H. B.S. No. 2648; and the third wou en nam
Juncus alpinus Vill. without much hesitation, had it been found on

Hoppe. However this question may be ultimately settled, I think
that both the habit of growth and the shape of ‘is capsules is too
Side Tarn

regard them both as the same variety of any one species.” It
would seem well worth while for botanists going to the Lakes this
year to search around this tarn, as I know of no record south of
erth.—Arruur Benner,
Hieracium soraPHitum Uechtritz 1s Wororsrersuire.—l gathered
plants of this species in a railway cutting near Upton-on-Severn on
July ist, 1897; and in Long Coppice, Leigh, on August Ist, 1898.

which I made in this Journal for 1897 313. Th d
mi sc tle é e plant prove
to be a rigid form of H. petabphdtions< Binives F. favion’. :
Metvint.—I am able to record this isti :
: t very distinct rose from
a new station about 14 miles distant from its old habitat at Madres-

R.

a
between that vi ay _
Welichess ft vigorous plant and one of the small solitary-fruited

OWNDROW,

89

SOME ALGOLOGICAL LITERATURE OF 1899.

In Flora (Band 86, Heft 1, Jan. 28, 1899) is depts the final
contribution, ‘‘ Ueber die Sexualitiit der Ectocarpeen n Friedrich
Oltmanns, to the discussion which took place in the: ie journal in
1897 — Prof. seats and a Berthold, concerning copulation

M. Sauvag ook

species. Prof. Oltmanns had suspected that pe these observers

a been deceived by a spurious coalescence of swarm-spores with
a species of Filagellate, which he had himself aA hriat while all
his efforts to produce true copulation had failed. In t the present

paper Prof. Olin withdraws entirely from his sceptical position,.
and declares that M. Berthold’s results wate perfectly right. He
describes his own investigations in the spring of 1898 in Naples,
and confirms M. Berthold’s ne te obaberelionds in every etn 1
As a resu ult of this confirmation, the author proceeds to uce

giving therefore no less than four different kinds of sporangia for
. . ig

F, Padina has been shown by M. Sauvageau (“Sur la sexualité
des Phéosporées,” Journ. de Be linia 1896-7) to possess the same

pistes of pe aeeaie: organs, an he has described bs an a ig
r0

diveatly, In the course of Aatclonmnsit these iat cane
became differentiated, on the o

which copulation was & necessity for farther development; on the
s, which. were incapable of copu-

just recognizable, but it is strongly mar

}, Lebelit ading. Hence the asexual swarm-spores
are also sharply differentiated in this group a
Prof. Oltmanns infers that the asexual swarm-
urther mode of reproduction in Hctocarpacee
is the espera of aplanospores, W

with Tilopterid. f th
Prof. Clbieais closes his interesting paper with a list “4 “a
forms of reproduction that might exist egypt in one and the

same species of Hctocarpus or Tilopteris. ee

90 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

I, Unilocular sporangia, which form
ormal zoospores
b. Aplanospores.
ce. Monospores (Alinetes) (?).
II. Plurilocular sporangia, which form
Gamet

a. No rmal male and female.

b. Réutfal swarm-spores.
a. Normal.
. Aplanospores.

Traly a formidable list for one filamentous alga! As the author
says, the forms of reproduction adopted by eac ach species in real life
epend on its inherited peculiarities, and still more on outside
influences. Meantime it is of interest to Give & summing-up of al
possibilities even in our present state = fragmentary knowledge on
the subject: it forms at least a framework into which "heal facts
can be weaved, though the vacetigrentig itself should at times have
to undergo slight alteration.

—whie i ication on this subject
embodies the results of his investigation of Acinetospora pusillus
B e germination of zoospores from both uni-

gia is described and figured. Besides these
orms of reproduction, there is a ak which has been described
as occurring in Tilopteridacee and in Heterospora Vidovichiti—mono-
sporangia. These bodies are minutely described by . Sauvageau,
a figures Bante bearing ee as well as various stages
ry)

2
my
mR
er
ad
‘=
ic}
cr
S
ba]
&
ge
a
Oo
~
tar]
5 5
=<
ee
°
2
=]
Qu
ee
=3
tas
<i
2
x
me
@
et
ee
°
Lea)
ct
mw
m
~
N
ia)
i=)

once more to propagation by cuttings among

Pheosporea, and states that in this respect Acinetospora shows great

facility, acai when the cutting is taken from a plant bearing

pseudosporan
The

ALGOLOGICAL LITERATURE OF 1899 91

that Ectocarpus crinitus Carm. may on further investigation prove
to be the same plant as A.pusillus, and that even A. Vidovichii may
not be specifically distinct from ‘‘the synthetic species’ Acineto-
spora crinitus.
The next section of the paper deals with the nature of the two
ms of monospores described in Tilopteridacea, those with a amet
nclens, and those with four nuclei enclosed within ~ one mem
ra

multiplication of the nuclei in the one case shows merely a com
mencement of germination. Hee mead disfavours the ios of the
monospore with four nuclei being an oosphere, and gives very

that Acinetosporee and Heloise 2 Tilo pteridec) shou

regarded as merely two tribes in the family a pinidaneny ‘bat
should constitute two distinct families. The paper closes with a table
showing the connecting links between Hctocarpus and Cutleriacee.

A further most interesting and valuable contribution to phyco-
hie Roca by M. Sauvageau—‘ Les Cutlériacées et leur
alternance de générations ’—is ‘publi shed in the Ann, Sci. Nat
sér, 8. net x. Dec. 1899. Although this order has attracted. the
attention of many botanists from M. Thuret in 1850 onwards,
there still remain points for further investigation ; — are clearly
set forth in this paper, while fresh facts are “added to
of the subject. It would be im ssible in a small com ne 9 to give
any adequate account of this paper, for each chapter is full of side
suggestions, as is only natural when such an interesting subject is
dealt with by such a teen ie hand. To quote the author

in its complexity, is fataeoete not only to the algologist, but to
all those who occupy themselves with general biology; it presents
a special interest as regards the many points of view of sexuality
and of parthenogenesis, of alternation of generations and of
morphism, of the influence of external conditions on development,
and of Rardin distribution.”
rst chapter is devoted to a résumé of previous work on this
suiijiek i Prof. Reinke, M. Falkenberg, M. de Janezewski, Dr.
Kuekuck, and Mr. Church. The second eal with the Cutleriacea
e Gulf of — on the flora of which co = . Sauv, _

He records from pi vedio where he eri ae three species of
Cutler iacee@ which possess sexual organs: Cutleria adspersa, C. multi-
a, and Zanardinia collaris. This place and Tangier are, according

92 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

toM. Renvagesn, the only localities where al three plants are known

to be co-existent. A new species of Aglaozonia—A. melanoidea—is
described, et the author is of opinion Nhat. this is ‘lone the
sporophyte of Cutleria adspersa, instead of A. chilosa, as has been
supposed. The two generations A. melanoidea and C. adspersa are
found side by side in the same depth of water at Guéthary and
at Tangier, while A. chilosa does not occur in either locality. ‘If

by zoospor ke ersa solely by oospheres, either partheno-
zenstio or fertilized, aia the io plants live Gots at Guéthary,
it seems more logical to admit their mutual dependence.” Granted
that this is the case, the author acknowledges that the same diffi-
culty arises for the Naples plants, where C. adspersa and A. chilosa
occur; but they do not grow near each other, and it is reasonable

at first the case at Guéthary. There remains therefore one sporo-
phytic form for which no oophyte has yet been found—viz. A. chilosa
—and M. Sauvageau suggests that it may belong to either C. com-
pressa or C. pacifica; always. supposing that it is not a variety of
sia ew nor a form in the life-cycle of Zanardinia.
ird chapter deals with ‘‘ The germinations which grow m
aatiro on Cutleria adspersa at Guéthary.” M. Sauvageau recog-
nizes three forms of germination id ti oophytic generation, which
enominates as ‘‘forme Fa erg,” ‘forme Thuret,” and
‘forme Church,” after the preg who first described them. In
* forme Falkenberg ” the germinating spore produces a small
upright column of cells (‘ wiieauctie eo P hich bears one or more
exogenous hairs, and adheres to the substratum by means of
rhizoids. This is the Keimfuss of Prof. Falkenberg, but M.
Sauvageau prefers the name ‘colonnette,” to avoid confusion
between this upright portion and the 4 - era thalla us, which
shortly develops at its base. The baal cells of the ‘ colonnette”
e nlar args and proceed to divide, till they scot a prostrate thallus,

a
©

bel ow. The column is for : a7 persistent, but is liable to be
broken off through its delica M. Sauvageau believes that these
‘*formes Falkenberg”’ are the remull of parthenogenetic germination
of the oosphere of Cutleria adspersa, and are the origin of Aglao-
zonia melanoidea, since the germination of the unfertilized Spapnare

result. ‘ Forme

which is the meristematic z This produces cells which pee
the thallus below, and r eilase. those which are broken off abov

°
S
is}
oa
e
ieee
5S
°
or
Be
ba]
be
wm
ore
a
oO
&
eb
oa
:
rs
oad
eg
ror)

thicken, probably become sates, and at last unite os form * the

ALGOLOGICAL LITERATURE OF 1899 93

support of the thallus of Cutleria adspersa.” Gradually the plantlet
assumes a funnel-shape, and the cells become differentiated into
a peripheral layer and an internal zone. At a later stage a
infundibuliform thallus becomes torn open, while from its base
from the support rhizoids are given off, which give additional
support to the plantlet. ‘A young C. adspersa is therefore com-
posed of—(1) a support at first entirely pseudo- -parenchymatous,
which differentiates later a superficial layer of small cells by peri-

Cutleria.” Whether or not this growth is the result of tration
in the oosphere of C. adspersa is doubtful, but M. re au is 0.

by the author as age shee Soeek sai it consists, as may

ord own heehee he has never seen the process of

a time; but the Falkenberg-plants which resulted stock is germi-
nated oospheres were pe similar to those produced by the
fertilized oospheres of M. de Janczewski. It is sntaresting to see
that the colourless hairs of ae Phaakied play a prominent part
in these young plantlets. The author never succeeded in producing
either a ‘‘ forme Thuret”’ or a ‘“‘ forme Church,” but, since he suc-
ceeded in geruiiating an oosphere ecsngpe bere he confirms

hurch in disproving the statement of MM. enberg and

Cullarta, fertilized or ae like the zoospores of Aglao-

Agiasznia might ate to pee light on the sitia

e epiphytic bey of Cutleria steht is the subject
of Chapter V., wherein the author seve the “forme Falken-
berg” of this plant with that of C. adsper

e final Chapter, VI., conpetie a o Rebels and conclusions,”

full of vaeruat Pp suggestion. M. Sauvageau regards the ‘“colon-
nette,’’ which plays the Taterinediake part between the germination
of the oosphere and the production of the Aglaozonia plant, as a
growth of the greatest phylogenetic importance. Its physiological
role is insignificant from its diminutive size, but morphologically,
as necessary to the origin of Aglaozonia, its importance is con-
siderable. ‘It is a pro-embryo, but an atavic pro-emb
determination of its true nature a atl be of as great weight for the
determination of the affinities of Cutleriacee as the knowle e
origin of the thallus and the structure of their reproductive organs,

94 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

A Cutleria is not a synthesis of two, but of three genera—Cutleria
proper, Aglaozonia, and the ‘colonnette’ of a genus unknown
. Sauvageau compares this a ionnette” with othe genera of
Pheosporea, and considers that it most nearly approaches Myrio-
trichia and Litosiphon. Finally, he gives a table of affinities of the
different parts of a Cutleria, ranging from Ectocarpus to Laminaria,
which opens up wide fields for speculation.

The second part of the ‘ Beitriige z. Kenntniss der Meeresalgen,”

by Dr. Kuckuck, published in Wissenschaftliche . Meeresuntersuch-

ungen, Vol. iil., has been asa separately by t e ‘* Biologische
Anstalt mae Helgoland.’’ It contains Nos. 5 to 9 kee and is,
like the first part issued in 1807, Zag dao illustrated. In
No. 5, which is entitled ‘‘ Kin r Asperococcus mit beiderlei
Sporangien,” Dr. Kuckuck debixtbos and figures in various stages a
small sates of Asperococcus found in the Adriatic, which he ‘calls

rhizoids to the substratum. Its height is about 8-4 mm., and it is
solid throughout. Both kinds of sporangia arise as outgrowths
from the cortical cells, intermingled with hairs and, in the case of the
unilocular Fp pe with paraphyses (called here ‘stacheln”). The

hairs are figured sometimes with, sometimes without, the basal
sheath, which has ae described for this and a few o ther genera
by M. Sauvageau resumably, however, t heath is always
present round the of A. scabe strong resemblance
between the figures of this plant in its young stages and tho

of the ‘“colonnette’’ of Cutleria figured by M. Sauvageau in t

paper describe Ss Vv striking he slender upright
column with the Cher ae hair at the apex, the absence of
branching, the basal its rhizoids—all t recall irre-

sistibly the yaenGty gfe ene genus which connects Cutleria

ls , an
Dr. Kuckuck Saute an inter resting example of A. scaber bearing
hairs and re sporangia, the latter growing either directly
from the basal disc, or borne on short filaments arising from the
disc. These plants were produced under culture, and may there-

occurrence in a late

In Abhandlung 6 «Die Gattung Myriotrichia,” the six recog-
nized gee : this genus are dealt with in detail, and beautifully
Under M. repens, the enmibable: likeness is pointed ou
which exists abides this plant and Streblonema spharicum, not in
any way as implying a specific unity, but as a curious coincidence.
full diagnosis is given of this species and M, Protasperococcus

Berth., as well as for the genus itself. M. Protasperococcus

ALGOLOGICAL LITERATURE OF 1899 95

w been a nomen nudum, but Dr. Kuckuck has fortunately been
ee to examine and describe this species from plants found by
himself in the Adriatic, at compared with M. Berthold’s specimens.
Although M. Protasperococcus shows several marked differences from
the other species of the genus, Dr. Kuckuck decides on retaining it
in its present position, instead of adding abe to the already too
large number of monotypic genera in Pheosporea. He contents

ee gives us the long-needed regs rae M. canartensis Kitz.

r den Hetocarpus investiens der ghee ren” sums up o
previous siswieiiens of this plant, and shows that it is identical
with Cylindrocar pus microscopicus Crn., as well as ste Str ae

8: + Ooo onema, ein neues Génie der ieee. is she eighth
item in this fascicle. The species C. gracile, for which the genus
was founded, occurs on stones in the Adriatic, and belongs to =
family Myrionemacee. The points of difference are given betwee

this genus and M. S$ _ Hecatonema and Chilionema.
The final division (9) of this paper is entitled ‘‘ Ueber den
Ganctaldabiseectill von acta multifida Grev.”’ It confirms and

amplifies the work published on this subject by Mr. Church in the
Annals of Botany, vol. xii. No. xlv., March, 1898, - adds Bese
interesting detail of the minute structure of ‘Aglaoron An account
is given of the methods used by Dr. Kuckuck in culabvastehy: his
Raa spores, which resulted in many cases in his pr ucing

which the upper part becomes a young Cutleria. From

tion
unna It is in any case emirate to see uc

of ocean may take place in such a very young ‘a fragile stage
of growth. A section is given to ‘‘ The outward a ion

gro iven
ditions, especially the relations of the temperature of the wate

Among the noveibior for the year 1899 published i in American
journals sa ‘Three undescribed para Algz,” by Prof. Farlow,

under

eing represented in the “Phyeote ca Bore ericana,

Nos. 581, 598, and 600 respectively. The re aunbes of E; a

contains a short paper, ‘‘ Ne nd Little-known Bro : :

the Pacific Coast,’ by Prof. De Alton oe Bemis e
histacee—Hapato: ‘

ee zig ted gelatinosum, and

cribes a n of EH
Species for which this genus is crea

full description of it is sda: cael by figures. a
fasciculatum Reinke is pooonnn for the first time from the

96 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Pacific, growing on Postelsia palmeformis, but bearing only pluri-
locular sporangia.

**Notes on two Lithothamnia from Funafuti,” by Dr. M. Foslie
(Kgl. Norske Videnskab. Selskabs Skrifter, 1899, No. 2), is a short
paper, the forerunner of a fuller account of calcareous algze from

ing. One of t

ar. funafutiensis of Lithothamnion Philippii Fosl., and the other is
the Goniolithon oncodes Fosl., already recorded from New Guinea.
Mr. Isaac Holden. publishes in Rhodora for November ‘“‘ Two new
species of Marine Alge from Bridgeport, Conn.” They are Hydro-
coleum majus and Stictyosiphon subsimplew, distributed in Phycotheca
Boreali-Americana as No. 602 and 630 respectively. Both are figured.

A ‘Note sur quelques Algues rapportées par le yacht Chazalie,”
y eber van Bosse (Journal de Botanique, No. 5, Mai,
1899), records Acetabularia Peniculus Solms from Bahia Honda,
Chalmasia antillina Solms from Marisa, and describes a new

species of Codium—C. Chalazei, from presses near Cape de Verde.
The veteran phycologist Prof. J. G. Agardh has beans out a
Continuatio V. to his Analecta peeteeag containing many new
genera and species, mains from Australian and American shores.
e gives a systematic disposition is Ligue which contains
sixty-nine species, inalnain ng several new ones. Sarcomenia is also
re at some

secund ata

ge otis

AES and Spyridia on the one hand, and Furcellaria and
Spongiocarpia on the other, The } si an of calcium carbonate
in the obovate aetntines to the cortical filaments and the

Miss Hussey, and is ee by Prof. Agardh as a simple form 0
the type of Cystoseira

nating filament into the host-plant through its various stages to

maturity. The antheridia of Notheia are here Soiketbod for the first

time, = they had evidently been recognized eas by Mr.
. M. Ze

author a ~~ randum of a note made, among 0 others on n Netheia,
some years ago: ‘ sSeehpod eas paca mucilaginous material from
the tip of the stem of Notheia: it contained oospheres and anthero-
zoids of the ordinary fucaceous type.’’ The origin of the branches

ALGOLOGICAL LITERATURE OF 1899 97

from the initial cell of the cryptostoma has been pietionaiy described,
but is here refigured from new preparations. So far k

present, this is the only case of such a growth from the initial cell,
though a study of the initial cells of eryptostomata in — orders
than Fucacee might lead to interesting results, This ¢ Ul
known cases is arrested in 1 its growth in an early shige of the

the Sepik tga starting as it does in the very ‘young os ant, retains
permanently the character of the loose-celled tissues of the young
plant. May this not be an explanation of the peculiar initial cell
— and figured for Splachnidium rugosum in Murray’s Phyco-

logical Memoirs, pt. i. p.1 et seq.? Here the initial cell of the
cryptostoma, which subsequently becomes a conceptacle bearing
sporangia, is connected with the internal cells of the plant by a long
se ye arising directly from one of the thick central filaments.
In the mature conceptacles here figured this appendage to the

or sit closely, with the internal filamentous cells. In Soranthera
ulvoidea the closely reese cells of the epidermal layer were a
later formation in the life-history of the alga, and it is easy to
suppose that the same shia may occur in Splachnidium. However,
nothing but an examination of the youngest plants of this alga
can solve the mystery of this initial cell, or explain the G colled
‘apical ” cell, which exactly resembles it.

per by Mr. Ernest rei! ‘Ueber Vernarbungs- und

Prolifleationsesehieinangen bei Meeresalgen” (Flora, Band 86,
heft ii. H, Mai 20, 1899), the author ‘deals with his subject under
four hea dings sg Scar-membranes Scar-tissue. 8. Prolifi-
cation. 4. MG Melehte reproduction nay the first division he

speaks of the effect of an injury on Codium and dnadyomene,
ars former plant fae seuasenty without the power of forming
any membrane over the injured place, Ww while in Anadyomene the
wall of the long cylindrical cells is not only closed together by a
new membrane nen n twenty-four hours, but that cell retains also
the power of growth. Herr Kiister carefully remarks ane does not
find this See ‘of fresh Satie: in fees instance where an injury
has been closed by a new ee ds ; he would only imply i iia at
least in some cases this doe
The second peat sedis the ude formed by the plant round
an injured part of the thallus, as is often seen in members of

Journnat or Borany.—Vou. 38. (Marca, 1900.] a

98 _ ° HE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

_ Fucacee; such injury) being per ageaiad the result of attack by
fishes, etc. As distinct from such causes, however, is the all-

: my
rming a nest for small parasitic animals. Dr. Kiister does not
seem conversant with the literature on this subject, small though it
is, for he alludes to the paper by Prof. Schmitz as being the one

exhaustive work on gall-formation in alge. Work has, however,
been done by Magnus on malformation ¢ by Chytridiacee in
Ceramium, and the Vaucheria galls have been described by Vaucher
we Om @eau douce, ~ iii. 1803) and (A ci. Nat

Zool. ser. 6, t. vii. 1878). The galls on <Ascophyllum nodosum
caused by Tylenchus fucicola, a nematode worm, are fairly common,
and are described in Murray’s Phycological Memoirs, pt. i. p. 21, 1892,

while the copepoda galls on Rhodymenia ganas me described and
figured in this Journal for March, 1891. subject of gall-
formation among =e would well repay seaher. say both to ae
— and the zoologist.
third disse, of Dr. Kiister’s paper treats of the proliferous
area sO a = in some alge. He negatives the state-
ment of Kiitzing that in some cases these outgrowths take place from
the base of eceplontinedine ; es the only case of any such growth
is in Notheia anomala and in that alga the shoot from the base of
the ink ance is not the car of any injury, but is the natural
mode of branching. A list is given of alge bearing abnormal pro-
iifeabie nage ; it is also noted that this growth takes place,
as a rule, from the midrib, and by no means necessarily in absolute

injured, the other containing those in which such rowth is the
result of accident or injury. But for the serious consideration of
such grouping, as tending to show any true relationship, mucl
proof would have to be brought together. The object of this
formation of new thallus is presumably the replacement of assimi-
latory tissue, and the author suggests, as-a continuance of this
line of investigation, that note should be made as to which alge are
most attacked by animals, and what, if any, are their modes of
self-preservation. =) would be interesting to see how far injury and
proliferous growth are interdependent.

The last aeaian deals with the vegetative reproduction of alge,
ed that of Padina pavonia, which the author describes from his

experiments. As the result of an lacy, the under side of the
thallus of this alga sebaitie clothed with a ‘‘ velvety covering” of
young origrions plants, the young stages of which are her e figured.
Dr. Kiister closes his paper with the remark that vegetative repro-
duistiog: ne this result of serious injury is probably far more common
than has been supposed, and refers to the work done in this direction
on Haplospora globosa and Pheospora tortilis.
Ernex §. Barron.
(To be concluded.)

EPS AS Ce RT Re TTS Se RT eee

99

NOTICES OF BOOKS,

Monographieen Afrikanischer Pflanzen-Familien und Gattungen.
III. Combre retum. Bearbeitet von A. Eneier
und L. Dmts. Mit Tafel i-xxx und 1 Figur im Text. 4to.

Oct. 1899.
ROBABLY the most amponee’ peg of plants in the African
forests is the Leguminose, and next to this may be reckoned the

Combretacee: we therefore 2. gindts welcome the present work,
which contains a concise and carefully elaborated account of Com-
bretum, the largest genus in this latter order. The Combretaces in
Oliver’s Flora of Tropical Africa were published in 1871; Lawson

Cacoucia. In the present volume there are 184; so that it will be
seen that our increase in knowledge is considerable.

The authors unite with Combretum the genera Cacoucia, Campy-
logyne, and Campylochiton. The first of ices was established by
Aublet, in 1775. He described and figured the fruit as 5-angled
— ae aS which has been called in pcan ” which is
borne out by Guiana specimens in the Kew Her m (Jenman,

355). Cacoucia is here employed as a ectioa to include the
American plant and four African species—C. velutinum (S.Moore

and C. bracteatum, C. erent) and C. Lawsonianum of the present
ma raph. But C. bracteatum (Comey toctsion platypterus
Hiern), a plant of which the structure of both flowers and fruit
is well known, the upper portion of the receptacle is ey an entirely
different shape, being cylindrical, campanulate, and inflated and
sulcate from the base nearly to the middle; within, horizontal
scales shut off the lower portion as a separate conga The fruit
is conspicuously winged, the wings being 1:8 cm. bro We are
surprised to find that the soto consider this ieiseate in accord
with that Aublet’s gen
nus gfe sii was separated by Mr. Hemsley from
Cacoucia, tor which it differs in the absence of horizontal scales
forming a diaphragm, and especially noticeable on account of the
adherent geniculate style. In the work before us it constitutes the
twenty-sixth section of Combretum, eight plants being referred to
it. The style is adnate to the receptacle, sometimes near the base,
as a & wap apenas C. Hensii, and C. Poggei ; sometimes higher

iflor

Welw. in this eon p. It has not the long generally curved recep-
tacle which is usual, and the style is not pire so its position
ere seems to need reconsideration, The genus P cae be

founded by Dr. Engler ASE Svagestoa ‘Ost-Afrika, Theil ¢ p. 293), 0:
a single species, P. variifolia. The racemes have Viliensbord sehidiey
ree slenderly pedicelled flowers below, and a few hermaphrodite
ers above; the fruit is there referred to as pints pet
ees 8-alate. The authors now refer to this genus CU. aniso-
pterum Welw. and C. dipterum Welw., and C. myrtifolium Laws.
The pteleoid sees of the fruit is very ‘apparent in C. dipterum, but

100 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

not so in C. anisopterum, which generally has three or four wings,
and the diagnostic character of the genus has had to be modified
to admit of this

_The authors divide Combretum pate numerous groups, depending
largely on whether the flowers are tetramerous or pentamerous,

character of the disc. hus, for oat in the first section,
Hypoecrateropsis,we have tetramerous flowers, the upper portion of
the receptacle patelliform, and a generally “distinetly 4-lobed dise,
while in the section Cacoucia, previously mentioned, the flowers
are showy and pentamerous, the upper portion of the receptacle is
hollow and campanulate, the dise cupuliform. Between these
extvernds pci every modification in the shape of the receptacle
seems ag occu
The hes have been fortunate in the mass of material which
they Faye ties able to examine for the purposes of this mono-
only are there large collections in Berlin, but they
have had the loan of specimens from Zurich, Hamburg, Coimbra,

As will always be the case in a work of this ee there
are numerous points of detail which suggest remark. In the
National Herbarium the types of Don’s African plants a pre-

al n

C. virgatum Welw. and C. virgultosum Welw. The diagnostic
character is ‘“‘ frutex ; foliis adultis manifeste tomentellis ; ramulis
icin e ramis yeas ortis valde abbreviatis” ; but C. virgatum
its flowers in dense short axillary branches, and has leaves
which are velvety scintiatine below, while in C. virgultosum the
lateral branches of the inflorescence are often 10-12 cm. long, an
yoo leaves of the —— —z are almost glabrous. There
re some a sions: we not find Combretum (Poivrea) mwero-
ense (Baker in Kew Bulictin, 1895, p- 290), and several other species.
The stall plates are of great service, and we trust the remaining
portions of the order will meet with a similarly liberal treatment.

E. G. B.

pica viahents Genera et Species. Exposuit Frrrz Kraenz
Vol. i., Fasc. 9-12. 8vo, pp. 5138-768. Berlin: sinvar &
Miiller. 1893-1900.

Fascictes 9-12 of Dr. Kraenzlin’s work on Orchids sam
the st a EL. tpsceeag vert the whole of Tribe III. ma-
deniea arge portion 0 ribe IV. Satyriea, of the m om
7 ae With slight ipcdiibeaticus the Gymnadenica ‘oppear as

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS 101

delimited by Pfitzer in the Pflanzenfamilien (ii. Abt. 6, 91); Dr.
Kra enzlin, however, prefers to include also the genera Brachy-

than has recently been assigned to it by several workers on the
Order. Pfitzer, for instance, considered as distinct both lrg
Lindl. and Deremera Rehb. f.—or, as he erroneously spelt
Deremeria. In this Journal for 1895 (p. 277), in conjunction sith
Mr. Schlechter, we extended the latter genus, thinking it would be
useful to include several species which differ strikingly in habit
from the other species of Holothria, as well as in characters of the
column and stigma. Mr. Rolf @, i n the Flora of Tropical Africa
(vii. 195, 1898), took a oe view. Like Pfitzer, we all fell into
the error of writing Deremeria. Dr. Kraenzlin cannot accept our
views on the limits of the genets, and includes Derwmera in Holo-
thriv, pointing out at the same time the misspelling. Unfortunately
he makes a second error in so doing, and starts a genus Deromeria,
and on the same page another, De Remera. The former is no doubt
a slip, but for the latter there seems no justification. On p. 575
it is stated that Reichenbach wrote De Remera, but the spelling in
the original description is Deremera, which form Dr. Kraenzlin also
uses. We have, however, previously mentioned the recurrence of
errors and inconsistencies in citation and reference which should
have been avoided in an important work of the kind.

that, when the volume is complete, a _ vive be given of the eges

A. B. R.

ARTICLES IN dieses age

en
flora’ (co . §. Korshinsky & N onteverde, ‘ Best siies-
versuche an Buchweisen.’ — (No. b

: ; 1 Fe
gische & hepaticologische Fragme ente.” — (Nos. ee Mee: oa ve
Krause, ‘ Floristiche Notizen.’ — (No. 7: 7 Feb.). : Lemmer-
mann, ‘ Spirodiscus Kichwald oder Ophiocytium Naegeli?’ — (No. 8:

The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their cover
or oo bat it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of

publica

102 3 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

14 Feb.). M. Rassmann, — bisher nicht beobachtete Miss-
bildung bei Stachys Germanica.’ — K. Miiller, ‘ Zu — nstellung
der Lebermoose aus dem Beichitade Elsass-Lothringe

Bot. Gazette (81 Jan.). —J. B. Pollock, ‘Mechanism of root
curvature.’—W. G. Farlow, ‘ Botanical hada aphy.’

Bot. Notiser (haft 1: 15 Feb.). — O. Borge, et
Siissmasser. plankton.’ — T. Vestergren, ‘ Verzeichnis nebst Dia-
gnosen und Bem rkungen zu meinem Eixsiccatenwerke ‘ Micro-

see rariores selecti.’

Bot. Zeitung (1 Feb.).—F. G. Kohl, ‘Die paratonischen Wachs-
thumsverkriimmungen der Gelenkpflanzen’ (2 pl.).

Bull. Soc. Bot. France (xlvi. 6-7: Feb.).—J. Drake del Castillo,
rnonia de Madagascar.’—C. A. Picquenard, ‘ Dispersion des
— M. Gandoger, ‘ Plantes nouvelles pour les Iles
cores.’—A. Batta ndier, ‘Paronyques Algériennes.’ ; a
de la Flore Atlantique.’ — J. Briquet, ‘ Buplévres de l’herbier de
Linné.’—J. Foucaud, ‘ Trisetum Burnou/fit.’—L. Lutz, ‘ Sur Vovaire
du — ’—A,. Franchet, ‘ Les Swertia et Gentianées de la Chine.’
. Godefrin, ‘ Double coloration par le violet neutre A
Finet, ‘Une fleur monstrueuse de Calanthe veratifolia.

Bull. Torrey Bot. ue (24 Jan.). — C. C. Curtis, ‘ manor in
Mycelia.’ — C. H. Peck, ‘New Fungi.’ — H. N. Rusby, ‘ South
American Plants.’—A. Neleon, ‘New Plants from a pantie

ardeners’ Chronicle (8 Feb.).— W. Roberts, ‘The London
Botanio Garden.’—(17 Feb.). G. Maal; ‘A Conifer Disease.’

Journal de panos (Jan.: received 17 Feb.).—P. Van
Tieghem, ‘Sur les Stachyuracées et les Koeberliniacées.’ — iE. G.
Camus, ‘ Plantes hhybrides spontanées de’ la flore européenne.’

es de Herb. Boissier (No. 2: 18 Jan.). — T. Her a
‘ Kinige piclogische Notizen aus Graubiinden und Wallis,’—(No. 3
31 Jan.).. EH. de Wildeman, Micromyces Mesocarpi, sp. n. ale 0. 4:
tuc

3 H. @ P, by REOW ‘Fungi aliquot novi a F. § rt in
Argentina lecti.’ No. 5: 81 Jan.). EH. A. hog ‘ Reactiones
J Mil 20 Feb.). K.

- Millero descriptorum.’ — (No. 6
Mii er, ‘ Revision der Hepa atic ge in - Mougeot-, Nestler-, und
Schimper Stirpes kryptogame.

Oesterr. Bot. ied 4 (Feb.).—J. M. Polak, cian e mrs
iiber die Staminodien der Scrophulariaceen’ (2 pl.) — A. Jenéié,
-Piuitichresiiterr des Pollens hybr ider Pflanzen.’ — B. Fleischer,
* Zwei neue Compositen- -Bastarde.’ — J. B. Scholz, ‘Studien tber
Chenopodium opulifolium Sa con ‘Zur Kenntniss der Hieracien
von Karnten und Steierm
Rhodora (Feb.). — E. Br ae ‘ Blackberries of New England.’
—R. G. Leavitt, ‘ Relation of plants to to ei ree moisture.’ —
M. L. Fernald, ‘ Artemisia Stelleriana in New England.’

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 108

Trans. Linnean Society, 2nd Series, v. part 11 (‘« July, 1899,”
received Tesh ber). — A. J. Maslen, ‘Structure of Lepidostrobus’

3 pl.). — - (December, 1899). A. B. Rendle, ‘ Systematic Revision
of Najas’ (4 pl.). aes

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, éde.

Two new parts of Dr. Urban’s important Symbole pee
have lately reached us, each bearing the date Jan. 15 as that of
Pena we cannot too highly commend this indication; which
is too often neglected in publications of the kin art 3, con-
uae the first volume, contains a number of Porto Rico novelties
described by the editor, who mS undertakes the Sabiacee ; the other
contents are Juncacee by Prof. Buchenau, and Eriocaulacee by Dr.
Ruhland, whose name is new 7 us. The first part of the second
volume begins with a short list of additions to the excellent biblio-
graphy already published, but is mainly occupied by an instalment

of Mr. C. B. Clarke’s elaborate description of the Cyperacea,
two hundred eat forty-one species of which are here given.
gi

r
mber of manuscript names are cited therein; this seems an
unnecessary beadaning of nomenclature with useless additions.

Mr. G. 8. Bounezr is publishing in the Essex Naturalist =—

promises to be an interesting ‘‘ History of Essex Botany,” be eginn g

with ‘‘ The Botanists of the Sixteenth and pagers agipragiees i
eac

er to whic
is dated ‘‘April-Sept. 1899,” but did not appear until considerably
later than the latter of these months.

In Bulletin a 17 of the U.S. Department of Agriculture —
Noy. 22, 1899), Mr. Erwin Smith gave us the results of his study
of the wilting of Cotton, Melon, and Cow-pea plants. The flincaal

n each case is due to a fungus of the ascomycetous grep. which he
fia described as a new genus, Neocosmospora. e mature fungus
resembles a bright red Nectria with globose brown ascospores, and
three conidial stages, forms of Cephalosporium, Fusarium, and

i I n

Atlantic. Neocosmospora is peculiarly a soil ae ; it passe
winter in the soil, and enters the plant through its pe sectonat
parts. It first fills the vessels of the host, causing a sudden wilt of
ay foliage; then as the plant dies the fungus invades the other
tissues and fruits on the surface, first the conidial stage, and finally
the perithecia, It is of great interest that Mr. Smith h has been able
to follow the whole life-cycle of the fungus in his cultures. It is
comparatively easy to germinate ascus spores and so determine the
conidial form, but in only a very few cases has it been possible to
complete the circle and produce perithecia from conidia. The

104 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

author has provisionally —, — the cases of wilting on the
three plants mentioned above are due to ae ions of the same
species of Sisondentabceid He fa vile d, howe to inoculate from
one plant to the other; soil in which Melon wilted very peed
roved na oon to Cotton and Cow-pea. The same results have
frequently been obtained in the case of Uredinee; forms at a are
morphologically similar, dirs prove to be distinct biological species.
Mr. Smith i é congratulated on the sisbopatal results of his
long and shot oie —A.L. 8.

Tue first part has just appeared of what seems to be an excellent
a ee: Flore Grace by Dr, E.v. Halacsy. We hope to say more
of it lat

Tar New York Garden, in addition to its other publications,
has begun to issue a Journal, under the Asti of D. T.
Mas iatedt, which is wr contain ‘notes, news, and non-technical
articles of general interest.’ We note, sy the way, that the Kew
Bulletin oe to present an exam mple of ‘arrested develop-
ment”: no number has appeared since that for ‘ September and
October, ‘1899. 4

HE recent part (dated Dec. 29, 1899) of Minnesota Botanical
Studies is mainly devoted to Mr. Bruce Fink’s investigations on
i a. Mr. Freeman writes

sy
a and Mr. F. K. Butters on Rhodymenia, each Pp fies er
being illustrated; and Mr. K. C. Davis gives a systematic con-
Spectus of = native and garden Aquilegias and Aconitums of
North Americ

Naturelle, and wha ose name for more than that peered has bei
C

M. Franchet’s name was familiar to botanists as the auth in
conjunction with M. Savatier, of the useful Hnumeratio Plantar wnt
Japonicarum.

Messrs. Bacxnovss, of York, issue a quarto list of ‘“ Botanical
Material” area selected and prepared for use in bota wie

its fa on pecimens lied are ap-
ded; these suggest that if botanical lectures should become
com unerative branch of industry might be

opened up—“ Narcissus flowers, fresh, 1s. 6d. to 8s. dozen” must
ete an ample margin of profit; and Lamium Galeobdolon or pur-

eum, ‘inflorescence from 1s. doz.” would well repay the col-
Testor. There is a useful index

204 pp. Demy 8vo, Cloth eS: price 6s. 6d. net.

BIOGRAPHICAL IN DEX é
Deceased British and Irish Botanists

BY feels
JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G.,F.LS., & G.S. sobugien: FL.

ie %
We th acai

‘All persons interested in the history of botany and of the botanists of these _
islands, but more aE those actively engaged in botanical work involving _
historical research, will weleome a reprint of the ‘ Biographical Index,’ which ran
through four volumes of ie Journal, beginning in 1888. . . . And this little book
is, after all, the foundation, and a good substantial one, too, of the history of
British and Irish botanists, which may some day develop into as complete
exhaustive a work as Colmeiro’s admirable La Botanica y los Botdnicos de la
Peninsula Hispano-Lusitana. No other nation, I believe, possesses such a work as
the and no second nation, so far as I am nee = such a work as - :
former.” —W. Botting Hemsley in Journ. Bot., Sept. 1 me

‘* The utility and general —— of et Sone DES — Sruwine evident im.

the course of its pu praee on in th y .
then received is amply ¢ — now that the Index apy ee
up to date. ae es 93.

“The details given by the authors are very concise, but, considering that they
e nequire

Museum, offer the best guarantees that their work has been well done. Those
oe in the history of horticulture, as well as in that of botany, will find the
ork indispensable.” —Gardeners’ Chronicle, Sept. 9, 1893. eS
‘‘This book has been compiled to satisfy a feli want among botanists. we
names, dates, chief facts concerning, and published works of, botanists have been
carefully put together.”—The Bookman, Aug. 1893.
‘The authors have done their work well, and made a valuable contribution ¢ to
botanical literature.” —Natural Science, Oct. 1895.

First Supplement to the Abo :
(1893—97) _ re
PRICE 1s. 6d. es

THE E NATU IRALISTS. A Monreny Jone OF
Narurat History for the North of England. Edited by Wu. Denison
Roesuck, F.L.S., Sunny Bank, Leeds; with the assistance - special part-
ments of J, GitperT Baker, fen PoiS:; Ww. Eaaie OC tans, FL ae
B.0.0.; Atrrep Harker, M.A., F.G.S.; C. P, Hopxrrex, ELS: L.8.;3
Porritt, F.L.S., F.E.8.; W. BarwE_u TURNER, F.R.M.S.
- Price 6d., by post 7d. Annual Subscription, 6s. 6a.
Lonpon: Lovett Reeve & ves . 5, Henrietta Street, Covent —_ W.O,
LEE Basinghall Ste Street

By tte Bev. John Gerard, ‘S. J.
Price One Shilling Each, cloth,
SCIENCE AND SCIENTISTS.

7

. Mr. Grant Allen’s Botanical | 4. “Behold the Birds of the
ables. ir.”
2, Sir John ae on Flowers | 6. aa ee are Manu-
and Ins ctur
3. Some Wavelia Problems. 6. Instinct pee its Lessons.
ee SCIENCE OR ROMANCE?
1A Larnaca Hem 4. The Empire of Man.
2. Missing L 5. The New Genesis.
3. The Gainie - ‘Speculation. 6. The Voices of Babel.
_ EVOLUTIONARY PHILOSOPHY AND COMMON SENSE.
ge 2 ae Comfortable Word ‘Evo- | 5. diego in Theory and in
tion.’ ice.
2, The Foundations of Evolution. | 6. Evolution and Design.
‘3. The Mechanics of Evolution. | 7. Wisdom and Ignorance.
4, Evolution and Exact Thought. | 8. Un-Natural History.

Each of the Essays may be had separately, price 1d. eaek.

FULL LIST OF PUBLICATIONS SENT ON APPLICATION. —

sem

CATHOLIC TRUTH SOCIETY, | ae
69 Southwark Bridge Road, London, S.E.

Established 1851.
BiReE BEC kK BaNE
Sou:Hamprcon BciLpines, Cuancery Lang, Lonpoy, W.C.

Invested Funds £10,000,000.

Number of ‘Accounts, 85,094. .
TWO-AND-A-HALF per CENT. INTEREST allowed on DEPOSITS, repayable on demand.
eu WO ver GENT. on CURRENT ACCOUNTS, on the minimum mon a? balances, When
STOCKS, SHARES, and ANNUITIES purchased and sold for customers.
SAVINGS Se ee
Simail deposits received, and Interest all St a ee

The BIRKBECK ——— fall particulars, post-

Pele No, 5 Holborn, a ee

JOURNAL OF BOTANY.
BRITISH AND FOREIGN

ZDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., FLL. 8.

SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF Borany, British Musnum Wiccan Hrsron) .

CONTENTS 3 2
PAGE ) .
= British =e of Najas. By stricta. —Basidiomycet es new
B. Ren M.LA., D. Se. Britain.— Ranunculus iusctuedias
Plate AUB elias - ee Knaf.—Misuse of the Index Kew-
The Eareueen Sphagnacece e_ (attr 1) CRS — Seeds 1 a
' Warnstorf). By E. -- | Some Algological Literature of 1899 136
Hosa, F.LS. TNO aoe
os sigs gare at of Platycerivo, | Notices of Book
y W. Carrctuers, F.R.S, 123, The patente hak of New ioe
Ra on pun he By PSS i land and the adjoining Islands.
Bennert, F.L.S. ABE SF - By THomas Krax, F.L.S.— The

Artemisia Stelleriana in ‘New ‘Bg.
land

statu gars in : tele: By
FP. Liyton

» MAL... 182 Artielesin Journals - ... a
oa ‘Nore — P cadialews em
Sistas H

otk phyllantha var. _ Book-Notes, News, &e. .. -

“LONDON :
WEST, ‘NEWMAN e co., 54, ‘HATTON: “GARDEN, #
0.4 SOHO SQUARE

_ DOLAU ie Go.

_ JOURNAL OF BOTANY
: British and Foreign

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S.,

SenrIon ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, British Musrum (NaTurAb History),

ip
9

5 Tue Journan or Borany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann.
In 1872 the editorship was assumed + the late en
_ assisted during part of the time by Mr.

Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor.

Without presets to eee ts the vast field of eee Botany, the
a: Journal has from i is

otany, observations ar every Gad ar
the first been given to Britis h botany,

_ and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing

upon this subject has remained unnoticed.

_ Bibliographical matters have a received and continue to receive
patie attention, ae the blicati
u

0 way ticially maggot
Bruise Museum, the

yard the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains.
important monographs and ome = first appeared in vet
ae 1896 it became necessary to ease its size, owing to «
; of papers sent for publication: ae number of plates was at
the same time augmented. :
Subseriptions (16s. Seek free) and sine ei (not later than —
the 24th of each month) should be sent to — . Newman & Co;
54 Hatton Garden, London: communiecatio eke publication and —
books for review to Tue Enrror, 126 esi atom Park Road, S.E. ©

olumes for 1884 to 1895 can still be had, price ‘14s. each, or

The v
a1 10s. the set. Of vols. 1884 and ae very few copies remain. —
- The bound yolum as fe 1S ore Boe and 1899 ca
al price, as each; also

TES
yy

105

THE BRITISH SPECIES OF NAJAS.
By A. B, Renpuz, M.A., D.Se.
(Puate 408.)

In the Journal of Botany for 1864 Alexander Braun published
the first modern systematic account of the genus Najas. At that
time it was represented in our flora by one species, N. flewilis,
which had been found by Professor Daniel Oliver in Connemara
in 1850. Since 1864, the occurrence of N. flewilis in Scotland, the
discovery of N. marina by Mr. Arthur Bennett in a Norfolk broad,

and the establishment of the tropical species V. gram in
hester canal have been record d two species
fully deseri and figured in this Journal. Mr. Cle Reid’s

was formerly more widely distributed in England than at present,
and have also quite recently added two new ones to the list of
British species—namely, N. minor All. and N. graminea Delil.
As it seems likely that N. minor may be growing somewhere in our
islands at the present day, a plate has been prepared showing the
habit of the plant, and also enlarged figures of its flowers and
fruit. These are all drawn from South German specimens; the

and its species; it may, however, be of use to give here a shor
account of the four species which we may now claim as British.
Najas is of world-wide distribution, occurring, except in the
frigid zones, in suitable localities in almost every botanical region.
It grows completely submerged in fresh or brackish water, generally
in ponds, lakes, or rivers. ere are thirty-one known species,
which fall into two well-marked subgenera—Eunasas, including the
single widely-distributed NV. marina; and CavuLINIA ( separated as a
genus by Willdenow), which includes the remaining thirty. he

sented by the three remaining British species. The other section
is a small one confined to the warmer parts of the Old World, and

ope. Our British species, though few, are
therefore highly representative of the genus. They may be at once
distinguished by leaf-characters, as will be seen from the following
clavis :—

Internodes and backs of leaves spine-bearing . WN. marina.
nternodes and backs of leaves smoo
Marginal leaf-teeth conspicuous .
Marginal leaf-teeth inconspicuous.
-sheaths sloping . . + + +
Leaf-sheaths auricled . . - - + +
Journat or Botrany.—Vot. 38. ([Aprit, 1900.) I

N. minor.

N. flexilis.
. N. graminea.

106 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

The seeds are equally characteristic; thus :—
Seeds polished . . . Pe P.O eae

Seeds rough.
Testa irregularly pitied . . . . . - - WN. marina,
Testa regularly pitted.
Pits much broader than lon N. minor.

Pits fairly isodiametrical or slightly longer
than broad . graminea.

Appended is a brief dticnatic Wstiasis of our British species,
ancient and modern

Suscenvs I. cee agzas.—Dicecious. Plants of a sturdier habit

than in Caulinia, with a greater iat differentiation of stem a
leaf. Leaf-teeth aa inck of leaf and internodes spiny. Male
flower eaalouek ¢ na spathe, anther quadrilocular. Female flower

aire oe with three styles. Testa of more than three hardened
cell-layers

1. N. marina L. Sp. Pl. 1015 (1753) ; Arthur Bennett in Journ.
Bot. 1883, 35 358, t. 241; Reid, Origin of British Flora, 159 (1899) ;
Rendle in Trans. Linn. Soe. ser. 2, v. 889, t. 39, figs. 1-30 (1899).

N. — Allioni, F). Pedem. ii. 221 (1785).

Englan d.—Hickli ing and Martham Broads, Norfolk. Mr. Reid
has found aie ts i pares at the following localities :—Barry
‘he :

eem to ng mmon ro form, characterized by
sparsely spine-armed internodes, leaves 7-10 lines long, rarely
ringette Li ith marginal oot not exceeding . es as

It also occurs in India, China, Australia, North America (New
York), and Jamaica. Its present more restricted area in Britain
is Sine due to disappearance of suitable localities

Suzcenus I]. Cavimia.—Monecious. Plants generally more
delicate, with a less tissue-differentiation than in Eunajas ; leaves,
except at the midrib, only two cell-layers thick ; $s teeriotlen un-
armed; leaf-margin variously toothed, no dorsal s spines,

Section 1. Americane.—Only the male flowers enclosed in a
spathe. Leaf-sheaths sloping. Y eiodhce 8, all except N. flerilis
co to America

THE BRITISH SPECIES OF NAJAS 107

2. FLEXILIS Rostk. & Schm. Fl. Sedin. 382 ae 8 bre
a 1088, (1850); A. Braun in Journ. Bot. 1864 4, 276; Sadler
5, 297; Moron ng in Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, iii. pt. 2, 59,
(1808) ; Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. North. U.S. i. 81, fig. 180 (ise);
Cam pbell, A Morphological aa of Najas and Zannichellia, 1897 ;
Rendle, J. c. 408, t. 40, figs

Occurs also in North Ge erates Upland, and Finland; and was
apparently more prevalent formerly in North-west Europe than at
the present day, as it is recorded from recent beds in South-west
Norway and Sweden, as well as in East Finland, Hanover, and
Holstein. A small-fruited variety (var. microcarpa Nilss.) occurs in
Lake Ringsjén, South Sweden. The species is generally distributed
in Canada and the Northern United States. Itis readily distinguished
by the minute marginal leaf-teeth, sloping sheath, and polished seed.

Section 2. Huvaginate.—Only the male flowers enclosed in a
spathe. Sheat hs eam or more or less auricled. Species 16,
a tropical Old Wor

. N. mrvor Allioni, ‘e Pedem. ii. 221 (1785); A. Br. in Journ.
we 1864, 277; Nees, Gen. Pl. Fl. Germ. ui. t. 44, figs. 22-24 ;
Peterm. Deutsch. Fl. 589, t. 83, fig. 658; Schkuhr, Bot. Handb.
iii. 252, t. 296; Reid, Origin of British Flora, 160; Rendle, J. c.
410, t. 41, figs. 105-115. ae 408, figs. 1-9.)

Small much-branched plants from a few inches to about a foot

2 to nearly 4 line long. Blade ee from about 4 to 3 in. in
length by 4 line or less in width, excluding the teeth, the length of
which varies from about one-third the ea, in the lower part
of the blade to three-fourths the leaf-width in
Male flowers about 3 ap long before Listipation of the stalk ;

spathe ellipsoidal, with a ort neck bearing a few spines round
the mouth; perianth sicealy “investing the
above which it terminates in a pair of thick closed lips. Anther

ellipsoidal, unilocular, pollen-grains rounded or subelliptical
Before in guen the stalk elongates and pu he flo
throug eck of the ee which | oe lengthwise ; ce

in two anja siping 4

108 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Fruit obliquely linear-oblong, narrowing at the tip; 1-14 lines
long, about + line in diameter; pericarp thin, closely enveloping
e seed. Seed hard, brown, marked with 12-18 longitudinal rows
of ladder-like pits; raphe ala in the lower half of the
seed, causing a slight asym
€ species is readily Tiueished from all others by the
transversely elongated — ings on the testa, which are more
than twice as broad as lon
The internal structure a the stem (cf. ‘ig. 5) cout resembles
that of N. graminea, already figured by Mr. Bailey in this Journal
(1884, 808, t. 42). The Hct nt consists of cells which scarcely
differ from those of the underlying thin-walled cortex. About half
the width of the cortex consists of large intercellular spaces bounded
by bands of parenchyma one cell thick, and separated from the epi-
dermis by generally two layers of similar cells, and on the inside by
one to two layers from the stele, a central axis of much smaller

Professor Gunite has sove « that in N. flewilis, which has a

adult stem. The three to four la ers of narrow Csralicty
shaped thin-walled cells surrounding the space show no traces
of differentiation.

The stem-structure is typical of the a eco Caulinia, and
affords a well-marked contrast with that N. marina, where the
epidermis is a layer well differentiated Ro. the cortex, and the latter

much more substantial structure, of which the intercellular spaces
occupy a much omar proportion. Nor does it seem possible in
N., minor to make out an endodermal structure in the cells of the

consisting of two layers of cells separated by a large i fitevocllular
space on each side the i hie at which an additional layer surrounds
a narrow small-celled a

England.—Seeds ean ae in pleistocene beds at West Wittering,
Sussex Seal ; and Cromer forest-bed (preglacial) at Pakefield,
Suffolk (Re

Generally distributed over the southern half of the continent of
Kurope from France to South Russia, and in Asia from Asia Minor

; I have also ia.
The Preglacial hag est at Pakefield in which N. minor is asso-
(ei, l. ec. 85 ;, aul of which, except the South Eur

rs
oO
2
5
a

list of ninety-four species, all of which, except the two of Najas,
are still found in Britain; but ney also found ‘ several well-marked
forms, which do not belong t o any living British plants, but
cannot yet be identified.” ‘‘ The plant-bed att egege remains of

THE BRITISH SPECIES OF NAJAS 109

peep ser rhinoceros, with some freshwater shells no longer living

ection 8. Nude.—Both the male and female flowers without
a sp. Sheaths markedly auricled. A single species generally
distributed Rag the warmer parts of sas Old World.
4, N. eramea Delile in Deser. Egypt. Hist. Nat. ii. 282, t. 50,
Hg. 38 (1818) ; A. Br. in Journ. Bot. 1864, 278; C. Bailey, ib. 1884,
250 ; Rendle, l.c, 424, t. 42, figs. 192-201. (PI. 408, figs. 10, 11.)
Var. Delilei Magnus in Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. i. 522 (1883) ;
C. pee CA l.c. 805, t. 249.

see
Ma agnus found that the leaves of the Manchester specimens and
also of some from Egypt and Syria did not have the row of thickened
supporting cells (libriform cells) beneath the marginal epidermis,
which is generally found in the species. He therefore separated
them as var. Delilei, which, however, I have ventured to disregard,

as the specimens conform to the type in every other character.
lusion, it may be of interest to note that these four

elements of our flor
cold temperate cdnteainias European group, N. minor represents a
somewhat more southern European set, and N. graminea a su
tropical one, which at the present day is not endemic north of the
Mediterranean basin. N. flewilis recalls a relation between the
floras of North-west Europe and cold temperate North America
ich is also suggested by Hriocaulon septangulare and Sisyrinchium
paar he

eae or Prats 408.

— ree Allio . Portion of ae nat. size. 2. Single
leaf, side view, X 3. wer in of leaf, front view, x 4, showing intra-
vaginal scales. 4. Single tooth of leaf-margin, x ransverse section of
stem, x 30; e, epidermis; s, central stele; between e and s is the cortex
including a regular ring of intercellular bgee i. Male flower, x 30;
8, 26 eg pe, pedicel; p, perianth ; a, = ed € Female flower, after fertili-

12. 8. Seed, from a spec pan collected near Strassburg, x 12.
9. Foi ier found by Mr. Reid at West Wittering, Sussex églaeshbond}; x 12.
N. graminea Delile :—10. Seed, x 12. “11. Fossil seed from

10,
the plidatosaass of West Wittering (Reid), x 12.

110 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEA

(arrer WarnsTorF).
By E. Caarztes Horrerz, F.L.S.

Tue system of Sphagnology which has resulted from the
researches of Dr. Warnstorf for more than thirty years seems to
be but little known in this country, and it is with the object of

ae With three rama g in Dixo digieene a Handbook of
British Mosses 1896). The ealiwing list comprises most of the

on
the present state of knowledge of the Euro n members of the
genus is due, commencing at 1880 with zh pabliethon of Dr.
Braithwaite’s splendid monograph.

1880. R. Braithwaite. Le erence or Peat-mosses of Europe
and North Amer
1881. C. Warnsto rf. Disa uropiiischen Torfmoose. Eine Kriti
und Beschr sibitig dered en. French translation if
this work appeared i in the Revue de Botanique, t. vi.
acq.

1882. 8. O. Lindberg. Pecatnty ical Nord Amerikas Hvitmossor

pha

jy ae Schliephacke. Die Torfmoose der Thiiringischen Flora
rmischia ii. 1882),

», ©. Warnstorf. Die Torfmoose in Kéniglichen botanischen

aces: zu Berlin (Bot. Centralbl. 1882, pp. 96 et seqq-):

sx bebt tania Neue deutsche Sphagnumformen (Flora, 1882,

we ee Einige neue Sphagnumformen (Flora, 1882,

p- 464).
, ©. Warnstorf. Die Sphagnumformen na a von
Bassum in Hannover (Flora, 1882, No.
1883. C. im Koaial Die Torfmoose des v. Paks hen Lape
im K6nig]l. bot. Museum in Berlin (Flora, 1883, p. 8
mag be ensen. Se TS nove Sphagnorum Pisa skatslos
r bot. Ges. zu Kopenhagen
1884. C. Giant Neue entopiisehe Sphagnumformen (Hed-
wigia, 1884, Nos. 7 &
», ©. Warnstorf. Phan tat Riickblicke (Flora, 1884,
pp. 469 et seqq.),

1885-
1886,

fH

Q

Q

Q

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACE® 131

86. G. sees Die Laubmoose (in Sania Krypto-
gamen-F'lora von Deutschland ete., Livr. 2 & 3).

J. Cardot. Les Sphaignes d’Europe. Revision critique des
espéces et étude de teas variations (Bull. de la Soc. royale
de Bot. de Belg. t. xxv. 1re partie

. Warnstorf. Zwei Artentypen der Sphagna aus der Acuti-
folium-gruppe Vepephil 1886, p. 2

Russo Ueber den gegenwiirtigen ‘Stand seiner seit dem
Frihling 1886 ad aufgenommenen Studien an den
einheimischen Torfmoosen (Sitzungsb. d. Dorpater Naturf.-
Ges. ee . 305).

Rus

ie

Pl

Gur oe resp. physiologischen & verglei-

eticn Anatomie

von d. Naturf. Ges < Univ. Dorpat iii ii.).

Cardot. Revision des Sphaignes de l’Amérique du nord
Bull. de la Soc. royale de Bot. de Belg. t. xxvi. 1re partie).

- Warnstorf. Die Acutifolium-gruppe der europiischen
Torfmoose Ae ndl. d. Bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brandenburg,
xXx.

. Warnstorf. Revision der Sphagna in der Bryotheca
Europea von Rabenhorst und in einigen iilteren Samm-

oTo

“i

Q

- Roll. ‘ Artentype und “ For ee * bei den
aeaggg (Bot. Contralbl. nen Nos. 23-2
Rus Ueber den Begriff ‘‘Art” bei den Torfmoosen
iaueoubae. d. Dorpater Naturf.-Ges. 1888, p. 413). This
article has been translated into French by Gravet in the
Revue Bryol. 1891, No. 5 (‘* Sur l’idée d’espéce dans les
Sphaignes”’
. Warnstorf. Sphagnum ¢ ake rae Warnst. Hin neues
Torfmoos fiir Europa aus der Subsecundumgruppe (Bot.
Centralbl. 1889, xl. 65).
. Russow. Sphagndlogishe Studien (Sitzungsb. der Dor-
pater Naturf.-Ges. 1889, p. 9 i
. Warnstorf. spiueame “degen var. immersum.
neues ret gar Torfmoos (Bot. E Gepkralbl. 1890, p. 1c
. Warns Die Ce er europiischen
an Vibbaedl. d. Bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brandenburg,
XXxil,

a

ep)

Q

Q
&
x
ee
"m
iam
ro)
x!
ac)

73
’Gonteibaitsons to the Knowledge of the North
American Sphagna (Bot. Gazette, xv. p. 27).

Jensen. De danske Sphagnum-Arten (Bot. Forenings
Festskrift. 1890).

1890-91. ob Seti see Beitrige zur Kenntniss exotischer

1891.

gna ravages ate 1890, Nos. 4 & 5; 1891, Nos. 1 & 8).
a Sphaignes européennes d’aprés Warnstorf
et Rus fia iGloras Bryol. 1891, Nos. 2, 4, This
is a French translation of the above article in the Botanical
Gazette (1890).

112 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY
1892. C. Warnstorf. Hinige neue exotische Sphagna (Hedwigia
1892, No. 4).

1898. ©. Warnstorf. Beitriige zur Kenntniss exotischer Sphagna
it 1898, 3, No.
stort. Characteristik und Uebersicht der europiis-
Sake Portmado ose nach dem heutigen Standpunkte der
Sphagnologie (1893) (Schrift. d. naturw. Vereins d. Harzes
in Wernigerode, viii. 1893).
1894. E. Russow. Zur Kenntniss der Subsecundum- und Cymbi-
folium-gruppe sine piiéebet Torfmoose (Archiv fiir die
Naturk. Liv.- a nd Kurlands. Zweite Serie, Bd. x.

Lfg. 4, pp. 861-527).
eee, Warnstorf. S00 or pslentdaan und 1 ae der nord-,
mittel-, und sudamerikanischen Torfmo nach dem
heutigen Saclpeans der Sphagnologie (1898) (Hed-
wigia, 1894, p. 807).
1896. C. Warnstorf. Die Moos-vegetation der Tucheler Heide, mit
besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Moose (Se riften d.
Naturf. Ges. in Danzig. N. F., Bd. ix. heft 2, 1 896).
1897. J. Cardot- Répertoire Sphagnologique (Bull, de la Soc.
qd’ Histoire Migutclle ava ys
1898. C. Warnstorf. Beitrige sone und europiischer Torf-

moose (Bot. Centralbl. Ixxvi. p. 385 & 417).

. Warnstorf. Neue Beitrige zur Kryptogamenfiora der
Mark Brandenburg (Verhandl. d. Bot. Vereins d. Provinz
Brandenburg, xli.).

_
(eo)
co
$
©

Very abana varieties and forms have also been published in
the two Sphagnum Exsicecata issued by easly The first of
these, under a3 title of ‘* Sphagnotheca Europea,” contained Hs
hundred numbers, and was issued in four fescinlcs of fifty; and
the second, ‘ Sammlungen Europiischen Torfmoose,” containing
four hundred numbers, was issued in four series in the years 1888,
1890, 1892, and 1894 respectively.

The main difference between Warnstorf’s system and that in
general use in this country is due to the great importance ascribed
in he former (1) to the position and form of the chlorophyllose
cells in transections of the branch leaves :. and (2) to the
form a distribution of the pores on the walls of the hyaline cells
of the branch leayes and, to a less extent, of the stem leaves. To
make out the former point, it is absolutely necessary to make
transverse sections of the leaves. To do this it has been suggested

which is then allowed ry; the sections are then cut with a
zor, and on being placed in water the gum dissolves, and the
sections can rm examined. is, however, is a somewhat lengthy

process, and perfectly thin sections can be prepared with very little
trouble by placing several branches together between the two split
halves M3 a piece of elder-pith, and then cutting across the whole..
Care must be taken to select only the spreading branches, and the
most highly developed leaves from the middle and lower portion of

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACE® 118

the branches must be cut. The razor must of course be kept

exceedingly sharp, and whilst the sections are being cut the whole

blade should be kept well moistened with spirit. The sections
ter

To correctly make out the pore structure, it is necessary to stain
the leaves. For this i
methyl-violet gives the best results, and need only be allowed to
act inute

, hsi
methyl-green, and saffranine, &¢., also give satisfactory results ;
while, if permanent preparations be desired, hematoxylin should
be used, and the leaves in that case should be mounted in Canada
balsam.

Russow describes four types of pores as follows :—(1) Non-bordered

perforations with thin and delicate outlines, and which can only

clearly seen in stained preparations. These BEES esd found in
r eaves.

Bordered pores, in which the opening is surrounded by a distinct
thickened ring, which may be of greater or lesser thickness. This
is the most usual form of pore found in the bog-mosses. (8) Hof-
poren, in which, within the thickened ring, is a wider or narrower
band of the unthickened cell-membrane, so that the actual per-
foration is relatively very small, and is, as it were, surrounded by a
courtyard (Hof). Sometimes there are two perforations within the
same ring. (4) Pseudo-pores. These are round or oval rings of
thickening, which are very commonly found in some leaves, espe-
cially in the Subsecundum group, and which in unstained pre-
parations closely resemble true bordered pores. On staining 1t
will, however, be found that the cell-membrane within the ring is

than they really are. ;
The structure and distribution of the pores frequently differ
greatly on the two surfaces of the same leaf, and, as will be seen
in the following clavis, it is often essential to clearly make out these
oints. This is in almost every case easy, as, owing to the con-

Following the descriptions of species I have endeavoured to
indicate the main varieties that Warnstorf recognizes, but have not

114 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

attempted to give descriptions of the h apeanper varieties which
in the past have been named. ne t the examination of original

specimens this would in the of most species be wo

useless, as it is not possible mg the Aanorlons of the varieties to

tell to which of the segregates many belong.

With the description of each species I have endeavoured to give
the synonymy only so far as this is necessary to bring into line the
names in Dixon’s Handbook and Braithwaite’s Monograph with those
here used. full synonymy will be found in Cardot’s Répertoire
iy hii (1897). With the aa cagee of removing the confusion

arisen from the description he numerous analogous
ie of different species under different names, Russow has
suggested that the same terms should be used in ea cies for

hief of these are—orthocladum instead of
strictum, when the peaches are erect ; anocladum when the branches
curve outwards; catocladum instead of deflewum; dusycladum for
ag he eurycladum instead of lawum; mastigocladum for flagel-
— ra isi adum, mac ie ee -/ segaponcnteiges branche s of medium

is e ches) ; aoc fei h t anches) ; pachy-
gta (with thie branches), &c., and various pin cera of
these terms. e sake of ere these terms will be employed

in the following a ens of species.

Cuavis ro THE European Species or SpHAGnNuM
(arreR WarnstorF (1899)).
1. Cortical cells of stem and branches bene spiral fibrils ;
br. 1. always truncate and toothed at t
1. Cortical cells of stem and branches with sie fibrils; br. l
pex cucullate, not truncate and toothed, but ee
narrow hyaline border .. . 23
2. Chior. cells of br. 1. in section tiangalar to eats
inserted between the hyaline cells on the inner surface
of the leaf, and free either only on the inner both
surfaces ; hyaline cells more sibatad convex on the outer
surface ; not papillose 3
2. Chlor. cells of ov 1. in saeetiod ichasirulas to wasice sid,
inserted between the hyaline cells on the outer surface
e n bo

arnt hyaline cells os strongly convex on the inner
ace; inner wall of the hyaline cells where they are

ciniéed to the chlor. wile with or without papille . . . 10
2. Chlor. cells of br. 1. in section elliptical, barrel-shaped to
rectangular, median or in 9. compactum nearer the outer
wietate : either enclosed by the hyaline cells on both
surfaces or free on both; inner wall of the hyaline a

where thiey are united to the oe cells Ne =
more rarely with, papille 15

a

-

»

~

e

on

>

or)

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE 115

§ 1. Sphagna acutifolia Schimp. Spp. 1-11.
Most of the superficial cortical cells of the stem with a
single large non-bordered pore; inner surface of the
entire upper half of the with large round pores

which are sometimes opposite the pores on the outer
surface ; st. 1. usually i “fbr ils 4
Superficial cortical cells of the stem rarely ab. a ine
pores; inner surface of the br. 1., especially near the
lateral margins in the middle and pote parts of the
leaf, with large round non-bordered — st. 1. with or
without fibrils 5

St. 1. more or less Renee towards the casei. Setsieias :
on the wide rounded apex and for some distance down
the lateral margins, fimbriate by reabsorption of the cell-
walls. Wood-cylinder of stem and wigs never red.
S. fimbriatum Wils.
St. 1. not widened above, lingulate, fambriate i. with very
few exceptions, on the wide rounded apex; membrane of
the hyaline cells in the upper om of the leaves always re-
absorbed. Wood-cylinder of stem and ee never red.
. S. Girgensohnii Russ.
St. 1. lingulate, only in the middle of the alt rounded apex
slightly fimbriate; walls of the hyaline cells in upper part
of the leaves never re-absorbed; frequently without fibrils,
but often fibrillose in upper part of the leaf. Wood-cylinder
of stem and branches frequently (¢ a are always) red.
. S. Russowii Warnst.

. St. 1. more or less lingulate, without Abrile (in S. rubellum
» not

one fibrillose in aes men — of br.
dent

St. 1. ae a wih iss more or ues nutes ahane: jen
a pe to triangular- mpi with or without fibrils.
Margin of br. 1. not dentat

« ieee pee a narrower base vine iad ‘ re mi aa

and thence produced to a broadly truncate, toothed apex ;
border narrow and of equal width from apex to base; with
or without fibrils. Br. 1. with the upper margins minutely
dentate. Wood-cy — nen Loren or 40 gee Tufts
usually pale- or greyish-gre molle Sulliv.
Br. 1. when dry (especially in oi sxpealuns) 5 erecto-
patent, those of the basal half of the spreading branches,
on the outer surface towards the apex with very small,
round, atronghroiniet sail ; st. 1. always non- one
Wood-cylinder of the stem never ee Tufts
reddish to dark purple ag Warneoent Russ.

: ae fe of the spreading besnchias ‘uate iis dry (especially

the upper branches) more or less secund and with a
aoa Lone truncate, almost cucullate apex; on the
outer surface in the apical part with large semi-elliptical,

116 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

weakly-ringed pores; st. 1. not — — ir in ~
upper part. Wood-cylinder of the r brow
Tufts green, yellowish, rose-red, ‘abt never

v. S. in Wils.

6. Br. 1. of the spreading branches when dry imbricate and
with rounded-truncate apex; on the outer surface in the

always non-fibrillose. Wood-cylinder of stem always red-
rown. Tufts usually a characteristic uniform a
more rarely in the upper part pale sie = gree

5. aan Klinggr.

7. Br. l. when dry entirely without ies Gents closely
imbricate; st. 1. usually with numerous fibrils, more
rarely non-fibrillose; superficial laye of stem cortex
usually without pores; wood-cylinder a a red

7. Br. 1. when dry with a distinct metallic lustre, imbricate or
curved erecto-patent to squarrose; st. 1. with or without
fibrils ; superficial layer of stem cortex with or without
pores ; ne — of stem —— ee or red
to dark pur ;

8. St. 1. in the Leanne dseoldped slant with a pees ‘ti
cate and toothed only slightly elongated apex, with a
narrower or wider margin, Nap is always widened below

. S. acutifolium Russ. & Warnst.

8. St. 1. large, generally soe moraines margins, prolonged
omew t long, truncate and toothed a
with incurved ring, as in S. subnitens. Border to
near the leaf-base narrow and then suddenly distinctly
widened; hyaline cells generally with numerous fi 2 s

as far as the leaf-base. lants more robust than

strongest forms of S. acutifolium.) viii. S. tenerum Warns.

9. Br. 1. when dry (especially in the capitulum) almost always
distinctly in five rows and curved erecto-patent, as in
S. Warnstorfii; st. 1. from a broad base distinctly iso-
sceles-triangular, with or without fibrils; cortical gi
of stem with scattered bores wood-cylinder not r

green or yellowish £28, quinguefarium Wamnst.

9. Br. 1. when dry i Saahcinkie, rarely erecto-patent to squarrose ;
st. 1. large, with undulate margin and elongated broadly
truncate apex, usually non- ie piriiiess; rarely with fibrils ;
hyaline cells several times divided by cross walls ; wood-

cylinder usually dark purple . x. S.subnitens faa & Warnst.

10. Stem cortex from the usually reddish or red wood-cylinder
always clearly differentiated, with its cell-walls not or but
little thickened. St. 1. large, lingulate, fimbriate on the
broad rounded apex, with narrow border reaching to the
base and remaining of equal width throughout ; membrane

of the hyaline cells in the upper part reabsorbed on both
sides of the leaf and non-fibrillose ; br. 1. usually with the

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEX 117?

upper half squarrose- rg ier when dry never undulate,
the hyaline cells on both sides with agate large pores
and not rarely bare: minute papille on the inner wall
which is in contact with the fh pace as ells .

10. Stem cortex from the pale, yellowish, rarely reddish ee 3
cylinder usually not oe differentiated, with its cell-
walls much thickened. St. 1. sometimes small, sometimes

late, border generally much widened towards the base;
hyaline cells with or without fibrils; br. 1. when dry
usually undulate or crisped ; position of pores very
various ; the hyaline cells always without papille . . 12

1. Sphagna squarrosa Schimp. p.p. Spp. 12, 18.
it, Plants i times almost as robust as S. cymbifolium ; br. 1.
usually in the upper half squarrose-spreading, rarely
et ab or imbricate. Monoicous; ¢ branches at

smaller than those of the sterile branches, curved erecto-
patent, in the middle part of the basal a non-fibrillose.
i. S. squarrosum Pers.

11. Plants about of the robustness and habit ca 8. Gir seuiell
en

theridium-bearing part remaining una.
the ¢ branches differing but little in size and form from
those of the sterile branches, but having the fibrils in the
hyaline cells towards the base of the leaf id delicate and
more or less incompletely developed ili. S. teres Angstr.

§ m1. Sphagna cuspidata Schimp. Spp. 14-21.
13. Brit. jaslooolalen shortly or longly acuminate, dentate at the
narrowly- or widely- truncate apex (rarely also on the lateral
margins) ; the margins near the apex, or for some distance
down, involute; when dry not rarely more or less undulate 13
12. Br. 1. small ovate or oblong: -ovate; apex very short,
narrowly truncate, with s : —_ eth ; entire margin
undulate or crispe
ge oe ee xxi. S. esr Bruch.

13. St. I. broader above, spatulate, oti fimbriate on the
broad rounded apex; non-fibrillose . xiv. 5. Lino Schimp.
. SEL eur ingulate, . the ape ee
cleft; always non-fibr . 8.
«> bebe ahs a to Apacs att, a: the oper never
mbriate and two-cleft; with or without fibre ee
14. St. 1. large, isosceles-triangular, in t the upper ‘ae almos
always with fibrils; border of br. 1. 4-15 cells wide ;

jus
oo

r sod rium Angstr.

jot
ws)

118 “THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

pores on the outer surface of br. 1. . — and
almost exclusively in the upper angles of the cells; on
the inner surface wanting, or in n the: angles of ‘the cells of
the apical half of the leaf noma rarely almost to the leaf-
base ; chlor. cells in raoeey rectangular-trapezoid, free on
both surfaces stem cortex ge pitérelly clearly differentiated
from the re a . xvi. S. cuspidatum Russ. & Warnst.
14. St. 1. sane! wilneblias finpalate, towards the apex usually
with fibrils; border of br. 1. up to six cells wide; pores
on the outer surface of br. 1. very numerous; in the apical
half of the leaf, in a single row in the centre of the cell-
wall, and here at times becoming converted into large
membrane-gaps ; in the lower part of the leaf oui
in two rows near the commissures, either with a
ring or non-bordered, but with a sharp contour, 6- Ty
diameter; chlor. cells and stem cortex as in S. cuspi aie,
which it approaches most perm ar n habit.
. S. Dusenii Russ. & Warnst.
14. St. 1. large, triangular- eipiite. i the apex usually
with rudimentary, or in part completely developed, fibrils;
border of br. 1. narrow, 3-4 cells wide; pores on the outer

wall; towards rn leaf-apex strongly ringed and resembling
strings of pearl oe times ela by pseudo-pores ;
r. cells in section triangular, on the leaf inner surface
completely aaisloasil by the hy ts cells which are united
toge or some distance; stem cortex not clearly
differentiated from the ugeeaae he! cylinder, and thus
apparently absent . . i. S. annulatum Lindb. fil.
14. St. 1. rather large, clanealar: nga ; always without
ae on we outer surface e br. 1. with extremely
mall, about 2 5 in aes, ill- ea pores which only
mara visible by intense staining of the cell-wall. These
pores are sometimes found only in the basal part of the
leaf, and especially towards the margins, sometimes (but
rarely) they are in ie rows os the cell-walls throughout

the entire outer surfac e inner surface of the br. 1.
pores are usually anbeely. sae very rarely both leaf-
surfaces are almost without any eles lor. cells in
section asin S. annulatum . . . xix. S. obtusum Warnst.

14. St. 1. almost always small, equilateral- camels to short-

br. 1. in the middle and basal part of the leaf, large, and
situated in the upper angles of the cells near the margins
of the leaf; or there are here nso = on the eer of
each cell. The pores on the o surface in the upper

angles of the cells are seas ge heer laraodiatale: oa

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEX 119

corresponding pores on the inner surface; pores on the
outer surface towards the apex sometimes very small and
ringed, arranged in short, often interrupted rows on the
commissures ; pores on the inner surface generally very

merous, in nearly every cell-angle over the wide leaf-
aunties chlor. jen in section triangular and completely

enclosed the inner surface ; stem cortex usually not
clearly differentiated from the wood-cylinder, and hence
apparently absent . . xx. S. recurvum Russ. & Warnst.

§ 1v. Sphagna polyclada Russ. Sp. 22.

15. Branches 7-18 in a fascicle; chlor. cells media
upper half of the leaf, in section elliptical and eaten a
the hyaline cells on both sides, in the basal part of the
leaf barrel. shaped to rectangular and free on a sur-

§ v. Sphagna rigida 2 2 23.

15. Branches 3-4 in a fascicle; chlor. cellsin section not median,
ut nearer the outer surface, elliptical and enclosed on both
surfaces by the hyaline cells which are united together for
some distance; inner wall of hyaline cells (in European
rat: always without papille ; wood-cylinder dark

brown ; st. 1. small, triangular-lingulate, ee fibrils.

xxiii. S. compactum DC.

§ vi, Sphagna truncata Warnst. Sp. 24.
15. Branches 38-5 i - a fascicle; chlor. cells in section median

the leaf with ae strongly thickened outer walls free ;

a those of S. Girgnsin ve he fer the apex broadly
uncate andrei thed . S. Angstroemit Hartm

15. brah generally 3-5 in a cite rarely single or
hlor. cells in section median, barrel-shaped

or or reatangular to quadrate, free on both surfaces of the

leaf; inner wall of hyaline cells always without papille ;

st. 1. either triangular-lingulate and with the border but

little wider below or of median size to very large, teat:

SOUEEE ee ee

120 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

fmt
©

§ vu. Sphagna subsecunda Schimp. Spp. 25-35.
. Branches of the completely eae se ora 3-5 in a fascicle;
br. 1. always with pores
. Branches single or wanting ihe: ait st leaves entirely
without pores . . ‘ . S. Pylaiei Brid.
. Stem cortex always two or more fagerel” 18
. Stem cortex always one- ee — on one ee of a
circumference two-layered
. St. 1. small, neuer lingalate, only ‘Gbrilloea near the
apex of the le af; br. 1. small to medium size, lanceolate,
with narrow truncate dongatot apex, secund, when dry
with a men laste habit of S. scree
contortum Limpr. (=S. laricinum Spruce).
. BE large, Hingulaes generally ib numerous fibrils to
the base; br. |. large, roundish-ovate, with — trun-
cate, not elongated, small- pope Sse not secund bu
loosely imbric . S. plat anaes Warnst.
. Br. 1. on the baler sitive ok numerous pores, which are
almost always in rows on the commissures like strings
of pearls, on the inner rastaae almost without = or
with very few
. Br. 1. with numerous Posed on Sak sides, hicks are alee
on the outer side in rows and on the inner ae in almost
every cell-angle, or are in rows on both si
. Br. 1. on a inner side ee numerous pores whisk are
often arranged in rows, on the outer side t with
pse ace only iol are mixed with scattered small
true pores
. Br. 1. on both sides sii very ie ce or ‘almdlad Bitirely
without; in the latter case with the hyaline cells more or
less replaced by chlorophyllose cells of similar form ; st. |.

ron lingulate, nga? fibrillose to on base, and with
pores as in the br. : . xxxiv. S. obesum Wisinat
“a very small, less than 1 mm. long, iianguae -lingu
on almost always no u-fibrillose, rarely with rudin mentary

fibrils towards the epee hyaline a undivided, on the
inner surface in the upper third of the leaf with somewhat
large ao ee or weakly ringed pores, on the ——
surface with smgle or numerous 8 scaagn hs ringed por

the cell-angles sf, sae. Desa,
. St. 1. larger, 1 mm. or more bn ng, oi ae ate, always with
fibrils in the upper half, rarely fibrillose low wer; hyaline
cells generally divided, on the inner surface with numer-

or more numerous ringed pores in the c¢ell- BAERS Plant
somewhat more robust than S. sec
viii. S. Wihdniin Warnst.

bo

bo

bo
—

bo
bo

bo
oo

bo
Oo

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACES 121
. St. 1. very large, from a narrower base rioweed —*
toothed at the broadly truncate apex, border
of oe width throughout ; hyaline cells fibrillosa i the

with scattered pores near the leaf margins, on the outer

lant much more robust than S. sci and S. in-
undatum xix. S. Gravetit Warnst.

- St. 1. large, ieee aay fibrillose in the upper half,

rarely almost to the base ; hyaline cells usually septate,
either only on the outer “aniteae with numerous strongly
ringed pores arranged in rows (sometimes towards the
leaf apex also with a row in the middle of the cell-wall),
and on the inner surface with soled Pheer ringed, to-

wards the base non-ringed, pores, or on both sides with
very ao pos: Plants Nid robust, with the habit
of 8S. Grav 5 x. S. rufescens Warnst.

. St. 1. large, * vs 2mm. ise: visage: fibrillose to the

base, some of the hyaline cells septate, on the inner sur-
face with numerous small ringe ere agua he in rows

at the commissures, on the outer surface, on the con-
trary, with ve of few ini : stharelee eiseblin ng S
rufescens . xxxi. S. aguatile Warnst.

. St. 1. large, figs scanty fibrillose to the base, only

some of the hyaline cells septate, on the inner surface
with sitanaroas ringed pores in rows at the commissures,
on ae a surface only with a few pseudopores or true
pore the upper part of the leaf. Plants gen erally
Portsaeitly large and robust xxxii. 8S. ‘pesscoladic Warnst.

. St. 1. as in S, erassicladwn, but the hyaline cells with

numerous pores on both surfaces.
xxxiii. S. batumense Warnst.

§ vu. Sphagna eymbifolia Schimp. Spp. 86-42.

. Chlor. cells of br. 1. in section equilateral-triangular to

isosceles-triangular or broadly bape ice usually the
wall of equal thickness all round, the cell-lumen nearer
the inner surface of the leaf, and therefore not median.
eG cells more strongly convex on the outer surface

f the leaf, and here the chlor. ye are tee y en-
alone or heya are ecg on i surfaces

and the outer

cneliaed By the more strongly convex A ne ale or
free on both surfaces

Journat or Borany.—Vot. 38. tick, "1900. — K

122 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

23. Chis. cells of br. 1. in section elliptic, median, and on both
es completely enclosed by the slightly convex hyaline

ell 8, which are united together for some distance; on

the inner wall of the hyaline cells where they are united

to the chlor. cells, almost always smooth, only in va
rarest cases with ext remely minute aes ; stem cor
with few fibrils xlii. S. medium Fiabe.

24. Chlor. cells of the madils act of thie ve 1. in section wide
epee triangular, on the outer surface completely
sed by the

with so-c dalled comb-fibril hich are rarely bsent ;
transverse walls.of the seittedl cells of the branches ae
not bent downward. St. 1. generally non-fibri
vi. 8. ‘brie Russ.
. Chlor. cells broadly isosceles- Sy aee with the longer
Beds allel side on the inner surfac or a cells pit
n-papillose ; st. 1. almos E always fibrillos
> Chior. cells narrowly isosceles-triangular to narrow- oie

bo
oe

bo
i

equal thickness all round, rarely somewhat thickened on
the inner surface of the leaf ; on the outer surface enclosed
by the strongly convex hyaline cells or free as on the
inner surface ; hyaline cells always non-papillose ; oo
cortex as also generally the st. 1. ler numerous fibr
xxix. S. cymbifliun “Limpr.
. Chlor. cells up to 15 » wide; sti cells owing to the
great broadening of the chlor. sail remarkably narrow ;
cells of stem cortex non-fibrillose, or only here and there
with delicate indications of fibres; st. 1. sometimes
non-fibrillose, sometimes with num erous fibrils. Plant
completely submerged and in habit showing little re-
semblance to a cymbifolium- form

bo
Or

xxxvii. S. degenerans, Warnst.
25. Chlor. cells up to 12 p wide; a broadly isosceles-
como rasiealy trapezoid) ; hyaline cells much wider

submerged and in habit Srerpee : " labore with

more squarrose leaves . . . xXXviii. S turfacewm Warnst.
Chior. cells extremely narrow ; hyaline alle non-papillose ;

st. 1. usually without, rarely with a and their hya-

line cells not septate xl. S. centrale 5 ensen.
Chlor. cells wider ; valine euils on ne inner wall where

they are united ‘to the chlor. cells always more or a

papillose ; st. 1. oes or without fibrils and their hyalin

cells generally se tate . . xli. S. papillosum Lindb.

(To be cciittaned.}

bo
a

)
=

123

THE NOMENCLATURE OF PLATYCERIUM.
By W. Carruruers, F.R.S.

My recent examination of the pee of this genus cong
it clear that some changes must be made in the received names of
the species. The genus first appeared in itarutaee 3 in the waiuge
of Plukenet. In his Mantissa, p. 82 (1700), he describes a plant
from Johanna Island as ‘ Filix sive Hemionitis multifida platyceros,
8. segmentis coriaceis, cornu cervinum referentibus, aversa parte

Plukenet’s plants in Herb. Sloan. vol. xcii. fol. 70, andis a good spe-
cimen of Platycerium alcicorne Desv. In his ails si sal big or
a smaller specimen of the same species, also from Joh sland.
Both these plants were most probably collected by Patrick Adair,

to whom Plukenet was indebted for many South African
plants. This oe es under the name of ‘‘ Neuroplatyceros
AXithiopicus, nervosis foliis, cornu cervinum sie nace c. D. 15
(1705), and igure in his Phytographia, t. 429, f Tle specimen
is in Herb. Sloan. vol. ie seg 194. In 1794 Willemet published
his Herbarium Mauritianum (Usteri Annal. Bot. xviii. 61), and he

st

Pe os under the n of der then hee a plant es Port
Jackson, New South V Wales, which Robert Brown afterwards, i Lh his
Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl. (1810), p. 145, referred to A. alcicorne Sw. When
Desvaux, in his ‘* Prodrome des Fougéres,” published in fee Ann,
Soc. Linn. Paris, 1827, p. 218, established the genus Platycerium, he
considered the Australian plant to be specifically different from
. alcicorne, and called it P. angustatum Desv. In this opinion he
has not been followed by later systematists—Hooker, Fée, a.
&e.—so that Desvaux’s name must placed as a synonym
P. alcicorne. In 1844-5 Fée, in his Hist. Acrost. (p. 102), iis.
duced the first word of Plukenet’s descriptive name as if it had
been meant by its author to be of generic value, and ire:
Platycerium Desy. asa synonym. This obviously cannot be adopted.
Fée, further mislead by the general a ‘ Aithiopicus,”’
oun

fo :

tab. 9 (1862), and Sp. Fil. v. p. 283, follows bed in regard to the

species, but calls it Platycerium <Asthiopicum a

Plukenet’s figure as a “‘ young and very rastosk fertile fics:
K 2

124 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

T e next species of the genus to be published was one found in
ae or 1779 by J. G. Konig in Siam. He o a parcel of plants
. F. Miiller in 1788, and among them this Plutycerium, which

he named Osmunda coronaria. Miller oes. in a the Halle Natur-

Natw orickae: Desvaux included "4 among species of his genus
Platycerium “A P. coronaria Des ing A. biforme Sw. as a
synonym. hen Blume pabkiabod his onisuon and figure in his

Flora Jave (1828), (Wilices, p. 44, t.18), he named it Platycerium

books. Wallich distributed specimens (No. 20 in his ey) from
one with the name “ Acrostichum fuciforme Wall. Herb.

x third species was added to the genus . the plant described
by Palisot-Beauvois in the Flore d’Qware, p. 2 (1806), and figured
tab. 2. He applied to it the name Acrosticum stemaria, given b
Commerson to a plant in Herb. Juss. f Madagascar, which was
Pali

may be an allied species, vena it might be the same. Desvau swe
he separated the genus in his Prodrome, l.c. p. 213, included this
lant as P. stemmaria Desv. Fee, in = revision = the Acrostichee,

words of Plukenet’s descriptive n na hey were in conformity
with the binomial nomenclature introduced by Linneus many years
thereaf H placed it Platycerium as

ea quoting as a synonym ‘‘ Neuroplatyceros Aithiopicus
Plu

Welwitsch found a new species of this genus in Angola, which

: communicated to Baker, who referred it to P. stemmaria Pal.-
-, though he pobaied Welwitsch’s name P. angulense, with a

diaeehpiod sufficient to enable one to identify it, in as aa Filicum,
p. 425 (1868). In 1870 Schweinfurth found the sa me species in his
expedition to Niam-Niam, and in the following year published a
description and hens: of it in Bot. Zeit. xxix. 361, under the —
P. Elephantotis Schweinf. Baker, in his New je (1892), ¢
siders Schweinfu aie sid to be identical with Welwitsch’s, a
places it under P. ethiopicum Hook., that is, P. stemmaria Desv., from
which it is certainly different. — other species of Pistgeoien
have happily as yet no synonym
; The synonymy of these Spadina will consequently be as fol-
OWS :—

NOTES ON POTAMOGETON 125

PLATYCERIUM ALCICORNE Desy. in Ann. Soc. Linn. Paris, vi. 218

(1827

Filix sive Hemionitis multifida platyceros, &c. Pluk. Mantissa,

82 (170

Neu oplatyceros a nervosis foliis, cornu cervinum
veleponsthins Pluk. Amalth. p. 151 see imi t. 429, fig. 2.

Acrostichum pee ne Willem. in Usteri Ann. Bot. xviii. 61
(1794); Sw. in Sete: aes Bot. 1800, Be 11 (1801); R. Br.
Prod. p. 145 (1810).

A. bifurcatum Cay. in Anal. _ Nat. Madrid, i. 105 (1799).

Platycerium angustatum Desv. Ll. c. (18

Neuroplatyceros alcicorne Fée, Acrost. 108 (1844).

Pratycerium coronarium Desy. J 27).

Osmunda coronaria Konig in Halle Ras tock xxi. 107 (1785).

Acrostichum biforme Sw. l. c. (1801).

Platycerium biforme Blume, Flor. Jav., riper 44, t. 18 (1828).

Acrostichum fuciforme Wall. List, No. 2 28).

Neuroplatyceros biformis Fée, Acrost. 104 i644},

PuatycERrIuM stemMarta Desy. / ;

Acrosticum stemaria Pal. -Beauy, Flore d’Oware, p. : (1804).

Neuroplatyceros Afthiopicus Fée, Acrost. p. 103

Platycerium oe Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 283 t1864); Hook. &
Bak. Syn. Fil. 425 (1868

PLATYCERIUM ANGOLENSE Welw. apud Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. p. 425
1868).
. Elephantotis Schweinf. Bot. Zeit. p. “i Se al

athiopicum Hook. in part; spire k. Syn. Fil. p. 425
(1868) Baker, New Ferns, 1892, p. 1

NOTES ON POTAMOGETON.
By Arraur Bennett, F.L.S.

Poramoceton serruLatus Regel & Maack, Tent. Fl. Ussur. 139,

wae
uv. tage par Ussuria; leg. Maack (lat. 45°, long. 184°);

ex edhe Pet. Herb. Kew.

M eee Act. Petrop. ‘‘ Species ipsis auctoribus dubius.”’

Japan: Lac d’ a. Lac de Numasaki; Plaine Kashimadai
prés Seuden, Faur is

Hakona: Prov. Saga, 3.8.1883. Jap. name ‘‘ Scuniumo.”
“Hix Science pe once: Imp. Uni versity. Her b. Kew. !
i Oakes, var. japonicus Ar. Benn. in Bull. Herb.

57.

pe 0
Boissier, 1896, fe

126 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

very interesting North American species, P. Robbinsii Oakes, and
I described the plant as Lies in Bull. Herb. Boissier, 1896, p. 257.
The authors say: ‘‘ Specimina vaikienn floribus fructisque carent.
Habitus omnino P. obtusifolit, foliis autem sub lente tenuiter arguta
serrulata.”
There is in the Kew Herbarium a specimen named ‘ P. crispus
y ser aaa Schrad. Yokohama, Japan, 1862, ex Science Coll.
mp.
uccin differing considerably in habit from the usual form of
rs Robbinsii, I could senie no good characters by which it could be
separated as a spec P. Robbinsit very eae fruits; for years a
single fruiting ee, gathered in Oregon by Hall, was the only
xample known, ut it has since been gathered i in Jamaica Pond,
Massachusetts (Hill); Chiesgo Lakes, Minnesota; Hbées Lake,
sete a seated ; and in the Somas river at Alberni, in Vancouver's
oa oe
Japa

P. Miduhikimo Makino, and P. nipponicus Makino; the sehr
for this last is scanty, and it is perhaps a form ‘of some other

th 8
m WGA eee China proper, and Ussu uria ; * Leppert

P. javanicus Hassk., an hina, Africa, Australia; P earth
Roxb., from Tibet to ae and the Andaman Isles; P. gracilis
Wolfg., Siberia and North Europe: while of European species

P. prelongus Wulf., o natans Li, P.- polygonifolius Pourr.,
P. fluitans Roth, P. alpinus os P. heterophyllus Schreb.,
P. nitens Weber, P. perfoliatus L., P. crispus L., P. zosterifolius
Schum. .. P. peees be FP, pectinatus ce and P. a Fao

cie C

seems rae ect ayphyllus w with P. suaeapoits acu
section). Pathe Fourie’ s No. 1058 in the Paris Herbarium may
also be a new species, allied to P. trichoides, or - may be scinnatate

P. Miduhikimo, but the material is insufficient for description.
Nowhere else in the world can such an sacle of species be
foun

It may be of interest to American botanists to know that
P, Robdbinsii was first collected by Nuttall at Cambridge, Mass.,
and was indicated by him as a new species; specimens from him
are in the British Museum and Kew herbaria, and also in De Can-
dolle’s herbarium, where it is stated to have been collected in 1825.

P, nrrens Weber, Suppl. Fl. Holsat. p. 5 (1787).*

Some time before his death, my friend Dr. Morong wrote me
concerning some specimens of adios from Wenham Lake,
U.§.A. Some of these specimens he had sent to Dr. Tiselius,

This is a rare book, and I am not aware that there is a copy in this
untry, so it ee eg well to say that the description is reprinted in this
Sotaiial for 1896, p

NOTES ON POTAMOGETON 127

of Stockholm, and he informed me _ Dr. Tiselius referred the
specimens to P. nitens Weber. Some of the specimens seemed to
me to indicate an affinity with P. welaidiie Fryer (non Wulfg.),
but Mr. ryer on seeing them noted on the sheet, ‘‘ too many veins
for undulatus.”

Among a ety series of North American specimens of the genus
sent me by Dr. Morong were other and more developed specimens;
i One of the

changed, no one would discover the difference. I say of ‘“ Nolte,”
because I believe with Mr. Fryer the bie plant eee had in
view was more like Mr. Fryer’s f. inv I have a specimen,
kindly sent from the Kiel Herbarium, ee the plant to artcek Weber
refers—t. e. one named as a var. of lucens by Hhrhart, and referred
by him to his nitens. Mr. Fryer sent me a drawing of a cultivated
plant of nitens in Nov. 1892, which in the upper leaves is quite like
Khrhart’s plant, and much resembles the floating leaves of P. lon-
chites (small form), and gesnge: ie P. Claytonii. I have come to
the conclusion that we must hile: e Weber for nitens; Dr. Tiselius
cites Nolte as the authority, and we ae many specimens named by
him ; but the idea that Weber’s -_ might have been polygonifoltus
I think cannot be upheld. It aid that Weber’s seas is
om accurate in every detail, Gat ‘qoak old descriptions are? We
st always remember what scanty material the earlier botanists
othe had to deal with. Moreover, P. Dolygors/avres is not recorded
from North America, a very doubtful plant from Newfoundland
me

except
states of P. Claytonii, so much so, that I have specimens cross-
named by American collectors. And Nolte himself (Nov. Fl. Holsat.
p. 18), under P. heterophyllus Schreb., says, ‘‘ Affinis est hac species
BD. nitentt Weberi.” Weber s herbarium seems to have been in the
possession of a chemist at Neustadt, but I es been unable to trace
it further. Prahl (Krit. Fl. Schlesw. “Holst. 207) gives under
nitens ‘* Nortorf in Graben (Weber 1780)” this is in Schlesvig.
In this Journal for 1865, p. 259, Prof. Babington considers the
P. lanceolatus of Reichenbach’ s Icones as “ almost certainly a state
of P. nitens.”’ Reichenbach himself refers it to
elongatus ; there is in the De rage herbarium a specimen of
nitens named ‘ P. lanceolatus Sm. B latifolium pape in herb.” :
I can find no other reference to en: the two. If P. nitens
Weber were abandoned, the name to be adopted would be P. curvi-
folius Hartmann, Skan d. Fl. ed. 1, p. 78, 1820: this is six years
before Nolte’s, which was published i in 1826.

P. Curtiss Morong in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xiii. 145 (1886) ;
and N. Amer. Naiad. (Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, iii. part 2, p. 36,
t. 43 (1893) ).

This rare species is known by very few specimens; no fruit has
yet been seen, and its habitat (Florida) is remote and rarely visited.
Dr. Morong makes no comment on its affinities.. In his clavis he

* Journ. Bot. 1896, pp. 1-3, tt. 353-4,

128 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

the leaves is seen in both, and is not the result of drying. The
stems in the specimens I possess afford no character in section,
but they are so desiccated that nothing I have used will act on
them ; and the structure of the leaves affords no certain test. The
plant must be left doubtful until better and more abundant material
is forthcoming.

P. uateratis Morong in Bot. Gaz. y. 51 (1880); N. Am. Naiad.
t. 52, p. 44. on

The only species I know that can be compared with this is
P. Miduhikimo Makino, Il. Fl. Japan, v. 1, No. 9, p.2, t. 54, 1891,
especially the separate piece in the lower left-hand corner, though

ave some suspicion that this may have been drawn from a piece
of P. javanicus Hassk. ; the two are often mixed together in gatherings,
and are not easy to separate unless in fruit. These two and P. cris-

tatus Reg. aack, along with specimens from Japan named
** P. hybridus Michx.,” have been much mixed together and cross
named. P. hybridus is not know om Japan should not be

surprised to see the combination of paucijlorus Pursh Xx hybridus
Michx., suggested for lateralis, or, to follow Dr. Morong’s nomen-
clature, foliosus Rafn x diversifolius Rain.

P. mysricus Morong, Bot. Gaz. v. 50, 1880; and N. Am. Naiad.
t. 41, p. 84.

is
to be of hybrid origin. It much resembles (especially the flowering
i

sp

which the early American investigators of this genus found so many

of their plants.”"—Morong, 1. c. Specimens of the plant are in the
a.

P. srenostacnys Schum. in FI. Brasil. iii. 687, t. 119, fig. 1
(1894),

Dr. Schumann kindly sent me a specimen of this for inspection.
It seems to me most to resemble a large polygonifolius. I have seen
in that species the development of the stipules almost as great as In
stenostachys ; but at present the material is too scanty for any positive
conclusion.

Oley Schumann in Fl. Brasil. iii. 688, ¢. 120, fig. 2,

1894.
By the kindness of Herr Baagoe, of Nested, Denmark, I possess
a specimen of Dr. Schumann’s plant. In the Flora Brasiliensis
nothing is said as to its affinities. Broadly, it is the South
American representative of the North American P, Claytonii Tuck.
(P. epidydrum Rafin.), and is probably the nearest to that species

* See Journ. Bot, 1895, p. 373.

NOTES ON POTAMOGETON 129

of those known. It seems sufficiently distinct in its fruit; in the
upper and lower leaves the nervation is the same and so is the habit

the spik in. Moron Am. Naiad. p. 18) says of Claytonit,
‘* peduncles specimen from Has

Canada (Prof. Macoun), the peduncles are from 3 to 42 in. long; but
the plant is evidently unusually elongated, and the spikes proceed
from intermediate pare an unusual thing in this species. On

another from Uxbridge, Mass., the peduncles are 4 in. long ; out of

n my
2537) the peduncles and spikes a like sc/eropus ; the speci-
mens are only in bud, but the bear is apt rightly referred to
Claytonii. hay w ant the characteristic lower leaves of ec nas
but in habit are between Claytonii and scleropus. I believe they
grew in running water, while Claytonit is usually a lake — pond

12 to 27 (Morong). But in specimens of the same width as scleropus
they are the same. Unfortunately, my specimen of scleropus has only
the immature fruit, but I suppose that figured by Dr. Schumann
r. xX 9” would be mature, and this with the section “x 10”

aa seem to distinguish it suffic iently f rom P. Claytonii. The
figure shows the e mbryo only coiled two-thirds of a cirele, while
that of Claytonii is Pawan 13 times”’ “tie ng).

CHITES Tuckerm While writing on North American

it is quite possible Nolte had seen them, as some of the herbarium
sheets of Potamogeton at Berlin are noted by him, and he was
contemporary with Chamisso.

When describing P. Claytonii, Tuckerman (in Silliman’s Journ.
Ist ser. xiv. 88, 1848) referred the ‘‘ P. foliis lanceolato- oblongis
petiolis longis” of Gronovius (FI. Virg. 189, 1762) ‘‘ex parte certe”’
to that plant; but Clayton’s type (no. 664) (in n Herb. Brit. Mus.) is
certainly P. lonchites. In the fuller account of P. Claytonit in the
same journal Ond er. vi. 228 (1848), he omits this reference.
Under P. nitens I ins ise Laas Claytonit and /onchites are cross-
named by American collec young elongated specimens of
Claytonti bear at first sight peat likeness to lunchites.

[The following note may be added here

P. sparaut#rormis (Robbins) itavong 0 N: Amer. Naiad. p. 26,
t. 85. Dr. Morong adopts this name from Asa et 2 8 Manual, ed. 5,
p. 487 (1878), where it stands as “ Var. ? * under
P. gramineus ; and the same name is vateinod's in “iehat is kno own as
fae: “ spor octal Check-list ’ and in Britton and Brown’s Il/ustrated
Flora. The name, however, is based on the assumed permanence
of the wsidak: name and on an exaggerated application of the

130 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

‘‘ priority of place” claim; neither of which principles has as yet

received universal recognition. With regard to the latter, ‘‘ P. spathe-

formis Tuckerman in herb.” immediately follows ‘‘ Var.? spathula-
is in G :

formis,” as ‘‘s atheformis” would hav 0 appropriate signi ace.
Tt is remar Kable that neither the ‘* Cheek. list”? nor the Illustrated

Morong’s plate is figured from British specimens. The synonymy
of the plant is as follows :—
P. spatn#rormis Tuckerman ex Robbins in A. Gray, Man. Bot.
N.U.S. ed. 5, p. 487 (1878
P. gramineus Li. var.? spathulaformis Robbins
P. varians Morong ex Fryer in Journ. Bot. cone 33, t. 287.
&; rene i Morong in Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, iii. pt. 2,
6 (1893).

Perhaps, however, as has been suggested above, it should be
quoted as
P. spatrnutzfrormis Tuckerman (sphalm. spathaeformis), &¢.—

Ep. Journ. Bor.]

ARTEMISIA STELLERIANA IN NEW ENGLAND.

[Tue following ~~ by Mr. M. J. Fernald of the Gray
Herbarium, published in the February number of Rhodora (pp.
88-40), forms a useful penne to that by Mr. N. Colgan printed
in this Journal for 1894, pp. ap 6, and is therefore here reprinted
in the belief that it will be of interest to se readers. It may be
noted that in the Cybele Hibernica (ed. 2, p. 495) the plant is noted
by Mr. Colgan as ‘spreading on the North Bull in 1898.""—Eb.
Journ. Bor.]

of a seo ste racy Hearts of sand- dunes and the drier

and Sandy Hook—it was apparently unrecorded in our botanical
literature until within the last iarecomary. Probably the first
station noted in eastern America was at Nahant, Massachusetts, in
1877. A specimen collected there, or on the adjacent Lynn Beach,
by Dr. W. G. Farlow, i in 1879, is caapaes ‘growing wild in oe

ARTEMISIA STELLERIANA IN NEW ENGLAND 1381

‘evidently increasing quite rapidly.”” A specimen oie by
Miss G. H. Learned at New London, nang sepia n 1892, i
marked ‘ well established. ” These notes of Dr. st st Mn,

records of the plant in his New Jersey catalogue, indicate their
vale that the plant is introduced.

e other hand, there is a rather general idea that the plant
is ‘ewig ae on our coast. In the Synoptical Flora and in the last
edition of Gray's Manual this is suggested, though with some doubt;
in various local floras the plant is treated in the same non- committal
way; and in the Illustrated Flora, though its introduction into
eastern pees may be inferred, no definite statement to that

A. annua, etc. hus, as treated in standard works, the exact
status of the species in our flora is not clearly defined.

It is a sicgiicank fact that this very conspicuous plant was not
seen upon the New England coast until 1877, and that from that
date until the present time it has appeared in ever-increasing

d

examined province of Sweden from the botanist’s point of vie
in 1891 it was ge on ~ sandy coast at North Bull, Deans
Dublin, Treland; in 1892, on the coast of Zealand, Denm ark ;
and in 1895 on the sands peters: Penzance and Marazion, in
ornwa
In the Journal of Botany for 1894, and previously in a Swedish
journal, Bvtaniska Notiser, Professor Areschoug discussed* at length
the occurrence os this Kamtschatkan plant in ‘Europe and ae
favouring the view that it has long been a member of our flora,
until recently vedo because of its ee ae sands
which are rarely visited. He further argued ps3 the plant must
have spread laterally from northern Asia to Europe and America
immediately after the Se Period, before the return northward
of the flora which now characterizes so much of Europe and
America, and that alihoagk not yet known us it will be found
in many sandy river-valleys of North Ameri
Replying to Professor Areschoug’s most Taian and ingenious

originated from waste ee thrown upon the Oe from a

* Botaniska ee 1880, 137, and 1893, 111; Journ, Bot. xxxii. 70,
+ Journ, Bot. 1

182 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

seen; in Tracey’s list (1858) of the plants of Lynn it — not men-
tioned ; nor does the late Dr. Morong note it in his paper* upon the
flora of Martha’ s Vineyard. However, in the seventies A. ons
was popular in America, as well as in Europe, as a bedding plant.
For a few years it was used very extensively for its mass “of grey
foliage, and to day, in cnt Hg fashioned gardens in Maine, it
is still a favourite under the name ‘‘ Dusty Miller.” Professor
ene api argued that Sting the plant rarely spreads from

rdens to the neighbouring districts, and because it abounds on

escaped from cultivation to its present coastal stations. It cannot
be stated with assurance that the plant has reached the New
England sea beaches rata from neighbouring gardens; but a
statement made by a nurseryman, attempting “4 account for the
colony in County Dublin, and quoted by Mr. Colgan in his article

rootstock swept out with refuse would be sure to grow... . - ops
have often been used for eae tet with cut-flowers, and may have
assisted in the make-up of breast-bouquets, which, worn by some
pre a to the North Bull, may have been thrown away as withered,

have got covered with sand.” In view, then, of the very striking
habit of the plant, its sudden appearance on sea-beaches and sand-
dunes, dL in the neighbourhood of summer resorts, soon
after its popularity as a bedding plant, there seems no doubt that
Artemisia Stelleriana was aviginally introduced along our coast, and
that we have no reason longer to regard it as a species native to
New England.

ALCHEMILLA VULGARIS IN IRELAND.
By Epwarp F. Linton, M.A.
paper on ‘‘ Alchemilla vulgaris and its segregates” in this
ions (1895, p. 110), the Irish distribution of the group was left

alone, since the few notes I had been able to collect together could
give no fair idea of it. During ee nar three Sa Mr. R. Ll.

incorporate his observations in my notes; where not otherwise
indigated, the — quoted are from Mr. Praeger. I have also to
thank Mr. tew: ;

rt for a few specimens, indicated by S. 4
In the following satement the co vice-counties are
ices in accordance with the scheme set forth by Mr. Praeger

in his paper on the i hobauicst Subdivision of Ireland’? (Journ.
Bot. 1896, 57).

* Field and Forest, iii. (1878), 119.

SHORT NOTES 188

A. vuiearis L., sensu restricto. A. pratensis Schmidt. 9. Clare,
Ab. Kt. P. Murray. 22. Meath, near Oldcastle. 23. Westmeath,
H. U, Levinge; Praeger. 24. Longford. 25. Roscommon, by Loug
Key. 29. Leitrim. 380. Cavan, near Lough Sheelin. 388. Fer
managh. 36. pero: Cookstown, Miss M. C. Knowles. 88. Dow
near Holywood. 389. Antrim, S. 4. Brenan; near Belfast, S.A. 8.3
Dunloy, and White Park Ba ay.

A. aupestris Schmidt. A. vulgaris L. var. glabra Mert. & Koch,
1823 (non DC., 1805). ote North Tipperary. 16. West Galway,
near Recess. 27. West Mayo, near Castlebar, H. S. Marshall.
28. Sligo, Keishcorran, and another locality. 29. Leitrim. ‘
Fermanagh, at Carrickreagh, by Lough Erne. 385. North Donegal,
by Lough | Salt, hb. Br . Mus. 386. Tyrone, near Omagh, Miss M. C.
Knowles. 39. Antrim, Ad. \fiekialee é Art Mus. Dublin; near Bel-
fast, R. P. Murray; Donextoes Squires Hill, near Belfast, S..4.S.

A. Fimicautis Buser (Bull. iii chs Boissier, i. App. 2, p. 22,
1898). 1 or 2. Kerry, Ab. Brit. Mus. 5. Kast Cork, hb. Brit. Mus. ;
hb. Science d Art Mus. Dublin ; both sok ualee being from Ferm
6. Waterford, Cappoquin, Praeger; also hb. Science ¢ Art Mus. Dublin,

it, Kivkenay, Ballyragget. 13. Carlow. 4, Queen’ s County, base
in. 15. So

25. Roscommon, Mote Park. 29. Leitrim. 381. Louth, near
’s Cross. 386. Tyrone, near rie Miss M. C. Knowle
37. Armagh, near Tynan Abbey, S. 4. S. 39. ea - pase
Hill, Belfast, 8. A. S.; Knockagh. 40. Derry, fide S. A

The names of the iccalttiia have not in all cases been aaa
in my notes, but, with the exception of the last record above and
the two ane the Rev. - S. Marshall, every specimen has passed
under my e and I am well assured that these three cage
also were Johtly aeade. It is a little remarkable that the distri-
bution of A. filicaulis Buser should be twice as extensive as either
of the other two; the list of records for the type in particular seems
shorter than it should. be, since in Great Britain these two are almost
evenly distributed.

SHORT NOTES.

PemproxesHirE Mosses.— A oe of mosses made in the
cee een ica gi of St. David's, which was some time since sub-
ted t y the Rev. W. R, Litton, sontaiin a number of
species which, % far as I know, have not been recorded for the
nty. I giv names of those which are additions to the short

list me Airset in a cm serial (1898, p. 188) :—
Sphagnum subsecundum var. contortum Schp.—Polytrichum aloides
Hedw.—Campylopus flecuosus Brid. An ordinary form and one with

184 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

an ats ee nerve. — C. atrovirens De Not. — a brevipilus
B. & 8. — Leucobryum oe Brid. — Grimmia pulvina a Sm. —
F; trichopiyla Grev.— subsquarrosa Wils. A barren plant which

R Lenitginoetie Brid. — R. canescens Brid.: ae yitomtrian Daviesié
B edwigia ciliata Khrh.—Pottia recta Mitt.—P. crinita Wils.
—Tortula subulata Hedw. — Barbula een Mitt. — Weisia micro-
stoma O. M.—Trichostomum mutabile Br., c. —Var. littorale Dixon.
With an Seat sop form, — 7’. jaws virens ie — Zygodon viridis-
simus R. Br. — Funaria ericetorum Dixon. — F’, Templetoni Sm. —
eae palate chwer. — Webera annotina Schwgr. A re-

markable form or variety with very short and small capsules,
turbinate and wide-mouthed when mature and empty, resembling
those of W. gracilis, but with the leaves and habit of fa nag

—Bryum pendulum Schp.—B. intermedium =~ — B, alpi uds.
—Eurhynchium macesenie? Schp. — E. pumilum ie i Die
thecium Borr ” r.—Hypuum chrysophyllum Brid.—H. Wilsont
Schp. Not the typical plant abit at of H. lycopodioides,
but nerve too wide and strong. Auricles very indistinct, almos
obsolete. —H. revolve . commutatu nolluscum

edw. — H. cupressiforme var. ericetorum B. & 8. — Var. elatum

Schp. — H. giganteum Schp. — ree splendens B. & 5. —
H., triquetrum B. & S.—

A A VAR. STRIOTA, ak —On looking through a
large collection wee mosses made in various parts of the British
Isles by Dr. P. B. Mason, of Burton-on-Trent, in the course of

diffe appeara when dry, and they are, moreover,
entirely Seotitule mi the phaxialorieiin gemme. I have submitted
specimens to Mr. H. N. Dixon and to Mr. J. E. Bagnall, neither of
whom were acquainted with the form, and the latter has suggested
that I should publish it as a variety, under oa name of var. stricta.
Unota payiuantaa Brid. var. a n. var.—Stems elongate,
rather more bra nehisd than in the type; one straight, erect,
scarcely altered in direction and only slightly sg en when dry,
with the nerve ceasing below the apex, without
abitat. Rocks by the sea, on the Island = Strom in the
Pentland Frith (Dr. P. B. Mason).—W. E. Nicu

BasipiomyceTES NEW To Bartrain. — The f siti: species are
sipibeaaeleed by drawings or dried ee, or both, in the British
Museu ollection :—Sterewm conchatum Fr. ; Namatelia shed mis

0-

Fr.; Lyco ai rdon hiemale Bull.; L. furfuraceum Scheff. ;
gaster lycoperdineus Vitt.—W. G. Suita

Ranunouvus pap eee Knaf. 4 has been pointed out to us
by more than one foreign botanist that Ranunculus intermedius Knaf
is a form of R. patie, ge not the plant of the South and West of

SHORT NOTES 185

England formerly referred to R. tripartitus and to which the name
of intermedius has usually been applied by British botanists. This
view is held by Herr Freyn, who has given particular attention to
the question. - Upon gee te to Knaf’s original description of

seem to be ae sufficient as pee that it was not intended to
refer to our plant. Knaf describes his plant as intermediate between

and the time of flowering a month earlier; but he adds that it is
perhaps only a variety of R. aquatilis with the leaves ‘‘conformibus.”
The distribution of our species (setting aside Knaf's Bohemian
plant) is distinctly Western European, and the allied species
Rh. tripartitus and R., ololeucos do not extend much farther eastward,
so that it seems very improbable that it would occur in Bohemia.
We are indebted to Herr Freyn for suggesting the identity of the
British plant with Batrachiwm lutarium, Revel, which was described
and figured in Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. 1834 (p. 413, pl. 4). Through
the kindness of Mr. Charles Bailey we have had an opportunity of
comparing our plant with specimens of B. lutarium from the original
locality (La Teste, Gironde), and we feel satisfied that they are the
same. KRevel’s species was, as far as we have ascertained, first
placed in Ranunculus by Mons. Georges Bouvet, and M. Bouvet has
kindly given us the reference to the original publication of the name
in Bull. Soe. d’Etudes scient. d’ Angers, for 1873 (1874), p. 96. Our
conclusion, therefore, is pet the British plant should stand as
R. ee Bouvet; and of the two forms figured by Saeoicy in
Flor. de la Gironde (1882) it appears to correspond most nearly to
the var. intermedius (p. 16, fig. 8), which has the lobes a the leaves
more obtuse than in his var. genuinus.—H. & J. G

Misuse or THE Inpex Kewensts. — In the last Ae of the
mice Vie: of the New Zealand Institute, xxxi. 1898 (1899), from
pages 404 to 415 there are five citations of Gaya Lyallii as of
Hook. f Ss, in various forms. This is a mistake, due to a
a of the text of the Index, ii. 580, coupled. with the un-
authorized statement of the Clarendon Press on the back of each
volume and part. The true citation is—Gaya Lyallit E. G. Baker
in Journ. Bot. xxx. (1892), 187; syn. Plagianthus Lyallit Hook. f.
ex Benth. in Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. (1862), 103; Hoheria Lyallii
Hook. f. Fl. N. Z.i. 81, t.11. When the genus Plagianthus ¢ ame to
be revised for press, Mr. E. G. Baker had reduced the species —
tioned to Gaya, but at a date too late to be included in the
Kewensis; all that could be done was to indicate its present a
by edge © ‘* (Gaye sp.),’ a has been misinterpreted as shown

—B. Daypon Jacxso

eas 7 Seeps.—There is an early notice of drift seeds in Pena &
Lohelie’ Adee (1570), p. 395, where probably “sh himself
says: ‘+ Permultas eins & naucleris fabas Phasiolésve ex
Americe nouo orbe . . . . sed alias perquam raras habeas nos,

136 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

munere lectissime, literata virtute & familia in Anglia illustri,
Heroine Catherine Killigrese quas ferunt repertas magna copia ad

vilus nauem illisam, nullimve incu ace factum n quo
tannis nous inueniuntur, part m fluitantes & par rtim ape
immerse sabulis littoreis, sa oo & putan Cornubiensis maris

a e
first wife of Sir Henry eres) she is described as being
proficient in Hebrew, Greek, and Latin. The earliest account of
drift seeds in the botanic portion of the Voyage of the ‘Challenger’
is that of Sloane, 1696, and the next in Amvenitates Academica,
vii. 477, resp. Tonning, the thesis being dated 1765. Mr. Hemsley,
to whom I have shown "the above-cited passage, is of opinion sa
it constitutes the set record of such occurrences. — B. Dayp
JACKSON.

SOME ALGOLOGICAL LITERATURE OF 1899.
ee from p. 98.)

Tue Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club publishes some
‘‘ Observations on Viena by Prof. Conway MacMillan. He

Wille and F. W. Oliver. He agrees with Prof. Oliver in regarding
the trumpet-shaped hyphe and the sieve-tubes as ‘separate struc-

tural elements not to be confused on account of their similar
perforated end-plates.” He notes that in jeune material the sieve-

tubes are abundant, while in other plants they disappear, and the
hyphe abound. The author has seen no branching of the sieve-
tubes as described ‘eg Prof. Oliver for Mest yecce: though this
occurs in the trumpet-shaped hyphe. Cryptostomata are found
only on the young plant, where they are present on both stipe and
lamina. They “appear as short irregular furrows, from the surface
of which tufts of two- or three-celled hairs are produced.’ Eac

u canal exists there ig rro rof. “gre eren
suggests that the mucilage ca page are closed-ir -in furrows, and tha
o-called cryptostomata are tages in this ak

inside a conceptacle. It is not stated if in these plants there is a
connection between the furrows and the oe, canals.

- Minnesota Botanical Studies, ser. 2, pt. iii. (Dec.), contains two
papers on alge—‘ Observations on Chlovcchegtriain” by BE. M.

ALGOLOGICAL LITERATURE OF 1899 137

Freeman, and ‘‘ Observations on Rhodymenia,” by F. K. Butters.
Mr. Freeman sums up our knowledge of Chlorochytrium, and
ich

that this is a young state o

Specimens of C. inclusum found upon Dilsea in Phycotheka Boreali-
Americana, fase. xi. no. 5 These he regards as possibly a
resting-stage of the plant, the more so as they were collected in
December, while his plants were gathered in the summer months.
He then explains the differences between the two forms. ‘+ Obser-
vations on Hhodymenia”’ were apparently worked out on R. pertusa,
though, as this is not directly stated, it can only be inferred. The
paper contains no point of special interest.

The Annals of Botany for March contains a paper on Harveyella
mirabilis by Mr. Sturch. The author has studied this parasite from
its earliest growth, and is of opinion that Choreocolax albus Kuck. is
merely the tetraspore-bearing form of Harveyella. He describes the
formation of antheridia, cystocarps, and tetraspores, and figures the
various stages. ‘Till now the antheridia have always been described
as occurring on small flat fronds, but Mr. Sturch finds the antheridial
thallus is ‘‘ frequently as large and spherical as the mature cysto-
carpic fronds.” Though the vegetative filaments inside the host
appear to grow only between the walls of the host-cells, the author
has seen ‘distinct protoplasmic threads connecting the cell-contents
of these filaments with the cell-contents of the Rhodomela.” This
result was attained by staining glycerin-material with Hoffman's
blue. Thus the cell-contents of the host are gradually absorbed,
after having been surrounded by the parasitic filaments. As the
result of his investigations, the author removes the genus Harveyella
from Gelidiacee and places it in Gigartinacea, owing to the develop-
ment of its auxiliary cell before fertilization; at the same time
transferring Choreocolax provisionally to the same order.
given to the subdivisions of Gigartinacee, and, finally, the ques-
tion of temperature is dealt with in connection with the seasonal
appearance of Harveyella.

on Actinococcus in a paper ‘‘On Actinococeus an yllophora”’ pub-

Journat or Borany.—Vou. 38. [Apriz, 1900.] L

138 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

the cortex, while others remain in the host and conten to force
their way between the cells. bee hey the filaments do not actually
enter the host-cells, they bec in some way connected with them,
since they extract the vient Aeaiaisied in the medulla of Phy/lo-

ng filament is unable t }
means of the antheridial ostiole. Dr. Darbishire says that the exit
of the parasitic filament seems to affect the surrounding tissue,
giving an appearance of corrosion.

Since the tetraspores ripen in December and ea and are
discharged soon after, the pertinent question is asked, what becomes
of these spores till the oe comes for fresh attacks on the host plant
in the following autumn ? e author suggests that this is an
asexual form, which sve rise to a sexual plant on een host,
and that the germinating spore of Actinococcus, as w w it, may
be the carpospore. This sounds a more probabl suggestion than
that of Prof. Reinke here given, that Actinococcus is the asexual
generation of Phyllophora Brodiai, growing parasitically on it.
Dr. es :

appears to have been thrown on the points at issue. The author
is about to examine other species of this genus, and his results are
promised later. The paper ends with a diagnosis of the genus
Actinococcus and the species A. subcutaneus (= A. roseus Kutz. y
“Notes on Thorea,”’ by G. C. Hedgecock and A. A. Hunter, in
Botanical 7 ae (Dec.), p. 425, records the occurrence of Thorea
ramosissina Bory in Nebraska, It had been previously found in

exas,

e ors deseibe oe i, and figure a section with hairs
and fruit. he branching appears to be more sparing, the colour
is olive-brown rather than ere and the hairs show points of
difference from other records; but in the main the Nebraska plants
agree with the Sabiticd cab of the species.

The Bulletin of vie bot rrey a Club Bas gives short
notes on ‘‘ Four Siphoneous Alg the Pacific Coast,’ by Prof.
De Alton Saunders. Codium open var. californicum J. A

hi,
filaments of each species are figured mde: by side. Prof. Saunders
evidently does not Seg in the presence of a mucronate tip in
some of the cells of C. canatsenn, although it has been crag
that. the two reset of cell grow on the same plant, There are

cells in these two 0 species, and the question as to the specific v

of the mucronate point should be iat —— ed. Codium a ewe
Ag. is recorded from Monterey. Valonia ovalis Ag.—or, as it should
be ¢ , Halicystis ovalis Schmitz—is aking astcmled for the first

ALGOLOGICAL LITERATURE OF 1899 189

time from the Pacific. In giving the distribution of this alga Prof.
Saunders omits Scotland, where it was found in 1892 by Prof.
Schmitz and Mr. George Murray, but possibly he regards the
‘North Atlantic’ as including the Kyles of Bute! Mr. Murray
sets forth Prof. Schmitz’s views on the systematic position of
Halicystis in a paper in Phyc. Mem. pt. ii. p. 47, 1898, where
he mi i f

nute structure of this genus is compared with that o
as epar

found at Point Lobos. ten miles south of Monterey Bay; and,
except that the Pacific plant is smaller, it agrees in all respects
with the Atlantic plant of Prof. Farlow (Mar. Alg. New Engl. p. 60).

‘* Cladophora-Studien,” by Dr. F. Brand, in Bot. Centra/blatt,
Bd. lxxix. no. 5 et seq. 1899, embodies the result of the author’s
work during several years on this much-entangled genus. F
Brand begins by pointing out the hopeless confusion which has
arisen in the identification of species, owing to the contradictory
diagnoses given by various authors. Reference to herbarium speci-

species. For the preparation of a type for examination he recom-
mends the Lagerheim method as described in Hedwigia, 1888, p. 58.
r

n
Cladophoracee. Dr. Brand divides his paper under the following
headings :—‘‘ Physiological and biological conditions”; ‘‘ Formation
of the Cladopora thallus and the law of evection”’ ; ‘‘ Attachment, and
formation of zoospores”; ‘‘ Inner structure”; “‘ Various accidental
peculiarities’’; ‘ Points of diagnostic importance’’; ‘* Systematic

of evection; the relative preponderance of apical or intercalary

growth ; the maximum thickness of the main stem the mini-

mum thickness of the branches, leaving isolated exceptions out of
L 2

140 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

consideration ; the characteristic form of the igs cells ; oem
conditions of reproduction and propagation ; the presence or abse
of zoospore formation or of stolons; the fo orm of tha spn i als
and of the spora nina” These points do ot all show 2 same

degree of stability, but can be regarded as possessing more or less
worth as diagnostic eae Relative inet of the salle i is
denounced as quite worthless in this respect, and much of the

present confusion in “the of getius eer from its use by the older
writers. The creation of a new term “ evection”’ is to be regretted,
and indeed it asetey ee be almost unnecessary. It is intended to

the mann which the 8
na part of the cell i . ‘su main pr and the consequent alteration
n the angle of that cell wall. The author regards the varieties of
ereution t in Cladophora as of importance from a systematic point of
vie The result of this sigs of the genus from a broad stand-
point is of such assistance towards understanding the few species
which inhabit South Bavaria, “that it is to be hoped the author will

if not the entire genus. Such is the confusion, however, reigning in
Cladophora that an extra lease of life might be necessary for the task.

‘‘Ueber Caulerpa: Ein Beitrag zur Biologie der Meeres-Or-

ganismen,”’ by Prof. Reinke (Wissensch. Meeresuntersuch. Kommission

Kiel neue Folge, Bd. 5, Heft 1, 25 Nov. 1899), is a somewhat

speculative but interesting treatise from the biological point of

view. In the introduction the author discusses the views of
a egrets ong th

atlo
Reinke divides his paper into four sections. 1. A
comparative review of the species of Caulerpa. 2. The question of
the grouping of the species. 8. The morphological structure of
Caulerpa, 4. Factors governing the external form
n the first section, descriptions are given of thirty- seven of the
fifty existing species, accompanied by new and excellent drawings,
both natural size and magnified. In the main the same lines are

the groundwork of all systematic study of this genus. The second
section, which deals with the pire of the various species, is
full of interest. The author starts with the premise that Caulerpa
and other allied genera possess a common ancestor which first gave
rise to such forms as Caulerpa fastigiata, Bryopsis duplex, and
Derbesia, As he justly observes, such a premise can neither be
eg nor refuted, and is at least useful as forming a starting
point for the division of the genus ‘ahs natural groups. For a
phylogenetic study of plants or animals three sources of information
have to be taken into account—namely, paleontology, ogni
distribution, and comparative morphology. In the case of Caulerpa,

THE STUDENTS’ FLORA OF NEW ZEALAND 141

ch group h

ff from existing groups. He also gives a similar table of the
species in each group, the gaps which necessarily exist being filled
in by a ‘‘ Zwischenform”’ to denominate the lost link. The main
difference between the grouping in these tables, and the espa

of the genus adopted by Prof. Agardh and Madame va
Bosse, appears to lie in ‘the importance with which Prof. Reinke
siscervi: the (oases or absence of small gd — appendages
m the rhizome of some species. Such as ese appendages
ven paved & in a group by themselves, rary of = allied with

other species which they resemble i in other poin

‘‘ The structure of Caulerpa”’ begins with a ies introduction,
ypes of

assimilatory organs are represented in Caulerpa, except Marchantia,
Riccia, Pellia, Parmelia, or any plant of that type. The structure
of the genus is dealt with under the headings of the rhizome; the
roots ; the assimilatory organs; growing point; differentiation of
internal structure; adaptation in relation to variation in form ;
reproduction. Under this last heading the author gives as his

descended from forms which were reprodu y spores; and, if
is view is adopted, endless questions arise which woul of
interest did they permit of an Unfortunately, such

speculation, and his questions, as he frankly admits, allow of no
trustworthy answers. The pas section, ‘‘ Factors eh) the
tu“ De

e form,’ is divided r four heads:
(Dominanten) and morphological ‘equilibrium 2. The eondialase
Pane of the forms. 8. Regeneration, Heredity, Variation.
4. Retrospect and Prospect: E
THEL §. Barron.

NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Two Cononzat Foras.

The Students’ bd bes New Zealand and the adjoining Islands. By
THomas F.L. hn peconh Wellington, N. Z.
Eyre & poleedine London. [1899

The Queensland Flora. rate F. Manson hata’. F.L.S., Colonial
Botanist of _— and. Parti. Ranuneulatea—Anaca rdiacea.
Published under me panier of the Queensland Government.
Brisbane. 1899. 8vo, boards, pp. xxxli, 8325, x; 12 plates.
Price 5s.

We ought to have noticed sooner this instalment—for, although
no indication of the fact appears on title-page or cover, it is only
an instalment—of the important work to which Thomas Kirk

142 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

devoted the last years of his life, and which was to include, in a
handy form, the results of his many years’ i pip pode into New
Coalans botany, in addition to the researches of previous workers

ex-
tended its numbers from 24 to 89, Coprosoma from 24 to 40, and so
in proportion. It was therefore in every way desirable that the
history of New Zealand plants should be brought up to date, and

. Kirk ni
Unfortunately, however, Mr. Kirk’s death not only prevented

the completion ork, but deprived us of the introductory
matter on pegree a pe history, and the like, with which he had in-
pace to prelace the volu We learn from the oddly worded and
anonymous ‘‘ intr edutory notice”’ prefixed to the present instal-
ment that ‘‘ the Government have in view ie ne conelly for making
arrangements for she jomae e of the w ; but this does not
ncourage us to hope for a very speedy ae sion. Unless such

our African Floras prepared at ad are to the earlier ones published
a quarter of a century or s
he introduction ko aad the help afforded by the Trustees
of the British Museum, who sent for the purposes of this Flora
complete sets of the plants oe by Banks and Solander (with
a transcript of Solander’s MS. Flore Nove Zelandie, which is not
mentioned), and allowed a set of impressions to be taken from the
copper plates prepares for Banks. These will be reproduced in a
separate volume, ich, however, will not interfere with the com-
plete series of Mie Haskens plates which the Trustees will shortly
begin to publish. It is matter for regret that Mr. Kirk has quoted
throughout the MS. names employed in the Flora, thus adding to
synonymy a number of entirely useless names of which future

y
already in print than might be assumed from the Index Kewensis, in
which no note is taka of those published in Gaertner’s De
Fructibus. It is even less easy to understand why Mr. Kirk cited
certain MS. names of his own as synonyms: we can only suppose
that specimens have been distributed under these names which

naturalized species. In ‘tive ericum, for pag in addition to the
native H. gramineum and H. japonicum, H. humifusum, H. perforatwn,

THE STUDENTS’ FLORA OF NEW ZEALAND 148

and H. Androsemum are entered as naturalized in many localities ;

13 species of Trifolium, 5 species of Maiva, and 6 of Vicia, all intro

ductions, represent these genera; in Cr aicifene there are 14 introdhosd

as against 7 native genera, which include 30 introduced as against

22 prio species. A considerable number of novelties are described
them a genus, Huttonella, separated from Carmichaelia on

sasscttn? of its indehiscent see and including four species formerly

placed in the last-named

The book 1 is well and caf printed. Here and there—

the public, who will hardly expect that a work claiming to be a
“Flora of New Zealand” includes only the Polypetale and part of
the Monopetale. Nor is there any date on the title-page; the
preface is dated 10th April, 1899, but the book was not received in
London until the beginning of October.

What Kirk did for New Zealand, Mr. F F. M. Bailey is ping. <

our knowledge of Quantic botany difiea the last t hice years
has extend, almost as rapidly as that of New Zealand. Thus, for
example, the genus Nymphaea, represented in Bentham’s work by
one species, here numbers five. About one of them, N. Br ownit,

utes . flava, originally Es from Florida, has become

ever, are by no means conspicuously in evidence, and in this the
Queensland Flora contrasts strikingly with that previously a
Mr. Bailey ae no doubt wisely from the -_ oint of view of ¢

venience, followed Bentham in arrangement and nom monelabane.
and, perhaps with less reason, has ce iced in full the descriptions
from the ess ‘‘with any needful further descriptive notes which
may have e to our knowledge since.’ entham of course
worked seal’ from herbarium specimens, es we think it would
have been well if Mr. Bailey had availed himself of his opportunities
to write descriptions from living plants. He has dded useful in-
formation as to the economic properties of the trees, and the native
names, which do not appear to be numerous. By the way, some

“alt and Melisope iobreeshibed (native canny of Mount
Bartle Frere).” The excellent index deserves a word of com-
mendation ; the plates are useful, but their execution leaves some-
thing to be desired.

144 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

A few instances of oversight occur: thus Bentham is followed
in his records of T'riumfetta procumbens, @ and Mr. Hemsley’s paper
this a. for Seesat in which he took Solander’s hitherto

the most part, however, such omissions as we have nasal are gua
to the incompleteness of Bentham’s investigation of the National
Herbarium when he was engaged on the Flora Australiensis ; e.g.

r n
the same way and for the same reason, a good many hg found
y Banks are not mentioned as having been collected by him. It
is interesting to note that certain of the discoveries of these early
investigators, such as Hibbertia Banksii and Polygala rac atheddes,
are not recorded from any other collectors. In very numerous

1 indeed inevitable under the circumstances, followed fine this
is “the case with Boronia alulata and Eriostemon Banksii.

ON CHEIROSTROBUS, SPENCERITES, ETC. 145

It would, sa think, have been well if the actual date of publi-
cation had been given. The title-page bears date 1899, and the
preface is rieere an of that year. Experience shows that an
indication of this kind often pr = for the following January, and
although the new species described in the work are not numerous,
it behoves every systematist to do his utmost to avoid adding to the
confusion which — exists owing to want of care in such details.

We hope Mr. Bailey will lose no time in pushing towards a
conclusion this daotul contribution to the aca of the botany
of our colonies

We take the present opportunity of giving a portrait of Thomas
Kirk, which did not arrive in time to accompany our notice of him
in this Journal for December, 1898.

Dr. D. H. Scorr’s Recent Memoirs.

On Cheirostrobus, a New Type of Fossil Cone from the Lower Carboni-
Jerous Strata. Phil. Trans. clxxxix. pp. 1-34, pl. 1-6. 1897.

On Spencerites, a New Genus of eure Ovni From the ae
Measures, founded on the Lepidodendron Spenceri. Phil. Tran
elxxxix. pp. 83-106, pl. 12-15. 1897.

On aa ornare anglica a, a New Representative o ne Cycado/filices,
Phil. Trans. exci. pp. 88-126, pl. 5-13.

WE ins Dr. Scott on the nein ae which he
describes and expounds in these three paper jhe as colla-
borator with the late Prof. Williamson in the las Aeapetes he
contributed to the Philosophical Transactions, he has now taken up
the work by himself, and the first fruits of his independent labours
we have in these three m memoirs.

he first deals with a novelty from one of those strange masses
of vegetable matter enclosed in the trappean tufa at Pettycur,
€

sporophylls are cha ae in superposed whorls. The sporophylls

into three og The lower gees is foliaceous, passes out at
a right angle to the axis, and the ascending apices cover the tips

of the upper lamina, which bear on gees of its three divisions the
sporangia. The spores are uniform in size. Be Scott carefully
anne ses the affinities of this remarkable cone. In most respects

e
Bieri Ns SO as ‘to enable a catisheatiry souiuatiantt ts be made.

The
tae by Williamson, but possessing characters which Dr.
Scott considers indicate a new generic type, to which he gives the

146 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

name Spencerites. The sporangia of the cones included in Lepido-
strobus are attached to the upper surface of the pedicel of the bract,
whereas in the cone he describes they are free from the pe cea

and attached by a narrow base to the upper surface of the lamin
he remaining yee is devoted to the minute structure of tlie

stem, leaf-base rand roots of a singular fossil from the Lower
Coal Measures of Stalybridge, Sona Helonging to the genus
Medullosa, to which Dr. Scott gives the name of M. anglica. The

specimens described are beantifully Seared. and are expounded

by the author in full and careful detail, which add considerably to

the knowledge of the genus. No fruit ‘has yet been detected that

can be referred to any of the stems included in Medullosa. The
as know

and some other very different fossils, Potonié suggested the name
Cycadofilices. They are set forth as representing a ae in the
evolution of Cycads and Ferns. Is it not a new notion to find
combined in a

body into its constituent parts, so that the ‘‘Cycado” elements
should belong to one group of offspring exclusively, and the
* filices ’? elements should be handed over to another grou is
is not the way that the genetic history of plants has hitherto been
supposed to have proceeded. w. C

Nore.

Me. Witurams Hervey, whose Observations on the Colors of Flowers
was reviewed on pp. 53, 54, writes to complain that we have altogether
misunderstood him, and represented him as maintaining tlie ex act
opposite of his actual doctrine by crediting him with the theory that
the stimulation of insects produces new colours on a blossom, whereas

‘‘Nature”; and, in proof that this is so, he cites various passages
from the treatise in ques
o far as we may haya Flideptabeitad him, we willingly express
our regret; but, as another journal—the Gardeners’ Chronicle—
apetrth his meaning in much the same fashion as ourselves,
e cannot but capa the author failed to set forth his theses
with seit perspic
Mor ¥, \éokinie at his book afresh in the light of his recent
éxplanations although we undoubtedly find various instances cited
in which he claims that bees have perpetuated the original aes’ in
vias parts, whilst ‘“‘ Nature”’ wate! x elsewhere—we
some to which it is hard to suppose that such an account of is
fiuatene is intended to apply; while certainly has style of language
employed may not unnaturally lead e reful reader to gather

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS 147

are the footprints of the bees and butterflies. When they follow
t

he same route for nectar, they leave a trail; where the butterflies
walk around the stamens of a pink they leave the i say rhea of their
tiny feet in the shape of a circle; when a bee rubs his back against

the petals of a poppy he makes a duties shaped spot on each; and
when with his tongue he laps the nectar of the tulip tree, he paints
a golden band; when he falls to the bottom of the cup- shaped tulip,
he in or scrambling describes a disc of blue or yellow.’
It is still more confusing to find [p. 68] that in the Kaiser
Crown tulip, while “ ere here prodiced a Sane circle inside,
‘‘ Nature’ was laying on the same colour out, but ver tically
erie of horizontally, mie that in the tulip- ee cra the gold was
a ‘‘new” colou
All ye is, cee is of comparatively minor significance.
ured to intimate our total disbelief Mr. Hervey’s

should have trodden so precisely on the same spots as to have left
footprints or tracks, when there was no special advantage to be
gained by so doing; and indeed how an insect with six sprawling
feet could possibly walk along a line as fine as a hair, as, according
to this theory, he must constantly have done. a

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.*

Bot. eee ae (Nos. 9-12).—K. Mille * Sheetegigpemerer
der Lebermoose aus dem Reichslande Elsass- Doshein ngen.’—(No. 10).
O. Kuntze, ‘ Sutrodiocie, Ophiothrix, Ophiocytium : ein Nomenclatur-
Beitrag.’ —(No. 11). 8. Rostowzew, ‘ Hin Laboratoriumstisch fiir
das Mikroskopiren.’

Bot. Gazette (20 Feb.). — B. M. Dugest, ‘Development of the
pollen grain in Symplocarpus fetidus and Peltandra undulata’
(2 plates).—W. D. Merrell, ‘ Life history of Silphium’ Sy gfe —
K. J. Hill, ‘ Cerastium arvense var. oblongifolium.’ n,

Viola erectifolia, sp. n.

Bot. Magazine (Tokio: 20 Jan., received 20 March). —J. Mats
mura, Owataria (n. gen., Gattifers #). —K. Okamura, ‘ Microcladia &
Car poblepharis’ 1 plate). — T. Makino, ‘Plante Japonenses’

(Arundinaria quadrangularis) (cont.).

Bot. Zeitung (16 March).—F. Kuhla, ‘ Die Plasmaverbindungen
bei Viscum album, ge ep Bw cas des Siebréhrensystemes von
Cucurbita Pepo’ (1 pl.).

Bull. ee Bot. Club (17 Feb.).—J. B. Ellis & B. M. Everhardt,

New Fungi’ (Echinodontium, gen. nov. (Hydnacee) ). — T. Holm,
Plants of Baffin’ s Land.—H. H. Rusby, S. American Plants (cont.).

he dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or title pases, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
publicatio:

148 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

—wW. J.B ‘ Monstrosities in Eragrostis & Setaria.’ — T. D. A.
Cockerell, abet Western Plants.

Gardeners’ Chronicle (10 March). — Zygopetalum Ballii, sp. n.
(fig. 47).

Journal de Botanique (Feb. : received 14 March).—E. wh Camus,
‘Plantes hybrides 8 spontanées de la flore eur sey nt.).—
P. Van Tieghem, ‘ Bixacées, Cochlospermacées, et Sph Zitiietasbon

Mémoires de lV Herb. ssa (No. 7: a” Feb.).—L. are
‘Notes sur la Flore du Sahara.’ — (No. 8: 28 Feb.). A. Chaber

‘Les Rhinanthus des Alpes Mocites. — (No. 9: 2 March). i
“ete ‘ Aspidium phasal ne m, Sp. 0

Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. (Jan. : Whcived 10 March).—J. Baldrati,
‘Appunti di Cecidiologia ’ (6 plates). — L. oh olucci & F. Cardinali,
‘Secondo contributo alla Flora Marchigian

Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift i ae ‘ Synedra hyalina,
eine apochlorische Bacilla W. Figdor, ‘Zur A ie des
Stammes der Dammar Banke! — C. Rechinger, ‘Ueber Lamium
Orvala und 1. Wettsteinii.’—A. Jenéié, ‘ Untersuchungen des Pollens
ean Pflanzen’ (conel.).— J. M. Polak, en iiber
die Staminodien der Scroplulariaceen ’ (cont.). — J. Bornmiiller,
Sideritis c sieniahe tapf.—J. B. Scholz, < Studion iiber Chenopodium
opulifolium’ (cont.).

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, de.

Prory. Conway Macmitian has published a handsome and in-
ates volume on tages Plant Life (Pioneer Press, St. Paul,
Minnesota) which s the third of the ‘Botanical Series”’ of
the ‘* Report of the gone vey.’ The author has aimed at bein

ar and scientific, and although such a combination is
ateiee Re fora a -aneairsee = ma be said to have suc-

school, which at one time threatened to usurp the whole ~ of
botanical literature ; it is now coming to be Scidaeidnee that s
knowledge of a a plan as a whole is not necessarily Sussthipatible

fragment of its entity. It remains to be said that Prof. Macmillan
has produced a book which may be read with pleasure and profit by
the reader of ordinary intelligence ; and to suggest that, in spite of
the extensive literature connected with British botany, there is yet
room for a — which should do for these islands what is here
done for Minneso

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 149

We have received from Messrs. Griffin the third edition of
The Flowering Plant, an introduction to Botany by Mr.
Ainsworth Davis (price 3s. 6d.), the original issue of which ‘was
noticed at length in this Journal for 1890 (pp.189-91) ; the present
differs but little, except in the addition of a chapter of ten pages
entitled ‘‘ Ferns and Mosses,” in which the whole of the Cryptogams
are disposed of. The index seems as over-compendious as it w
ten years ago. The book has not an siibasiied: appearance, nal
there are several elementary text-books on botany published in this
country, to say nothing of some ety issued in America, which

e should recommend in preferen

At a meeting of the Lindos’ Bosiety on Feb. 15th, Mr. R.
Morton Middleton exhibited a series of specimens of Aspleninon
Bradleyi Katon, one of the rarer rock ferns from Tennessee, to
show its extreme variability. The simplest fronds exhibited +e
found in a damp, cold, perpendicular rift, which no sunshine could

pinnate structure, with green rachis and rounded — pinne, of
A, viride Hudson, but were more coriaceous than in that species.
Dr. mipienn iy author of the Temes Flora, was satisfied that the
plan s A. viride; and Gen. Kirby Smith, who had had ample
emer etc of studying A. feeheny on the eastern slopes of the
Cumberland plateau, remarked that A. viride and A . Bradleyi were
much alike that they might be varieties. The ‘mye plants
exhibited, however, showed a gradual tendency to become more and
more compound, culminating in a luxuriant specimen with pinnatifid
fronds 10 in. long, the green rachis becoming purple and shining in
all the plants exposed to the sun’s rays. The affinities of so variable
a fern are naturally of interest. Eaton remarked: ‘If there could be
a hybrid between A, ebeneum and A. montanum, it would be much
like our plant.’’ Asa Gray, following Eaton, said, ‘* Intermediate
etween A. ebeneum and A. montanum.” Baker says, ‘‘ iaiieis
montanum and lanceolatum.” Mr. Middleton believed it to be ery

the species of Europe and Asia, is essentially boreal, and occurs in
British America from New Brunswick to British Columbia, as well
as in the State of Vermont. A. Bradleyi then takes its ee
extending south from New York to Georgia and Alabama, and west

to Arkansas. A. lanceolatum Huds. is not American at all, but is
found in Europe, North Africa, and some of the a ee
(Madeira, Azores, and St. Helena). The exhibitor did n sider

Flora, state that 4. Bradieyi eataer ot a limestone soil, ut Mr.
Middleton had found it strictly confined to sandstone, although
the carboniferous limestone was immediately adjacent.

Ar the same meeting Mr. J. C. Shenstone crhibited a collection
of seven hundred photographs of British Flowering Plants, to show
what could be accomplished by means of the catoath in the direction

150 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

of botanical illustration. He contended that photoeram was the
only means by which the lines and masses of our flowering plants—

which botanists aps and arrange plants into orders, genera, and
species—could be readily reproduced. He explained the various
technical processes and apparatus necessary for successful plant
photography, and alluded to the difficulties rey from the
photography of plants in their sate habitats, &c. His remarks
were illustrated by means of lantern-slides.

Ar the meeting of the Linnean alot on March Ist, Mr. C. B.
Clarke read a paper on ‘‘ Botanic Nomenclature.’ He showed that
the new rule adopted at Berlin—not to disturb names that had fifty

a fair pore agreement in nomenclature. The American botanists
1 tem led ‘

follow a new system which aims at finality on a so-¢ ‘non-
shifting basis” in which the genus or i as the case may be,

is established on a type-specimen r. Clarke’s paper ie devoted
mainly to showing by mlbltea instances that this system did not
ensure finality: tha errors in det ing what should be
ranked as the type are enough to discredit the system; and t

author commented he disputed question whether a plant

0
the oldest specific name it bears in the genus in which it is now
placed.

Most of the points ea in Mr. Clarke’s paper have been dealt
with from time to time in this os and it is therefore hardly
necessary to discuss isan It has been shown more than once, and
indeed is generally recognized, that tama and Hooker had no
” of nomenclature, beyond a general notion of ‘‘ con-

ell us—what is to take their mgt e one examp 1e
diagnoses published by Robert Brown, admirable as they are, and
amply sufficient when written, are often very brief, and do not

suffice for differentiation from the very numerous species 8 Ma
since his time; " is only by consulting the ample series of speci
preserved in his herbarium (now in the frente collection) “that
‘finality on a Hotsehifiing basis’ can be attained.

= Neiges is recorded at an Sa age of Dr. Apoxro
Ens many years Director of the National Museum at
Gardens, Venenuela He contributed several papers to the earlier
volumes of this Journal and to other botanical and natural history
peri ial

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 151

Tue Gardeners’ Chronicle prints an account of a lecture recently
delivered by Professor Johnson before the Royal _—— Society
which he eems sufficiently remarkable to dese rve reprodue on. The
subject was ‘“* Some Aspect of Modern Botany.” ‘ He p pointed out
that soientitie botan s from several standpoints its can scientific
aspect, and the aca Wet of the Br se schoo of botanists was
less scientific than their co-workers the ans. From the point
of view of the field botanist it was also “dissimilar in which they
found themselves. There is some hope that order ar finally be
expected owing to the labours of the editors of the Indea Kewensis, _
&o.. T ubject of ae ee was aon to at length,
and the early labours of PR. n enumerated, Brown was one of
those who helped to lay in a Britain the foundation of modern
vegetable acaiology, and his labours in systematic botany were by
no means meagre. In speaking of Tobacco culture, the Professor said
that heavy mieseeweas | manuring injured the flavour of Tobacco
Mr. R. Lioyp Praxeer hopes to publish, early in 1901, a weak
in which he proposes to show the distribution of flowering plants

the deficiencies i in each of the county lists. A number of common
plants still remain unrecorded from. all but a few counties, and

nty. Information should be addressed to him at the National
Talis of Ireland, Dublin
D DE Istavanrrt, Professor of Botany in the Royal
pects! of Hungary, is emer under the title ‘‘ Fungorum
n Pannonium observatum Brevis Historia a Carolo Clusio Abrebate

interest, and is bentifall executed. The rh are divide

two series, of esculent and non-esculent genera; the local | ames,
with details of size, soleue &c., are given, and should be of great
aid in determining his species; but it is to be hoped that Proteisee
Istavanffi will add a good index with the modern names

Mr. W. A. Crarxe has in the press a revised edition of his
‘‘ First Records of British Flowering Plants.

Tae number just to hand of the dAnales del Instituto Médico
Nacional "of Mexico (vol. iv. no. 7, dated July, 1899) contains an
interesting article on ‘‘ El Herbario de Berlandier,” with an account
of his ey by Dr. G. V. Alpocer, the keeper of the herbarium of
the Institu

152 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Tue Rev. E. F. Linton has now completed the manuscript of a
Flora of Bourtioanoath, which he hopes to issue before the summer.
Taking the same radius, of twelve miles, which the late Mr. T. :
Briggs adopted for his admirable Flora of Plymouth, Mr. Linton has
divided the district so formed into five divisions, arranged as far as
may be according to the watersheds. In order to fall in with the
numbering of the Flora of Hampshire, parts of the first _
districts of which lie within the twelve-mile radius, the Sto
watershed is taken to form Div. 1, with a Dorset and a Hants
subdivision ; then Div. 2 is the south te of the Avon water-

; and Di h a

part of the Isle of Purbeck, and is separated into Div. 4 an
Div. 5 by the line of the main street ee east and west) ?
Wareham, a clear and scientific boundary. The usual topics ar
discussed in intradusiory papers, and the floras of the two iintiok
ae are —

Epwarp JosEpH Los om was born at Highfield House,
Nottinghamshire, n Nov. 1825, —_ at Saceaeton Hall,

r Chepstow, on ‘the 10th 2 ‘last m nth. He was interested in

septa branches of science, more ‘capécially in astronomy and
botany, and was a Fellow of many scientific societies, including the
Royal Society, to which he was elected in 1867, and the Linnean,
which he joined in 1857. His principal work among plants was in
the ia of hybridization, in which his experiments began im

Le seaman pepe ferns—a discovery ase ; e d
by Lowe at the meeting of the British Association in 1867, was
generally diseretited He e ied the results of his numerous

ae at
volumes on Uur Native Ferns, noteworthy for the ce of for
bene eee in 1867; and a Natural History of British reise

ha first part has been issued of Genera Siphonogamarum ad
Systema Englerianum conscripta, by Drs. C. G. de Dalla Torre and
H. Harms: we hope to notice it later.

ot1on.—On p. 78 of our last issue, line 22 from top, the
weeds ‘twenty-four in’’ should be inserted before ‘‘ my own.’

204 pp. Demy 8vo, Cloth extra, price 6s. 6d. net.

BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX

Deceased British and Irish Botanists

BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G.,F.L.S., & G. 8S. BOULGER, F.L.S.

oe a eae

‘*‘ All persons interested in the history of botany and of the botanists of these
islands, but more especially those actively engaged in, botanical work involving
historical research, will weleome a reprint of the ‘ Biographical Index,’ which ran
through four volumes of this Journal, beginning in 1888. . . . And this little book
is, after all, the foundation, and a good substantial one, too, of the history of —
British and Irish botanists, baat h may some day develop into as complete and

exhaustive a work as Colmeiro’s admirable La Botdnica y los Dotdnicos de la _
pinbatila isaue Lusitana. ae other nation, I believe, possesses such a work as
the latter, and no second nation, so far as I am aware, just sueh a work as the
former.”-—W, Botting Hemsley in Journ. Bot., Sept. 1893.

‘*The utility and general naisaghet: of sie ee ver eee evident 3 in
the course of its pees in the -
then received is amply confirmed now _ the Index appears revised and completed -
up to date.” —dAtheneum, Dec. 30, 1 ae

«The details given by the authors are very concise, but, considering that they
comprise reference to other sources of information, they are adequate. eacquire- —
ments of the authors, and the unrivalled facilities oe their disposition in the ~
Museum, offer the best guarantees that their work has been well done. Those
interested in the history of horticulture, as well as in that of botany, will find the o
~ Work indispensable.’’—Gardeners’ Chronicle, Sept. 9, 1893. re

Die book has been compiled to satisfy a felt want among botanists. The —
names, dates, chief facts concerning, and p abhabed works of, botanists have been
Seretlly put together.”——-The Bookman, Aug. 139 ;

authors have done their work well, ny made a valuable contribution to

“ The
botanical literature.” — Natural Science, Oct.

First Supplement to the Above
ae (1893—97) 2 .
-PRIGE 1s. 6d- NET. -

LONDON: WEST, NEWM CO., 54 HATTON GARDEN

EUROPEAN FERNS, thei FORM, HABIT & CULTURE.

By JAMES BRITTEN, F.L. Ss.
With 30 Facsnane Corourep Puates, Painted from Nature by D. BLAIR, F.L.S.
Demy 4to, Cloth (21s.), 7s. 6d. post free
H. J: GLAISHER, New & Remainder Bookseller, 57, Wigmore Street,
London, W.

ett tae ioe on Space

By the Rev. john Gerard, s ae

Price One Shilling Hach, cloth.
SOIENCE AND heeaiunrae:

. Mr. Grant Allen’s Botanical | 4. “ Behold the Birds of the
ir

co

Fables.
Sie John Lubbock on Flowers

a 5. How “Theories are Manu-
and Insects. fa
8. Some Wayside Problems. 6. Instinct and its Lessons.

SCIENCE OR ROMANCE?

si he aol mewn 4, The Empire of Man.
2. Missing L 5. The New Genesis.
%. The bem "er ‘Speculation. 6. The Voices of Babel.
‘EVOLUTIONARY PHILOSOPHY AND COMMON SENSE.
1. “The Comfortable Word ‘Evo- | 5. Acnosticnse in Theory and in
- lution?” . ractice.
_ 2. The Foundations of Evolution. | 6. Fceittion and Design.
-3. The Mechanics of Evolution. | 7. Wisdom and Ignorance.
4. Evolution and Exact Thought. | 8. Un. Natural History.

Each of the Essays may be had separately, price id. each.

FULL LIST OF PUBLICATIONS SENT ON APPLICATION.

CATHOLIC TRUTH SOCIETY,
69 Southwark Bridge Road, London, aoe

Established 185i. shes
EES cies itn BANK
ae Sot nsmrr s Buitpinex, Cusncert Lanr, Loypox, : Pe
Invested Fun ve ‘£10,000, 000.

. Nuntiee of ‘Accounts, 85,094. —

| TWO-AND.A-HALF per CENT. INTEREST allowed on DEPOSITS, ne ape ai toca

‘TWO per CENT. on CURRENT ACCUUN'S, balances,

at arava ice Bt a £3, on the x — ‘
_STOOKS, 8 wee

No. 449 MAY, 1900 Vol. XXXVIII

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.8.G., F-L.8.

SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF Botany, British Museum (Natura History)

CONTENTS
PAGa PAGE
Alabastra Diversa.—Part VI. By Snort Nores.—Dorset Euphrasias. }
Spencer Le M. Moore, F.L.S. —A doubtful Kentish Record .. 190 :
(Plate 409) . 153 f
e European Sphagnacee “(after Notices or Boo
‘W — By E. Cuaries Handbook of fe Vio of Ceylon.
RELL, F.L.S. (¢ seermray By Henry Tron, continued —
The Genus Mathiola in Britain oe by Sir J. D. Hooxer. — Natal
AMES BRITTEN, 168 Plants. By J LEY Woop.
New Cape Plants. By Major A. H. — Synopsis der Mitteleuro-
_. Woxtgy-Dop, 170 piischen Flora. Von Pavu As- :
The Species and yb rids ‘of Mentha: CHERSON u. Paut GRAEBNER .. 191
M. Ernest Martnvaup 171 :
Abi tepicompactum —— F ese Pa — M. 193
: 175 aa
Merionethshire Lichens. By Wu Flowers of - Field. By the late
Henry WILKINSON E 182 Rev. C. A. Jonns, B.A., F.L.S. 195
Plants observed in West Mayo, as — ‘Tropicale. Par J. Co-
dpe soonye By Rev. E. 8. Re
MA., F-L.5. -. .. 184 ene” Populaire. ‘Par Ec ey
Bibliogephical 3 Notes: Rontas 197
P

eWlors Rossica.’ a
By B. Datvon Jackson, Sec.L.S. 139 Book-Notes, News, &e. .. .. .. 198

LONDON
WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, E.C.
DULAU & CO., SOHO SQUARE

Price One Shilling and Fightpence

_ JOURNAL OF BOTANY
British and Foreign

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S.,

Senior ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF Botany, British Museum (NaTuRAL History).

- a
sil

Journat oF Borany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann.
In 1872 the editorship was assumed by the late Dr. Trimen, who,
assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. G. Baker and Mr. Spen neer
ao carried it on until the end of 1879, when oy left England for
Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor.

— Without pees to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the
BS Tocrnal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is
ri ta

for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and
- punctually on the Ist of each month. While more especially concerned
with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed.
Especial prominence has from the firs ees given to British botany,
and it may safely be maa that nothing of primary importance bearing
upon this Seo has remained unnoticed.

Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive
considerable attention, and the history of a. a ples yeni
has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews w and
- importa ri iti 7 thie

_ respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in
no way officially connected with the Department of Botany of the

er
BS
-
i
J
Le)
°
B
tS
,&2
2
@o
So
cr
Q
a
py
oO
DR
het
ch py
eg
m2
is)
+ ®
| awed
= aa
Oo
<<
ey
“S

those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled
them to utilize its pages | for recording facts e interest seria importance
regarding the w the Museum contains.
Many im mportant monographs and other asekce first oT in “
“pages. In 1896 it became necessary to inerease its size, owing to
number of papers sent for publication: the number of ces was at
; the same time augmented.

‘Subscriptions (16s. post free) and sia toe rag (not later than
the 24th of each month) should be sent to Wrsr, Newman & Co.
: tg latton en, London eptustutas ius for publication and
_ books for review to Tue Baa. 126 Kennington Park Road, 8.E.

The volumes for 1884 to 1895 can still be had, price 14s. each, or
‘£7 10s. the set. Of vols. 1854 and 1885 very few copies remain A
_ The | ound - eae . 1896, birds ron and 1899 can be had —
ES est each; the 1899 volume

Tab. 409,

West, Newman imp.
A Stephanolepis centauroides. B.Phasocephelus gnidicides. _

2 “4 rk
“"h pit

a
aig

Pr Sage at = . . ele tig. 2h Ry - ¢ ff
7 ae fy

RMorgen ith.

Journ. Bot.
na

Ss.

153

ALABASTRA DIVERSA.—Parr VI.
By Spencer Le M. Moors, F.L.S§.
(Puates 409, 410.)

New Compositz.
_ Gutenbergia araneosa, sp. nov. _Fruticulosa, ramosa, foliosa,
acutis margine undulatis supra araneosis subtus albide rena
sis infer un breviter petiolatis faperiontbis cordato-
i axl

oblongis margine scariosis lete purpureis nibus breviter spinu-
loso-acuminatis araneoso-pubescentibus, achzniis 4-gonis 4-costatis.
Hab. British East Africa, between Lé and Peein: 1898; Lord

ment (Herb. Mus. Brit.).
a 2°0-4:0 cm. long., 0-7-1:0 cm. lat., snel nervosa.

oun 4-0-6-0 cm. diam. Pedicelli modici 0°6-1:0 lon
graciles, appresse pubescentes. a ecto 0-8 cm, diam. olaechiad
-5 cm. long. phylla extima 0:22 ¢ . long., interiora 0-4 cm

long., 0°12 cm. lat. Corolle cubaralay in toto 0°7 em. long. lobi
lineares. Acheni nia 0:1- . 12 em. long., fere omnino glabra

In external appearance this is most like G. Riippellit Soh. Bip.
The chief peculiarities spunk it are the clothing of the leaves, the
shape of the inner involucral scales, and the 4-costate achenes.

Stephanolepis

Compositarum e fe Vernoniacearum genus novum (tab. 409).
a, multiflosculosa. Involueri late campanu-
ra, in

lati phylla luriseriate, extima minora, inappendiculata, reliqua
mina scariosa erosa coronata Receptaculum planum, alveolatum
Corolla stricte actino sensim angus

ata, 5-fida.
Anthere basi sagittate satin ‘obins sis contiguis, apice connectivo
lanceolato instructe. Styli sursum incrassati rami lineari-subulati,
hirtelli. Achzenia parva, 4- B- -gono-cylindrica, truncata, fere glabra.
Pappus uniserialis, e ner circa 10 brevibus ‘scabridis caducissimis
compositus.—Suffrutex foliosus. Folia parva, alterna, membran
acea, penninervia. Capita solitaria, pedunculata, terminalia eal
axillaria. Flosculi purpurei
Stepha — centauro ides, sp. unica. Caule sparsim
ramoso usque at 15-0 em. alt. aticabente sates puberulo, en
subsessilibus sbianeeolatie brevissime spinuloso- sdsneninetin margin
dentato-undulatis pubescentibus mox scabriusculis in sicco viridibus
usque ad 3-0 cm. long. et 1:0 cm. lat. cree not vero 1°0-1'5 cm
long. et 0-8-0:4 cm. lat., pedunculis 2 2'0-3-0 cm. long. appresse
pubescentibus, capitulis 1- 0 cm. long. usque 1° 5 a diam. circa 40-
flosculosis, involucri 6-serialis phyllis extimis serr. 1 et 2 hisieentah
acuminatis illis 0°1-0-15 cm. long. his duplo sacar phyllis

Journat or Borany.—Vou. 88. [May, 1900.]

154 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

interioribus a 0-5 cm. long. lamina deltoideo- i ay varie

sa vel lacerata onustis, — in toto vix 1:0 em. long. extus
papilloso- seco lobis 0°83 em. long. lineari-oblongis apice extus
echinulatis, acheeniis pallide tC 0-2 cm. long., 0°14 em. lat.,

pappi setis 0:2-0-25 cm. long., albis
ab. So maliland oe Sheik, 1897; Mrs. Lort Phillips

(Herb. Mus. Bri

The affinity ‘of the genus here proposed is undoubtedly with
Bothriocline, which, with similar achenes, has yet a different
inflorescence, seaimees: and pappus. As-regards its "involusre,
Stephanolepis shows an approach towards Contrather but in
achene and pappus the two are quite different. The position
proposed for Stephanolepis is next to Bathriocting.

The pappus is so extremely caducous as to render the exact
geaoel std . the sete a alten of shiek difficult ‘de

Vernonia (§ Lermetia) Phillipsiz, sp. nov. Suffructicosa

inuloso-acuminatis (intimis potius mucronatis) et sursum pur-
pie is et puberulis, acheniis hispidulis obscure 10-costatis, pappi
straminei aquans anceolatis abbreviatis setis scabriusculis

Hab. maliland, Wagga Mountains, and above The Upper
Sheik, 1897 ; v9 Lort Phillips (Herb. Mus. Brit.).

Folia circa 0°8 cm. long. et Q-4 cm. lat. (summa vero minora),
coriaceo-membrariacea, margine saltem in sicco revoluta, creberrime
nigro-glandulosa. Capitula 1:0 cm. long., 0-8 em. lat. _— neuli

em. long. Involucri phylla extima circa 0-2 cm. long.;
pisrioede Gaby 0-4 cm. et intima 0-6 cm. long. Plossl 08 cm.

his is very distinet from any species pac described. The
small often lobulate leaves, the sparse heads on long peduncles,
ria — Nery short outer involucral seales are ‘sees its distinctive
fea

cubhalvide tomentellis, anil parvis circa 8-flo sis in Beatie
terminalibus sat densis minute pubescentibus ‘folia subequantibus
digestis, involucri ampanulati circa 6-serialis phyllis

ucrl anguste campa
(intimis lanceolatis elongatis exemptis) ovato- oblongis obtuse acutis
laxe adpressis membranaceis ananeoso-ciliolatis, acheniis subtur-
binatis 4-costatis heat ee: pappi fulvidi setis exterioribus paucis
interioribus scabridi
ab. Rabai Hills, Mombasa, 1885; Rev. W. E. Taylor (Herb.
Mus. Brit.).

ALABASTRA DIVERSA 155

Folia modice 4:0-6:0 cm long., et 2°5 cm. lat., minora vero
exstant nequaquam ultra 2:0 cm. ORB microscopice glandulosa,

membranacea ; petioli circa 0°3 ¢ m. long., pubescentes. Paniculi
ye 0-5-0 cm. diam. Ca itula 0°8 cm ‘long 0°35 em. lat. Involucri
5 cm. long. phylla extima 0-18 cm. long.; intermedia 0°25

et intima 0-35 cm. long., phylla omnia aliquantulo carinata.
culi 0-7 cm. long. Acheenia 0-2-0-25 em. long. Pappi sete interiores
0°6 cm. long.
The crenate- dentate leaves and close panicles of small heads,
together hs the tawny pappus, are the chief characteristics of
this specie

Vernonia (§ Cyanoris) Bellinghamii, sp. nov. Fruticosa
ramulis sat eoalidis adpresse et subfulvide tomente llis maturitate

pappi stcatiiitfel cath axterionbid paucis interioribus sealividie.

H Lukoma, Lake Nyassa, 1887; Wm. gee asta
Mus. Brit.) : Coe 1891; Buchanan (No. 1 in Herbb.
Mus. Brit. & Kew 1124 in Herb. Kew.): raise East
Africa ; Rev. al hApaenee Johnson (No. 48 in Herb. Kew.).

Folia usque 7:0 cm. long. (modice vero 4-0-5-0 cm. long., et

Involueri 0°8 cm. long. vix 0:3 cm. lat. phylla extima 0°15 cm.,
intermedia 0°83 cm., in ee 0-6 es ie Flosculi 0- 6 cm. long.
Achenia turbinata, 0: 25¢ 0 lat
Hasily recogni ized by reason of “the elliptical leaves tomentose
pap and the sabuubéllnge masses of narrowly cylindrical 4-flowered
capitula.

Vernonia (§ Cyanoris) meiocalyx, sp. nov. Fruticosa, Sry
gracili tereti minute edna ats foliis spe ovato-cordatis acu
atis margine acute dentatis denticulatisve basi in petiolum fats
longum subito eauseaistina supra fere glabris subtus pubescentibus
tenuiter membranaceis, capitulis parvis dense paniculatis circa 10-
flosculosis, hi Ae abbreviati 4. serialis phyllis exterioribus lineari-
lanceolatis
dorso avidin tis margine araneoso-ciliolatis, acheniis cylindricis
6-costatis costis pubescenti
Hab. British East Afr frica, Cantalla and a also Ela4mo
(4500 ft. )s ee Lord Delamere (Herb. Mus. Bri
Caulis iam., wtate haud meridians Folia matura
10: 0-120 © em. long., 5°0-8-0 cm lat.; petioli 1°5-2°0 cm. long.,
minute tomentelli. Paniculi 5-0-6-0 cm. diam. Involucri 0°3 em.
long. phylla viridescenti-subscariosa, exteriora 0°17 cm long.,
intima 0°3 em. long. et 01 cm. lat. Corolla 0-7 cm. long. Acblvientes
mM 2

156 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

0°15 cm. long., 0:06 cm. lat. Pappi sete exteriores pauce, interiores

somewhat larger heads, with broader eee scales, and longer
pec few-ribbed, nearly glabrous achenes. Dr. Hoffmann
refers to his V. brachycaly iiflebranat’s No. 2466, a plant with
its pis rg pappus of sete not of scales, and therefore not referable
to § Lepidella. This is exceedingly near V. meiocalyx, but its leaves
are much smaller and differently shaped, the involucral scales =
aiierhat broader, and the turbinate achenes are more like thos
of V. brachycalyx. i propose to distinguish this as V. Lisfoenetina.

eronia decumbens Banks MSS., sp. nov. Suffruticosa?,
undanter ramosa, glutinosa, foliis ee rigidis lineari-subu-
latis obtusis erecto-patentibus basi antibus, capitulis ter-

minalibus subsessilibus eolitarit le prea cylindricis 4-
posters involucri phyllis circa 7-seriatis extimis abbreviatis una
rmediis ovatis eens oblongis intimis vero lineari-
iausclatia” omnibus obtusis arcte adpressis firmis nequaquam
scariosis, acheeniis dense villos os
Hab. Cape Colony; Francis Masson (Herb. Mus. Brit.): Touw
River Railway Station, 1885, at 2500 ft. of elevation; Bolus (Herb.

Folia 0: 7 cm. long. (summa vero breviora), basi vaginante 0- 15
em. sursum 0-1 cm. lat., facie superiori plana vel pie: concava
inferiori rotunda, sacee striata. Capitula 1-0 cm. long., 0°35 cm.
lat. aaa phyla extima 0-3 cm. long., 0-2 cm. lat. ; "intermedia
circa 0°6 ma 0°9 cm. long., omnia araneoso-ciliolata et in
innlita vat talen siccitate) pluristriata. Achenia turbinata,

in Pappi sete vix usque 0-6 cm. long., basi ipsa
crete.

Nearest P. apepere Linn, fil., but with many peculiar features,
such as the much shorter and narrower leaves nec ciagh gil rower
not-fascicled heads, the poste obtuse Savolauead scales, &

Gnaphali sulatum, sp. Caule erecto ‘ciated
humili vel elongato ‘ibid lanato, foliis ‘cadieaibad sessilibus arcte
rosulatis late lineari-spathulatis obtusis supra glabris Et gr Sr

u
capitulorum be terminalibus subspheroideis, capitulis akionaa
obtusis lanatis 80-fiose diosa flosculis 5 bisexualibus, involucri
phyllis tatineolatiy interioribus lamina acuta alba coronatis, acheniis
compressis.

ab. Sierra Nevada, Santa Marta, New Grenada; F. A. A.
Simons, 1880 (Herb. Mus.

Exempll. majorum aake: ibe ad 17-0 em., minorum nonnum-
quam ad 15 em. miniatus. Folia radicalia 1-5-2- 0 cm. long., 0°3—
0°5 cm. lat. Cyme 15 cm. diam. C os 0-6 cm. long., 0°25
5 me Involucri enn a interiora 0-4 i

Ache

ong. nia 0-1 em. long., sabia bas Neweitas
basbellaser, 0-3 cm. long. 8 pappi se

ALABASTRA DIVERSA 157

Kasily panne from the seoole rosulate radical leaves woolly
below and glabrous above, and the terminal subspheroidal cymes.
The small aed were ines at 12,000 ft. of elevation; the
pci one probably lower down. Sie xcept in the matter of height,
I e no difference between the

specimens in the Kew Faciaccoe gathered by Purdie at

Banta gE ae most probably be referred here. They differ
m Mr. Sim only in having somewhat larger cymes, an
es larger ead ves oe to the scales of the involucre.

Gnaphalium Simonsii, sp. n Planta ascendens,
mosa, ramis tenuibus folingia scot Ianatle maturitate araciccid

flosculis iaastis 8 8, involucri S Ohyltis lanceolatis interioribus
lamina acuta straminea auctis, acheniis immaturis subteretibus.
Hab. Sierra Nevada, Sona Marta, New Grenada ; "P. 7 aw
Simons, 1880 (Herb. Mus. Bri
olia modice 1:0-1'5 em. gs fe (inferiora vero sepe 3:0 cm.
attingentia) et 0°1-0:2 cm. lat., membranacea. Cyme 1:0-1°5 cm.
di apitula 0°5 cm. long., 0°35 em. lat. Involucri phylla

rie the last, from which it can seadily be told by its
iad habit, non-rosulate narrow leaves, more laxly massed
capitula, straw- colou red tips to the inner involueral scales, heads
with only = hantiaplsiiie — &e.

licaria Phillipsiz, sp.n Suffruticosa, humilis, cerebro
ramosa, p basins, ramis erectis Aolioss foliis confertis Sadailibas
longe spadlinkato- oblongis deorsum integerrimis sursum pinnatifido-

lobulatis, pedunculis a excedentibus terminalibus solitariis mono-
phalis, capitulis pro genere majusculis radiatis multiflosculosis,
involucri phyllis Tneari- lanceolatis exterioribus acutis _herbaceis

dcativalati, disci flosculorum lobis longe acuminatis, antheris sires
breviter ac simpliciter caudatis, acheniis puberulis, pappi
exterioribus in cupulam brevem laceratam connatis cote
paucis cous 10) scabridis.

Hab. Somaliland, Upper tr and Wagga Mountain, 1897 ;
Mrs. Lon Phiilips (Herb. Fes Bri

sus, rarissime Abrilliferas Folia modice cm. long.,
ho i oblongi, obtusi, 0-3-0-4 cm aa cli 5:0-
» bracteis anguste aes 0-5- long.

] a 0°8 ong.

Ligule 0°85 cm. long., 0-2 em. lat. —_ nia 0- 15-0: 25 aa sae
Pappi sete interiores 0°5 cm. long., stram

The lowly habit—much that of P. / Renschiana Vatke—the

158 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Lapeer “sce leaves, long one-headed peduncles, large heads,

and the minate corolla- ere of the oo florets are the chief
eee a which this plant can be reco d.
rantia flabellata, sp.nov. Ca nia bie viato vipa ata

superne sparsim ramoso Pees eeu foliis inferioribus subrosu-
latim congestis longe flabellato-cuneatis apice 7- den tatis laxe
araneoso-lanatis superioribus late oblanceolatis apice 3-4-dentatis
albide pilosis, pedunculis crassis folia paullo excedentibus vel sub-
eequantibus, capitulis radiatis, involucri phyllis exterioribus foliis
subsimilibus late lanceolatis obtusis viridibus capitula paullo exce-
dentibus interioribus lanceolatis acuminatis disco subg uilongis
ub lente minute ciliolatis ceterum glabris, ligulis discum paullo
excedentibus, acheeniis basi et apice hirtulis, pappi “soaraet setis
10 acheniis 4- ipo longioribus.

an, Arabia, 1898; Liewt.-Col. 4. S. G. Jayakar (Herb.
Mus. Bri

it.).

Tota planta circa 5 cm. alt. Folia inferiora 2:0 cm. long., basi

‘2 cm. sub apice usque 12 cm. lat., egregie nervosa; superiora
Si

8-5 cm. long. Capitula 2°5 cm. diam. Involucri phylla exteriora
PG - em. et interiora 1:0 cm. i hee sursum decoloria. Achenia
0 0:

«7 Pappo
ae to G. ia Boiss, “ Earn whi ch it can be easily
decane by reason of its lowly habit, its broadly flabellate
several-toothed lower leaves, its ee erenely shaped upper leaves, its

Phzocephalus
Scant e tribu Anthemidearum genus novum (tab. 409).
ula homogama, dis gm pauci(4—8)-flosculosa, flosculis
Ba ‘linaaaaia: is 2 fer us reliquis sterilibus. Invo-
lucrum anguste cylindricum, oly lis 5, uniseriatis, arcte contiguis,
inter se liberis, concavis, inappendiculatis, dorso dense fu vido-

obtuse, integree, apice lamina lanceolata aucte. Styli rami appla-
nati, apice truncati et penicillati. Achwnia 8-4-gono-cylindrica,
utrinque angustata, in longitudinem striata. Pappus brevis, uni-
seriatus, e paleis paucis laceratis wader 13 mentientibus compositus.
—Fruticulus sparsim ramosus. Rami dense foliati. Folia alterna,
integra vel trifida, rigidula. Capita parva, 2-bracteolata, in
glomerulam globosam terminalem dense aggregata. Achsnia
glabra.

Pheocephalus gnidioides, sp. unica. Ramis rigidis dense
fulvido-villosis demum glabris, foliis sessilibus lineari-oblanceo-
latis mucronatis villosia mox supra fere glabris subtus araneosis

peau glomerulis 2°5 cm. diam., eapitulis in toto paullo ultra
1:0 cm. long., bracteolis linearibus villosulis circa 0-6 cm. long.,

ALABASTRA DIVERSA 159

involueri phyllis lineari-oblongis obtusis intus politis 0-8 em. long.,
corolle verisimiliter albe 0-6 cm. long. tubo sursum amplificato
puberulo, filamentis sursum dilatatis, acheniis 0-4 cm. long. pallide
fulvidis, pappo 0°1 cm. long.
Hab. Cape Colony; Niven (Herb. Mus. Brit

is is a very remarkable plant, and looks ee first sight so little
like a Composite that even a botanist might be excused for referring
it elsewhere pending dissection. The most singular point about it
is the uniseriate involucre: in some other respects it reminds one
of Inuloideous genera such as Metalasia and Disparago, but the tail-
less anthers forbid its reference to the Inuloidea. In this latter

placed.

Dr. Ranv’s Ruopestan ComposirZ.

The collections made in Rhodesia in 1897 and 1898 by Dr.
R. F. Rand, F.L.S., si ‘presented to the British Museum, contain
the following Composit

Vernonia Ps age “0, & H. Buluwayo, early June and May.
Nos. 277 &

V. ito re O. & H. Salisbury, Sept. No. 626.

V, glabra Vatke. Buluwayo, May. No. 358.

V. glabra Vatke, var. Salisbury, Sept. No. 622

V. humilis C. H. Wright. Salisbury, late Dec. and May. Nos.
153 & 492.

V. Kraussii Sch. Bip. Buluwayo, Dec.; Salisbury, May. Nos.
150 & 624.

V. MelleriO. & H. Salisbury, Aug. No.

V. Poskeana Vatke & Hildebr. var. ee Fisk. Buluwayo,
May. No. 344.

é Randii S. Moore. Salisbury, July. No. et

V. Tenoreana O. & H. Salisbury, July. No. 497.

Detris fascicularis (Felicia fascicularis DC.). Buluwayo, May.
No. 347.

D. simulans (Aster simulans Harv.). Salisbury, Aug. No. 491.

D. tenella (Felicia tenella Nees). Buluwayo, rage n. No. 185.

Nidorella resedifolia DC. Buluwayo, Dec.

Erigeron canadense L. Salisbury, Aug. No. 481,

Buluwayo

Laggera purpurascens Sch. Bip. calchey, July and Aug. Nos.
480 & 500.

Blumea gariepina DC. Bulawayo, Dec. No. 278.

Epaltes gariepina Steetz. Buluwayo, May. No. 354.

Spheranthus peduncularis DC. Buluwayo, May. No. 8

a luteo-album L. Buluwayo and talidiary, Dec.
Nos. 186 & 1

160 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY |

5 ae es ca@spititium Sond. Buluwayo, early Jan. No. 100.

H. dec rere um Less. Salisbury, late Dec.; Buluwayo, May.
Nos. 152 & 8

H. Krauss ‘Sch. Bip. Salisbury, July. No. 581.

H. leptolepis DC. Buluwayo, May. No. vp

. setosum Harv. Salisbury, July. No.

Athrixia elata Sond. Valley of ~via Sees Salisbury district,
Sept. No. 484.
Pulicaria capensis DC. Buluwayo, May. No. 356.
— protensa Harv. var. pubigera 8. Moore. Buluwayo, Dee.

a. ao. S. Moore. Buluwayo, May. ae oa

G. Randii 8. Moore. Buluwayo, May. No. 38

Wedelia diversipapposa 8. roe ore. Buluwayo, oe an. No. 111.
Bidens pilosa L. Buluwayo, May. No. 340.

Chrysanthellum ov canbens Bets, Buluwayo, ee Jan. No. 148.
Artemisia afra Jacq. Salisbury, July. No.

S. Randii S. Moore. Salisbury, Sept. No. 625.

Euryops Osteospermum 8. Moore. Salisbury, July. No. 498.

E., Osteospermum §, Moore, var. parvifolia. " Galishoey: late Dec.
No. 109.

Othonna ambifaria §. Moore. Near Shashi River, Jan. a 110.

Osteospermum herbaceum Li. fil. Salisbury, Aug. No.

Haplocarpha scaposa Harv. Buluwayo, Dec. No.
Gazania Krebsiana Less. var. hispidula Harv. Bidisbury, July.

o. 490.
Crocodilodes Zeyhert (Berkheya Zeyheri O. & H.). Buluwayo,
early Jan. No. 113.

Berkheyopsis integrifolia Volkens. Buluwayo, Dec. No. 133.

Centaurea agin “he 0. & H., var. Salisbury, eg No. 482.

icoma anomala Sond. Buluwayo, June. No.

Gerbera iiweaaiie Sch. Bip. Salisbury, Sepi. No 0. 623.

G. piloselloides Cass. Salisbury, Dec. No. 112

Lactuca Apia Thunb. Buluwayo, May ; Salisbury, July.
Nos. 349 &

Sonchus Le Hiern. Salisbury, ee No. 483.

S. macer §. Moore. Salisbury, Sept. No.

(To be continued.)

161

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEA
(aFTER WarnsTorF)
By E. Cuartes Horrext, F.L.S.
(Continued from p. 122.)

Descriptions oF SPEciEs.
§ 1, Spuacna acutirot1a Schimp. Spp. 1-11.
Leaves of the spreading branches usually ovate- lanceolate, small

trapezoid, always inserted between the hyaline cells on the inner
surface of the leaf; hyaline cells much more convex on the outer

0
hyaline and srgeias fo cells, seksi! smooth. Pores on the
inner surface of the le af round, and gener

ery various; at the lateral margins generally with relatively phe
borat which is much widened below. Cortical cells of the

two) large pores; inner walls with small pores. Monoicous,
dioicous, or polyoicous. Plants especially in the igper part fre-
quently purple- or violet-red.

11:6. FIMBRIATUM Wils. in Hook. Fi. Antaret. ii. 898 (1847).
48 (1877).

S, toa drei or S. Gi trgensohnit
-cylinder always pale een oF r yellowish, never red.
Stem- cortex 2-8-layered, superficial cells usually somewhat wider,
and with one, more rarely with two ringed ies each ; transverse
and lateral walls of the inner cells also por
Stem-leaves large, from a narrower sete gr radually wider and

in the apical al of the leaf very dak mboid, poled several
times divided, almost invariably og SE and without pores ;

162 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

border much widened rao - formed of very narrow cells with
pitted walls; auricles very s

Fascicles according to tne | habitat, sometimes pyr sometimes
close together, each of 3-4 branches, of — the two stronger are
spre eading, he others mere against the stem; sprea ae ng branches
usually thin, long, pointe and ee more rarely shorter and
saersacrie or orthocladou

nch-leaves imbricate or with recurved to squarrose apices ;

pris huaceolite, narrowly bordered, with margin incurved above ;

fibrillar rings on the ag surface * the upper half of the leaf;

pores, which are gual placed Betwoatt Pee fibrils; on the outer

ringed, the middle ones with weaker border, and the lowermost non-
ringed and in the middle of the cell |-wall, while the others are
semi- elliptical and placed on the commissures ; the inner and outer
pores at times cover one other, so that in the upper half of the leaf,
especially near the margins, complete perforation of the cell ensues;
membranes with numerous plice. Pore-formation in the leaves
of th e pendulous branches similar, but on the outer side near the
apex also with large cavities. Retort-cells of the branch-cortex
without recurved neck, with a large opening . the apex, an
se an also with a small pore in the lower
Chlorophyllose cells in spot isosceles- pend asp “inserted between
e hyaline cells on the inner surface, and free on be surfaces ;
nyultnes cells more strongly convex on the outer surfac
Monoicous; male bran ches i in the enihiegiaviiia’ aac part cla-

part above the base dive always non- fibrillo ose and non- porose.
Perichetial bracts large, lingulate-spatulate, composed in the lower
part of elongated rectangular pitted chlorophyllose cells only, m

the upper part with both kinds of cells; hyaline cells at the apex
at times aie rhomboid, several times septate and with reabsorbed

membrane, and hence the apex itself is often fimbriate; usually,
biwiee the apical part of the leaf is cucullate, and is then com-
posed of small somewhat remarkable green cells only ; always non-

n-poro
large, urceolate when empty, ps eudopodium up to 4 cm. long. Spores
yellow-brown, smooth, 25-30 p» in diameter.

Hab. Shady swamps in forests, swampy margins of lakes, alder-
swamps, clay-pits, &c., in e plain ms and lowland regions; much
less common in mountai us a

egion
8. nim mbriatum is a soniparatively ‘but little mes sigh wey and
a at present recognizes three main varietie
robustum Braithw. in Sphagn. Brit. thes . No. 44
(1877). (Syn. S. squarrosum var. laxum Braithw.i in The Sphagnacea,

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACE 1638

61, 1880.) Plants very robust, resembling in habit a robust S. Gir-
gensohnii. Tufts pale and lax. Stem-leaves very large, otherwise
normal. Pores in the stem-cortex very strongly developed. Fascicles,
according to the wetter or drier habitat, more widely separated, or
nearer together; the spreading branches even immediately below
the capitulum very long (to 3 em.) and recurved ; cortical cells of
branches with scattered pores; branch-leaves very large, imbricate
or with the apex more or less squarrose. Of this variety the var.
flagellaceum Schlieph. (in Irmischia, 1882) (syn. var. flagelliforme

nst. i ale

ell i
ieee 1886, 135, a mabe ed or cating form ising, Se silat)
Gilmour, 1898); the var. compaetum Warnst. in Die Europiische
Torfm. 115 (1881) is a densely tufted form ; ot the var. strictum
Grav. is a form with upright spreading branche

3) Var. arcticum Jens. Tufts firm, modest t, whitish. Stem
with short closely arranged Ampere) erect and stouter branches.
reer shorter and closely imbrica

. 8. Grreznsounn Russ. nie 46 (1865).

s n. 8S. acutifolium var. wa bape Germ. i. 22 (1823).
S. fimbriatum var. majus A. Braun in Herb.; var. strictum Vindh,
m, Byggn. 138 (1862). S. pprien Lindb. in Act. Soc. Se.

263 (1872).

ae Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exs. No. 4
e forms resembling S. fimbriatum, ah more robust ones
fntbies the green or pale forms of S. Russowii. Tufts looser or
enser, higher or lower, greyish-green, bluish-green, yellow-green,
straw-coloured, brown or pale throughout. Plants never red, when
dry usually somewhat rigi

Wood-cylinder always yellowish or pale, never red.

Stem-cortex of 8-4, rarely 2-3 layers; sapertcial cells with 1,
rarely with 2-3 senceatlg eueed pores each; cross-walls of the inner
cells likewise porose.

Stem-leaves generally of medium size, rarely small or large, with
slightly undulate margins, above not or very rarely slightly gengee.
hence lingulate to lingulate-spatulate, generally fimbriate on t
whole broadly-rounded apex; border broad, becoming wider near
the base and formed of very narrow pitted cells, ns a pale
brown, never reddish ; the A al Deg ne ee a quadrate or

r
brils and scattered pores very pte in the editle of the leaf, si
rare near the lateral margins, and here = at times with pseudo-
fibrils ; usually, however, without any fibri
Brings 8-5 in a fascicle, the 2-3 teenie; “cere usuall
elongated and drepanocladous, or shorter and but little bent out-
wards, anocladous or orthocladous. KRetort-cells of the branch-

164 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

cortex with not or only slightly recurved neck, at the apex with a
single large opening, and frequently also with an unringed pore in
the middle. Branch-leaves in form and cell-structure similar to
8S. Jimbriatum, lanceolate, toothed si the rounded-truncate apex,
margin incurved above, narrowly bordered, in the middle of the

leaves of the corresponding branches as in S, fenbriadaaa
Chlorophyllose cells in section shortly isosceles-trapezoid, inserted
between the hyaline cells on the leaf inner surface, and free on both
surfaces ; hyaline cells more convex on the outer surface of the leaf.
ous; male brauches ited in os antheridium-bearing
part, light brown, never red. Perigonial bracts somewhat br oader
and shorter than the leaves of the sterile branches 8, above produced

d upper parts with both kinds of cells, and at the apex itself
again of usually small vermicular chlorophyllose cells o always
without fibrils or pores. Auricles very small. Capsule large, on a
longer or shorter a Spores yellow- ‘eae smooth.
eed Fruit very ra

b. Damp marshy ‘fir woods; rare in the piste | _ one of
the soiaabal species in mountainous and alpine regio
istrib. Scandinavia, Finland, Scotland, England Germany;
Belgium, Asia, North America.

8 98 Morag ait is most closely related to S. Russowii; but

Russow, ania aving examined at least one thousand specimens
of the former and five hundred of the latter, states that in no

=~ was cet any difficulty in determining to which species

any specimen should be referred, and was con nvinced that they

obtuse. en a y ofeon rare y macro- or brachy-, homalo-,
ak or cato-cladous, never ortho- or ano-cladous, "frequently
eurycladous. In loose deep tufts in very damp or generally quite
wet situations es sok a or mixed forests. ikl Boe of medium
size, generally brachyphyllous, as broad or broader than long, rarely

a little ages to sem times as long as wide; generally from the broad

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE 165

base narrowed above, with the apex — truncate and toothed.
edian hyaline cells above the base generally much widened ; never
with pee fibres, never hemi-isoph silos. Pores of the stem- cortex
large, numerous, — ed or more frequently not bordered. Rela-
tiuals frequent in fru
ar. commune “R ss. in Warnst. Kurop. Torfm. ser.
no. 873 (1894). Stem-leaves of medium size, lingulate, en

r to
rarely ieaohy-cladous, eat homalo-, ano-, arte or dasy-
cladous ; very rarely fruiting. Ind but not Pas wet places.

close. Branches either elongate and ver e and
apeeating: or recurved, or shorter and anocladous, earn ser in the
capitulu
(5) Vic. gracilescens Gray. apud Warnstorf in Hedwigia, 1884
119. A slender delicate form of the habit of S. fimbriatum, with
elongate recurved spreading branches.
ar. id bea Russ. in Warnst. ie mm. Europ. Torfm.
m-leaves of medium size to large, lingu-
fate, eae ie and fimbriate, apiulan eatbely distinct ;
siege green, vivid green to yellowish- or brownish-green and
wn; generally very robust, with the oe fascicles very regu-
lay arranged in rows, ge nerally dasycladou
Var. leptostachy ys Russ. in Warnstorf, Tate. Torfm. ser. i.
no. i (1888). Plants 20- os m. high; tufts rather dense, not
very widely spread, i ai am err: situations in bogs. Branches
generally thin and ddlieats, ih filiform. Male branches somewhat
markedly clavate, of a vivid yellow-rust colour. Plants yellow- or
pale-green or Jade! grey-green; generally meso- a Syeladous, homalo-
or ano-cladous, more rarely macro-catacladous or dasycladous.
Stem-leaves large to very large, but little longer than wide, at the
apex but little or not at all narrowed, broadly truncate and fimbriate
Rarely fruitin
(8) Var. molle Russ. in Warnstorf, Europ. Torfm. Plants
5-15 cm. or more in length, weak and delicate, Hight to rather dark
green tinged with yellow or brown, to dark brownish-yellow, some-
times bluish- or grass-green, darker coloured below. Meso- to

166 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

macro-cladous, generally drepanocladous, sometimes homalo- and
cato-cladous or eury- and dasy-cladous; in somewhat extended
tufts in low-lying damp grassy places in alder and birch swamps.
Stem-leaves of medium size to small, not rarely with pseudo-fibrils ;
hemi-isophyllous forms not rare. :
(9) Var. squarrosulum Russ. in Archiv. Naturk. Dorpat. Biol.
vii. 1870, 130. Plants very small; branch-leaves recurved at apex;
branches shorter, only slightly curved. é
10) Var. stachyodes Russ. in Warnstorf, Europ. Torfm. ser. 1.

from the base to the apex. Capitulum not broader than the rest of
the plant, comal branches generally very regularly radiating ;
generally only green or yellow-green at the top, below yellowish or
whitish; brachy- to meso-, more rarely macro-cladous; homalo-
drepano-, ano-, and ortho-cladous, often delicate and dasycladous.
Small to very robust, forming cushion-like masses in swamps and
grassy places in woods.

(11) Var. werophilum Russ. in Archiv Naturk. Liv- Est- &
Kurl. x. 4, p. 503 (1894). Stem-leaves small to medium size,
lingulate-rectangular, very broadly truncate, at times wider at the
fimbriate apex than at the base. Capitulum not marked, generally
dasycladous ; greyish or yellowish green, generally yellow to brown.
In relatively dry places, and most of the alpine forms of the species
belong here. Sometimes compact and homalo-, ano-, or ortho-

us; sometimes delicate, soft, and leptocladous; sometimes
robust, rigid, and pachycladous.

ooser and deeper or denser and shorter, pale yellowish-green, gree,
brownish-yellow, violet-, rose-, or purple-red.

Wood-cylinder usually red, more rarely pale.

Stem-cortea irregularly 2-3- or 3-4-layered; superficial cells
with irregularly scattered small or large non-bordered pores; inner
cortical cells with numerous small pores.

Fascicles with 4-5 branches, distant or closely approached ;
2-83 stronger branches spreading, recurved and homalocladous, or

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE 167

anocladous, sometimes longer, sometimes shorter, the pendent

branches very long and closely adpressed to the stem. Retort-

cells of the cortex with the neck but little recurved, and having

always a large pore at the apex, and frequently also another in the
middle.

Branch-leaves closely or loosely imbricate, usually with the apex
somewhat recurved, more rarely almost squarrose, very rarely

plice above the base; the hyaline cells with ae folds ;
pore- formation on both Sigeliea of the mee as in S. fimbr

enclo sed by the hyaline cells on the outer surface or free
oe surface the hyaline adie: are slightly convex, much more so
the outer surface of the leaf.

Diam us, rarely monoicous; male branches in the antheridium-
bearing part clavate, always violet: or purple-red; bracts in form,
cell-structure, and pore-formation similar to the leaves on the carta
branches, usually fibrillose to the base, more rarely some cells abov
the base without fibrils. Perichetial bracts as in S. Girg emo
* — red. Spores 21-88 » in diameter, smooth, yellow. Fru

geen S. Russowii inhabits similar localities to S. peek satay
mixture.

( 1) ar. virescens Russ. in Zur Kenntniss, in hich: Naturk.
Liv- Est- Se) Kurland, Bd. x. Lief. 4, p. 505 (syn. var. Girgen-
eesti Russ. apud Warnstorf in Bot. Gaz. xv. 182. Entirely
green with hes a slight a of red.

2). ar. flavescens Russ. Zur Kona l.c. Yellow forms
with a alight admixture of green or

(3) Var. purpurascens Russ. l. c. ae or less purple forms.

(4) Var. rhodochroum Russ. l.c. Forms having a mixture be

branch hes.
(5) Var. pecilum Russ. l.c. Forms of a dull violet-red colour.

(To be continued.)

168

THE GENUS MATHIOLA IN BRITAIN.
By James Brirten, F.L.S.

n the Botanical Magazine for March (t. 7703) Mr. eer oe
site ** Both sien incana and M. sinuata are no
growing wild in Britain; the rin er on cliffs in the Isle of Y Wisht,
and the latter on the coasts of Devon, Cornwall, and Wales; but

usion er two plants from our Flora; the following

n (1683) sets aside the English localities which
Gerard seers “to aa is and other plants described in the same

great plenty of Leucojum es inum majus, ya. 291; but all in
the circumference of about + of a mile, and = one plant of
them in flower and that with good seed.” Ray, in 1686, writes
‘‘Invenimus in litore arenoso insule Angleseig 1 in rer é regione
Caernarvan oppidi in Wallia, atque etiam in extrema parte Cornubie,
et alibi in litoribus arenosis’’ (Hist. Plant. i. 780): the Carnarvon
locality he déscribes in Cat. Plant. Angl. 192 (1670) as ‘at Aber-

aren in Carnarvanshire.”” In the herbariun of Adam Buddle (d.
1715) there is a specimen ‘‘ from Mr. Stephens ont of Cornwall.”
In 1773 Banks collected it in Flintshire at ‘* Breton Ferry, on @
little sandy bay through pia the road passes at low water half a
mile to me westward’ (Herb. Mus. Brit.), M. sinuata, indeed,
seems to have been a characteristic sli of the Welsh coast, for,
besides the bodlities already mentioned, we have specimens from
Barmouth (Merioneth), Swansea cee oi bob es Opes
and Traeth Mawr (Hugh Davies s), a bay he mouth of t
Madoe, on the border of Carnarvon and Meri :

It is clear, however, that the plant has ca been dying out,
and it would be worth while to ascertain whether it is still to be
found. Dillwyn (Flora of Swansea, 35 (1848) ) says: ‘In 180 02
was plentiful on the sandhills between Swansea and the Mumbles,
but has now become rare: it grows also sparingly on the aed -side
between the Eastern Pier and Crumlyn Burrows,’ A note by the
Rev. D. Broughton in Phytol. iv. 880 (1853) states that at Bar-
mouth, where it was “ formerly abundant,”” he ‘could only find
three weak plants, not in flower.” Mr, Griffith, in his Flora of

THE GENUS MATHIOLA IN BRITAIN 169

Anglesey and Carnarvon, says it is extinct in both these counties.
ut there seems no ground for doubting that M. sinuata is
‘indigenous or aboriginal”’ in Wales.
n England it may be regarded as probably extinct, although
there seems no reason to suppose that it was not indigenous in

Mr. Mansel Pleydell does not include it as a Dorset plant ; but in
Smith’s Correspondence (i. 485) will be found a letter from the

&

0
(Engl. Bot. t. 1935) runs: ‘ Discovered by Mr. Turner and Mr. W.
Borrer in 1806 on the cliffs to the east of Hastings, where this
specimen was gathered May 27, 1808. It grows on such inac-
cessible rocky ledges as to be obtainable only by a person let down
from the summit with a rope.” The first record from the Isle of
Wight is quoted by Mr. Townsend from Snooke’s Flora Vectiana
(1823) :—‘‘ The cliffs from Compton to Freshwater Gate are

Journan or Borany.—Vou. 88. (May, 1900.] .

170 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

NEW CAPE PLANTS.
By Masor A. H. Woxtey-Dop, R.A.

Oxanis versicotor L. var. LatTirouia, var. nu. Leaves muc
broader than in the type. Peduncles densely glandular, often
axillary. Black River, by Camp Ground, No. 70 of my collections.
Except for the crimson edge to the corolla-lobes, the variety has
little look of the type, and the axillary inflorescence might lead one
to suppose it to be a distinct species; but this character occurs not
infrequently in other allied species, notably in O. falcata Sond., in
which it is described as terminal. Forms of the above-described
variety are not infrequent in young pine-plantations about Claremont.

O. denticulata, sp.n. Stemless. Corm very small, about
31. by 141., with thin soft scales. Leaflets rounded, emarginate,
pale green both sides, glabrous,
on broad apiculate denticulations, translucent dots very obscure.
Scape longer than the leaves, bibracteated near the top.
acute, 81. to 41. long. Corolla 121. to 16 1., with a funnel-shaped
golden yellow tube, and a white, rarely deep rose limb.

Flats between Rondebosch and Claremont, No. 1265 (white),
1298 (deep rose).

requent plant, always growing in damp places, and in dense
masses. It has been most unaccountably confused with 0. pur-
purea Thunb., from which it is abundantly distinct. That species
is readily distinguished by its deep green leaves, purplish beneath,
generally pubescent, and densely woolly-edged, conspicuously dotted.
act or peduncle usually only one, very minute, often absent.
Corolla-tube quite cylindrical, dull reddish yellow. 0. denticulata
is really much nearer O. convexula Jacq., but the latter has glaucous,
hollow dotted leaves, never denticulate nor ciliate; its sepals an
corm are also different.

pe
eo
bad
©
jar)
@
4
oO
fu
=
i]
Eh
°
4
©
Ba
Oo
ed
oO
OQ
cr
hn
a
ie
©
=
=
S
S
aa
Se

Romulea papyracea, sp.n. Corm about 4 in. in diameter,
with very thick papyraceous tunics. Basal leaves about three,
glabrous, 4-6 in. long, recurved and adpressed to the ground, soft,
with a very broad striate central and two prominent lateral ribs.
Peduneles very short, branched low down into two to four short

THE SPECIES AND HYBRIDS OF MENTHA 171

keeled, th ter ong

attenuate point, the inner about half as is ales — than
the anthers, which are about twice as long as the filame

In the plantation on the Lower Plateau, Table Mt., "2800 ft.,
No. 3075.

A very strongly marked Boon which approaches no other that
I eid or can find in herbaria

Geissorhiza pubescens, sp.n. Corm 2-3 ]. in diameter, with
chins: uae hard concave tunics. Stem subglabrous. Leaves
about 14 1. broad, densely pubescent. Perianth-tube shorter than
the spathe, limb blue, with narrow eens segments. Spathes

Aristea paaclaens sp. n. can cespitose. Leaves 6-12 in.
in. high, strong ancipitous

bee
=]
=]
&
g.
S.
Bs
<
ae
fe)
iS
a

cts 3-1 i
curved on back. Inner spathe whitish or pale brown, not lacerate.
Perianth-limb 4-4 in. Capsule 4 in., on pedicels $4 in. long.

A, pauciflora. It is also near A. racemosa Baker, but that species
has stalked flower-clusters,

‘ta opnilinlalinas scp ansehen cat aoasouals

THE SPECIES AND HYBRIDS OF MENTHA.
By M. Ernest Matinvaup.*

On entering upon the systematic study of the French forms of
the genus Mentha, it is easy to differentiate firs Crees =
those we have eS pees called ‘‘ cardinal spec hese are
Mentha sylvestris, M. viridis, M. —— U. aeatias, ed M.
arvensis of the Linnean nomenclatur

. Aoye-prannea (from the Comptes-rendus du Congrés des Sociétés § Savantes
en 1898—Sciences) and printed in the boll ief that Me a yaud’s views will
interest critical fon desewen among pies selve

i See napes Soc. Bot. de a os Xxi. seen fev, p. 43.

not renounced our former view of Mentha viridis as a oi

of ab. sylvestris; ; but here the ¢ ‘error, chiefly relative and bearing upon a poin
= individual perception, is in any cas ——— a or ene of “theory, hile

ractically the elevation of M. viridé is i of a y
facilitates the demonstratién of facts 9

N

172 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

tinction, one ceed to the distribution of the subordinate
forms so far as to define clearly the limits of the respective
cardinal species, it is not long before one is n un-

e a
expected obstacle. The lamentation of Linneus over a similar
critical genus—‘‘ Species Rosarum difficillime limitibus circum-
scribuntur et forte naturé vix eos posuit’’—would here be equally
applicable.

or instance, there are found side by side with typical speci-
mens of Mentha aquatica and M. arvensis ambi s and varying
forms, in which are combined the distinguishing characteristics of
these two species. They are linked each to each by a continuous
chain of intermediate individuals, among which one vainly seeks to
determine where the first species ends and the next begins. It
seems to be a case in which one might adopt the formula of Kunth,

Prodromus, cutting the ribbon pretty nearly in the middle, have
united ei o M. arvensis or to M. aquatica the portions nearest

their own analytical principles, have drawn from, without exhaust-

served for the original illustratio
wo reasonable sol

arvensis extreme variations of a single species, or hybrid products
hem ?

hin lered or interrupted, has been carried on for twenty years.

Desiring, however, to complete it in several details before de-

scribing its phases and results, we shall confine ourselves here to

poe out some of the most striking facts that have been actually
ained.

our observations have been frequently directed
towards the Mints of other countries, yet, as pre on not in

* Malinvaud, Trois Genres Critiques, 1890,

t Relatively and parallel to Eumentha, Mentha iendi cum. and
cervina constitute each a subgenus or distinct genus, Sane. De

THE SPECIES AND HYBRIDS OF MENTHA 173

their 08 number and choice of materials that we can com-
mand e French forms, it will be exclusively to these—at
least until. a new alana we intend to restrict the
following generalizations.
ntha ruin. and e sylvestris hybridize persistently
wherever they are found in the ¢ 7 or neighbourhood of each
other; to this rule, f aio nce, we per t to discover an exneption,
and the individual plants resulting from the cross often exist in such
abundance that they might be supposed to represent the legitimate
dominant species. ‘This explains how botanists (floristes) of the
status of Fries and Godron believed they saw in the hybrid the
type of geste sylvestris, and attached placed forms of this species
under M, viridis as a Variety canescens. bee capital error, as we
long ago oat nted out,* was the source of an enigma in the classi-
fication of the Mints of the group Spicate that remained unsolved
for nearly a century.
2. M. aquatica and M. arvensis cross with the same facility and
equal persistence wherever they are met with. This group 0

dre
We it abiniedd: experimentally the hybrids of these two
categorie
viridis, rarer in France in a spontaneous state than its
congeners, oes in different combinations, mostly horticultural in
orl portion of its characteristics is found in M. rubra, M.
pricier M, paiie &e
4. Crosses between M. aquatica and M. rotundifolia or M.
sylvestris are infrequent. Certain incontestable examples can, how-
ever, be cited: M. Mawimilianea, Schultzii, Mauponit, pubescens,
nepetoides mee &e., nearly all of them falling under our division
of Spicate petiolate
5. Hybrids of pe formula arvensis-rotundifolia are Scarce, and
often wanting in stability. We have found several varieties in the
neighbourhood of Provi
. Finally, with the exception of a doubtful form, of garden
origin, we do not, up to esent, know any aut thentic example
of spontaneous byhcidinason between arvensis and sylvestris in
—

exceed the scope of this brief sonitaanteutictl To sum amon
the Sikasnivs of hybrids here laid down, the two first ‘hive’s a

* Bull. Soc. Bot. de France, xxv. 141.

t Many hybrids of the formula arvensis-sylvestris have been discovered in
Central Europe.

174 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

special importance, sae sen! stand in opposition to the generally
received opinion as to ecidental and often unstable existence
of hybrid productions. Th e Mints answering to the form ulas

rotundifolia-sylvestris and aquatica-arvensis behave to all appearance
i o the extent of having deluded, and a in

delusion, the vast majority of floristes with “regard to them. They
seem to dustify Kunth’s ribbon allegory, but this.comparison n has its
foundation only on a superficial examination of facts. In either

ai
settavee verify the double origin of intermediate forms, and the
two specific unities, freed from the confusion that surrounds their
wins appears perfectly clear
he preservation of hybrids is favoured, in the Mints, by the
mechanism of a powerful vegetative system which, by the help of
layers and suckers, assures an almost ors Sa propagation of the
plant ncaa oy: Ht oe sexual organs, which, especially in the
males e ofte n not iumpentesity developed. The vege-
tatiees of individual tee sually more vigorous than that of the
ans — in certain cases as far as actually supplanting
them. pone beca me Sra Baga if not even exclusive, in the
ted.

of investigation, when their utility is once better aes d, will be

applied with success to other genuses— Rubus, Ros a, Hieracium,
t is only then that the examination of cacti apparently
insolvable, which these names will recall to the ‘botanist, can be
resumed upon a new basis, and that at last the monte circle of
fruitless discussions, within which the old methods confined them,
will be broken. The most recent labours of learned monographers—
for instance, — of M. Crépin on Rosa, and of M. Boulay on
Rubus—tend more and more to strengthen this hypothesis
There remains a word to say on a theory to which we alluded
above. its ubstitutes for the facts of hybridization that we have
established, imaginary phenomena of evolution. The intermediate
c

formation, springing of the old, but receding gradually by suc-
cessive differentiations, whose last term, after the extinction of the
middle stages, would end by realizing a definite type. This appli-
nore in miniature of the Darwinian theo unts in reality
to an avowal of inadequacy. The results of our ——— researches,
rf toda by proofs, have already condemned it

175

AMBLYSTEGIUM COMPACTUM IN BRITAIN.
By H. N. Drxon, M.A., F.L.S.

Brachythecium densum Jur. is a little-known continental moss,
and a glance at the synonymy given by Limpricht (Lauwbmoose, ili.
p- 136) will, I think, justify the statement that it has been at least
equally little understood. Gathered by Arnold in Franconia, Bavaria,
and South Tyrol, in 1864, and described by Milde in the same year
under the name of Amblystegium densum, it has already run through
pretty nearly the whole gamut of the Hypnaceous genera or sub-

ene I hope to show in this article that the synonymy is not yet

itain.
cidence that B. densum, previously unknown in Britain, should

another form of the same species, presenting, however, some slight
and hardly definable differences; this was gathered and put away,
nor was it further examined until late in the following month.

a mile or so plays hide and seek with the upper alr in a way
familiar to those who know the carboniferous limestone of the

examination at home
Karly in August, immediately upon my return south, I spent a
week or so in Derbyshire Ww

176 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

to it at the time. It was with some surprise that when I came to

go through my Scotch gatherings, and later on my Derbyshire

ones, I found that these three plants were identical, and, moreover,

did not seem to agree with anything I knew. The very fact, how-

ever, of the triple occurrence seemed to dasa the probability of
the

the plant being anything out of common, and I could only
suppose it to be som . — _— common moss whose identity had
eluded me on acc its ual habit ent a specimen to

Is
Prof. Barker, thinking that os mi might have ‘observed it in his study

of the Derbyshire mosses, — however, was not the case. He
pointed out, speae ete the resembla the cpa on of
densum J in Lim richt’s s Seana and on comparison I felt

m
continental plant, including a fragment of the original plant
y Arnold in Franconia, and the identity of our moss
with ae ‘ap at once established.
g through our Inchnadamph collections some months

be oS that there is a close, indeed an almost exact
similasity in the character of all the four stations described; in each

ices an den Winden der Kalkhéhlen ... .;” thus agreeing very
closely in this go Fee with A. Sprucei, which, however, is not con-
fined s such localitie

w proceed to establish the identity of our European moss,
Deacdgt tesa or Amblystegium densum, with the North American
A. compactum. The latter plant, it may be remembered
recorded from Auvergne by Frére Héribaud (v. Rev. Bryol. 1896,

a setabead ietin M. Lac henebe: of Lin oges, a specimen of this
moss, gathered by Frére Héribaud in Auvergne, i in Angoat, 1895.
An examination of this specimen at once convinced me e that it was
really identical with B. densum, with which indeed it agreed in
— respect. The habitat, too—sur les parois d’une grot tte ”’
the su ubstratum, a calcareous sphek exactly fitted in with

Moly examine any specimens he might have of the Auv ae
ng and see whether, in his opinion, it was not actually referable
to

AMBLYSTEGIUM COMPACTUM IN BRITAIN 177

seaxnia the two, and was led to conclude that A. densum ide 0%
B uratz. must be held to be simply synonyms of 4.
a fee t.

Not possessing at that time any authentic specimens of the
North American plant, I felt some Fig Hv in accepting this posi-
tion, and ventured to point out to Dr. Cardot some of the apparently
important distinctions between the two plants as gamete the one
by American, the other by European writers. In reply, Dr. Cardot
obligingly sent me specimens from all the 4. So . he pos-
sessed from North America (including A. subcompactum C. &
Kindb. and a. dissitifolium Kindb.), and upon examination of these
I could not doubt for an instant the identity of these plants with

the European plants which I had seen that have passed under
the various names of B, denswm, A. cryptarum, &¢. (see synonymy,
given below).

There remained, however, several points to be cleared up, and
it will be most convenient to tabulate the chief differences that

taken tt Pale given by Milde : and Limpricht. in addition

p
sBecese of the authorities at sap of ape. the type specimen,

in Hooker’s Herb., of H. compactum C.M d this has materially
aided me in forming the seas pees
A. compactum. B, densum.

As ps section. Martie strand 1. Central strand obsolete or
small, 3 to 6 in diameter, of wanting. Cortical cells thick-
4 to ie rows of oie all tissues walled.
mang, thin walls.

2. Brood-filaments, Not de- 2. Nerve of leaf frequently
scribed. producing hyaline or orange-

rown rhizoid filaments from
the ba 3
8. Inflorescence. Autoicous. 8. Dioicous. Male flowers and
} sit unknown

4, Perichatial bracts, os . With short nerve.

narrow, percurrent or excu
itat. On decayed erat calcareous rocks, in

5. On
at the bases of via in swamps caves and hollows of walls.
or ee stream

Stem section. This is clearly a character subject to variation
ies to the degree of development of the part chosen he
description by Cheney doubtless refers to the strongest and most
highly oe sa s, and between these and the smaller —
which the tral ani is often quite wanting, are no
doubt all disse oe development. Thus, in a fairly da adi dary
stem of A. compactum (Madison, Wisconsin, leg. Cheney and True),

178 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

I find the central strand quite unrepresented by any special cells,
and only defined, or apparently defined, by the cells of the ground
tissue narrowed and converging to a point in the centre of the
stem. This would seem to agree precisely with the meaning
intended to be conveyed by the somewhat ambiguous term “ obso-
lete,” as applied to B. densum.
As regards the cortical cells, the term ‘‘ thin-walled” is ob-
. No doubt there is no tissue in the

explains the apparent discrepancy.

2. The curious “ brood-filaments” which appear on the back of
the leaves of B. densum, and are rightly given by Limpricht an im-
portant place in the diagnosis of the species, are not mentioned in
any description of A. compactum so far as I am aware. ey are,

__8. Inflorescence. This undoubtedly presents the most serious
difficulty in the case. I believe, however, it is sufficiently accounted

may be taken for granted that the male flowers are small and
inconspicuous, even when present. Now Kindberg, in his descrip-

AMBLYSTEGIUM COMPACTUM IN BRITAIN 179

en Pom for a rere of setirng eye in respect of the ——
of this a statement of Berggren’s may
es (Musci 7 athe Giieslinymeced : 85) as to the antoioons
Oncophorus virens Brid. He states that the fruit of that moss is
only sparingly produced, while the flowers are frequent; and that

fact that Waco. in one of his Tre of Drumm aoa rare Amer.,
has made the following manuscript note: ‘‘ 188, . Am. Hyp-
num ‘compactum Br. & Sch. pers: neontaa Baral almost rostel-

pean plant may have ae deserted as dioicous in ‘aioe! the male
flowers a been overloo
ichatial bracts, I ha examined a sgn of the

Cheney, is ‘ percurrént or excurrent,’’ this cannot be held a con-
stant sags character, since it is wanting in the type spe cimen.
abitat. This would not of course be held in itself to form
a conclusive character, but it seemed of some importance in view
of the fact that all the known European stations (I believe) are on
limestone rock or tufa, while the description of the habitat of the

American plant as arboreal is usually unqualified. owever,
n (Cat. Canad. Pl, vi 21) gives under 4. compactum various
localities, including such stations as “ the n moist
: ks” (two localities), ‘on t fa mounds at
Banff, Rocky Mts.” 4 pri retcit Kindb. is described from two
localities, in each case “on flat ne rocks — hos ez
dripping of water.” And 4, cabinet is recorde ‘* base

trees, Clinton, and wet rocks near the w hiripool, aaa
Fa = ” Thus the apparent difference in habitat is quite cleared

T may add that an a of A. dissitifolium Kindb., and

both plants to a compactum. The cite at best a ge
and ser and some of the characters as at en ? the Samstag
are by n no means born. e out by the specimens A. subcompactum,
which is described as ath thicker stems, and longer and larger

180 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

leaves than A. compactum, is by no means so robust as some of the
forms of the latter species, sje little indeed, if at all larger than
the type. ‘Thea we mmetri ¢ capsule, curved in the younger state,
at least doubly greater,” is the only other geass given. Now,
in one of Aes Bi sranas of No. 188 Drumm. Muse. Amer. in the Kew
Herbarium (H. serpens var. sanepenter®) the young immature cap-
sules are similarly curved and asymmetric, and the ripe capsules
are every whit as large as, indeed slightly larger than, in Kind-
berg’s specimen !

In habit A. compactum closely resembles the more slender forms
of A. serpens, or even of A. Sprucei, and there is no doubt that it

have been found more than once growing in company. It is quite
possible that a caefal search of herbarium specimens of A. Sprucet
may reveal the presence of the species under notice, which will be
distinguished by in larger leaves, not at all Remnoaeed to the stem,
divergent and u sually somewhat homomallous when dry. but,
although it os. given rise to so much eae and although in
the field A. compactum, at least in the barren state, is with difficulty
separated from some of the smaller species of Amblystegium, &c.,
yet under the microscope it is readily recognizable by certain
salient characters which may be briefly noted. The well-developed
nerve, broad in proportion to the size of the leaf, and percurrent,
or at least running well up into the slender acumen; the sharply
denticulate margin, especially towards base; and the constant
p recs

tonemal threads arising from the nerve of many at least of the
leaves, are the most marked of these characters in ge barren
stat e nerve, in particular, at once separates

vi and all t the species of that genus with which ‘. is likely to

Silaetiches it from Eurhynchium tenellum. much smaller
pl n A. varium oe and the areolation is entirely different.
“* broo “ aaa consist of very slender Ease

eney describes and — the pate cell-wall of the an ae
cells at mid-leaf as markedly wider than the internal cell-wa
have, not, however, been able to verify this character on the fee
examined or on others of the North American plants which I have
exami

Th e has a curious tendency to disappear or become
indistinct shen the middle of the leaf, becoming stronger again in
the acumen, ough wide and somewhat thick, it is not as a
rule shin clearly defined, and it varies considerably in width and

AMBLYSTEGIUM OCOMPACTUM IN BRITAIN 181

distinctness in different leaves on the same stem. ‘There is some
slight variation, too, in the width of the cells, and in the degree of
acumination of the leaves. ok spite of these oe however,

amount to much, and in those plants which have the cells mostly
wider than in the type there are usually to be found stems on
which the leaves have cells of about the ordinary dimensions.
The extreme — of variation in the dimensions of ue big ode is

i nto a filiform state, with th stems stolonifo O
ex iretety minute, ill- -developed leaves, as in the var. falas e
(var. cavernarum the Heterocladium. In this coriditian

even in the most slender forms, stems can generally be gg bear-
ing larger leaves more nearly approaching the norm
d a synonymy, and a short description of the iain I

aoa: Besieoanite, in a supplement to the third yolume of his British
Oss
oe hsceaionie (C.M.) Aust. Muse. App. 372 leageai ns *
Syn.—Hypnum serpens var. compactum Hook. in Drumm. M
Amer. ii. No. 188 (1828).
AA. compactum C. M. Syn. Muse. Frond ii. p. 408 (1851). Sull.
oe Muse. 201, tab. 1 (1864). Lesq. & James, Man. p. 875

Me serratum B, & 8. Bry, Eur. Amblystegium, p. 11 (1858), in
note
Stereodon compactus Mitt. in Proc. Linn. Soc. os p. 43 (1864).
A. densum Milde, Bot. Zeit. 1864, p. 21 (Bei
Fihynchostegium teneliwn var. brevifolium Lindb. tab. Bryoth. Eur.
No. 750 (1864).
2 eryptarum Sauter in ge
No. 8 eG hese. var. cryptarum (Santer) Arnold in Rab. Bryoth. Eur.
rachythecium densum Juratz. in Rab. estore cua ae 995
sa a Laubmoose Deutsehl. &e. iii. ae. ( a M.
Hypnum densum Milde, B . p. 860 (186 te
gyn. ie BSE e, Bryol. Siles. p. 360 (
A, sonpaihe Aust. 7.c. Macoun & Kindb. Cat. Canad. Pl. v
p. 221 (1892). Cheney in Bot. Gaz. xxiv.p. 262 (1897). cane
ae lil. p. 881 (1898), Héribaud, Museinées d’Auvergne

sit ee ge
* American plant is compactum Br. & Sch. I do
not know what gave vise to this, but at appears to bea puro C70

182 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

A, dissitifolium Kindb. in Macoun & Kindb. 1. c. p. 220 (1892).

A, subcompactum C. M. & Kindb. in Macoun & Kindb. 1. ¢. p. 221
(1892).

In thin, dull green pte pale and yellowish eer usually
dense, but at times more straggling, with the habit of A. serpens or
A. Sprucei. Plants very fips Stems slender, sometimes filiform
and apres slightly radiculose, cine oe ularly branched.
Stem e loose, central strand small or wanting, cortical cells
calles a 1-2 layers, with thicker seer setlowinhs. Leaves some-
se ‘eile: usually secund and pointing upwards on the branches,

rrowly de current ; stem-leaves ovate-lanceolate, gradually taper-
a to a variable, but usually rather wide point, 0-72-1 mm. in
length, more a less aa denticulate throughout, especially towards
base. Nerve broad but not well defined, reachin ng high into the acumen
or por trrent nat times beecnnling indistinct in mid-leaf and re-
appearing above; frequently with jointed filaments or rhizoids from the
ack. Branch-leaves narrower, often ie) small, Cells linear-
rhomboid, thin-walled, chlorophyllous, 4-5-8 » in width, and 5-9
times as long (shorter in the smaller leaves), peieds base “nae,
at angles shortly rectangular to quadrate, not distinctly enlarged, nor
forming auricles. Autoicous and ? dioicous. Seta short. Capsule
small, nearly symmetric, sone or slightly inclined, with a distinct
neck. Lid conical, apiculate.

Disrr.—North America: Canada, U. States. Europe: Sweden,
Central Europe, Spain, Central France. Great Britain: Smoo
Cave, Durness, Sutherland, July 12th, 1899 (H. N. Di«on); Glen
Dubh, Inchnadamph (H. N. Diwon); Allt-nan-Uamh, Inchna-
damph Niaiateom, Salmon & Pees in v.-c. 108; Dove Dale,
Wi c. 57 (H. N. Dixon).

ote.—As slightly oS the argument as to the in-

_ abies it may be added that Sullivant (cones, p. 201) im

describing H. compactum merely says, “Flores ex cl. Muller
monoici.”

MERIONETHSHIRE LICHENS.
By Witu1am Henry Witxmson.

In the following list, the towns named include the districts
around, within walking distance
Lichina confinis Ag. On Bas rock, shore, Aberdov
_ Calle furvum Ach. On stone wall, Aberdovey. ae | flaccidum
n trees, Aberdovey.
Dae hyper ellum Ach. On trees, Aberdovey, Corw
On

Spherophoron coralloides Pers. rocks, Aberdovey, ge
Baomyces rufus DC. On ground, Core
onia cervicornis Scheer. On Atala vey, Blaena

Festiniog.—C. pyaidata Fr. Aberdovey, Bala Beddgelert, Cader
Tavis, Corwen, Dolgelly.—C. gracilis Hofim. Dolgelly.—Var. cho

MERIONETHSHIRE MOSSES 1838

dalis Leighton. Corwen.—C. furcata Hoffm. Corwen.—C. digita
var. macilenta Leighton. Blaenau Festiniog, Cader Idris, Dolgelly.
C. deformis Hofim. Dolgelly.

Cladina rangiferina Nyl. Aberdovey, Conner Dolgelly.

Stereocaulon paschale Fr. In fruit, slate-rock, Blaenau Pestiniog
—S. denudatum Floerke. In fruit, Dolgelly, wiinfforda Junctio

Usnea barbata Fr. Beddgelert, Dolgelly. — Var. hirta Be.
Dolgelly.—Var. ceratina Scher, In fruit, Barmouth.

Evernia prunastri Ach. Corwen, Dolgelly. :

Ramalina calicaris Fr. Ont eae Aberdovey.—R. farinacea Ach.
On trees, Aberdovey, ign —R. frawinea var. ampliata Ach. On

R. cuspidata Ny. ty Picci: vey.— Var. crassa Del. Rocks, Aber-
dovey.—R. epniorn var. subfarinacea Nyl. Rocks, Aberdovey.

Cetraria aculeata Fr, Aberdovey.—Var. muricata Ach. Rocks,
Blaenau Festin ie.

Platysma commiatum Nyl. Rocks, Aberdovey.—P. glaucum Nyl.
Barmouth.

Peltigera canina Hoffm. On ag Aberdovey, Barmouth, Cor-
wen, Dolgelly.—Var. crispa Whl Bala.—P. rufescens Hoffm.
Aberdovey, Bala, Corwen, Dolgelly. eo pratextata Floerke. Joa san
P. malacea Fr. Barmouth.— P. spuria eee Aberdovey.—
polydactyla See. Aberdovey, Barmouth, Corwen.—P. Pei aie
Hoffm. vey.—P. scutata Leight. Bala

Stictina Bahan Nyl. Trees, Barmouth. a fuliginosa Nyl.
Barmouth, Dolgelly.

Parmelia caperata Ach. Aberdovey, Beddgelert, Dolgelly.-— P.
olivacea Ach. Corwen, Dolgelly.—Var. exasperata Leight. In fruit,
Aberdovey.—P. stygia eh In fruit on rock, Aberdovey. P. phy-
sodes Ach. Aberdovey, Dolgelly.—P. pe lata Ach. Abe exdovey,

Leight. Aberdovey, Corwen.—P. abi re ‘cpelne

Var. isidiata Leight. Blaenau Festiniog.—P. sinuosa Ach, Aber-

do . saxatilis Ach. Aber dovey, Ba mer berdovey—
Aberdovey

Squamaria saxicol a Nyl. Aberdove
. Placodium wi orwe Nol. war k. citrinum Nyl. Aber-
ovey,

Tatiora seilamentiea —— Rock, Aberdovey. — L. sarcopis
Leight. Rails, Corwen.—L, atra Ach. Rocks, Aberdovey, Corwen.
—L. subfusea Ach, Dolgelly vi allophana Ach. Trees, Corwen.
—Var. argentata Ach. Trees, Corwen.—Var. itumescens (Rebent.)

184 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Trees, Corwen.—Var. atrynea Ach. Trees, Aberdovey, Corwen.—
L. parella var. pallescens (Li.). Trees, Corwen ; rocks, Bala.—
L. ferruginea var. saxicola Leight. Rocks, Aberdovey. —Var. festiva
Leight. Rocks, Aberdovey.—L. cerina = Trees, Corwen.—L.
ventosa var. lepadolemma Aah. ader Idr
Pertusaria communis DC. Trees, Aberdovey, Corwen, Dolgelly.
—P. leioplaca Schaer. Trees, Co
Lecidea endomelena Leight. Rocks, Blaenau Festiniog.— L.
flexuosa Nyl.. Trees, Corwen.—L. parasema Ach. ‘Trees, Corwen.
L. rivulosa Ach. Rocks, Blaenau Pestni we —L. fusco-atra Ach.
Slate-rocks, Blaenau Festinio og.— L, ua Fr. Rocks, Cader
Idris.—Var. limitata (Leight.). Hocks; "Cader Idris.—Var. umbo-
nata (Leight.). Rocks, Barmouth.—L. subumbonata Nyl. Rocks,
berdovey.—L. disciformis Fr. Corwen, Dolgelly.—L. atro- Hee
an Rock, Aberdovey. —L,. myriocarpa var. chloropolia (Fr.). r-
vey.—L. citrinella Ach. Bala.—L. geographica Fr. xs
Absedine vey, — 2s Corwen. — Var. contigua Schaer.
Barmouth, Cader Idr
pegr apha atra Pers. Trees, Corwen.—O. Turneri Leight.
Trees, Bala.
Arthonia astroidea Leight. Trees, Corwen.

errucaria gemmata Ach. rees, Corwen. V. punctiformis Ach.
Trees, Aberdovey.—V. nitida Ach. Trees, Riaxiovey, Barmouth.

PLANTS OBSERVED IN WEST MAYO, JUNE, 1899.
By Rev. E. 8. Marsaatz, M.A., F.L.S.

ey ntioned. I dev stad the first part of a ten days stay to lowland

a@ guide. The bramble- sire were determined -
Hovis Rogers; those apparently new to the vice-county are itabred.

Ranunculus Drouetii Godr. Castlebar, and near Mallaranny.—
R. sceleratus L. Salt-marsh near Newport. — R. scoticus mihi.
Abundant on the south side of Sraheens Lough, Achill Island ;

ee: Hivincostion replaces the Subularia of its original Scotch station.
First certain Irish record. After much consideration, I believe that

PLANTS OBSERVED IN WEST MAYO 185

Mr. Arthur Bennett is right in holding this to be only a subspecies ;
although its peculiarities are maintained under cultivation in
ordinary garden soil, the approach to R. Fla ammula is so close
that — common origin hardly admits of doubt.

+ Rheas L.; P. dubium L.; P. Argemone L. These only
occurred ‘Toxethet with Fumaria confusa Jord.) as casual ‘wosila in
the garden of the hotel, Mallaranny

Nasturtium sylvestre R. Br. paige» ide on the northern outskirts
of Westport, in te aoe. quantity; obviously a somewhat un-

into tenes = ake,
~F r. Briggsii H. C. Watson. Abundant in
fields raroese Mallar ais Aahill Sound, Newport, &¢. — 2B. alba
Bxtracrdingrily plentiful in cultivated land wherever I
went.
Viola silvestris Reich. On limestone near _
hb. olygala ee ce: L. Castlebar ; ENE scar "aa fs tae

[Prunus Cerasus L. Rosie ide hedges; Newport, saceciny.
and Achill Island, near the Sound.|
catus Wh. & N. Frequent; eae Newport,

Rubus plica eq
Mallaranny, Achill Island.—R, — rimus Neum Ac chill Island,
: b:*

tentilla procumbens Sibth. Castlebar, Newport, Mallaranny ;
locally plentiful.

Alchemilla vulgaris L. Near Castlebar ; var. alpestris (Schmidt),
I believe, but no specimen was taken

Drosera etc co "Remarkably plentiful; quite as

Callitriche Saintes Kuetz mere ly seen once, near Mallaranny.
ae obtusangula Le — grows at Castles, and in streams between
wpor

Cireaa lutetiana L. A hairy form grows among boulders on the
coast near Mallaranny; Mr. ps Me nei it as a. wnbrosa Opiz.
Journal or Botany.—Von, 88. [May, 1900.) °

186 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Pimpinella major Huds. Castlebar. I did not observe P. Saai-
Fraga, nor yet Anthriscus sylvestris.

Ginanthe Phellandrium Lam. Castlebar. Abundant thence
eastwards as far as Balla (Hast Ma

cabiosa arvensis L. Castlebar, on ‘limestone

Matricaria Chamomilla L. Roadsides and waste ground at West-
port, Newport, and Mallaranny ; Artemisia vulgaris L. also occurs
at these places.

ys lina vulgaris L. On limestone about Castlebar

[Carduus secteote hains L. Three plants on the railway ballast
east of Mallaranny

Crepis paldosa Moench. Marshy pastures; Castlebar, West-
port, and Mallaranny.

Taraxacum palustr DC. var. udum (Jord.). Mallaranny.

Tragopogon pratense Li. Castlebar and Westport; the type.

Lobelia Dor Seians L. Frequent in the lakes westwards from
Newpor

Scholiera Oxycoccus Roth. Boggy ground, Murrevagh Lough,
near Mallarann

Erica mediterranea L. extends reqpny: nearly to Newport, but
eit ima oids the limestone; the fruit is ripe at this season.
neni minimus L. Roadside about two miles west of

oe

Erythraa Centaurium Pers. var. capitata Koch. Dry cliffs,

een ; I suspect that this is the “EH, latifolia” of Irish
author:

[Linari ia Cymbalaria Miller. Old walls, Castlebar.]
crophularia aquatica L. Near New pant the var. cinerea Dum.,
which I "believ ve to be the usual —_ for
Vi 7 if on. dréallia: mernatios L. var
anagalliformis Roreesi Solaiek Seater. and near Mall axanny } ;

_ Evpiirasia brevipila Burnat & Gremli. Common; ab
ewport, Mallaranny, Achill Island, Castlebar. — E. curta Fr.
Plentiful on heaths near Dany weiss ny and N ages rt. ae cconcals
recorded from Ireland, so far as I am aware: but it will surely
prove to be frequent, “a ins probably been i pana ince a with
E, g oy racilis Fr.
Melampyrum prat hians uce. Wet sphagnous
oe below taut Sauk (Achill bea. near Castlebar, an
at Murrevagh Lough, near Mallaranny; flowers deep golden (or
orange) yellow
Utricularia ‘inter media Hayne. Mallara
mium intermedium Fr. Oat-fields, pct I did not
notice L, -sejgnhad ro epee re.
Plantago Coro - pygma@a Lange. Dry coast west of
ny

PLANTS OBSERVED IN WEST MAYO 187

Atriplex patula ry Achill Island, Mallaranny, Newport. No
Chenopodia were see
etula pubescens Ebrh, Mallaranny.
Salix aurita L.; S. cinerea L. Both frequent; but I failed to
see S. Caprea L., and it seems to be quite a aging in the extreme
west.—S. Vherkiitan L. was seen at 1000 ft., or les
Juniperus nana Willd. ‘welded see ai of Malaranny ;
descending to near sea-leve
Listera cordata R. Br. ae plentiful on the hills near Malla-
ranny, at 1000-1200 ft.
pipactis palustris Crantz. South-west end of Castlebar Lake,
sparingly.
Orchis incarnata L. Abundant throughout coh soso in suitable
y aatcrars and very variable in habit. — 0. einert Sauter.
A curious Orchis was found (unfortunately, i a sh specimen)
daceine with O. incarnata and O. maculata ; it was evidently distinct
from both, and nota hybrid. Height 15 i in. ; leaves 4, pale green, erect-
potent, unspotted, linear- ‘oblong, broadest (3-3 i in.) at the base, gradu-
ally and evenly tapering to the flat acuminate tip; the lowest and
third 44 in. long, the second 5 in. Flowers see -eolonred oe of
corolla cylindric nek con . as in incarna

f
h differs <a erably i a tks inflorescence from the original
fom eae 20) of Kitzbiihel and Zell-am-See. I do not think that

by the younger Portrsomg in Herb. Brit. Mus., and with my
own from two stations on the coast near Wexford. It is small

and few-flowered, sith i eal a a dull purplish red, and leaves
faintly ring-spo ted.

phrys apifera Huds. Scarce on er near Castlebar.
* Juncus pian eboney Ehrh. Swamp above Se iskocle Bridge,
Furnace Lough, near Newport.

Sparganium simplex Li, nese S. minimum Fr. West of Castlebar.
mna trisulea L. Slow stream running into Castlebar Lake

“et ata Koch. Newport
Seiesahaete ents Reichb. Salt-marsh near Newport.
o 2

188 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Scirpus cernuus Vahl, var. pygmaeus ( neg BORE eae Murrevagh
Lough, Mallaranny; and near Furnace Lough, New
Eynchospora fusca R. & B. Plentifal on peat- son west of
Castlebar
Carex ‘teretiuscula Good. Murrevagh Lough, Mbemeare and
in three distinct localities near Castlebar.—C. limos
Sraheens Lough, Achi * Island ; in two stations near Mal laran ny,
and in two said Castlebar. — C. levigata Sm. Near Burrishoole
Bridge, Newport, — C. bi rvis Sm. Very luxuriant (in some cases
over 4 ft. high) ty Lough Pollagowly, near Newport.—C. distans
Abundant below Burrishoole Bridge, Newport. It was an odd
experience to ~~ these three closely allied species and C. Horn-
schuchiana i in one short walk. A hybrid between the last-named
and " ideri % var. edocarpa And. (flava, var. minor Towns.) occurs
at Castlebar and near Newport. — C. flava L. var. lation Schlecht.
(C. lepidocarpa Tausch). Frequent about Castlebar ; Murrevagh
Lough, Mallaranny. This is apparently much scarcer in Ireland
than the plant which used to be misnamed ‘lepidocarpa’ (var.
minor Towns.).— C. Cfdert Retz. Mallaranny, Newpo
Castlebar. — Vars. elatior And. and cyperoides Marsson both ‘occur
by Soileen Lough, close to Castlebar railway-station.
ileum arenarium Li. Sandhills, Mallaranny, with Festuca
rottbelloides Kunth.
grostis vulgaris With. var. Noro (L.). Stony moorland road-
sides near Mallaranny and
Catabrosa aquatica Beane: “Mallaranny; ; Scarce.

Festuca pratensis Huds. and F. arundinacea Schreb. Near New

eed Bromus commutatus Schrad. was also noticed on the sdilway-
an
Cystopteris fragilis Bernh. Rocks near Lough Ard, peerage
astrea emula Brackenbridge. Abundant about ‘Achill Sound

and Mallarann

Tsoetes icoustvé is L. and J. echinospora Dur. Growing together at
the north-west end of Lough Pollagowly, near Newport, almost at
sea-level. A few specimens looked intermediate; it is quite likely
that they may hybridize, but the date (June 28th) was too early for

macrospores to be properly developed.
Chara fragilis Desv. New mor Castlebar. — C. aspera Willd.
Castlebar Lake ; Soileen Lake.— C. polyacantha Brann. PAbundant

in a pool close to Castlebar Lake, on the south side.—C. vulgaris L.
Murrevagh Lough, Mallaranny.—C. hispida L. Soileen Lake.

Nitella translucens Agardh. Near Newport; fruiting freely.—
N. opaca Agardh. Newport and Castlebar.

189

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES.
XXI.—Patuas’s ‘ Frora Rosstca.’

plate itself; in the ordinary edition the plates are numbered ia
letterpress, and the text is altered by labels pasted over the original
citations. These original citations were very faulty, and, more-
over, the number which followed ‘‘ 50” was ‘ 1” of vol. ii. In

of works cited, and also in hott editions of his Thesaurus, which,
1. i. of the Flora Rossica, should read “ Tomi i. pars 1:

as the rest. This copy also possesses the twenty-five extra plates,

ecur, and as named on the plates
1, Isopyrum fumarioides; Helle 14. Dracocephalum thymiflorum

borus trifolius 15. D. nutans
2. Lycopus pinnatifidus 16. D. Moldavica
8. Hieracium sa um 17. D. peregrinum
4, Dryas geoides 18. Rheum nutans :
5. D. octopetala 19. Id. ‘‘ modulus plante im-
6. D. pentapetala minute.”
7. Cnicus cernuus 20. R. undulatum
8. Hyosciamus physalodes 21. R. capsicum
9. Stachys lanata 22. R. palmatum [fi.]
10. Cacalia hastata 93. Id. [fr.
11. Dracocephalum pinnatum 24. R. sibiricum
12. D. grandiflorum 25. Rhei sibirict radix

13. D. sibiricum
B. Daypon Jackson.

190 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

SHORT NOTES.

Dorset Evpurasias. — On July 11th, 1898, I gathered a
Euphrasia on the coast below Pennsylvania Castle, Portland

of E. occidentalis Wettst., determined by Prof. yon Wettstein him-
self. On the grassy table-land near the quarries there abounds a
form of EF. borealis Towns., agreeing well with the description of

Castle and scale Om These appear to be additions to the county
list —Epwarp §. MarsHauu.

A poustrun Kentish Recorp.—When the third edition of Ray's
Synopsis was searched ols reich records, the fo oe 7 noted
at page 846 :—‘‘*§ Alsinastrum Gratiolefolio oo R. herb. 244, &
Alsinastrum Gallii folio bid. Found by Mr. J. Sherard on boggy
Ground, on the Common just by the Road from Eltham to Chiselhurst.
De flore nondum satis constat.” These names of Tournefort refer

to vouch for the occurrence of this plant in Kent. 1 Sir
James Edward Smith, in his English Flora, ii. 248-4, in his com-
ments on his Elatine tripetala, a synonym of EF. hewandra DC., says:

ym say
sinastrum; a plant long believed, on the authority of
Dilienias to be a native of England: for who. would have supposed
so great a botanist could have confounded it with save maori
minimus, as is proved by his herbarium at Oxford!"? The mat
came up again when Mr. F. J. Hanbury and the Rev. E. 8. Marshall
came to print the Flora of Kent ; on evi iewing the evidence, they
came to the conclusion that Dillenius had blundered, and that the
K

Druce, and

to settle the dispute. He was kind enough to do so, and in his
letter stated: ‘‘. . . there is no specimen in the Dillenian herbarium
to represent the plant areostesees by you, and reat to on pag e 846

retina Pluk. Alm i iii. p. 850, n. 6, rope
rst.’ oes is mainte iy origin of Sir James Smith’s
ous . ust remember that the or Centunculus was

win

therefore be admitted that he knew the plant in its normal condition,
so that, when it was first recognized by him in Kent, he placed it

HANDBOOK OF THE FLORA OF CEYLON 191

on record on the last page of the introduction to the third edition of
the Synopsis, the body of the work having been already printed off.
Unluckily, he added a possible synonym to his ticket of the plant
in Sherard’s collection, which probably misled Smith; for the
Alsine montana minima, etc., of Plukenet turns out to be Arenaria
trinervia Li. on the authority of a specimen labelled by Plukenet

u
occurrence of Hlatine Alsinastrum or E. hexandra on this unsatis-
factory record.—B. Daypon Jackson.

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

Somz Booxs on GrassEs.
Handbook of the Flora of Ceylon. By Henry Trmen, continued by
Sir J. D. Hooxer. Part V. Friocaulonee—Gramince. With
two Maps and Indexes. 8yo, pp.477. London: Dulau. 1900.
Natal Plants. Vol. Il. Part 1. Grasses. By J. Mzpiey Woop.
i Plates 101-125, with descriptions. Durban: Robinson.

9.

Synopsis der Mittelewropdischen Flora. Yon Pavt AScHERSON U.
Paut Graxsyer. Bd. ii. Lief. 8 und 9. 8vo, pp. 145-304.
Leipzig: Engelmann. Dec. 30, 1899. Price 4 Marks.

and species to the end of Cyperacea only, and for the large important
and difficult order Graminee he left nb material whatever. But

of the genera according to Mr. Clarke’s method.
é the Grasses the order of the Indian Flora is followed, save
in points where later researches threw a more certain light. We

192 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

notice that Sir Joseph — to keep the much disputed Panicum
sanguinale L. in the genus Paspalum, following Lamarck, and his
own opinion as sented: in the Indian Flora.

There is a fair sprinkling of endemic species of grasses, the
proportion in several well-worked genera being very remarkable.

—are endemic. riindestts is a very critical genus, ae it
is runt ‘difficult to delimit its species. Sir Joseph remarks that
A. brasiliensis Raddi, which iu the Flora of British India (vii. 73) was
assigned to Ceylon, has not yet been found in the island, some

therefore, as common to both Old and New Worlds. From an
examination of Raddi’s specimen at the British pleco we are
inclined to think that the Asiatic specimens are not conspecific
with the South American, the spikes of which have a ‘ifforent look
and conspicuously smaller spikelets. Dimeria is another genus
remarkable for its pao snd seer a in theisland. Of the seven
species found, four a mic, and a fifth is represented by two
endemic varieties. Gar Am is @ ‘still more striking instance, six
out of seven per being found only in Ceylon. To one, G. te-
torum Hook. f., Sir Joseph appends the query, ‘ Also in China?”

<o
founded on a grass collected in Hongkong by Wright, which we
ogee to only a muticous variety of the Southern Chinese
G. patu co Mun

here are ri useful Appendices. The first includes a key to
the rcs genera, and aberrant species, and the diagnostic
characters of the orders in the sequence adopted by Dr. Trimen.
The second is an account of the Forests and Waste Lands of Ceylon,
by Mr. A. F. Brown, Conservator of Forests, while the third deals
ge the rainfall, and is by Mr. F. Lewis, of the Forest Department.
ac

arranged, in bibliographical form, under the names of those
whom we owe its elaboration, beginning with Paul Hermann and
ending with Dr. Trimen, of whom, as the writer remarks, the
present work is his best memorial in the history of botany in Ceylon.
The new fascicle of Natal Plants comprises five- gerne
plates ees “depertptiona of as many native grasses of the t
creer We envy @ man who can collect seas and have

PLANT RELATIONS 193.

correspond with that in the text; for instance, plate 106 bears the

end ‘ Erianthus capensis Nees, var. villosa Stapf,’ but no mention
of the variety is made in the text. The references are meagre and
sometimes inadequate; none, for instance, is given in the case of
Andropogon schirensis Hochst., var. angustifolia Stapf, or 4. hirti-

? ar. semiberbis Stapf, which are described on pp. 340 and
337 respectively of the Flora Capensis, vol. vii., but would appear
to date from the present publication. The Flora is, however, cited
for a later plate, A. nardus var. validus Stapf. Beferences should
of course have been given throughout to the Flora Capensis.

bd .

gain, when a man is

rts
om the man in the field. Notes on the colour of the culms,
sheaths, leaves, or spikelets, and on the general habit and habitat
and the nature of the ground, give life to the description ; and i
the case of a colonial publication like the present add considerably
to the value. Such notes are, however, very rare.

and specific names form a commendable feature of the Synopsis, but
no justification is given for Aera, which dates from Dr. Ascherson’s
Flor. Brandenb. 1864 (not 1804, as printed in the text), and
displaces Aira L. Gen. Pl. 1754. Similarly, on p. 298, Airopsis is
misspelt deropsis. We note the displacement, on ground of priority,

were also puzzled for a time by citations such as “A. u. G. Syn. I.
301 (1899),”’ appended to names appearing for the first time. The
reference is of course to the actual page in the part now before us,
where the name appears. To say the least, the citation is un-
necessary. i uh

Plant Relations: a First Book of Botany. By Joun M. Coutrer,
-M., Ph.D. 8vo, pp. ix, 264. With 206 plates and figures.
New York: Appleton. 1899.
entary student of botany is at present attracting some
attention. Several excellent little books have been written for him
vi

194 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

same endeavour to improve the position of botany as a means to edu-
cation. ‘It is the purpose of the present work,” Professor Coulter
tells us, ‘to contribute another suggestion as to the method of
teaching botany in secondary schools.” The course consists of
wo

bE

also contains certain fundamentals of Physiology that are
naturally suggested.’ The second book will be dominated by Mor-
phology, but se structure, function, and classification will be

nature, a view which he considers of the most permanent value to
those who can give but half a year to botany; and, secondly, ane
fact that the work suggested demands little or no use 0

t

reverse the order when he is possessed of both books. Again, the
book is intended to supplement three ‘far more important factors,”
teacher, laboratory, and field-work. It seeks to do this (1) Py
means of the text ; (2) by means of the illustrations, which must
be itudisd as carefally as the text.

Whatever may be its place in a school curriculum, we have 1n
this very neat and nicely produced little book an excellent babs.
duction to the study of the life-relations of plants, or ecology, as it

matter of illustrations but in this respect Professor Coulter’s sur-
passes any book of its kind that we remember to have sen e
figures are remarkable for their beauty even more than for their
abundance, which is saying much, as there is one to almost eve

page of text. Some we rigid ste! _Many — been Hebe

matter is clear, terse, and logical. The conditions and meaning of
respiration could hardly be more briefly and concisely described
than on p. oe or the function of stomata than in the paragraph a
few pages lat

In the pearl chapters the life-relations of what we may term
the natural divisions of a plant are successively considered, namely,
those of foliage, flowers, shoots, roots, and reproductive organs. In

FLOWERS OF THE FIELD 195

this arrangement the flower is considered as one kind of pad A
special chapter is devoted to flowers and insects. Next comes a
review of the individeal plat in all of its relations, ers by a
short account of the factors in the struggle for existence, There is
also a sketch of the physiology of nutrition. The remaining five
chapters deal with plant-societies, determined chiefly by the water-
factor, under the titles Hydrophyte, Xerophyte, Mesophyte, and
Halophyte societies. The professional botanist may perhaps com-
plain of a certain want of continuity, but he cannot fail to anne
“ see manner in which Professor Coulter has put before u

mall a compass, what he is pleased to term the oaliapee
eee at the meaning of the inchoate facts of ecology.

B. BR.
Flowers of i Field. By the late Rey. ©. A. Jouns, B.A., F.L.S.
Ades Bie fa ke Entirely rewritten and revised by
G8. Bou uLeGER, F.L.8., F.G.8. London: 8.P.C0.K. “1899”

(1900. vo, cloth, pp. lii, 926. Price 7s. 6d.
—the present writer among the number—owe their first

it was a = st pu ublished in n anus the support of the
present generation of a. botanists a new and so pa
form. Tho ose who used the old book will reniembe the i

t e
i Whi these and more general and popular works, Mr. aotnes
vo

r. Boulger has included short descriptions of every species
known to inhabit Britain, abe ng Macapes such groups as the
remai

as ne which feature opinions will no doubt differ. Considerations
e

in Rie ie The Satie of ¢ etey for tha t names gives them
what unscientific appearance. We may remark in passing
that ‘the book will have to be consulted by nomenclaturists, as it is
possible that certain names—Juncoides erectum, for example—are
here published for the first time: it is therefore important to
remember oe though dated 1899, it did not appear un until 1900.
e improvements introduced are the inclusion of all
references in one index, and the reduction of the space formerly

196 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

wasted on the Linnean classification to four pages. The work has
throughout been very carefully done, so far as Mr. Boulger’s share
in it is concerned ; if the publishers had performed their part as well,
they would have strong claims to the gratitude of beginners in
British botany. That they have not done so is literally manifest at
a glance, for it is impossible to open at any page of the book with-
out seeing that ‘‘ the resources of civilization,” so far as typography

: ea

seem to kno nly one fount of type, in the capitals of which
are printed, with dull uniformity, page-headings, names of classes,
0 » genera pe” might never have been invented,

judicious employment. The want of clearness is further empha-
sized by the fact that the name of each genus, instead of standing
in a line by itself, in accordance with general practice, merely
begins a line of text; and the useful practice of placing it at the
head of each page has not been followed.

The mode in which the book is described is also perplexing, not
to say misleading. On the cover ad is lettered: ‘‘ by Rev. C
Johns. New and Revised Edition”; but the title- “page informs us
it is ** = rewritten and revised by M r. Boulger.” This being
so, one wonders why Mr. ohns’s name appears as the author, and
why Mr. Boulger’s is omitted from the cover. The Society’s list
mentions that ‘‘the natural order of classification has been adopted”’
—a statement which has naturally led the casual reviewer to mention
this as a new feature of the work, whereas it has never been arranged
otherwise. Considering that the book is in its 29th edition, and

must therefore ee already brought to the §.P.C.K. very con-
siderable profit, it is to be regretted that they have come perilously
near spoiling the ship—or is rit sheep ?—for a ha’porth of tar. Yet
only such false economy can explain the retention of a considerable
number of worn and otherwise unsatisfactory figures and the inser-
tion of others—e. g. of the Cyperacee—which are a discredit and
a disfigurement to the book. That in spite of these drawbacks it
is a useful addition to British botanical literature is entirely due
to Boulger

La Nature Tropicale. Par J.Costantiy, 8vo, pp. 815. a ae
figures in the text. Paris: Bailliére. 1899. Price 6 fran
Tas volume is Number XCIII. of the Bibliotheque saci
Internationale, published under the direction of M. Em. Alglave, a
series comparable to our International Scientific Series. It gives a
readable account of some of the conditions of plant-life prevailing in
the tropics, and more pelea those of oa! tropical forest. The

text.
stantin divides his subject-matter into headings, each of
which comprises several chapters. Under “ Préliminaires” he

FLORE POPULAIRE 197

produced by the virgin forest after Darwin, Agassiz, and Mr.
Stanley, and tells us something of the conditions prevailing in an
equatorial climate. Then follow six ‘‘ Parts,’’ entitled respectively
‘‘ The Origin of the Forest,” ‘‘ Lianas,” ‘ Epiphytes,” ‘‘ Parasites,”
‘Symbiosis,’ and ‘Influence of the Sea’ (we translate the
rench). ‘T'wenty-one of the twenty-two chapters are ordinar

gives us a few philosophic remarks, describes the first sensations
Mr. H. M.

Flore Populaire, ou Histoire Naturelle des Plantes dans leurs rapports

¢ la Linguistique et le Folklore. Par Eueine Ronuanp.

Tom. II. {Cruciferse — Caryophyllacee.] Paris: Librairie
Rolland. 1899. 8yo, pp. 266. Price 6 fr.

the complete wor or ,
elapsed between the publication of the first and second instalments,

Some idea of the extent of the work may be gathered from the
fact that Brassica oleracea occupies 50 pages, while B. Napus and

quoted, e.g. the English

several of those for

here.
W

under its Linnean name Thlaspi Bursa pastoris, and an inspection

of the volume induces us to suggest that the ae nore do well

to consult some botanist

198 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

as if specific. It would also, we think, be convenient if both

genera and species were rat cot in alphabetical sequence under
orders and genera respectively—a change which could be adopted

ry subsequent volumes without interference with the plan of the
ook.

There is of course an abundance of soon and suggestive
matter both for philologists and folk-lorists. The former will find
conclusive evidence that the popular attribution of ‘‘ mignonette”’
to a French origin is not tenable, although it is favoured by Dr.

e

t, so far as popular eS goes, it seems to be most
widely spread in Italy, where the various forms ‘‘ mignonetto,”
‘*mignonet,”’ ‘ regan fs ranked tta,”’ ‘‘mionet,’’ and others, are
cited for the plan
ertain pews of the names are of course mere book-
creations, such as some of those cited from Nemmich as ‘‘ English” ;
but M. Rolland has wisely refrained from citing the spuciogg titles
te nae still figure as ‘‘ English names” in too man ras,
though we are not sure that he has noe a y Godiva an regard

to other nationalities. In any case, however, he is giving us
valuable and important book, which we it i may ie to carry
to a conclusion. . 5

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ée.

Ar the meeting of the Linnean Society on March 15th, Mr.
I. H. Burkill gave an abstract of a Report on the Botanical Results
of an Expedition to Mt. Roraima, British Guiana, undertaken in

8

Roraima in 1894, a narrative of which had appeared in Timehri.
The plants obtained in these two journeys have been for the most
part worked out at Kew, and include a number of new species.

Venezuela; but this was not the case. The characteristics of the

pais ing Slcieowr were absent from Roraima; and Bonnetia Roraime

est of species on the summit—attained, where

pielbaeed: : height of 40 ft. Lower than the Paramos on the
Te Re :

anatomical interest; the huge mucilage-cells of the leaf of Bonnetia

rte and the seaet pishere of of see of the Utricularie were
y notewo x chain of mountains to whi

floraime teks ‘tails other pote of similar height, such as

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 199

arred immigration from the higher Andes. additions to
botanical knowledge no ade may be said to emphasize the
remarkable similarity which had been found to exist in the floras
of Roraima and the Kaieteur Savannah.

_ So much has been published about the late Joun Rusxiy, and
his connection with Botany was so slight, that it seems hardly
necessary to refer to him at length in these pages. me work
of his—Proserpina: Studies of Wayside Flowers—may, however,
perhaps claim mention, especially as it contained suggestions for
a new system of nomenclature, which was noticed in this Journal
for 1880 (p. 280), and several new names—happily, not entitled
to adoption—which may some day find their way into a synony mi¢
list. In the very first chapter the author, led hopelessly ee by
clusi

been shown him on the former occasion, and which elicited his
unqualified admiration.

ue Trustees of the British Museum have published in a
handsome volume (price £1) A Monograph of Christmas Island
(Indian Ocean), the outcome of a visit of ten months by Mr. C. W.
Andrews in 1897-8. The botanical portion has been un
by Mr. E. G. Baker (Polypetale and Gamopetale), Dr. Rendle

200 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

(Apetale ope pope cepa Mr. Gepp (Ferns and Mosses), and
Mr. Blackman (Lichens and Fungi). The following new species
are aidaabel :—Pittosporum fibean a Acronychia Andrewsi, Colu-
brina pedunculata, Saprosma nativitatis, all of E.G. Baker; Peperomia
Rossi, Cr oe hhged ya i , Laportea Murrayana, Panicum Andrewsi,
all o e; and Geaster Andrewsi Blackman: plates are given of
the Pa cose and rip We observe that the new commemo-
rative names have been compelled to conform to the zoological

revision s one of the pitaniste named, both as to spelling o
names and details of distribution

Tue Daily Mail has long been pre-eminent in the domain of
popular science, and we have more than once extracted for the
delectation of our readers information which, although not true,
was certainly new. The following article, headed « Long Life in
appeared in the issue for March 81st, and marks the
highest flight of imagination ae attained in the direction of science.
Considering the enormous circulation of the Mail among the less
educated classes, it is to be regretted that it should disseminate
rubbish of this kind :—

of the colonel is that the seed was deposited in the moss countless
ages ago when a tropical climate prevailed here, similar to what it

conjecture is correct, we have some extraordinary testimony in
favour of the great vitality of seeds, far surpassing anything that
has been advanced in this ie mrtonag before, including that furnished

by the sprouting of the ‘mummy wheat. ’ The Pilea genus is &
most extensive one, and is well known to be broadly scattered over
and confined to the tropics. It is a curious coincidence that the

temperature at the period referred oe when the fan palms flourished
to perfection and tropical forests at Bournemouth overlooked a
lagoon, has been put at 70 deg. by eminent geologists; and it is at

certainly most interesting, and the Soe a is sure to be debated by
Scientists during the next few month

204 = Demy = Cloth a Gd. net. | aod
BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX

=

Deceased British and [rish Botanists

BY
JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S., & G. S. BOULGER, F.L.S.
ee eel

All persons interested in the history of botany and of the botanists of these
islands, but more especially those actively engaged in botanical work involving Be
historieal research, will welcome a reprint of the ‘ es Index,’ which ran
through four volumes of this Journal, beginning in 1888. . . - And thi is little book
is, after all, the foundation, and a good substantial one, to, of the history = :

t
Peninsula Hispano-Lusitana. No other nation, I pn e, possesses such a work as
the latter, and no second nation, so far as I am aware, ie such a work as the —
mer.’’—W. Botting Hemsley in Journ. Bot., Sek =o
‘The utility and general aceuracy of this compilation were rendered evident in-
the course of its publication in the Journal of Botany, and the favourable impression |
then received is amply confirmed now aoe the Index appears revised and com: ea
up to date.”"—dtheneum, Den 30,

“The details given by the authors are very concise, but, ee that they
comprise reference to other sources of information, they are adequate.
ments of the authors, and the unrivalled facilities at their pe ie in the
Museum, offer the best guarantees that oe work has been well done. Those
interested in the pairs of horticulture, as well as in that of botany, will find the
work indispensable.’’— Gardeners’ Ey Sept. 9, 1893.

“This book has been compiled to satisfy a felt want among bo °
names, dates, chief facts concerning, and published works of, botanists have been
carefully put together.” —The Bookman, Aug. 1893.

“The authors have done their work well, and made a valuable contribution to
botanical literature.” —Natural Science, Oct. 1893.

(i8o5-95).
PRICE. -is. 6d. ‘NET.

LONDON: WEST, NEWaan per 54 ATION ob

fan ea

ered

Verlag von ARTHUR FELIX in LEIPZIG. _

WEIZEN UND TULPE
UND DEREN GESCHICHTE
Von H. GRAFEN ZU SOLMS-LAUBACH,

Professor der Botanik an der Universitat Strassburg.

In gr. 8. IV u. 116 S. 1898. brosch. Preis: 6 M. 50 Pf.
fit 1 colorirten Tafel.

By the Rev. John Gerard, S.J.

Price One Shilling Each, cloth,

SCIENCE AND SCIENTISTS.
Mr. Grant Allen’s Botanical | 4. “Behold the Birds of the
Air.”

ese

2. Sir John Lubbock on Flowers| 5. How Theories are Manu-
and Insects. actured.
8, Some Wayside Problems. 6. Instinct and its Lessons.
SCIENCE OR ROMANCE ?
LA hoa angle ie 4. The Empire of Man.
2. Missing L 5. The New Genesis.
3. The Canis 7 Speculation. 6. The Voices of Babel.

EVOLUTIONARY PHILOSOPHY AND COMMON SENSE.
“The Coplortanle Word ‘Evo- | 5. Agnosticism in Theory and in
lutio actice.
The Seth daticwts of Evolution. | 6. Evolution and Design.
The Mechanics of Evolution. | 7. Wisdom and Ignorance.
Evolution and Exact Thought. | 8. Un-Natural History.
Each of the Essays may be had separately, price 1d. each.

coe
*

Pee

FULL LIST OF PUBLICATIONS SENT ON APPLICATION.

CATHOLIC TRUTH SOCIETY,
69 Southwark Bridge Road, London, S.&

Established 1851.

BIRBBECHE BANE
‘HAMPTON BUILDINGS, CHaNcERY LanE, — W.-C,
fovenes Funds £10,000, 000.

Number of ‘Accounts, 85,094.

'O-AND-A-HALF per CENT. INTEREST allowed on DEPOSITS, demand. ;
WO per CENT. on CURRENT ACCO' monthly balances,
OP Ara on UNTS, on the m onthiy when pot
STOCKS, SHARES, and ANNUITIES purchased and sola for

SAVINGS DEPARTMENT. __
che temalts reveivod, and Interest slowed monthly on. sanly ¢ eted £1
oo ee fall particulars, post-free.

No. 450 JUNE, 1900 Vol. XXXVIII

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN

ZDITED BY z

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S.

SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF Botany, Brirish Muszum (NATURAT. History)

E age a * ‘i
bil tend era AOR RTE AIRE 9a PSE AAR EARLE NASER De SICA RCRA SACHIN CREA IPR CRIONE RS es i
aed = babar Laue ae sas era te: a Wy
3 a UL Foes

CONTENTS :
— PAGE
Alabastra Diversa. ie feck VI By. Notices or Booxs:— 3
ENCER LE M. Moors, F.I,.S, tanists of Philadelphia and
(continued) (Plate e104) aes i wo By Joun W. Harsx-
ores —- Br. neRoE PRD Ss se ee ee
Brrrten, F.L.S. Plats no 8 B) 207 |. |
Notolk ‘sobs By E. F. ren a ae ~~ ae re . 232 |
Ee . 208 Res
The Ratepean Sphaguacea aft Conspectus , Flore Greece auctore
Warnstorf). E. z_(atter Be pe FALAcdt os ee ee 24
Honnett, F.L.S. (continued) .. 215| sy. mholdt Centenar-Schrift .. 235 —
ep uae Notes :-— sevaud Henienof Me
Be stg look Key to Tribes an oy tis
geo es veHlooked _ by " 994 ge anosperme rome ee By 936 a
Savier Norns — Gagea fiaticaberts Thicuann A. Bas ee Se
Y oreestershire — Salix hex- = loa in Journal tee ae eee
andra. — Mathiola Selendis oc: Articles in Jo 5g : nee
Xyris Jupicai -. .. .. ., 299} Book-Notes, News, &e- .. -- +, 258
LONDON

WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATION GARDEN, Bo
DULAU & ee SOHO ‘SQUARE

Price One Shiting ‘and Eighty

JOURNAL OF BOTANY.
British and Foreign

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S.,

Sentor Assistant, DEPARTMENT OF Botany, BRirisH Museum (NaTuRaL History).

y=
a Se 8

: urnaL or Botany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann.
In 1872 the editorship was assumed by the late Dr. Trimen, who,
a ring p i

v

for the publication of new discoveries, and appears hr and

2 apa bee the Ist of each month. While more especially Shes

: systematic botany, observations of every kind are we ed.
—— prominence has from the first been given to British botany,
‘and it may safely be said that nothing of Beet or acer bearing

mpor this subject has remained unnotice

Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive
sonsiderable attention, and the history of many obseure publications —
has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews new and
important books written by competent critics: in this as in every other
ie as & Peelly independent attitude has been maintained. While in

m to utilize its pages for pected shes ies “yr est and donportanioe
epictit he Museum contains.
Many important epee <i eae ore york She appeared im its
pages. 896 it becam y to increase its size, owing to the
qwanber- e Ha sent for " pabMeation : the number of aes was at
the same time augmented.

a (16s. post free) and advertisements (not later than

24th of each month) dala ce sent to Wrst

‘54 Hatton nae London : sec aait et Ec pabioin and

books for review to Tus Enrrox, 126 Kennington Park Road, §.E.

‘The volumes for 1884 to 1895 can still be had, price 14s. each, oF eo.
10s. the set. Of vols. 1884 and 1885 very few copies remain. = =
The bound volumes for 1896, 1897, 1898, and 1899 can be had

usual “81 1s. each; also covers for the 1699

ST, Newman & Co.;

Tab. 410.

Journ. Bot.

» guste

201

ALABASTRA DIVERSA.—Parr VI.
_ By Spencer Le M. Moors, F.L.S.
(Puates 409, 410.)
(Continued from p. 160.)
Dr. Ranv’s Ruopestan spr SC
Thunbergi ia (§ ind erie. Ran Caule achat

ampliato, antherarum loculis apice obtusis basi breviter calcaratis

pubes stigmatis oe subsimilibus deltoideo-rotundatis
Hab. uwayo; Dec. 1897. Nos. 275,
Caulis ocala 0-2 em. di Foliorum lamina 8°5-6°0 cm.
long., 0-7-1: 5 em. lat, leviter undulata, subtus egregie nervosa ;
petioli 0-2 cm. long., pubescentes. "Peduneuli 15 cm. vey

"Tr. oe T. And. er Sept. No. 631.

Hygro a (§ Kv- -Hycroputta) rhodesiana, sp. 2 rate
humilis soutien erectis ramosis e rhizomate crasso ¢r ) emiss
ramulis quadrangulibus glabris, foliis congestis caliibas cearbas
onthibus rps ciliatis, floribus in spicas breves terminales dispositis,

nodis uniflor s biflorisve, foliis floralibus reliquis similibus, calycis
alte — lob ‘mae subulatis ciliatis lobo axiali reliquis longiore,
corolle tubo satis elongato sursum amplificato, staminibus vere

didynamis sole ipsa per paria lateraliter coalitis, antheris staminum
longiorum ceteras oe excedentibus, capsula lineari basin versus
ta

angustata, 8-sper
Hab. Salisbury July, 1898. No. 5
ee 35 cm. diam. Folia eae cirea 1-0 cm. long.,
0°1-0-1 ris obtuse, nervus medianus ties 6 minens.
Brae “foliis similes nisi breviores. Calycis thea axialis
‘3 cm. lobi reliqui 1-0 em. long. Saco tubus vix 1°0 cm. long.,

deorsum 0°13 sursum 0°38 em. : limbi lobi tubo equilongi

labii antici lobo mediano tea ” Anthere majores 0°2 cm.
minor

‘16 cm. long., illarum filamentorum pars libera 0-4 cm.
Journat or Botany.—Vou, 88, [Junz, 1900.] P

202 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

harum 0°13 cm. long. Capsula vix 1:0 cm. long., 0°15 em. lat.
Semina 0-1 cm. long., dilute punice
e compared with H. senegalensis T. And., a West patie:

plant with which it has much a resemblance. he flow
are, however, different in the two cases, those of H. Bee oA eae

aving a considerably longer age and limb. Moreover, the un
equally lobed calyx, emphatically didynamous stamens, ceil 8- seeded
capsule are divergent points worthy of mention.

Ruellia patula Jacq. Buluwayo, early Jan. Nos. 177, 178.

Dyschoriste Fischeri Lindau. Buluwayo, Dec., early Jan. and
May. Nos. 181, 182, 383.

Strobilanthopsis
Acanthacearum e tribu Ruelliearum genus novum (tab. 410A).

x 5-partitus, segmentis linearibus, squalibus vel leviter
inequalibus. Corolle ewstivatione contorte tubus deorsam angustus,
sursum eximie amplificatus et venoso-palatiferus; limbus obscure
bilabiatus, labii inferioris lobo mediano lateralibus paullo majore.

tamina 4, didynama, juxta medium tubum affixa, vix exserta;
filamenta per paria lateralia in membranam decurrentem coalita;
anther omnes inter se equales, oblonge, dorsifixe, 2-loculares,
loculis sequalibus, parallelis, basi mucronatis. Pollinis grana
ellipsoidea, costis longitudinalibus circa 8 induta iat none
pore 3, costales. Discus apa s. Stylus inclusus, apice
latus, lobo Beech dentiformi. Ovula quove in loculo 2, ene
u unquam subo wslen, Se ei apa ie rate -
ang ‘diate, sitjuantels compressa, 2 ma, rarissime 1-sper
Suffrutex erectus cerebro tenuit arya Sateen, glandulosus. “Bolla
parva, membranacea, integerrima. ts res majusculi, ad apicem
—— brevium resceeiiee vel pau

S. hircina, Ramis sean pti pert —
labris, foliis Ppathitatie vel lineari- espe obtusis crebro
glanduloso- srg nec ultra 1:0 cm. long. (plerisque vero ie vi-
oribus) 0°2-0°25 em. lat., saree lobis oe dense glanduloso-
pubescentibu 8 aes em. long. 0-1- vix 0:2 em. lat., co ee

glabra in toto vix 8-0 cm. long., tubo “imidio inferiore 0-2 em

dimidio superiore 0°8 cm. diam., limbo vix 2:0 em. diam. hujus
lobis ses re pr eee 0-7-0'8 em. long., antheris obtusis
long.

0°3 cm. long., o 0°35 cm. long., stylo vix 1:8 cm.
pubetils, _stignatis lobo antico 0-1 em. long., capsula glabra,
1-2-1°5 em. long., seminibus sordide ae 0-2 cm. lat

Hab. Wort Gibbs, Rhodesia; Sept. 1898. No. 64 40.
After spending much time over this plant, I find myself com-
pelled, although unwillingly, to propose a new genus for its

genera as Mellera and Mimulopsis. There seems justification, there-

ore, for regarding the new genus as a link between the tribes
Eu-Ruelliee and Strobilanthee a3 understood by Mr. C. B. Clarke.
The African plant referred by the late Mr. Bentham to Strobilanthes

ALABASTRA DIVERSA 2038

has now, together with some others since discovered, found a resting-
place elsewhere: all these differ from the plant here described in
having echinate pollen. The ribbed ellipsoidal pollen of S. hireina
is a point in which it agrees with Strobilanthes; but, irrespective of
the geographical difficulty, neither the method of insertion of the
stamens nor the mucronate anthers are characters of that genus.
Moreover, the absolute equality in size of all the anthers and the
absence of a staminode, although not definite points as against
Strobilanthes, suggest that the real affinity of Strobilanthopsis lies
elsewhere. e position I venture to propose for it is next to
Dyschoriste.

ous. Some cells examined by me had a couple of ovules to all

eed.
r. Rand notes of this: ‘The plant has a rank disagreeable

Blepharis Bainesii $8. Moore. Buluwayo. May. No. 381.

B. diversispina Clarke. Near Shashi River, early Jan.; Bulu-
wayo, May. Nos. 116, 380.

Crabbea cirsioides Nees. Buluwayo, May. No. 428.

_Barleria (§ Prionrtts) Randii, sp.n. Planta glabrata foliis
ellipticis breviter spinogo-acuminatis basi in petiolum brevem
cuneatim angustatis margi yalini membranaceo-coriaceis

sepalis anticis 0-4 cm. lat. margine breviter hyalinum; sepala
lateralia reliquis similia nisi minora. Corolle in toto vix 4:0 em.
ong. tubum verum 1°5 em. long., 0°25 cm. lat., deorsum usque ad

pubescentia. Ovarium oblongo-ovoideum, 0°3 em. long. Sty lus
7 cm. long. vulum secundum subobsoles. :
A striking novelty quite unlike any species hitherto described.
Barleria Mackenii Hook. £, Buluwayo, Dec. No.
Monechma bracteatum Hochst. No. 374 (not localized).
Justicia Betonica \, Buluwayo, May. No. 875.
01.

J. flava Vahl. Buluwayo, Dec. No. 10 p 2

2904 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Justicia (§ coinage, Tyg eta sp. n. — humili

(e rhizomate incrassato oriundo ?) laxe albide araneoso mox
piloso, foliis eepounie parvis Tinea aclu sone presertim
margine araneoso-pilosis membranaceis in sicco viridibus, spicis

pluriflori is baal interruptis, foliis rpesettee reliquis similibus bracteas
subulatas multo gain calycis segmentis anguste linearibus
acuminatis corolla tubum sube quantibus, corolle extus pubescentis
tubo a basi gradatim ampliato, limbi labio postico breviter 2-lobo,
palato maxime eminente, ovario 4-ovulato.
Hab. Salisbury ; bee 1898. No. 508.

antula tantum . alt., foliis ae minimis radicalibus
deKoiaaes Fatale ilicinieaie carnosulis 0-2-0°3 cm. long. et lat
(an propagulis ?) instructa. Folia caulina circa 0-7 cm. long., raro

ursum 0°15- -
are m. lat. Bractes e circa 0'2 cm. rare ile Calycis segmenta

purea ; “tubus sub maa vix 0-4 m. diam. ; limbi labium tae
oblongum, labio antico paullo brevius; labii a ntici 0°8 cm. long.
lebi ovati, eacn lateralibus paullo major, lobi omnes ian
crenulati. Anthere 0°25 cm. long. Ovarium ovoideo- oe
0-15 em. long., glabrum; stylus glaber, 0-8 cm. long. Capsu

~ respects—e. g. in its lowly habit, narrow calyx-lobes, &c., and be
ines imi Sven leaves. The specimens of this are three,

they bear the appearance of having been torn off a stout Peotstoak.
This surmise is strengthened by the fact of another of Dr. Rand’s
specimens, which I consider a variety of J. elegantula, having such
a rootstock.

Var. elatior. Planta robustior, usque ad 14:0 cm, alt., piloso
puberula nec araneosa ; folia qu “tha ea typi paullo majora ; spice
elongate. Folia radicalia desun

say ot 189 ny No. 642.

Var. repens. t gathered by Dr. Rand at Buluwayo in
Dec. 1897 (No. 179) eel also be referred here. The specimen
shows the remains of a stoutish ebro the stem is repent and
pubescent, in the leaves, up to 1 em. long by 0-8 em. broad, are
more numerous, and, being mixed up hie the short cymes, bie
the plant ‘ish the look of a member of § Calophanoides. Ther
are no radical leaves.

J. protracta T. eorrd var. sotcrcae Sept. No. 509.

.§ ANSELLIA) € Caule tenui repente puberulo,
foliis parvis avatie et gol rollihwis obtusis vel obtusissimis
petiolum brevem desinentibus membranaceis mox giabris, a
plurifloris folia excedentibus, foliis floralibus minimis subulatis,
calycis henry” lineari-lanceolatis corolle tubo equilongis, pomacs

eet x 0-4 cm, long., disco parum conspicuo, ovulis quo
in :

Sa Buluwayo; May, 1898. No. 889.

Folia 0°6-1:5 em. long., 0-5 cm. lat., margine obscure undulata;
petioli aie 0-2 cm. long. Spice modicw 2-0 cm. long., tenues.

5"

|
|

ALABASTRA DIVERSA 205

Folia floralia 0-1 cm. long. Calyx 0-4 cm long. Flores 0- 25 cm.
diam., extus fere omnino glabri, horum limbi lobi iis J. uncinulate
Oliv. similes nisi minores. Anthere 0:1 cm. each Ovariu m

long., _— oblongum, una cum stylo 0°22 em. long. Sgbarilita,
to J. uncinulata Oliv., but readily known by its slender
habit, different leaves, and much smaller flow

Diapedium Mollaré Eplddepeeti Melleri Rolfe). Salisbury, Sept.
No. 5070.

Peristrophe usta Clarke. Salisbury, Sept. No. 507.

Hypoéstes verticillaris R. Br. Buluwayo, May. No. 378.

Thunbergia (§ pal ponvasess) Delamerei, sp.
similiter es caule sat gracili appresse hirtulo- -pu sirens
foliis pro genere minimis cordato-ovatis obtusis dentato-lobulatis

stigmatis repress labiis infandibutiformibud superiore quam in-
ferius paullo minore.

Hab. British Kast ent near Lake Marsabit, 1898; Lord
Delamere (Herb. Mus. Brit.).

Folia 1:0-1°5 em. long., basi usque 1°5 cm. diam., subtus
eminenter nervosa, membranacea, in sicco Viridia; petioli 0-4—
0°7 cm. long., 0°15 cm lat. Padang uli 2°5-3-0 cm. long. Bracteole
1-5 cm. long., 0:6-0°8 cm. lat., nervosa. Calycis lobi modici 0°3 em.
long. Corolle tubus ve 2-5 em. long., 0°6 cm. lat., purpureus ;
limbus circa 2-5 cm. diam., ican luteus. Antherw He em
long. Stigmatis labium superius 0°12 em. diam. Capsu

alata Boj., but cantly distinguished by its ac! Sauatl
shortly stalked, dentate- lobulate leaves, small obtuse bracteoles,
est corolla- tube considerably exceeding the bracteoles in
eng

ris tenuiramea, sp.n. Caule e basi ramoso, ramis

roangit ne eases apice spinosis, “ape ea oblanceo ata Iargine

spinosa, bracteolis 0, eon labio antico 8-lobo, ovarii loculis

1-ovulatis, capsula 2-sperm

. trap Nyassaland, 1895; Buchanan (No. 887 in Herb. Mus.

rit.).
Planta circa 3-0-5-0 em. alt. Ramuli 0-06-0-i cm. diam.,

decolores. Folia 3-0-7: 0 em. long., 0°15-0°25 om. lat., firma,

206 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

subtus conspicue nervosa. Ramulorum floriferorum fasciculi in-
feriores circa 3:0 cm. long., vix totidem lat., fasciculi caulini circa
2°5 em. long. et bee Folia floralia 1:5-2°5 cm. lon

lat., rigida, subtus eminenter 1- ones ner ue transvers

vosa. Bractea vix 0-1 cm. long. s lobi (lobis renee
exemptis) oblongi, anteriores 1:5 cm. = posteriorem paullo
superantes; lobi laterales Hineari- lanceolati fere 1:5 cm. long.

) m.

sursum O°7 cm. lat., hujus jobi pn sdediceim, 0:3 cm. long.
Antheree 0°35 cm. lon ng. se ellipsoidea, vix 1:0 cm. nekee
a 0-6 cm. long. et 0°5 ¢
e affinity of this seems S i with B. Bainesii S. Moore, but
the "diferent habit, broader leaves never spiny at the margin,
differently shaped espinose floral lea Uk and bracts, &c., of the
latter, make it easy to ates tg the two.

Barler ria (§ Acanrsomra) D pian koe. sp. nov. Sufirutex
caule pubescente Stapltivto mox glabro, foliis ge ovatis spinu-
loso-mucronatis basi cuneatis isn scentibus, mis abbreviatis

ibt

amplificato calycem fere duplo excedente limbo squaliter 5-fido,
ovulis perfectis quove in loculo

Hab. British East Africa, 3 near Lake Marsabit, 1898; Lord
Delamere Lage Mus

Folia 0°7-1°3 cm. ‘long., 0:4-0°5 em. lat. ons interpetiolares
modice circa 10cm. long. Racemi 2-0-2°5 cm. long. Sepalum

sola “ig em. lat. et ine ejusdem longitudinis ; pee antica
1:2 em. lo ong., horum lamina lat. et spine long. 0°3 omnia
sen tnveitey nervosa; sepala lateralia 0-8 cm. long., ciliolata. ” Corolla
3°5 cm. long.; tubus basi 0-4 cm. medio 0-8 em. sub limbo 0°7 em.
lat., puberulus. Stamina Srevitar e exserta. Antherw 0-2 cm. long.
Stam minodia duo vix 0°4 cm. long., tertium ad merum rudimentum
lineari-subulatum 0°15 cm. long. reductum. Discus lobulatus.
Ovarium ovoideum, Che 0-3 cm. long. Stylus vix 8-0 cm
long., pilosulus. Capsula —

AY very distinct species, per haps nearest B, spinulosa Klotzsch,
but with too many characteristic features to render comparison
Bichar But for its flowers, this might be taken for a

as (§ Hemistoma) Mackinderi, sp.n. Erecta, ramosa,
crebro reat caule valido hirsuto, arti ovatis vel ovato-oblongis
obtusis grosse crenatis vel crenato-serratis deorsum in petiolum
villosulum desinentibus hirsuto-pubescentibus juvenilibus subtus
albo-tomentosis, verticillastris subdistantibus multifloris, bracteis

DROSERA BANKSII 207

slenee labio inferiore a ae galea brunneo-villosa necnon
gine longiuscule albo-

sg Mo ant Kenia, ‘coe. oe J. Mackinder (Herb. Mus. Brit.).

Caulis vix 0-5 cm, diam., deinde pubescens. Foliorum —
4:0-7:0 cm. long. (rats ime 10-0 em. pera 20-4:0 cm. lat.,
membranacea; petioli nunc usque 0°5 cm. abbreviati, iain alati
et usque 1: 0-3-0 cm. aie ongati. Verticillastei 25 ¢ iam
Bractez aamghae 1-3 em. long., interne 1:0 em., ille vix “O2 cm.
lat. Flores galea iawle albi. Calycis tubus ar 1:0 cm. long.,
deorsurh ais e 0°15 cm. angustatus, sursum 0°5 em. lat.; hujus
labium inferius 3-dentatum 0°6 cm. lat.; labium ites 5- dentatum
et 0°5 cm. lat. ~giorel tubus 1-0 em. long., 0° . cm. diam., intus
piloso-annulatus. Galea tubo xquilonga, aniar nata. Labii in-
ferioris lobus E erncdins oe 0°65 cm. lat. ; Tobi laterales ovati,
obtusi, 0-3 cm. lat.

The affinity of this fine species seems to be with L. Holstit
Girke. The lanceolate outer bracts, the 8-toothed calyx, and
certain other points of difference in floral structure should be noted.

Expianation or Prates 409 & 410A
(The drawings of a oa are natural size; of ibe cme more or less
fied, unless stated otherw a
Puate 409.—A. “Steph ilept centauroides. Fig. 1. An inner involucral
scale. 2. A young floret showing the caducous coor 3. Mature floret.
4. Section of same, showing andreecium and style-arms. 5. A stamen. 6. ipe
achene in side view an te above. 7. A hair ofthe pappus. B. Pheocephalus
gnidioides. 8. A capitulum “sain the densely hairy involucre and the brac-
teoles. 9. A floret. 10. Tw the anthers. 11. Style-arms. 12. Ri
achene. 13. A scale of the feos
Prats 410.—A. Serobtanthopsi hircina. Fig. 1. Corolla — genie
pndedcais 2. An anther. A pollen-grain. 4. Ovary,
opened. 6. Ripe capsule (nat. size). 7. Capsule opened, howing ‘the ite Mi

DROSERA BANKSIL Br.
By James Brirten, F.L.S.
(Prate 410 B.)

Amone the plates of Australian plants apie at the cost of
Sir Joseph Banks, now in course of publication by a ea “
the British Mus seum, are some which were sit engraved.

ill not, save in a few shinee cases, be included in the Mccetdin
publication, wore confined to prints from the existing copper
plates. Some (een are, rails of considerable interest; and
the ~aibeonete ms of Drosera Banksii is one of these.

So far am aware, this plant is still only known to science
from the specimens wiaate: at Endeavour’s River by Banks: n
_— Soh ai is given for it in the last edition of Mueller

and n o figure has hitherto been published. A brief
Prams by pe hap is given in DO, Pr odr. i, 319, and the

208 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

plant ped previously received a manuscript name from Solander
but neither Brown’s nor Solander’s description is to be found in
their respective manuscripts. Planchon (in Ann. Sci. Nat. 3rd
Series, ix. 291) gives a full description, drawn up from the

anksian specimens, but. did not consult the figure, as he says
‘flores mihi ignoti.” On the back of his se cecval sketch taken
during the voyage, Sydney Parkinson has noted: ‘‘ The petala
white, anthera yellow, the leaves orange ae cilia yellow green,
stalk and calyx tinged with red, the old capsules dark red purple.”
The drawing based on the original sketch, from which the figure
now published is ‘akan 2 is by James Miller

NORFOLK NOTES.
By E. F. Linton, M.A.

Tar following list contains a ati from the notes made
pice a few years’ residence in the county of Norfolk of the less
on phanerogams and ferns. My observations were all sub-
rare to 1880; there are perhaps no plants in the list new for
in county, any such discoveries having been published when fresh
is n the Tisitastions of the Norfolk and Norwich Natural History
ociety.

The Norwich ie aes has in its possession an interesting
herbarium collected by the late John Drew Salmon, 1835-87,
chiefiy from the neighbourhood of Thetford. I am not aware
of any publication of its contents, and have inserted notes of
infrequent plants from this source, whist are duly acknowledged
by the abbreviation, hb. Salmon

The majority of the stations i in the list are in Norfolk East (27).
Those in West Norfolk are preceded by the comital number (2

orfolk is a county in which there is a tendency for the same
territorial name to crop up two or three times over: there are two
Roydons, two Ellinghams, a Caister and a Cuaist stor, two Newtons,
four Beestons, five Thorpes. I have referred in this paper to
Roydon by Diss, Ellingham by Bungay, Caister by Yarmouth, and
Thorpe St. Andrew, near Norwich—not to the other places of these
ambiguous names. Newton (near Swaffham) » sufficiently dis-

and Beesto mie Andr drew, frequ uently hatitionad. is a small un-
churched 66 h three miles woe ast of Norwich, not to be
confused with Besstan by Cro

Thalictrum minus L. ‘a hoe Lane, near Thetford
(1836), Ab. Salmon.

T. flavum L. Roydon, near Diss. 28. Thetford (1835), Ab
Salmon.

Ranunculus circinatus Sibth. Whittingham; Ranworth Broad
Hoveton; Ellingham. 28. Larlingford.

. fluitans Sais 28. Plentiful in the Little Ouse, near Brandon.

NORFOLK NOTES 209

R. trichophyllus = ee Ditech, Arminghall. 28. Larlingford.

R. heterophylius Web. ex p.(R. radians ee Newton St. Faith’s.
—Var. triphyllus (H iern). Thorpe by Nor

R. peltatus Schrank, var. jovibunas (Bab) ‘Newton St. Faith’s;
near gave Farm, Sprow wston; Yarmouth.

R. sceleratus L. Yarmonth; Paston. "98, Thet tford, Ab. Salmon.
— a a small form by the Ringmere ; Larlingford.

. Lingua L. gs Broad; Ormes by. 28. Pier Kuston

Bridge, Thetford, hb. Salm

R. sardous Crantz. Sioradia: in clover-fields, Sprowston ; Yar-

uth.
Berberis vulgaris L. 28. Shadwell, near Thetford (1835), hd.
In k.

enn.).
P. dubium L. var. ae i motte). rangle
P. a ig: L. Ellingham; Wymondham. 28. Castleacre ;
Swaffham |
P. hybridum L. Cromer to Runto
in peat L. Plentiful at Gley, 1 887.
Chelidonium majus L. 28. Thetford (1835), ‘a, Salmon; Castle-
acre.
Cheiranthus Cheiri L. Castleacre Priory.
Nasturtium palustre DC. Hellesdon. 28. Row
N. — um R. Br. 28. Larlingford = ri DC.).
Barbarea preacox R. Br. Casual at Sprowston, and Thorpe.
Arabis hirsuta Scop. 28. Fast Harling ; sae eae Swaffham.
A, perfoliata Lam. Crostwick to Beeston, 1885; abundant and
i rh

very
barium specimens. The next year there was only one plant, a poor
one, though the ditch was undisturbed. The ways of some biennials
are not easy to understand.
Cardamine amara L. Wet margin of Marsham Heath. 28.
Holkham.
Alyssum calycinum Li, Clover-field, Sprowston (1884).
Cochlearta officinalis L, 28, Near Denver sluice (1837), hd.
oy
C. Armoracia L. Frequent. Barton Broad ; Cromer;
Mundesley ; Tivetshall. oe Pec!
i . Lane by te ay Heath ;
onsets North Walsham; Paston. a8. Harling Roa
S. Sophia L. North Walsham; Cromer; Cley. 28. Near Thet-
ford ; Oaatloas cre.
E irysimum cheiranthoides 1. Geldeston; Blickling; Swafield ;
Cley. 28. Thetford !, rb. Salmon, — La rlingford.
Camelina sativa Cran ntz. Sprows
” a ssica Sinapioides Roth. Cley. "98. Ditch near Harling Road
atio
Diplotanis muralis DC. Between Old and New Catton; Tivet-
a —— ondham. 28. Wells.
onopus Ruellit All, - Geldeston ; Tivetshall.
28. Thetford, hb. Salmon, Sees

a)
a
—~
3
=
ge
~
ee
> S
a
a
s
a
=
~
Ss
cy
&

210 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

ma ruderale L. 28. South Lynn (1844), hb. Salmon.

L. campestre R. Br. Cromer; Crostwick, bank by the Rectory
(where is Chiba Sm. is reported by the Rev. K. Trimmer, whic
I did not see), and neighbouring field; Sprows ‘ton. 28. Hast Har-

ing. L, Smithii occurred near North ‘Walsham (1886), and at
Witton nate both _ given in FI. folk.

L. Draba L. Weybourne to Cley, em: W, W.

I leans arvense L. Sprowston. 28, Thetford to sentie (1836),
hb, Salmon.

Teesdalia nudicaulis R. Br. Mousehold Heath, 1886. 28. Thet-
ford to Rushfor

Reseda tutea L. Frequent. Ellingham ; Attlebridge; Wymon
ham; Cawston ; Worstead; Mundesley ; Cromer; Cley. 28. Beetley
to Gressenhall ; Castleacre

. Lateola L. Caw ston ; Sprowston; Cley. 28. Thetford (1835),
labelled R. lutea, hb. Salmon. affham

Helianthemum Chamacistus Mill. Drymere Pit, near Swaffham.
Apparently very scarce.

Viola silvestris Reich. Gawdy Hall Wood, Harlest

i or Schrader. Sprowston ; plentiful on oe North
Dene, Nes uth ; but I never saw anything like V. lactea Sm. there

c. 1881).

which does not occur in that work, but has been noticed by me at
Sprowston; Cawston; Hllingham; Wymondham. 28. Beetley;
Larlingford ; Swaffham : and is probably —? distributed.
V. - icolor, on the other hand, is scarce, if not r
Polyg ale serpyllacea Weihe. Newton St. Faith's s; Caws Ii

is not unlikely that some of Mr. Trimmer’s localities are phy this
orm

Frankonia levis L. ‘*Yarmouth, Norfolk, Rey. G. R. Leathes,”’
hb. Salmon. 28. Wells, 1884, &e.

Dianthus deltoides L. 28. Heath near Euston Bridge, Thetford,
Norfolk, 1837, hb. Salmon.

Saponari ia officinalis L. Hedgebank, Rackheath.

Silene anglica L. Cawston; Sprowston. 28. Swaffham

S. wie we L. Newton St. sia 1887; Sprowston, "1888 ;
Alderford ; mon 28. Scarning; Larling.

Lychnis Githago Scop. 28, Thetford, 1835, hb. Salmon. East
Harling.

Cer so cepa L. Salhouse; Cromer

c. e L. South Dene, Yarmouth ; Cromer. 28. About
Thetford: eye ees to Wells

Stellaria aquatica Scop. Flordon. 28. Larlingford.

S. media Cyr. var. Boreana (Jord.). Wells to Holkham

S. palustris Retz. Ranworth Broad. 28. Thetford, Ab. Salmon.
bedingtond: — rth Elmham.

8. apni Murr. Beeston St. Andre 28. Larlingford.

Arenaria tenuifolia L. 28. Shadwell fine Tao ie ee
Thetford ; dienes Priory ruins. — Var. hybrida (Vill.). ust

NORFOLK NOTES 211

south-east “ Thetford, and on Croxton Heath, 1886; Hast Harling
to Knettis

A, sanpgligfolin L. var. leptociados (Guss.). Ellingham; Wy-
mondham ; Sprowston. 28. Thetford; East Harling.

Sagina ‘ciliata Fr. Swafield, 1886. 28. Croxton Heath; Roud-

am.
_ nodosa Fenzl. Alderford Common ; South Repps Common.
. Narford, near the Church; Swaffham.
re ‘gula arvensis Li. Sitience’ Mousehold Heath. 28. Swaff-

Spergularia marina Dum. Cley
S. media Dum. Cley, sect 38. Wells

Hypericum hircinum UL. S. Aundant in in ee of Holkham
Park ; introduced as cover sit sehr
elodes L. Back of Grange aauue, Thorpe (by Norwich) ;

Newton St. Faith’s

Tilia cordata Mill. Sprowston, te the entrance to the
Hall ; a fine old tree of some eight stems, four of which were blown
down in a storm about 1885; Bradfie

. 28. East Dereham
G. sale L. Ellingham ; Sprowston ; Cromer. 28. Beetley;
Swaffham ; Lexham.
. cf. perience L. In plenty by the roadside north of Thetford
tation.
G. columbinum L. Blickling. 28. Narborough to Narford.
G. lucidum Thorpe by Norwich; Knapton. 28. Thetford,
1837, hb. Salmo
uonymus europa us L. Arminghall Wood; Hellesdon; Sprow-
~~ civ ; Wymondham. 28. Gressenhall to Kast Dereham;
ou
rrpeanes catharticus LL. Hoveton Broad. 28. Thetford, 1835,
hb. sacste oa He wton; Larlingford; Swaffham
Vv

pert An L. Newton St. Faith’s; Cawston Heath.

Ulex Gailii Planch. Abundant on Monsehold Heath and at
Newton St. Faith’s; Cawston; Ormesby. 28. North Elmham ;
Beetley.

U. nanus Forster. Apparently this, on part of Cawston
Heath.

Ononis repens L. Ormesby; Mundesley to Paston. 28. Thet-
ford, hb. Salmon. Swaffham

0. spinosa L, Aitlebridge, near the Station (with some me

no specimens preserved). 28. Downham, 1887, hb. Salmon. Kas
Harling to Knettishall.

Medicago sativa L. Sprow

M. falcata La. Norwich hae ‘Sapient 28. Thetford, 1836,
hb. Salmon. Swa:

il. minima “vol "38. Sandy pasture half-way between Thet-
ford and Rushford.

Melilotus officinalis Lam, Sprowston,

212 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

erie arvense L. Ellingham; Attlebridge; Trimingham.
28. Roudha exham

r: salto ‘s Molsuhold Heath; Yarmouth; Pas

T. scabrum L, Yarmouth. 28. East Harling to Kncttishell ;
Thetford.

T. fragiferum L. 28. Wells.

T. filiforme L. nich atten North Dene, Yarmouth; South

pps Common; Antin

Anthyllis Voudseratia L. Cromer. 28. Thetford!, 1835, Ab.
Salmon

Lotus corniculatus L. var. villosus Ser. 28. South-east of Thetford.

Ornithopus perpusillus L. 28. Thetford, 1885, hb. Salmon.

udham ; Lexham.

Onobrychis viciafolia Scop. 28. Thetford, hb. Salm

Vicia hirsuta Gray. Abundant on 1_Danks sit iBerowsinn

. Swaffha

esley.

thyroides Li. 28. ee Abbey Heath, hb. Salmon.
Thetford to Rushford; Croxton Hea

athyrus palustris Th. Fre sonat at Hoveton, and Ranworth

Steed name, agreeing with the local Jae scene 26..<° hee

runus Avium ingha
P. Cerasus L. 28. Daning ont.
P. Padus L. In a roadside plantation, Drayton
an Filipendula Li. 28. Garboldisham oa: ‘East Harling ;

Rubus Ideus L. Though stated by Rev. K. Trimmer to be
“not frequent, i it would be more correct to describe Ges distri-
bution as iene dropping the negative. Mousehold Heath ;
rage 4 Orm ; Cawston. 28. Thetford, hb. Salmon. Beet-

{[Note.—In the fruticose section of this genus the nomenclature
has itself altered considerably since most of these observations were
made, and some of the plants here mentioned have been recorded
elsewhere previously under another name. This list sas therefore
be taken to supersede any former publications of min ev.

. M. Rogers has given me much help in this genus a

. plicatus W. “& N. Beeston St. Andrew; oo aah 28.
ot towards Gressenhall, by the side of a lan
. Rogersii L. Roadside, in fair quantity near “Westwick Woods,
North Walsham

R. affinis W. '& N. Monsehould Heath and by the road leading
rer to Salhouse ; Ormesby, near the locality for Carex trinervis,

ery

[R. carpinifolius W. & N., though recorded by Rev. K. Trimmer
I never saw in Norfolk, and suspect his plant was R. carpinifolius
Blox., a usual mistake in his day.

R. incurvatus Bab. From two spots, about half a mile apart,
Sprowston Common and Boar Lane; named for me by Prof.

NORFOLK NOTES 213
Babington, and confirmed by the Rev. W. M. Rogers as similar

m Berks.
Lindleianus Lees. Mousehold Heath. 28. Beetley; North
Elmham; Gressenhall.

R. rhamnifolius W. & N., the usual English form. Cawston, at
an entrance to the Heath; South Repps Common; Sprowston ;
Harleston.

R. pulcherrimus Neum. Very frequent. ae”: or
Mousehold Heath; Sprowston; Cawston; Cromer. North
Elmham
R. vilicanis - collect.) var. Hoe pone a
Heath, corner by the Salhouse Road; wsto ae ; entrance
to Cawston ect from Cawston ; Seeas ig unto:

R. gratus Focke. In fair quantity on Mouslcll Hanis Sprow-
ston Common
Fe: Fisticanus Merc. Extremely abundant and well distributed.

ham h
hall; Swaffham.—Var. Schlechtendalii (Weihe). Beeston St. Andrew,
in the Park Deke; Ormesby. — Var. amplificatus (Lees). Hedge
opposite the chief sa to Rackheath Park; Newton St. Faith’s.
i Spr engelitt Weihe. Lane near Sprowston Church.
R. micans Gren. & Godr. Sprowston.
R. pyramidalis Kalt. Mousehold Heath; pth and between
that and Thorpe; copse between Beeston and h.
. leucostachys Schleich. gprs acne ; Sprowston ;
Cawston; Blickling. 28. Bee
rye @anus Genev. aes 1d Heath, two or three bushes ;
south-west of North Walsham, plentiful in hedges; near Cromer
(where I was directed to it by Mr. a Bailey), plentiful.
R. mucronatus Blox. Westwick Woo
R. Gelertii Frider. Mousehold Fleath ; hedge by a copse,
Beeston St. Andrew.—Var. cri iniger Linton. Boar Lane, Sprowston,
nar Paap ar ae) hedge on the borders of Beeston St. Andrew. 28.
exhat

and also some more hates armed than usual; Sprowston Com-
mon, also in Boar Lane, and copses; Buckenham to io don;
Thorpe by Norwich ; Cawston.—Var. ee sea Mouse-
hold Heath, ‘a weakly armed form,” W. M.R

R. echinatus Lindl. Roadside, Mousehold ‘Heath ; Sprowston
Common, and copse

R. oigoclados Muell. & Lefv. Church Wood, Sprowston.

R. Babingtonii Bell-Salter. _ Gawdy Hall Wood, Redenhall.

Copse, Sprowston ; seen nowhere else in the county.
R. Lintoni Focke. Boar Lane and Sprowston Common ; also
very fine in Church ts A ee form of this distinct Pass

214 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

R. rosaceus (sp. collect.) var. hystrix W.& N. Westwick, towards
North Walsham.

R. a (sp. collect.) var. cognatus (N. E. Br.). Church Wood,
Sprow

: Re sent W. & K. var. rotundifolius Bab. In fair quantity in a
copse just across the road from the north border of Mousehold Heath.

R. tereticaulis P. J. Muell. aoe, and abundant in Church
Copse, Sprowston; less so on the northern border of Mousehold
Heath ; the two stations about two nies apart.

R. dumetorum W.&N. Beeston St. Andrew Park and Sprowston
Common (var. tuberculatus Bab.) ; Mousehold Heath (var. fascicu-
latus P. J. Muell. fide Prof. Babington). Probably commoner than
these notes imply.

. corylifolius Sm. Frequent; usually a sublustris form in
Norfolk East. Thorpe; Sprowston; Ellingham; Ormesby; Cawston
28. North Elmham; Beetley; Larling.—Var. oni Lindeb.
Loddon to Buekenham and to Re edham ; snort

ca@sius ingham ; copse, Sprows scare tenuis Bell-
Salter , fide Prof. Bebington), 28. Gecanhall: East Harling; Lar-
lingford ohm intermedius Bab., confirmed by the ee

Geum rivale L. 28. Thetford, 1835, hb. Sa

Pitoneille argentea IL. Ellingham ; Spro stiat ; Swafield ;
Mundesley to Paston. 28. Thetford, 1885, hb. yr Gressen-
hall to Beetley.

. palustris Scop. sor eee Barton Broad. 28. Lexham

Alchemilla vulgaris L. The only Norfolk specimen I remember

o have seen came from Haniic akan 1834, hb. J. A. Power, com-
Minka by Mr. E.S. Salmon ; it proved on examination to be the

segregate or terete A, alpestris Schmidt.

Poterium Sanguisorba L. 28. Swaffham.

P. officinale Hook. fil. 28. Wretton.

Rosa tomentosa Sm. Ellingham ; Beesto on St. Andrew; Flordon;
Bradfield. 28. Swaffham.—Var. scabriuscula ( (Sm.). Rackheath ;
Ellingham.

R. rubiginosa Li. Sprowston. 28. Beetley; Newton. — Var
comosa Rip. Ro rs levis Mousehold to Salhouse; Loddon ; Kirby

R. avoir Desv. Bostock: Sprowst 28. Lar Hingtondls

Stu
28. Comm chek ae arning ; ey.
R. resaeeia ik var, lutetiana ‘tamaa n). Frequent, e.g. oe,
Thorpe; Ormesby; Flordon ; Ellingham. 28. East Harling;
ort a ; North Elmham ; Swaffham ; onset mn Var. surculosa

. Nor
astleacre. — Var. senticosa (Ach.). Near Stubb’s Green,
Lnddstices Var. dumalis (Bechst.). Loddon; Haynford; Fretten-

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEZ 215

ham. 28. Larling; Beetley to Gressenhall; Swaffham; Newton
—Var. verticillacantha (Mérat). Beeston St. "An drew; Sprowston ;

Frettenham. 28. Lexham Heath. — Var. Blond@ana (Rip.).

sloebieutaa # Beeston St. Andrew. — Var. urbica (Leman). Old

h &c.

Larling. — Var. dumetorum (Thuill.). Rackheath; Trunch. 28.
Castleacre. — Var. pe aap Baker. Crostwick ; Sprowston, . a
with sepals more or less ascending ; Plordon ; : Sig sm

28. Beetley to Grasenital ; es ; Swaffham.— Var. ase
(Woods). Near Sprowston Church ;

R. coriifolia Fries. Hedge in the Sahoo Lane, Sprowston, and
also by a copse about a mile to the e

R. arvensis L. Loddon; Fa vethiedl to Spixworth. 28. Newton;
Swaffham.

Pyrus communis lL. He dges, Sprowston towards Thorpe ;
ported to have been ani ‘by a gardener. 28. Snare Hill, aul
eae 1836, Ab.

. Mal us e var. ‘ae DO. — 28. an Thet-
ford to Rushiiede Lexham. — Var. mitis Wallr. Knapton; Post-
ick ; Sprowston. 28. Thetford to Rushford: Swaffham.

(To be continued.)

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACE
(arrer WanrnsTorr)
By E. Cuarues Horrets, F.L.S.

(Continued from p. 167.)

. S. Wagnstorrm Russ. in Sitzungsb. der Dorpater Naturf.-Ges.

1887, 315.
ie S. acutifolium var. gracile Russ. Beitr. 1865, 44.
Tufts Loree gpa in wider le aon or smaller ei atches ; 8

ally brac
never orthocladous, not rarely dasy-, drepano-, or katoclad
rarely Shs gis ose St tems upright, thin, 8-15 cm. in lengt

Sten: ores in 2-4 very rarely 5 layers, the inner cells Smatdend
with very thick strongly pitted walls; the outer cells without o
very rarely with a few scattered pores.

Stem-leaves small to medium size, ‘4 to °5 mm. long, generally
lingulate, from the base very gradually narrowed, then somewhat

216 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

suddenly narrowed to the rounded or toothed apex ; border narrow

widened below as in S. acutifolium. Hyaline cells in the
upper half of the leaf, rhomboid to elongate-rhomboid, generally
septate, sometimes into 8-4 daughter-cells ; non-fibrillose or not
rarely with a few very delicate fibrils, in the first case with longi-

well as those of the apical half of the spreading branches, are
narrow-ovate to lanceolate; at the base of the pendent branches
they are broad-ovate. Hyaline cells of leaves from the basal half
of the spreading branches have on the outer surface numerous
pores ; these. are in the lower half of the leaf large, oval, a Ww

almost asetislae and very numerous, and are surrounded ine a rela-
tively broad, strongly thickened ring. In the leaves of the apical
half of the spreading branches, and in all the leaves of the pendent
branches, the pores decrease gradually i in size from the base to the

the inner surface of all the leaves more numerous in the basal part

and near the lateral margins, large, generally non-ringed, an

frequently corresponding in position with the pores on the outer

surface, so that complete perforation of the leaf results.
Chlorophyliose cells in section trapezoid, more rarely triangular,

and inserted between the hyaline cells on the inner surfac

ie Hyaline cells more strongly convex on the outer surface of

ioicous ; male branches clavate towards the apex, the a
itself being elongate-subulate, light to dark red. Perigonial biota
ovate, broader and shorter han the leaves of the sterile branches ;
md aline cells in the basal half non-fibrillose and without pores, only
arely with scattered, very delicate rudimentary fibrils; in the
— half with very small narrowly ringed pores. Female flowers

lose, and generally 1 -3 ina septate. Capsule relatively large,
dark r - brown; spores dark yellow, finely papi illoge. Fruit
very r
This small, delicate, ~ very pretty Sphagnum is easily dis-
—— from its nearest ally, S. rubellum (1) by the remarkably
minute strongly ringed pores on the outer surface of the apical half
of the leaves of the spreading branches; these pores are smaller
than those of any other European species, and are especially con-
spicuous owing to their being suddenly and not gradually replaced

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACER 217

at from rag apex to the b se ; 2) by the Sa asiee; which

n ape,
less ‘eoqden’ division of the hyaline cells, and in the absence of
fibrils, or, if these are present, by their greater delicacy ; and (3)
by the habitat.
Ha S. Warnstorfii prefers wet birch- oe or the wet
meadows on the borders of m oors. It is never found on elevated
moorlands, nor in it es “ S. rubellum, but frequently grows,
on the — with S. ¢
The number of sia for ms of this moss is much greater than
in S. pkuhn or S. fuscum, and the varieties are based primarily
oe to the colour of the tufts.
rib. Russia, Finland, Sweden, Denmark, Germany, Switzer-
land, Fran, North America.
vescens Warnst. in Samml. Europ. Torfm. No, 289 (1892).
Oslaae rellienigi: throughout.
Var. pallescens Warnst. in Samm). Europ. Torfm. No. 240 (1892).
we ~ whitish green a out.
r. purpurascens Rugs. apud Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. xv. p. 140.
Plants of a beautiful rose, purilg or arse ie red rece in the upper
ar Lage below, but with no a admixture of gree

versicolor Russ. 4 8 d Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. xv 40.

Plants coloured with a icin of red and green ; capitulum gener-

ally pale-, rose-, purple- or violet-red, the middle part of the plant
greenish, the lower part bleached.

Wi aidy Bank Fell, Teesdale, phe pep hae:

viride Russ. apud Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. xv. p. 140. Colour
green ‘* eninkali throughout, ii pa here ae" there a delicate
flush of pale red ; the lower part bleac
ar. favo glaucescens Warnst. in ‘Schrift. der Naturf. Ges. in
Danzig N. F. Bd. ix. Heft 2, 1896, p. 154. Capitulum of a dirty
yellowish, or at times greenish colour, bleached below.

Var. virescens Russ. apud Warnst. in Schrift. der Naturf. Ges.
in Danzig N. F. Bd. ix. Heft 2, 1896, p. 154. Plants green through-
out, or slightly bioaahan below

5. S. rusettum Wils. Sivek Brit. 1855, 19.

Syn. 8. acutifolium var. tenellum Schimp. Hist. Nat. des Sph.
1858, 64. S. acutifolium var. rubellun Russ. Beitr. 1865, 41. 8S.
tenellum Klinger. in Schrift. d. phys.-dk. Ges. Konigsberg, 1872, 4.

Exs. Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exs. Nos. 36, 37.

Tufts soft, looser, and taller , or denser and shorter. Colour ve ery
various : pale, yello wish, green, t ose-red, or violet. Plants generally
very delicate and soft, resembling in size S. Lbetargetie’ or S. fuscum,

or
Sequence of the incurving of the margin, cucullate at the apex,
Journat or Borany.—Vou. 38. [Junz, 1900.] Q

218 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

which is frequently torn, toothed, or weakly fimbriate; the broad

border is much widened below ; lateral margins slightly undulate ;

hyaline cells with or without fibrils in the upper half of the leaf,

2-4 (rarely to 6) times septate by oblique cross-walls, and with

delicate longitudinal plice.

Stem-cortex in 8-4 layers, formed of medium-sized, thin-walled
cells, of which the outer walls are not porose.

ascicles distant or closer together, of 8-4 branches, of which

i horte i

tort-

2-38 rows of narrow cells; the leaf has a longitudinal fold in the
middle above the base, and the membranes of the hyaline cells
h i :

margins; the entire outer surface with pores, which at the apex are
strongly ringed, and but little smaller than those in the middle of
the leaf; at the base the pores are very large, non-ringed, placed
singly in the middle of the cell-wall between the fibrils ; near the
margins the pores on the upper and lower surfaces frequently
exactly cover one another, so that complete perforation of the
leaf results.

Chiorophyllose cells in section as in S. fuscum.

Dioicous, rarely monoicous ; male branches in the antheridium-
bearing part always purple- or violet-red ; perigonial bracts ovate,
produced above into a smaller, rounded, slightly toothed, cucullate
apex; in the lower part without fibrils and pores. Pericheti
bracts large, ovate, suddenly produced above into a narrow truncate
involute apex ; in the lower part consisting of either chlorophyllose
cells only, or, with the exception of the apex, with both kinds of

Fruit very rare.
_ Hab. 8S. rubelium, like S. fuscum, with which it frequently grows
intermixed in the same tuft, is a true moorland plant

Jones).
The numerous varieties are based upon the colour of the tufts.

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE 219

Var. flavum C. Jens. apud Warnst. in Bot. Ver. der Pro
Brandenburg, xxx. p. 106 (sub S. tenello). Plants yellow aah.
ance, Cornwall (Ley); Borth bog, Cardigan (Ley) ; Maent-

Var. pallescens Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. xv. p. 187 (sub S. ee ):
Plants whitish, or pale cillowish green above, in the middle
times pale brownish or very faint red; male branches a dull siolat.
Widdy Bank Fell, Teesdale, Durham (Horrell).
Var. pallido- guctcale Warnst. in Schrift. der Naturf. Ges. in
Danzig N. F. Bd. ix. Heft 2, 1896, p. 154 (sub S. tenello). Capitu-
ae pale yellowish to whitish, sometimes pale green; bleached

Var. purpurascens Warnst. in Samml. Europ. Torfm. No. 64
(sub S. tenello ). Colour for the most part a ae pre red.

Var. rubrum Grav. apud Warnst. J. 2 (sub S. tenello).
Colour a sho of dark purple-violet and ; Hie in the upper part ;
pale or ihe irty red below.

wby Bridge, North Lancashire (Pau
Var versicolor Russ. apud Warnst. in ane der Naturf. Ges.
in Danzig N. F. Bd. ix. Heft. 2, 1896, p. 154 pune: tenello). Tuftsa
dirty pale see eae with some yellow inter
lpha M Oh ae va ‘Brookwood, Surrey (herrin)
Islay Che ddy Bank Fell, Teesdale, Durham (Horrell
ar. acing! Wanist. in Bot. Ve r. der Prov. ‘Brandenburg
xxx. p. 106 (sub S. eas Colour violet throughou
Var. viride Warnst. l.c. (sub S. tenello). Tuts ely or vivid
green throughout, with scalar any admixture of red; male branches
violet-red
eee tie Common, Bucks (Sherrin).
S. ruscum Klinggr. in Beschr. d. i. Preussen gef. Art. u. Varr.
d. Geis Sphagnum (Schri ft. d. phys.-dk. Ges. i. Kénigsb. 1872, ag

Syn. > S. acutifolium var. fuscum Schimp. Entw.-gesch. d. Torfm.
1858, 57.

Exsice. Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. ane No. 39.

Tufts denser or looser, widel ended or more frequently

cushion-like. Colour usually a patchy nee grey-green intermixed
with brown or reddish-brown, more rarely whitish or green.
scouring to the lpr ee taller ¥ shorter, usually thin and delicate,
as in S. rubelluy torfit.
Wood cloner always es a with strongly thickened central

Stem- cortex irregularly 8—4-, rarely 5- layered, formed of medium-
sized, bai me _ eels superficial cells without pores; inner cells

by
oblique cross-walls, and with delicate lnginadinn! plice in the
onl hema eiie basal cells swollen and enlarg 9

Q

220 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Fascicles of 8-4 branches, of which the stronger ones are some-
times long and very thin at the extremity, sometimes shorter and
more shortly acuminate. Branches a or closer together ;
sometimes very densely arranged; either drepanocladous, ano-
cladous, or Bo cae Branch-leaves small, when dry almost

X; margin apex inrolled; border of 3-4 rows of n
calles the leaf has a longitudinal fold in the midale ae. the
b Hyaline cells on the inner surface of the leaf in the upper

cell-walls, between the fibrils; on the outer surface with numerous

pores on all parts of the leaf; these are small and strongly ringed

at the apex, becoming oradually larger and less strongly ringed

towards the base, where th re very | , non-ringed, an
‘da :

the leaf-margins the outer and in ores frequently exactly cover

one another, so that complete povtor ation of the leaf ensues.
Chlorophyllose celis in section triangular to isosceles- trapezoid,

inserted between the hyaline cells on t e inner surface, and here

ae

clearly distinguishable, broadly oval, toothed on the rounded apex;
pore-formation as in the other ranch-leaves ; ; in the lower half or
two- thirds without fibrils and pores, more rarely without fibrils and
pores on the whole surfa

Fruiting wbrstiryg generally short; perichetial bracts large,
ovate, with ad border; in the lo wer part with elongate ted
ae pitted chloropliyllose ak: above with both kinds
of cells, of which the hyaline ones are 1-4 times septate by
blige cross- “walls ; in the Ser itself with narrow short _— rO-

e easily aieaed by the dense and tall + with the very

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE 921

The varieties are based in the first place on the colour of the
tufts; and the forms on the length, direction, and position of the
branches.

Var. fuscescens Warnst. in Bot. Ver. der Prov. Brand. xxx.
1888, 108. Tufts brown throughout, almost entirely without any
admixture of green, the capitulum sometimes reddish brown.

Var. fusco-viride Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. 1890, 135. Colour of the
tufts greenish in the upper part, brownish below; sometimes the
brown predominating, sometimes the green.

Var. pallescens Russ. apud Warnst. in Schrift. der Naturf.-ges.
in Danzig, N. F. Bd. ix. Ht. 2, 1897, 154. Colour a pale brown,

mixed at times with more or less green.
Var. virescens Russ. apud Warnst./.c. Colour in the upper part
greyish-green, below pale brownish or whitish.

7. S. acurmrotium Russ. & Warnst. apud Warnst. in Bot. Ver.
der Prov. Brand. xxx. 1888, 112.

Syn. S. acutifolium Ehrh. Pl. Crypt. Exsice. No. 72, ex parte.

Exsicc. Braithw. Sphagn. Exsice. Brit. Nos. 34, 35.

Plants in respect to colour and habit exceedingly variable.

Tufts looser, or denser, taller or shorter, pale green or yellow-
green, pale red, rose- or purple-red, or variegated in colour. Stems
sometimes slender and delicate, sometimes as strong and robust as
S. Russowii.

Wood-cylinder pale or yellowish-green, very frequently red, but
never brown :

Stem-cortex 8-4-layered, composed of thin-walled cells of medium

t pores

|
6

jig
thinner pendent branches, which are sometimes closely appressed
to the stem, sometimes less so, according to the damper or drier
character of the habitat. Branches longer or shorter, and varying
much in their direction; leaves always arranged all round the

border very narro g

erecto-patent, never distinctly in five rows, never secund or
squarrose; when dry without metallic lustre; im the middle of
the leaf near the base with a longitudinal fold; membranes of
the hyaline cells with delicate plicw. Pores on the inner surface
of the leaf i upper part almost exclusively in the upper and
lower cell-angles, small and strongly ringed; in the middle and

222, THR JOURNAL OF BOTANY

basal part numerous near the commissures, calf round, and weakly |
ringed or non-bordered. Pores on the outer surface of f the leaf

large and very numerous along the commissures. ey become
gradually larger and less s trongly ect from the apex down-
wards ; the pores near the base and near the lateral margins are

almost or quite without border, and are satoaked in the middle of
the cell-wall between the fibrils.

Chlorophyllose cells in section triangular to trapezoid ; inserted
between the only slightly convex hyaline cells on the inner surface
of the leaf and we always free; on the outer surface either
enclosed or para

oicous, more ee dioicous; male branches in the an
theridium-bearing part clavate and red, later with the apex

the sterile branches, generally suddenly produced into a short,
truncate and toothed apex, in the lower half either entirely without
fibrils and pores Poi delicate si erg fibrils. Leaves 0
the fruiting branches large, ovate, usually composed in the lower
part of pea noe ban and pitted “hlardehglieee cells only ;
at and above the middle of the leaf, of both kinds of es and at

the truncate apex generally formed only of very short, narrowly
rhomboid Meagan oe cells ; hyaline cells Semi pean.
times divided, but almost always without fibrils and pores;

border wide; spores walt ak papillose, 25-30 » in diameter. Fruit
common.

b. The commonest and most widely distributed of all the
European ja being found both in the lowlands, on moors,
and in high mountain regions. In Britain i uld, however,
appear to be less common than — nae species of the Acutifolia
section—e. . subnitens and S. rubel

S. aoutifolinm is Sstiseminhed | from ie -cagnn by (1) the form of
the go — ; (2) the absence of pores in the superficial layer
of the m-cortex, which are frequently ome in S. subnitens,
and egaep present in S. quinguefarium and S. Russowti ; (8) ) by the
branch-leaves when dry being always without metallic lustre, and
almost — wie closely imbrieate, never secund, squarrose or dis-
tinctly és

The umerous varieties depend upon the colour of the
tufts, i ne ye upon the greater or less degree of robustness
of the plants, and the length and direction of the branches.

Distrib. Europe, Asia, Africa, North and South America

j nst. in E

yellowish or pale greenish above, the capitulum rarely more or less
reddish.

Var. flavescens Warnst. in Bot. Ver. der Proy. Brandenburg,
xxx. 1888, 114. Plants yellowish throughout. ;

Var. flavo- -glaucescens Aipinny in Schrift. der Naturf. Ges.
Danzig, N. F. Bd. ix. Ht. mst 158. Plants having the capitulum
alien or at times ee -green, paler below.

Var. flavo-rubellum Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. xv. 1890, 198. Plants

faint reddish mixed with pale yellow

“THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACES 298

Var. fusco-glaucescens Warnst. in Schrift. der Naturf. Ges. in
Danzig, N. F. Bd. ix. Ht.2,1897,154. Plants having the capitulum
brownish, bleached below.

Var. fusco-virescens Warnst. in Europ. Torfm. 1881, 49. Dark
green above, grey-brownish belo

ar. griseum Warnst. in Bot. es der arm Brandenburg, xxx.
1888, 114. Plants aio green throughou

Var. obscurum Warnst. l.c. Plants of an al dull colour.

Var. pallescens Warnst. l.c. The entire plant whitish, or in the
eapitulum slightly ane with pale greenish, reddish or yellowish ;
dark green entirely absent.

Jura (Ewing) ; Monee: (Ley); Burnham Common, Bucks

Var. pallido- rears Warnst. in Schrift. der Naturf. Ges. in
Danzig, N.F. Bd. ix. Ht. 2,1897,154. Plants having the capitulum
hr iasueuk bleached pe

purpurascens Warnst. n Hedwigia, 1888, 274. Plants in
the Gass part, and phen hag in nis capitulum, of a beautiful rose
to purple-red colour ; paler below, but without admixture of green.

Var. roseum Warnst. in Bot. Ver. der Prov. Brand. og 1899,
37. Plants having the capitulum rose-red ; are belo

Widdy Bank Fell, Teesdale, Durham (Hore ell).

ar. rubrum Warnst. i n Bot. Moh der Proy. Brandenburg, xxx.
1888, 114. Plants red thronghon

Var. versicolor Warns ges Ver. der Prov. Brandenburg,
xxx. 114. Plants of various shades of green and red mingle
beers 5 generally more or less red in the capitulum, green dow

Widdy Bank Fell, iP Durham (Horrell); Tilgate Forest,
Sussex (Horral) Islay (Le

ride War oa in Bot. Ver. der Prov. Brandenburg, xxx.
. var. virescens Warnst. Europ. Torfm. No. 78). Plants

Brookwood, Surrey airiees, Keston Common, Kent (Horrell) ;
ie —— ‘Sussex (Ho rell) ; Cennant Llenyrch, oe
vat ones) ; "Maentwrog, Mesacth (Horrell) ; Islay (Le

a venERUM Warnst. Beitr. zur Kenntn. Exot. Sph. in a
vii, 1890, 194.
S. acutifolium var. tenerum Aust. in herb.

+ fe robust than the most robust forms of 8. acutifolium.

Stem-cortew of 2-3 layers; cells thin- walled and wide, at times
the outer fie: porose, the inner walls with small pores.

toothed apex ; border narrow almost
boa ate eo Hyaline cells generally divided by oblique cross-
walls; fibrils numerous to the base; on the inner surface with large
round — on the outer with semi-elliptical pores in rows on the
commissu
F iackelen. generally with four branches; all the branches long
and comparatively thick, the pendent branches being but little

224 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

weaker than the spreading ones. Branch-leaves rather large, ovate-
la — regularly imbricate, apex truncate and toothed with the
margin inrolled; when dry almost without metallic lustre. Hyaline

on
with large round pores; near r the apex with small pores in the

Chlorophyliose cel section isosceles- pair nae a inserted
between the but tittle convex hyaline cells on the inner surface
of the leaf and fe free; on the outer nelaaag pasa completely
enclosed by the much swollen a cells.

Distrib. France; North A

(To be as

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES.
XXITI.—An Overtooxep Paper sy RarinesQuE.

{So much interest attaches to the work of this eccentric but
capable iiaiaist that it seems worth while to rescue from obscurity
the only paper which he seas ed tee an English periodical—a
paper which appears to have been entirely overlooked. It is not
included in Dr. R. E. Call’s bibliography = nted in his Life and
Writings of Rafinesque (1895), and does not appear in the Royal
Society's Catalogue of Scientific Papers, the periodical in question
not ra inlied among those catalogue d in that
nineteen volumes of Loudon’s Gardener’s Magazine (1826-1843)
merit one aitesition than th ey have received from botanists.
They contain much information connected with biography and
bibliography, — bearing upon British botany, and occasionally
papers, such as the one here reproduced, of general interest.
Rafinesque’s renege tion appeared in vol. viii. pp. 245-8 (1832).

iz
@

Rafinesquianum, issued as ‘extra of No. 6” of the <Atlantic
sega’ is stated to number forty-eight pages, in two parts,
and to have been published in 1833. The copies in the Museum

ea ©
ee
i]
mM
h
©
B
eo
=
2
ot
co
| l
hee
nm
ct
a
os
-
fas
rg
pe]
Lt
=
bar
wm
i
wh
m
=
@o
eu
eS
=
Oo
Lar]
et
©
—
~
eo
er
fer)
La 4
Qu
=)
ct
&

oe from a sak inspection, the part ae many sore
t is i

or by American
authors. In the last number of the Atlantic Journal Y esiatee of
1833”) Rafinesque mentions this Supplemental (or, as he there
calls it, ‘additional’’) Flora of North America at the end of a
+ Chronological Index ” of his “ principal botanical works,” but

AN OVERLOOKED PAPER BY RAFINESQUE 995

separates it from those poioatly pula: a“ in the course of the
catio:

enum peice tx refers to it as a future pu

be ~~ that several names in ate following paper
are ss to be found in the Index Kewensis—e. g. Negundo fraxineum
is cited there as = “Steud. Nom. ed. m. ii. 188,” although Stendel
quotes it as is Rafinesque ; Belendenia is ae (as ee) as

afin. ex Endl.’’; Phialospora is not entered; and s

I have not, however, attempted to on _ sonar either with the
Kew Index or with American nomenclat

The sadions in pois brackets were ae by John Denson,
who coéperated with Loudon in much of his wor
Janne Britten. |

Remarks on THE EXNcyctopmp1a oF Pxiants or Loupon, Linptey,
: AND SowERBY.

t the request of Dr. ie I have read with great sande
and pleasure the whole of this work: I consider it pe valua 2
embodying so much useful and coetioal information. uc
immense compilation of materials, it is no wonder that a ats

have crept in ; e familiar with our North American
plants, I have been pegs struck with those relating to them,
I propose to notice m, in order that Mr aie may

correct them in Sis « new eee supplements, or jou

This work appears to consist of three parts, by different hands:
the botany by Lindley, the figures by Sowerby, and the history by
Loudon. Each of these has Soenties pei is and defects. I have
been delighted & see botany returning to the good old plan of wood-
cuts, which I have long desired, and done also in some of my works
(Medical Flora, School of Vlora, éc.). The given figures are mostly
excellent or good, but some indifferent or bad; and, in a few
instances, they do not represent the intended species. Mr. Lindley
shows himself an acute botanist in his part; but, as is too common
among the practical botanists, he appears to be led partly by whim
rather than principles, in his nomenclature, genera, and species.
If this should be matter of mere taste, it would do; but when

species, an adherence to priority is needful. If so many new genera or
See e needful in Cryptogamia, Orchidee, Pelargonium, &c.,
why not in Siahicns. Narcissus, Erica, &c. ? He quotes Willdenow
instead of Linneus; Pursh ins He of Michaux and myself, &e.
I found only one genus (Adlumia) of mine adopted, and another
(Lobelia) quoted. My nu seidia works appear totally unknown.
as

am ca :
indeed, for twenty-five years, and published fifty works or pamph-
lets, some of which I now present to Messrs. Loudon and
Lindley through Dr. Mease, in ‘ested that my labours ma a
little better known in England.* I have already published or indi-
cated 500 new genera, or subgenera, or species ease ew, of
plants, many of which are yearly pilfered by others

* [These were the Medical Flora, Principes fundamentaux de Somiologie, and
Précis des Découvertes Somiologiques.]

226 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

* Mr. Loudon’s history of plants is excellent: I have found in it
many novelties and valuable matter. If he had known my Medical
Flora of the United States, where 600 genera are mentioned, and
even their sph omer * J pet indinated, he could have added
some other peculiari

Without aero peeneab I enter upon the course of my
pir. —

. The good genus Centranthus of Necker and Decandolle is
called Fedia; and the Fedia is called Valerianeila. Is it oversight
or whim

. Tritonia of Ker is inadmissible: there are two genera of that
name ; already ; ; this is the third. I have called it Belendenia.

. Oryzopsis Mx. is erroneous: Dilepyrum Raf., 1808. The

same with Airopsis, Arundinaria, Portulacaria, Erucaria, Testudt-
naria, ‘Cncurbliasia, &e.: all these are inadmissible. drundinaria
is Miegia o

4, Imperata: the etymon is stated to be unknown. — genus
pra dedicated by Cyrillo to Imperati, an Italian botani
5. Cissus quinquefolia and Ampelopsis auingi, antopo
twice under these two names: and it is neither, bu my Quinaria.
See my Monograph on Vines, and my Medical Flora, vol. ii. p. 120-180.
6. Nicotiana. EKtymon of Tobacco: it is the name of pipe in
Hayti language; and not from Tobago nor Tobasco. See outs
1525; and my Medical Flora, 1
7. Ipomea — False etymon a Quamoclit is the
Mexican name; it grows from Florida to Mexi
8. Gymniina. ‘Vaccine ichor,” ne ‘s sia oh or vaccine liquor.”
9. Betu, a substitute for coffee. Sugar ought to be said instead.
10. Rhus aromaticum I called Turpinia; but I changed it to
Lobadium, on finding another genus T'urpinia. I did not know it
was called Schmaltzia (after me or nd mother’s name) by Desvaux.
It is ee Myrica trifoliata tne Linnee
Saw sis to sea ss “Ovid and all other authors derive
Narehiens from th ie
Drosera ‘iliformis Raf.,. 1808. Pursh, in 1814, stole this
plant from m
18. Smilacina. Bad n me. It forms a aro Clintonia and
my be

ralist, and statesman 7 with bilocular berries. I have found six
species of it; those cultivated in England are C. multiflora and nutans.
-' Pot Hanabact same as Polygonum. My sa cinch or Axiliaria.

fe new genus Cladrastis ; very different from the valle of of Africa.

to Di: nay, also, Aronia united, far more removed ?
17. Spiraea corymbosa of Loddiges i is ga published by me in
1814. See Précis des Découvertes, No. 1

AN OVERLOOKED PAPER BY RAFINESQUE 937

18. Actea racemosa and Cimicifuga serpentaria, twice mentioned
in two places. It is my new genus Botrophis, 1828 ; sc bap er
Esimina, sated ¢ to have no meaning. Wro of
Indians of gs isia
. Dionea, Feferwnia, Pedophyllum, &e., stated to be genera
with solitary species. Wrong: I have seen and described three
species of each, Dionea corymbosa, sessiliflora, and uniflora; Jeffer-
sonia Bartoni, odorates and lobata ; Podophyllum peltatum, montanum
and callicarpum. See Medical Flora, &e.
21. Erucaria, same as Eruca. It is my Pach
22. Adlumia. A false etymon given. It was n dadioated by me
to Adlum, an American cultivator and writer on vines, a friend of

horticulture and botany; yet living, and making good American wine.
23. ae os and Camelus among quadrupeds ; three
genera of the same name, nearly. I have called the tea shrub

Theaphylla (ices divine leaf) : : good se whether a peculiar
genus, or Camellia to be united to

24. Lupinaster. Horrible shi Lupinus and Aster. My
Dactiphyllum, 1817.

25. Hypericum virginicum, with * ellow flowers.” Wrong:
always purplish. It is my Z'riadenum purpurascens, 1808; different
from Elodea.

6. Marshailia. Marshall was an American botanist, not an
Englishman.

7. Cacalia, All the American species of this genus are
different from the African ones; they form my genus Mesadenia ;
five florets round a central gland: but Cacalia suaveolens and
rentformis constitute another genus, Synosma

28. Rudbeckia purpurea, The description and figure different.

[Moench has denominated this enus Echinacea, from the i cage
like appearance of the palew ; but whether his genus be earlier o
later than those cited by Professor Rafinesque, I must leave to
others to determine.—J. D.

29. Fria. Bad name: root of Hrianthus, and ten — genera.
Would not Erioxantha, meaning yellow wool, be better

80. Microstylis Pursh, 1815. I called it Achroanthus, “1808. The

Liparis of Lindley is my "Anistylis , 1825.

81. Aristolochia. This genus is a large tribe of plants: I have
— in it the genera or ‘subgenera ee ag Pistolochia,

32. Buus. We import boxwood into, a and do not export it
from, America. You mean Armenia, in Asia: misprinted —
33. pat Nuital, 1818. My Toaylon (bow-wood), 1817:
Preven and better name. We sie two other genera of Acalars

m zoology and mineralogy. The fruit is not esculent. Kunth and

228 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

T
tinctoria, which has oblong edible fruits, Ayac, in Louisiana

4. Cocos, Etymon wrong: comes from Coco, palm lg 4
the Haytian language. Introduced by Co lumbus in 1494: see
Acosta. Having restored the Haytian language, by collecting

800 words from early travellers, for my History of American
Nations, I have found many etymons; I shall mention a few:—

r Niames; Potatoes, Batatas; Manioc, Juco; Mangrove,
Mangle; Ceiba or Cotton rie Ceiba; Guava, Guayava; Pimento,
Pimento; Guiacum, Gua Mance a, sane Cassava,
Cazabi ; _ hogany, eee Laces 0, Copal, and many more.

Bh. o genera, Bellis L. and Belis ue This last my

6. art and Lari«. Why Salisbury quoted instead of Tourne-
ie: 1700; or Adanson, 1750; or Jussieu, 1789 ?

Gymnocladus, Our [Kentucky] coffee tree, 80 ft. high in the
foes quite straight ; = catel for coffee. This fine tree called a
tree, a shrub, and a vine at o

38. Juniperus vir a "the figure has large round berries;
ours has ee ovoid warty berries. "The figure of J. bermudiana
more like

3 ne Fert um virginicum is Melanthium virginicum, by description
an

O The asters of North America are a chaos as yet. We have
100 species: you have increased the confusion. Your Krigeron
carolinianum is certainly an Aster by figure, with few rays. A. T'’ra-
descanti is differ en from ours. Aster aryophylius, three rays in
description ; five rays in figure. I have prepared a work on this
genus for ont, fa divided into many subgenera oF = or
double rays, entire or toothed, seeds smooth or villo Cc.

D. Don has already grouped Aster argophyllus and the lous related
eae into a genus named Haztonia.—J. D.

41. Soli The species of North America are in the ame
confusion as those of Aster. The figures of your S. bicolor, odora,
mexicana, flexicaulis, do not correspond with er description nor with
our species. S. flexicaulis is our 8. latifolia, I am 8

oa uke on this genus, by seeds caacili or hairy, rays few or
many,
42. Nena americanum Decandolle is my Negundium (1808)
Ffraxineum. e @ second species in the
43, Nyssa. All aia pre they are all pe with us.
44, eet ia, name too like Cucurbita. It is my Phialospora.
us Pheri 1814, for Boletus, with irregular cells,
omitted ; mds many other — of my pamphlet, 1814. [Précis des
Découvertes pomclogiy ues,

46. Piper. ‘* None out of tropies.’’ Wrong: a species, P. lepto-
stachyum, found in Florida, lat. 28°, by Mr. Ware; described by
Nutita.

“7. ‘I have discovered and described thirty-four species of
Trillium I my Medical Flora); also

48. 80 species and 100 varieties of native North American

SHORT NOTES 229

grapes, in my Medical Flora and my monograph of our American
nes.
49. Many of our American botanical authors appear unknown to
ou. LE lliott’s Flora of Southern States, Torrey’s Flora of Northern
States, Bigelow’s Flora Bostoniensis, Haton’s Hino of American
Botany, my Flora of Louisiana, 1817; and many m
At the es fear of the work, nine genera are ie ded as not
reducible to natural orders. I have long investigated this subject,
being a follower of natural orders, and never pear find = a =

that I could not refer to them; because, whenever a genu
be united to asia it must form the type of a i daily By: itself
Thus, you have many orders in the book with only one genus:

these nine could have been nied, so just as well. Indeed, Decandolle
has made an order of Ceratophyllum. I could state the affinities of
all those mentioned a d the many errors in joining genera to

ns which the plant is ae referred ig the copyists of errors.
Botany will never be permanently fixed until all errors are exploded
and corrected.

C. S. Rarmzsque,
Professor of Botany and Natural History, Philadelphia, Jan. 1831.

SHORT NOTES.

GAGEA FASCICULARIS IN WorcrsTeRsHIRE. — This plant was first
found in Worcestershire by the Rev. Dr. Cradock, then President
of the Worcestershire Naturalists’ Club, in 1855, in the parish of
Mathon, on the western side of the Malvern mee and eidan a few
yards of the Herefordshire boundary. It was still there in fair
quantity in 1858, but after that time was ssdeesinall by the plunder
of collectors” (Botany of the Malvern Hills, ed. 8, p. 108 ), and finally
disappeared. From 1878 onwards I have many times carefully,
hough ohisionasatully, nemeehadk the locality; but last year it was
found by Mr. W. H. Jones, of Malvern, about a quarter of a mile
distant from the original habitat, but in the county of Hereford.

Eh
a)

several small patches of the pla Se
apparently see | wild.—Ricuarp F’. ecw

Salix HE —Foliage specimens of a willbe which I believe

to be S. hoe hha (S. alba X pape eg have been sent me by

. Salmon, which were gath r. J. G. Baker ath 1883

by the high Sead between Shap and cad as this hybrid is not

230 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

n to me for Britain, may I ask any botanist =e can reach
i os of Cumberland to collect specimens and cuttings? Mr.
Baker reports there were few other trees along the naa —E.F.
Linton.

Mararota sinvata (p. 168). Sa plant still flourishes at Santon,
on the North Devon coast. Last year at least fifty plants flowered
on the cliffs there and on the sandhills in the neighbourhood. Pol-
whele, in his History of Devonshire, 1797, mentions this habitat:
“on the rocks adjoining Braunton burrows.” It is di cult to con-
ceive that the plant in this neighbourhood is not indigenous. When
Polwhele wrote, there was no house within a mile of the place,

n a n Bu
ants on the seadpille: sa ee exti pated by collectors —
rae but those on the cliffs are happily inaccessible. — Tuo
i. RIGHT
RIS ae Mich. — In my notes on Xyris (Journ. Bot. 189 99,
499) I included X. Jupicat Mich. Fl. Bor. Am, i. 23 (1803) as a
doubtful synonym of X. flexuosa Mahl. (= X. torta Smith).
Different authors had taken poche: pig as to the _— in-
ve

sepals, while X. Jup ich. has mewhat erose wing on
upper part of the thos of the cepa Sich are shorter than the
in de ts, Ly have no apical tuft ; ; it is, in fact, piping! generally

ith
narrow tears and small light brown roundish heads.—

NOTICES OF BOOKS.
ses ot of Philadelphia and their Work. By Joan W. Harsu-
Rr, Ph.D. 8vo, cloth, pp. iv—457. Philadelphia. 1899.
“kee xyong who has been engaged in similar work will understand
that, as the preface tells us, “this book is the outcome of much
correspondence and resea arch.” It ig a handsome volume, ¢M-
bellished by forty-eight illustrations, m bat of them portraits, and
well printed. It is a valuable contribution to the igo of botany
in America, and the future compiler of the much-needed ‘“ Bio-
graphical Index of American Botanists” will find it invaluable, 5°
far as Philadelphia is concerned.

THE BOTANISTS OF PHILADELPHIA 231

Among the earlier men whose biographies are here given are
many whose names are intimately associated with the history of
botany in England. John Bartram, Humphrey Marshall, James

ogan, and, in more recent times, Thomas Nuttall and Frederick
Pursh, are names at least as well known in England as in America
by contemporary correspondence and collections. This side of their
history might, we think, have been more fully recognized ; but it
may be that this i is intentional, as Prof. Harshberger limits himself
for the most part to that part of their botanical career which is
‘iasotod ‘with Philadelphia.
rof. Harshberger modestly declines to claim completeness for
his book, but his belief that «‘ the omissions are gfe os we think,
oy justified. The very interesting paper by Mr. F. V. Coville

‘The Botanical Explorations of Thomas Nuttall in California ”
(Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, xiii. 109-121) was not published in
time for reference; it, however, supplements in many particulars

common silo

e do 4 fin d any mention of Patrick Kerr Rogers, who
published af Philadelpiza. in 1802, his ‘‘ inaugural experimental
inquiry for the degree of Doctor of Medicine ” eee i An In-

shortly be reprinted in this Journal.
4 ae a good many typographical errors in the book, a8
these sometimes come rather thickly—as in p. 249, wh ores daha F
of «Dr. Broomfield, Dr. Thomas Belsatter veg 8 ter] an
Professor C. &. gotari. «Dr, Broomfield” is o aie F
Dr. field, whose name geet p. er eg yey
®) Bromfield.” fy Other slips occur, though rare
(whose name was originally Pursch) was born not at Tobolsk, but
at Grossenhain, in Saxon
t times, a cross-reference would have been useful bs J
passage relating to N uttall on p. 112 should have been rele

in his bio raphy (pp. 151-159). -

<a rh of includes biographies of living Se eae
nists, the author among them. Viewed from a eas ion. ‘The
standpoint, the work would certainly gain by compression.

232 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

details given are sometimes very trivial, and can hardly be even of
local interest. Thus of one botanist we are told: ‘she was blessed
with an excellent mother, under whose pious and devoted care her
early education was received until she was twelve years old”;

July, 1898, and it was thought et he had almost recovered from
the effects of the injury, as he was able to be. wheeled out in a
chair on fine days, but on Friday evening he sank into unconscious-
ness, from which he never rallie

e have oo to the need of a biographical index of American
ooenaiite, and we cannot conclude this notice of an important con-

be more profitably expended in the compilation of some account of
the bygone workers in the field, on whose redearches the history of

any American botanists who are capable of carrying it into
ieeisicn. The biographical notes in Prof. Sargent’s Silva of North
America are models of brevity and completeness, and furnish an
example and a foundation for what is required. bee S

Danmarks blaagrénne seri: (Cyanophycee Danica). Af Jons. Scumipt.
I. Ho nee. Copenhagen: Hagerup. 1899.

n the was to this first part of an important work the
‘ihe details the collections to which he has had access in the
course of his work, among which are the herbaria of Lyngbye,
arranged by MA. Flahault and Gana, and that of Hofman Bang.
The geographical boundaries are also here defined.

The first part of the paper deals with the whole group of
Eyiniaph: yce@ under the headings of—A. Anatomy (cell-structure,
trichomata, sheaths, and branching); B. Development and repro-
duction; ©. Biological remarks (habitat and mode of life); D.
Methods of examination of the blue-green algw; followed by 4
bibliography.

It has always been a more or less disputed re whether or no
the Cyanophycee can be said to possess chromatophores; and Messts-
Bornet & Flahault, in their ‘‘ Revision des Nowtceasace ~hatérooystées,”
throw grave doubt on the statements of those authors who descri ribe
these bodies in members of this group. Dr. Schmidt, however,

paper “Untersuchungen itber de Bau der pean
Bakterien”’ in support of his view Dr. Schmidt says that in
rde see these chromatophores it is often ne gate

in the ordinary living ce ll. He adds that ‘they are on a lower
standpoint of differentiation from those of other alge,” and in the

DANMARKS BLAAGRONNE ALGER 233

cases where true chromatophores of the usual construction have
been described, as in Phragmonema, Glaucocystis, and Asterocystis,
etc., these alge have been proved to belong to other groups than
the Cyanophycea, in which they had been wrongly included from a
similarity of colour.

The author, like MM. Bornet & Flahault, has failed to find a

perforating alge have been found in Denmark.
h i the treatment of Cyano-

The rest of the paper is devoted to systematic
_ Sip aheotemnarerence e ° era, which should

group, beginning with keys to the orders and gen
: The classification followed is that
of which there are

Should not be made to accompany
however good the old figures may be,
al nd in thi

. The second part of Dr. Schmid
Coccogonea, has yet to be published: may we hope th atop"
to the practical value of his book by accepting this suggestion ;

; E. 8. B.

Journat or Botany.—Vou. 38. [June, 1900.] -

934 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Conspectus Flore Grece auctore E. pe Haticsy. Vol.
8yo, pp. 224 [Ranunculacee—Alsinacea. | Linea’ pe
900.

We have here a welcome and much- Sotiiegg addition to our

matter will be published with the eens part; the present
instalment begins at once with Ranunculac

Generic characters are not given ‘aa ‘those of sections are
supplied, with in most cases a short diagnosis of each species,
giving the salient eocare of its differentiation. A very ample
bibliography of each plant is given, and the geographical distri-
bution is also aly s set forth. Large genera are provided with a
— drawn up and not too brief oe so that the volume is
in

greatly to the advantage of the worker

n the absence of explanation it is not quite clear what pa
the actline adopts as es nomenclature; we note tha ”
Nymphea and Nuphar in the sense in which they were generally
wn — —_ Cnatalia. was revived for the former, and that the

(Garda ine). ean ’s name was taken up by "Ascherson (Fl.
endenh. i. 82) in 1864, whose name should be attached to it

as authority; Lamarck’s specific name, which should be cited from
l. de France, ii. 499 (1778), would we imagine be ignored
Berlin under the “ fifty years’ limit” rule which now prevails there.
Occasionally we find a citation which strikes us as pitig accurate
—e.g. “KR. Br. Hort. Kew. iy.” or even “RB. Br. Kew. iv.’; the
reference being of course to Aiton’s Hortus Kewensis. But ‘as 8
whole the Flora impresses us as very carefully done, and we hope
the publisher’s promise as to its rapid progression may be fulfilled.

J. B.

HUMBOLDT CENTENAR-SCHRIFT 235

Humboldt ee ee Beitrége zum Gediicht-
niss der hundertjahrigen Wiederkehr des Antritts von ALEXANDER
von Humpoupr’s Reise nach “Ameri. 8vo, pp. 54, 247, 82,
with 2 i apes and 2 plates. Berlin: Kiihl, 1 1899. Price

15 Mark
Tuis joe Aggie con the hundreth anniver-
ary of Humboldt’s dep e for America, is issued under the

te ites of the Berlin ‘ Gonliea fir Erdkun ne It onmnTLegs
three distinct and separately paged contribution
The first, by Eduard Lentz, gives some Scan of the cireum-
stances which led to the expedition, and the difficulties attending
its arrangement. It is based on letters, hitherto unpublished,
written by the explorer to his patron and friend, Baron de Forell.
A number of the letters are published in full, and there is also a
brief autobiography, which takes us up to the time just preceding
reat expedition. Facsimile reproductions are given of the
i and also of Humboldt’s letter of application for a
passport.

Spo

The greater portion of the book is occupied by a valuable
review, by Prof. Engler, of the development of plant-geography in
the last hundred years, ‘‘ Die Entwickelung der oerwerss 5 oat

ne

ut

Solander, which added not a little to our knowledge of the world-
ora
The bulk of Prof. Engler’s communication consists of a résumé
of the most important ‘floristic literature,” in _ are contained
statements relating to plant- cecgrap hie regions and formations.
It occupies pp- 28-159, and, while scarcely an sa aahive biblio-
graphy, yet gives a Secs, idea of sy work done, stating also the

authors’ names, and in many cases the titles of the book or paper

names of countries and provinces are given in th

graphie,” the modern Ecology, ,

fewer pages. A by rd tae “Die Ps eckieaen =
Pflanzen a ’ (pp. 195-237), reviews the palwo-botanica
and phylogenetic inne hore i ig also an index of the authors

menti aor” a
e third paper is by Wilhelm Meinardus, and entitled ~
Entwickelung der Karten der chee rose 2 yon Alexan
von Humboldt bis auf Heinrich Wilhelm Dov It fills thirty-two
charts which ges w at a glance the
Humboldt recognized the broad
Principles; later work has consisted in elaborating the details, more
especially in the equatorial zone. ey

236 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Key to Tribes and Genera of ernie ty aa and Floridea. By
Ricuarp A. Bastow. (Reprinted from Journal and Pro-
ceedings of Royal Society of N. S. Wales, vols. xxxii. & xxxiii.
(1898-9).)

An illustrated key to any group of plants is as difficult to form as
it is easy to criticize when formed, and the keys to ——— mee
and Fluridee by Mr. Bastow are no exception. Keys in the usua al
sense these are not, however, being rather a summing-u of the main
points of orders and genera, represented in the seas surrounding
Australia and the adjacent islands.

The first, which deals with Melanospermea, is intense as the
Sctlaie lai in a short introduction, on the orks of _— rvey,
Agardh, and Kiitzing. The unfin ished « peaes > has caused a
eareful and of rr: fruitless search through the braiias of ‘dads

olonies for the contin k whic nly reached one
e It seems a pity that such a careful worker as Mr stow
0) to waste his time hunting for a book which does not

this should have been taken into account in these id pre

As regards Melanospermea, it may be mentioned that Mr.
Bastow retains Splachnidium in Fucacee, while Chroospora should
be in Enceliacee instead of being included in pangs
Dictyotacee contains a motley collection from other one

nariacee, and Desmotrichum is in oe ‘pacea. Such genera as
Pachydictyon and Dilophus, which are mainly Australian, find
no place at all here, — being indian under Dictyota

The object of these keys was main nly to he elp he beginner in
naming alg, and no doubt they will be useful in this respect, aS
the figures, though not well executed, are drawn fr om good soures;
but this only makes one regret the more that such yal should

those who have access to more complete libraries than our colonies
can at present boast

E. 8. B.

237

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.*

Annals nf Botany (March). —> — D. H. Campbell, ‘Studies on
_ Aracee@’ (8 pl.).—A. Howard, ‘A Disease of eae spl (2 pl.).—
W. C. Wor raell, ‘ Structure of female ‘flower’ in Conifere.’—T. G.
= ‘Structure and development of Tr spall maritimum’ (2 pl.).
ep fei & J. Gowan, (Ginkgo biloba (2 pl.
entralblatt (No. 13). — W. Se eee _Nostockopsis Gens,
Voneatis Stuhimanni, C. cruciatum, spp. 1 uller, ‘ Zu-
Sammenstellung der Lebermoose aus a ‘Reiobslanda Elsass-
Lothringen’ (concl.).—(Nos. 14-16). C. Warnstorf, ‘Zur Kennt-
niss der Torfmoose.’—(Nos. 14, 15). K. prownte os ge bess =
in Jahre 1899 in Baden gesammelten Leberm —(N
erzog, ‘Ueber Neckera turgida.’ — (Nos. 1 ° 18). on Kiiken.
thal, ‘Species generis Uncinia in America aati extratropica
sponte nascen ntes.’— (No. 17). E. H. L. Krause, ‘ Floristische
Notizen.’ — U. Dammer, ‘ Ein Vorschlag zur Litteraturfrage.’—
(Nos. ‘19, 20). .M.v. Derschau, ‘ Die Entwi cklung der Peristom-
zihne des Laubmossporogoniums' (1p L.).

Bot. Gazette (26 March).—G. Sm ith, pees i? ee
(2 pl.). — HE. B. Copeland, ‘ The Geotropism of — J,
Schaffne r, ‘The Nutation of Helianthus. '—(30 Apr il) Ze W. Smith,
; Sporophylis and Sporangia of Isvetes’ (8 pl.). — R. Thaxter,
‘Structure and reproduction of Compsopogon.’ — J. Arthur,
‘Cultures of Uredinee in 1899.’

Bot. Magarne (Tokio).—(20 March). ‘. Ito, ‘ Zewwine’ (1 pl.).
—T. Makino, ‘Bambusacew Japonice’ (cont.). —Id., ‘ Plante
Japonenses nove’ (cont.).

Bot. Notiser (Hatt 2: 81 March).—C. Skottsburg, ‘ Viola-former
fran Osel’ (1 pl.). — G. Hellsing, ‘ Cassandra calyculata funnen i
Sverige.’— (Haft 8: 15 May). N. H. Nilsson, ‘ Om de subarktiska
Poa-arterna vid Lenafloden.’ — J. P. Gustafsson, ‘va svenska

Alopecurus-hybrider.—E. Nyman, ‘ Botaniska excursioner pa Java.’
: ann, ‘ Utricularia ee x minor. — O. KR. Holm-
berg, ‘ Botaniska anteckningar,’—0O. stedt, ‘ Sandhems flora.’

Bot. Zeitung (16 April). nie Beiniteor: * ‘ Uebe r die Hignung der
ein “especie n zur Ernihrung von Pilzen.’

. Bot. Soe. Belgique (14 April). — E. Laurent, * L'origine
des vivités panachées.’—Id., ‘ Sur la greffe de la pomume de terre.’
—J. Chalou, ‘Questions de mots. *_T, Durand & E. de Wildeman,
‘Matériaux pour la Flore du Congo’ (Loranthacee, A. Engler ;
Composite, O. Hoffmann; Cyperacee, C. B. Clarke). :

Buil. Soc. Bot. France (xlvii, 1; March). — A. Franchet,
‘Serofularinées de la Chine.’ — E, Malinvaud, ‘ Doit-on éerire
Pirus ou Pyrus?’? —T. Delacour, ‘Sur divers Carew hybrides.’—

(2, 3: 27 April). D. Bois, Dioscorea ihre? — F, Guégnen, ‘ Le
Style et le stigmate des Composé es." . Vuillemin, ‘ Phyllotaxie

de l'Impatiens glanduligera.’ — L. Lu a ‘Sur la végétation dans
assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers

The dates
se bie ne but it must not pte be inferred that this is the actual date of
u

238 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Vhuile.’—J. Foucaud, ‘ Additions a la flore de Corse.’—A. Daguillon,
‘Un fruit anormal de Pyrus Malus.’—P. Fiche, Pyrus cordata Desv.
M. Gandoger, ‘ Notes sur la flore Espagnole.’

Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (24 March).—A. W. Evans, ‘ New Genus ©
of Hepatice from Hawaiian Islands’ (Aeron 1 pl.). —
E. L. Morris, ‘ Revision of Plantago patagonica.’ — F. §. Earle,
‘Florida Fungi.’ — H. H. Rusby, ‘ South American Plants.’—
(21 April). F. E. Lloyd & L. M. Underwood, * Lycopodiums of
N. America’ (8 pl.). — P. A. ig ‘Rocky haart i Flora.’—

F. G. Sm

Id., ‘Prunus insititia.’ — , ‘Peculiar case of contact
irvitability, weee 2 Maxon, ee vespertinum, sp.n.— 8. C.
Stu ‘N. American species of Eleutera (Neckera

8 al Chronicle (21 April). — Polypodium ‘Harvisii. Tenm. s

Sp. n
Jounal. de Botanique (‘Mars.’’).—P. v. Tieghem, Aristolochia.
—N. Patouillard & P. Hariot, Lentinus Erringtonii. — A. Chabert,
Euphorbia Durandoi & E. lugu brig Bi Cho ins & C. Bernard, ‘ Sur
le sac embryonnaire de P Helosis guyanensis’ (2 pl.). — R. Maite,
‘Evolution nucléaire chez les H'ndophyllum’ ‘a pia

' Malpighia (xiii. fase. 7-9: received 11 May). — O. Maitirolo,
‘ Bibliografia botanica italiana. —A. Villani, ‘Sull’ affinita e
discendenza delle Crocifere’ (1 pl.). — Id., ‘ Tubercoli oe delle

e’ (1 pl.).—R.
uni Erbarii antichi Romani’ ( — TT. Ferraris an un
nuovo Ifomicete parassita delle Arance’? (Oidium Citri aurantii:
1.

Pp
‘Misivires de l’ Herb, Botssier (No. 10: 30 1) March). — H. Schinz,
‘Zur Kenntnis der Afrikanischen Vlora — (No. 11: 30 April).
F, Stephani, ‘Species Hepaticarum (No. 12: 80 Apri
nl). ‘Zur Kenntnis der europfischen Arten von Utricularia’

eit Jacq. _— Polak, ‘Die yam der
Serophulariaceen.’ — * & K. Lins are ‘ Teratologische Befunde
an Lonicera tatarica’ (1 pl.). — (April). J. Rick, Sclerotinia Bre-

sadole, sp.n. — K. Rechinger, Lamium Orvala & L. Wettsteinit.—
J. ene ‘Studier tiber eerie spplifoline | (conel.).—
(May). B. Hordk, ‘Zur Flora Monte ae R,-¥ We ttatein,

‘Die Aes Arten der Gentine § Endotr icha’ (1 pl.).

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, éc.

Ar the meeting of the Linnean Society on April 19th, Messrs.
emsley and H. H. W. Pearson read a paper ‘On som

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 239

These wae ne” ve all made at great altitudes in rise ge and
Northern Tibet of them below 15,000 ft., and some of them
at 19,000 ft. ie hindi. The highest point at é which flowering
plants had been found was 19,200 ft. above the level of the sea.
The plants — by Deasy ind "Pike at altitudes of 19,000 ft.
and upwards are :—Cvurydalis Hendersoni, Arenaria Stracheyi, Saxi-
JSraga parva, Sedwm Str. aa yt, Saussurea bracteata, Gentiana tenella,
G. aquatica, an unnamed species of Astragalus, ‘and an un amed
species of Uxytropis. These are the greatest altitudes on record

natural orders are:—Composita, Leguminosae, Crucifere, Ranuncu-
lacea, and Graminea. The Composite largely predominate, and the
genus Saussurea is represented by numerous species.

about a dozen species were shown to illustrate the great diversity
exhibited by this genus in foliage and infloradt cence. Liliacee and

e allied orders were pike sparingly pp oi wo - three
species of Al/iwm occur; one of them, A. Semenovii, in great abun-
dance up to 17,000 ft. None of the collections contained any species
of orchid.

. Pearson’s sinorgior on the Andine Flora had special sehen:

to Sir Martin Conway’s small collection brought from Ulimani,
the Bolivian Andes, in 1898. Out of forty-six species of flowerin Sieg
plants obtained by Sir Martin Conway, seven are from 18,000 ft. or
above it, two being as high as 18,700 ft. These, the highest Andine
plants on record, are Malvastrum flabellatum Wedd _ and Deyeuxia
glacialis Wedd. Thirty-nine species in this collection were found
above 14,000 ft. ; — pane to thirty-four genera and twenty-one
natural orders ; fifte n (i.e. about three-eighths of the sallestion}
are Composite. Of the thirty- -four genera, one only—Blumenbachia
—is endemic to South America. The species, with one apts fea
are confined to the Andes, eight or nine of them not being found
outside Bolivia. In the collection made by Me: Piteserald’ 8
‘eho in - Aconcagua valleys between 8000 and 14,000 ft.,

ten genera (7. ¢. one- -quarter of the whole) are endemic in So uth
Sian The contrast between this and the small endemic element

n the Conway collection from above 14,000 ft. gives additional
eine to the generalization re the flora of high levels is more
cosmopolitan than that of low levels.

Tue Report of the ad Exchange a for 1898 by Mr.
James Groves has just been published. It contains a number of
interesting notes upon — forms, some ee shih we ba to
extract later for the benefit of our readers. It would, we think,
be helpful if some iain were given of the place where nat
could be obtained; at present the only address is that of the printers.

Tux recently issued * _ for compiling the oe, in the
Department of Printed Books in the British Museum” contain
much that i is useful and veges to librarians and bibliographers,
and are serviceable as a guide to the Se on which the entries
in the Wagons Catalogue are drawn Those who affirm that

240 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

may be all that is admirable and ingenious, but they result in such
approved entries as the following, which we take from a single page
of examples:
‘History. A History of Painting from Fra Angelico to Velasquez.

Boox. A first Book on Alge

Arr. Le livre intitulé l'art 4 bien mourir.’
It would be difficult to conceal more ars the works placed |
under these three headings.

THE tonto! Annual Report of the Missouri Botanic Garden

Cae BEEN papers on the diseases of T'vxodium distichum (‘ peckiness’)
and Libocedrus deewrrons Nae rot’) by Hermann von Schrenk; on
ae flowerinil in ington, by J. ose ; gS revisions of

the American species of "Buphorbia § Tithymalus by J. B.S. Norton,
and of the species of Lophotocarpus, by J. G. Smith. It is un-
necessary to say that the volume is admirably printed and lavishly
illustrated.

. G. C. Druce announces in the ‘Pharmaceutical Journal’
that he has in ated 8 ‘An Ecological Flora of the British

Isles,’ in which he hopes to show ‘more particulars as to the
exact place of aehadeat attitade Baie distribution, than is given in
the usual text-boo Such a work, if carefully ‘done, will be both

useful and aeons’ ; but we pho t Mr. Druce will observe due
economy in pe lags information as to the ‘exact place of growth”’
of our rarer species

first part, ban Nees 101 plates with descriptions, of the
*Tilustrations of the Botany of Captain Cook’s Voyage Round the
World in H.M.S. ‘Endeavour’ in 1768-71” has just been issued by

has Eakic “sorpared the pte and descriptions ath the original

drawings and the specimens in the Banksian Herbarium,

has added such information as these supply. He has also added

determinations, in accordance with the nomenclature at preeal

adopted. We hope to notice the work at greater length in an
ue.

5
—¥

w part of the /lora Capensis, completing vol. vii., has jus
been published. It concludes the Graminea, and is entirely the
work of Dr. Sta

Tue Daily Chevrole although it does not reach the level of the
Daily Mail as an instructor in natural history, does its best.
Here is by piece of sapere gs from its issue of Apri 24th :-—

with their fragile petals and lovely bloom, are, if ae indigenous to
me ee rs dag as old as the association of the name of St. George
wi nglan

204 pp. Dans 8vo, Cloth Sa price 6s. 6d. net.

“BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX
~ Deceased British and Irish Botanists

BY
JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G.,F.L.S., & G. S. BOULGER, F.L.S.

4
7 oF

““All persons interested in the history of botany and of the botanists of these
islands, but more especially those actively engaged in botanical work involving
historical research, will welcome a reprint of the ‘ eres Index,’ which ran
through four volumes of this Journal, beginning in 1888. . . . And this little book
_ is, after all, the foundation, and a good substantial one, too, of the history of
British and Irish botanists, which may some day develop into as complete and
exhaustive a work as Colmeiro’s admirable La Botdénica y los Botdnicos de la
Peninsula Hispano-Lusitana. No other nation, I believe, possesses such a work as
the latter, and no second nation, so far as | am aware, just sue a Sel ge as the

rmer.’’—W. Botting Hemsley in Journ. ae Sept. 189

‘The utility and general — of igs a — rendetet evident i in

_ the course of its publication
then omen is amply co nitinol now that the Index appears revised and completed

up to date.” —Athencum, Dec. 30, 1893. vi

“The details given by the authors are very concise, , but, considering that cate canes

_ Comprise reference to other sources of information, they are adequate. Theacquire-
ot of the authors, and the unrivalled facilities at their disposition in the
um, offer the best guarantees that their work has been well done. Those

Gaccestaa in the history of horticulture, as well as in that of botany, will _ _

_ Work indispensable.’’—Gardeners’ Chronicle, Sept. 9, 1893. -

“This book has been compiled to satisfy a felt want among botanists. The

Names, dates, chief facts concerning, and published se of, botanists have been = e

Carefully put together.”—The Bookman, Aug. 1893. a

“The authors have done their work well, and made a valuable contribution to
otanical literature.” —Natural Science, Oct. 1893.

‘First Supplement to the Above :
ae ( 1893—97 )
ae PRICE s. 6d. NET.

ONI ON: West, “SEA 4 00, oa BATION GARDEN

_OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS.

with many Illustrations, Royal 8vo, halj-morocco, price £1
HE "PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS. = ps rentiee avon § Lae Mota
bolism and Sources of Energy in Plants. . W. Prerrer, P. sor of
Botany in ihe University of Leipzig. Second aly Tevised Edition, Translated
and Edited by Atrrep J. Ewart, D.Sc., Ph.D., F.L.8. Vol. I

Ue fe NALS OF BOTANY. NY. Edited by Isaac rae Babrour:
.s F.R.S., of the University of Edinburgh; D. Scort, Ph.D.,
Royal Ga rdens, ro ; W. G. Fartow, M.D., of Harvard University,
ws S. x eed by other Botanis
Special Offer.Complete ue ols. L—XIII., 1887-1899) are ——— for the
ape at the following prion, viz. £18 10s. net unbound, £21 n nd.

ip price of each volume is £1 10s. (payable in advance). Intending subscribers should
send their cones with sient, to Mr. Henry Frowbe

London: HENRY FROWDE, Oxford University Press Warehouse,
Amen Corner, E.C.

JUST READY. Crown 8vo, 110 pp. Cloth. Price 4s.

First Records of British Flowering Plants.

Compiled by WILLIAM A. CLARKE, F.L.S.
SECOND EDITION, REVISED AND CORRECTED.
‘In the few years which have elapsed since the first gee of the list,
many desirable corrections have been brought to my notice and these have
been incorporated in the ime edition. eat et from Preface.

Those who possess a copy of the First cer can obiain the Second Edition _ :
at half price (2s.) on direct splicatien to this o

On the 1st of every Month, sag vag 6s. a year, post-free to any part of
orld,

THE ENTOMOLOGIST:

An Illustrated Journal of General Entomolo ogy. Lithographed Plates by
best Entomological Artists, and frequent Woodcuts.
Eprrep sy RICHARD SOUTH, F.E.S.

London: WEST, NEWMAN @& Co., 54, Hatton Garden.
ene ee

ESTABLISHED 1851. Ee

Sout Hampron Bur.pines, CHaNcery Lanz, Lonpon, W.-C.

a: Cc T ACCOUNTS ee

hag on the minimum monthly gee 2'/- one
filo when not drawn below He
: DEPOSIT ACCOUN 2 ‘

2: : lo. on Pyitcauns repayable on demand. 2s ue

STOCKS AND SHARE: Pe

ue Stocks and Shares purchased and sold for ‘custom I

free.

JULY, 1900

JOURNAL OF BOTANY |

BRITISH AND FOREIGN

i EDITED BY
1 JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S.
: SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF Botany, British Museum (NaTuRat History)
CONTENTS
PAGE |
{| Notes ad ry ae et el JAMES hi nee or — Vicia lutea L. in
; Seg n, F.L.8., & E. G. Baxer, [ Jersey. — Burbaumia eat se
F. ‘'S. Pie 411) oS . 241 | in totesishire —-Drwke uralis
|| Cardiganshire Gleanings. By Rev. in Bainborghsire—Pragopoyo
cy wR. S. Marsnarn, M.A. P.L.S... 247 pratensis Li. var.

orus—
The European ces —, _(after yeaa m oe Sibth. ve vee ete

Warnstori). By HE. LES ei
i Horee., F.L.S. " contin) 252 | “Flora a att onan Africa 279
geod of Durham peer a rs ten of British wens
259 | “Plants iled by Witttam
: Norfolk. Notes. ‘By. BE. F. Listox, A. Crarxe, F.L.S. - 281
é M.A. (conclude ed) . 263 Flore der aaiwelis Bearbeitet yon
| New Orchids on Costa Rica. By ¢ Dr. Hans Scurnz ae De;
4 ENDLE, M.A «> OC. -. 274 KELLER . oer
Pellia Neesiana ‘Limpr. ‘ Rowen

: in neat act
: a@ incana :
in Sussex. — Impatiens glandu- | Book-Notes, News, &e. --

JOURNAL OF, BOTANY |
British and Foreign

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S.,

SeNrIoR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT -OF Botany, British Museum (Naroran History).

i
i _

ouRNAL oF Botany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann.

Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor.

Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the
do has from its inception filled a position which, par now, is
covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and pro

for the pe of new discoveries, and appears eras and
punctually on the Ist of each month. While more especially concerned
with systematic botany, obearvati tions of every kind are welcomed.
Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany,
and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing
‘upon this subject has remained unnoticed.

_ Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to. receive
hist

no offici co i
British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled S
those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has —
mie to utilize its pages for recording facts of tape and im

: which the Museum aaite
a important Ege A ae and other works ork appeared in its
pages. oe it became necessary to increase its size, owing to
number of vaneks sent for publication: the number of plates was at
the same time augmented.

_ Subseriptions (16s. post free) and on i i (not later than

the 24th of each month) should Si sent to Wrst, Newman & Co.,

64 Hatton ton Garden, London: communications for publication and —

books for review to TE Boeck: 126 Kennington Park Road, BE.

: The volumes for 1884 to 1895 can still be had, price 14s. each, LOE =
10s. the set. Of vols. 1884 and 1885 very few copies re a

e bound v olum es for cate trae and 1899 can

B.B.articulatum.

prostratum. D

A. Eryngium petéolatum.
Ca we.

R.Morgan del. et hth.

241

NOTES ON ERYNGIUM.
By James Britren, F.L.8., ann E. G. Baxer, F.L.S.
(Puate 411.)

Tue following notes are the result of an examination of some of
the species of Eryngium in the National Herbarium.

I, Norra American SPEcIEs.
UM Aprene um L. . Lh 282 as ae This name is
Fe ig &

adopted the name e yuccifolium of Michaux (usually spelt te

but that pee quotes the second, not t t edition of the
Species Plantarum, and the views of Dail ag is evell known, had
materially altered between the dates of publication of the two
editions. A careful investigation of the synonymy and of the
Linnean types has convinced us that the aquaticum of ed. i. is not
the yuccifolium of Michaux

he description of the plant in Sp. Pl. ed. i. stands as fol-
OWS :—

‘‘aquaticum. 2. Hrynerum —_ gladiatis serrato-spinosis: floralibus

vis
Eryngium foliis gladiatis utrinque laxe serratis :
s tantum dentatis subulatis. Gron. virg.

B. Eryngium lacustre virginianum, floribus ex pre
ceruleis, caule & foliis ranunculi flammei mi-
ists. Pluk. alm. 137. [Phyt. 896, fig. 3)
Habitat in Virginia 2.”

In the Linnean Herbar rium this name is represented by two
water gies digetbie Som —_ having written on it “ aquaticum
the second the figur “2 both in Linneus’s hand. The

bees ee: in Gerais 3 hand the number “500” followed by

the phrase from eae which Linneus quotes for his variety PB:

to this Linneus added a note all of which we are not able to

read, but which janes to show that ie thought His specimen
enet. c

the Ww own as
ronovian specimen is doubtless that referred to
Hort “Clif, 88 (n. 5) as ‘“‘nobiscum a D. D. Gronovio communi-

establishing his aquaticum. The only synonym he cites ef that of

Gronovius (Fl. Virg. p. 146), where “ Eryngium aquaticum m floribus

albis Clayt. n. 500” o quoted by Gronovius as a synonym—the
Journan or Borany.—Vou. 88. [Juny, 1900.] :

242, THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

number 500 being that of Clayton’s plant in the Linnean and
National herbari ia—and it is from this that Linneus derived the

t may be urged with some show of reason that Linneus’s
descriptive phrase “ foliis gladiatis serrato-spinosis: floralibus in-
divisis ” may be taken as referring to yuccifolium. But it must be

immediately precedes it and which is characterized as havin
** floralibus multifidis ”); while as to the former, if it be urged that
the leaves of moans are not what we should now call * gladi-
atis,”’ they are at least as much so as thes: of fetidum to which he

plies the same term; and it may be noted co Gronovius has
. glaioltis,” ist " sladiatis” ” as cited by Linne

In making his variety 6, Linneus again follows ‘Gronovius, who
says (l.c. ys ‘‘Hujus varietas st Eryngium lacustre Virginianum
floribus ex albido ceruleis, caule & foliis Ra li flammei minoris
D. Banister. Plukn. Alm. p. 136 [187], cui folia sunt lanceolato-
linearia utrinque subulata, sessilia, floresque pedunculati. A
reference to Plukenet’s specimens in Herb. loan (xcii. f. 62 and
xeiv. f. 188) shows conclusively that his plant was E. virginianum,
one of them being the slender few-headed specimen on which his
figure is based. This plant of Plukenet Lamarck cites as synonymous
with his virginianum.

From what has been an it seems clear that the whole of the
material present to Linneus when he drew up the description of
aquaticum for his first edition belongs to the plant now generally

own as om which latter must be reduced to a synonym
of the egos:

In the s nee edition of the Species Plantarum, Linneus cor-

that species “ EK num, yucee folio, spinas ad oras mollius-
culis. Pluk. alm. 13 [187] t. 175, f. 4, Raj. suppl. 239. Moris. his
. nd “ E, foliis eee oe laxe serratis we yest

neus (I. c.) quotes ‘ Scorpil spina Hern. me x. _ ” as a synonym of
i. falcon m; in ed. ii. he transfers this to E. aquaticum. Hernandez has a
figure of the Lied and describes it thus :—‘ i Oamtasdll, < quam alij “Hoitzcolotli,
inam vocant, herba est spinifera, folia proferens Cirsij spinis

s longos

Blanco — (no. 681, 1886 a — doubtfully to E. cymoswm by
Sereno Watson (Proc. ‘Amer. Acad. xxi 415) more closely resembles Delaroche’s

NOTES ON ERYNGIUM 248

re gyre ama i placed under aquaticum. To this

importation is owing the confusion that has arisen: Miller (1768)
and subsequ ast sn soni g- De Candolle, Delaroche, Torrey and
Gray, and J. B. Ker (Bot. Reg. t. 872)—cite ed. ii. Sp. Pl. as the
authority for aquaticum. Britton & Brown indeed quote the name
from ed. i., but r plant is the plant of ed. ii., as represented by
the synonymy just quoted—i.e. EF. yuccifolium

Plukenet’s figure does not very satisfactorily represent hae plant,
but his specimens in Her oane (xcili. nd xcvi. 20)
unmistakeable—indeed, there is no possibility of sohtaeinit the two

ed
Oe

It should be noted that, in correcting the synonymy as abov
ae retained under fetidum the phrase “ K. foliis glint,”
etc., as far as it referred to plant so called by Gronovi
p. 30. This, of which we have the type (Clayton 282) in “hie
National Herbarium, is FE. pi atk and apparently had not been
seen by Linnzus; and this may explain his not having removed it.
This last-named species he ~~ come to aoa more thoroughly,
as is shown by his having removed from it plants which he knew
po ag elsewhere, and by his f fall stent in Syst. ed. xii. 201
(1767).

the synonymy of F. yuccifolium must be added FH. aquaticum
and EH’, fetidum of Walter’s Flora Caroliniana (p. 112) as is shown
by the specimens—poor, but sufficient—in his herbarium
The following is the synonymy of the two species :—
HK. aquaticum L. Sp. Pl. ed. i. 282 ATED}: * ii. oe ex aie
E. sree aa L. l.c. ed. i., 282, quoad syn. Hor pas Gronov
k., Raj., excl. a les Sloan. ; od. 4 "336, excl. 8

: 4 . :
Index, 422 (1878) ; Coulter & Rose, Rovis. 'N Amer. Umbellif.
95 5 (1888); Britton & Brown, Ill, Fl. N. Amer. ii. 522 (1897);

et auct. amer. plur
E. Plukenetii “Bllictt, Bot. S. Carol. i. 582 (1821).

E. yuccrrourum Michaux, Fl. Bor. Amer. i. 164 (1808); Chapm.
.U.8. 160 (1860) ( (yucca. £ Wats. Index, 22
(18 78) (yuccefolium); Cou Revis. N. ‘
Umbellif. 94 (1888) ueeflium
E. oe peas L. uA Pl. ed. il. 386 (1762), ex parte, non ed. i
Mill. . Dict. ed. viii, n. "7 (1768) ; ve lt. Fl. Carol. 113
(1788); Daldgvene bap asta p. 57, t. 41 (1808); Torr. &

Gray, Fl. N. Amer. i. 604 (1840) ; pa : Brown, Ill. Fl.
N. Amer. ii. igs (1897) ; oe esis amer.
E. rigs’ - Sp. Pl. ed. i. 282 (1753) dead pl. Gron m
36 (1762) quoad ais SAE. - Walt. Fi. Carol. 1

fusion

KE. Batpwinit Sprengel, Syst. i. 870 (1825). The con

ced) by Chapman in his Flora of the Southern Uni . a
8

944 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

(1860) with regard to this plant is corrected by 8. Watson in his
Index, and the conclusions of the latter are accepted by Chapman
in his latest (third) edition (1897). Chapman’s mistake seems to
have originated with Rugel’s plants, collected in 1848 and distri-
buted by ee sarki. a this set, No. 278 bears on its printed
ticket the name E. Baldwini, but the numerous specimens so
labelled in the National Herbarium all belong to F. prostratum Nutt.
The true Baldwini aoe in Rugel’s collection—Nos. rie 280,
281—under the name E. /filiforme Shuttl., which Asa Gray (PI.
Wright. p. 78) rightly "reduced to Baldwini. Shuttleworth’s 279 is

comparison ve red specimens of E. prostratum Nutt. an
F.. filiforme ple from ane types in the National Herbarium. W
uae given figur nvolucral bracts, bractlets, and heads,

of the
owing the distinctive sbasassats of the two species

KE. wreerimoiium Walt. Fl. Carol. 112 (1788). cle hangs!
& Rose (Rev. N. Amer. Umbell. p. 102) say that it ‘‘ seems im-
possible to determine’’ this plant. cee oe. in Waller’ 8
Herbarium, however, oe but fragm , is clearly identical
with E. virgatum Lam. as as indeed pcre indicated by Sprengel
(Syst. i. 870) i in 1825. Walter’ s name must therefore be ey ge

point out, there is no such te nt :-—* = Pr was first used by
Sprengel in Roem. & Schultes Syst. [vi. 887], and referred by him
to Walter, but he copied tabriggeds the description of Walter’s
E. integrifolium.” An earlier citation of the will be found in
Michaux, Fl. Bor To i. 163 (1808), white it is doubtfully
referred to his E. ovalifolium (=E. virgatum Lam.). The plant
is generally referred with doubt to E. prostratum Nutt., as in
Britton & Brown’s Illustrated Flora, and in the Index Kewensi
where E. americanum is erroneously cited as ** Walt. Fl. Carol. 102.’ "
Specimens distributed under the name americanum by Elihu Hall
(no. 242)= F. prostratum.

E. rertotarum Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. i. p. 259 (1833). ——
specimens, five in number, from ‘overflowed plains of the Mul
nomah, 1825,”’ are in the National Herbarium, and are of | ee
Of thie Ty as Hooker (Fl. Bor. Amer. i. 259) says of the plant :—

;

leaves) ; the involucral bra are sendin eitiate: spinose, rigid,
and spinous aes the antiae are mene at the globose head.
Asa Gray (Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 885 (1872)) makes a variety,

juncifolium, on a plant gathered in Oregon a “hina Hall, no. 200.
We have compared the two, and cannot enero Hall's plant from
ee: 8 type. Messrs. Coulter and Rose (in Revis. Umbell. 98)

te Hall’s plant as E. articulatum Hock, Lond. Journ. Bot. vi.
339, 1847. The accompanying figures (Plate 411, A, B), taken in

NOTES ON ERYNGIUM 245°

each case from types, show that EF. articulatum and E. petio aig
are abundantly distinct, the bracts and bractlets giving the head

very different appearance. _— our dizer e was prepared, Metara,
Coulter and Rose have kindly se

with descriptions of the two species peorecel for their forthooming
‘Second Revision of North American Siisanreay We are i

H
clusion at which we had indie These anahars now regard Ff.
Harknessii Curran as synonymous with EL. petiolatum. We do not
know what their F’. petiolatum (ave. Umbell. 97) may be, but it
can hardly be either F. petiolatum Hook. or E. articulatum. In
view of the confusion that has arisen between the two species, the
following synonymy may be found useful :—
E. petrionarum Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. i. 259 (1833); Torr. & Gray,
Fl. N. Amer. i, 604 (1840); Torr. Bot. Wilkes, 315 (1873),
excl. aya 5 Brewer & Watson, Bot. Calif. i. 255 (1876),
excl. sy
Ei. eum var. juncifolium A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. viii.
385 (1872); S. Watson, —- 421, excl. syn.
E. articulatum Coulter & Rose, Revis. N. Amer. Umbellif. 98
(1888); Howell, Fl. N. W. Amer. i. 268 (1898); non Hook.
EK. articunatum Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. vi. 232 (1847).
E. petiolatum Torr. Bot. Wilkes, 815 (1873), quoad syn. ;
Brewer & Watson, Bot. Calif. i. < (1876), quoad syn.
E.. petiolatum var. juncifolium 8. Wats. Index , 421, quoad syn.
FE. Harknessii Curran in Bull. Calif. Acad. iii. 158 (1885).

II. Orner Specizs.
NASTURTIFOLIUM Juss. ex Delaroche, Eryngium, p. 46, t. 17.

a 2 iu
Minaley in Bot. Biol.
K. onrentare Mill. See ao viii. no. 6, queried as peer
in Index Kewensis, i is rightly so referred. This is the “* H. Orie
foliis trifidis’’ of Tournefort (Cor. a which Delaroche slatée
among his ‘‘species minus t dubie,’”’ with the note :—
‘* Folium vidi in herbario Vaillantii hoc nomine a,

§ right. rather believe that this specimen is from the Duch
Pantene. as it is not said to be from Vaillant, and there is in the

246 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Herb. a magnificent specimen from Miller’s herbarium, which
Houstoun had brought either from Holland or Paris, it having a
ticket in Houstoun’s handwritin

KE. pattescens Mill. Dict. adi viii. no. 5 (* pallescente,” but
peered to pallescens on last page of book). In the Indea Kewensis
this plant is identified with EF. amethystinum, herein following, but
with less caution, the lead of Steudel, who enters it as “ H. amethy-
stinwn var.?” and does not place it in italics. In DC. Prodr. iv.

onym
identification should have been overlooked by all subsequent writers.
It was probably due to Solander, who similarly identifies Miller’s

specimens in the an Herbarium. These examples, as in
other cases of plants from Miller’s herbariu ot bear his
name, being labelled simply ‘‘ Hort.’’ (in some cases ‘‘ Herb.’’);

Gardeners Diesen and at the same time wrote up the specimens:
both description and plant are inns indicated by Solander. M
over, we have two sheets of the same plant from Chelsea Gardens,
wns to the Royal Society in accordance with the Charter in 1738
and 17

ny

its distinctness from EH. amethystinum, of which, he says, it ha
been ‘‘ supposed by many to be only a variety’’; ‘I have propa-
gated it by ey more than thirty Ser without finding the least
alteration, so that I make no doubt of its being a distinct species.’
t may perhaps be biases noting that, according to contemporary
testimony, Linneus confused this plant with his HE. alpinum.
Gouan, when sekantink ing EF. Bourgati (Illustr. Bot. p. 7, 1778),
Says: ommunicavi olim cum Linneo, qui ad alpinum in litteris
revoc owe and Solander, in his MS. notes on alpinum, says:
‘** Descriptio foliorum in Linn. Mantissa, p. 849, certe ex Eryngio
on. desumata; ambz species ab auctoribus alpine vocantur.”
Willdenow (Sp. Pl. i. p. 1860 (1797)) cites H. alpinum L. Mant.
under E. Bourgati; and the oe Kewensis, following Steudel se
DeCan seen places here EF. alpinum Lapeyr. (Hist. Abr. Pl. Pyren
p. 187 (1818)). The sony of the plant is therefore :—
es patLescens Mill. Dict. ed. viii, ae , ee) ail

E. alpinum Li. Mant. 849 (1771), non Sp. P

E. Bourgati Gouan, Ilustr. p. 7, t. iii. bras)

Description oF Puats. a pl dente petiolatum per B. Flowering
head of E. articulatum Hoo C. E. prostratum Nutt. D. E. filiforme Shuttl.
1. Involucral bract, 2. bag 3. flower (all magnifie va).

247

CARDIGANSHIRE GLEANINGS.
By Rev. E. §. Marsgatz, M.A., F.L.S.

Tue following plants were noticed during a stay of four weeks,
in August, 1899, at sagen at a pretty but remote little watering-
place. Throughout atu thet was oppressively hot; also the
roads were as a rule a wae order for bicycling, and very hilly:
these combined causes ; vane my search from being as wide or

asia ec as I should have liked to make it. The neighbourhoo od
oprcas to be botanically remarkable rather from the absence of

many species common elsewhere, than from the presence of many
interesting or rare ones; however, a sige eed number of additions

were made to the list for Watson’s v.-c. 46, and the bramble- flora
is evidently rich. My thanks are due ee to Mr. Arthur
Bennett and Rev. W. Moyle Rogers; Messrs. H. & J. Groves and

inton have also helped with determinations. An
asterisk ‘denotes a new vice-comital record.

Ranunculus Lenormandi F. Schultz. Ress 8 between Bethania
and Llyn Fanod.—R. hederaceus L. is not uncommon.

Nymphea lutea L.; Castalia speciosa Salish. 4 eal Fan od.
Fumaria Borai Jord.* Roadside bank, Aberayr only on
seen. — a muralis Sonder.* Newquay; in seveekl ‘plants ‘oat
Aberayr
[heir aehs Cheiri L. Quite naturalized on sandstone apse

Newquay. ]

a Draba Li. occurs in waste ground near the sea at
ig iehibees
assica essen Roth.* Cliffs, Aberayron, in profusion ;
probably n — B. aiba Boiss.* Cultivated ground near mete

beical ve est very bright yellow flowers, a
‘ational babeenins stem-leaves, and lon gio raked gi smooth
pods with strongly anastom si ini veins, found in considerable
quantity i in fields at Bethania; nay possibly (Me. Bennett ‘cagneaas
be B. juncea L.

A aimee didymus Sm.* Newquay, Aberayron; not a native,
I think.

Viola ericetorum Xx Riviniana.* Moorland above Aberarth, with
the parents; quite sterile.—V. ericetorum was remarkably ——
in this locality. — V. lutea Huds. Frequent about Bethania an

nn.
a ciliata Fr.* Stony path by Aberayron Church; pedicels
a sapads glandular, as in S. patula Jordan, of which it ey? te a
weak state. I did not ascertain from whence the material of this
— are! vcore brought. i
‘ pratt hae Kindb. Frequent on the cliffs from Aber-
on to radi

Hyperic ida danish Leers. Plentiful; more so, I fancy, than

A, perforatum, :

248 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Lavatera arborea L.* Rocky ait Spike ; abundant at one
spot. Probably, but not beginges. thee

Radiola linoides Roth.* Lean Trefeglwys.

Vicia sepium L.* Not uncommon about Aberayron; it has now

Abundant in hedges; Aberayron, Aberarth, Llanerch- Aeron, &¢.—
P. Cer — a was also noticed occasionally, but only as an obvious
introduc

Rubus ibe ectus G. Anders. Monachty Dingle, near piel
sparingly; the only one of the § Suberecti seen by me.—R artanitie
Rip. & Genev.* Lower part of the Afon Drowy valley, near New-

Genev.* Between Aberayron and Newquay. — R. Bakeri F. A.
Lees.* A variant form of this was gathered at Bethania and near
nn. — R. nemoralis P. J. Muell. var. Silurum A. Ley.*

Bethania — Aberayron; near noniensis
n Aberayron and we lentifal ore Bethawiac
ae abi g Linde In several “ahem between Newquay and

Aberayron. — R. silvaticus Wh. & N.* A very handsome bramble,
with the leaves much cut and the stems sononcly spotted with red,
which occurred in two stations near Lianer -Aeron, is referred by

U
=
S
Ss
oS
=
Pi
io)
Dp
f=)
e
B
@O
id
m
ou
S
3 ©
S* tes
.&
oa
Ss
ot
_
er
mM
“oO
=
wm
Qu
oe
m
ae
_
5
fe)
er
orl
|

both.” — R. Sprengelii Weihe.* Between Llanina and Llanarth ;
only seen in small quantity at one spot. — R. pyramidalis Kalt. *
In two localities near Newquay; also (‘forma eglandulosa’) at
Llanerch-Aeron.—R. leucostachys Schleich. Common. A beautiful
form or variety, in some respects recalling R. lasioclados, grows at
Llanarth and in the lower — Dares valley. — R. lasioclados
Focke, var. angustifolius Roger et common and
characteristic about Newquay acid Aberayron; when in flower
its bright rose-coloured Sree qoriieask sdhcieabiy with the white-
felted rida aie of the leaves. — R. mucronatus Blox. Lane
do

going he sea os Sheen miles from Aberayron,
towards sates — R. hystrix Wh. & N.* micaresieris Dingle
and Hengeraint Woods, near Aberayron. — R. dasyphyllus Rogers
(‘R. pallidus’ Bab., non Wh. & N.). Monachty Dal e. Llan-
SS and ee 7; valley. — R. hostilis Muell. &
Wirtg.* Roadside near Monachty; Mr. Rogers says that he
can see no difference between this and the Kentish plant. —
R. viridis Kalt.* ry beautiful form of this is locally abun-
rae near the head of M — ingle; R. serpens (new

for Wales) occurs not far off.—R. dumetorun Wh. & N. Aberayron ;
uncommon in the neighbourhood, I believe. — R. corylifolius Sm.

CARDIGANSHIRE GLEANINGS 249

was seen occasionally, but never quite typical; R. cesius appears to
be absent.

Po cenit, ipromenbonn xX silvestris.* Roadside near Bethania,
with the par

Agrimonia aga Miller.* Lilanerch-Aeron; A. Eupatoria ig
very common.

Rosa tomentosa L.* ; R. micrantha Sm. Between Aberayron and
Newquay; both seem to be quite scarce.

Sedum Telephium Li. var. Fabaria H. C. Wats.* Rocky cliffs,
Newquay; rocky banks of the Afon Drowy stream, near its mouth.

Callitriche hamulata Kuetz.* Streamlet between Lianina and
Llanart

Epilobium angustifolium L.* Monachty Dingle. — FE. obscurum
Schreb.* Frequent.

Smyrnium Olusatrum L. Coast, Newquay; probably introduced,
as also may be Feniculum vulgare Miller

Carum ver teins Koch. Damp ground between Aberayron
and Llanerch-Aeron ; very local.

Anthriscus sylvestris Hoffm., *: Charophyllum temulum L.* Fre-
quent.

Crithmum maritimum L. Cliffs at Cli and about half-way
between that place and Aberayron; very s

Valerianelia dentata Poll. Near Pe see oe one plant seen.

Dipsacus sylvestris Bids. * Near Llanerch-Aeron.

Inula Helenium L. B streamlet near Henfynyw Church ;
close to a farmhouse, and doubtless a relic of ancient cultivation.
The abangenee of Pulicaria dysenterica L. along this coast is very
striki

Bidens tripartita L. Ditch-side, Llanerch-Aero

ees nobilis L.* In the above-mentioned locality for Carum
verticillatur

Matricari inodora L. var. salina Bab. Plentiful and well-marked
on the cli
[Fanart vulgare Li. Only in roadside hedges and waste ground
near ¢

Dassen officinalis Moench.* Lilanrhystyd.

Carduus crispus L. Very scarce, on the outskirts of Aberayron ;
perhaps introduced.

Serratula tinctoria L. In several places between Aberayron and
Lampeter; but not plentiful.

Hieracium vulgatum Fr. var. pa i A. Ley? Shaded road-
side banks near Llanerch-Aeron; agrees well with the description in
Journ. Bot. 1900, pp. 6-7. — H. panes Fr. var. Hervieri Arvet-
Touvet. Sandstone cliffs, Newquay, in small quantity ; ioe ——
considers it to be correctly named. I did not see this species any-
Where else. — H. umbellatum L. var. coronopifolium (Beh. ig
Sparingly between Aberarth and Pennant. ell-marked variety,
which is either curtum Linton or monticola iordea) grows pretty
freely by the Afon Drowy stream, near its plunge 1

Sonchus arvensis Li. var. glabrescens Hall. Hedge between Aber-

250 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

ayron and Henfynyw; the name is by no means descriptive of this
gies smooth plant
hollera Oxycoccus Roth. Bogs east of Cross Inn, and close to

Ll ger od; I was informed that the Cranberry is common on
these upland heaths.

satel vulgaris L.* Lilanerch-Aeron; rare in the district.
L. nemorum L. is common in damp woods.

PE tensulas minimus L. Llanbadarn-Trefeglwys, with Radiola.

Erythrea Centaurium Pers. var. capitata Koch. Very fine on

Linaria Hlatina Miller. Neaé Llanerch-Aeron.

Veronica montana L.* Hengeraint Woods. — V. scutellata L.*
Shore of Llyn Fanod.

Euphrasia Rostkoviana Hayne.* In several places between
Aberarth and Pennant. — E. occidentalis Wettst.* Heaths about
Aberarth, Pennant, and Cross Inn. I referred it ———— 8
EF. brev ithe when fresh; but the habit is different, and t
clothing of the leaves is much more densely hispid. Detariainell
by Prof. Wettstein; but a very different-looking plant from my
Cornish and Dorset specimens. I had thought “it to be E. cam-
pestris Jord., after comparison with the figures and deseription in
WwW n.

on. — E. curta Fr. var. glabrescens Wettst.* Commo
Coast near Newquay; Llanerch-Aeron; abundant me menace poly-
morphic on the heath about Aberarth, Pennant, and Cro
I had referred one gathering to H. nemorosa, which it sppronalld

very closely, and ‘atothas to E. borealis; but Prof, Wettstein names
them all as above. The heath-land plants were mostly quite
characteristic.

Bartsia Odontites Huds. Not uncommon: always, I think, the
B. verna of Reichenbach.

Orobanche major L. Between Llanina and Llanarth, on Ulex
se

entha drole Sete L.* og Bowel Seep ae where a

it is associated. Mr. Bennett writes ey ear M. tee
Opiz in “Raby ogee 10, p. 196. No. 104 (1825), ex Déséglise
in Menthe Opiziane (1881). M. gentilis M. Tausch, M. rubra
C. roxceedi (teste l.c.). Bin only — real difference is that
your specimens are hairy on the per surface of the leaves.
‘ Differt a M. gentili L. ‘bliis supra i et et utrinque pilis sub-

Opiz, l.c. Of course simply a variety of gentilis iit
— M. arvensis x hirsuta. Roadside between —— and

ella juncea Berg. Llyn Fan

CARDIGANSHIRE GLEANINGS 951

oe hastata L.* Aberayr
sanguineus Li, var. viridis ; (Sibth. ).* Between Llanerch-
Aeron ada en ea ol no doubt seen elsewhere, but not remem-
ered

Ulmus montana Stokes. Frequent, and very likely a true native,
in the woods near on

Betula pubescens Ehrh.* Moors pectigns a and Bethania.

Empetrum nigrum L. Heaths near Cro

Listera ovata R. Br.* Between likes tress and Ciliau-
Aeron; Monachty Dingle.—Epipactis latifolia L. is fairly common
and quite typical.
naria viridis R. Br.* Grassy slope, Henfynyw; in
siderable quantity.—H. bifolia — Br.* Moorland above Abeta
between Llanarth and Aberayr

Sparganium — aan? ‘Swamp, Llanerch-Aeron.—S. ra-
mosum Was nO

Arum sie reid a - Hedgebanks, &e.; com

Potamogeton pusillus L. var.? Muddy aie pool above
Aberarth ; a very slender plant, which I thought, when collecting
it, to oP ivtahiidix: t seems, indeed, to be a departure from
type in "that direction ; but Mr. Bennett to some extent reserves
his germ for the present.

‘um vaginatum Li, Wet heath near Cross Inn; without
rset wathorit in Yo ographical Botany

4 i : sw a about half a mile — of Llyn

mr

sparingly. — C. laevigata nee * pe rant piace in damp,
clayey mete —C. rostrata Stokes ar Llyn Fanod.
Ave rigosa Schreb. This is eaten a "Bethania a saw
several "fields full of it), and oceurs there frequently among the
other crops, sometimes associated with A. fatua
Glyceria declinata Brébisson (G. plicata var. depauperata Crépin).*
tad Aberayron, and in several places between Bethania and Llyn
Fanod.—G. distans L.* Coast a little north-east of Aberayron.
Festuca sciuroides Roth.* Newquay.
Bromus giganteus L. Woods between Aberayron and see
Aeron ; frequent.— B. sterilis L.* Aberayron; coast, New
B. commutatus Schrad.* Between Aberayron Llanerch- jas
Phegopteris Dryopteris Fée. Monachty Din
Equisetum palustre L.* Damp slopes on ia coast near New-
quay, towards Aberayron. No Characea were met

252 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEA
(aFreR WarnsToRF)
By E. Cartes Horrett, F.L.S.
(Continued from p. 224.)

9. S. quinquerartum Warnst. Hedwigia, 1885, pp. 222 et seqq.

Syn. S. acutifolium var. quinquefarium Braithw. The Sphagnacee
1880).
Plants slender and Sir eat as S. Warnstorfii, or strong and
robust as S. Russowii, in looser or denser, taller or shorter tufts ;
pale, grey- to grass-green, or in the upper part a beautiful rose- or

violet-red.

Wood-cylinder pale or straw-yellow, never red ; cells nodulose.

Stem-cortex in 8-4 layers, cells of median widt h and thin-walled.
piel wall of the superficial layer with vary scattered membrane-

thinnings, which frequently also, however, become converted into

non-bordered pores; inner cells non-porose. Stem-leaves from a
broader base deltoid, not lingulate, apex often suddenly contracted,
truncate and toothed, and with inrolled margin; border muc
widened below, formed of very narrow, greenish, nodulose cells.
Hyaline cells in the whole middle part of the leaf wide, in the
npper part almost rhombic, in the lower part rhomboid, generally
one to several times divided by oblique cross-walls, and with plice
on the walls; more frequently item than with fibrils and pores
in the upper part of the leaf; auricles small.

Fascicles generally with five branches s, of which the three

ar

arrangement of “ seereig retort-cells of the cortex with but

toothed apex; border of 2-3 rows of narrower cells. Pores on the

are strongly ringed, sea — ih S. Warnstorfii, and not

e lea. eayv
e the ~ with a Loededinal fold ; hyaline cells with plice on
i. surfac
a coletie cells in section mieneuar re trapezoid, inserted
between the hyaline cells on the inner surface of the leaf, and here
always free; on the outer surface either sa le by the more

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACE 258

strongly convex hyaline cells or free; lumen large, triangular,
wall equally thickened all round.
nerally monoicous, more rarely dioicous; male branches
short, in the antheridium-bearing part clavate and always red or
violet, later becoming elongate and thinner at the apex; perigonial
racts similar in outline and cell-structure to the other branch-
leaves, but non-fibrillose and non-porose in the lower half. Peri-
cheetial bracts large, ovate, produced above into a longer or shorter
apex with inrolled margin; border wide; in the lower half com-
posed of long, rectangular, nodulose chlorophyllose cells only, in the
upper half of both kinds of cells; hyaline cells rhombic to rhomboid,
once or several times divided. Fruit very rare; spores yellow,
quite smooth, 21-25 p in diameter.
ab. Most frequent in mountainous regions, rare in the low-

lands.
Distrib. Common in Northern and Western Europe and North
merica.

ny other tw e
the stem is either whitish, greenish, or straw-coloured, and never
red, only in the rarest cases can a faint tinge of red be seen. The
superficial cortical layer of the stem has either large scattered
membrane-thinnings or pores; these are sometimes, however, so
few in number and so scattered as to be only made out with
difficulty and after staining, but are never altogether absent. The
stem-leaves resemble those of S. acutifolivum most nearly, forming
an isosceles triangle, with truncate and toothed apex, with inrolled
margin, and with the border widened below; the hyaline cells are
not once divided, as is generally the case in 8. acutifolium, but are
in most cases several times septate, and are more frequently without
than with fibrils and pores in the upper part. e stem-leaves are

recourse to the microscope.
e varieties are based upon the colour, and the forms upon
the direction of the branches.

254 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

(1) Var. fusco-flavum Warnst. in Europ. Torfm. series ti. No.161
(1890). vent a mixture of brown and yellow, without any ad-
ange of g

rae Merioneth (Ley).

(2) im: pallescens Warnst. l.c. series i. No. 69 (1888). (Syn.
var. pallens Warnst. in Hedwigia, 1884, sub S. acutifolio.) Tufts
either whitish throughout or pale greenish, with at times: in the
upper part a yellowish or reddish tin ote

Widdy Bank Fell, Teesdale, Durham (Horvrel/) ; Wastdale Scale,
Cumberland (Ley) ; Llanthony Valley, Brecon (Ley); Maentwrog,
Merioneth ( Horre il).

(8) Var. pallido-viride Warnst. l.c. ser. iii. No. 386 (1892).
Tufts greyish- — or fame Heres in part whitish.

ae rrey (H.

Var. roseum Warnnk in Bot. Ver. der Prov. Brandenb. xxx
1988, 112. Tufts in the upper part, and especially in the capitulum,
lighter or darker red or violet-red; the remainder greenish or

(5) Var. virescens binge in Europ. Torfm. ser. i. No. 68 (1888).
(Syn. var. viride Warnst. in Bot. Ver. der Prov. Brandenb. xxx.
1888, 112.) Plants green or greyish- green in the upper part, with
searcely any trace of red; generally whitish below

iddy Bank Fell, Teesdale, Durham (Ho rrell) Cwm Rhaidr
ae Cardigan (Ley); Tyn-y-Groes, Dolgelly, Merioneth (Parsons).
. 8. supnrrens Russ. & Warnst.

Syn. S. acutifolium var. plumvsum Milde; var. luridwm Hiiben. ?;
var. lete-virens Braithw.; var. flavicomans Ca rd.

Exsice. Braithwaite, Sphagn. Exs. Brit. Nos. 81, 82, 33, 38,
40, 41.

One of the most nee species in the ok group
soft and with @ or td ‘distinct

much more “gh developed and tot near of very wide cells; all

hone above rather shorter, rhomboid; near the lateral margins
arrower ; generally non-fibrillose and without pores, rarely with

' walls; the apex itself at times formed of small vermicular ¢
phyllose cells only.

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACE® 255

Branch-leaves of the spreading branches smaller or larger,

rounded truncate apex, with the margin inrolled; border 3-5 cells
wide; in the middle of the leaf above the base with a longitudinal
Hyaline cells with numerous fibrils; pores on the inner

generally quite without a border, and situated in the middle of the
cell-wall; in the apex of the leaf with small scattered pores in the
upper and lower cell-angles; pores on the outer surface much more
numerous, in the upper two-thirds to three-fourths of the leaf large,
bordered, semi-elliptical, and arranged on the commissures; near
the margins some of them are immediately opposite the pores on
the inner surface, so that complete perforation of the leaf results ;
above the leaf-base the pores are very large and non-bordered, situ
ated between the fibrils in the middle of the cell-wall. Leaves of the

the angles, on the outer surface as in the other leaves.
Chlorophyliose cells in section isosceles-triangular to isosceles-
trapezoid (in apex always the latter), inserted between the hyaline
ls on the inner surface of the leaf, and here always free; on the

branch-lea by the generally non-fibrillose stem-lea ro-
duced into a longer or shorter apex, and by the several times septate

y lis. From large and robust for of S. quinguefarium it
1s distinguished by the more longly acuminate branch-leaves, never

arranged in five rows, and by the di :

Incompletely developed forms may be mistake

that species may always be recognized by the
- Of the upper part of the branch-leaves.

denticulate margin

256 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Hab. 8. subnitens is - widely distributed, and is found both
in the mountains, on moor a n the plains. It prefers bogs
and Peeve wet and shady pla

. Common thronghout almost the whole of Europe;
Nort ver Asia; Afr

ould appear to a “mitch the commonest member of the
ue group in Brit

umerous peire are based upon the colour of the tufts,
and the forms upon the length and direction of the spreading
branches and the greater or less robustness of the plants.

ar. carneum Russ. apud Warnstorf, Europ. Torfm. ser. iii.
No. 245 scart Tufts of a pale flesh-colour throu

(2 Jlavescens Warnst. Tufts generally yellowish or
yellowish- sttieg with more or less admixture of green.

Penzance, Cornwall (Ley); St. Mary’s, Scilly (Ley); ; Whixall
Moss, — (Ley); Ennerdale Lake, Cumberland (Ley).

3 r. flavicomans Card. in Rev. bryol. 1884, 55 (sub S. acuti-
folio). Pack very aol in loose or dense rather deep tufts,
yellowish-brown, resembling S. fuscum in colour. Wood-cylinder
blood-red ; superficial cortical cells with single pores; stem-leaves
non- fibrillose, or with fibrils in the upper par rt only. Branch-leaves
large, longish-ovate, apex broadly truncate and dentate, shining

(4) Var. flavo-rubellum Warnst. in litt. Colour a mixture of
rose-red and yellowish, sometimes the red predominating, some-
times the yellow

Lyndhurst, Nae Forest, Hants (Ley); Trelleck Bog, Monmouth

Ley) ; Dungeon Ghyll, Westmoreland (Paul); Rhos Goch, Radnor
(Ley); Borth Bog, Gandia (Ley).

ar. griseum Warnst. in Bot. Ver. der Prov. Brandenb. xxx.
1888, 118. Tufts = a uniform greyish-green throughout.

Roseberry Topping, N.EK. Yorkshire (Horreil).

6) Var. aecate um mW araek in Bot. Gaz. xv. 1890, 196. Plants
very robust, in tall loose tufts. Colour above a mixture of a
green and pale dirty brown; below brownish. General colour a

ey e
ar, pallescens Warnst. in Europ. Torfm. ser. ii. No. 165

(1890). (Syn. var. padlens ene Colour pale green above,
Ww.

Gallow’s Hill, Cromarty (Ogilvie-Grant).
8) Var. purpurascens Schlieph. apud Warnst. in Bot. Ver. der
Prov. Brandenb. xxx, 1888, 118. Colour purplish throughout.
ant Pedor, Carmarthenshire (Ley); Cwm Idwal, Carnarvon-
shire ‘(Horrell ys
(9) Var. versicolor Warnst. l. ce. Colour a mixture of red and
green, Sask a the one predominating, sometimes the other.
Widdy Ban — nae Durham (Horrell) ; Goathland,
N.E. Sesh (Hor)
(10) Var. pe Ss Warnst. in litt. Colour a lighter or darker
bec sometimes uniform sarenent sometimes only violet in the
upper part, and grey or green below :

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE 257

Budleigh Salterton, Devon (Ley); Trelleck Bog, Monmouth
(Ley); Holt, E. Norfolk (Burrell); Nant Pedor, Carmarthenshire
(Ley); Islay ((ilmour).

11) Var. virescens Warnst. in litt. (Syn. var. viride Warnst. ?)
Plant pale or grass-green throughout, or in the upper part only,
and whitish below; with no admixture of red.

Pirbright Common, Surrey (Sherrin).

11. §. moze Sulliv. Muse. Allegh. p. 50, No. 205 (1846).

Syn. 8. Miilleri Schimp. Entw. Gesch. d. Torfm. p. 78 (1858).

Exsice. Braithwaite, Sphagn. Exsicc. Brit. No. 21 (exle. spec.
infer. ad sinistr.) et No. 21c.

In dense and short or looser and taller tufts. Plants in the
upper part generally pale- or greyish-green, more rarely tinged
with pale-violet. Resembling in habit in most cases small forms
of S. subnitens.

Wood-cylinder always yellowish or whitish. ‘

Stem-cortex irregularly 2-4-layered ; cells of medium width, thin-
walled; the outer walls non-porose, inner walls with scattered pits
and small pores. ‘

Stem-leaves from a narrower base, distinctly widened to the
middle, and then narrowed to a short, widely truncate and coarsely
toothed apex; margins of the leaf with narrow border, which is
not—or, especially in non-fibrillose leaves, but_ little—widened

. Hyaline cells once or several times divided by oblique
cross-walls, and on the same stem either quite without fibrils and
pores, or in the upper half of the leaf or even lower with fibrils and
pores; pores on the inner surface of the leaf in the apical part
remarkably large, round or roundish-elliptical, generally as wide as
the cell, and situated between the fibrils ; on the outer surface like
those on the branch-leaves.

Auricles large, fibrose and porose. :

Fascicles generally near together, more rarely distant, with 3-4
branches; the one or two stronger spreading branches are variously
directed, and are very thin at the apex; leaves loosely arranged or
almost squarrose. Branch-leaves rather large, resembling the stem-
leaves, ovate-lanceolate, not bordered or with a narrow border of
1-2 cells. In the lower half of the leaf, on the outermost marginal

Journau or Borany.—Vot. 388. [Juxy, 1900.) bd

958 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

and very large, “* are situated in the upper cell-angles or in the
middle of the w

Chior sorta = in section isosceles- amon! to parallel-
trapezoid, inserted between the hyaline cells on the inner surface

Pp :
leaf apex, free on both sides. The marginal cells in a section
through the basal half of the leaf frequently have half-moon-shaped
cavities on the edge, showing that the cell-membrane has been in
part re-absorbed.

onoicous; male branches not differing from the others; when
young shortly- ovate, later elongated, always pale-violet ; perigonial
bracts similar to the leaves of the sterile branches. Fruiting

generally also with fibrils. Spores vuliow. Shes Bie 81-35 p
in diameter. specs very frequently.
H On , &c., generally in company with S. rigidum
and S, malls,
Distrib. Germany, prance Bunt: Holland, Belgium,
France, North America, South

. molle varies — little, ihe oa ss Vitisdiid depending upon the
nature of the habitat.

1) Var. pulchellum Warnst. in Flora, 1884, 608. Tufts tall,
ane em. high) and loose, branches distant ; growing in wet
ocali

(2) Var. nein Grav. apud Warnst. /.c. Leaves more
or less —
( gheute Braithw. The Sphagn. 1880, 55. Tufts short
(2-4 cm. high) and compact, branches closely arranged; growing
in dry habitat
Dalfroo ie Kincardine (Sim).

(To be continued.)

259

MOSSES OF DURHAM
(V.-C. 66, comprisinc Upper Trespaue anp Upper WEARDALE).
By Ww. Ineuam, B.A.

Tue Mosses in this list were gathered during three visits to
RP in 1896, 1897, and 1899, and one visit to Weardale in
1898. In Teesdale I examined (1) che vast amphitheatre of basaltic
cliffs about the High Force, with the wood adjoining ; (2) ae Siyte
range of basaltic ‘cliffs abuttin ng upon the Tees, an
Falcon Clints; (8) the vast moorland of Widdy Bank Fall ; (4)
Langdon Be ck.

In Weardale I traced to their sources streams which, united,
make the River Wear at Wearhead. ‘These streams are Burnho ope
Burn, Sedling Burn, Kilhope Burn, Welhope Burn, and Ireshope
Burn, the last cutting through a bed of mountain limestone, and

been carefully e and
uncertainty have passed through Mr. Dixon’s hands, and a few, in
ees through Dr. Braithwaite’s. 1am very much indebted to
Mr. Dixon for his kindness, and I wish to thank Dr. Braithwaite
for hie help.

hat es Ehrh. Burnhope Burn.—sS. tenellwm
Ehrh., ¢. fr. Widdy Bank.—S. subsecundum Nees. Langdon Beck.
— 8, squat rrosum Peg Burnho si Seat. -

Widdy Bank aad Burnho ope Moor. — Var. purpureum Shine
Widdy Bank. gina gigi Lindb. Widdy Bank.—Var.
gracile Russ. Burnhope Seat.—S. intermedium Hoffm. Burnhope
Moor.—S. cuspidatum chrh. Wi ddy Bank; a floating form with
extremely short branches.—Var. plumosum N.&H. Langdon a
—Var. plumosum and var. serrulatum Schlieph. Burnhope Moo

ndreea petrophila Khrh. Falcon Clints, Cauldron Seger pl
Var. acuminata Schimp. Falcon Clints.—d. Rothit M.
Faleon Clints.—Var. falcata Lindb. Falcon Clints.—<A. crassi-
nervia Bruch. Falcon Clints.

Polytrichum alpinum L. Kilhope Burn.—P. formosum Hedw.
Burnhope Burn and Kilhope Burn.

Ditrichum flexicaule Hampe. Widdy Bank, Kilhope cage Ires-
hope Burn, Langdon Beck, Burnhope Burn; a moss widely distri-
buted in this region

abies montana Lindb. Burnhope

eligeria Doniana C.M. Ireshope inks Mae: pusilla B. & 8.
mae Clints.

Ceratodon purpureus Brid. Burnhope Ruse very widely dis-
tribu ted.—C. conicus Lindb., ¢. fr. High For

Rhabdoweisia denticulata B. & 8. Falcon ‘Chints.

ned alias Bruntoni B. & 8. High Force.

260 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Dichodontium ‘selgg see Schimp. Burnhope a Cauldron
Snout, forma.—Var. fagimontanum Schimp. Burnhope Burn. —
¥. a Sohiate Burnhope Burn.—D. spire Lindb. Ires-
hope Bur

Dieranella heteromalla Schimp. High Force, Widdy Bank,
Burnhope Burn.—Var. sericea Schimp., c./r. Foo t of Widdy

Lindb. Falcon Ch nts.—D. varia ews oe Bank, aad
D. squarrosa st Falcon Clits, Wearhend, poder Been

Campylopus flexuosus Brid. Burnhope Seat. Cauldron Snout
_ ne oe Bank (a very large form).—C. atrovirens

De Not. Widdy

Dicranum cen De Not. Burnhope Burn, Widdy Bank,
c.fr., Wearhead ; very widely distributed._-D. scoparium Hedw.
Langdo n Beck, Falcon Clints.

Fissidens viridulus Wahlenb. Ireshope Burn.—-F’. osmundoides
Hedw. Burnhope Burn.—F’. adiantoides one Widdy Bank, c. fr.,
Burnhope Burn, Ireshope Burn (large growt

Grimmia apocarpa Hedw. Widdy Bank, Langdon Beck, Ives-
hope Burn, soo head.—-Var. pon W. & M. Widdy Bank,
High Force.—G. funalis Schimp. Widdy Bank, Cauldron Snout.
—-G. lorquata » Hows sch. Falcon Clints.

Rhacomitrium Serer Brid. Langdon Beck, Burnhope Burn,
Cauldron Snout.—Var. denticulata B. & 8. Cauldron Snout; a
pale green reed Rh. protensum Widdy Bank.—R. heterostichum
Brid. Widdy Bank, High Foree—R. lanuginosum Brid, Burn-
hope Burn.—A. canescens Brid. Widdy Bank, Wearhead, Langdon
Beck. Var. ericoides ‘ Laide Bee

Tortula subulata Hedw. Burnhope, Tveshope, Cowshill, High
Force, Langdon Beck; very abundant and w idely distributed.——
T. ruralis Bhrh. High Force, Cowshill.

Barbula rubella Mitt. Langdon Beck, Ireshope.—Var. dentata

Braithw. Ireshope Clints.—Var. ruberrins Braithw. Cauldron
Snout, Widdy Bank. —- B. fallax Hedw. High Fo! rce. — Var.
brevifolia Schultz. ese Beck.—B., recurvifolia Schimp. Wear-
pc Langdon Beck. — B. spadicea Mill. Lan ngdon Beck, Ireshope

n.—B. rigidula Mill. Widdy Bank, Ireshope Burn, Wearhe

Leute Beck, Burnhope.—B. cylindrica Schimp. ngdon Beck,
Burnhope Burn.—B. revoluta Brid. Cauldron Snout; in abundant
fruit; Burnhope Burn.—B. convoluta Hedw i or

Weisia _— Hedw. Wearhead.—W. ecrispata C.M. Kilhope
Burn.— W. rupestrisC.M. High Force, Langdon Beck, Faleon Clints,
Wearhead, feds Burn ; a widely distributed moss.—Var. inter-
media Jack: A remarkable and pretty form; Ireshope Clints. —Var.
stelligera. Inabundant fruit; Falcon Clints. fii x compactum Schimp.
High Force.—Var. rigidum Schimp. High Foree.—Var. afinis Ing-
ham. Anew and good var. according to Dr. Braithwaite, Mr. Dixon,

MOSSES OF DURHAM. 261

and Mr. Bagnall. It has the areolation of W. rupestris, oe bois habit,
pale colour, and systylious lid of W. curvirostris. ie arg is
leptodermous, and without the long subulate oblique ak of W.
curvirostris. Found on Falcon Clints, July 26th, 1898. B. curvi-
rostris C.M. Widdy Bank, Falcon Clints.—Var. gti Dixon.
Widdy Bank.—W. verticiliata Brid. Ireshope Bur

Trichostomum tenuirostre Lindb. Cauldron Rivet —T’. tortuosum
Dixon. Widdy Bank, Langdon Beck, Ireshope Burn, Burnhope
eon very widely distributed.—Var. fr agiléfolium Pei Burnhope
Bur

Fnvalopi ciliata hers Ireshope Clints.

Zygodon Mougeotti B. & 8. Falcon Clints, High For

Ulota Bruchii Hornsch. High Force.—U. ertspa var. shee media
Dixon. Cowshill. :

Orthotrichum affine Schrad. Cowshill, Langdon Beck, High
Force.—O. Lyellii H. & T. High Force, Cowshill (very abundant
gemmez on dekeee)50: cupulatum Hoffm. Langdon 2 High

malum var. sawatile Milde. Cowshill, High Force.—0. stramineum
Hornsch. High Force.—0O. pulchellum Sm. High ae

Splachnum sphericum L., f. Widdy Bank, Wearhea

Funaria 2 pie Sibth. Widdy Bank. ee “ericetorum
Dixon. Cauldron Snout.

Amblyodon tiathoves P. B. Widdy Bank.

Meesia trichoides Spruce. Widdy Bank.

Aulacomnium palustre Schwaegr. Widdy Bank.

Catascopium nigritum Brid. iddy Bank.

Bartramia CEderi Sw. Ireshope Glints. —B. ithyphylia Brid.
Cauldron Snout, Cowshill.—B. pomiformis Hedw. Widdy Bank
nee Clints

Philonotis Fontana — Burnhope Burn, Cowshill (in abun-
dant fruit), Ireshope Burn.—P. calcarea Schimp. Widdy Bank,
Burnhope fis urn (a pellet form). —P. adpressa erg. o. fr. Barn-
hope Buri

Br aultalis arcuata Schimp. Falcon Clint

Webera cruda Schwaegr. Ireshope Clints, Cowshill.—W. albi-
cans Schimp. Falcon Clints . very Marge form), Ireshope Burn (a
ve delicate, almost filiform form). :

Plagiobr ‘yum Zierit Lindb.. Ireshope Clints, Falcon Clints,
High Force. Bland.

Bryum filiforme Dicks. Falcon Clints.—B. tnelinatum Dian
Widay Bank, High Force.—B. pendulum Schimp. Hi
lion compactum Schimp. Widdy Bank;

aite.—B. intermedium Brid. Widdy Bank, Kilhope Burn.—
pessieed Schreb. Wearhead.—B. pebberned crighneee Sebwaegr, Widdy

pie i icde Sw.
Sees Weeasbeas ;-abisndant ‘ul teele on soualy? fruiting in

Weardale.—B. pallescens Schleich. Wearhead.—B. Sar iean L.
ner ‘asdiilie

(H. N. Dixon).—B. capillare L. Treshope _ Langdon Beck,

High Force. Burnhope Burn; very

ae

262 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

B. & 8. Cowshill.—B. siaags Huds. Cauldron Snout.—B.
mildeanum Jur. Falcon Clin
nium affine Bland. isla: Burn.—Var. elatum B. & SB.

Beck.
Antitrichia curtipendula Brid. High ee Cowshill.
Anomodon viticulosus H. & - Langdon B
Heterocladium heteropterum B. & S. eek oat Falcon Clints.
Thuidium tamariscinum B. & 8. Widdy Bank.
Cylindrothecium concinnum Schimp. Mascciy Clints. Burnhope
oad.

ene intricatum B. & 8. Falcon Clints, Ireshope Burn
and Clin
: ack myurum Brid. High Foree, ¢.fr., Langdon Beck, ¢./r.,

owshill,

Camptothecium lutescens B. & 8. High Force

Brachythecium rutabulum B. & 8. Cowshill.—B. rivulare B. & 8.
High Force, Ireshope Burn. —Var. latifolium Husn. —
Burn.—B., velutinum B. & 8. Cowshill, Langdon Beck.—B. popu
leum B. & S. ei Nat Beck, Cowshill.—B. gists - ‘
High Force, Widdy Bank.—B. cespitosum Dixon. High F

Hyocomium flagellare B. & 8. Falcon Clints, Cauldron Suda

Eurhynchium piliferum B. & 8. High Force.— EF. prelongum

& $8. Burnhop 2 pam Ireshope Burn. soe Swartzit Hobk.
Ireshope Clints. so milum Schimp. Ireshope Clints.—F. myo-
surotdes Schimp. Paden Clints, Ireshope Clinta, Langdon Beck.—
E., striatum B. - fa High Fo Milde. Burnhope

urn.—Var. atlanticum Brid. Under wrotertall, Cowshill.

y Raina pulchellum B. & 8. Ireshope ‘Clints.—P, denticu-
latum B. & 8. Cowshill, Langdon Beck, Ireshope Clints, High
Force; aged distributed.—P. undulatum B.& S. To op of Burnhope
Seat ; a remarkable form with imbricated leaves; Langdon Beck.

Laskigatcpcans Juratzkae Schimp. Cowshill. — A. filicinum

Hypnim riparium L. ‘Se he ope Burisodd, stellatum Barn
Widdy Bank.—Var. protensum B. & §. Cowshill.—H. chryso-
et Brid. Widdy Pek erectum Bagn. Ireshope Burn.

ar. submersum Schimp. In pool by Ires eshope Burn.—H. exannu-
latum Gimb. On the Weardale side of hill overlooking Langdon
k.—Var. purpurascens Schimp. On the Langdon Beck side of
the same hill.—H. uncinatum Hedw. Burnhope Burn, Ireshope

NORFOLK NOTES 263

Burn, Cowshill, High Force. Common and in abundant fruit in
both dales —Var. plumulosum Schimp. High Force, e¢.fr.—H.
revolvens Sw., var. Cossoni Ren., forma Jaionle Sanio. Widdy Bank.
—H. commutatum Hedw. Burnhope Burn. Widdy Bank, High
Force, Cowshill ; abundant, and copiously fruiting i in both dales.—
falcatum Brid. Burnhope Burn, e.fr., Widdy Bank, High

ope. — Var. elatum B. & S. Burnhope Burn.—H. molluscum
Hedw. ees c. fr., Widdy Bank; a form like H. hamulosum.
—H. palustre L. Ireshope Dice Falcon Clints, Wearhead, Lang-
don Bock, ee ill; a very common moss.——Var. subsphericarpon
~ & 8. High Force e, ¢.fr.—H. seracoun Turn. Very abundant
n the upper part of Burnhope n. —H. stramineum Dicks.
Bamkove Burn.—H. cise Sebi, Widdy Bank; a very
arge and very fine form. — H. cus L. Bur nhope Burn ;
near var. pungens nes Burnhope Bur
Hylocomium splendens B. & 8. Widdy Baile Burnhope Road.—
= loreum B. & §. Cowshill.—H. squarrosum B. & 8. Burnhope
rn.—H. triquetrum B. & 8. High Force, Burnhope Burn.

NORFOLK NOTES.
By E. F. Linton, M.A.
(Concluded from p. 215.)
saan aoe granulata L. Thorpe; Rackheath, in plenty. 28.
Larling
aoe palustris L. Flordon; Cawston ; South Repps
Common. 28. Thetford, 1835, a : ae
Ribes Grossularia L. Sprow
R. rubrum L. By the Bure, Wie aca Wroxham ; copse, tobeian,
in plent
sf ee L. Ranworth; Cawston. 28. Thetford, 1836,
hb. Salmon. "Darlin gford.
Tillea muscosa Li. Sandy warren near Rushford, to which spot
I was cine by the Rev. H. KH. Fox.
n Telephium L. Attlebridge ; ; Paston; Mundesley, 28.
Gressenball t re Dereham
S. albui

Stoke Ferry, 1837, hb. Salmon
us "Rous between Gunton and Trunch, abundant,
1885, &e. ; Mundesley to Paston; Geldeston. So widely spread and
locally abundant as to claim a place among native plants, - ve is not
actually native. The form is rather var. majus than var.

Sempervivum tectorum L. Sprowston. 28. Thetford, 1886,
hb. Salmon.

Drosera rotundifolia L. Cawston; Sprowston. 28. Breckles
Fen, near Wretham, and Stanford Warren, 1886, 5: Raimpn.

264 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

D. anglica Huds. Roydon. near Diss

Hippuris vulgaris L. Trowse ; Ranworth Broad; Ormesby.
23. Abundant in a large pool, Narford.

Myriophyllum iP sichltubloms L. 28. Hilgay, hb. Salmon. Lar-
lingford.

Callitriche hamulata Kuetz. oa Hoveton ; Ranworth.

C. obtusangula Le Gall. Yarm uth.

Peplis Portula Li. Thorpe ; ge ; Cley. 28. North
Elmham

Lythrum Salicaria L. Ellingham. 28. Thetford, 1836, hb.
Salmon

Epil coon — Schreb. 28. By a ee running from
Hast Dereha o the stream from Scarning.

E. oi alus ace L. Ellingham. 28. Thetford, hb. Salmon. Hast
Dereha

5 po — Jacq. Common in a sandy cemetery just
north of Yarmouth

Circea Giatans L. Beeston St. Andre

Hydrocotyle eek L. Ranworth ; Alderford Common. 28.
Gressenhall; Lexham

Eryngium maritimum L. Caister to se nama 28. Holkham.

Sanicula europea L. Salhouse; Knapton; Cawston to Aylsham.

Conium maculatum Li. Geldeston ; eda: Knapton ; Cley.
28, Swaffham.

Smyrnium Olusatrum L. Postwick (? 1835, hb. Salmon ; ~~
not quite clear). South Heigham; Hemsby; Ormesby; Bart

Cle

Turf; Cley.

Bupleurum tenuissimum L. Near Yarmouth, G. R. L hb.
Salmon. 28. South Lynn, B. D. Wardaie in hb. Salmon. ‘nos of
Wells.

Apium graveolens L. 28. Downham Market, hb. Salmon. Wells.

A. inundatum Reich. fil. Sprowston; Alderford Common

Cicuta virosa L. Ormesby ; Ranworth : Barton Broa

Carum segetum Benth. & Hook. fil. Cley sm Bast of Wells.

Sison Amomum L. Kirby Cane. 28. vax

Sium Phau L. Ranworth; Ormesby. 28. Thetford, 1887,
hb. ts

sso om Huds. Ellingham; Flordon ; pane ; Ranworth.

28. Thetford, 1835, hb. Salmon. Beetley : Newt

Pimpinella Saxifraga L. Well distributed. sor dissecta With.
Frettenham. 28. North Elmham; son arling.

Scandix Pecten-Veneris L. Kuna ton ; Pasion: ge Thetford,
1836, hb. Salmon. Garboldisham ; Scanning: Swaff

Anthriscus vulgaris Bernh. Locally abundant, as in meg
North Walsham. 28. Thetford, hb. Salmon (labelled Torilis “aes
thriscus). Beetle ey = Gressenhall.

} ill. Cle

(Enanthe ‘fluviatilis Coleman. Trowse , in ther
Silaus flavescens — Cley. 28. Geek ae ‘by the rail-
way, in plenty, Scar
Peucedanum pare Shock. Hoveton Broad.

NORFOLK NOTES 265
aoa arvensis Huds. Mundesley. 28. Thetford!, hb. Salmon.
e

ara sanguinea L. Flordon; Karlham; Wymondham. 28.
Newton; Swaffham; Castleacre.
Adoxa Moschatellina L. South Lopham, 1836, hb. Salmon.
Galium erectum Huds. North-west side of Thorpe.
Mollugo L. Flordon; Ellingham; Wymondham. 28.

Vadiyinans um Li. Gressenhall.

Asperula cynanchica L, 28. Thetford, 1887, hb. Salmon. Hast
Harling.
Valerianella dentata Poll. Field just south of Rackheath Park.

Dipsacus sylvestris 28. Larlingfor

Scabiosa Columbaria L. Heigham. 28. Scarning; Swaffham ;
Southacre

Solidago Virgaurea L. Strangely infrequent; only seen by me
at Gressenhall.

Filago apiculata G. KE. 8m. Ellingham to Geldeston, scarce, in
company with FP. germanica L.

F’, spathulata Presl. Hellesdon ; Wroxham 28. Beetley.

F. minima L. Mousehold Heath : Cawston ; PR 28.
Thetford, hb. Salmon. East Harling rs Knettishall.

Gnaphaliwn luteo-albun L. 28. “ Field at Larlingford, ex herb.
Rev. G. R. Leathes,” in hd. Salmon. Sandy waste near Wells,
1883-86 ; it was age one — in 1899.

G. sylvaticum L. Caw

Bidens cernua L. var. a Sond. Postwick, 1884.

B, tripartita L.

Chrysanthemum segetun L. Sprowston ; Wymondham.

Matricaria Chamomilla L. 28. Swaffham

Artemisia Absinthium L., amaontie towards Caister. 28. Thet-
ford towards naa 1835, hb. Salmon.

A. maritima L. var. gallica ay *s East of Wells.

Petasites officinalis Moench

Senecio vulgaris L., rayed form. atte uth.

S. squalidus L. Wall of the chattel: Yar

S. erucifolius L. Tiv —_ Crostwick ; Nosh. Walsham ;

ton.

Carlina vulgaris L. New a ‘Si. Faith’s; Cawston. 28. Thet-

Arctium majus Bernh. Sprowston.

Carduus pycnocephalus L. mer.

C. nutans L. Ellingham; Helidedah 28. Thetford, Ab. Salinon.
North Elmham ; Swaffham ; Lexham

e crispus L. Wymondham ; Morton War

C. eriophorus Roth. 28. I believe I saw me ‘leaves of this on

Lexham Heath.

C. acaulis Willd. Between Thorpe and Rackheath Park ; Alder-
ford Common. 28. Thetford, hb. Salmon. Swaffham

Onopordon Acanthium L. Sprowston. 28. adie.

Mariana lactea Hill, Cliff, Cromer.

266 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Centaurea Cyanus L. Sprowston. 28. oo hb. Salmon.

C. Calcitrapa L. Downham, 1887, hd. Sal

C. solstitialis L. 28. Croxton Road, Thetford, 1836, hb. Salmon.

Cichorium Intybus L. Sprowston ; Geldeston. 28. La rlingford.

Picris hieracioides L. Roadside, Drayton; very local in the
county.

P. echinvides L. Very local. 28. Hilgay, hb. Salmon.

Crepis taraxacifolia Thuill. Railway bank, Acle; Sprowston.

C. biennis L. Thorpe, towards the north-east corner of Mouse-
hold.

Hieracium sciaphilum Uechtr. Knapton; Swafield to Paston.
No H. vulgatum Fr. was observed by me.

oreale Fr. Newton St. Faith’s, 1887; by the Quakers’
burying-ground, North Walsham; Sprowston.

A, umbellatum L. Her ath, Newton St. Faith’s, and towards
Horsford ; — to Ormesby, on the cliff. 28. Wimbotsham,
1838, Ab. ‘Sal

Heushase i glabra L. 28. Croxton Heath; Thetford to Rush-
ford.

Lactuca virosa L. Cromer; Sprowston. 28. Castleacre.

Tragopogon pratense Li. var. grandiflorum. Norwich pee
perhaps introduced with grass seed.

Jasione montana Li. Caister. Swafield to Knapton.

besos glomerata L. 28. Stoke Ferry, 1885, hb. Salmon.

. Trachelium L. 28. ‘“* Damnable Lane,” Stoke Ferry, 1836,

won.
Rapunculus - On old Buckenham Castle, ex herb. G. R.
Fe. ib. Balin

Siecslaria paroes A. DC. — Thetford, 1835, hb. Salmon.

Hypopitys Monotr sai Cran Very fine and in plenty, West-
wick Woods 28. Hor ak Thetford, 1885, hb. Salmon.
Statice | pa re "98. unstanton,

S. auriculefolia Vahl. 28. Holkham o well as Wells).
S. reticulata L. Cley, 1809, —
Hottonia palustris L. Elling
Lysimachia vulgaris L. Filby ; The aed 28. By the river,
Thetford, 1835, hb. Salmon.
L, Veeinuiavia L. Ellingham. 28. Thetford, 1885, hb. Salmon.
L. nemorum L. Arminghall; Swafield to Knapton.
Anagallis tenella L. Geldeston. 28. Thetford, 1835, hb. Salmon.
Centunculus minimus L. Sprowston Common ; Cawston (to-
wards Aylsham).
Samolus Valerandi L. Horsford ; —— 28. Breckles Fen
and Stanford Witten, 1836, Ab. Salm
Ligustr ae . e L. Beeston St. Andrew; Swafield. 28.
Beetley ; Lar Swatthem Le :
inca nes a Arminghall ; Bacton. 28. Croxton, claypit,
hb. Salmon.
Erythrea Centaurium Pers. Cawston; Blickling; South Repps
gre’ 28. Kilverstone Lane, Thetford, hb. Salmon. Scarning ;
am

NORFOLK NOTES 267

Gentiana Pneumonanthe L. Near Newton St. Faith’s; Ormesby
ler aie
ris L. South Repps Common
Manger thee trifoliata L. Flordon. 28. Beet tley Common
Linnanthemum peltatum G. P. Gmel. 28. Welney Delph,
abundant, 1887, hb. Salmon.
Borago officinalis L. Cley.
Anchusa sempervirens L. 28. Rushford.
=i is moral Schultz. North Walsham. 28. Roudham.
M. palustris Relh. Ellingham; Hoveton; North Walsham ;
Mundésley ve Pisses. 28. Larlingford ; Newton.
M. colina Hoffm, Swafield.—Var. Mittenii Baker. Thorpe.

Echium v vulga are L. Salhouse; Cromer. 28. East Harling.
Convolvulus Soldanella Junger. Ormesby; Caister.
Cuscuta te rma Newton St. Faith’s; Cawston ;
Beeston, near Cromer. 28. Swaffham Heath, 1835, ie. Sickehit,
C. Trifolit Bab. fereieitt
cium barbarum L. Hedges, &c., Sprowston ; ERE: ;
Mundesley. 28. Larlingford; Softies ; Lexham
atura Stramonium La. eldeston, 1889.
Hyoscyamus niger L. 28. Thetford, 1835, 8 Sal
Verbascum Thapsus L. Ellingham; Flord : Cuweton:; Mun-
desley. 28. North Elmham; Roudham ; Laitaghitd:; Swaff-
; Southa

¥.puleerachiton Vill. Rackheath; Sprowston. 28. Newton ;
Southacre

V~. nigr tie L. Ellingham; Alderford Common.

Linaria Cymbalaria D. Cley

L. Elatina Mill. Bprowaen: Newton St. Faith’s.

: . rowston.
L. viscida Moench. Geldeston. 28. Northwold, hb. Salmon.
Antirrhinum Orontiun L. Sprowston; Geldeston; Wymond-
ham. 28. Downham Market, 1838, hb. Salmon
Veronica polita Fr. Sprowston. Besta Thetford, hb. Salmon.
re

ex
V. Tournefortii C. Gmel. Abundant, Sprowston; ; Geldeston ;
ep wae Thetford; Swaffham; Castlea
hyllos L. Thetford, Norfolk, hb. "Maton: (I have only
seen Bh am the Suffolk side “6 the bo = "y:)

d.
Bartsia Odontites Huds.—Var. verna (Reichb.). Ellingham.
Mod os (Reichb.). Flordon ; " Wymondham. 28. Castleacre ;
ustris L. Flordon; South Repps Common.
28. prerseg ib, Taladé Newton.

268 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Orobanche major Li, Geldeston, 1889.

O. minor $m. Sprowston. 28. Methwold, 1836, hb. Salmon.
Thetford.

Utricularia vulgaris L. Ellingham. 28. Thetford, 1835, hb.
Salmon

minor L. 28. Near Thetford, 1836, hb. Salmon.

Pinguicula vulgaris L. 28. Stanford Warren, hb. Salmo

Verbena officinalis L. Flordon; Wymondham ; Attlebridge ;
Cawston. 28. Beetley to Gressenhall; Scarning.

Mentha alopecuroides Hull. utcas , on a roadside bank,
Sprowston; Kirby Cane. 28. Larlingford, corner of a field in
plenty, perhaps introduced from marshes near.

M. longifolia Huds. South Repps Common.

field.

Lycopus europaeus Li. ordon ; — Ranworth. 28.
Thetford, hb. Salmon. Larlingford ; Newton.

Thymus Serpyllum Fr. Sprowston

T. Chamedrys Fr. Sprowston ; Thor rpe.

Calamintha Clinepodith Spenn. Flordon ; Ellingham; Attle-
bridge. 28. Thetford to Shadwell, kb. Salmon. Swaffham.

C. arvensis Lam. Salhouse; Attlebridge; Cawston. 28. Nar-
ford; Swaffham; East Harling to Knettishall.

C. officinalis Moench. Ellingham ; Horsford ; Cawston ; Cley.

Nepeta Cataria L. Hellesdon, abundant. 28. Kilverstone
Lane, Thetford, hb. Salmon. Larlingfor

a galericulata L. Flordon ; ‘Ellinghan ; Ranworth ;
Hove

tint vulgare Li. 28. a to Rushford.

Stachys arvensis L. Newton St. Faith’s; Tivetshall.

Galeopsis et Khrh. Loddon

G. a Curt. 28. Near West Dereham, hb. Salmon.

Lamium amplexicaule Li. Sprowston; Cromer.

L. Apbridumt Vill. At tlebridge ; ; Cawston; Aylsham ; Mundes
ley to haste fe Scarning ; North Minkass: ‘Laimptoed

Teucrium ie be 28: erence by the side of Welney

Delph, R. D. Salmon,” Ab, Salm
Plantago media L. 28. Swatham Larling.

P. Coronopus L. 28. Roudham exham.,
Chenopodium Bin Shere tes Be enhall.

C. Vulvari . Lynn Pe 1837, hb. Salmon.
C. — Sm. es
C. rubrum L. 28. Wells és Holkham, in plenty, 1
C. Bonus-Henricus L. Geldeston; Attlebri dge ; toa St.

Faith’s ; Blie kling; Bacton. 28. Lar arlingford ; Thetford.

Atriplen littoralis L. Cley.
A. angustifolia Sm. Wymondham. 21. Beetley; Swaffham.
A. hastata L. Ellingham. ee = ells.

Polygonum aviculare L.—Var gatum Syme. Elli ngham.—

Var. arenastrum al Tillingham + ” Pislisdan —Var. rurivagum

(Jord.). Wymo

NORFOLK NOTES 269

P. Rati Bab. North Dene, Yarmouth.

P. minus Huds. Filby, ex herb. Rev. G. R. Leathes, Ab.
Salmon.
Newton St. Faith’s, with Mentha si wane L.

P. mite Schrank. Newton St. F ae Kirby Cane. 28. North
Elmham, towards Beetley ; Scarn

P, lapathifolium Li. Gelde aaa -oslrubati Newton St. Faith’s.

P. amphilium L. Ellingham; Cantley; Barton Broad; North
‘heart ; Swafield (var. terrestre). 28. North Elmham ; Larling-
ford; Newton
Fiennes maritimus L. 28. Roudham Mere, and neighbouring
pool, —_ nt; an interesting inland locality.

er L. Flordon; Newton St. Faith’s. 28. Beetley ;

etic to East Dereham ; Narford.

R. oP deaernutt Huds. —— Barton Broad. 28.
Beetley Common; Larlingford ; New

in Ae apaiaonte L. Cliffs, bet to Hemsby, abundant
in plac
Via album L. 28. On apple, sm ers. 1837, hb. Salmon.
Mecurialis annua - Thorpe Ham
Parietaria officinalis L. Newton St, Faith’s; Barton Turf;

Cley. 28. Thetford ; piven

Myrica Gale L. Hove eton ; Ranworth.

Carpinus ~— L. Large tree, Beaten -_ Andrew; Loddon ;
Wymondham. Roudham; Swaffham; Lexham.

Quercus Hour - Var. sessiliflora (Salisb.). Sprowston ; appa-
rently ver

alia cana L. Ellingham; Flordon; Thorpe ;
Dolphin Ferry, Norwich; Aylsham. Subsp. ee 3m.)

S. undulata Ehrh. Riverside, Thorpe.
S. fragilis L. Flordon ; Si apa Geldeston ; Ranworth
&e. ; a the form britannica. 28. ey.

Flordon; Ellinghawm; Bucks nham; Haddise
east 3 North Si lompen, 28. Beetley Common; Thetford ; res
ton ; ast tlea,

S, purpurea i Alderford. 28. Thetford.

S. viminalis L. Wymondham. :

S. Smithiana aggreg. By the Dolphin Ferry, Norwich; Wrox-
ham. Larlin

S. Caprea L. Beeston St. aya, Sprowston; Cawston.

S. aurita L. Newton St. Faith

Populus canescens Sm. Fees eh Sprowston. 28. Swaffham.

P. tremula L. Thorpe; Sprowston (both var. — Syme).

P. nigra LL. Heigham. 28. Beetley; Swaffham

Ceratophyllum demersum L. ‘Ranworth Broad.

Hydrocharis Morsus-rane L. ingham ; ‘Ranworth and Barton
Broads. 28. Thetford, 5 oe hb. Saline:

Stratiotes aloides L. Barton Broad. 28. Thetford, hb. Salmon.

Spiranthes autumnalis L. ‘Ses wston; Bradfield.

Epipactis palustris Crantz. Ranworth ; South Repps Common.

270 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY
28. oor Warren, hb. Salmon. Between sandhills, Wells to
Holkh

Ore es pyramidalis L. 28. Narford to edger a
O. latifolia L. Ranworth. 28. Thetford, hb. Sal
O. incarnata L. Roydon. — Var. eps (Bab.). " Hoveton
Broad.
Ophrys apifera Huds. Sprowston; Ormesby.
pia conopsea Benth. South Repps Came 28. Stan-
ford Warren, hb. Salmon.
antl communis L. Paston ; Swafield to Knapton
Allium vineale L. Hedgebanks, Sprowston, usually i in the form
} t Sym nty.

Juncus Gerardi Loisel. ey. 28. Wells. Mr. Trimmer does
not distinguish this from J. compressus Jacq. ; some of his localities
for the latter should no doubt be relegated to the former.

. J. earunne Hoppe. Beeston St. Andrew ; Bradfield. 28. East
ereh

J. maritimus L. 28. Wells to Holkham, in some a. ee

J. acutus L. hae Wells, ‘‘ex herb. G. R. L. comm. D. Turner
Ksq.,” hb. Salmo

J. supinus Mownak: Copse near Sprowston Grange; Yarm
Alderford Common. 28. Wells; Newton. Not. equal, "put
scarcely ‘‘rare”’ (Trimmer).

J. obtusiflorus Ehrh, The Rev. K. Trimmer again says “rare”’;
rather it is local. Geldeston; Flordon; Harleston ; Beeston St.
Andrew; gna Ranworth ; Hoveton; Cawston ; South Repps
Common ; Bra

ad secre Ehrh. Flordon; Ellingham ; Horsford ; Aldet-
or

J. acuts iflorus Ehrh. Flordon ; Wymo aeons Beeston St.

Andrew; Cawston. 28. North Elmham; Newto
Typha intone Geldeston ; Rackheath ; Rewasr Hoveton ;
Barton Broa 28. Near Thetford, hb. Salm mon

TZ. ong L. Hoveton; Wroxham. 28. Near Thetford,
hb. Salm
Spar sat ramosum Huds. Ellingham ; amet Ranworth.
28. Thetford, 1836, hb. Salmon. Beetley
. neglectum Beeby. Only seen at Pardon: a aa on previous
reco rd.
implex Huds. — Hellesdon ; Yarmouth. 28. Near
Thetford, = hb. Sal
28. Wretton Fen, Stoke Ferry, hb. Salmon; I have
no note to oat =
Acorus Calamus L. Reedha am, ex = G. R. Leathes, hd.
Salmon. In the river flowing into Bar ton Broad.
Lemna trisulea L. Ellingham; Seenuce, Flordon; Ran-
worth ; Barton
. gibba L. Abun _ in a ditch just north of Yarmouth.
i polyrrhiza Li. Ranworth.
isma ranunculoides ay “Flor don ; ppeket: on the Thorpe
side of Sprowston Grange; South Repps Common

NORFOLK NOTES 271

Sagittaria a L. Ellingham; Thorpe; Hellesdon; Ran-
worth ; Attlebridge. 28. Thetford, 1835, hb. Salmon.

Butomus aioli L. 28. Thetford, 1885, hb. Salmon.

Triglochin palustre L. Roydon, near Diss; Wroxham. 28.
Thetford, 1836, hb. Salmon.

Potamogeton polygonifolius Pour. Alderford; South Repps
Common. 28. Beetley Common.

coloratus Hornem. Roydon, near Diss

e: sua ae Hoveton Broad, half. way up ‘ Hudson’s

Bay,” abund
piece: Walt, Locally abundant. River Bure, near =
entrance to Wroxham Broad; canal near Antingham; Barto

Broad, abundant; Trowse, in plenty. 28. Ina brook about a tuile
reham

. perfoliatus Li. ‘Trow ; Ellingham; Barton Broad.
P. erispus L. Spr as ‘Swafield to Bradfield. 28. Roudham.
bed zostera@folius Seheen anal near Antingham; Barton Broad.
. Friesii Rupr. Canal near Antingham ; “Barton Broad; Swa-
field to Bradfield
P. pusillus ti Swafield.—Var. tenuissimus Koch. Ellingham ;
Norwich to Hellesdon; Aderto rd.
uppia rostellata Koch. 28. Wells
Zannichellia palustris L. Cr sawieks Narwi ch to Hellesdon ;
Bradfield to Swafield, very fine. 28. Burnham, hd. Salmon. Wells
to Holkham
Eleocharis multicaulis Sm. South Repps Commo
Scirpus — Lightf. I believe I gathered this in Beeston
Bog, near Crom
S. cespitosus cs Newton St. Faith’s. 28. Breckles Fen, near
Thetford, hb. Salmon.
S. fluita ans L. Sate Sprowston Grange, towards Thorpe ;
Alderford Comm
S. setaceus L. eae South rie Common. 28. Roudham.
3. Tabernemontani Gmel. Ormesby. 28. East and west of Wells.
S. Caricis Retz. Roydon by Diss ; boot of Antingham Pond.
Carex dioica L. South Repps Com
C. pulicaris L. Bradfield; Beeston oF Cromer. 28. Stanford
Warren, hb. Salmon.
C. disticha Huds. Wroxham; Barton Turf.
C. teretiuscula Good. Roydon; Acle; aoe Barton Turf.
. paradoxa Willd. Ranworth, in ple
C. paniculata L. Beeston St. Anan: "Cnwaion to Aylsham ;
Wroxham ; Barton Turf.
C. vulpina L. Marsham; Wroxham; Cley. 28. Scarning;
ells.

C. muricata L. eager ape Horsford; Witton; Wrox-
ham. 28. Paulisicnd: Swaffh

C. echinata Murr. es uth Rapes Common; Beeston by Cromer.

C. eae L. Armingha

C. curta Good. On the west side of Barton Broad, in some
aeantite in in one spot.

272 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

C. ovalis Good. Roydon by Diss. 28. Larlingford.

C. Hudsonii Ar. Benn. Near Acle Bridge ; Ranworth; Barton
Turf; Antingham. al Laclingtord Thetford.

C. acuta L. Ranw

C. binervis Sm. ae and Holt, hb. Salmon. Sprowston ;
Ormesby.

C, distans L. Abundant between Wells and Holkham.

C. extensa Good. Plentiful near Wells towards Holkham.

C. flava L. (aggr.). Ho : ar.
(deri Retz. Potter Heigham, F. T. Richards. Roydon by 7 Diss
near erosion Grange. — Var. cyperoides Marsson. Alderford
Com

0. ‘iliformis L. Acle; Ranworth; Hoveton.

C. hirta L. Roydon by Diss ; haere ia "tibet Tri-
mingham; North Walsham; Cromer. 28. Rus

C. Pseudo- cyperus L. Flordon; by Filby Broad in ae quantity.

C. aeutiformis Ehrh. Type co pepon, — Var. Kochiana. 28.
Both sides of the river near Brando

C. rostrata Stokes. Newton St. "Faith's hb. Salmon. Roydon
by Diss; Hoveton; Ranworth; Barton Turf ; South Repps Com-

on. 28. randon.

Panicum ti um Gaud. (sub nom. Digitaria mentee Pers.).
Ditchingham, near Bungay, D. Stock, 1850, hb. Salm

Spartina Be Roth. Cley, G. R. Leathes, hd. Sabon!

Alopecurus egg tena Huds. 28. Larlingfor

A. fulvus Sm. Sprowston. 28. Ringmere, Roudham. In both
cases where water had Paty in a dry summer

Milium effusum L. Arminghall Wood. 28. ‘Narfor

Phleum pratense L. var. nodosum (L.). or i gee
28. East Harling; Thetford to Rashford Sw

P. phalaroides Koel. 28. Gay near = B. D. Wardale,
1844, ib. 59 an Kast Harling AN Enettishalt aR es quantity ;
Thetford to Rushford, in fair plenty.

renarium Li. Cromer. 28. Thetford, 1835, hb. Salmon, and
eke Rushford ; East Harling to Knettishall.

Polypogon monspeliensis Desf. Cley, Rev. G. R. Leathes with D.
Turner and Mr. Borrer, 1809, Ad. ee, 28. Wells ~ ae
in plenty by a ditch whieh had been lately cleared out, 1

Calamagrostis epigeios Roth. Behind Sprowston Pfs on the
borders of Thorpe.

C. lanceolata Roth. Filby Broad ; Hovet

pera Spica-venti Beauv. Sprowston; eae St. Andrew ;
Grostwick very plentiful, 1885. 28. Rilvesskone Lane, Thetford,
hb. Salmon.

Deschampsia flecuosa Trin. 28. Roudham; Larlingford ; - Swaff-
am.

Holeus mollis L. Geldeston; Hellesdon; Sprowston; Wym mond-
ham; Ormesby, frequent; Blicklin ng; Cromer. 28. North Elmham ;
tednetad ; Swaffham; Newton

risetum peniense Pers. Ellingham ; Witton. 28. Thetford;
Swaffham; Newton

NORFOLK NOTES 273

i pratensis L. 28. Thetford. — Var. longifolia Parnell.
28. Near Swaffham.

Sieglingia decumbens Bernh. 28. Lexham Heath.

Koeleria cristata Pers. Norwich Cemetery, perhaps introduced

with grass-seed. 28. Larling; Hast Harling to Knettishall; Thet-

ford to Rushford; Swaffham

Molinia varia Schrank, Newton St. Faith’s; Cawston; Ormesby.
28. North Elmham.

Catabrosa aquatica Beauv. Beeston St. Andrew; Yarmouth.

Poa compressa L, Ellingham

Glyceria plicata Fr. Kir rby Can

G. aquatica Sm. ilinghan: "aes Thorpe. 28. Thet-

mon.

G. mire & K. Yarmo

G. distans Wahl. On the 7 are of Well

Festuca procumbens Kunth. On the South nae Yarmou

F, rottboellioides Kunth. Cromer; abundant on the olifts, tia
desle

he ambigua LeGall. 28. a a ae East Harling to Knettishall ;
Croxton Heath; Thetford to Rushfor

F’, sciuroides Roth. Thorpe to cena Paston ; coma

F, —S Mousehold Heath. 28. i tford, Ab. Bale

F. rubra L. $28. Larlingford; Swaffham. — Var J Grakdifiora
Hackel, named by Dr. Hackel. Caister by Yarmouth.

romus ramosus Huds. Geldeston. 28. Swaffham.

[B. tectorum L. In some quantity on waste land that had gone
out of cule on the Suffolk side of the river near Thetford.]

B. ritensis L. and B. maximus Desf. As casuals in so
grass, Spromston

B. racemosus i, and B. commutatus Schrad. Sprowsto

B. le L. var. interruptus Hackel. 28. A little teeth of
Thetford Station, 1884.

gropyron junceum Beauv. Mundesle

Nardus stricta L. Newton St. Faith’ “ , Sprowston. 28. Thet-

ford, Ab. Salmon. North Elmham; Roudham ; €
arenarius L. Bacton; Mundesley. 28. Braneaster,

Lomaria Spicant Desv. " Marsham ; omer
Asvigeiers Adiantum-nigrum L. Caw aK pane Turf.
A. Ruta-muraria L. Barton Turf Chure

Athyrium Filix-femina Roth. Armin ail Wood; Sprowston ;
Swafield to Knapton. 28. Downham, hb. Salmon :

Scolopendrium vulgare Symons. poe : Paston.

Polystichum angulare Presl. Barton Turf.

Lastrea Thelypteris Presl. ienaaie about Ranworth Broad ;
Barton Broad.

L. Oreopteris Presl. Copse near Sprowston Common, also near
Sprowston Grange

Osmunda regalis is L. Sprowston; Barton Turf.

Di idoaioatins vulgatum L. . Meadows, Earlham Hall; Thorpe,
behind Sprowston Grange; Ranworth ; marie Broad.

Journat or Borany.—Vot. 38. [Juzy, 1900. ] U

274 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Equisetum maximum Lam. Cro

FE. limosum L. Ellingham ; esios Barton Broad. — Var.
fluviatile (L.). Heigham by Norwich; Bradfield.

Chara fragilis Desv. Roydon by Diss.

C. polyacantha Braun. Roydon by Dis

C. hispida L. Roydon by Diss ; Ridechsnd. Ranworth.

C. vulgaris L. Roydon by Diss ; ; Flordon; Attlebridge.

To the above list may be added Salia acuminata Sm., north side
of the river, by the Dolphin eat Norwich ; I know of no other
locality in the county for this wi

Wo species pers above are 4 pete unrecorded— Lepidium
Draba for v.-c. 27, and Ononis spinosa fo
Every effort ae ieee made to avoid repeating Page stations
in this paper; and if any such repetitions occur, it has happened
invert, except in rare cases where confirmation seemed
esirable

NEW ORCHIDS FROM COSTA RICA.
By A. B. Renpiz, M.A., D.Sc.

I am indebted to M. Barbey for the two species described below.
The plants were collected in Costa Rica by Mr. A. Tonduz, and
flowered in M. Barbey’s collection at Chambésy, where I saw them
a few weeks ago.

Pleurothallis Simmleriana, sp. nov. Pusilla foliis anguste
Menboolatis, apice minute tridenticulatis ; racemo solitario, floribus
5 in apice pedunculi filiformis congestis, bracteis ~gi ovatis
vel oe ee pe ee pedicellis valde gen culatis ;

sepalis ochraceis cum vi sanguineis striatis, et pee
punetulatis, sas Hiblanseas oblongo, apice - popnecnrr 7
liberis, asymmetricis, oblongo- lanceolatis, ad m
attenuatis ; petadi lis atro-sanguineis, rhomboideo- pathalatt: apice
breviter subacuto; labello ad pedem columns articulato, sanguineo
oblongo, 8-nervato, basi attenuato, sub undo min nute
denticulato; columna sanguineo alato, Tseng dentato, anthera
uniloculare, elas’ Sige flavi

A small plant with leaves 3 cm. ale by °5 om. broad, and
scapes ra 5 cm. mt being scarious tubular sterile bracts with
a cuspidate apex, 3°5 mm. long. The flowers open singly, einen
each other closely at the top of the scape; each springs from
axil of a whiti si" multinerved bract 3-4 mm. long; flower- stalks
strongly kneed, 5 mm. long, ovary 146 mm. Sepals with three
broad deep siada veins on a pros dull ochre ground, dotted with
crimson bet ween the veins, 7 m ong by 2 mm. ae the

1-4 mm. broad; column 2°5 mm. y ‘75 mm., foot 1°5 mm “Jo ong.
A distinct species of the Apod@ cespitose section.

PELLIA NEESIANA IN BRITAIN 275

Hab. Costa Rica, A. Tonduz. Flowered by M. W. Barbey at
Chambésy, near Geneva, after whose gardener, M. Paul Reanilier
the species is named by request.

Physosiphon minor, sp.nov. Planta pumila foliis anguste
ellipeoideis apice vix emarginatis, basi in petiolum brevem angus-
tatis; racemo solitario, 8-10-floro, ares vic bed bracteis
brevibus truncatis; floribus ochraceis vix ongis, sepalis
ad medium connatis, lobis subequalibus ; statis ‘minutis spathu- »
latis obtusis; labello ad pedem columne articulato atro-sanguin
ellipsoideo, lobo br suborbiculare retake a iateralibus
brevibus, loborum margine crispulato; ¢ guste alata
anthera Pes orn polliniis breviter veifornntht us.

Leaves 85-4 cm. long, barely 1 cm. broad; the scarious bract
sheathing: base of leaf and raceme barely 1 cm. long. Raceme
7-8 cm. long, 2-2-5 cm. below the lowest flower; fertile bracts
scarious, tubular, broadening above, 2 mm. long; pedicels 8 mm
long, bidbee rele barely 2 mm. long, lobes blunt, sae petals

one-nerved, m. long, less than *5 mm. broad at the top, of a
pale hie oli: lip deep binsaie ellipsoidal below the apical
lobe, less than 2 mm. long, -75 mm. broad, la aie ite very
shallow ; column 1:5 mm. long, foot ‘75 mm.; ovary 1°5 mm. long.

A distinet little species, ree hese Fr. pied Badr ‘s Rolfe,
but with flowers barely half the siz

Hab. Costa “a he d. Tor duz. ” wee by M. W. Barbey at
Chambésy, near Geneva

PELLIA NEESIANA Liver. IN BRITAIN.
By Symers M. Macvicar.

Tus hepatic, which I have recently found in three localities in
Moidart, West Inverness, has apparently not been previously known
from the British Is les. The essential points, inflorescence and fruit,
which distinguish it from its allies, are only to be found at an earlier
period of the year than that at which many botanists can search
reget page — 2% plant has probably been overlooked is
P. calycina, or for P. epiphyila with narrow fronds. It
probaly wiley distributed i in —
_ In Moidar

leestana occurs 1n wet cociggg associa ated

The fr —

being eats inguishable with sinwinis when eee. The esumeer
fronds are reddish brown to dark green, frequently wavy at the
edges; the older ones are dark brown, narrower, @ and flat.
resembles calycina in being dioicous, but the male pine is without
e hammer-shaped furcate innovations of the lat The mos
= ta character between the pe species lies in sie ——.
of the interior layer of the capsule wall, calycina being entirely
without rings, while the present plant agrees with ae! in

276 HE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

being furnished with them. ‘The involucre forms a complete ring,
as in calycina, the cylinder, varying in length, but never so long as
is frequently seen in the latter. The cal ptra is more or less
exserted, peneainee only gaat g beyond the involucre, but more
commonly fo istance, and frequently as much as in epiphylla.
It is usually ‘aladéd in a ina.
Pellia epiphylla aa in being paroicous, the antheridia being
_on the same frond as the female, and it has commo muc
broader fronds, wah are gener rally aps reen. The darker coloured
€

t;

the frond, while in the others it i is vertical. The calyptra is always
highly exserted. The anterior layer : the capsule wall has much
more numerous rings than in Neesian

Regarding the vertical dist ibekaacine of the species in ee
P. calycina appears to be confined to the low ground. I have seen
epiphylla at 2500 ft. on the west coast of Siiiahd, and it Eebasls
reaches considerably higher. As Neesiana attains a higher altitude
and latitude in Norway than epiphylla does, it is to be expected that
it should be found on our hills. On lo oking for it this year up to
2000 ft., all the plants hitch I saw in fruit were epiphylla. The
lat tter, however, fruits much more freely than the dioicous species.
Specimens of P. Neesiana from Moidart have been confirmed by
Mr. Pearson and Herr Kaalaas. Jungermania endiviefolia Dicks. is
the same plant as J. calycina Tayl. according to Lindberg; and
this being so, Dickson’s specific name has priority over Taylor’s for
our calycina.

SHORT NOTES.

until the ovary, ave into the fruit, forces them apart.
zeal generally absent, are in some flowers present in a dwarfed
he stamens seem to be reduced in number to five or 80.

with the ecmaiosse as it consists of rior cells which ae
the apex of the stigma form erect, spreading, or deflexed finger-like

SHORT NOTES 277

papillz. The centre of each stigma i is Bac is pe: by a fibro-vascular
strand with annular vessels. Examination of young flower-buds
shows that the fertilization of the ree s effected in this closed
condition. Not only can loose BE pollen-grains be seen
adhering to stigmas, but it is usually the case that these have
developed pollen-tubes. In the instalments which have appeared
in this Journal of Mr. F. N. Williams's “Critical Notes on some
Species of Cerastium,” it is interesting to recall that there are two
forms of the genus (both referred to C. glomeratum as varieties)
which stand csi from typical C. ijemeas ane In much the same way

m
represent a series of sligealagians states rather than varieties.
I find that var. apetalwm usually grows with ordinary C. glomeratum,
so the cleistogamy is pessaee due to neither the influence of soil nor
light.—Cuarues EK. Bri

nigtoery ee acec in Cuesuire. — My correspondent of
8, Miss E. Foulkes Epics of Chister, formerly of Llan-
silin in “Denbighshire, last autumn sent me her entire herbarium
to examine for Salopian, Denbigh, Montgomery, and other records.
In it I found a sheet of Euphorbia Portlandica L. marked ‘‘ Hoylake,
Bell, 1869.” As this species had not been reported for Cheshire
in any Flora of Liverpool, nor observed by me during a visit to
Hoylake in 1898, though I saw it abundantly on quite similar
ground near Blundellsands in the same month, I made special
q view of another species admittedly represented by a
specimen taken into Mr. Bell’s garden, ain originally found =
an escape) as to whether it might not be e# hort., and only re
sentative of the north of rater locality Mr. Bell stated that

Miss Jones’s plant ¢ ihre not from his garden, nor from
Blundellsands, and promised i. ‘look out for it in the following
sprin uestion is now at rest. I have this eres

es

Ju

cola gathered by Mr. Bell on June 4 é
in which that gentleman, who resides at Greenfield, West Kirby,
as ‘‘on the banks of the Dee, between
sone ke and West Kirby.” Poke ies is not mentioned in Lord
de Tabley’s Flora of — But, curiously, it is named for
Cheshire in Top. Bot. ed. ii. on the authority of Lord de Tabley
himself—* J. L. Warren, cat.”—Wiiiam WHItTwELL.

Marntona
attention to a robles 0

Chichester Natural History Society, No. 8, new series
"26-98. hat i . Arn ee Spiraea by Mr.

Mr. Postans

which I cannot distinguish ae "Mathiola incana grows on the
cliffs at Rottingdean, near Brighton, and has been growing tiers | in

278 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

a wild state for more than thirty years. I first saw it five years
ago, but I did not then know how rare and local M. incana is
in England. I have again visited the spot for the purpose of more
closely inspecting the locality, and trying to ascertain how long the
plant has b rowing there. I find that the plant is spread over
the cliff from top to bottom for a length of about 750 yards. For
about 600 yards the cliff is 70 feet high, and for the remaining 150
the height varies from 70 to 20 feet, so that the area over which
the plant occurs is between three and four acres in extent. The
eastern boundary of the locus is about 800 yards west of Rottingdean
town, and the western boundary (almost opposite the end of the ©
road that leads to Ovingdean) is about 750 yards further west.
I could not count the plants, but little and great they are certainly
in hundreds, and no one, taking all the facts into consideration,
could doubt that the plant has been established there for a great
many years. Indeed, Col. Stead (the son of the rector of Ovingdean),
o has known the spot for forty years, tells me that as far back as
he can recollect the hon has oe wn there. How it came there
I suppose no one now say for certain. There is a cottage on
the cliff above, the Bes of ahi | is sy Soe from the cliff by a
grassy road fifteen yards wide, from which the seed may have
escaped ; but, however that may be, it is certain that for thirty-five
years (and I think probably for aby, Jenne) the plant nee been
i 1 ]

originated from seed from the pe that it has spre cad about
350 yards eastwards and 350 yards westwards, merenes the prevailing
wind at the time when the seed is scattered is w ly.
ImpaTIENsS peal epee Royle (pp. 50, 87). ge I was at
urham, about eight years ago, there was a grove of this close to
the Probund's. Bridge, high enough to bury the cows.—C. B. CLaRKE.
t lore des Pyrénées-Orientales by MM. G. Gautier and
Ch. Flahault (1898) this plant is recorded from “ Mare a Ria, and
a note is appended: ‘‘ Espéce de |’Himalaya tendant a se ante
re en France ou elle os déja connue au Mont Saint- Michel ie
(p. 474).—Ep. Journ. :

Bar
but neither he nor any — er have ever noted it as
occurring in Jersey.—Sraniey Guir

UXBAUMIA APHYLLA Li. In = TAFFORDSHIRE, — The occurrences of
this moss are so rare and uncertain, — bryologists will be in-
terested to hear that I have recently met with a few plants of it on
bare dry soil in the parish of Armitage, on the outskirts of Cannock
Chase. This is a new record for Staffordshire. It is to be hope
that in this case the moss may make an exception to what is said to
be its rule of not reappearing in the same locality.—H. P. Reaper.

FLORA OF TROPICAL AFRICA 279

Dra URALIS IN Eipinpurcusuire. — In a recent visit to Glen
Farg, I siilectad Draba muralis Li. in quantity ; the same plant is he
weed in fields to the south of Edinbu bk There is no doubt t

specimen collected ‘‘ about Edinburgh ” in 1889, and another from
‘‘Arniston, Edinburgh’”’ (not dated) Ble the Herbarium of the
Botanical Society of London.—Ep. Journ. Bor z.|

Tracopocon pratensis L. var. GRANDIFLORUS.—In a note on this
plant in this Journal for 1899 (p. 842) I omitted to add that the
name var. Symei in the London Foccmag? ed. 9, is synonymous with
T. pratensis ae var. grandiflorus Syme, HK. B, ed. 8, v. 189 (1866).—
Artur Brn

Sympuyrum patens Sibth.— May I be allowed to say that my
note we this plant (Journ. Bot. 1898, p. 116) was published under
a misapprehension that came about as follows:—A strange Comfrey
had been brought to me from Bath, and shortly thereafter I saw

find a name for these specimens, I turned to E. B. — ili., and
found my plant well coe ed as S. officinale var. ns Sibth.
Having no suspicion f the accuracy of this figure, me “publish ed
the note in question, og did not become aware till long afterwards
that I had been misled, and that patens was probably a trivial
variation hardly gue of a name. The dra ughtsman for KE.

ust have had the wrong Symphytum before him, or the drawin
was mislabelled, for ae it nor the Bath plant with the characters
I mentioned (still + cecal can have anything to do with S. offici-
nal ames W. Wut

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

Flora of Tropical aoe Vol. v. Part ii. — : Lovell Reeve.
p- 19 93-384. ‘Dries 8s. net
Tae long ns which sabereapioy the progress o of the cies
ae oras edited at Kew seems to have give place to a gra

Labiata by Mr. J. G. Baker, one genus of the former order (Cyclo-
cheilon) being undertaken by Dr. Stapf. It would not be possible
in these pages to review the whole of the work; but we propose to
make a few notes on one a genney which may be taken as an example
of the treatment of the

e outset, eae we maT be allowed to express regret
that a considerable amount of synonymy must result from the
seston in this instalment of a raat number of Welwitsch’s plants

280 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

which have been described and printed, though not ee 8
the forthcoming part of Mr. Hiern’s nore poe ue. ‘Thes
in erin additions to con peed might e sily ev heen
voided, if a course had been purs aad gitar to “that which by
siitial consideration prevented 3 like inconvenience in the treat-
ment of the Acanthacee. We are sure that no blame attaches
either to Mr. Baker or Mr. Hiern for this want of reci rocity, but
the result is none the less inconvenient. Synchronization is often
inevitable when botanists at different centres are wots ing Pag

species described in _ part of the African Flora; but it iso aiions
that a very little would suffice to avoid the duplication of
names by botanists ‘Worting' in different parts of London.
rely with regard to nomenclature that comparison
would have been desirable. In the genus Clerodendron, for example,
Mr. Baker has three species—C. hysteranthum, C. megasepalum, and
i its¢

the British Museum series of Welwitsch’s plants. We have’every
reason to suppose that the species is based on Welwitsch no. 5688,
which number is cited by Mr. Baker as the type of his orbiculare.

g erbarium bee
thoroughly investigated. Nor does it appear that the literature of
the genus has been exhausted, and it is difficult to account for the

ertal

the iiacestiomaeb we believe is su by facts—that
Mr r’s MS. was prepared before that mest work of —
was published. Some e names localized for ‘ Afr. trop.” 1

* This species dates from Ort. Bot. Padova, 1842, p. ant, not from “‘ Illustr.
Piante Noy. Ort. Padov.” 19 (1844), as given in the Index

FIRST RECORDS OF BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS 281

from Nubia (Kotschy), or of any reference to C. Whitfieldit Seem.
The latter was published in Bonplandia (x. 250) in 1862, and
ver

subsequently described by C. cephalanthum—a name

aker retains for the variety of C. oe “ which
he refers the plant: the figure of C. capitatum in Bot. Mag. (4355)
should have been cited here

gal e name C. towicarium is given in the monograph as if
it were published for the first time; reference should have been made
to its appearance (without description) i in Engler’s Pflanzenwelt Ost-
Afrikas, C. 840, where it stands as of ‘‘ Bak. mse. in sched. coll.
Buchanan n. 1075." The reference to ‘‘ Bak. mse.” is to an in-
complete and unpublished though printed list of tentative names
distributed with one of Buchanan’s collections, which is cited else-
where in this part as ‘ Buchanan, Nyasaland = ts, 1891 ;”’ this
has not the remotest claim to rank as a publication
é an inconsistency in the priority accorded to certain
names. On p. 297, for example, “ C. formicarum Girke in Engl.
Jahrb. xviii. 179” is pens given precedence over ‘‘ C. triplinerve
Rolfe in Bolet. Soc. Brot. xi. 87’’; but on p. 821 “ Vitex flavescens
Rolfe in Bolet. Soc. Brot. xi. 37” is retained, while “ V. Pree
Giirke in Engl. Jahrb. 167” is reduced. Prof. Engler
paper was published in Decne 1898; Mr. Rolfe’s did not scene
until the following year.
comparison between the Welwitsch Catalogue and Mr. Baker’s
work suggests further criticisms, which, however, may well be
Mr. Hiern’s enum

has arisen on this occasion shall be guarded against in future issues.

First Records of British Flowering Plants. Compiled by Wu.
. Crarxe, F.L.S. Second edition, revised and shaun
L ae West, Newman & Co. 8vo, cloth, pp. xvi, 194.
Price

THis new "ition of Mr. Clarke’s interesting compilation con-
tains ‘‘many desirable pant and certain other additions:
e.g. ‘the names used by Ray and other old authors” are given in

on; & on-
an never safely be based upon second-hand citations,
cana careful these may be. Another addition is that of “ the
botanist or old author who first used the name, though perhaps not
for the same [generic] plant’; and the English names are eens ”
many cases for the genera and in fewer for ‘the species. We d
know what, or whether any, principle determines the ag of
rahe naines—why, for example, Nepeta Glechoma has its English
equivalent while N. Cataria is without it—but in all matters

282 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

relating to nomenclature, Mr. Clarke is frankly anarchist. As
regards the Latin names employed, ‘ Sic volo, sic jubeo; stat pro
ratione voluntas ” is his motto. He follows the London Catalogue ex-
cept when he prefers the Index Nery. and when these authorities

are in accord, he does not scruple to reject them both in favour of his
personal prejudice; e.g. Ranunculus Airsins which, asain ee or
its unromantic sound, must, we think, possess for Mr. ke some

tender og eaeae Te) xewnsistely does he cling to = "Bat this

as dealt with at length in our notice of his

former issue dais Fore: Bot. 1897, 148-150) and there is no need
about it.

Of the interest and usefulness of the book as a whole there can

isprints are commenda ly rare—we note one on p. 74, “ Gna-
phalium Norgevicum,” and the arrangement could only be improved

upon by the printing in full at the head of each page the name of
the genus under consideration, as is done in the best colonial and
other floras: this takes no ee and adds greatly to oes con-
venience of using the book. We note one omission—Stachys alpina,
which was recorded in this Journal for 1897 (p. 380) and igure in
June, 1898. o one who is interested in the history of British
botany can afford to be without Mr. Clarke’s volume.

Flora 9 Schweiz: zum Gebrauche auf Exkursionen, in Schulen und
elbstunterricht. Bearbeitet von Prof. Dr. Hans Scuinz
Sua De. Rosert Kevter. Mit wg Zurich: A. Raustein.

= cloth, pp. vi, 628. Price 6 ma:

HE approach of the holiday season ‘Sipe it desirable at once
to call see oe to this extremely useful Flora, which has just made
its appearance. Those who find Gremli’s admirable Swiss Flora
insufficient and who in sufficiently at home with German to master
botanical precios in that lan epelens will welcome the full de-
scriptions given e present volume; the only drawback to
the work is its aie (nearly 2 lbs.), which the pedestrian will
find no inconsiderable addition to his impedimenta on a blazing
summer day.

Every care seems to have been taken to render the work useful
to the German student, for whom of course it is primarily intended.
There are keys to the genera and species, as well as a detailed

descripti each, except in the case of monotypic genera, when
the species only is described at length. So n judge 0
e usefulness of a book of this kind without testing it in the field,

botany. One 0 points

omission of rbot after the names, although these are supplied
in the excellent index; and the manufacture for each species of a
German synonym of the kind of which the “English names”’ in
our own book affords abundant illustration. ‘The typography of
the book is excellent.

FLORA PYRENEA 288

P. Busant: Flora Pyrenea, vol. ii., pp. 718. Mediolani, mpccco.

Tus is a posthumous work, carefully edited by Prof. 0. Penzig,
of Genoa; the first volume was published in 1897, and fully noticed
in this Journal for April, 1898; and the third volume is promise
for next year. The present volume comprises twenty-nine orders,
from Monvtropacee to Grossulariee inclusive, which are placed in the
subclass Calyciflore. e numbering of the orders is somewhat
erratic: the first of them is numbered 42, whereas the last order of
the first volume bore the same number, and Nos. 56 to 58 in this
volume are wanting. The genera and species are not numbered,
but there are in all 274 genera and 1020 species included in the
twenty-nine orders, besides a few plants mentioned but rejected.
For the sake of comparison, it may be noted that the number of
species given in Gautier’s Cat. Raisonné I'l. Pyrén.-Orient. (1898)
for the same portion of the vegetable kingdom is about three

“per cent. greater. ‘his rather lar umber for a portion only

on moderate lines and in which he includes twenty-four species,
whereas Gautier enumerates a hundred.

As in the first volume, there are found the same critical care
taken in the discussion of each plant, the same fulness of synonymy,
the same attempt to respect the work of the most ancient authors,
the same desire to employ an obsolete or original rather than the
regular nomenclature, and in this respect the same disregard for
the settled practice of modern masters. ‘

ough there appears to be no new species described, the
amount of detailed information largely derived from the personal
explorations of the author, and the mass of research into the

bearing upon the plants that occur in n the other hand, the
eccentric nomenclature will be regarded by most botanists as a
serious blot, a as a fault sufficient to condemn the

whole book, The very large number of new and unnecessary names
for old and familiar plants will be denounced as a hindrance, and the
useful parts of the work will stand in danger of being ignored. The
blame must to some extent be shared by the literary executors of
the author, by the learned editor, and by all other persons who may
be responsible for the publication ; since the author died about twelve
years ago, it may be justly urged that, if the author had lived to
observe the tendency and needs of botanical science as they exist
at present, he might perhaps have repented of many or most of the
changes which he had proposed, and have learned to see the practical
and scientific force of the principles which now govern the choice of
names; at all events, so long as they remained only in manuscript
they did no harm, and until actual publication completed the work
science could not suffer. :
The following is a sample—perhaps an awful example—of inde-
pendent licence, showing the author’s method :—The first genus

284 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

that he genls digas in Composite is Lapsana a he explains (p. 44)
that Lamp of Dioscorides is a Crue fer, either Sinapis or
Ripachiserun, “tind eotteneds that thaketors: it cannot be used for
a roc especially as Lapsana of Pliny is another Crucifer ;

n these grounds he ie the usual name and substitutes Lalda,

nipplewort, the plant in decaitie which he accordingly endows

with the scientific name of Lalda communis; he refers to Ruellius
and Dodoens for further information, and for synonymy quotes
Lampsana communis of Linneus and others, SraNee communis
La Peyr., L. v res Vaill., Z. Dodonei Camer., J. Bauhin,
Is oe Gilib., L. domestica G. Bauhin, etc. ; ie then states

occurs, and its porae a servers in form, size, and other pecu-
liarities, both in the Pyrenees and elsewhere, and refers to some ot
its states, such as L. pubescens Hornem. and L. piscidica ‘ al :
[? Boiss.]; he concludes with an pveera to some enig

many good and valuable features, which it would be unfair to deny
simply on account of one conspicuous disfigurement. HW
W. P.

Symbole caper (Urpan). Vol. ii., fascicle 1. Cype By
HARLES Baron CxarkE. 8yo, pp. 8-162. Berlin: Bornean

Indies in the fascicle now a us

Mr. Clarke enumerates about 250 species, which are contained
in twenty-six genera. Here, as elsewhere, he has broken up the
unwieldly genus Cyper us, the species being disteibaiey pe

ycreus, Juncellus, Cyperus, Mariscus, and Toruliniu The

habilitation of Torulinium Desv. is an roses it eet the
wide-spread 7’. confertum Ham. (= Cyperus ferax LC. Rich. and a page
and three-quarters of other spa sae and seven endemic American
species, which are distinguished from Mariscus by the separation of
the rhachilla of the ripe spikelet into as many one-seeded joints as

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS 285

there are nuts, a character which some botanists pimiaht regard
rather as subgeneric than generic in value. note that Dichro-
mena is still kept distinct from Fynchospora, with the remark ‘ forsan
in Rynchospora potius mergendum”’; it . difficult to see on what
grounds the two can be gen erically separated.

Apropos of — a point of noaesiaike arises: the
large number of species described under Rhynchospora, as Willdenow
spelt it, are ahr as synonyms, so that, except for a = a
names of Vahl, most of the species are cited as of Britto
Clarke; Ryn chos ospora pseudo-lanata ©. B. Clarke is, Eawaeee. an
unnecessary change for R. filiformis Vahl. We note an opportunity
for further alterations, which Otto Kuntze _ lero the oldest
name for the genus being Triodon L. C. ee Rynchospora
tenerrima C. B. Clarke), there is a chance ries some one to run out a
hundred or so of new names, himself the authority. An additional
advantage is that a later genus of Rubiacee will then be squashed.

Mr. Clarke has kindly drawn our attention to a point of much
greater interest, which is strongly marked in Cyperacee—namely,
the connection between the North Tropical Areciean and the West

5
cs

and in West Tropical Africa :—Kyllinga pve Vahl, K. hago
viana Lam., Pycreus propinguus Nees, Juncellus alopecuroides C. B
Clarke, Cyperus nudicaulis Poir., C. sphacelatus Rottb., Mariscus
umbellatus Vahl, Fimbristylis ewilis R. & S., F. obtusifolia Kunth,
Scirpus spadiceus Boeck., Rynchospora cyperoides Britton. Several
of these have been discovered, for the first time in the West gray
by Pare saan in Martinique. It would be interesting to o know Mr.
Clarke’s views as to the so olution of this puzzle in geographical
distribution. There seems little doubt that the intercourse in con-
nection with slave-traffic is insufficient to account for all the cases,
and that the former sae of some other facility for direct
os aT has to be considered. A SR

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.*

fat. <—_ (No. 22). — A. ea ‘ Zur Phyllobiologie
der F Coffea und Kibara.’ . W. Neger, ‘ Weiteres uber
Ph latins, ’—(Nos. 23, 24). T. Aakbeny, ‘Uber die Proteinstotfe
der Sam

Bot. pee aa May). — B. M. Davis, ‘ nampa of Albugo
candida’ (1 eat i AH; Hasselbring, ‘ Development . Trichurus
spiralis and Stysanus Stemonites’ (2 pl.). — beh PY. Sm as ne
phylls and soerstinis of Isoetes’ (concl.). — E. B. json ee Soja

i heir covers
e dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on t
or title-pages, but it must not aleve be inferred that this is the actual date of
publication.

286 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

beans for imbibition experiments’; ‘Gas diffusion through the
cuticle. —H. H. Hume, Puccinia Thompsonii, sp. n.—W. owlee
& 8. P. Nichols, ‘ Taxonomic value of staminate flowers of ‘Oaks.’

t. Magazine Nera 20 April). — T. Ito, ‘ Plante Sinenses
Tees —K. : ss of evergreen leaves.’—T. Makino,
: Maiticance ee (cont.).

t. Zeitung (1 ame: — W. Rothert, ‘Die Krystallzellen der
Ncaitetatinosen’ (1 pl.).

Bull. Bot. Soc. Belgique (16 June).—T. Durand & E. De Wilde-
man, ‘Matériaux pour la Flore du Congo’ (Gilletiella, gen. nov.
Acanthacearum); Demeusea, gen. nov. Amaryllidacearum).

ull. Torrey tik Club (26 May).—G. N. Best, ‘ North American

Pseudoleskea’ (2 pl.). — E. P. Bicknell, ‘ Sisyrinchiuns of British

America.’ — W. PW. Rowlee, ‘N. Americ an Willows’ (1 pl.).—

a Sieh ‘ New plants from Wyoming.’—J. K. Sma 1, ese Ameri-

n plants.’ — F. W. Patterson, ‘New Fungi.’ — W. A. Riley,

‘ etbavigiieie morbosa spores.’ — F. Hi Blodgett, ‘ Darluca upon
Carnation rust.’

Mém. de U' Herb. Boissier (No. 18: 10 May).—J. Freyn, ‘ Bemer-
kenswerthe fil che Pflanzenarten.’ — (No. 14: 30 May).
A. Franchet, ‘ Mutisiacee Japonice’ (1 pl.). — (No. 15: 80 May).
K. De Wildeman, é eee es ein nouvelles,’

LS

Nuovo Giorn. Bot. (Apri 1). — F. Cavara, ‘Ar cangeliella
Borziana, nuova find ageteae — L. Vaccari, ‘Flora delle Alpi
Graie.’— A. Preda, ‘ I] monte Cocuzzo e Te sua flora vascolare.’—

A. ra ‘Entomocecidi della flora italiana.

Bot. Zeitschrift (June). — R. v. Wettstein, ‘ Die nord-
Toren isco ton Arten de Gentiana g Endotricha’ (cont.).—J. Freyn,
‘ Nachtrage zur Flora von Istrien.’—L. & K. Linsbasen, ‘ Teratolo-

gische Befunde an Lonicera tatarica’ (concl.: 1 pl. ‘): —F’, Vierhapper,;
* Arnic a Doronicum Jacq.’ (cont.). — B. Horak, ‘ Zur Flora Monte-
negros’ (concl.).—J. Paige, ‘Zur Flora von Béhmen.’

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ¢ée.

Tue rule which forbids the se pi of lectures in Kew Gardens
is no doubt salutary, but it would seem to be enforced with un-

kind was forbidden in any ites of the grounds. After a stroll

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 287

through the Alpine Garden, tea, and a visit to the Azalea dell,
they accordingly dispersed.”

the annual meeting of the Selborne Society, Mr. Boulger
‘alluded to the obligations the Society owed to the heads of various
public ppv Their visits to the British Museum, for example,
had been eat advantage during the winter. e , ag editor,
& great m ihe curious objects sent in to him which the finders were
unable to classify, and in matters of this kind the heads of scientific
——: = as the Museum were most obliging. They had,
how with a reception from one public body which was
Se as a great grievance at the time, but might be yet
susceptible of a This was the preavsg on the giving
of botanical lectures in Kew Gardens. It a rule under the
arks Regulation Act whis h might justifiably | i innaisied. While
it was desirable public parks should not be turned into debating

as they proposed giving and the aggressive utterances of Hyde Park
orators. He was decidedly of opinion that in their case the rule
should be abrogated.” We think most folk will be of Mr. Boulger’s

is now announced as an “ occasional” publication

Tue publication of memoirs by women in the Transactions and
Journals of learned Societies seems to us to establish an unanswer-
able argument in favour of their admission as members to the bodies
which avail themselv ves of their contributions. We would suggest,

Farquharson, a leading advocate of the proposal. Some
Westy years ago, when Miss Marion §. Ridley, Mrs. Farq harson
wrote a little book on British ferns, which was noticed in this
Journal for 1881 (p. evo a teas this hardly entitles her to be con-
sidered a ‘leading bo

Tux latest issue of the Flora Brasiliensis (1 ay concludes the
monograph of the Sapindacee by Prof. Radlkofer

Ar the meeting of the Linnean Society on June 7th, 1900,
Prof. Sydney H. Vines, F.R.8., the new President, in the chair,
Dr. Otto Stapf, A.L.S., read a paper on the two Melastomaceous
genera Dicellandra ae f. and ri on Gilg. He showed that
the differences between them are not in the heterandry and home-
andry respectively, as was sie aon but in much more important
characters which concern all those parts which affect the formation

288 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

of the fruits and seeds. The diagnoses of the two genera must
therefore be revised, with the result that Pheoneuron and Dicellandra
change their character as monotypic genera. The author described
two new species of Pheoneuron—P. Schweinfurthii (Schweinfurth,
no. 3166), from Monbuttuland, and P. Moloneyi, from Lagos—an
reduced Dicellandra liberica Gilg. and D. (?) setosa Hook. f. to Pha@o-
neuron setosum Stapf.

oubtedly furnish a useful basis for further investigations. A new
Camellia (C. lutchuensis) and a new Euonymus (E. lutchuensis) are

cause some trouble; it is quoted as ‘Jacq. ex Dyer in Hook. f. Fl.
Brit. Ind. i. 257 [256].’”’ A reference to the Index Kewensis shows
that the abbreviation ‘‘ Jacq.”’ here stands not for Jacquin, as 1s
customary, but for Jacquemont. The synonym is quoted from
Jacquemont’s herbarium, and ought not to have been published.

An International Botanical Congress will be held in Paris on
Oct. 1-10. Programmes and all information may be obtained from
the Secretary, M. EK. Perrot, 272 Boulevard Raspail, Paris.

Mr. BE. D. Marquanp sends us an interesting paper on ‘‘ The
Flora of Alderney,” reprinted from the Transactions of the
Guernsey Society of Natural Science for 1899. He enumerates
414 flowering plants as occurring in the island.

its fungus host r. Blodgett proposes, however, to induce the
gr f Dariuca artificially in carnation-houses, and so combat
the rust disease. e has no results to record as yet wo other

or keeping them in check.

BIOGRAPHICAL INDE
Deceased British and Irish Botanists

BY y
JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G.,F.L.S., & G. S. BOULGER, F.L.S. _

ie <i
ae

“All persons interested in the history of botany and of the botanists of these

r f
is, after all, the foundation, and a good substantial one, too, of the hi
British — Irish botanists, which may some day develop into as complete lete and
exhaustive a work as Colmeiro’s admirable La Botdnica y los Botdnicos de la

pie. i te No other ips I believe, possesses such a work as
the latter, and no second nation, so far as I am aware, just enee & Work as =
former.” —W. igiea Hemsley in Journ. ee Sept. 1893.

“he details given . the authors are very concise, but, considering that they
comprise reference to other sources of information,.they are adequate. a
ments of the authors, and the unrivalled facilities at their disposition in

work RSS: —Gardeners’ Chronicle, Sept. 9, 1893.
“This k has been compiled to satisfy a felt want among botanists.
nam Sue "chief facts concerning, and Agog works of, botanists have been
sarehaile put together.”—The Bookman, Aug, 1
“The authors have done their work well, and made a valuable contribution to
botanical ‘anaes: ”__Natural Science, Oct. 1893.

= 1893—97 ,

PRICE Is. 6d. NI

elaine UNIVERSITY PRESS.
ith m any Illustrations, Royal 8vo, half-moroceo, price £1
THE "PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS. % Treatise apes the Meta-
bolism and Sources of Energy in Plants. By Dr. R, Professor of _
Botany in the University of Leipzig. Second Fully Revised Edition, Translated ©
and Edited by Arrrep J. Ewart, D.Se., Ph.D., F.L.S.

f Bb ANNALS OF BOTANY. NY. Edited by Isaac Baytzy Batrour,
M.D., F.R.S. ae ve the University of Edinburgh; D. H. Scorr, Ph.D.
F.L.8.,; of ‘the Ro oyal Gard misters’ W.G. Fantow, M.D., of Harvard University,
.8.A., assisted by other Botanist
Special sae aa Sets eae I. Bored 1887-1899) are offered, for the
present at the following price, viz. £18 5. net unbound, £21 n et bound
‘The subscription price of each votmme is. 1 10s. orca in advance). rele ied subscribers should
send their o Mr, Henry Fro

London: HENRY FROWDE, Oxford University Press Warehouse,
Amen Corner, E.C.

JUST READY. Crown 800,210 pp. Cloth. Price 4s.

a Li aj1 ri
First Records of British Flowering Plants.
Compiled by WILLIAM A. CLARKE, F.L.S.
SECOND EDITION, REVISED AND CORRECTED.
“In the few years which have elapsed since ‘nied Bases as of the list,
many desirable corrections have been brought to m and these have
been So in the eer edition.” —Eztract ba Piefe €e

se who possess a copy of the First ee ean obtain the Second Edition —
at halt? price (2s.} on direct application to this o

London : WEST, NEWMAN & Co., 54, Hatton Garden.

h . Lots of specimens can on demand be sent for inspection.
OTTO ceepa. Vienna (Austria), Exisaperustrasse 9.

eo ESTABLISHED 1851. 7
; Sourmampron Bur~pines, Cuincery Lane, Lonpon, W.C. :
S _ CURRENT spite craig
‘ 2). on the minimum m DULY ero ee 2h
when not are belo
DEPOSIT iadexeea
[, on Deposits, repayable on ‘demand.

BRITISH AND FOREIGN

ZDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.8.G., F.L.S.

SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF Botaxy, BRiTIsH Museum (NatuRAL History)

CONTENTS

PAaGr }

Notes on Freshwater Algw.—II: By the World i i. M.S.
W. West, F.L.8., & G. S. Wes, , deavyour’ in 1 ‘
. Bf 41 + ~ 289 Right Hon. Sm J
Plant Notes from shyt and | Bart., K.B.; PES,
i ALMON ., 299 | S
e Euro opean Sphagnacee: (after Deter
‘Warnstor) HARLES F.4.S. :

F.L.S. (continued jas. S08

{
I
\
Notes on Rue side Jas. Brirren, 4 P i ee : pee 5
Artemisia Htetlesin: na in Fe lind By : t du Congo. Par E. D = Witp —
Naruaniet Corgan, M.R.I.A. .. B17 | man et Ta. Dunaxp -- --
SHurt Norus. — Euphorbia Port- pee der Palangenrankheiten
landica m re. — ae r. Roper’

nigricans in Somerset, — P i . ‘
W. oor: T ateacaeiaees cieiteh |. The eee of Plants,
in the Isle o twee aie? Dr. W. Prevver =.

ie! TICES OF Boows:— ne f :

ustrations of f the Botany of

Captain Cook’s Voyage Bound

Articles in Journals
Book-Notes, News, de. --

LONDON
= ye

British and Foreign

a BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F:L.S.,

SENIOR Assistant, DepaRTMENT oF BoraNny, BRIvIsH Museum (NaTURAL History).

‘ge Journan or Borany was established in 1863 by Dr. Seemann. —

In 1872 the editorship was assumed by the late Dr. Trimen, who,

assisted during part of the time by a J. G. Baker and Mr. Spencer
C ried i il the end of 18 879, when he left England for

atic bota ery
special prominence has from the ar given to British botany,
d it aan safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing
mn “ies has remained unnoticed.

at le attention, A the history of many obscure mac ertiae
en elu idatad. Every number contains iews of new and
ant books written by competent critics: in this as in every other
t a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in

whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled —
them to utilize its pages for recording facts of spd and importance
rding the 1e Museum contains.
_ important ‘monographs and other works “fret appeared in its
ages. In 1896 it became necessary to increase its size, owing to the
- of aes _ — publication: the number of plates 1 was at

bseriptions (16s. post free) and Soiaeg tg (not later —
24th of each month) should be se: vt, NEWMAN

- Hatton Garden, ‘London : Stina a ae peaade sae
i for review to es! te 126 Pee Park Road a E.

Journ. Bot.

oat?
290 o
90 Ge 22ae

°

tee.
fee

289

NOTES ON FRESHWATER ALGA.—II.
By W. West, F.L.8., ann G. S. West, B.A., A.R.C.S8.
(Prate 412.)

Wiruin the last year or more a large number of new freshwater
alge have been described from various parts of the world, man
which have been given specific and varietal names on the merest
pretext, without due consideration of previously described _alge.
In this paper we call attention to a few of these ‘species’’ and
‘varieties’? which have been insufficiently considered by their
authors
Some of our German contemporaries are rather apt to found
“species ’’ on slight characters which are so subject to variation as
to be useless as specific distinctions. A case in point is an article
2 * mmermann on ‘ Das Genus Ophiocytium Naegeli” in Hed-
Bd. xxxviii. 1899. In this paper he gives diagnoses of
pais species and seven varieties of Ophiocytium which would be
much better reduced to about half a dozen species.
Not enough attention is given to accuracy of figures oie arp
ith regard to the Desmidiacee), and in many instances the de-
scriptions in the text do not at all correspond to the cpates on the
pl Carelessness of observation and draughtsmanship seem to
be characteristic of some of the recent investigators of this group of
lants.
i In this paper we have also attempted to clear up a few doubtful
points in connection with certain species of Desmids, and have
commented upon haere — interesting forms which are somewhat
uncommon in this cou

ZYGNEMACER.
Desarya caLospora (Palla) nob. bid Pigs sewage calospora
Palla in Ber. der Deutsch. Botan. Ges Jahrg. xii. 1894,

Heft 8, pp. 228-286, t. xviii.] We have previously shown this plant
to be a true species of Debarya; cfr. Ann. Bot. vol. xx. March, 1898,

. 49. ve - we observed “criinly possessed perigee

which, in is (Kitz. ) be t & G. S. West, varied mu
hi Tierontian ne size. The zygospores were less elliptical. than
those figured by a fas “EL veget. 18 »; long. zygosp. 22—
26 p; lat. zygosp. 1

Hab. Pies n near = hire N. Yorks.

gigas cl

2. Penrum curtum Bréb. var. oprusum, var. n. (Figs. 1-2).
major, semicellulis lateribus ie bee subparallelis, interbos
superioribus levissime coneavis, ee ec yeney subtruncatisque.
Long. 41 —s lat. 20- woe! lat. isthm. 1

Hab. Ingleton, W. ee

This Sialcroh variety is ee larger than the typical form, with

JournaL or Borany.—Vou. 38. [Aue. 1900.] x

290 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

the sides at the base of the semicells subparallel and with sub-
truncate apices, below which the sides are very faintly hollowed.

8. Ciosrerrum Limnetioum Lemmermann in Pléner Forschungs-
berichten, Teil 7, p. 28, t. ii. f. 89-41. This is merely one of the
numerous forms of C. gracile Bréb. The figure given by Brébisson
(Mém. Sciences Nat. Cherbourg, iv. 1856, t. ii. f. 45) of this widely
distributed = is not good, and that given by Cooke (Brit. Desm.

a very poor representation of the species. Yet, any
one Seated & with gatherings of Desmids from one of their most
— habitats—viz. bogs—must also be Sc aciniod with numerous
forms of C. gracile.

C. limneticum var. tenue Lemmermann, J. c. t. ii. f. 42-44, is not

uncommon form of C. gracile, especialy in the eck districts
of tropical and subtropical countri

4, on parvuLuM Niig. var. ancustum, var.n. (Fig. 8).
Va cellulis angustioribus. Lat. 7°7 »; apic. 94-102 p
inter * Getantibap

b ilmoor, near Thirsk, N. Yorks

This variety is smaller and considerably narrower than the
sari form.

. Closterium idiosporum, sp. n. (Figs.6and7). C. parvum,
thane cellulis diametro circiter 20-23-plo longioribus, dis-
tinete sed leviter curvatis, parte mediana cellule cum marginibus
subparallelis, grec = eradatim attenuatis et leviter curvatioribus

b

apices versus, apici angustissimis sed truncatis; membrana
eng ae eee = plabes. Zygospora anguste elliptica, a vertice
ircularis mbrana suberassa, dense scrobiculata. ong

991-238 BS at 10-10" 5 w; lat. apie. 1-7 w; long. zygosp. 57°5 p;
lat. zygosp. 28°7 p

Hab. ice Fe en, Cambridgeshire

This species is proportionately sans than C. pronum Bréb.,
the apices being much less produced and truncate. It is somewhat
larger than C. acutum Bréb., and its apices are quite different ;
pigs the oe is reanaiteney different from the zygospores

of C.a m, C. cornu, ete.

6 ROTEZNIUM NoposuM (Bail.) Lund. In Pléner Forschungs-
See Dele “Tei 17, & net. = ts plant is recorded by Lemmermann
as P. nodulosum (Bréb.) De Bary.

_ 4, HEuasrrum Losutatum « Breb. in Mém. Sciences Nat. Cherbourg,
iv. 1856, p. 124, t.i. f. 4. least E. erosum send var. notabile West
in Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 1892, p. 728, t. ix. £. 17.]

Distrib. England; Wales: ‘Foti: Treland ; ; Fra

We have met with this plant so frequently from ree ‘Tcoalities
in every part of the British Islands that we began to think it some-
what strange if — weep Ae had entirely overlooked it. Latterly,
however, we have ¢ to the conclusion that E. /obulatum, described
by Brébisson in 1856, 1 is most decidedly the plant we have recorded
under the name of E. erosum var. notabile. Brébisson’s description
and figure are by no means good, but yet the outward form of the

NOTES ON FRESHWATER ALGE 291

cells, the relative size, and the habit of the plant admit of no
other conclusion. We find it frequently in bogs, and the fact
that it is invariably associated with Desmids that were perfectly
familiar to Brébisson tends to we som view “pe = —
we have had under observation for
paige i sang the same as the slant ated. ‘a ppg se
as EF, |

8. vi Bae “ape sp.n. [Syn. X. Smithit Arch. var.

variabile Nordst. 1887; in Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 22
no. 8, , p. 44, t. iv. f. ” 97-39 West and G. S. West in Journ
Roy. Micr. Soc. 1896, p. 156, t. iv. f. 10; “Deal Journ.

Linn. Soe. Bot. vol. xxvii. 1899, p. 386, t. 8, f. 2

Distrib. England; Wales; Ireland ; British, Guiana ; New
Zealand; Australia

During the last few years we have obtained this plant from
many parts of England, especially from some of the Sphagnum-
bogs. It often occurs in digious numbers, and retains its

ciated with X. Smithii, although we have had the latter in abundance

°

its great variability, yet no intermediate forms are met with which
in Se ay tend to connect it with X. Smithii (cfr. G. S. West, lc.
p. 386).

9. XanrHipium = heegrg art Wolle, 1882; slp U. 8. p 95,
t. xxii. figs. 8, 9; West & G. S. West, ‘N. Amer. Desm.,’ ‘and,
Linn. Soc. Bot. ser. . vol. vy. p. 258, 6. xv. f. rv [Syn. Arthro-
desmus incrassatus jLagerh. in Otvers. af K. ‘Sy. Vet. iad, Forh.
1885, no. 7, p. 242, t. i. £. 18.

ar. ype Sasha ted (Roy & Biss.) rg [Syn. X. quadricornu-

tum Roy & Biss. in Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist. 1898, p. 245; 1694, t. iv
f. 5.] The species described by Messrs. Roy and Bissett as x. quadri i-
cornutum scarcely differs in any respect from Wolle’s X. tetracen-
trotum, and must therefore be placed merely as & variety of the
latter species

10. Cosmarium cymatop.evrum Nordst. var. Arcarru (Roy &
Biss.) nob. [Syn. Cosmarium Archerit Roy & Biss. in Ann. Scot.
Nat. Hist. 1893, p. 42, t.i. f.5.] Long. 91 »; lat. 67 »; lat. isthm.
24 yp. (Fig. 5.

shes Penyghent, W. Yor

pect cin from West Yorkshire were ntrediat between

292 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

41. ——— peRicyMATIUM Nordst. var. EBORACENSE, var.
(Fig. 4.) Var. minor; semicellulis cum undulis paucioribus t
stonenentionibns membrana punctata. Long. 21 p; lat. 14 p;
lat. isthm. 10 »; crass. 12

Hab. a pee W. Yorks.

12. Cosmar subtrinodulum, sp. n. (Fig. 1 C. sub-
mediocre, coma longius quam latum, profunde cence: sinu

nulo serobiculorum parvorum et nonnullis scrobiculis parvis
. . is ‘ . hs

n medio utrobique subin ate et leviter trinodulose ; membrana
— a A475 pw; lat. oe p; lat. isthm. 11°5 »; crass. 27 p.
rel

ness, Wexten
This ain approaches prvomte to C. tga Nordst. (in
Acta Univers. Lund, 1880, vol. xvi. p. 5, t.i. but differs in its

rounded basal angles, in the disposition of a sealed at the upper
art of

/ :
lations round these nodules, in the inflated piadieals view, and the
thickened cell-wall.

13. CosmarIumM Nordst (i. c. 1880, p. 5, t.3& 3).

Var. mepiogeMMatum nob. [Syn. C. mediogemmatum West & G. 8.
West, ‘ Welw. Afric. Freshw. Alg.,’ Journ. Bot. 1897, p. 118, t. 367,
£, 11.] As C. mediogemmatum has such a close affinity wit th C. hetero-
chondrum, we have come to the conclusion that it had better stand

as a variety of that species

14. Cosmarrum tRiLoBuLATUM Reinsch, forma Schmidle in Eng-
ler’s Botan. oe i Bd. 26, Heft 1, 1898, t i. f. 8. This form
figured by Schmidle does not belong to C. trilobulatum Reinsch (in
Abhandl. Natushistor. Gesellsch. Niirnberg, Bd. 3, 1866, p. 116,
t. ix. f. via-d), but !, Hammeri Reinsch, ia especially near
the ees figured by tial tc. t. &. f. Th,

. Cosmarium PokoRNYANUM Grun.) i. [Syn. Euastrum

E
ad. Handl. 1872, Ba. 1: no. 1, p. 50, “8 8; e polare
Nordst. in ufvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forh, 1872, n no. 6, P. Tie vii.

ame. It is a plant
ich has scarcely ever been rohrad i under the name of
E. Pokornyanum, owing most probably to the brevity and meagre-
ness of its peeees dosripi on. On careful consideration, however,
we find that Gruno deen agrees in od way with that of
C. ee (or E. polare).

NOTES ON FRESHWATER ALGE 2938
Grunow’s Sti of Nordstedt’s description of the front
view of E. polare :—

nutum, quasi prioris [E. ‘“‘ F, parvum, duabus partibus
Ralfsi li ‘Ra Seek ji infans ; semicell- longius quam lating, sinu lineari-
ulis trilobis, lobis basalibus brevibus angusto ; semicellula subhexagone
integris vel margine crenato-bilobu- triloba, lobi lateralibus brevibus,
latis, lobo polari porrecto subcune- leviter sinuato-bilobulatis, lobo po-
ato, apice truncato, leviter inciso- lari sursum attenuato, apice leviter
emarginato, cytiodermate levi.’ emarginato, & lobis lateralibus

: i parvo instructs,
The dimensions given for EF. Pokor ca are those given for

C. angustatum; and the habitats :
locis paludosis”’ and ‘‘inter muscos madidos,”’ are precisely the

o%
~~
oO
Be
er
o
os
or
Go
oO
Ait
oO
a
SS
—
&
i=]
st

Gutwinski, by referring a form of C. angustatwn to E. Poko ‘lee ia

6. Si ARIUM SUBEXcAvaTUM nob. [Syn. C. oe Nordst.
var, linen Wille in Ofver ers. af K. ie Ala Férh. 1879, no. 5,
. Willei West in Journ.

rs
B.
me
Q
MS
o*
=
a &
So
=
yee
wm
et

a distinct pcan Schmidle evidently arrived at the
clusion, but pla ced it under the genus a ws a
already a species ‘saul precang Willei
Var. ORDINATUM, — Syn. D. Willei ‘Schmidle —_

chmidle, l. c. p. 95, t. vi. ‘f 2.) Var. paullo longius quam
typica ; granulis ne bes in seriebus verticalibus et horizontals
ordinatis. Long. 29-87 p»; lat. 17-21»; lat. isthm. 11°5-18'5

ig. 8

‘Tab Ingleton, W. Yorks, on dripping rocks.

In the plants examined there were about six horizontal and
about — vertical series of gine on each semice

Var, ZQUINOCTIALE nob. [Syn. C. oe Ferien est & G. S. West,
: Welw. Attia: Freshw. Alg.,’ Journ Bot. 1897, p. 44, t. — i, a1.)
On further consideration we are inclined . dds
a variety of C. subexcavatum

17. Cosmarium suseuncruzatum Nordst. in Botan. Notiser, me
P. 161; Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 22, no. 8, 1888,

.v. £.8. Zygospora globosa, verrucis magnis ornata ; Ci

294 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

annulo spinarum parvarum ad apicem et in centro annulorum cum
spina breve tenue bifurcata instructe. Diam. zygosp. sine verruc.
Ps: 9.)

We give a figure of a a nyeeeate ‘of this species obtained from
amongst Utricularia minor. It is a very beautiful zygospore, and
not unlike that of C. punctulatum Bréb.

18. Cosmarium Loeiense Bissett in Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. 1884,

. 194, t. v. f. 4. Quite recently this species has been recorded by
Borge Fite Cuba (cfr. Bih. till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1899,
Bd. 24, Afd. iii. no. 12, p. 19, t.i. f. 21), that author — and
cutie what he considers to be the true plant. ust, however,
entirely disagree with him in _ as his West Peien: Cosmarium is
by no means typical C. stk We have observed this species

e

granules on his plant are also too few in number

Po camimerie Favum West & G. 8. West in Ai. Linn. Soc.

2, vol. v. p. 250, t. xv. f. 5,6. Schmidle has recently

peaned “this species as a variety of C. margaritatum (Lund.) Roy &
Biss. (cfr. Schmidle in Bih. till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 24,
Afd. iii. no. 8, p. 36), but his reasons for this we are at a loss to
Ake We have sage large numbers of C. margaritatum
many a of the world, and, as we pointed out when we
Recados! it, C. Favum a as the outward form of that species
(cfr. also Roy ‘& Biss. in Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist. 1894, t. ii. f. 12).
Apart from this, the peculiar external sculpture of the cell-wall,
which consists of a ian arge number of subhexagonal depressions

20. = lens Se
‘Lappmark nu. Vesterbott. Siissw.-alg.,’ Bik, till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad.
Bd. 24

Handl. 4, Afd. iii. no. 8, p. 36, ik ‘ 51. We fail to see
any difference a Hes as lant and numerous specimens of
C. cymatopleurum Nordst. var. tyrolicum Nord We have pre-

viously shown that Mae Schmidle described as ‘ C. subochthodes ”
was partly S Se aoa aig var. tyrolicum and partly C. Botrytis

var, ee
OSMARIUM DELICATISsimum Lemmermann, ‘ Beitr. Kenntn.
Plankionalg, % Pages Centralbl. Band Ixxvi. 1898, p. 4 (sep.).
e description of this —— is so meagre that 8 will answer

oes not describe any of them. It is imperfect daseeiplions of this
kind that we deplore, as they are of no use to true systema tig

NOTES ON FRESHWATER ALGH 295

nalenye but ome endless trouble and synonymy. Had Lem
ann know the existence of such well-marked ince os
C. tenue ah as —— Arch., C. pygmeum Arch., an
C. pygmeum Arch. r. Schliephackianum (Grun.) West & a. 8.
West, he could <a tae intended his three and a half lin
imperfect description to slg the idea of yet another distinct
species of minute Cosmariu
SravrastRum susrrirurcatom Schmidle in on, s Botan.

Jahrbiich. Bd. 26, Heft 1, 1898, p. 56, &. ili. f. 17 plant
deecetiod by Schmidle “5 merely a large aie ae major) of
. subtrifurcatum West . 8. West, ‘N. Amer. Desm.,’ Trans.

oc. Bot. ser. 2, ois 1896, p . 258, t. xvi. vt 24. It seems
rather strange that Schmidle should ‘hie se the same name as
we “ two years previously to the same plan
. Sravrastrum Brasiuiense Nordst Lunpettn West &

G. S We st, /. c. 1896, p. 259. [Syn. S. Brasilionse var. Lundellianum
Schmidle in Bib. til K Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1898, Bd. 24, Afd. iii.
no. 8, p. 58.] e = remind Schmidle that the name “ var.
Lundellii’”’ was giv S. Brasiliense forma Lundell (in aie
R. Soe. Scient. peek ser. 8, viii. 1871, p. 78, . iv. £. 39) 8
two years previous to his name of * var. Lundellian

Note.—Xanthidium Stuhlmannii Hieronymus (in “Midian Die
Pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas und der Nachbargebiete, Theil C, Berlin,
1895; Schmidle in Engler’s Bot. Jahrbiich. Bd. 26, Heft 1, 1898,
t. iii. £, 7) is certainly a ‘form of 3. brasiliense.

24. SraurastRuM acuteatum (Ehrenb.) Menegh. var. Brripu
Schmidle, /.c. p. 55, t. ii. £44. This is undoubtedly a form of

p. 894-
e same paper a records ‘‘ 8. Enger Lund. var.
longicornis | Schmidle” in his text (J. c. p. 55), and * i longicorne
Schmidle ” in his description of plates (/.c. p. 70)! Although the
plant he thus records is certainly a variety of S. te lonlcens
approaching var. enoplon West, yet it does not resemble S. forficu
latum arte so much as his so-called S. aculeatum var. bifidum!
AURASTRUM COSMOSPINOSUM (Borges.) nob. [Syn. S..acule-
atum (Ehren, Menegh. subsp. cosmospinosum Borges. in Botanisk

by Mess: oy and Bissett as ~ rostellum is unquestionably iden-
tical with Borgesen’s 5. aculeatum subsp. cosmospinosum t
érgesen’s name ‘cosmos inbediae must take precedence, ye

pba the more correct in placing it as a species qui
S. aculeatum.

The complete characters of S. aculeat poten * found discussed
in Journ, Linn. Soe. Bot, vol. xxxiv. pp. "39

296 - THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

26. Staurastrum erostellum, sp.n. (Syn. S. rostellum Roy &
Biss. var. erostellum West & G. S. West, ‘F. W. A. of 8. of Engl.,’
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 1897, p. 498, t. vi. f.18.] S. minutum, tam
longum quam latum, profunde constrictum, sinu valde aperto

e
subconcentricis circa angulos obsessa, spinulis paullo longioribus
ad angulos; a vertice vise triangulares, lateribus leviter concavis,
a tery subrotundatis. Long. sine spin. 19-5; lat. s. spin. 19-5 p;
at. isthm. 6°5 p
ab. “Thurs sley Common, Surrey.

og ape differs Jun S. eosmospinosum nob. (= S. rostellum
Roy & Biss.) in the smaller size, in the deeper ‘constriction and
rif Bock form of the peared ig in the absence of the large spine
at the angles of the semicells, and in the triangular vertical view
with more rounded angles.

The oe size, te er, and arrangement of the smaller spines
is the sam in S. cosmospinosum, although in the latter species
me do et Pesitenrs in ‘Tenigtt towards the an sole.

. Stavrastrum Bresissonm Arch. var. onpivatum Schmidle in
Pi, “il a Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 24. Afd. iii, no. 8, 1898,
i. f.1. This variety is merely typical S. erasum Bréb. (in

Rigen, ea Nat. Besa iv. 1856, p. 148, t. i. f. 28).

28. i ASTRUM GL. mM Turner, var. DELICATULUM, var
(Fig. 14.) Var. spinis sdelientianilings ‘interdum leviter sarwiiss
ae inter angulos. ong. sine spin. 87°5 p, cum spin.

4 w; lat. sine spin. 388°5 », cum spin. 50 »; lat. isthm. 14 p.

Hab. Malham Tarn, W. Yorks.

The form of the cells and the number and length of the spines
are nearer those of S. gladiosum than any other species. The semi-
cells are more depressed than in S. teliferum, and the spines are
dive and more delicate.

. STAURASTRUM ar aaa spore Nordst. Hoar minor Schmidle in
hy til K. Sv. Vet.- d. Handl. Bd. 24, Afd. iii. no. 8, 1898,
p. 56, t. ii. f. 35. ae this variety = be, it is certainly not
a form of S. inconspicuum Nordst

30. SraurastRUM Hoesinen West, ‘F. W. A. a = Ireland,’
Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. vol. xxix. 1892, p. 177, +. xxiii. f. 6. As
this species has been referred by some authors to ’S.or Meniis Ralfs,

var. extensum Nordst., we give a figure of each for comparison
(S. en: fig. 20; S. orbiculare var. extensum, fig. 19).

S. Hibernicum is much larger, with well-marked basal angles and a
somewhat fla dened apex, and the vertical view possesses much
broader angl ll-membrane is also delicately punctate,

ar. FarquHarsonit nit (Roy & Biss.) nob. [Syn. 8. Farguharsonii
Roy & Biss. in Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist. 1898, . BT; 1894, pe iv. f. 3.]

NOTES ON FRESHWATER ALG : 297

There i is no doubt that S. Fargquharsonii is merely a more depressed

li
er of the ¢ell-wall. We have autly” obtained this
iety in abundance from Hampsfell, TiAtioshsiea ig. 21.)

nei URASTRUM PYGMHuUM Bréb. Zygospore globose, mamil-
tien, ldeeihe conica unaquaque spina longa tenue preedita, apicibus
spinarum bis bifurcatis ee ae Diam. zygosp. sine spin.
36-37 p, cum spin. circiter 67 (Fig. 12.)

Hab. Cautley Spout, W. Yorks.

We hav eked zygospores of this species from Tete Portugal,
and they sunieed exactly with those from Yorksh must
therefore aaa the zygospore figured in Ralls Brit. Desm.
t. xxxv. f. 26¢ as immature with regard to its

e Rhicttainis observed from Cautley siya “(with zygospores)
were rather more depressed than usual, and the lines of granulation
an a little facthae apart. Long. 29-81 p; lat. 29-380 p; lat.
ist 9p

3
zygospore en this species for caumeee with tha M meum,
It was obtained from a pond in Darenth Wood, Kent. Diam.
zygosp. sine spin. circ. 29 », cum spin. cire. 42 p. (Fig. 13.)

83. STAURASTRUM ear Boldt, ‘ Siber. pened 3 Ofvers. af
K. Vet.-Akad. Férh. 1885, 0. 2, p 432, fs We have
recently found this rare pose in abundahes fr rom nes Yorks, and
also from N. Wales. The typical form has only previously Pata
recorded from Siberia, ere Roy ~~ a var. inornatum as
‘extremely rare; near Alford, Aberdee e give a figure o
some of s N. Wales examples, thick. were from a boggy spring
on Y Foel Fras. Brae 85-5-38°5 uw; lat. 82°5-38°5 »; lat. isthm.
9°5- is ps (Figs. 1 -18.)

SraurastRuM Borexanum Schmidle, ‘Lappmark u. Vester-

sae adiew. -alg.,’ Bih. till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1898, Bd. 24,
Afd. iii. no. 8, p. 60, t. iii. f. 7. We obtained this characteristic
species in some abundance — a bog near Widdale rm N. Yorks

35. Sraurastrum Lacreruemn Schmidle, l.c. p. 63, t. iii. f. 10.
This species is merely a short-armed variety of S. anatinum Cooke &
Wills. Specimens of S. anatinum frequently possess one semicell
almost exactly similar to the form described by Schmidle as
S. Lag eng It has shorter processes than either var. truncatum
West or var. biradiatum West, but the arrangement of the verru-
pbentow is on exactly the same plan

86. Sraurastrum SEBaupI Réttiach: var. aLtuM (Boldt) West &
G. §. West in Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. ser. 2, vol. v. 1896, p. 267.

298 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

[Syn. S. proboscideum a var. glee Boldt in Ofvers. af K. Vet.-
Akad. Férh. 1885, no . 117, t. vi. f. 84; S. altum Schmidle in
Bih. till K. Sv. Vet. eee aide 1906, Bd. 24, Afd. iii. no. 8, p. 62.

f rge
all forms of S. Sebaldi. It only differs from the type in the promi-
nent convex apex, the arrangement of the spines and emarginate
verruce being the same

PaLMELLACER.

SceneDEsmus arncuatus Lemmermann in Pléner ee
Sestaided Teil 7, p. 17, t. i. f. 2-4. This is merely a form (by no
means an uncommon one) of S. bijugatus (Turp.) Kiitz.

38. Raapnipium poLymMorpHum Fresen. var. mmraniLe West & G.S.
West in Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 1897, p. 501, t. vii. f. 9-13. In a
recent paper by Teuton (l.c. p. 29) that a has placed
this variety as a distinct species—R. ‘nirabile Lemmermann. In this
he is absolutely wrong. When we described the iat, we illustrated

and the var. “epee {One of these stages we fig : cfr. West &
G. 8. West, /.c. f. 12.] Finally, we feel bound to ae that there
is not the Agee evidence for regarding it otherwise than as a
peculiar form of fi. poly morphum.

absence of pyren H arks : i a dagegen
eine Pyne where as we erequonkls ee “ose in species
of Rhaphidium, and also in the allied genera Scenedesmus and

Dactylococcus, Moreover, he includes Cline subtile Bréb. as &
Species of Closterium, whereas it has unques ee been proved to
be Rhaphidium polymor ine var. aciculare (A, B abe

ote. —In the same paper, which is entitled ‘Das Phyto-
plankton ouongen Teich, Lemmermann has described a plant
which he nam pone iopsis bigtime He places this plant in
the Pumice % tween Closterium a:
opsis, whatever it may ay is cer vidoe not a Desmid, wets robably it
is a . of the nature of R. longissimum Schréd

- Oocystis Marssonn Lemmermann in Bo bl. 1898,

Bad. eo p. 151; Ploner Forschungsb, Teil 7, p. : Ne a 15-19.
We fail to see how this species can with any reason be distingnished
from Oocystis crassa Wittr. in Wittr. & Nordst. Alg. Exsice. 1879.

. PLANT NOTES FROM SUTHERLAND AND CANTIRE 299

DescripTion oF Puate 412.
a, a’= front view (a fronte visa).
b : : :

c = side view (a latere visa
the figures are magnified 520 diameters.
Fia. 1-2. Penium curtum Bréb. var. obtusum, var.n. 3. Cosmarium sub-
* excavatum nob. var. ordinatum, var.n. 4. Cosmarium pericymatium m Nordst. var.

eboracense, var.n. 5. Cosmarium cymatopleurum Nordst. var. Archerit (Roy &
Biss.) nob. 6-7. Closterium idi viii sp.n. 8. Closter —— parvulum Nig.
var. angustum, var. 0. s marium subpunctulatum Nordst.; zygospore.
10. Staurastrum Borgeanum Schmi dle. 11, Cosmarium seb Hag ¢

12. Staurastrum pygmeum 3 zygospore 3 strum punctulatum
Bréb.; zygosp . Staurastrum gladiosum Tur delicatulum, V

15-18. Staurastrum Arnellii t. 19. Staurastrum orb fs, var.
extensum Nords taurastrum Hibernicum W Staurastrum Hiber-

icum West, var. Farquharsonii (Roy & Biss.) nob.

PLANT NOTES FROM SUTHERLAND AND CANTIRE.
By C. E. Saumon.

Ar the end of July, 1899, I was enabled to spend a few days in
Sutherland, botanizing chiefly amongst the hills in the western
vice-county near Inchnadamph, a small village in as wild a tract of
country as is orf in Great Britain, I believe. A halt for a few

hours at Lairg, on the way, gave the opportunity to add one or two
plants to the Host Sutherland list, _ there was no time to do more.
Inchnadamph appears a good centre to work several interesting-

looking mountains—Ben More pene (8278 sr Canisp (2779 ft. 5
Quinag (2653 eee Suilven (2399 ft.), and other The first has a
number of attractive spurs and cliffs that rane would not allow
exploring ; it was interesting to see poses arcuata still plentiful in
one compact patch on the way to the summit, where it was record
need yearsago. There is no doubt haste ‘that the four localities
n Watson’s New Botanist’s Guide (1885) are all one and the same
ines Canisp, unfortunately, had to be taken on a very unfavourable
day, clouds of mist and rain frequently sweeping over the mountain,
and leaving one ‘with views limited to but six or eight feet! On
some of the walks round Inchnadamph I had the advantage of the
company of H. N. Dixon, W: E.N — — my brother, who

recorded i in Leb works up to the present time, this species was
set down as occurring in North Knapdale (Gantire) (by the Rev.
Macleshian):i ina hook I accidentally came across whil st in Cantire,

800 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

entitled The Statistical Account of Argyleshire, by the Ministers of the
respective Parishes, dated 1845.

As usual, I am much st a to ae et Bennett for help
in many ways, and also to Messrs. F. T end, H. & J. Groves,
E. 8. Marshall, E. F. Linton, ake for their , ee in examining
many of the specimens. An asterisk denotes a new (as far as I can
aheasiatn) county record.

Se ie East (107).
*Spergula sativa (Boenn
*Galium Witheringit (Sin ). Noth side of Loch Shin, Lairg.
* Artemisia vulgaris L. South side of etn Shin, Lairg.
*Lobelia Dortmanna L. Loch Shin, Lai
*Huphrasia Scotica Wettst. North ‘side “St Loch Shin, Lairg.—
*E, brevipila Burn. & Grem. South side of Loch Shin, Lairg.
‘** Some of the specimens approach borealis Towns.,’’ I’. Townsen
Nitella opaca Ag. Loch Shin, Lairg.

Suruertanp Wesr (108).

Castalia speciosa Salisb. var. minor DC. East end of Loch Assynt.

Draba incana L. Allt-nan- Ussoh Valley, south of Inchnadamph.

Viola lutea Huds. f. amena (Symons). Cliffs immediately over-
looking Inchnadamph.

Silene acaulis L. North slopes of Canisp

Cerastium arcticum Lange — at about 2500 ft., scarce.

Sagina subulata Presl. acer oot of Coinnemhea

*Spergula sativa (Boenn.). Galisvated field, Inehnadamph,

Rubus saxatilis L. Frequent about Inchnadamph.

Alchemilia vulgaris Li. var. *alpestris ‘Schmid Inchnadamph.
—Var. *filicaulis (Buser). Ben More

Epilobium alsinefolium Vill. By the “Traligill Burn above Inch-
nadamph ; Allt-nan-Uamh bia f south of Inchn adamph, — *H.
alsinefolium x obscurum Schre = KE. rivulicolum Haussk.). y
the Traligill Burn above Tacha, adam mph. — F. anagallidifolium Lam.
Glas Bheinn; north slopes of Canisp.—F. anagallidifolium x alsine-

Cornus suecica L. Lower slopes of Coinnemheall.

Gnaphalium supinum L. A tall form on Canisp, at about 2300 ft.,
which Mr. Bennett reports is between type and var. A fuscum of
Syme’s E. B.

Saussurea alpina DC. Limestone cliffs south of ge pg

Valley, and limestone rocks near Loch Maol-a’-Choire. ‘‘ Beyon

being rather more glandular in the peduncles (which limestone cliffs
might account for), this seems to be very good H. Marshalli mibi;
a eat extension northwards of its rage? E. fF. Linton. — H.
anglicum Fr. var. longibracteatum F.J.H. Beinn-an-Fhuarain.—
H. ivicwum Fr. Near Loch Maol-a’-Choire; Beinn-an-Fhuarain; by

PLANT NOTES FROM SUTHERLAND AND CANTIRE 801

the Ne: wad aoe geome” “‘a curiously na es
(fide E. F. *H, murorum L. var. premio: roe
Canisp, at msn 2000 ft. = aisikiaige looking neat plant with
sinuous stem and crisp dark-edged leaves. — H. c@esio-murorum
Lindeb. a Sarde “T think H. cesio-murorum Lindeb. with

Frie SLisaaayh. 8 Scotica Wettst. Inchnadam h.
€itieanithos major EKhrh. Cultivated field, Inchnadamph.

fruit could be found, so it is uncertain to which segregate it belongs.

—R. Crista-galli L. var. a ai ay! i F. B. White. Canisp, : at

Bot. 1891, p. 118), named subsequently by Prof. Lange R. angusti-

folia Kooh: only these Inchnadamph specimens are much smaller,

which may be accounted for by their growing usually amongst short

sheep- re turf. The rs description of f. angustifolia runs

as follows in Gmel. Fl. Bad, ii. p. 669 :—*: Caule brachiato ramo-

pears “foliis sessilibus, sitaeeince angustis obtuse serratis, calycibus
ris uth is

Ww o scarcely 1 line wide,
1 in. long, patent, bracts ovate-acuminate, sharply serrate, more

o
BB
5
OQ
=
—
o
&
4
ra)
m
eo
ete
56
oO
&
rs"
<
oO
KB
tS
=]
H
o
bol

longly pointed; flowers terminal on stem and branches, in a
subspicate-racemose head; calyx and corolla twice as sma
habitat, always stony mountains; “tii of flowering (July a
August

Pinguicula lusitanica L. Glas Bhei
Oxyria digyna Hill. Inchnadansyis ‘tot slopes of Canisp.
iw her 500 ft.

Juncus trifidus L. Canisp, north side.

Carex rupestris All. Quite plentiful on limestone cliffs imme
diately behind Inchnadamph, and was also seen in the locality
mentioned in Journ. Bot. 1891, p. 116. — C. oe a Good. Canisp,
at 2000 ft.—C. Goodenowii J. Gay: var. nears (I. M. Fries). By
the Loanan River, Inchnada — C. pilulifera L var. longt-
bracteata Lange. Glas Bheinu

*Deschampsia flecuosa Trin. var. montana Hook. fil. Canisp, at
2700 ft.

802 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Poa glauca Sm. Canisp, at 2000 ft. — *P. nemoralis L. var.
glaucantha Reich. Beinn-an-Fhuarain.
Hymenophylium unilaterale Bory. Glas aa
*Tsoetes lacustris L. Two lochs on Glas Bhei
Chara fragilis Desy. Glas Bheinn Paipfbaching var. barbata,”
. é J. Groves).—C. fragilis Desy. var. delicatula Braun. East end
of Loch Assynt ; Loch Maol-a’-Choire, near Inchnada anes ie O,
]

Groves). Stream from Loch Maol-a’-
Nitella opaca Ag. Loch Maol-a’- “Choire.

CantirE (101).
*Thalictrum alpinum L. At about 800 ft. on hills east of Daltot
Adeney

Polygala serpyllacea Weihe. Kilmi chael of Inverlussa
*Spergula sativa (Beenn.). Cultivated field south of “Kilmichael
of Inverlussa
* Agrimonia | odorata Mill. Port Lunna and on Fairy Isles, both
n Loch Swee

Apium graveolens L. Shore at head of Loch Swee
kl — im pais soeliee Laraiche and Loch Clachaig,
GC, 2 —*G. erectum Huds. Kilmichael of Inverlussa.
Waunene "ican Syme fennherigs by W. H. Beeby). Kil-
michael of Inverlussa.
ieee Dortmanna Li. Lochan Taynis
*Huphrasia curta Fries, var. dairy Wettst. Shore of Loch
enatiy . Kilmichael of Tecotlus
Lamium intermedium Fries. Cultivated land near Castle Sween.
*Polygonum amphibium L. var. terrestre Leers. Kilmichael of
Inverlussa
‘ *Cephalantora ensifolia Rich. Near Fairy Isles, Loch Sween,
W. E. Nicholso
Ei ganien “gin Schnizl. (confirmed by W. H. Beeby). ae a
stream and in a on hills east of Daltot Cottage, Loch Swee
— minimum Tries (confirmed by W. H. Beeby). Lochan Tay.
nis
Potamogeton alpinus Balb. Lochnam Ban.
*Ruppia rostellata Koch, var. nana Syme. Creeping in the mud,
covered by shallow water, at the head of Loch Sween, abundant.
The length of the fruit- stalks varies eomnderenly, from barely the
length of the fruit to ~ three times as long. These short-
stalked forms remind one of R. oloee ay, which, however,
is a age lax ‘lant, “and does not roo t along in mud.

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEZ 808.

Zostera marina Li. and var. Met en ‘gee Shore of Loch
Sween, near Kilmichael of Inverlus na Roth. With
Ruppia nana at the head of Loch Swann

Carex paniculata L. Near Fairy Isles, Loch Sween.—C. rostrata
Stokes. Lochan Taynish.

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEA
(arrer WarnstoRF)
By E. Cuartes Horrett, F.L.S.
(Continued from p. 258.)

§ u. SpHacna squarRosa Schimp. p. p.

A small section containing only two European species. Stem
cortex ae small pores, the super Jetieiad layer on the surface
with one, more rarely two membrane-thinnings, which are some-

fidea 0 com pletely abbott forming true pores. deh: leaves
generally squarrose ; hyaline cells with very large pores and more
or less papillose on the inner wall where united to the chlorophyllose

hi
and free either on the outer only or on both surfaces. Stem- leaves
large, lingulate, rounded and fimbriate above.
12. S. squarrosum Pers. apud Schrad. in Journ. Bot. 1800, 398.
S. teres var. squarrosum Warnst. in Die Europ. Torfm.

Ly
Exsice. Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exsicc. No. 26 (1877).
Plants very robust, equalling S. cymbifolium in stature. Tufts
loose, deep, glaucous-green. Stems 10-20 em. long, firm and
id.

rigi
Wood-cylinder sometimes pees 9 BaneER reddish or red.
Stem-cortex thin-walled, 2-3-lay clearly differentiated
from the wood-cylinder. Pores be inner walls small and few,

on the outer qartaos of the snpectictal layer with a single membrane-
thinning on each cell, more rarely with a distinct pore. Stem-leaves
eu ge lingulate, fimbriate on the whole of the large rounded apex ;
membranes in the upper part resorbed on both sides, and non-
fibrillose : ; generally more or less fibrillose ret ee near the
base; border narrow and of equal width throug.

Fascicles of 4-5 ramu uli, of which 2-8 are spreading, robust, and
attenuated at the apex. Branch-leaves generally upper half
strongly squarrose, more rarely erecto-patent or itetcate ; wide-

ovate, concave, narrowly bordered, suddenly narrowed above into
a lanceolate apex with inrolled margin; pores very numerous on
Si surfaces ; on the inner surface in the upper two- thirds for the
st part in the cell-angles, in the lower part near the lateral
saeegiag: ; on the outer surface in the basal part with very large,

B04 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

round numerous pores on the commissures, in the upper part with
scattered pores in the a fae cell-angles, which are more numerous
towards the ‘i al ma:

al

biplanar and the om Shaner cells have the free outer walls
strongly developed; in the lower part the chloropyllos cells are
muc a so that the eae ones are bicon

Mon male branches at first shortly aes becoming
later ae brinly olananaten in the whole antheridium-bearing part ;
yellowish-green ; perigonial bracts smaller than the leaves of the
sterile pranches, « curved recto: DANE non-fibrillose in the middle

capitulum. Spores allow, 25 p in diameter
Hab. N

Distrib. Common in Europe and North America; Asia; Africa.

S. squarrosum is distinguished from ¥.. teres by the greater
robustness of all me Space by the monoicous inflorescence, and by
the form of the e branches and their perigonial bracts. The
papille on the inner eal of the hyaline cells of the branch-leaves
pt being some-

times distinct and num ot sometimes faint and almost invisible.
1) Var. spectabile Russ. apud Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. 1890, 224.

ear Loch Garve, Ross (Braithwaite).
(2) Var. subsquarroswm Russ. apud Warnst. in Hedwigia, nee
sy :

b
Trelleck Bog, Monmouth
18. §. reres Angstr. es es Skand. Fl. ed. 8, 1861, 417.
n squarrosum var. teres Schimp. Entw. Gesch. Torfm.

Stirp. Crypt. vog.-rhen. fase. xiv. No. 1805 (18 "
Exsice. Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exsicc. Nos. 29, 80, 48, 44

Tufts loose and soft, light green, with greater or less admixture
of aad or yellowish-brown; much less robust than S. squar’ vedi
ing in size and habit 8. Girgensohnii, Stems up to 20 ¢

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEX 805

Wood-cylinder red.

Stem-cortew in 8 or 4 (-5) layers of thin-walled cells; the inner
walls with small pores; Gti et cell having a single pore
on the outer surface near its upper

tem-leaves large, more or Fab Tingulate and of equal width
throughout, fimbriate on the rounded apex; border very pee

; hyaline sone frequently divided, non-fibrillose ; cell-m
brane resorbed to a considerable extent, below with large bates
equalling the cell in widt.

Fascicles crowde d toge ether ; et tal poe horizontal or

und the stem

having the fibrils near the leaf-base very delicate or rudimentary.
auretong bracts oval, large, ee and rounded, fimbriate on
the upper margin ; for rmed of two kinds of cells throughout ;
— = and non-porose. Feat rare, borne on elongated
ran
Deep marshy moors, boggy borders of lakes, &c.,
aout in sub-alpine districts.
Distrib. — distributed throughout middle and northern
A

Europe; Asia; mer

1) Var. imbri regen Wittud n Bot. Gaz. xv. 1890, 224. All
the branch-leaves appressed or some of them erecto-patent, none
squarrose.

Widdy Bank Fell, Teesdale, Durham (Horrell); Broadgate
bog, Ings, Yorkshire (Stabler); Saltersgate bog, Yorkshire (Boswell);
Skeggles, Westmoreland (Stabler) ; _ chan, Kincardine (Sim) ;
Eskdale, North-east Veckuiis (Ander.

(2) Var. subsquarrosum Warnst. in Hedwigia, tp i Branch-
leaves in part appressed or erecto-patent, in pa art squarrose.

Widdy Bank soe Teesdale, Durham (Horrell) Skeggles,
Westmoreland (Barn

(8) Var. pie ae Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. xv. 1890,
(syn. S. ieee Lesq.). Branch-leaves squarrose- -spreading
througho

eutatoed Moor, Cheshire (Wilson).

Journat or Borany.—Vou. 38. [Aue. 1900.] ¥

806 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

§ mt. SPHAGNA CUSPIDATA aA
ert of the spreading branches small, of medium size, to
y large, ovate, ovate-lanceolate, Moet or almost linear ;
ahoes generally narr ay more rarely broadly truncate and toothed
or sometimes sharply acuminate. Border sometimes broader, some-
rei narrower, at adea't baby broad. Margin generally toothed in
the upper part, sometimes erg tt tae inrolled at the apex
only or further down. Leaves when dry not rarely strongly undu-
late or with weak or more seu metallic ee Chlorophyllose
cells in section triangular, triangular-oval, trapezoid to rectangular,
generally inserted between the hyaline cells on the outer surface
and always free here; on Foe inner surface either completely
enclosed by the more convex h e cells or free here also, at times
median. Hyaline cells fibrillese or not. Pore-formation very
various. Cortical cells of the stem generally with thick walls and
rr umina, Me frequently not differentiated from the wood-
cylinder ; non-porose and non-fibrillose. Stem-leaves varying much
in form and sibehins: spatulate, lingulate to triangular-lingulate
iangular to almost lanceolate, with or without pores and fibrils,
generally with a wide border, much widened below. Colour of the
ufts of various shades of green, yellow, brown, or brown-red, never
apt a Generally dioicous
hagna — a havi ving been ee by vera

Journa 1, and the number of European scale nov recognized by

y- This
good enough to send: it is translated below, and should replace
that portion of ‘ie original clavis which comes under paragraph 12.

§ m1. Sphagna cuspidata Schimp.
(Revised clavis after Warnstorf, in litt., May, 1900.)
I. Br. : lanceolate, toothed on the narrowly or broadly trun-
i rarely on the resi suas tame ; when dry
in rally more or less undulat -
Li Br... ‘inal, ovate or longly- mE with very ‘short, narrowly
truncate and small-toothed apex; never toothed on the
narrowly bordered ag ae which is inrolled almost to
the base, so that the leaf is very concave; when dry
never undulate. Plants very lowe! and so
. molluscum Bruch.
2. St. l. widened above, ae. and, in anode of the
resorbtion of the membranes in the upper half ~
pis piles of the faved; fimbriate on the broadly-roun
n-fi xiv. S. Lindbergii bans
2. ‘St. a ‘eiangalar lingulate, in " consequence of the resorbtion
of the cell-membranes of the wider hyaline cells at the
apex only, here fimbriate and eee: two-cleft; mon-
rillos . S. riparium Angstr.
2. St. 1. ‘isch: ‘or “equilateral- aeamelins ‘acute or obtuse

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEX B07

and toothed, on account of the rounded and somewhat
fimbriate apex frequently triangular-lingulate, but never
deeply cleft; with or without fibrils
3. Chlor. cells of br. 1. in sect. everywhere trapezoid ¢ or rectan-
gular to almost quadrate, and free on both surfaces of
eee se ES Ue ae ea
. Chlor. cells of br. 1. in the basal oe of the leaf, equilateral-
to isosceles-triangular and ¢ Be pees enclosed by the
hyaline cells on the inner ‘tas of the leaf ee
Stem-cortex clearly differentiated from the wood- cylinder oe
Stem-cortex not clearly differentiated from the wood-cylinder
and hence apparently absent. Br. ]. bordered with 3-4
rows of cells, margin tobe resembling in form those of

i)

~~

pores. St. ather large, isosceles-triangular, toothed
on the Gunicae apex; border not or scarcely widened
below ; generally fibrillose in the ee cag of the leaf
S. fallax Warnst.
, Be l. bordered with 4-5 rows of narrow ool margin entire,

a broad ovate base gradually narrowed to the
iasealy truncate and toothed apex, pores absent on oR
surfaces; branches generally “ frequently m
elongated and again branched . i. S. monocladum Warns.

r. 1. bordered with 5-6 iden of ndiber: marpit entire, owing
to the widely inrolled margin almost tube-like in the
upper part of the leaf; on the inner surface in the upper
half with smaller or larger non-bordered pores in the
cell-angles; on the outer surface wi _ pores in
the upper cell-angles only. Bran cor in fascicles
nS, cuspid eT
. Br. 1. distinctly dentate on the iad margins, other
ike S. meh Tee ae xix. S. picuaeO. Mil.
with 4-6 rows ot ‘cells, margin ae es very
inne

or

“a

nM
ee)

ad

=

or

re)

&

a.

two rows near — commissures ; towards the apex not
rarely with membrane gaps all the = are weakly
or not bordered, but with distinct contou
S. Dusenii Russ. & Warnst.
Chlor. cells in section generally cably about half the height
of the hyaline cells, the latter having their walls united
together for some distance on the inner surface of the

eaf .
6. Ohlor. cells of almost the same height as the hyaline cells,
x¥2

>

808 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

and hence the latter are not united Speer ie the inner
surface of the leaf for any appreciable dista
7. Br. 1. broadly lanceolate, bordered with 4-5 roms of cells

almost suddenly produced into a short, narrowly
truncate and toothed apex, when wet usually distinctly
five-rowed; pore formation as in S. recurvum. Stem

cortex generally clearly sasiasac ine

pulchrum eae

7. Br. 1. very large, broadly lanasoltie Like ‘uke, borde

with 6-8, rarely more, rows of cells; on the ieee
surface in the upper half with alg he pores in the
cell-angles; on the outer surface almost exclusively with
small pores in the BPR: cell- Hanae only. Stem-cortex
papel differentiated . wgahte pbc Sulliv.

in the var. Zickendrathii alone are absent; stem-cortex
not Deals differentiated from the wood- cylinder
xxill. S. obtusum Warnst.
. Br. 1. on the outer surface with few por 9
. Br. 1. on the outer surface with ede numerous pores
as in S. subsecundum). Pores very small, in the upper
half of the leaf strongly bordered (sometimes some of the
pores are incompletely ringed) and arranged in rows on
the commissures, and in part in the middle of the
cell-wa
. St. 1. small ieecns triangular to triangular jingulate,
almost always non-fibrillose. Br. 1. alm n-
dulate; on ge inner surface with aie large, non-
i ge pores in the cell-angles; on the outer surface
the upper half of the leaf with small pores in the
Gi: cell-angles only, towards the base near the lateral
margins with a single or several larger pores. Borde r

@

i=)

differentiated . Xxiv. S. recurvum Warnst.
. still smaller than i in Ser recurvum, equi jlatoral- -oiangular
‘to triangular-lingulate, generally non-fibrillose. Br. 1
generally not at all undulate. Pores on the i Stat surface
as in S. recurvum ; on the outer sacha e in the apical half
with small bordered (in an incompletely ringed) pores
the cell-angles or on the commissures, and in th
basal half towards the lateral margins with large pores in
the cell-angles only. Border and stem-cortex as in
recurvum. The smallest forms of this species have @
- great resemblance in habit to S. pam digey
. 8. parvifolium Warnst.
9. St. te pmnell from a generally narro wa shia oval or lingu-
to triangular. lingulate, generally fibrillose. Br. 1.

bad
sr

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEZ 809

por na little or not at all undulate, not rarely secund ;
inner surface with large non-bordered pores
betwati oe fibrils in the middle of the ten wall; on the
outer surface with small bordered pores in the cell-
angles, rire "alas frequently towards ihe’ oe in shor
commissures ; in the basal part towards the
lateral margins with large pores in the upper cell-angles
only. Border narrow. Stem-cortex distinctly differen-
tiated. In the smaller forms by the softness of the tufts
“maar S. molluscum. pipe a beautiful
brown colour 8. balticum Russ.
10. Br. 1. on rte 3 inner surface almost naiiany? without pores,
or only with very small, scattered bordered pores in the
cell-angles of the upper ‘part et. a ne f
S. annulatum mg fil.
10. Br. 1. over the entire inner wie Bees vith numerous larg
non-bordered pores . . . xxviii. S. Jensenii Lindb. fil.
‘ is Gk ll Schimp. disse 67, pl. 25 & 27,
8:
Exsicc. Braithw. pppeen. Brit. Exsice. No. 45.

Plants very robust or more delicate; when growing in water
green throughout, otherwise brown, or, especially in the capitulum,
dirty violet.

Wood-cylinder generally brown, more rarely gre

Stem-cortex 3-4-layered ; always clearly dikerentiated from the
wood-cylinder; cells of medium width, gradually thinner walled
from within outwards, non-por

Stem-leaves large, bent hackeaite along the stem; from
narrower base widened above; fimbri on the broad- scokded

several times septate ; in the apical half and above the base in the
middle of the leaf with the wall reabsorbed on both sides; slightly
fibrillose above the base only. Stem-leaves in structure and form
very closely re sembling those of S. fimbriatum.
ascicles ee of 4~5 branches, sometimes distantly, some-
times more closely to very densely arranged ; generally with two
stronger pa Shinran branches, the others, only a little weaker, being
pendent; spreading branches drepano-, homalo-, or ano- cladous,
with the leaves sometimes loos sely, sometimes densely arranged all
round the stem; leaves from the two kinds of branches not differing
in size.
Branch-leaves ovate- —— toothed on the narrowly truncate
apex, with rather wide border; margin inrolled only at the apex;
when dry not or but little ciiulate, but with a distinct metallic

apical half, sometimes with numerous, sometimes with few, round,
non-bordered pores in each cell-angle; more rarely the pores are

810 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

mes s

cells and in the middle of the leaf towards the lateral margins with
a few ay pores, which, in some cases, exactly cover the pores
on the inner surface.

Chlorophyllose cells in section triangular-oval, inserted ae
the hyaline cells on the outer surface of the leaf and here on
the inner surface completely enclosed by the hyaline sae which
are united together for some distance; hyaline ang almost flat on
the outer 28 strongly convex on the inner surfac

Polyoicous; antheridia borne on both Doeading and pendent
branches ; male branches in the antheridium- bearing part generally
rather darker brown , later becoming elongated at the apex; peri-
gonial bracts differing much from the sterile leaves ; small, ovate,

ca

broadly truncate apex, as in the stem-leaves; in the basal part
composed of Sularaphilloss cells only, in the uppe

kinds of cells and having the walls of the — cells reabsorbed
on both — Spores 53 pin diameter, papillos

— Deep mountain bogs in northern and iipiue' egions.

Europe; Lapland, Finland, Snape Scotland,
Shetland, , Silesia, Alps of Salzbourg and Styria; numerous localities
in North America. Ben Wyvis, Ross- ei (McKinley); Unst
Shetland (Sim).

S. Lindbergii is clearly distinguished phe the other species of
the section by the structure of the stem-leaves, which close ely
resemble those of S. gcse the Br itish specimens are muc
smaller than those from more n ern continental localities.

There are three main varia based upon the size of the
branch-leaves :—

(1) Var. macrophyllum hebersrre: oe Torfm. No. 859 (1894),
with very long and wide branch-leave

ar. mesophyllum Warnst. in L e., with the — leaves of
medium size, about 1°5 to 1*6 mm. lon and ‘57 m

(3) microphyllum Wayrnst. in eave’ 1898, TM, its the
branch- leaves very small, about ‘86 mm. long and -43 mm. wide.
This variety closely revcinbied in general habit and feene © a dense

and Sey branched form of S. fuse
(188 . S. rrarrom Angstr. in ce V. Ak. Handl. 21, 198.
ne

Spi, S. intermedium var. riparium Lindb.; S. cuspidatum var.
speciosum Russ.; S. speciosum Klinger.; 8S. spectabile Schimp.

icat
when growing in the shade green throughout, in more expo
habitats pale and often a beautiful jelibte a re capitulum.

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE 811

Wood-cylinder thick, Laer or yellowish
Stem-cortex absent or in 2-4 layers, 3, which are clearly differen-
tiated from the wood- Gunite er, and are formed of more or less
thick- se 4 non-porose cells.
e es large, bent backwards along the stem, triangular-
lingulate ta Tisiatas fimbriate and deeply cleft at the rounded
apex by re was pene of the epee wide hyaline cells ; border
broad, much w below ; always non-fibri
aa cles sa tino distant, bed e?: closer, of 4-5 branches ;
spreading apres long to Sle oe or shorter, either drepano-,
h no- to ortho-clado
Branch- ped ie Saou. pone lanceolate, long and narrowly
minate; finely toothed:at the narrowly truncate apex ; margin
inrolled only at the apex; border narrow; when dry more or less
undulate and ‘oge3 slightly recurved apex; metallic lustre less
marked than in S. Lindbergii. Inner surface in the apical half
other with large or small non-bordered pores, in part in the cell-

Ree that of S. obtusum. Membrane-gaps in the upper cll
angles of the leaves of the pendent branches always numerous, a
equal to one-third to one-half the cell-wall in extent ; Rcndesity 3 in
the whole at half of the leaf with larger or smaller non- bordered
pores, which have often a very indistinct outline.

Chlorophyllose cells in section generally parallel-trapezoid, more
rarely triangular, inserted between the hyaline cells on the outer
surface of the leaf and here fr
n

which are . non- fibrillose and non-por
Hab. Most frequent in deep moodent “pools. frequently sub-
merged, but sometimes also in drier habi
istrib. Kurope; Austria, Germany, musty Finland, Lapland,
Ropndinasiay Denmark, France, Britain (?); Asia; North ge weer
ery numerous forms of S. riparium are grouped by Rus
in rete Naturk. Liv. Est, & Kurl. Ser. ii. Bd. x. Lief. 4, 1804,

512 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

in two sections—(1) § platyphylla with short and wide stem-leaves,
and (2) § stenophylia with elongated and narrow stem- leaves. The

with the branch-leaves loosely arranged and undulate, and su
os (2) ane with the branch-leaves closely arranged and
less u

16. S. FALLAX Klinger. in Topogr. Fl. v. Westpreussen, 1880, 128.

Hydrophilous. In green portion tufts; when dry resembling
in habit a rather robust S. re

Stem-cortex not mpc differentiated from the wood-cylinder,
and hence apparently abse

Stem-leaves rather dpe? narrowly isosceles-triangular or broadly
triangular, and produced above into a more or less suddenly con-
tracted, longer or shorter, narrowly truncate and toothed apex; in
this case ‘9-1-1 mm. wide at the — and 1:1-1:46 mm. long

r
non-bordere pores, as in S. oo on the yi surface either

with ae pores, which are frequently several together in each
cell, as in S. recurvum.
_ Chlorophyllose cells in oe broadly trapezoid, similar to those
in S. cuspidatum and free on both surfaces, or some of them
triangular and then ented on the inner surface by the more
convex hyaline cells, as is the usual case with S. recurvum.

Ha auc in win pools.

Distr. Ge

ranch-1 eaves; from S. recurvum by ¢ the larger stem ent es which
have the border of equal width all round ent are Abrillose in the

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE 3818

upper half or more, and by the chlorophyllose cells of the branch-
leaves, which are generally trapezoid in section.
1% 8: nsec at Warnst. in Bot. Genial, Ixxxiil. 1900, 70.
Syn. 8. cuspidatum var. monocladum War
Plants salinhtings a Harpidium in habit ; rat or yellow-green ;
completely submerged as in S. cuspidatum var. plumosum, and reach-
ing 20 em. in length; the entire stem bearing branches, which
are usually singly arranged (not in fascicles); branches becoming
regularly shorter = owards the apex of the stem, at the base the
branches as much as 13 em. long, and again branched and re ers
nating so do the main stems in small capitula.
Cortex of the thin stems generally one-layered, cells wide and
clearly differentiated from the wood-cylinder
Stem-leaves large, about 8 mm. long and 1:2 mm. wide, ovate-
lanceolate, apex widely truncate and with 5-8 teeth; border of
equal width throughout; the narrower and longer hyaline cells are
non-porose and not always fibrillose, and are frequently divided by
a cross- wa frequently two or more chlorophyllose cells adjoin
one another.
Branch-leaves very large, 4-5 mm. long and about 1:2 mm,
wide, from a broadly ovate jie gradually gerbes into a broadly
truncate and toothed apex; border of 4-5 rows of narrow cells;
margin entire ; when dry undulate. Cell-for nein as in the stem-
leaves; the cell- year a of some of the leaves deeply plicate ;
non- ashi on both surfac
lorophyllose cells in Seckun rectangular, centric, with the wall
of equal thickness all round ; enclosed by the biplanar hyaline cells
on neither surface, and with the free walls generally somewhat
convex.
Distrib. Germany.
18 pss Russ. & Warnst. in Sitzungsber. d. Dorpater
Naturforscher- at 1889.
E:

¢ phagn. Brit. Exsice. nos.
Plants amity ‘completely submerged in Seth ome
robust, sometimes — varying in ae ee whitish,
Pe eee, r ; soft or rather rigi

reddis
Stain cortea almost always ened bene tgrstr of 2-3 layers of
ore or less thick-walled non-porose cells. Cells of the medulla
rarely with rudimentary fibrils.

Stem-leaves large, igose eles- triangular, apex generally narrowly
truncate, and toothed, and with inrolle d margin; border broad and
generally much widened below, more rarely nd almost equal width
throughout ; hyaline cells in the apical part and at times also lower
down with fibrils and numerous membrane-gaps on the inner side ;

or less spreading; the more pendent ones but little weaker than
the others. Branch- ei generally long lanceolate-subulate,

814 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

ee at the broadly truncate apex; margin —— iar
less tubular. Bor

non- elses, situated in the cell-angles; on the outer surface
always with only very small pores in the upper cell-angles.

Chlorophyllose cells in section trapezoid, inserted between the
pea cells on the outer surface of the leaf, and free on both

es; hyaline ‘ile almost flat on the outer surface, more

ernie = a inner.

Dioicous ; male branches in the antheridium-bearing part rust-
eke: perigonial bracts not differing from the sterile leaves.
Perichetial bracts ve ry large, broadly ovate, produced above into a
truncate and toothed apex; in the lower third generally composed
of ehlorophylos cells only, above of both kinds of cells which

towards the margin gradually pass over into the wide border;
reg cells in lagers apical part generally with fibrils and large pores
on the inner surface. Capsule Seraaoappande’: small.

Hab. Very common, especially in moorland pools.
Distrib. Throughout Kurope; Africa; N. America; S. America;

ol a é ey-green, yellow-green, or brownish
Fascicles eur or closer together, generally with four branches,
ty) t endent branches are but little weaker, and spread at

an acute angle from the stem; branches falcate ; ieangtl: leaves
narrowly or broadly lanceolate, toothed on the rather broadly
truncate apex; margin widely inrolled; when dry either undulate
or See aces falcate.
ston Common, Kent (Horrell); Witherslack Bog, Cheshire
(Lay): Liw clink t Carmarthenshire (Ley); Widdy Bank Fell, Tees-
dale, Durham (Horr
2) Var. A bsheddoel Schimp. Hist. Nat. des Sph. 1858, 68.
Plants sree or with the upper part above water; light green,
ar . e

or a dirty green, or with the capitulum wnish ; delicat
and slender or mor st. Fascicles distant. Branches all more
or less spreading, the stronger curved downwards or almost upright

y undulate, cenceally appressed or upright, not falcate. ae
variety is is intermediate between the var. faleatum and the
plumosum

NOTES ON RHUS 815

Widdy Bank eee speciale. Durham (Horvell) ; Foulshaw Moss
(Ley); Whixall Moss, Salop (Ley) ; Trelleck Bog, Monmouth (Ley).

(3) Var. andten Nees & Hornsch. B m. 1823, i. 24.
Completely submerged ; colour sometimes lighter, sometimes darker
green. Fascicles close or distant, all the branches almost equally
spreading from the stem. Branch-leaves very longly subulate,
border broad, toothed at the frequently widely-truncate apex ;
chlorophyllose cells at the apex, and at times also in the os
of the leaf, predominating, and the hyaline cells then ae in part
with ae : em fe a ete cto-patent, not undulate.

Scotstown Moor, Old Machar, ‘Aleut (Sim); Widdy Bank
Fell, Teesdale, Daten (Horrell); Trelleck Bog, Monmouth (Ley).

(To be continued.)

NOTES ON RHUS.
By James Brirren, F.L.S.

g. ‘:

The nS is altered to “China” in Sp. Pl. ed. 2, no doubt

correctly, as Osbeck oo Ostind, Resa, p. 282 (1787) ). cae in
de rubro

his diary under Sept , 1751, as ** Rhus javanica, germin
Chin. Taj-scha.” ahs oe Linnean Herbarium R. javanica is repre-
sented by two sheets; the first, bearing the name and number (2)

in cpa s’s hand, is Brucea sumatrana; the second, not named
ut similarly regi tg is practically Hdohual with R. Bucki-
Anil Roxb. (R. Amela D. Don), which is generally considered a
form of f. semialata.
‘In his diary (/.c.) Osbeck has also ‘‘ Rhus chinensis blommade
wid graswarna och tallades af Chineserma Monchi’’; this is also
identified by Bretschneider with R. semialata. The name was
adopted ed emg by coincidence) by Philip Miller onion Diet.
ed. viii. no. 7 8)), who cites as a synonym “ Rhus arum
lactescens, cot erated alaté. Pluk. Am. 183.” Plukenet’s
specimen is in his herbarium Herb. Sloane xciv. f. 67) and two
sheets from Miller's herbarium are in Herb. Banks: all these repre-
sent the form of R. semialata having conspicuously winged petioles.
The only author who seems to have been aware tha neus
sag two plants in view is, so far as I know, R. A. Salisbury, who
n his Prodromus (p. 171) cites R. javanica L. as @ synonym of his
Ailenth gracilis (= Brucea sumatrana). We have a specimen of
. gracilis pon Salisbury’s eee 1785, written up: ‘‘ Rhus
jovani of Linné: an vere hujus generis ?”’
De Ca dete (Prodr, ii. 67) talkie ers Linnean plant (as described)
as the type of his variety Osbeckii and bases his var. Roaburgii (sic)

816 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

on Roxburgh’s R. Bucki-Amelam ; R. chinensis Mill. he retains as a
distinct species. Prof. Engler (in DC. Mon. Phan. iy. 380) retains
these varieties, and adds a short diagnosis of each—‘ petiolis inter
juga late alatis,” for Osbeckii — which he places Rh. javanica L.)
and ‘ petiolis inter juga nest issime alatis vel exalatis’’ for Row-
burghii, under which he puts R. chinensis Mill. e specimen of
Rhus representing javanica in Linn. Herb. has exalate petioles,
while in those of Plukenet and Miller the petioles are distinctly
(in Miller’s very conspicuously) winged, and they are so described in
d. ct.

I am inclined to think that the original name of Linneus
should ae retained for the species; his “diag gnosis, though brief,
h

specimens sie rage ng the plant in his piace If, however,
on any ground this should be set aside, ther no reason against
the idertion R. chinensis Mill., which Geccderably antedates
Rh. semialata Murr. The synonymy is :—
R. gavanioa L. Sp. Pl. ne (1753) & Herb. in part; Osbeck,
Ostind. 1757).

omen),
. chinensis Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. viii. n. 7 (1768) daekion andi
: vce Murr. in Comm. Gotting. vi. 27, t. 8 (1784) et
auct. plur

by Dy By

The date of Hittod ation of the species is given in Hort. Kew.
(iii. 490) as 1780, but Miller grew it at Chelsea before 1768 and
there are specimens in Herb. Fie labelled ‘‘ Hort. Busbridge*

é€ seminibus chinensibus 1761’’; in these the wings of the petiole
are much Pei Banks h As also a native specimen from
“China, Wampo, Mr. Ro berton, Sap aoe Novemb. 1772.”

The Hongkong plant referred to R. semialata by Hance (J ae
Linn. Soc. i. 101) is not that species, and is probably, as
Hemsley (1. c. xxiii. rau Esgeents, - teen | of R. hypoleuca Chast
Hance’s specimen (wh y does not appear to have

seen) is fra =p ntary, ce "altos “Bong typical hypoleuca by its
serrated lea

Ruavs moana Mill. Gard. Dict. ot viii. no. : ee (von
For this Miller cites Pluk. Phyt tab. 219,

but that author (J.c. 428) assigns the one name to a South African
species, which I propose to all = ERI. The names pe stand:
. ncana Mill. Dict. ed. v e196 8).
S tp — Linn. f. Buel: “183 (1781).

R. inoaa Engl. in DC. in Mon. Phan, iy. 428 (1883), non

Elsewhere in Herb. Banks cited as ‘‘ Hort. Dni. Ph. Carteret Webb ad Bus-
bridge. ” Webb was the great-grandfather of tte bate t Philip Bar i ker Webb;
he lived at Husbeligs (near Godalming) from 1748 until his death in 1770. :

ARTEMISIA STELLERIANA IN IRELAND B17

Ravs tvowa Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2, ii. 166 is referred in Index
Kewensis to R. mucronata Thunb. Sonder (in Flora Capensis) follows
De Candolle in referring Aiton’s var. a to R. mucronata Thunb. var.
Burmanni and in retaining Aiton’s var. B under lucida. Prof.

ngler refers Aiton’s lucida both to lucida L. and mucronata,
without in either case specifying which form he aa

Tox1copENDRON aRBoREScENS Mill. Dict. ed. viii. no. 9 is rightly
Tao in nor aie with Rhus arborescens DC., which is based

ae retains R. arborescens as a species,

hae Miller 8 slatit was pepe by Triana and Planchon (in

nn. Sc. Nat. 5th ser. 21), on the faith of peers from

Forsyth ho nies: ‘Miller at ” Chelsea) at Kew, with Amyris

sylvatica Jacq.—a aio yee out by Miller’s eet specimens
from Carthagena in Herb.

ToxIcoDENDRON GLABRUM ‘Mil. Dict. ed. viii. no. 38 i
synonym of Rhus glabra in Ind. Kew. The character “fois
ternatis’’ is sufficient to show that this cannot be the
have not Miller’s 3 ae but the figure he quotes Gon Hort
Elth. represents R. ra

‘* ToxICODENDRON ight ” quoted in Ind. Kew. as of ‘‘ Bertram
ex Steud. Nom. ed. u., 694°’ seems to have originated in hs
remark of Miller’s under his T. serratum, which he says ‘‘ was s

me by Mr. John Bartram by the title of Great Toxisodendron.”
T. serratum was doubtless a form of R. Toxicodendron.
‘«'ToXICODENDRON TRIPHYLLUM Mill. Dict. no. 5” quoted by Engler
(DC. Mon. Phan. iv. 385) as a synonym of R. suaveolens Ait. is not
to be found in Miller; presumably 7’. crenatum Mill., which bears
the number cited, is intended.

ARTEMISIA STRLLERIANA IN IRELAND.
By Narnanret Conean, M.R.IA.

In an article printed in the April issue of this Journal, from
the February number of Rhodora, Mr. M. L. Fernald has drawn
sttenioe at the rapid spread of this Kamischatkan alien on the
sand-dunes. As it is now six years. since the first
appearance of this species in a naeaented state in Ireland was
recorded in "hie pages (Journ. Bot. 1894, p. 22), the following
notes on the behaviour of the plant during this period in its Irish
station on the North Bull, Dublin Beye may be useful as a supple-
ment to Mr. Fernald’s peta pap
The North Bull is a low san, Fig oe “a the north of Dublin Bay,
running for some three miles we a porn ence direction and

‘hs same dew and its outer or seaward edge is marked for

818 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

two-thirds of its length by a line of sand-dunes nowhere at
ten feet in height or : hundred yards in extension inland, and fixed
by a luxuriant growth of Psamma arenaria. The greater of
the Anes is ig a and much of it is submerged at high ti

On careful examination of the Bull in September, 1894,
eight x8 patches. of the Artemisia were found, distributed over a
length of some six hundred yards, each patch being about a yard in
diameter. All of the patches were confine = to the dunes on the
eastern or seaward side of the bank, e being observed at a
distance of more than twenty yards APOE from the seaward crest
of the dunes, while one grew on the crest itself. In 1896 a per-
ceptible increase of the plant was noticed, - in 1898 a still
further i increase, accompan ied by a movement eastward or seaward,
one patch having quite creased the dunes a "cesta the beach
outside, while another had gained the top of the crest. No further

well as increase of mass. hereas previously the extreme length
ae by the widely separated patches from south to north was
e 600 yards, the range this year extended for fully a mile. At

ay as noticeable as the great increase of the plant was the
general north-eastward drift it appeared to have made from the
position occupied by the first settlement observed in 1894. The
effect of this drift—using that word, of course, in a — re dpe
sense—has been to transport the plant (all, save a few small
patches) across ef dunes to the sea-beach forming she pr
margin of the 7 Gavite left behind it the zone of Psamma
arenaria, it has invaded that of Triticum junceum, and, firmly
established here, ‘shrestetis soon to dispute with Salsola and with
Atriplex Babingtonii and A. farinosa the possession of that iad zone
of terrestrial vegetation which lies immediately above tide-m
This north-eastward drift should, no doubt, be attributed 0 the
influence of the prevailing west a nd south-west storm-winds. By
these winds the brittle stems res shoots of the mature plants are
torn off in late autumn and winter and carried eastward or north-

Artemisia Steller ill be swept off the sand-bank into Dublin
Bay? ‘The fact that the plant in its new position is sheltered by
the ay satire rom the reer storm-winds gives us reason to

SHORT NOTES 819

New England — given us by Mr. Fernald. Whatever ad the
future may hav store for this interesting alien, its present
standing on the North Bull fully entitles it to a place in the ry of
County Dublin

SHORT NOTES.

KurnorsiA PortLanpica In CHESHIRE. — va locality given on
Bats although well known, was omitted by some mistake from
lora of Liverpool published by the fe es Naturalists’
Field Club. It was, however, inserted in the Third Appendix
(published in 1887), where it stands: ‘‘ Abundant on the sandhills
between West Kirby and Hilbre Point. First record of occurrence
in the Cheshire portion of the district.”,—Rosert

NUS NIGRICANS IN SomERsET.— When pace, on J gd 4
a ground near Winscombe with Mr. David Fry,

fortanae enough to come upon a fair-sized patch of Sore
nigrican did not realize its interest in connection with
Somersetshit until Mr. Fry told me . was a rediscovery cs

the ays e plant was found m years ago betwe
Siodedcit and Portishead, but has in “shiek ears been Siioked
for in vain in that, its so far only known, locality in Somerset-

grown ald
patches of the plant; but, owing to the character of the ground
and its wide area, it is very difficult to examine it thoroughly.—
W. F. Mixer.

NEW TO Jersey. — On June 28th I found Capnoides
claviculata growing eparingly, thongh over a _— th area, on
a hill-side near La Oréte Point. This is the first record for th

the same plant. This - also now Pak vesceal for the Channel
Islands.— Stanuey Gutron.

STRATIOTES ALOIDES IN THE Iste or Wicur.—During a short stay
in the Isle of Wight last June, I paid some attention to the botany
of Sandown and neighbourhood. In a pond on the borders of Lake
Common, near the waterworks, I came across a luxuriant growth of
Str atiotes in flower. The discovery was a great surprise, as I ha
more than once examined the pond in recent years and found
nothing beyond Equisetum, Tris, and other common aquatics. The
plant looks wild enough in the Sandown locality, and there is

altogether a stranger in the island is shown from a note at p. 337
of Mr. Townsend’s Flora of Hants, where he states that Stratiotes,

820 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Villarsia, and Hi yaroehinria were naturalized in the Isle of Wight by
Dr. Salter in a small pool at Barretts, about two miles from Ryde,
on the Brading road. This locality, which I have not visited, can

l ew miles from Sandown, and it is possible that the

C
fact of its having been introduced in some way from the old
locality. This species, being only wrest rena wild in the eastern
counties, has of course no claim to be con prmeeaoes in
bite t, but = app aren tly spontaneous occurrence

‘séaid furnish sy ieee on the tak Near the Red Cliff,
Sandown Bay, I found several plants of the beautiful Lathyrus
Nissolia, not previously noted for South Wight.—A. Bruce Jackson.

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

Iliustrations of the Botany of Captain Cook’s Voyage Round the World
in . ‘Endeavour’ in 1768-71. By the Right Hon. Sir
Josera Banks, Bart., K.B., P.R.S., and Dr. Danren sid
F.R.S. With Determinations by James Brirren,

Senior Assistant, Departm ent of Botany, British Museum
Australian Plants. Part I. London: Printed by Order of
the Trustees of the British Museum. Sold by Longmans, &c.
Large ie pp. a, a8 Plates,

p. k
have the first instalment of ~ ae of the voyage, issued by the
Trustees of the British Muse A hundred and eighteen years

of Mr. Brit
The 0 delay i in ponies a results of the voyage arose, no
doubt, from the occupation of Banks and Solander in preparing to
r en

tended connection with this second voyage: “ This report,” he says,
in a letter to Ellis, dated 22 Oct. 1771,* “has affected me so much,
as a entirely to deprive me of sleep. How vain are the hopes
0 n! Whilst the w ole botanical world, like myself, has been
pakane for the transcendent benefits to our science from the un-
rivalled exertions of your countrymen, all their matchless and
truly julia eed collection, such as has never been seen before nor
may ever be seen again, is to be put aside untouched, to be thrust
into some aunt to become perhaps the prey of insects and of

* Correspondence of Linneus, i. 267.

BOTANY OF CAPTAIN COOK’S FIRST VOYAGE $21

and definitions such as formed new genera, with t
Thus, thought I, the world will be delighted and benefited by 2
wi

Royal Society and the burthen of work that fell to him in promoting
scientific research, so that the finished manuscripts of Solander

: gl ;
plates are faithful representations of the plants, few of which have up
to this time been figured.

commendation. He has first determined the name adopted for each

in two or three new combinations.
Journat or Botany.—Vor. 38. {Aue. 1900.) Zz

822 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

temptation to him to give Banks and Solander the full — of
their systematic work by publishing the names they had given to

t
their publication in this diets would have added to an already
overburdened synonymy, and they have 7 wisely withheld.
Solander’s descriptions, however, are printed. They are exact and
elaborate, and maintain Solander’s reputation, being also a valuable
contribution, even after all these years, to systematic botany.
Then follow the localities where the plants were found by the ex-
eat beh from the Herbarium, and, when additional informa-
s given, from the sketches made by Parkinson and others
prin the te
Mr. Bentham, in his great work on the Flora of Australia, has
quoted many of the Banks and Solander plants, but he has omitted
many more, and, what is remarkable in one who was so careful, he
has credited many of these earlier pte to Robert rarabelae Mr.
Britten has carefully indicated these omissions and e n his
appended notes, and has thus seg to or first investigators the
credit of their discoveries, of w one can acquire no adequate
knowledge from the pages of the Australias Flora. Notes of a more

a arr nt ago. Itis, po a ne ame ener that the editorial
work is in the hands of Mr. Britten, wanes sympathy with and know-
ledge of the labours of these earlier rnd ocd are both poratiast
and exact. For financial reasons, the Trustees were unable
accede to my sopeuet applications for the production of these eco
and I congratulate my successor, Mr. urray, on having been so o for-
tunate as to secure the publication of this important addition to the
works issuing from his Department.
Witu1am CarRvtHeErs.

Conco Puants.

Plante rhestaee iane Congolenses. Par E.. pz Wiunpeman et Ta. Duran.
e 8vo, cloth, pp. xx, 49, tt. 23. Price 8 fr. Bruxelles :

Seb
Contributions a ‘e Flore du Congo. trey authors.] Vol. i. fasc. 3.
Pp. 48. Bruxelles: Van de Weghe.

Tue energy displayed by Belgian botanists in working out the
botany of the Congo Free State is remarkable, but it may be hinted
that their mode of publication is hardly the most convenient that
could be adopted. At the present time, contributions to the subject
are appearing in no fewer than three serial forms—for besides the

‘Contributions’ named above, we have the ‘Illustrations,’ a separate
publication, and the ‘ Matériaux ’ proceeding in the Bull. Soc. Ro Royale
de Bot. Then in 1896 we had the « premiére partie ” of ‘ Etudes’

LEHRBUCH DER PFLANZENKRANKHEITEN 828

Ps the ine of the State, by MM. Durand and Schinz; and no

e have independent volume dealing with a special holiness
Manéerges: the oe of done ‘Contributions,’ although forming
part of the same volume, are paged separately ; and it would seem

that a fifth pxblientisn wil: ultimately be needed, in the shape of a
general index to the other fou

Apart from this iden, we have nothing but praise for the
work hich 1 is doing so much to enlighten us on the botany of West
Africa, and especially for the handsome and singularly cheap volume
in which M. Thonner’s collections are figured and described. His
expedition was made in 1896, in the Bangala district ; tis although
he ‘dy collected 104 species, a fourth of these are new to science,
while a similar number are new for the Congo region. M. Thonner
contributes to the volume an account of his explorations, and the
=o of the species has been undertaken by MM. de Wildeman

e most remarkable featiit ure ® abont the book is its cheapness.

with accompanying letterpress an ee , and strongly bound in
cloth, can b d or the sum of eight francs, we do not
understa We welcome the contribution as a further and im-

contains descriptions of many rer ees Laer oe of the genera
Rinorea, Cissus, and Urophyllum. We e that it is dated April,
but the. copy sent to the Museum did be: . until the beginning
of July; while the first fascicle, dated July 1899, did not come to
hand until September of that year. At a time —e so many are
publishing independentl ea ptions of new African plants, it is
important that the i given nhoats be those at yk the publi-
cations actually appea

ee

Lehrbuch der Pflanzenkrankheiten yon Dr. Rosert Hartie. 3rd *
Berlin: Julius Springer. 1900. 8vo, pp. ix, 824; tab.
yt? 280.

published in 1894, and its usefulness and general trustworthiness

came more widely r recognized in this country an and America. It

is one a those books that are not only directly useful in themselves,

used as mines into which many authors have dug more or

less ie ie. I have read not a few “‘original”’ treatises which

sth ppensigely Hartig with a few added facts. One can hardly
praise a book more highly than that.

824 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

When a book has reached such a standing, it is generally ss
to let well alone. But we have — an exception here.
—— —— the fortunate idea of expanding the third edition

e it a text-book of plant diseases. The number of
illustrations i is bse and the additions to the text are of course
numerous. nnot help in some cases feeling that some =
these siiditiona: aie: been made in a perfunctory way. I find n
intrinsic fault, least of all in a German book, = their sientfibbe
sani especially when accompanied by many good figures.
But — with the original Fortine the additions are
cacdaially. 10 eagre. For example, a page and a half on the
potato disease a: reg is not much, ‘ais tee is no
figure of this @ of 3 a most valuable crop, while on the next page

S

far from it: it is ood—but sabi books of plant diseases addressed
to ell as

should recognize the practical side of things, as this book so
expressly did in its former editions. My point is therefore that,
though expanded, and expanded well, it is be expanded enough.
I trust that sickas ten years will not be required before we have
a fourth edition in which expansion will be carried to symmetrical
proportions.

ould be ungracious to part from so much that is good,
admirable, and useful in a growling spirit. I do not complain so
much as I ask for more from the same source. Prof. Hartig is
far above criticism as an — of plant diseases —but I venture
to think he could do better as the writer of a book, if he would give
us more, rather than sas ots of the stores of his experience.

The Physiology of Plants. A Treatise upon Metabolism and Sources
of Energy in Plants. EFFER. Second edition.
—— and edited by Arrep J. aie D.Sce., &c. Vol. i.
Large 8vo, pp. xii, 682, with 70 kg in ae text. Oxford :
Olarendde Press. 1900. Price

Tue translation of Pfeffer’s Morea of Plants is a welcome
addition to the familiar Clarendon Press series of botanical text-

literature brings the volume as well up to date as we can expect in
a general treatise. The term Physiology is used in its more restricted
sense, and the present volume, as explained in the title, covers only
a portion of the = namely, the fundamental principles of meta-
bolism and the sources of energy, or, impler language, the
building > and breaking down processes eae | with nance
and the supply of energy. The ways which this energy 1
expended, din the most nbrilcings tetera of the plant as

THE PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS 825

a living organism, will presumably form the subject of the second
volume, and we echo the hope, expressed in the translator's preface,
that no long interval may elapse between the appearance of this
second volume and of its translation.

The Clarendon Press had previously made accessible to English
readers a treatise on plant physiology, namely, the well-known
Lectures on Physiology, by _ translated by Prot. Marshall Ward,
and published thirteen years ago. Sachs se the term in a muc
broader sense, for the ‘coicess ‘Enoldde a great deal of plant mor-
phology. They are, moreover, more suited to the general student
than Dr. Pfeffer’s work. The lation is heavy, often very heavy,
reading, — avowedly written for the student who is siciniidiag
= physiology ; ot schn on the other hand, can be read almost

Hache litera ere, for sabes is a sentence taken
ar andom fro m Dr Prefer’ introduction (p. 5): iomegfrns g

n

same ‘ia the nature of the baneil relationship is such that
Ww

definite pores, or as nectar. The Food of Plants (Chapter Moe )
includes an account of carbon-assimilation in the form of carb
dioxide, the absorption of organic food, nitrogen- -assimilation, ate
the ash constituents. Chapter VIIL., Constructive and Destructive
ses el is a history of the changes which the food material

326 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

n the process. The supply of energy is the iubjeck of Chapter IX.
ea ion and Fermentation), while the last chapter, ‘ Trans-
location,” deals with the transference of material in the tissues of
the plan

The j illustrations can hardly be described as an important feature
of the book ; number is comparatively small. It would be
ic

scientific value of the work. It is well to follow generally accepted
rules in writing plant names: one of these, which insists on the
use of the capital for nominal specific names, is very ioaie observed,
and we find repeatedly Allium a Vieia faba, Zea mays, an
numerous similar cases. Occasionally the capital i is used, as Zea
Mays on p. 597 and in the index. We do not expect to Bad faults
of this description i in high- sea and expensive works like the present.

A. B. R.

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.*

Annals of Botany (June).—D. es Mottier, ‘Nuclear and_cell
division in pee dichutoma’ (1 pl.).—I. Parkin, ‘ Latex and its
functions’ (1 pl.).—B. J. P. Bavkey Sadie anomalus (1 pl.).

—M. Sessa. ‘ Biology of Poronia punctata ’ ¥ pl.).—H. Wager,
‘Fertilization of Peronospora parasitica’ (1 pl.)—W. H. Lang,
‘Ovule of Stangeria paradoxa’ (1 pl.).—J. H. sian rage, ‘ Vuytsia
floribunda.’ —L. A. Boodle, * Structure of stem in Lycopodium.’—
W. C. Worsdell, ‘ Ovule of. Cephalotaxus.’

Bot, Centralblatt (No. 26),—K. Miiller, ‘ Bemerkungen zu einer
Monographie der europaischen Scapania-Arten.-—(Nos. 27-29).
O. Lévinson, Ueber Keimungs- und Wachsthumsversuchte an
Erbsen.’

Bot. pees ie May). — B. M. Davis, ‘ Fertilization of Albugo
candida’ (1p . Hasselbring, ‘ Development of Trichurus and
Stysanus’ @ OL C pa, bie ge Smith, ‘Sporophylls and sporangia
of Isoetes’ see {8 p 1.).—H. H. Hume, ‘ Puccinia Thompsonii,
sp. n.’—W. wlie i 5.P. os ‘ Taxonomic value of stami-
nate ‘flowers of ohare a June). R. E. Smith, ‘ Botrytis and
Sclerotinia’ (2 pl.).— onrad, * * Life- history of Quercus ' (2 pl.).
—K. J. Hill, ‘ Flora ut White Lake region, Michigan ’ (map).
Notiser (Haft 8, 26 May). N. H. Nilsson ‘Om de sub-
arktiska Poa-arterna vid Lenafloden,—J. P. Gustafsson, ‘ Tva
pe abi Alopecurus-hybrider..—E. Nyman, ‘ Botaniska excursioner
fra

Bull. Bot. Soc. France (xlvii, 4-5: 28 June).—M. Gandoger,

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or orl rt but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
pu

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 827

‘ Voyage botanique aux fles Baléares' (conel.).—Ch. Guffroy &
M. Capoduro, ‘ Notes tératologiques.—C. A. Picquenard, ‘ Etymo-
logie du Se Malus.’-—K.. Drake del Castillo, ‘ Adrien. Franchet ’
ortr.).

(por
Gardeners’ Chronicle (7 July).—G. Massee, Cecospora Bolleana
(fig. 2).

Journ. Linn. Soe. ee a 1 July).—G. Massee, ‘ Origin
of eae al (2 pl. . §. Salmon, ‘Mosses from China
and Japan’ (1 pl.).

Malpighia (xiii, fase. 11, 12: reed. July 18).—P. A. Saceardo &
G. Bresadola, ‘ Funghi della Valsesia.’—R. Pirotta & E. Rhiovends,
‘Illustrazione di alcuni Erbarii antichi Romani’ (cone 1,).—
ie ‘Fasciazione singolare osservata nel Cavolfiore ’ (1 pl.).—

‘ Sul genere Mycosyrina:’ (2 pl.).

“Mem. a UV Herb, Boissier (No. 1 16: 25 June).—F. Stephan
‘ Species enti No. 17: 303 pfs on Chodat, ‘Trois genres
nouveaux de Protococcoidées’ (owt mannia, Catena, Hofmania).—

sath ‘ Les feuilles ee et les feuilles colorées.’

tate

ortr.).— chrenck Rhadinocladia, ¥ en.’ (Marine Alen)
(1 pl.)—H Webster ‘ Naucoria Christine —(Jun aie)
Setchell, ‘New England Species = ——— a—{July).. M. "¢
Fernald, ‘ Present influences upon our nor -eas astern is: "—R.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ée.

t the meeting of the Linnean Society on ay Z1st, Dr. O.

Stapf exhibited fruits of various forms of Trapa from Europe,
China, sot India, and discussed the differentiation of the genus
into s e was inclined to recognize five pecies which

in others very se represented in herba ria), he found ie on

present impossible to define the species satisfactorily. Unpublished

drawings of Indian and Chinese species in the collections at Kew

— it probable that certain differences in the fruits would be

und to be correlated with differences in the structure of the
Clem

828 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

ipa ae ntl Linn. Soc. 2nd ser. Bot. vol. v. part 12), read
supplementary paper on the same subject, in which he gave

additional papmile ene gained from a recent examination of spect-

mens in eleven continental herbaria, cungvaes those at Paris,

Geneva, Vienna, and Berlin ome new forms were described

(notably a new ae s from ‘Sen egal), ey) some fresh notes were
d

a CO led Leg The proofs in some ee do not seem to have
been corrected.

Mr. Spencer Georce Percevat has lately ser in se
Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists’ Society (vol. tl)a
interesting ‘‘ Journal of an Excursion to Eastbury oo Bristol in in

ay and June, 1767,’ by Sir Joseph Banks. The Journal is pre-
faced by an account of the distressing dispersion of Sir Joseph’s
correspondence by his great-nephew, Lord Brabourne, who claimed
all the Ba

but a sm . Several localities for gains are noted in the
Journal—e. . “ “] saw through the Windows of my Chaise, nes
Gale growing in Plenty upon a Bog near the 21 mile Stone on
Bagshot heath.” Plants —— “by Banks on St. Vincent's
Rocks are in the National Herbarium. Mr. Perceval contributes
some oe notes to the Feats al.

Par and 5 (May and June) of Icones Selecte Horti Thenensis
fing. Brasséls) which M. de Wildeman is superintending, are
noteworthy for the excellent plates by M. d’Apréval, as well as for
the detailed descriptions and copious notes by the editor.
contains Fscallonia viscosa, Melothria punctata, Corethrogyne filagini-
folia, Ardisia humilis, and Buddleia auriculata; no. 5, Acacia obliqua,
Crassula Schweinfurthit, Olearia erubescens, Ca wendishia pubescens,
and Ligustrum Massalongianum

Tax fourth Appendix to the Kew Bulletin for 1900, containing

a ‘List of Staffs in Botanical Departments at home [excluding
the British Museum], and in India and the Colonies,” has been
So far

ppendixes, no number of the Bulletin having been issued since
that for ‘‘ September and October,” 1899.

Deceased British and Irish Botanists

JAMES BRITTEN, KS.G.,F.L.S., & G. S. BOULGER, F.LS. _

SS aEEaEEEEEEEEE, eee

‘eAlk: persons iterated in the history of ees and of the botanists of jhe
islands, but more especially those actively engaged in botanical work involving
eaaaaree research, will welcome a reprint of the ‘ Biographical Index,’ which ran

And this li

hrough four volumes of this Journal, beginning in oo
is, after all, the foundation, and a good substantial one, ae
and h Pisce ox which may some day develop into as complete

exhaus a
ag ae es No other nation, I believe, possesses
the latter, and no second nation, so far as I am aware, io = a | work as ~~
former.’’-—W. Botting Hemsley in Journ. Bot., ets 1893.

then received is am nfirmed now that the iodas appears revised anc
up to date.”—dtheneum, Dee. 30, 1893.

_ The pee given by the authors are very concise, but, enseneg that —
other sources of information, they are a adequate. peta
incite of the authors, and -the unrivalled facilities at their disposition in
Muse seum, offer the = t guarantees that their wor rk has been well sone.

“work Snares cit deners’ Chroniele, Sept. 9, 1893,
his book has been compiled to satisfy a felt want among botanists
names, dates, chief facts concerning, and ~~ works of, povessele have been

carefully put together.”—The Bookman, Aug. 1
“The authors have done their work well, and made a valuable contribution to
botanical literature.” — Natural Science, Oct.

OXFORD “UNIVERSITY PRESS.
Volume I., pp. xii, 632, with many Illustrations, Royal 8vo, half-morocco, price £1 83. -
& ae PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS. os secs any Bos the Meta-
bolism and Sources of Energy in Plants. R, Professor of
Botany in the University of Leipzig. Second ae ey: Edition, Trausiated
and Edited by Ar rfrep J. Ewart, D.Sc., Ph.D., F.L.8.. Vol. 1.

2 kde aes ag BOTANY. dited by Isaac Baytey ar he

AED. ., of the eg ead of Edinburgh; D. H. Scorr, Ph.D.,
¥F.L.S., : "the Bigal re ae G. Fariow, M.D., of Harvard University.
U.S.A., assisted by other Botanis

Special Offer.—Complete Sets (Vols. I—XIIL., 1887-1899) are pki for the
present at the following price, viz. £18 10s. net unbound, £21 net bound.

The subscription pr ee of each _ is” £1 10s, i pa in adv a PF heoaiacye subscribers should
nd their nam o Mr. Hen

London: HENRY FROWDE, Oxford Giivekty Press Warehouse,
Amen Corner, E.C. .

je On the Ist of every Month, price 6d.; 6s. a year, post-free to any part of
dee : the world.

THE ENTOMOLOGIST:

An Illustrated Journal of General Entomology. Lithographed Plates by _
the best Entomological Artists, and frequent Woodeuts.

Epirep sy RICHARD SOUTH, F.E.S.

On the 15th of — Month, price 1s. Annnal Subscription,
welve Shillings, post free

tits ZOOLOGIST
The Recognised MONTHLY JOURNAL of NATURAL HISTORY.
Eprren sy W. L. DISTANT.

London: WEST, NEWMAN ¢ es 54, Hatton Garden.
a ESTABLISHED 1851.
: Sov: sampton BurLpines, Caincery Lane, Lonpos; W.C. :

; RRENT ACCOUNTS
2), on the minimum monthly a pt ag
hod when not drawn below

: DEPOSI ACCOUNTS
y°/. on ere repayable on demand. » D8
Se STOCKS D SHARES

BRITISH AND FOREIGN

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G, F.LS. _

SENIOR Assistant, DEPARTMENT oF BoTaNY, British Musnum (NATURAL HisToRy)

CONTENTS

sie cry aes fash pone Mitt. esa | Norrces oF Boo :
Me . Agrieu pe ae Botany, Theoreti tical
(Plate e 41 3) ye os ‘and Practical. oux PERct
New and Rare Mossce fr Med Flos Ma PLS. ie
Lawers. By H. N. Dixon, pa ora of bournemouth, nee
‘8. 8, MA 330 the Isle of Purbeck. By Epwn.
Some Manuseript Noe * Pluke- ee Pa
“By G. 8. Boutcer, F.LS. 536 Gentes Saat coat
tema Englerianum
os pias shite sa (after * ab autoribus Dr. C. G.
Warnstorf). By HE. CHarues |. Torre et Dr. A. Hapus
Hornet, F.L.S. (continued) .. 338 | hrbuch der moderns Hoch
Notes on Cornish Plants. By Frep. schulen. Von Drs. %-
Hasitros D ‘ceRy . ae = : wee 354. | purcer, F. Noun, H. Scuence, &
A. FW. Scutrer -. --
Report of Department of Botany, | hange Club Reports :— The
ebay ee La ao Gro. | bes ss Ae Exchange Club of
Mouraay, F.R.S . 356 the British Isles.— The Six- _
eee Noms. — Hypocharis plabie teenth Annual aan of the
0, Derry.—Carmarthenshire | son Botanical Exchange _
she — Hypnw ae rugosum and | Club, 1899-1900 a es
Catoseopin migritin in Trelan | Articles in Journals Vie aon
—Durham Introductions -» +» 358 j Book Notes ghd tee eae ae

LON
WEST. NEWMAN &. 60., 5 34
DUL.

= ‘The. Eprror will be ied to send the Journan oF Se
in exchange for other Journals of a similar character. Such
: journals, Books for review, and Communications intended

for publication, to be addressed to James Britten, Esq.,
= 126, KENNINGTON PARK ROAD, SE.

_ He will be greatly obliged to the Secretaries of Local
Natural History Societies if they will forward him copies of
their Transactions, so that any paper of botanical interest may
“ss recorded in this Journal.

The JOURNAL OF BOTANY is printed and Published

Monthly by West, Newman & Co., 54, Hatton Garden,

London , E.C., to whom Subscriptions for 1900 (in advance,
es Shillings, post free; if not paid in advance, chargeable

t the rate of 1s. 8d. per number) should be paid.

_ The Volumes for 1884 to 1895 can still be had, price 14s. each,

or £7 10s. the set. Of Vols. 1884 and 1885 very few copies remain.

_ The bound Volumes for 1896, 1897, 1898, and 1899 can behad

at the usual price, £1 1s. each ; also covers for the 1899 Volume
price 1g. 4d. post free). |

For Volumes and back numbers for 1872—82 application should be

made to Durau & Co., Soho a Me

ADVERTISEMENTS.
ea cheats should be sent to West, Newman & Co.,
54, Saints Garden, not later than the 24th of each month.

AUTHOR’S SEPARATE COPIES.

Contributors are pmemeas with six copies of their
eles as printed in the Journan or Botany. Authors who require —
more are requested to order bona the Publishers and - notify this
and state the aichor required at head of their M§.; rwise
type may be distributed before the vito is received. “The charges
for Special separate copies are as unde =
2a 25 aes 4s. 6 he ~~ oe 5s. sz 25 copies 88. Od. 24

i) bs. : SOs 9s. 0d. 2,
366-4 = Ja 5. “100 ee 100 4, 10s. 6d.
greater number of pages ae ety in deco ie =

ges 3

0)

oe?

hy
QS :
Bsc

nn woe
Hilli HiT Baeaeee
A Cnet eens

|

329

BRYUM (RHODOBRYUM) FORMOSUM Mirv.
By Ernest §. Satmon, F.L.S.
(Puate 413.)

_ Dioicum?, cespitosum, cespitibus e melleo vel succineo rufes-
centibus le ad 6 ce nt. alto e rosula prolificante ad basin folioso,

rvo
recurvatum excurrente, agit subhexagonis 95-125 p longis
20-25 p latis apicem ver minoribus omniu m parietibus. valde

satis limbum rufescentem unistratosum efformantibus, foliis peri-
chetialibus exterioribus caulinis similibus sai tecler dette angustioribus

m ata ad dentium medium exserta processibus in carina
lacunosis ciliis (2-3) inter rpositis, operculo mami ari, an ulo lato
composito spiraliter revolubili, s sporis levibus 17-20» diam.
Patria. India (No. 492 in Herb. Beddome at Kew) ; Nilghiris,
Sispara, 7000 ft., Nov. 1888, leg. J. S. Gamble. No. 13312, in

Species procera et formosa, B. Wiyhtii Mitt. affinis, sed colore,
habit robustiore, dasihe rosulato nec non folii margine haud revoluto
dist

Dr. Brotherus kindly replied as fo amined the
moss you sent me, and beg to inform you that it 1s, no doubt, quite
different from both Wightii and B. nil e. I have for

a9
5
. mu
5
°
4
2
=
mR
E
i)
.
aE
©
6
“-
om a
=
at
®
poe =
Pye

Cae ten ‘kindly tases. me that “ B. formosum”’ was one of
several unpublished manuscript —- attached by him to the
mosses of Col. Beddome’s herbariu
B. pe although shiciwhagy some affinity with B. Wightii,
Journat or Botany.—Vou. 38. [Supr. 1900.] 24

830 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

is very distinct in the amber- or honey-coloured tint of the upper
part of the stems, and of the innovations, in the rosulate stems, and
in the erect margin of the leaves.

EXPLANATION oF Puate 413.

Fie. 1. Brywm (Rhodobryum) formosum ; wks Loamae nat. size. 2.
from upper part of stem, x 12. 3. Apex of same, 4, Areolation of. Teal
at one-third from base, x 255. 5. Ditto, n near pitti 255. 6. Transverse
section of nerve, towards base of leaf, x 255. 7. Ditto’ ot margin of leaf, x 400.
8. Capsule, with operculum, x 12. 9. Part of peristome, x 68.

NEW AND RARE MOSSES FROM BEN LAWERS.
By H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S8.

La IcmaDorHita Schimp. This species, which I gathered

n Ben Lawers in 1893 (the first hi record), and again within

‘ rie days at sages Pande as again found on Ben Poawars by
Mr. Jas. Murr

fvike ‘A aa mp. Messrs. Nicholson, Salmon and I

It h
extremely sie hard tufts, with rigid sterile shoots boing aiogate
imbricated leaves reflecting a slight lustre or gloss, so as to
resemble rnall *forits of W.commutata. In fact, 0 n gat ering the
same plant (sterile) in 1893, I had feticnned it doubitully to that
species, and should have allowed it to pass indeed on the present
occasion for the same, had not an examination of the fruit by Mr.
a

h
our eee a entirely agree, show the same oats ss that we
found here ; it is certain that too a reliance may be placed on
this tharhckir' in the genus Weber
RA COMMUTATA Sakai. A dioicous species of Webera
urs with some frequency towards the summits of the stags
Perthshire hills, on the sandy detritus formed principally from
micaceous aero aving the leaves of the rigid sterile ters
imbricated and often clo osely appressed when dry, and bearing
ils. ule

occasional bulbils in their axils. Capsules are frequently present,
and are often produced in some eciieng When ripe they are of
a rich purple- cohaas with someth ung. 4 glaucous ‘‘ bloom”’

I have until recently, in common, I believe, with most British
bryologists, considered this to belong to W. annotina, and have dis-
tributed it, from Ben More, Ben Douran, Craig Chailleach, the Sow

NEW AND RARE MOSSES FROM BEN LAWERS 881

of Athol, &c., under that name; and the same plant has been dis-
tributed under the same designati on by continental bryologists. -
Recently, however, Dr. Hagen has poaeet om that this is an error
and that it is really W. aaa Schp. Most gr eEeE bry-
blogisis have, he says, fallen into the same mistake, no doubt
in great measure to the close peat: between the gr 7
and especially to the presence of axillary bulbils in both. Cons
quently the recorded distribution of the two species will need Day
careful ets on (v. Hagen, Musci Norveg. borealis, pars prima,
P- tte 1899—in ererie ee ums Aarshefter, 21-22). While

H
cepeiseels difficulty in preee.: the two patie as thus under-
stood. The metallic gloss or lustre on the leaves of W. commutata
is pointed out as dings ieee a critical distinction, od this character,
present in all o F Aluine plants above referred to, is no doubt of
much value ; still forms of W. annotina most certainly do at times
ile on the other hand the

ance to sepa:

Bryum arcricum Hie Br. This species, cate! discovered on
Craig Chailleach for the first time in Great Britain, in 1898 (v.
Journ. of Bot. 1899, p. 808), was gathered er Ben Lawers,
last July, by Messrs. Fickokous Salmon and wsrigeh in the western
corrie, within a few hundred feet of the are e specimens

Pp
agreed precisely with those from Craig Oration ch (where we
ays later in the origina] perils

(when on
-red colour of the ical the gregarious

habit, and the small, pale capsules. It may interesting to
‘yum ce oan cited

been observed in Norway, the Alps,
at first isi by the bright red colour.”

m Lawersianum Philib

same occasion (v. Philibert, Rev. Bry. 1899, Pp. = on ery on
just as in the case of B. arcticum, and e same side of the
mountain, but at a considerably lower level. The habit was ori
different, the s being more scattered, dull green, the

is accustome e and pers in the above artic

details a h b 7
detailed deouripiieas at the characters is too long to sk ae, u

882, THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

as some British students may not have access to the pages of the
Revue wombat I translate the remarks in which he sums up some
of the characters which separate the new species from some of its

a 8,
closely related to typical B. arcticum, but which hag the inner
layers of the outer peristome simple and regular (i.e. without
cloisons accessoires’); such, ~ Behe is the ea found in
Kongsvold by M. Kindberg, which I have named B . Kindbergit ;
another, gathered in the Mele “of Aland by M. Bomansson, is
remarkable for the globular sporangium of the capsule, abruptly

contracted into a long narrow neck. But in these forms with
regular peristome teeth, almost all the other ahinvactsns shai the
same as in the forms with ‘ cloisons accessoires’; the leaves are as

arrowly acuminate and distinctly margined; the nerve longly

dstrerant the areolation lax, of hyaline, rather large cells ; inso-

much that we can hardly Seward these as anything but subspecies

of B. areticum. e Bryum fro n Lawers is at once separated
from these subspecies and from the ae oar of that a sore

orbicular, with a nerve ceasing e he the comal aw
themselves much less pinnate th nerve excurrent only
short point ; the ranch leaves ticous, ba at margin and

once recogni

Its neal he ada that Dr. Hagen, who has studied the Brya,
and especially the Scandinavian shea very carefully, is of opinion
hat B. Lawersianum does not belong to the “ arcticun' ’ group of
species, but to the “pallens” group. “He holds it to be nearly
allied to B. Lindbergit sere a plant which I baie. oe seen, and

Unfortunately we gathered B, Lawersianum in too small quan-
tities to aie of distribution at present. I hope, however, that at

re

mentioned, placed a specimen in the British Museum Herbarium.
Mntvum spinosum Schwgr. In all the references that I have seen

to this fine species as & Perthshire plant it is recorded solely from

** Ben Lawers’’; it may be as well to mention that it occurs also

on the adjoining mountain of Craig Chailleach, where I have

NEW AND RARE MOSSES FROM BEN LAWERS — 833

gathered it in one or two situations. This may very likely be
karws to local botanists, but I have not seen it recorded.

Mnium tycopoproiwss (Hook.) Schwgr. In July, 1893, upon my
first visit to Ben Lawers, I gathered a Mniwm of the Bisctrates group
of something the appearance of M. serratum Schrad., but in rather
looser tufts, and with less crowded leaves, which gave it a slightly
different habit. Microscopical craininnial showed the inflorescence

to be dioicous, terminal female owers alone being present ;
the Nee’ instead of being small, as in M. orthorrhynchum, were fro

18 to 25 » in diameter (averaging ‘abiba 20 »), and in form 465
aatkbling those of M. serratum or M. ripariwm rather than those of

this plant and its relationship to the allied species (v. Rev. Bry.
1895, pp. 2, sqq.). His reply was to the effect that it was sentainiy
referable to M. lycopodioides, so far as could be determined without

The position of M. g Biter = as a species is contested by
some author rs; Husnot, for e ee — Fe as a ol of

while agreeing

18) ?
s sharply toothed; and Philibert points out also
distinguishing characters of considera
peristome.
Myvretna suLaceA var. scanriroria Lindb. In July, 1899, Mr.
H. W. ata collecting on Ben Lawers, gathered a Myureila,
i inati M. Careyana Sull.
r. Monington mentioned
had made on the Ben

ou
“oO
fo)
SS
x}
id
is)
as)
“
me
far)
m

the same plant creeping among other
in the month Mr. Jas. Murray or co
he sent me labelled “Myurella Careyana, Ben 11 }

Thanks, however, to a note by M. Thériot in the Revue i aud

884 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

margins, scabrous at back with long ee Me
pr will = seen to apply equally well to M. Careyana, the

the poin ) meet, such as are very frequent in
Bartramiacee, not, usual, arising from the face of the cell. In
M. Careyana they tuated centrally or nearly so on the face of

ot
simply a difference in position, and therefore must be allowed some
weight.

The central papille of M. Careyana are plainly visible by
seanaelig ihe back of the leaf vith a fairly high objective; and
= differently placed papille of M. julacea can also be observed,
with a little more difficulty, by careful focussing under a high
pow Cutting a transverse section of the leaf is perhaps a more
catehocly, tg a more lengthy process

ere appears to be a fairly unbroken chain of forms in the
var. scabrifolia, from those nearly approaching the type to such
marked forms as 8 described above, similar in almost every
respect to M. Car

It is curious a this variety, not hitherto recorded from Great
Britain, should have been gathered on Ben Lawers by three separate
collectors independently within a space of less than a fortnight. In
each case only a few stems were found interwoven among other
mosses.

Psgupo.EskEA aTrovireNs B, & §. and P. parens Limpr. In
1790 Dickson published his Hypnum atrovirens, founded upon
a specimen from Scotlan Bruch and Schimper created the
genus Pseudoleskea in 1852, to include H. atrovirens Dicks. and
H. catenulatum Brid. In 1880 Lindberg described his Leskea patens
from Norwegian specimens, afterwards transferring it to the genus
Lesquereuxia. Limpricht recs this also to Pseudoleskea.

ut a year ago Dr. Best, of Rosemont, New Jersey, who has
been engaged in a revision of the North American Leskeacez,* sent
me specimens of two or three Scotch plants, distributed under the
name of H. atrovirens Dicks. by Wilson, Greville, &c. These clearly
belonged to two distinct species, characterized by the form and
direction of their leaves, the form of the cells, eae the position of

this was written Dr. Best’s Revision has been published in Bull,
Raseer 3 Bot. Club, May, 1900,

NEW AND RARE MOSSES FROM BEN LAWERS 835

the papille ; the one in fact being the widely spread British and

n. is ex M
with the result that Dickson’s type was found to be not the P. atro-

P, patens Limpr. is a less frequent and less widely distributed
plant in Europe than P. atrovirens B. & 8. Both occur with us;

the latter on several of the higher Scotch mountains—on ben
atens, on the other hand,

curved downwards, and the stems and branches hooked or curved at
apex ; the cells at mid-leaf are irregularly 0

described above for Myurella julacea). ‘In P. patens the leaves are

ing i i ent from the stem when
spreading in all directions and divergen St iaaatae.

illa in the middle

836 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

SOME MANUSCRIPT NOTES BY PLUKENET.
By G. 8. Bounesr, F.L.S.

e notice of Plukenet in Trimen and Dyer’ s Flora of

press-mark 968. f. 2 is his copy of the first edition, that of 1 1670.
he manuscript notes contain, as we shall see, strong internal
evidence of this; one of them is signed “ L. P.,” and t the volume
is stated to be Plukenet’s copy in one of Rev. W. “W. Newbould’s
manuscript note-books.
ost of the manuscript notes it contains are merely critical,
dealing with matters of pre-Linnean synonymy now of little

the Journal of Botany. I have merely added modern names and the
briefest notes. ‘I'he order is that of the pages of Ray’s Catalogus
i.)

(ed.

-

P. 37.— Auricula leporis minima J.B e least Hare’s ear.
‘at y° Haven side at Boston Lincolnshire by er (0) # Antony Irby’ 8
House. in Dolwich Common not far from y® windmil on y°® left
hand of it a little short of y°® Tyle-kill as you goe from y*® Town
to y* wood y* leads unto y® Wells plentifully.” (Bupleurum tenuts-
simum L.)

54.—Cardamine impatiens altera hirsutior. ‘‘ Convulsion
wool as they cal it in Devonshire.” (Cardamine hirsuta L.) This
name, which I should possibly have transcribed ‘‘ Convulsion weed,”
is not in Messrs. Britten and Holland’s Dictionary of "Plant- Names.

j aiden Pinks. ‘it groweth plentifully in Surrey neer
Croyden.” (Dianthus deltoides L.

+ 79. —Conyza palustris. Marsh Fleabane. ‘along ye River
Bank in y° Town of March in y® Ile of Ely.” (Pulicaria dysen-
terica Gaertn. ?

P, 4.—Dipsacus minor. Shepherd’s = “at Croyden plen-
pee & neer my Lord of London’s at Fulha Seta cus eo

_ _P. 96.—Ebulus humilis. “Dwarf Elder. « Kerton & Fightoft (?)
in Lincolnshire and in Marshland between Wisbech and Lyn in y
Fields there.” (Sambucus Ebulus L.

* Possibly “Captain,” mentioned as a cousin of Plukenet’s (Flora of
Ried Ls 374). ;

c wells, frequently mentioned in the notes, would seem, from in-
formation ‘kindly furnished me by M. Teesdale, Esq., of Dulwich, to have been
those between Sydenham and tania mentioned by Evelyn in 1675, and in
Notable Things by Dr. Peters (1648).

SOME MANUSCRIPT NOTES BY PLUKENET 887

P. 113.—Filix marina Anglica Park. Dwarf Sea Fern. “ & at
Weston super mare in Somersetshire L. P.” (Asplenium lanceola-
— Huds.)

P.: 186; oe Anglicum Ger. Great a ae singe
*‘in y® wood you goe thorough from Dolwich t s & i
edge of Carlton woods by Greenich plentifully."? tT oilaphalon
sylvaticum L.)

.151.—Gramen junceum spicatum seu triglochin. Arr
headed grass. ‘beyond Dolwich not far from y° wells in rills of
water there. if you go from Dolwich it is on y® right hand of y°
Wells in y® watery Bottoms and Plashes there.” (Triglochin
palustre

P. 152.—Gramen marinum spicatum Clus. Sea spiked grass.
‘‘on y® Havens side at Boston.”” (Triglochin maritimum

. 171.—Horminum sylvestre Lavendule flore C. B. Wild Clary.
« Inveni ipsemet hoe Greenvici sub muro.” (Salvia Verbenaca L.)

P, 203.—* Lysimach. bifolia flore luteo globoso in Yorkshire
fast by Cowick y° Ld. Viscount Down's seat found by Mr. Dods-
ie ror thy i ne

P. aris aizoides Ger. . . . Water Sengreen, or
Fresh- ao Souldier. ‘in a River or great draine in “the East
Fen abagrsety & in a dite h in the way from Lyn to Germans

—Millefolium aquat. pennatum spicatum 0; 3B. “my*

Co n neer

ap. Thompsons house in a watery place there.” Myriophylium
spicatum L.)

P, 211,—Millegrana minima Ger. The least Rupture wort, -
seed. “upon Putney Heath by y® Bowling Green.” (Radto
linoides Roth.

P, 223.—“*(Enanthe staphylini folio aliquatenus accedens J. B.
in a diteh in y® Fens of Lincolnsh. neer Quaplod his oculis vidi, et
nostris manibus tractavi.” (Cnanthe Lachenalit Gmelin.) In the
first edition of Ray’s Synopsis, pp. 289-242 of the Appendix are
occupied by a list entitled « Stirpes & Observationes 4 Clariss. Viro
D. Leonardo Plukenet M.D. communicate,” in which (on p. 241)
this species is recorded ‘in parochia Quaplod, Agri Lincolniensis,
non procul ab oppido Spalding.” It is, no doubt, the village now
known as Whaplode.

P. 223,—(Enanthe cicute facie Lobelii Park. “juxta Tamesin
uk yt se ” (inanthe crocata

P, 228.—Orchis bey alba odorata J.B. ‘By Dolwich hho

on y°® left ha nd as o from y® Town tho ugh . . . sparingly
about a flight- ae (1 fom y? Wells.” (Gyrostachts autumnal Dum.)
P. 240.—Phyllitis Harts t tongue. “ Millions of it about

Bristol in y® tends rs Howda all over.’ (Seolopendrium vulgare
ymons
P. 245. —Plantago aquatica minor Park. Dwarf Water Plan-
tain. ‘in a little bog and - wood as you go from Dolwich to y°
Wells.”’ (Alisma ranuculoides L.)
P. 249.—Abele. ‘in Borrey (Populus alba L.)

338 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

P. 285.—Sium alterum Olusatri facie Lob. ‘‘ between Cowley
& Hillingdon ” (Cicuta virosa L.

P. 286.— Solanum baccis aureis upon a dunghill within a

quarter of a mile of Dolwich.” (Solanum nigrum var. luteo-virescens
(Gmel.) ?.)
P. 292.—“*Sphondylium majus aliud laciniatis foliis. upon y®
Edge of Hartforsh. beyond Reickmeersworth.” (Heracleum Sphondy-
lium var. angustifolium.) In the Appendix to the Synopsis already
referred to, oe locality appears (p. 241) as ‘my own farm upon
Horn-hill near S. Peters Chalfont.’”” See also Plukenet’s will,
Journal of Pies: 1882,

P. 306.—Trifolium pumilum — flosculis longis a Ibis.
* This with Trif. subterr n Tothil fields Westm
(Trigonella purpurascens pny “(0) and Ti ifolium subterraneum ts
As to these determinations, see Flora of Middlesex, pp. 78 and 80,

and C. C. Babington in Ray’ s Correspondence (ed. Lankester), p. 219.

P. 319.—Viscum. ‘“ Sheffeldiam adeat.” (Viscum album % )

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEZ
(arter Warnstorr)
By E. Cartes Horrers, F.L.S.
(Continued from p. 315.)

19. §. rrinirense C. Mill. Syn. I. 102, 1849,

yn. S. oar Aust. (1877); S. cuspidatum Russ. & Warnst.
var. serratum Lesq. & James; S. oy hit uss. & Warnst. var.
submersum Schim iba f serrulatum Schlieph.

Warnstorf has recently revived this name, and includes under
it all forms of S. cuspidatum having serrulate branch-leaves. It

stvib. Europe; N. America. Resin Common, Kent (Cocks),

a is ago 8. cuspidatie var. falcatum; Hambleton Hill,

Kilburn, N.E. York A ngham), a large brown form, resembling

ee in habi

8. Duszenn ee & Warnst. in Sitzun, r. Dorpater
Neth ee 1889, 99. ee is

8. cuspidatum var. saa Russ. Beitr. zur Kenntn. der

Tork. 1865, 58, ex p.; S. cuspidatum var. Dusenii Jens. in litt.

; S.recurvum eat obéueun, Pater Laubm. 1886, i. 132, ex p.;

ni ‘mons Warnst. in Bot. Ver. der Prov, Branden, 1890,

XXxxil

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACE® 889

Hydrophilous, <rspaiteed with only the capitulum or the upper
part above water. Resembling S. cuspidatwm var. aaeeren most
closely in habit. Pectin generally robust, generally gre

St in 2-8 layers, differentiated from the ‘whitish,
greenish, or yellowish wood-cylinder

Stem-leaves large, isosceles- triangular or triangular-lingulate to
ae cored on the usually rounded apex weakly toothed or finely
fimbriate; border wide, and generally much widened below
Hyatina: cells in the apical part generally with fibrils; on the
inner surface generally with membrane-gaps; on the outer surface
either non-porose or with few ornumerous pores on the commissures,

or in the middle of the cell-wall.

Fascicles close or distant, generally of four branches; the two
stronger spreading, the weaker generally directed downwards, and at
an — angle from the stem; leave isons arranged, generally

less secund, frequently nae shaped. Leaves of the

> hor ophyllose cells in section trapezoid and free on both surfaces.
oir ntheridium-

cells only ; in the upper two-thirds to three-quarters of both kinds
of cells; ais cells with se als fibrils, and on the inner surface
with round pores or large membrane-gaps.

Hab, Shady melee: foots intermixed with S. recurvum.

Distrib. Europe: Germany, Styria, Russia, Finland, Denmark,
Belgium, Sweden, Norway; Asia; N. America.

S. Dusenii is readily distinguished fro
annulatum by the batten | more or less secun
large pores, and the chlorophyllose cells free on
the leaf.

ye following are the more important varieties :—

Var. aquaticum Warnst. Europ. Torfm. ser. iv. No. 868,

1804. Robust, almost completely submerged, or with t the capitulum
above water. Leaves of the branches of the capitulum upright
and undulate when dry, so that the capitulum appears crisped.

(2) Var. deflecum Warnst. in Verh. Bot. Ver- Branden. 1890,
Xxxii, 212 (sub S. mendocino). Green throughout, or with the

m §. Jenseniti and S
i branch- etary the
both surfaces of

840 ‘THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

capitulum slightly brownish. Spreading branches in and below
the capitulum elongated, tapering at the apex and sharply recurved;
leaves ag elongated, when dry eee somewhat recurved.

(8) Var. fallax Warnst. /.c. (sub S. mendocino). Branches of
the capitulum more or less sickle- sbopess eae and elongated,
with the leaves frequently somewhat secund.

(4) Var. majus(Russ.) Warnst. /.c. fab: mendocino). Completely
submerged, very long (up to 50 cm.), without or with few sere

0 mm. lon
soft upright leaves; hyaline cells elongated, and psunas with
very few pores on the outer surface. The uppermost branch-leaves
frequently consist of chlorophyllose cells only in the upper part, as
in S. euspidatum var. plumosum.

(5) Var. mollis Warnst. Europ. Torfm. ser. iv. No. 869, 1894.
Tufts when ‘dry very soft, vallenish: branch-leaves closely appressed,

with a tendency to being secund, generally only slightly undulate ;
on the inner nas praia ithout — on the outer with very
sea — ly non- decaaea
r. parvifolium Warnst. Be ; Bedstiaia, 1898, 14. Plants
delicate, es “compact tufts, which are only partly submerged; stem-
leaves small, about 54 to ‘6 mm. long, wide at base, triangular-
lingulate, non-fibrillose or somewhat fibrillose sa pa ‘the rounded
qoites eakly fimbriate apex; branch-leaves small, 14 to
nits — ew generally almost sickle-shaped and nk border
; por r surface very numerous, towards the
apex voienily passing over into large membrane gaps.
21. §. puncurum Warnst. in Bot. Centralb. lxxxii. 1900, 4

8 S. laricinum Spr. (Schimper, Un. Boers in noe Che
Carrin rringt on Moss. leg. 1865); S. pig m (2. B.) ¥ Sr
Lindb. in seagate The Sphagn. 1 i

Exs aithw. Sphagn. Brit. Sie No. 48 (1877).

Pla i peneeally Nectle robust, of a beautiful yellow-green, light
feces 6 or . dirty dark bro

Cortex of the stout pret 2-4-layered, spony! clearly different-
iated from the yellowish or pale reddish wood-cylinder; more

rarely in most parts of the cireumference not ‘ebsatly differentiated,
and so apparently absent.

Stem-leaves mln broadly isosceles- to equilateral-triangular,
about 90 mm. wide at the base, and almost or quite as long;
generally suddenly pce in above into a short apiculus; border

road, very much widened below. Hyaline cells very narrow and
tube-like, generally non- fibrillose, raxely with rudiments of fibrils
tow: ards the one ; on the inner surface frequently with resorp-

Fas
sjicading, ‘he others sires to the stem. Spreading vensohial

mrss An acuminate ; arranged in very varying directions with regard
to the stem ; leaves — closely, sometimes loosely arranged.
Branch- fila broadly ovate or lanceolate, and generally almost
suddenly produced sei a short, narrowly truncate, small-toothed

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE 841

apex, with incurved margins; when wet distinctly five-rowed, when
dry either almost non-undulate or more or less undulate, slightly
glossy, and generally having only the extreme apex erecto-patent
or recurved. Border of 4-5 rows of cells. Hyaline cells with

um d rils; on
upper half with numerous, somewhat large, non- -bordered pores in
ras the cell- angles ; on the outer surface in the upper part with
mall pores in the upper or lower cell-angles, and also in part in
the lateral adi — or frequently even several in short rows on
the commissures ; in the lower half of the leaves, especially towards
the lateral sche fm with large pores in the upper cell-angles, or
not rarely with several in each cell.
Chlorophyllose cells in section equilateral- to isosceles- triangular,
with the base of the triangle on the outer surface of the leaf; the
height of the triangle about equal to half the diameter of the
hyaline cells; hyaline cells united together for some distance, so that
the chlorophyllose cells are completely enclosed on the inner surface.
H n deep bogs, chiefly in the north.
“pe i England, sire: Finland, Germany; N. Americ
Gers peg from all a —— -forms ‘6 ate!

Wilson) Wheeldale Moor, Goathland, N.B. Yor kshire (Anderson) ;
Ballypowss Co. Down, Ireland (Waddell).
. §. Torreyvanum ‘Sulliv. in Mem. Americ. Acad. Arts & Se.
New Ser iv. 1849, 175.
Syn. 8S. cuspidatum Ehrh. var. Torreyanum Braithw. The
Sehiden. 1880, 84, et var. miquelonense Ren. & Card. in Révision
des Sphaignes de l’Amériq. du Nord, 1887, 17.

Stem-cortea: in 2. 3 layers, clearly differentiated from the thick
wood-cylinder.

Stem-leaves in comparison to the size of the plant. rather small,
up to 1-14 mm. long, and at the base about 1 mm. wi Pe isosceles-
triangular or _ triangular- lingulate, acute or with more 0 se
toothed apex; border very wide, much widened below ee
cells in te middle above the base wide, several times septate na
at times with rudimentary fibrils; in the other parts of the leaf
narrow, tube-like, and either non-fibrillose or with fibrils towards
the apex; on the inner surface in the upper half generally with
wae! membrane-gaps.

ascicles with as a rule four branches, either all of almost equal
size aa spreading or 1-2 distinctly thinner and appressed to the
stem; the stronger branches sometimes longer, sometimes shorter
and frequently = enim at the thinner apex.

842 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Branch-leaves oy large, the _ ones 2-3 mm., the upper

uch as 6 mm. in length and 1-14 mm. wide, tmadiy Jancaoal
aad the text ones almost tubular in ‘the upper part in consequence
of the strongly inrolled margins; toothed at the narrowly truncate
apex; border of 6-8 more rarely 10-15 rows of cells; when dry
more or less (especially in the capitulum) undulate, somewhat
and i t

project Soaps in into the lumen of the cell; on the inner sur-
face in the apical part almost quite without pores or with numerous
smaller or ea non-ringed pores in almost every cell-angle; on
the outer surface either only with very minute pores in the u

and cence cell-angles, or sometimes also with completely or pone
pletely bordered pores in the lateral cell-angles.

Dioicous; — bracts much snalice than the other branch-
aie frowns a@ narrower base broadly ovate-lanceolate, about
1 mm. long and at ‘the base ‘57 mm. wide; hyaline cells towards
the room of the leaf non- ibrillose or incompletely fibrillose. Upper

he low

perichetial leaves very larg ovate, concave, in the er part with
chlorophyllose cells only, acs with both kinds of — hyaline
cells very narrow, vermicular, generally non-fibrillose and non-

rose, more rarely in the apical half on the outer pa with
scattered small — in the upper cell-angles. Spores pale, about
26-29 p» in diamet

Chior “acorn eel in section broadly once ronaes to

out
the height of wae hyaline ones, in the upper half trapezoid and free
on both surfac
Hab. Floating or completely submerged in moorland pool
Distrib, England; North America. Near Whitchurch, ies
shire peels

In swamps or partly immersed in water. Stem generally very
robust and ee in stature 8. riparium; above green, yellow-
ae or brow

m-cortex -sheacolenie 2-3-layered and generally not clearly
differentiated from the thick wood-cylinder; at times apparently
os t.

ft
cleft; border much w — below; hyaline cells almost without
a sor without

Fascicles seecbiieg ‘ the habitat closer together or more dis-

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE 8438

tant, of 4-5 branches; the 2-8 stronger curved and spreading, the
others pendent. Leaves of the two kinds of branches not differing
in size; those of the stronger Kcanelen large, broad-lanceolate,
more or less longly a cuminate, toothed at the narrowly truncate
apex and with iobidlada margin ; border narrow, of 3-4 rows of cells;
hyaline cells with numerous fibrils which project considerably into —
the lt - me cell ; om the inner surface generally almost entirely

without p more rarely with non-bordered pores in the cell-
pb in He ‘apica al an of the leaf; on the outer surface either
without pores in the upper cell-angles or with extremely small pores
in the upper cell-angles; in the middle part of the leaf and eapect:
ally near the commissures always with small pores, about 2 p i
ata rarely somewhat larger; these have always an indistin ot
outline, are arranged i in one or more rows, and only become visible
on strongly staining the cells. These pores are sometimes only in

of t

the basal part e leaf near the lateral margins, sometimes in
the entire lower part of the leaf, and sometimes on the whole leaf
surface. ores on the leaves of the pendent branches similar.

When dry the leaves have a faint ‘otadiie lustre and are either
closely iratisinete and not at all undulate, or are more loosely leaved
and slightly undulate.

Chlorophyllose cells in section triangular-oval, inserted bog saa
the hyaline cells on the outer surface and her e free e; on the in
surface completely enclosed by the hyaline sia which are “init
together for some distance so that the chlorophyllose cells are on ly
about half the — of the hyaline ones; hyaline cells almost flat
on the outer surfac

ioicous ; a branches in the antheridium-bearing part
rusty-brown ; perigonial lr longly-ovate, much shorter than
those of the sterile branches; with a short, truncate and toothed
apex; margin inrolled ; chlorophyllose cells below the leaf-middle
yellow-brown. H aline cells on the outer surface with only small
pores at the apex and scattered bordered pores in the lateral cell-
angles. Perichetial leaves as in S. recurvum.

istrib, Throughout middle and northern oi Austria,
Germany, Russia, Finland, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, Belgium,
France, England. C ockerham Moss, West Lancashire (Wilson é

3
>
cm
a
iy

oy

Pa

B

&

fu

of all biti ss i 8 S. a Fascicles some-
times closely, sometimes —— arranged; spr eading branches
long and thick; in the upper part of the stem a aallt or sharply
recurved ; branch-leaves large, closely set, more or less distinctly
5-rowed, when dry but little undulate.

(3) Var. tenellum Warnst. l.c. Not rete. robust than a typical
S. recurvum. Plants pale yellowish-green or green, forming loose

344 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

tufts in bogs. Fascicles sometimes very — So more
distantly arranged; spreading branches very thin, short and re-

rigid ; fascicles towards the apex very closely set, forming a dense
roundish capitulum ; spreading — long and reas taper-
ing to a very thin apex; leaves closely arranged all round the
branch, with only the apex or the = upper half prnat 2 patent
to ar squarrose, somewhat undulat
. S. recurvum Russ. & Warnst. sii d. Naturforscher-

Gea in Dorpat (1889).

Syn ray Hoffm. (ex p.) Deutsch. Fl. ii. 22, 1795.

Exsice. Braithw. Sphagn. Beit Exsice. no. 47 (1877).

Inhabiting secuege rarely completely submerged in water.
Plants sometimes robust, sometimes more delicate to very slender
green, whitish, yellow-green to brownish, rarely the easiusdiws
reddish or dirty-viole

Wood-cylinder whitish, OER yellowish or reddish.

Stem-cortea generally abse

Stem-leaves generally ala, equilateral to shortly isosceles-
triangular, acute or obtuse, sometimes almost short-lingulate an

scialinuast -gaps on ihe inner wpa

fascicles distant or et with 15 branches, the two stronger
branches spreading, the other weaker ones generally closely ap-
pressed to the stem. site of the spreading branches larger or

so hat
line cells ea and est with numerous fibrils, which ‘project
considerably into the cavity of the cell; on the inner side almost

well differentiated; in the latter case they have on the outer sur-
face, near the apex or near the lateral ees large membrane-
gaps in the upper cell-angles, as in S. ripari
PSS nO cells in section in the Saen half of the leaf tri-
angular and completely enclosed on the inner surface by the hyaline
cells, which are not united together for ‘ony appreciable distance. —

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE “ 845

Dioicous ; male branches in the antheridium-bearing part rust-
red to dark brown; perigonial bracts differentiated, broadly-ovate,
with shortly produced apex. Perichetial bracts large, broadly-ovate ;
in the basal half formed of broad, long, rectangular chlorophyllose
cells only, in the upper half of both kinds of cells; towards the
lateral margin the cells become gradually narrower and form an

walled chlorophyllose cells only; hyaline cells usually without
fibrils and pores. Spores sulphur-coloured with membrane folds or
rusty-brown without folds, 25 » in diameter.

ab. Widely distributed in both lowlands and mountainous
regions.

Distrib. Throughout Europe; Asia; North and South America;
Oceania. Hole Common, near Lyme Regis, Dorset (Miss Lister);
Mallowdale Fell, W. Lancashire (Wheldon & Wilson); Loch Knock
Islay (Gilmour) ; Cwm Moch, Merioneth (Jones ¢ Horrell).

ery numerous varieties. have been described, of which the
following are the most important :—

(1) Var. amblyphyllum Warnst. in Bot. Ver. Prov. Branden.
1890, xxxii. 216. Plants sometimes robust, sometimes delicate,

of the cell-membrane on both surfaces and so more or less
fimbriate, but not deeply divided; generally non-fibrillose, rarely

which in that species are smaller with ill-defined outlines.

Brookwood, Surrey (Sherrin); Harro 1
Bur Common, Bucks (Sherrin) ; Artro Valley, Merionethshire
(Jones); Worston Moor, N.E. Lancashire (Lewis). :
ar. mucronatum Warnst. l.c. p. In size, habit, and
colour as variable ag the var. amblyphyllum, and only differing from
this in the stem-leay tem-leaves generally equilateral- to
lsosceles-triangular ; in the former case acute, a itho ny

rarely with fibrils in the upper part; in the latter case larger,
toothed on the frequently truncate apex, and not rarely having the
border less widened below, and the cells fibrillose to below the
middle of the leaf. Branch-leaves sometimes strongly, sometimes
weakly undulate, very seldom, and especially in submerged forms,
quite rigid. Pore-formation as in var. amblyphyllum. Very common.
Broo » Surrey (Sherrin); Oakmere, Cheshire (Wilson) ;
Wybunbury Bog, Cheshire (Wilson); Tilgate Forest, Sussex (Horrell) ;
Journat or Borany.—Vot. 38. [Serr. 1900.] 2B

346 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Widdy Bank Fell, Teesdale, Durham (Horrell) ; Corriesgill’s Head,
Arran (Ley) ; Islay (Gilmour).
25. §. parvirotium Warnst. in Bot, Centralbl. Ixxxii. 1900, 67.
S. recurvum var. parvifolium Warnst. in Flora, 1883, 374 ;
S. intermedium Lindb. var. angustifolium Jens.; 8. a
Vv 1

aa -cortex generally apparently absent, not or scarcely differen-
tiated from the wood-cylinder

with obtuse somewhat fimbriate apex; border widened below.
Hyaline cells non- tee 3 generally non-fibrillose, more rarely
with fibrils towards the

ranch-leaves small, but ‘Tittle over 1 mm. long and ‘34-4 mm.
broad, narrowly lanceolate, border narrow, margin inrolled onl

tinctly undulate. Leaves of the peeadiag Bakes on the inner
surface with numerous, round, non-ringed pores in the cell-angles
from the apex to the base; on the outer surface towards the apex
with small strongly ringed or in part incompletely en re Seley in

the cell-angles or on the commissures, in the basal ha r the
lateral margins with large pores in the upper cell-angles. " eateb
of the pendent branches on the outer surface in the apical half

wit dsall pores in the lateral and lower cell-angles, and with large
membrane-gaps in the upper cell-angles which frequently are im-
mediately above the pores on the inner surface, so that complete
perforation of the leaf results. Perigonial bracts differentiated,
ovate-lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, from a narrower base widene
to the middle, and then produced into a short, truncate, and toothed
apex; in the abil half light brown, and here generally non-fibril-
ose. Always smaller than the other branch-leaves

Chlor Oithoes cells Fs section triangular, with the base of the
triangle free on the outer surface of the leaf; on the inner surface
completely enclosed by the more concave h yaline cells, which are,
aa et not united together for an epittetable distance

Widely distributed in Europe and North America.

Holt, bE, No "Norfolk (Burrell); Widdy Bank Fell, Teesdale, Durham

(Hor

26. ticum Russ. in sere ee der Naturforscher-Ges.
in Dorpat ry subspec, of S. recurvum) (18

8 S. cuspidatum Ehrh., y Se ee Russ. Beitr. 1865,
GL. e. cuspidatum var. Leabiean Lindb. in Braithw. The Sphagn-
1880, a ; S. laricinum Angstr. ex p.; S. recurvum (P. B.) var-
mollissimum Russ. apud Warnstort i in Verh. des Bot. Ver. der Prov.
Brandenb. sang 1890, 221. eT

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEA 847

Plants delicate to robust, and in denser or looser, very soft
tufts ; light brown or yellowish green; small forms uate! re-
sembling S. molluscum, with ohaal it sometimes grows intermixed.
Stem-cortex of 2-3 layers; cells of one-half the posi ae
much wider than in the other, all thick-walled, but clearly differen-
tiated all round from the pale or yevomes wood-cylinder.
Stem-leaves small, up to 90 mm. long, and in the middle 57 mm

almost equal width throughout; margin more or less inrolled.
Hyaline cells rarely divided by an oblique cross wall; towards the
lateral margin becoming regularly narrower and a icilor above
shorter and wider, rhomboid and almost Avnet with stout fibrils ;
on the inner surface with numerous large non-bordered pores,
which are as wide as the hyaline cells, and a placed between the
fibrils ; on the outer surface, on the contrary, with small, frequently
incompletely bordered pores in the cell-angles in the upper half
of the leaf only.

Fascicles of 8-4 branches, which are either all similar, or only
two are stronger and he ng, the other weaker branch being
closely appressed 2 the stem. Leaves of the spreading branches

+ mm

rous fibrils ; on the inner surface with numerous large non-bordered
pores in the middle of the cell-walls, between the fibrils ; on the

b
vermicular, non-fibrillose, or also with numerous fibrils; towards
the apex on both sides sometimes with small membrane-gaps,

Chlorophyllose cells in section isosceles-triangular ; the base of
the triangle situated on the outer surface of the leaf; completely
enclosed on the inner surface by the strongly convex hyaline cells,

of which the walls are here not united together for any appreciable
nig on
Distrib, A. Lapland, Finland, Germany, Scotland, and
Sea. oat peas rica
beet ecatiods in company with S. rubellum and
8, pe tits
27. S. annvziatum Lindb. fil. in litt. ad Meher et apud Soc.
pro Fauna et Flora fenn. 15, v. 98, non

Plants robust, and resembling in habit aad ‘stature S. obtusum,
= more ‘delicate and weaker ; ; capi itulum a beautiful brownish

our.

282

348 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Stem-cortex dev absent, not differentiated from the yel-
lowish wood-c
- Stem-leaves nithae large, ioe rom about 1 mm. long,
and about the same width at the base, somewhat fimbriate at the

rounded apex through enrash of bie a his hyaline cell- walls ;
border wide, much widened below. Hyaline cells in the lower and

middle part of the leaf narrow, wider and shorter above, non-
mice non-porose on both sides, but in ‘the middle of the upper
part of the leaf with rudimentary or in part completely developed
mic rarely quite without fibrils.
ascicles generally with four branches ; two stronger, gradually
aes at the apex, and about 15 mm. long, are spreading, the
other weaker branches appressed tothe stem. Br anil indies fmnbri
cate, never secund, when dry not or weakly undulate, not shining,
lance nes about 2°15 mm. long and ‘86 mm. wide, with small
the narrowly truncate apex ; border narrow, of 3-4 rows
of blias i margin entire, widely in nrolled. Hyaline cells with very
numerous ey: on the inner surface quite without pores, or in
certain forms with few very small pores with indistinct contour (as
in 8S, iiiction), and scattered very small strongly ringed pores; on
the entire outer surface with extremely numerous small pores, which
are generally in two rows on the commissures or in the middle of
the sullowsh, seattle the apex sometimes strongly bordered and in
rows like strings of pearls, the true pores sometimes interrupted by
pseudo-pore
Ohaeephilloce cells in section triangular, with the base of the
triangle free on the outer surface, on the inner surface completely
‘enclosed by the hyaline cells, which are only united together for a
short distance
company with ¥. Jensenii, 8. obtusum, S. recurvum

is In
var. amblyphyllum, S. platyphyllum, and 8S. subsecundum in Finland
and Russia.

enclosed on ‘the inner bole of the leaf; and from S. Jensenii by
ery few pores on the inner surface of the leaf and the absence
of corte cells.
8. Jensenn Lindb. fil. in litt. ad Jensen et apud Soc. pro
Sian et Flora fenn. 7, x. 99.

Syn. 8S. annulatum Warnst, (non Lindb. fil.), p. p.

Almost always brown. Stem-cortex distinetly differentiated.
Branch-leaves never secund. Pores on the outer surface of the
branch-leaves very iarenhia generally in two rows in the middle
of the cell-wall, never passing over into membrane-gaps, smaller
than in 8. Dusenii, wwheds the apex with bordered pores on the com-
riot on the inner rig re nee very ora non-bordered

, generally not close the commissures, and usually two
seme each fibril. Chioiopleyliows cells priced enclosed on
‘the inner surface.

Distrib. Norway, Sweden, Finland, Russia.
S. Jenseniit is readily distinguished from S. Dusenii by the

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE B49

numerous pores on the inner surface of the branch-leaves, and by
the completely enclosed chlorophyllose cells in the section of a
branch-leaf; and from S. annulatum by the distinct stem-cortex,
and the numerous pores on the inner surface of the branch-leaf.

29. 8. mottuscum Bruch in Flora, 1825, 685.

yn. 8S. tenellum (Ehrh.) Lindb. in Gifvers V.-Ak. Forh. 19,
p- 142, No. 13 (1862).

Exsicc. Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exsicc. Nos. 11 and 12.

Tufts very soft, sometimes dense, sometimes looser; above grey
or a beautiful yellow-green, rarely with the capitulum pale reddish ;
when growing in water up to 25 cm. long; plants always very
delicate.

Stem-cortex of 2-3 layers, formed of narrow or medium-sized
thin-walled, non-porose cells.

Wood-cylinder whitish, greenish, or yellowish.

Stem-leaves large, triangular-oval to almost lingulate, generally
with the margin inrolled towards the weakly-toothed apex ; when
dry shining; border rather wide, more or less widened below ;

inner surface towards the apex with large pores or membrane-gaps

es.

ascicles Sometimes distant, sometimes very close together, of

2-4 branches, either 1-2 branches spreading and the others pendent,
or all spreading, all relatively short; leaves loosely or closely
arranged all round the branch. Retort-cells of branches very large,

Chlorophyllose cells in section triangular to trapezoid, inserted
between the flat hyaline cells on the outer surface of the leaf, and
here free, on the inner surface either completely enclosed by the

h so.

Polyoicous; male branches short and thick, later becoming

elongated ; of a beautiful yellow or yellow-brown colour ; perigonial
i i and structure.

850 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

apex; the broadly bordered margin inrolled; the upper bracts
formed of both kinds of cells ; the hyaline cells in the apical part
of the leaf rhomboid, all or only some of them with fibrils, and

ebsaet: smooth, 88 » in ened
A Wet places on heaths on moorlands both in the plains
and in ash Scere: frequently intermixed with other bog-mosses.
Dist Ger many, Austria, Holland, Belgium, France, Den-
mark, Nona, Sweden, Finl and, Ru ussia; North America. Brook-

: en-
zance, Cornwall (Ley); Keston Common, Kent (Horvell) Widdy
Bank Fell, Teesdale, Durham (Horrell) ; Silchester Common, N.

Hants (Wil son); Ulpha Moss, Westmoreland (West); Cennant
‘Lienyrch, Merionethshire (Jones); Nant Pedor, Carmarthenshire
(Ley

“This very pretty species varies little, the forms being directly
due to the character of _ habitat. Of these Warnstorf enumerates

reaching to 25 cm. seus ng, branches distant, grey- 0 ow-green,
feondiebanacsek branches often several centimetres ne, and situated
o capitulum.— f. compacta Warnst. growing in

arranged.—f. gracile Warnst. is a very delicate weak form with
G

r
—f. stricta Réll. is anocladous, and f. longifolia Lindb. is a er
form with Shei abate differcintieted branch and stem-leaves

tv. SpHaGNa PotycLapa Warnst.

This section contains only the single species S. Wulfianum
Gir ch te : amg for the large number of branches (7-18) in
eac

8. Wonrianum Girgens. in Archiv fiir Naturk. Liv. Est. &
iets ser. 2, Bd. ii. 178, 1860. Baan

xsice. Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exsice. No. 46 (1877
(Addend. Exoticum). so . ( ,

Plants robust, with dense, large copy in, pale green to
brown, with a reddish tinge owing to the numerous male
branches. Siac rigid and stout, up to 20 em. high, 2-4 times

d.
Wood-cylinder dark red
Stem-cortex irregularly 2-3-layered ; inner cells thick- walled,
red; outer, thin-wall
Stem-leaves small, ‘triangular- -lingulate,. with narrow border,
widened below; hyaline cells several times septate, above gene-
rally with scattered pores.

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE 851

Fascicles se or distantly arranged, with 7-18 branches, of
which 8-5 are horizontal, short and clavate, with thin apices.
Leaves of -the spreading aes from an oval base almos
suddenly a a . the middle into an elongated apex, Segped
narrow er surface almost entirely without pores ;
the eal preg in the apical part with very sh strongly

ringed pores in all the cell- angle below with larger round p
Leaves of the pendent eonabans in the upper two- thirds with yeas
pores in the upper and lateral cell-angles on both surfaces

Chlorophyllose cells in section median; in the upper part of the
leaf elliptical, and completely enclosed on both surfaces; in the
basal part barrel- -shaped to rectangular, and free on both surfaces.
Hyaline cells on the inner surface, where they are united to the
chlorophyllose cells, ee papillo

Hab. Wet pine-wood

Distrib, Russia, Finland, Sweden; Asia; N. Amer

This very fine and distinct species is readily ot ae by the
Puen branches in each fascicle, as well as by their clavate

orm

The following varieties have been described.

1) Var. squarrosulum Russ. Beitr. zur Kenntn. der Torfm.
1865-66. peace in ng branches longer, with squarrose leaves,
having more nu us pores
2) Var. iis te Week Bot. Gaz. xv. 225, 1890. Colour,
especially in the Sepitalen, a beautiful rose- or violet- red, mixed
with yellowish-gre

(3) Var. viride ee l.c. Grass-green, whitish below.

§ v. SpHacna rica Schimp.
_Branch-leaves large, generally from a broad-ovate base, above the
middle suddenly (rarely gradually) contracted into a longer or shorter,
broadly truncate and toothed, frequently squarrose apex ; W1 ith a re-
markably narrow toothed border, margin widely inrolled, Hyaline
cells wide, rhomboid, with numerous fibrils, where united with the
chlorophyllose cells ‘either smooth or papillose ; a formation

various, but the pores generally more numerous 0 outer side,
and generally ther rows 0. e commissures ner
surface most numerous near the lateral margins. ‘Ghlocopliylloss

cells in Sano ree generally este the outer surface of the
l

on outer surface. Biditioee sometimes poy an triangular to
triangular-lingulate ; sometimes of medium size ; sometimes very
large and lingulate to almost spatulate, with a more or less distinct
hyaline margin, especially on the upper margin an ea

apex sometimes fimbriate. Cortical cells of the stem usually in
several (rarely in one) layers, thin-walled and non- -fibrillose, but on
the outer wall frequently with a single large pee and on the inner
walls with small pores. Plants, when nerally rigid and
slightly glossy; whitish, yellowish, brownish, bluish- -green or in
the capitulum dirty violet; never purple.

852 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

This small section, of = ols one species inhabits Europe,
comprises about fourteen specie
31. S. compactum DC. FI. ian ed. 8, ii. 448, 1805.
yn. S. compactum var. rigidum ge germ. i. 14, 1823;
S. rigidum Schimp. Entw.-gesch. 1858, 6
Exsice. Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. disich. Nos. 28, 24, 25

(1877).
Tufts shorter or deeper, denser or looser, brownish, variegated
or bluish-green. ranches closely or distantly arranged, when

dry very rigid and fragile.
ood-cylinder in the middle of the stem always dark brownish
ack,
Stem-cortex in 2-3 layers of oe cells, of which the inner
have a few scattered minute pores
tem-leaves very small, from yee es omg triangular,
rounded or broadly truncate at "the , and here generally
fimbriate; middle cells wide; border wary wide; non-fibrillose
and non-porose.
ascicles generally near together, more rarely distant, of 3-4
shorter or longer branches, of which 1-2 are spreading. Leav es

e

se erecto-patent ak squarrose, large, broadly-ovate to ob-
gv

pe ahi and with 5-6 teeth at the ae border very narrow.

n

ner surface chiefty 3 in the cell-angles.
rch Lieihylloes erie in section not median, nearer the outer
face, elliptical and enclosed on both surfaces by the hyaline

Monoico male bra
form from the sterile branches; when ripe almost golden- -yellow.
Perichetial Fae very large, ovate-lanceolate, longly acuminate at
the apex and somewhat secund; cells near the apex very long, the
aet pedantic the cells of the branch- leaves; border almost

sent. Spores yellow-brown, 32-35 » in diameter.

Hab. Heaths and moorlands, pine-woods, and wet mountain

opes.
Distrib. Widely phere Bi a Central — Western
shar sch on Italy to Island ; ; Africa; N. Amer
The e three main varieties.
Vad, squarrosum Russ. B eitr. zur Kenntn, der Torfm. 1865,
77. Tufts lax and deep, greyish- or bluish-green. Spread
branches horizontal, or more rarely recurved; all leaves soils
imbricate and squarrose.
Brookwood, Surrey (Sherrin) ; Riccall, E. Yorkshire (West).
) Var. s subguarrosum Warnst. i n Hedwigia, 1888, 271. Most
of the leaves erecto-patent, bart tae recurved,
Langdale, hades timer (Barnes in etal 8 Sphagn. Brit.
xsicc. No. . rigidum squarrosum, teste
Warnstorf) ; icky oo: Bicvee (Monington ¥ ¢ Horrell).

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEZ 858

(8) Var. imbricatum Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. xv. 226, 1890.
Branch-leaves closely imbricate. Tufts usually very owe and
dense, with short and much-crowded branches; colour variou

y Bank Fell, Teesdale, Durham (Horrell) ; Dalfroo "Bog,
near Strachan, Kincardine ( (Sim) (in Brathw. Sphagn. Brit. Exsice.

0. 25; sub nomine SV. rigidum var. compactum) ; Glen Dole, Clova,
Forfar C Miss Barton); Moidart, Westerness (Macvicar) ; ; Aviemore,
Hasterness (Macvicar).

§ vi. SpHacna TRuNcATA Warnst.

This are — only a single species, native of Northern
Europe and Sib

82. 8. Mea eas alae Skand. Fl. ed. 7, 399, 1858.

Syn. 9. insulosum An

xsi, Braithw. Baten Brit. Exsicc. No. 22 (1877) (Addend.
exoticu

Resemblin ng in habit small ae of S. cymbifolium. Tufts soft,
pale Mees or yellowish-bro

inder yellowis

Siem-cortes of 3-4 layers bs irregular, rather wide non-porose

ce “

apex ee pest widened below ; asd porose and non-fibrillose,
or with delicate fibrils in the upper ¢

fascicles of 8-5 branches, of ohioh 1-2 are spreading, and the

others appressed to the stem. Branch-leaves large, from @ narrower
base broadly-ovate, with 6-10 teeth on the broadly truncate apex;
border almost wanting; pores on the outer surface generally in the
cell-angles, near the lateral margins numerous along the com-
missures, in the basal part few; on the inner surface only near
the apex and towards the lateral margins.

Chlorophyllose cells in section median, barrel-shaped to almost
rectangular, and with their Pies: -thickened walls free on both
sides of the leaf; non-papi

Dioicous ; male eke ee slit oval and pale green ; dior
bracts roundish-oval, i in the lower part with wide non-porose cells,
which are not rarely also without fibrils. Perichetial "bracts
yellow, broadly-oblong, obtuse and concave; cells narrow, non-
fibrillose; border wide. Spores rust-re

Hab. Deep bogs in northern latit tudes

Distrib. Finland, Russia, Scandinavia, Spitzbergen ; Siberia.

(To be continued.)

854 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

NOTES ON CORNISH PLANTS.
By Frep. Hamimton Davey.

Norwirustanpine the attention which Cornwall has received at
i hands of a continuous line of botanists since the time of Ray,
the investigations carried out last year and this by Mr. A. O. Hume,
C.B., and myself, for our gictnget Flora of the county, have shown
that much may be done in some comparatively unexplored districts.
In these notes I shall ohio oat with references to our own

ersonal work, leaving new and interesting records by our numerous
co-workers for our ‘* Prodro omus,”” which we trust we shall be able
to print in time for next season’s work.

Sisymbrium pannonicum Jacq. Until this year this has only
een recorded from the Eastern Green, Penzance, where it was
found several years ago by the late Mr. W. A. Glasson. Quite a
colony is now flourishing at Devoran, a little port at the head of
one of the arms of the Fal. That it was originally introduced with
ballast o x gran there can be no doubt; but the plant is now
growing quite away from the ballast heaps, and appears to have
taken a permanent hold of the 4 seis Close at hand there is a very
fine lot of Lepidium ruderale
Brassica Cheiranthus Vill. "We have found this- Brassica fairly
sescigs rad the sands at Par, and Mr. R. V. Tellam reports it
m Pentewan, a little watering- place a few miles farther west.
o eliiyabnas " perfolbat a Donn. First appeared at Pengreep, in the
arish of Gwennap, during the early summer of 1898, being, as I

year a great many plants have flowered there, and others have been
ie ise etek on fi north coast, a ee miles distant.

rifolium ochroleucon Huds. Has bee owing very freely at
Falmouth Docks, where it was first noticed aby Mr oy. Lawitt "

Hippurus vulgaris L. Until last autumn there appears ins ‘have

a
Marazion Marsh by a Canon Rogers. In September last Mr. Hume
gathered a single specimen on a moor a mile to the west of Penryn,
in the parish of M

Eryngium campestre L. We have had our attention directed to
two distinct ae of this rarity in the Looe district. As far as
we are able to judge, it is genuinely native; it has certainly been
known there for over thirty years.

Scabiosa maritima Li, I found this plant on the cliffs at New-
quay in 1896, since which time it has extended its boundary by
good many feet.

Matricaria discoidea DC. This North American and Asiatic
plant, which appeared at Falmouth Docks less than a decade ago,
is now the commonest of plants there, and has wandered south,
west, “a north into the parishes of Budock, Mabe, St. t. Gluvias,
Stithians, Perranarworthal, Gwennap, and Mylor, i in each of which

NOTES ON CORNISH PLANTS 855

it is a frequent object by the wayside. This summer I have found
it by the score quite eight miles north of Falmouth. Around
Falmouth Docks and railway station it grows in many places to
the entire exclusion of other plants
mphalodes he Moench. Has been growing in the woods at
Pengreep for quite a quarter of a century in wild luxuriance, its
acres of blue > toe outrivalling the forget-me-not and the alkanet,
It has also established itself by the Falmouth-Truro turnpike road,
near Kea Church
Mimulus Langsdorfii Donn. Grows in great profusion at Tre-
barwith, on the north coast, and sparingly at Hessenford, on the
south. But t perhaps it is mo ost at — in a ravine at Zennor, near

this summer, together with a photo lank of the Mimulus-deckea
ravine, accompanied by a letter explaining that the plant swarms
ther e by _tens of thousands. — M. moschatus Dougl. Has been

Devoran a ‘few Ww wee Pace
Euphorbia platyphyllos nape which was recorded for Torpoint
in the early forties by Hor and Johns, but which always eluded

yn.
Salix purpurea L. Curiously enough, none of my co rrespondents

both localities in the Savabs of Gwe

Allium Ampeloprasum ee perlite (B orr.). In large quantities
at St. Anthony-in-Roseland.—A. vineale oo — Syme. In
the neighbourhood of Paani and Falmou

Zannichellia pedunculata Reichb. Daal urs in large quantities in
rat upper part of the canal in the East Looe Valley. New t

all.

Phalavis aquatica Dest. In June last I found this native of

South meer on the embankment between — station and

large group in a rather ill-conditioned garden. It will
interesting i — “whether the plant shows any signs of per-
manence in either
conclusion, i cand ask all who have been working at the
botany of Cornwall to join us in making ou ur proposed hand ae
complete as possible. My address is Bunaerscéil, Perranwell
Station, Cornwall.

856 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM, 1899.
By Grorce Murray, F.R.S.

Tue additions to we" collections ae presentation have consisted
ralia and New Guinea, from F. M

ail
plants from Tropical Africa, from Lord Delamere; 1239 plants
Africa, from Major Wolley Dod; 7 Orchids from Sir
Trevor Sees ; specimens of Schimmelia* from olmes;
188 plants from Arabia, Prov. Oman, from Surg. Lieut.-Col. Dr.
A. §. G. Jayakar; 15 plants from California and Oregon, from
H. EK. iy 71 phanerogams and 6 cryptogams from Falkland

slan
&e., and 2 cryptogams from the Caroline Islands, by F. W. Christian ;
imens of T’wmboa from Dr. William Newton; 60 phanerogams and
1 cryptogam from Soudan, from Major R. H. Penton j fie mpegs
plants, ooe asl — from Jamaica, from W. Fawcett; 100 phan
rogams and 62 cryptogams from West Indies, by the West Tectian

Blayney Percival ; specim en of Centaurea from Portugal, from
Rev. E. Armitage; 93 plants from Porto Rico, from D an ;
19 Orchids, 2 specimens of cultivated Junipers and Podocarpus
from Messrs. Veiteh ; 4 ve Bag from J. Sparkes; 7 Orchids from

Messrs. Sander; 12 Marine Alge from Cape Agulhas, by Miss
Emily Thwaites ; ; 23 Alga and 7 Ferns from Falkland Islands, by
Rupert Vallentin; 153 — preparations of Diatoms from

St. Vincent, West Indies, by Edmund Grove; a collection of Phyto-
plankton from the Atlantic, by Capt. W. H. Milner ; 22 Marine
Algz from Swatow, China, by E. B. Howell; 5 of hag ay from
Transkii, by Miss Alice Pegler; 6 Freshwater Algw f rom nited
States of Columbia, wy Miss ete a Fonnegra; Diatomaceous
Earth from rare ae y W. S. Dun; a collection of ae no
from the Nor th Atlantic and Arctic Oceans, by W. L. Brown

a collection of oo ee from the Red Sea, Indian Ocean,
North Pacific, &c., by Capt. G. K. Wright, R.N.R.; 154 erypto-
gams from Samoa, by Mie. "Spicer ; ; SI gh Bre ee "from Mount
Kenya, by H. J. Mackinder; the moss herbarium of the late Charles

{* This plant, described by Mr. Holmes in Pharm, Journ. xii. 53, was
subsequently identified (J.c. 205) with Amyris balsamifera. fea Journ. Bor.]

REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM, 1999 9357

Lyell, Esq., of oe containing 1120 specimens, presented
nad Sir Leonard Lyell, Bar
ollowing vaditions have been made by presentation to the
“aero Herbarium: 24 phanerogams and 1 Chara, by G. C. Druce ;
3 phanerogams, by J. Cosmo Melvill; 21 specimens of British
seeds, by Clement Reid; 6 phanerogams, by C. E. Salmon;
7 phanerogams, by Arthur Bennett; 247 phanerogams, by the
Rey. K. 8. Marshall; 5 specimens, by C. W. Andrews; 10 phane-
ere from Norfolk, from James Saunders; 2 phanerogams from

ind, ' genus of
by Greenwood Pim; a rare Alga, by Dr. Otto Nordstedt; 2 Alga,
by Lady Edith Percy ; 32 Fungi, by Dr. C. B. Plowright ; 10 Micro-
Fungi from Ayrshire, by D. A. Boyd.
oe following additions have nae made by exchange of dupli-
s:—72 phanerogams from various localities, from Arthur
yaad 200 phanerogams from South Africa, from Prof. Mac-
owan ; 161 phanerogams from India, from Dr. Prain; 600 European
phanerogams, from E. C. Horrell; 120 Himalayan Mosses, from
Mis : rong

1488 specimens, including 249 pret roe from bg by
Sintenis; 55 Uredinee and Icones, by Arthur and Havas. 400
Fungi, by Rehm; 100 Russian Fungi, by Jaczewski, Komarov,
and Tranzschel; 50 Mosses from the Indian Archipelago, by

brador, by ev, A. ©. Waghorne; 50 iain Fungi, by
Kalleestian and Swingle ; 100 Fungi Columbian, by Ellis and

3858 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Everhart; 250 Fungi, by Sydow; 50 North American Mosses, by
uld Cardot; 60 Swiss Fungi, by Winter; 50 Belgian
Mosses, by Piré; 60 Austrian peters: by Garovaglio; 125 Lichens,
by Reichenbach and Schubert; 500 Hungarian Fungi, with .
illustrations, by Linhart; 60 Finpatiea of the 7 some by Delo
and Gravet; 200 Fungi, ‘by Krieger; 315 water-colour drawings of
a and other plants, by srpat > ; 15 sheets of water-colour
of Fungi, by W. G. Smith; 7703 slides of Marine Alga,
ais Flor idea, ord by the eran Dot Schmitz, of Greifswald.
The following additions have been made by purchase to the
British Herbarium :—25 British Hieracia, a Rev. W. R. Linton ;
504 slides of Presh- water Alge, by West; 200 Micro-Fungi Bri
tannici, by Vize; the herbarium of British id (8121 speciuiens)
of the Rev. H. G. Jam

SHORT NOTES.

Hypocu#ris GuaBra IN Co. Derry,—At p. 497 of the second
edition of the Cybele Hibernica, Hypocharis glabra L. is placed in
the appendix, where it is ae ahs the stexchiled in bi

ws Wnthine
nding of a raicieg of this gtr in July, 1900, growing on the

ARMARTHENSHIRE pA eerie: a 5 of half a day over
part of Pembrey Burrows on " August 28th, 1899, we met with the
following species ; those which appear to be ‘* new records ”’ for the
44th Wa atsonian vice-county are starred:—Viola Curtisii Forster.
Sand-hills, abundant.—* Hypericum quadratum Stokes. Grows in
the damper parts. — Rubus anglosaxonicus Gelert var. *setulosus
Rogers. In several hedges between the Burrows and the village.—
*Euphrasia curta Fr. var. glabrescens» Wettst. Sand-hills about

PERCIVAL’S AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 359

Burry Port.—*Chenopodium ficifolium Sm. Alluvial field about a
mile west of Pembrey ; locally abundant, with C. album var. viri-
descens and a little C. rubrum: var. pseudobotryoides H. C. Wats. of
the last-named occurs on the Burrows.—Spiranthes autumnalis Rich.
Not uncommon in sand hollows (a curious place for it).— In
damper ground Epipactis palustris Crantz. is locally plentiful,
together with a great quantity of *Juncus obtusiflorus Ehrh. ;
J. acutus L. being quite scarce.—* Asparagus officinalis L. At one
spot, about a mile west of Burry Port; apparently native. The
most Sena Sietasion on these extensive pr of blown
sand i a biennis Li., which is here natu — in great
profusion. ase ie D §. Mansmara. and W. OOLBRE

UM RUGOSUM AND er site NIGRITUM IN oor — While
on a botanical ramble in July, 1900, we spent two days in the
neighbourhood of Benevenagh in the north of the County of Derry.

the damp hollows of the audy soil.—H. W. Lerr snd 6.
WandDELt.

Duruam Intropuctions. — I am 1 sending specimens of Lathyrus
APRS Coronilla varia, and Euphorbia Esula, all of which I found
in July growing together by the railway near Prete Station
(near Darlington). The aged officials say the two former have

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

Agricultural Botany, Theoretical and Practical. By Joun Percivat,
M.A., F.L. rofessor of Botany at the South-Hastern
College, Wye. London : - kworth & Co. 8vo, pp. xii, 798,
265 figs. Price 7s. 6d. n
nis text-book has been written for the benefit of students of

agriculture, and for all those interested practically i in the culture of

plants. There has been no book, hitherto, specially adapted to the
needs of such students, to whom the practical aspect of botanical
study is all-important. Mr. Percival has exactly met their case,
and has produced a most ae instructive, and remarkably
dh olume, the contents of which, h sae us, are based on many

chin
ook is divided into seven parts, a which the first two deal
with the external and internal morphology of plants. A long
section (part iii.) is deed to plant-physiology, the author always
emphasizing the practical side—as for instance, when discussing

360 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

the chemical eae of ih ce he gives = neerye tir of
oe rious farm crop under
the heading of Sivaheilions, te adds careful aad “fall disteusiaall
as to the best motlibas of budding and grafting. The final chapter
in this division deals with bud- os: and sports, owith some
account of how varieties are produced.
The second half of the back i is concerned almost teh nes

a detailed = tere of special plants, s , mangel, bevtiey
grasses, clovers, &c. It is ets ceipennd to bear in mind, when
deciding on the value of grasses and clovers for pasture, that the

plants that sane eid cattle foul eat should be employed, while
those only that are invariably rejected by stock should be excluded.
What an old writer called the “ bateableness ” of particular grasses is
their highest recommendation. Tried by this standard, Mr. Percival’s
condemnation of zig-zag clover, Trifolium medium, is hardly justified,
as stock eat it readily. Itis thes same with y arrow, the use of whic

become matted together, more go than the seeds of P. pratens
The last short section (part Vii.) deals with Fungi and Bacterial
both treated from an economic oint of view, the former more

many apt practical examples that follow each discussion
form a res and admirable feature of the book; they enable
the student to verify ‘practical: the statements in "the ae and
illuminate the subject in Sore admirable manner. The illustrations
are numerous, and have the great virtue of being all new; but,
though printers and babies have done their work well, justice has
hardly been done to Mr. Percival’s drawings; some of the repro-
ductions are biorted and weak. A good index is provided, but we
should also have liked a bibliography, without which such a work
is hardly complete. Ackil

FLORA OF BOURNEMOUTH 861

Flora of Bournemouth, including the Isle of Purbeck ; being an Account of
the Flowering Plants, Ferns, &c., of the country within a twelve-mile
radius of the centre of Bournemouth. By Epwarp F. Linton,
M.A., Oxon. With map. Sold by H. G. Commin, Bourne-
mouth. 8vo, cloth, pp. viii, 290. Price 8s. 6d. net. [No date.]

Taar anything to which Mr. E. F. Linton puts his hand will be
carefully and conscientiously done needs no demonstration ; and it -
is evident, even to one unacquainted with the district, that his

Flora of Bournemouth is accurate and exhaustive

Whether the book was needed by botanists, other than those

given, viz., just N. of Brockenhurst, near the bridge. In recent
years botanists have failed to find Limosella here. Let its fate
warn collectors to be careful of these two fresh localities.” Will
such a warning have its due effect? We know that in the her-
barium of one well-known botanist some of our rarest plants are
represented by dozens, if not by hundreds, of examples; and the
collecting instinct is sometimes too strong to be kept in chee

not numbered. One plant may be added t
any rate at one time occurred on Brownsea Island in Poole Harbour;

this is Mathiola sinuata, to which reference was made on p. 169 of
Journat or Botany.—Vot. 38. (Serr. 1900.) 2 ©

362 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

this year’s Journal, and which, with Diotis and Salsola, were found
on the island by the Marquis of Blandford in 1798 (see Correspon-
dence of Sir J. E. Smith, ti. 485).

Mr. Linton’s book naturally suggests comparison with the Flora
of Plymouth, a work devoted to a district of the same extent, but we
do not find in it the numerous and interesting notes on the life-
history of the species, which raised Mr. Briggs’s work to a level
above that of a mere local flora. The most important addition to
our knowledge is the description of a new subspecies of Orchis macu-
lata, which we transcribe for the benefit of those who may not
possess Mr. Linton’s book :

O. ertcerorum.—More slender than the type; stem usually

slender, slightly enlarged or not at all upwards, throat narrow ;
lower lip sub-orbicular, rounded in outline, rather spreading ; mid-

0) er
lateral lobes, not exceeding them in length and usually shorter or
somewhat recurve

‘Compared with this subspecies, or rather species, if a sufficient
number of these distinctions are found on further examination to

oast and Guernsey; also from Co. Wic

i klow.
hybrid between the two occurred in Glen Lochay, Perthshire, but
they seldom are found in the same loeality.”

Genera Siphonogamarum ad Systema Englerianum conscripta ab au-
toribus Dr. C. G. pe Dauta Torre et Dr. H. Harms. Fasciculus
primus. 4to, pp. 80. Lipsi# sumptibusG. Engelmann. 1900.
Price 4 marks.

We shonld be in a better position to describe the scope of this
work had the authors favoured us with a preface. We conclude;
however, that the ‘Systema Englerianum” is that of the great
Pflanzenfamilien of Engler and Prantl, and that the limits of gener@
here adopted are those accepted by the authors of the various mond-
graphs of which that work is made up. It would appear also that

LEHRBUCH DER BOTANIK FUR HOCHSCHULEN 868

the nomenclature adopted is based on the rules formulated by Prof.
Engler and some of the Berlin botanists, which were translated and
commented on in this Journal for 1897, pp. 305-7, and which in-
clude the ‘‘ fifty years’ limit,’’ numerous objections to which have
been made, some of them formulated in this Journal for 1898,
pp. 90-94.

We do not think this limit is likely to be generally received or
deserving of such acceptance, but, with this important reservation,
we have nothing but praise for the full bibliography which the
authors have given us in. this first instalment of their work. It
will not, indeed, supersede Pfeiffer’s excellent Nomenclator Botanicus,
which is on somewhat different lines; but as a compendious history
Me genera it has no equal, and must find a place in every reference

rar

The present work, however, is more than a mere synonymic
list of genera. The orders are divided into groups of diverse rank,
and although no diagnoses are given, a full bibliography is appended
to each; to each genus, in addition to this, is appended an estimate
of the number of species it includes, and a brief summary of its
geographical distribution. From this it will be seen that the Genera
when completed will be invaluable as a work of reference, and will
afford another example of that careful industry which, until the
advent of Mr. B. D. Jackson, we were accustomed to think was not
met with out of Germany. :

The work is clearly printed in double columns, the type being
well chosen and well selected. Only one detail seems to us un-
desirable—the insertion of a colon after the word ‘‘in” in quotations
such as the following: ‘ Nannorhops H. Wendl. in: Bot. Zeitg.
Xxxvii. (1879) 147.” The fact that the date is in every case assigned
to the publication adds materially to the usefulness of the work.

Lehrbuch der Botanik fiir Hochschulen. Von Drs. HK. SrRaspuRGER,
F. Nott, H. Scuence, & A. F. W. Scumesr. Vierte ver-
besserte Auflage. 8vo, pp. viii, 588; figs. 667 (part coloured)

ena: Fischer. 1900. Price 7 M. 50 Pf. (paper); 8 M. 50 Pf
(bound).

THe appearance of a fourth edition only about five years after

the issue of the original must be a gratifying proof both to —

ie . .
can add little. The book has grown from 570 pages in ~~ third

Many of the additions consist of coloured figures of poisonous or
officinal plants in the section dealing with the classification of seed-
plants ; in fact, this last part of the book is becoming quite a blaze
of colour, and gives additional attraction to the study of systematic
botany.

We would again suggest the advisability of revising parts of the
section dealing with physiology, especially as regards the process of

364 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

carbon-assimilation, the chemistry of which is seriously out of date.
Also, considering that a bound copy costs less than 8s. 6d., the
paper-covered edition might be suppressed. The book is well worth
the extra shilling charged for binding. eR Re

Excnance Crus Reports.
The Botanical Exchange Club of the British Isles. Report of the
Distributor (James Groves, F.L.8.] for 1898. (Issued 18th

ay, 1900.
The Sixteenth Annual Report of the Watson Botanical Hachange Club,
190 . & C. E. Salmon, Distributors.

-tributor whose specimens upon. In the report of

h
critical genera.

e observe that questions of nomenclature are finding their way
into the Exchange Club Reports. The Messrs. Groves, we are sorry
to see, endorse the principle “ once a synonym always a synonym ”’;
and Prof. E. Hackel maintains that the employment of a name for
a species invalidates its use for a variety of another species in the
same genus : we cannot accept either of these positions. Some of
the citations given are scarcely accurate: e.g. Mr. Druce writes
*‘ Salvia pratensis, var. a., Linn. Sp. Pl. 25.” Linneus had a
var. 6 of his pratensis, but no ‘‘var.a”’; and to credit him with one
is to make him say what he did not say, and to introduce a new
and inaccurate form of reference. The same writer’s citation of

objection. The supplements to the Pharmaceutical Journal are of
' :

ef

, p. 8345—a reference omitted by Mr.
Druce both here and in his account of the plant in the Linnean
Society’s Journal. :

We extract the following notes of special interest for the benefit
of those of our readers who do not belong to either Society.

** Cerastium arcticum Lange, var. Edmondstonii Beeby. Serpentine
Suen seta Shetland, 31st August, 1897, and 31st July, 1898.—

; E

When I first gathered this plant in 1886, I brought

EXCHANGE CLUB REPORTS 865

their native soil, but in a mixture of Surrey soils. These plants

green ; so that t
this jaeiaty from the type is merely temporary and due to habitat.
he serpentine gravels of Unst contain a number of minerals,
notably chromate of iron, ~~ “ colour of the leaves may probably
be due to the influence of one of them. The Cerastium is by no
means the only one growing ¢ on these hills which is affected in this
way. J. M. Norman’s ‘C. latifolium’ is, of course, C. arcticum
(Cc. latifolium proper a being known in Scandinavia or other boreal
Pam apie his reference of C. arcticum to a hybrid C.
alpinum X C. latifolium is mythical.—W. H. B.”

m isha Andrewsii Harvey. Hort. Prestwich, July and
August, 1898.—J. C. Merv. This, reported to have been
originally found on a mountain to the south of Glen Caragh, Co.
Kerry, by the late Mr. Andrews, has never been rediscovered in a
wild state. I received many years ago a specimen labelled as
as been a descendant of the original Kerry plant, and have

own it since 1875. It increases rapidly by throwing out fresh
tise annually, but, though it apparently ripens its seed, I have
yet to prove that it is fertile. It is supposed by some authors to be
a hybrid between S. wnbrosa L. and S. Aizoon L. The latter, how-
ever, does not grow wild in this country. Itis the S. Guthrieana
Engler (Verh.-Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. 1869, 587).—J. C. M.”

** Orobanche amethystea Thuill.? On leguminous plants near
Dursley, W. Glou ucestershire, 13th July, 1898.—J. W. Wat
some measure these specimens resemble O. amethystea rather than
O. minor, but I am unable to name them positively. Does amethystea
ever grow inland upon ’rifolia?.—J. W. W. it
sent me this, or a similar plant, ina fresh state, and that I led him

the pale bluish purple with which it is suffused is bd Death, and
contrasts greatly with the whitish yellow of 0. Ptcr Whe
growing on Ononis and on Daucus, side by side, 0. Rika does
not Nae practically different ; but in one place near St. Margaret
Kent, I find a very small-flowered form on Daucus (O. Carote
Desm. ?). It has been said that the differences in Orobunche may
be produced by the host plants, but I have failed to see any differ-
ence in eu-minor on Trifolium, and on Crepis virens, plants of very
different natural orders; and I have traced on the same day 0. caryo-
phyllaceaon Galiumverum, G.elatum, and Lotus oe a
them, and found no appreciable difference. ARTHUR

. ‘Stachys alpina L. Open woodland and hedge- as ke liven
North Nibley and Wotton-under-Edge, W. Gloucestershire, 8th
July, 1898.—J. W. Warre. Discovered by Mr. Cedric Bucknall
(see Journ. Bot. xxxv. 880). This summer a special search, under-
taken by three of us, has extended the known area of the plant to
about two square miles, and has shown that it occurs in great

866 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

abundance in many spots, preferring, apparently, the sunniest and
most sheltered positions, although at a considerable altitude. The
idea that it may have been introduced in the locality is, to our
minds, quite untenable. An examination of the district readily
leads one to anaes se it is that this species has remained so
long unobserved. The coppices a cut only at intervals of from
fifteen to twenty years, it. nt matter of rare chance if they
were explored by botanists at a tim when an unobirusive plant
could attract nh So Ploughed land "extol to the wood borders,
where there are no paths ; ‘and, oddly enough, if the Stachys grows
a. a road or track it is nearly always on the far side of a hedge.—
i me

The Report of the Watson Club contains less that is of general
interest, although the notes on plants sent in are no doubt useful to
the members. Mr. Alfred Fryer makes the following remarks on a
soem of onto —_

rispus Linn. var. serratus Huds. Fide Rev. W. BR. Linton.
Canal, Renishaw Dasieens ,v.c. 97. July, 1899.—C. WaTERFaLL.
These specimens ‘differ from sion state of P. crispus generally accepted
by British, botanists as Hudson’s P. serratus by the indistinct,
practically obsolete serration of the margins of the leaves, in the

view I took when I first saw the icon and € am ee :
believe that Friesii is the second parent. When growing Mr. Lint
supposed it to be P. obtusifolius, misled, no doubt, by the foliage “ot
a darker green than that of P. Friesii. In anedtdance with the plan
I have followed in the case of hybrid Potamogetons, I propose for
this plant the name of its discoverer, who has permitted me to
describe it, and who has supplied details of the habit of the living
ae nt which leave little doubt of the correctness of the conclusion
h

specimens P, Friesii x P. crispus ; in which case, however, it is t0
be hoped they pie = Bieeiomen a to discard such names as
P. fluitans, P. n decipiens. P. Lintoni is very distinct
from the closely “allied ‘pybrid P. Bennettii (= P. erispus x P.
obtusifolius).”

While gegred wi Bape and labour which is bestowed upon
the conduct of o Clubs, we cannot regtetings © :
0

: but eed
how much there is to do, and how littie time there is to do it in,
it is impossible not to feel that labour might be economized by such
a combination.

367

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.*

Bot. Centralbiatt (Nos. 80-34).—O. none ‘ Ueber Keimungs-
und Wachstlumsversuchte an Krbsen’ (conel.). — (No. 80). P.
Kosaroff, ‘Die Wirkung der Kollensiure aut den Wassertransport
in den Pflanzen.’ — (No. 32). HH. Kiister, ‘Bemerkungen iiber die
Anatomie der Hichen.’— (Nos. 88-85). F. Brand, ‘ Der Formen-
kreis von Gleocapsa alpina..—(No. 85). A.C. Hof, ‘Uber die Topik
der Alkalivertheilung in pflan zlichen Geweben.’ — R. v. Fischer-
Benzon, ‘ Zur Geschichte des Kirbis * (1 pl.).

Bot. Gazette Oh July).—D. 8. Johnson, ‘ Endosperm and embryo

of Sek sre (1 pl.). — J. Cardot & I. Theriot, ‘ Mosses of North
Amer ca’ iy. oh — a M. Wiegand, ‘ Development of the —
sac "(2 pl — A. B. Cordle “ Apple- tree anthrac acnose.’ L.

ech, ' : Caryophyllacsa & vis ucifere of Sierra Madre.’—( ug. .):
m. UG. Ti area ‘Development and function of cell-plate in
higher plants’ (2 pl.).—G. T,. Moore, ‘ Chlorocystis Cohnit ’ (1 ee
oie ach, ‘ Seed- burying awns of Stipa avenacea.’ — EK, Nelson,
Whe cs plants.” — J. M. Holzinger, ‘New N. American
esha? (1 pl.).
Bot. pa (16 Aug.).—H. Fitting, ‘ Bau und mtg ee taal
geschichte der Makrosporen von Isoetes und Selaginella’ (2p
chiitt, ‘ Die Erklirung des centrifugalen inches
der Membran
Bull. Soe. Bar France (xlvii. 6: ha Bot —fF, Camus, ‘ Lejeunea
seen en France, et remarques sur les — frangaises du
genr a Staphylea Tiwi sp.n
a Soe . Bot. Italiana (‘Ap.: May’: recd. 1 Aug.). — G.
Arcangeli, ‘Ra munculus cassubicus e R, pigeon 0, Casali,
‘ Sulla classificazione dei generi Boelia e Retar
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club es ‘ay — T, sy ‘Alle en, ‘ Three new
_Charas from California’ (6 H. Blodgett, ‘ ere
Reproduction and einglcchar in Erythrontos (2 pl . 8,
Williams, ‘Two new Grimmias from Montana’ (2 pl.). — ee Tind-
berg, Pohlia porosa, sp. n. (1 pl.).—R. M. Harper, ‘ Flora of Middle
tee al (1 pl.).—L. F. Henderson, ‘ New plants from the North-
est,’

Nuov, Giorn. Bot. Ital, (July: recd. 11 Aug.). — A. Preda,
Bornetia secundiflora (1 pl.). — C. Casali & T. Ferraris, ‘ Materiali
Irpi

mano.’ — A. Fiori, ‘Flora della Basilicata e Calabr —
Hatacrds & F. Cavara, ‘Funghi di Vallombrosa.’ — G. Bresadola
& F. Cavara, ‘ Funghi de Terracina’ (1 pl.

).
Oecsterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (July & Aug.). — L. Celakovsky, ‘Die

* The dates indies to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or title- o-Deaes, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of

368 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Vermehrung der Sporangien von Ginkgo biloba.’ — R. Schlechter,
‘ Acriopsis und ihre Stellung zu der Podochilinee.’—(Suly). K. =

‘ Misbildung in dem Bliiten des Ranunculus acris.’— H. Palla, ‘ Die
“S paetge, ae zwichen Anemone 6 ee & A. nemorosa.’
— J. Freyn, ‘ Nachtrage zur Flora von Istri — F. Vierhapper,
Arnica Doronicum J acq. ae se — (Aug. oY, Schiffner, ‘ Uber
_Jungermania collaris.’ — R. v stein, ‘ Die nordamerikanischen
Arten der Gattung Gentiana sek Endote icha.’—F. Babak, ‘ Zweiter
Beitrag zur Pilzflora von Tiro

Rhodora ee ).—F.8.C a ‘New England species of Dictyo-
siphon.’ — amald, ‘Undescribed varieties and hybrids of
Carex.’

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc.

Wirn praiseworthy promptitude Mr. F. M. Bailey has issued a
second instalment of his useful manual on The Queensland Flora,
the first part of which was noticed on pp. 148-145 of this J ournal.
The main lines of the work were’ sufficiently indicated on that
occasion, and the satneait | part is of course on the same sfohsp

ing
ranalati ions of “the Latin trivials are not always accurat g. the
equivalent of flewilis is snot ‘‘flexuose” (p. 859), nor doi inde
ean ‘‘a grand species’’ (p. 660).

We are glad to learn that Messrs. F. H. Knowlton and F. V.

a Biographical Index of American Botanists. It is to be feared,
however, that a considerable period must elapse before it will be
ready for publication

We have aceivel the first part (issued February 25th) of
Icones Flora Japonica, compiled by the College of Science, Imperial
University, Tokyo. .The plates, which are in large folio an d will
orm an extremely handsome volume, are beautifully edie by
T. Makino, and contain a profusion of detail; those in this in-
stalment represent Prunus Pseudocerasus oa spontanea (two plates),
and Isopyrum ee The pre are in Japanese. The
work may be obtained of Maruya & Co., Tokyo.

Part iy. of he Welwitsch Catalogue has just appeared ; it con-
tains the remaining portion of the Dicotyledons and concludes the
volume, which has been entirely elaborated by Mr. Hier

e glad to announce the publication of the Rev. W. M-
Rogers’s Handbook of British Rubi, of _ a notice by “ie Rev.
K. F. Linton will appear in our next is

Price Three Shillings, or in Three Series 1s, each, or separately 1d. adel.

ESSAYS ON UN-NATURAL HISTORY. —
By tine Very Rev. JOHN GERARD, 8.J.

I.— SCIENCE os SCIENTISTS.

Mr. Grant Allen’s Botanical | 4. “ Behold the Ae of the Ain”
Fables | 5. How Theories are Manu-

—_

2. Sir oka Lubbock on Flowers. | factured.

3. Some Wayside Problems. 6. Instinct ae its Lessons.
IT —SCIENCE OR ROMANCE?

tk Redes — | 4. The Empire of Man.

2. Missing L 5. The New Genesis.

3. The Being 4 Speculation. 6. The Voices of Babel.

Ill. EVOLUTIONARY PHILOSOPHY AND COMMON SENSE.
1, “The Comfortable Word ‘Evo- | 5. Agnosticism in Theory and
lution. ” Practice. tg
2. The Foundations of Evolution. | 6. Evolution and Design.
3. The Mechanics of Evolution. | 7. Wisdom ana Ignorance.
4. Evolution and Exact Thought. | 8. Un-Natural History.

CATHOLIC TRUTH SOCIETY,
69 Southwark Bridge Road, London, S.E.

BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX
Deceased British and Irish Botanists

BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G.,F.LS., & G. 8. BOULGER, F.LS. —

a

First Supplement to ‘the Above
: (1803-97) ©
PRICE 1s. 6d. NET.

Volume L., pp. xii, 632, with many Ilssiritions, Royal Gee, half. -morocco, price £1 83. are

THE? Figs age teat el OF PLANTS. = eae Sloe the Meta-
of Energy in Plants. By Dr. W. R, Professor of

d Source
- Botany ie waves of Leipzig. Second Fully Hevised | Baton, Translated
gee aie by Ave FRED J. Ewart, D.Se., Ph.D., F.L.S.. Vol.

Te sae og BOTANY. Edited by Isaac ——— ao |

a of the gen of Edinburgh; D. Sco
FLS. of ‘the Hoya cn dens, = ; W. G. Fartow, M.D., of Harvard University,
Uv. §.A., assisted by other Botanis

Offer.—Complete Sets (Vols. 1—XIII., 1887-1899) are offered, forts ; :
a at the following price, viz. £18 10s. net unbound, £21 -n und. ;

i ‘The subscription pr = of each vores is £1 10s. (payable in advance). a subscribers should
roe end their names, with subscription, to Mr. Henry Frowp

London: HENRY FROWDE, “Oxford. University Press Warehouse,
: Amen Corner, E.C.

For Drying Flowering Plants, Ferns, & Sea-weeds.
16 in. by 10 when folded, 15s. per ream, 1s. 1d. per quire.
18 Il or 19s. ? ls, dd. ch
20 ” PH 233. ” ; Is, 9d. ”
20 Ee: re 308. “i 23. 2d,

vf

On the 15th of every Month, price Is. Annnal Subscription, 12s., post

cHE ZOOLOGIST

: Epirep sy ‘W. L. DISTANT.
ONTENTS of AUGUST Number, — Zoological Notes from Sydney

Plats), 7 Davin G. Srzap. Short oo gS = Bearded ee (with
rations), by J. H. GuRN A t to Lundy, . L. BEataw
Notes and oo on ) Mamiiats Birds, &e. Woliacs of New Books and Bidito

Gleanin

Eondon: WEST, NEWMAN & Co., 54, Hatton art

ESTABLISHED 1951.

BIREK BECK BAN

SouTHaMPron Burnbines; Caancery Lang, Lonpon, w.c.
URRENT ACCO
a ad B on hea BA eee ss oo mo nthly balances,
= £100.

not drawn below

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS ©
227. | on Deposits, eg Be as on dem

and ee purchased and
BIRKBECK ALMANACK, with full p:

OCTOBER, 1900

JOURNAL OF BOTANY
BRITISH AND FOREIGN

EDITED RY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.8.G, F.L.S.

SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF Botany, British Museum (Naturat Hisrory)

CONTENTS
New or Critical British Marine Algz. Pe Z NoTIcES 0 z
B Handbook GE Bri itioh Rubi. By

A. L. Barrens, Ba LL.B.,
F.L.S. (Plate 414) wee 868d Wiurtiam Morue Ro: onus, FL

cies acer L. By Peas gree rear of Plants, es
Townsenn, M.A., F.L.8.-.. 570 Archegoniate we & Sperm
By Dr. K. Go: -
oe te. Case (ater as English Editon ate
Horret, F.L.S. hemtngedy. .» 383 . a Banroor, M.A FR.
Pibiiogeapkien! } 4 Gloss of B 3 with
XXIII. Dupetit- "Thouars eo on a | aoe

SHort Nores. — Fossombronia eris- ee
tata Lindb. — Euphorbia Esula a
var. Pseudo-cyparissias in Berk 5 £00 | See News, fe. one

ee LONDON ne
WEST. NEWMAN & 00. ‘4, ‘HATTON
: : OG SQUARE

_ The Eprror. will be glad to send the JournaL or Borany 4
im exchange for other Journals of a similar character. Such —
Journals, Books for review, and Communications intended _

eo ee

x for publication, to be addressed to James Barrirren, Hsq., —
_-—s« 126, KENNINGTON PARK ROAD, S.E. a
He will be greatly obliged to the Secretaries of Local

be recorded in this Journal. :

eS The JOURNAL OF BOTANY is printed and Published
Monthly by Wesr, Newman & Co., 54, Hatton Garden,
London, E.C., to whom Subscriptions for 1900 (in advanee,
Sixteen Ghilitnge, post free; if not paid in advance, chargeable —
at the rate of 1s. 8d. per number) should be paid,

~The Volumes for 1884 to 1895 ean still he had, price 14s. each, _
Or ‘£7 10s. the set. Of Vols. 1884 and 1885 very few copiesremain. —
The bound Volumes for 1896, 1897, 1898, and 1899 can be had —
at the usual price, £1 1s. each; also covers for the 1899 Volume
: ec Is. 4d. post free).

“For Volumes and back numbers for 1872—82 application should ha |
‘made to Dutau & Co., Soho Square, W. 2

ADVERTISEMENTS. oe
_ Advertisements should be sent to West, Newman & Con a
54, Hatton Garden, not later than the 24th of each ee

AUTHOR'S SEPARATE COPIES. ee

ontributors are presented with six copies of their
scticies as rinied in the Journan or Borany. Authors who require
more are requested to order from the Publishers, and An notify |
_ and state the number required at head of their MS.- otherwise ‘the
_ type may be distributed before the ed is received. The ohat} ;
_ for special separate copies are as under

inl

a 25 a pe 4 eis 25 Boe 5s. | 8 és. 26 co ies “as Ok
50 ve be: Re oh : = Soh

100 qs 100, ai near 100
a ake number of pages to bs charged i in 7 proportion, Se
Wrappers, &c., :

: for articles supplied as printed in ie ie
Py inked," aoe} js ee. leak Asien Ww

Tab. 41 4.

Journ.Bot.

el

A)

aon

ag

3

>
pave
ey

*

tet

EABatters del.

R Morga. li

369

NEW OR CRITICAL BRITISH MARINE ALG.
By E. A. L. Barrers, B.A., LL.B., F.L.8.*
(Prate 414.)

ERAL species, not previously noticed on the shores of the
British Isles, have _Tecen tly been added to our marine alga-flora.

@ expe
country whose shores have been industriously and successfully ex-
plored for the best part of a century in the an for marine alge.

n the present paper I pro ee to give a list, with descriptions of
some undescribed forms, of the more eee rea species that have
recently come under my notice.

MyxopnYces.
OBYRSA MARINA Rabenh. Flor. eur. Alg. ii. p. 68 Ce 5).

3. PLEcTONEMA . ae Gomont, Bulletin i la Soc. bot. de
France, vol. xlvi. p. 84, Feb. 1899. Mixed with Calothrix cag
lorum and other Mee oheese on dee near high-water mar
Clacton, Feb. 1893, and Sin e, Aug. 1894; F. A. B.

4. P. Barrersi Gom. l.c. p. 36. Mixed with Prasiola stipitata,
a on rocks near high- ee raark. Berwick-on-T weed, Feb. 1887;

E. A, B,

5. Puormiprum Ecrocarri — l.c. p. 87, pl. 1, fig. 13.
P. persicinum Batt. (non Gom.) arte. This — forms
a pink film over Ectocarpi or on co surface of the mud at high-
water mark. Cumbrae, Aug. 1891; H. 4. B. Plymouth, Tune,

‘ebner.

6. Scuizornrix vacinata Gom. Monographie des Oscillariées,
p. 40; pl. vii. a 1-4. Near the Picket Heats Sidmouth, Aug.
1885; E. A. Cumbrae, Aug. 1899; Mrs. Robertson. I am
indebted to a Gomont for the aout hentiast of this and the
three preceding species.

7. Nostoc ENTopHytum Bornet & Flahault, Rev. des Nostocacées
heterocystées in phonies d. Se. Nat. 7e ser. Bot. vii. p To
this species I refer some specimens of a microscopic Nostoe which
I found embedded in the thallus of Rivularia Biasolettiana at Cumbrae

* See Journ. Bot. 1895, 274-6; 1896, 6-11, 384-390; 1897, 433-440.
JournaL or Borany.—Vou. 88. [Ocr. 1900.]

870 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

in Aug. 1891. I saw no more specimens till last user when I

received from Mrs. Robertson some specimens of R. nitida from the
same locality, and on examining them I sand many pie s of
his or a closely-allied species of Nostoc rs. Robertson’s plants

thallus,
CHLOROPHYCES.

. Prastnocuapus Lusricus Kuckuck, Bemerk. zur mar. algen-
veg. von Helgoland, i. p. 261, fig. 28, Feb. 1894. Euglenopsis
subsalsa haat n Ann. Bot. vol. viii. no. Mg Ae Monge Dec. 1894.
In the

from the Sound were growing. ‘These specimens a
the figures and description of Huglenopsis subsaisa given by Davis in
the Annals of Botany, while the older films and those presumably
grown under unfavourable conditions exactly resembled Kuckuck’s
figures of Prasinocladus lubricus. There can be little or no doubt that
the two rah ae refer to one and ete’ same organism, Kuckuck’s
Prasinocladus having the priority of publication by a few months.
I do not fee aatialty confident, however, that the organism in
question is really an alga, and not rather one of the amreer:
protozoa.
9. CLADOPHORA vosmcarg aps CORYNARTHRA Kiitzing, Phye. germ.
p. 210; Id., Tab. Phye. vol. iv. ¢. 72, fig. 2.
Va ar. SPINESCENS, N. var. Filaments densely poe heck
forming a dark green, spongy, thorny width ;
branches numerous, stiff, irregularly BusGE Stippinite; ichotonious
or three or more in a whorl—branchlets, secund, bluntly pointed ;
cells 40-120 » in diameter, two i five times longer than br ro
Lying loosely fixed amongst the roots of Zostera, on a rather
muddy bottom in 3-4 fathom water. Roundstone Bay, Connemara,
March, 1883, Dr. Painter; April, 1899, H. H. Hanna, Weymouth,
April, 1890; E.. M. Holmes.
ariety differs from the type in the shorter cells, bluntly
pointed branchlets mire irregular branching, and somewhat mor
robust filamen

10. C. corymerrera Kiitzing, Spec. Alg. p. 397; Id., Tab. Phye-

iv. tab. 8. In pools near low-water mark, Berwick, ‘Oct. 1882 ;

FE. Perhaps only a form of C. hamosa Kiitz., as Havel
. it to be, but in any case a very pretty plant.

. C. Nzzstorum Kiitz. Spec. Alg. p. 896; Id., Tab. Phye. iv:

tab. e Var. humilis = C. humilis Kiitzing, Spee. Alg. p. 896; Id.,

Tab. Phyc. iv. tab. 4. In omer sandy-bottomed, sunny pools

between ‘ide-marks, ee Aug. 1884, Swanage, Aus:

1894 ; okt S$ species is closely related to C. rupestris, for

dwarf specimens of ity it might be mistaken, if not closely

NEW OR CRITICAL BRITISH MARINE ALG 871

——— The tufts are Lar: _ — below, and yellowish
or brown above. It appears to be a not uncommon species on
our shied: and I have seen intense : British. specimens, gathered
by Mr. E. M. Holmes, but I have no note as to the exact locality
or = of gathering.
. C, (Sponcomorpua) Sonperr Kiitz. Phye. germ. p. 208; Id.,

Tab, Phyo. iv. tab.79. Orkney; J. A. Polleafen. In the herbarium
of the late Dr Pollexfen there are a couple of specimens of this
species marked C. arcta. The fila ments, which are very much more

robust than in any other British species belonging to the subgenus
Prapennepht: are free, except at the base, where they are matted
together by numerous rhizoids. The tufts have much the appear-
ance Of the var. Vaucheriaformis of C. centralis. The cells often
reach 200 » and more in diameter. The specimens were probably
gathered about 1840, vs are not yrs the locality being given as
“* Orkney,” acaba further indicatio

18. 0. = ACROSIPHONIA ae Kjellman, Chlorophycé-

sligtet Kenelishien p. 88, tab. Vil. mee 1-21. On the leaves of
Basis era, Bognor, May, 1885; #.A.B Peeves May, 1899; Mrs.
Robertson. The widely spreading, compac ct, almost membranous,
basal layer from which the erect filaments arise render the recog-
nition of this eben easy.
_ 14. C. srotontrera = AcROSIPHONIA STOLONIFERA Kjellman, le.
p. 85, tab. vi. 'Berwiee Oct. 1882. Cumbrae, Aug. 1891; FE. 4. B.

PHHOPHYCER.
. Myrtonema poryonapum Sauvageau in Ann. des he,
peat Bot. 8e ser. tome v. 1898, p. 78, fig. 18. On the
of Saccorhiza bulbosa, GWatiage. Sept. 1898; H. 4.
1 Corunna Sauvagean, /.c. p. 77, fig. 14. On the blade
of Laminaria saccharina, Cumbrae, Aug. 1891, gee ee 4 Sept.
8; EH. A. B.

17. M. parmiosum Sauvageau, /.c. p. 82, figs. 15-17. On the
blade of L. saccharina and I.. divisatés, “Weyriwuth; Sept. 1892, and
Swanage, Sept. 1898, H. A. B.

18. Myrionema ? saxrcora Kuckuck, Bemerk. mar. algenvegetat
von Helgoland, ii. p. 881, fig. 8. On yooks near high-water mark,
and on Hot gate ane in company with Isactis plana, Swanage, Rept.
1898 ;

19. Hx ECATONEMA MacuLANS Sauy. l.c. p. 88, ae 18-22. On
Corallina officinalis. Peveril Point, Sw wanage, Sept. 18
Rhodymenia palmata and L. saccharina, Swanage, Sept. 1897 ;
EL. A. B.

20. Cumionema Narnatim Sauyv. /.c¢. p- asi figs. 23-24. (
Rhodymenia palmata, Swanage, Sept. 1898, EF. 4. B. This species
is ecient y found wing in company with Gidiinams ocellatum
Sauv. (= Ascocyclus ocellatus Reinke), to which it apne ars to be
united by many intermediate forms. Many, if not all, ok the
specimens referred by Mrs. Griffiths and Harvey yt Be ae

872 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

pereeeeles id which I have seen, really belong to this species; and
it appea me that this, and not the form of M. strangulans (= M
vulgare Thur.) with plurilocular sporangia, as supposed by Prof.
Sauvageau, is the plant which Harvey called M M. Lechlancherii. It
is quite probable, ebibnen oy oma referred plants polongeng
to more than one spec o his M. Lechlancherii. Chau
Rivularia sla tr iel ts, no aout Myrionema strangulans Greville

iO, . au . p. 108, fig. 25. Hectocarpus reptans
7 oh Biprcios da Finistére, p. 161, pl. 24, gen. 158, figs. 8 & 4.
n Fucus serratus, Swanage, Sept. 1898; EH. A. B. The Ascocyclus
reptans of Mr. Holmes’s and m Revised List is not referable to the
present species, but to Hecatonema reptans Sauv.
SCOCYCLUS HISPANICUS Sauv. l.c. p. ma figs. 26-87. On
Saccorhiza bulbosa, Swanage, Sept. 1898, F. .

. A. sPHZROPHORUS Sauv. /.c. p. 120, nd ues On Rhody-
menia palmata, See erga Sept. 1892, and oi: Sept. 1898 ;
BAB. A * and abundant species at Swanage, often
covering a considerable peieticks of the eiiee gor of a Rhodymenia

ond, at first with numerous isolated individuals, ae sas al with
an almost continuous brown layer made up of innumerable Asco-
cyclus Je growing side by side, and more or le overlapping

. Ecrocarpus (?) HELopHoRUs Rosenvinge, Deuxiéme Mém.
sur = Alg. mar. du Groenland, p 82, figs. 17-18. Endophytic in
the frond of various species of ay uoria and vhs tite Berwick, Jan.
ore E. A. a Cumbrae, Noy. 1892; G. Brebner

can be separ

. PuNncTARIA CRISPATA = Siperes roe orispatum Kiitz. Phye.
germ. p. 299 (1848); Id., Tab. Phye. vi. t. 49. Punetaria lami-
narioides Crouan, FI. Finistére, p- 167 (1 867). Fronds deep brown,
3-20 in. long and about as abit Spec stipitate ; stipe cylindrical,
slender, inconspicuous, 2 o s long, suddenly expanding into
an oblong, orbicular or drvegalasly shapel lacerate-erose frond, with
strongly crisped margins. Lamina 150-200 y» thick, formed of
6-8 layers of cells. Internal cells large and colourless; superficial

On Zostera, Scilly T slands, June, 1899 : E. George.
The above description applies to some very curious and in-
teresting specimens sent to me last year by Mr. Edward George from

NEW OR CRITICAL BRITISH MARINE ALG 8738

the Scilly Islands, where he was spending his summer holiday.
Except in size, they agree well with Kiitzing’s figures and de-
scription of Phycolapathum crispatum, an imperfectly ae species
which seems to me identical with P. laminarioides Crn., described
twenty-four Sie ars lat This species must not be confounded with
the form of P latifolia which Mr. Holmes and I have called var.
laminarioides (Holme & Batters in Annals of Botany, vol. v. p. 523),
specimens of which ier sometimes 18 in. long and 6 in. wide, but

which are with difficulty distinguished from the superficial cells,
render P. crispata readily distin joisiabls from P. latifolia.
S

0

since found it on several occasions at Cumbrae. It makes
appearance wr in spring, and by the end of April ies entirely
disappeared. e Cumbrae specimens agree well with the speci
mens a iaiiated in Hauck & Richter’s See ie universalis,
no. 12, and with the excellent figures given by Rosenvinge. The
plant when fresh 3 is of a ae brown colour, but fe very apt to
turn green when drie

Ru ae aoe BanGIAcEz.
28. Neevea, gen. nov. Thallus prin endozoic, fila-
mentous, proauss bent scan in the substance of Flustra foliacea,

mutual pressure. Eepnanecon effected by the escape of the cells
from the pe oe ig sheath, and their subsequent development into
new individua.

N. repe a oni i unica. Fronds from :25-1°5 mm. in diameter ;
filaments from 12-36 p in breadth, in some parts aecLae but a
single row of cells, in others 2-8 rows; cells 6-15 p long, 4-9 p
broad. Tab. 414, figs. 18-22. Endozoie in Flustra tithe Deal;
J. T. Neeve.

In the spring of the present year Mr. John T. Neeve found on
the shore at Deal some specimens of Flustra foltacea with hardly

874 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

the living Bryozoan are protruded. In the central portion of the
thallus they are always fused into a compact pseudoparenchymatous
layer one or more cells in thickness, and it is only at the edges of
the expansion that they are free. In many cases, however, the

of life, and the union of the filaments into a membranous layer
distinguish this genus from Goniotrichum, the irregular form of the
layer from Hrythropeltis. ae enus is named after Mr. J. T.

eeve, who, it may be rem a red, is also the original dis-
coverer of Gonimophyllum Bufrhami, described in this Journal for
1892 (p. 65, t. 319).

. Eryrsrorricara cruaris Batt. (non Thuret nec Berthold nec
aliorum) = Banera ciiaris Carm. in Hook. Br. il. 316
Fronds dark purple, 500-800 » long, 10-30 p broad (in iat
from Arbroath 1-2 mm. long and 10-200 p broad), — arising

om a scammcnksoanatis, cellular dise; dises roundish, Opi
diameter ; = roundish-polygonal, 15-24 » in {oadetre Spores
about 18 w in diameter. Appin, about 1820; Capt. Carmichael.
Arbroath, Sak 1890; £. M. Holmes. Scilly Islands, June, 1899 ;
or.

Hitherto botanists have not been agreed as to the identity of
Carmichael’s Bangia ciliaris. Kiitzi ing thought it was a variety of
Erythrotrichia carnea (= Goniotrichum ceramicola Kiitz.). Thuret,
on the other hand, recognized in Porphyra Boryana Mont. the true
B. ciliaris, while still more recently Berthold, not unnaturally,
e. a a bs Sear to call E. Bertholdii for pire os
Cro Hau and most other recent writers

hesihstingty follow Thuret es uniting H. Boryana with B. ciliaris,

h as a species of Porphyra. I am uncertain
what the B. ciliaris of the Nereis Boreali- Seaiaieades really is, but
the specimens from Bridgeport, Connecticut, distributed by Collins
in the Phykotheka universalis no. 655, appear to me to be referable

sg a
Herbarium at Kew could clear up the matter, and I am much
indebted to es William Thiselton Dyer for permission to examine

naked eye the Bangia forms a hardly ae

NEW OR ORITICAL BRITISH MARINE ALGE 875

figure (Phyc. Brit. pl. 822), though the colouring should have been
purple, is, so far as it goes, a correct r repre resentation of the erect

many apparently site mature dises which bore no erect filaments,
and which in every way —— Berthold’s Gow of the dises of
his picket F fio only other British specimens that

I have seen that I can piericl een to the same species are some
gathered by Mr. E. M. Holmes on Corallina officinalis at Arbroath
in September, 1890, and some others on Zostera sent to me last
year from the Scilly Islands by Mr. E. George.

The specimens from Appin and Scilly are similar in all respects ;
those from Arbroath are longer and broader than the others. is

lichen dieeacecnaging of ees and Prantl the ane Prof. F.
Schmitz has

pa pains eam eh tally expanded frond we! jie
growth. In the oe of t the gen s he makes no mention of erect
filaments, and states that cell- division is confined to the marginal
cells, and does not take place in any other cells of the thallus.

Berthold, on “ae other hand, jiesiethos his F. discigera as very like
B i ciliaris, but the filaments slightly more slender, not half as long,
and arising in groups from a monostromatic disc, which is some-
times alone present. If Schmitz did not intend to exclude from
his genus Hrythropeltis plants which bore erect filaments, although
ag: occasionally, it is cult to see why he has excluded LF. obseura,

sari the disc is often all that is present. (‘‘ Aufrechte Thallom,

hochet s 3 mm. lan ng, gewonlich kiirzer, oder auch fehlend (in
jie "vielfach),” Berthold, Bang. p. 26.) I am pictased to think
that Schmitz peaiaokal the fact that erect filaments are present in

E.. discigera Berth., and was consequently mistaken in supposing
the specimens on which Ke founded the genus Hrythropeltis belonged
to the same species as Berthold’s plant, though resembling it in

a discigera Berth. or FE. obscura Berth. (which is‘said to differ from
by the darker colour, relatively larger cells, and occasional
branching) rather than F. ciliaris Berth. is the plant described by
Carmichael fifty years Sha under the name Bangia ciliaris.
3 Bertnotpn Batt. = E. craris Berth. Bangiacea, p. 25
(non Bangia ciliaris Carm On Zos ete Belly ait June, 1899 ;

very slender below, gradually t 2 iiong from 10-12 p at the base to

876 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

upper part of the frond shows 4-8 cells radially arranged. Each
individual filament is attached singly to the Zostera leaf by its
slightly expanded basal cell. In many respects the plant resembles
a Bangia, but the spores are formed exactly as in the other species
of Hrythrotrichia. As has been shown above, Berthold is wrong in
referring the plant to Bangia ciliaris Carm. (for which the name
Hrythrotrichia ciliaris must be retained). I have been compelled in
consequence to give it a new name, and have called it after the
botanist who first clearly described it.

31. E. Boryana Berth. Bang. p. 25. Var. orispa, nov. var.
Fronds pale purple, 10-20 mm. long, very slender below and formed
of a single cell-row 10-15 » broad, which by longitudinal and
transverse division of the cells gradually expands into a very thin,

at, monostromatic frond 200-800 » broad; margins crenate, more
or less crisped and curled. On Zostera, in company with E. Ber-
tholdii, &¢., St. Mary’s, Scilly, June, 1899; E. George.

I found this very pretty variety of E. Boryana growing in
company with the preceding, on Zostera leaves sent from the
Scilly Isles by Mr. George. e fronds are very much longer and
broader than those of any other British specimens of the species
that I have seen; and the margins, instead of bein quite entire
(‘‘ margini integerrima”’), are notched and crisped, sometimes so
much so that the frond appears spirally twisted.

32. EryrHropenttis piscigera Schmitz in Engler & Prantl,
Pflanzenfamilien, Theil 1, Abtheilung 2, p. 318. Var. Fuustr2,

them have I found any trace of erect fronds. The spores are

plant is really a form of Schmitz’s Erythropeltis discigera ; but
cannot think it the same as Erythrotrichia discigera Berthold
although the fronds in many respects resemble the discs of that
species when no erect fronds are produced.

II.—Foriwez.

38, Cuantransia ENDozoIcA Darbish. in Bericht. der Deutsch.
Bot. Gesellsch. 1899, Band xvii. p. 18, taf. 1. On Alcyonidium
gelatinosum L., Valencia, Co. Kerry, Ireland; Prof. F. H. Weiss.
On A. hirsutum, Alnmouth; Dr. G. 8. Brady. This interesting

NEW OR CRITICAL BRITISH MARINE ALG 377

species has recently been found growing in company with a ——-
of other minute alge on A. hirsutum at Alnmouth by D
rady, F.R.S. So abundant were the parasitic plants that ‘the
creature itself was quite masked by its deep red investment.
34, Hatymenia tatiroria Crn. Florule du Finist. p. 142, pl. 14,
gen. 96. Blackhead, Antrim, Ireland; Dr. Dickie. In the National

to the structure of the frond at once akéseh to what g nus 5 ie plan
belongs. The simple, quite undivided obovate rae patties
this as eat at sight from Halarachnion ligulatum

. HetmintHoctapia Hupsoni J. Ag. Sp. Aly: ii. p. 418; iii

in the genus peppy lenses It is worthy of note that the tetra-
sporic plants are — small and deoler: compared with those bearing
cystocarps, and it appears to me not improbable that the tetraspores
(of Nemalion, pt &c.) may be found on similarly dwarfed
B50" ens

chromatophores ; tetraspores cruciate, borne in external ¢
sori, accompanied by. slender, — faleate, few- scliol Senitiaees.
Cystocarps and antheridia unkno
36. R. Georgii, sp. unica. Fronds purplish red, 100 »-1 mm. in
nine to clustered in dense masses, more or less confluent, smooth,
somewhat lubricous ; ebetioat’ cells seen from above roundish poly-
gonal, a Tose 6 » in diameter; sori 50-800 p» broad; entag
hf —4-

antheridia and cystocarps unknown. ‘Tab. nost. figs. 8-

n Zostera, fringing the margins of the leaves with an almost
etnies purplish: = border. Scilly Islands, June, 1899, and
May, 1900; E. Geo

I detected this fea curious and interesting alga on some leaves
of Zostera marina sent to me from the Scilly Islands last year by
r. George. Very few fp and those small and scattered at
tong intervals along the margin of the Zostera leaves, were found
last year; but in the spring of the present year Mr. George has
found the plant in abundance, forming an almost unbroken border

878 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

to the Zostera leaves, and in most cases accompanied by Punctaria
fronds at

e margin, or mo
rarely on the surface, of the Zostera leaf; but they soon swell into
globose or pear-shaped fronds, occasionally solitary, but much more

_ along the edge of the upper portion of the leaf. The sori are borne
on fronds of all ages, and greatly resemble those of Rhododermis.
The a egenen — of the genus is doubtfu

I have ted the species ~ my friend Mr. George, an inde-
fatigable i peroie to whom, as this re ie IT am deeply
indebted not oy, mS beautiful specimens of the present uate but
for other rare eeds from the Scilly ards pe elsewhere.
Mr. George’s — woliaclion os marine alge, with its sets of mag-
nificent specimens, the reward of assiduous collecting continued ~

many successive years, is but little known to botanists ; but it

in vain that I Beye pegs urged my friend to publish his fae

Erythroderm membranaceous, horizon-
tally expanded, cgay or indefinite in Palas adhering closely
to the substratum, monostromatic or composed of very few lay ers of
polygonal salle arranged in dichotomous rows, flabellately fiaiing
from several points. Chromatophores small, disc-shaped, severa
in each cell; tetraspores Siete arranged in moniliform, simple
or forked filaments, which are packed together in external convex
nemathecia. Antheridia and cystocarps unknow

37. BE. Alleni, sp. unica. Characters those of ee genus. Fronds
6-7. mm. in diaineter, and about 15 p» in thickness ; cells 6-12 p
long, 6-9 » broad; nemathecia slightly elevated, about 1 mm. in
diameter ; nema thecial pee simple or branched, each formed
of 4-6 tetraspores, 9-12 » in diameter. Tab. nost. figs

On pieces of broken gee dredged from 4-6 fathom water,
Queen’s Ground, Plymouth, March, 1

I found this interesting and manta little plant on some bits
of broken earthenware sent to me, amongst some shells, stones, &c.,

t he

structure, but the tetraspores are borne in true nemathecia, not
unlike those of Phyllophora gigs tg lia. I do not know of an
other. incrusting oon with similar nemathecia. Until the cysto-

ee .. Mr. E. J. Allen, the ais Director of the Plymouth
_
endear HAPALIDIOIDES Foslie = Mr opesta HAPALIDI-

OIDES tet Fl. Finist. p. 150. Berwick-on-Tweed, Jan. 1887;
EL. A West coast. of Ireland; Foslie.

89. Mxeuopesta zonauis Foslie = Hapataprum zonate Orn. FI.
Finist. p. 149. Plymouth, April, 1897; /&. 4. B.

40. Laraopayiiuum Crovani Foslie, ‘‘ Some new or critical Litho-
thamnia,” p. 17. Berwick, Fe. 1889; HE. A. B

RANUNCULUS ACER L. 879

I take this opportunity of eee Fag Bares with the new
genera described in this paper, some alge ently described by me
in this Journal, but of which ad figures were wer at the time of
publication.

EXPLANATION oF Prater 414.
1-2. Porphyrodiscus rem Batt.:—1. Transverse section of frond
2. Por 500.

enough a@ sorus x 50. ort oe same,
3-7. ot sabres mis Allen —3. Transverse section of frond with
te pthans x 200 —5. Simple ae” nched nemathecial filaments, x 500.
6. Transverse | eae through edge of sorus, x 500. face cells, x 30
igs. physema Georgii:—8. Plant, nat. size, on t leaf.
. pinster of fronds, Section of frond, x 50. 11. Ditto of roe frond
e paraphyses, x 500 urface cells,

. 10 : ‘
Tie. on Trailliella intricata Batt.:—14. Branch with tetraspores, x 1
Figs. 15 & 16. Helminthocladia Hudsoni J. Ag. sor Tetrasporic van

nat. size eriphera ments with Eg oe ;
5 oy Bs Pa a Brebneri Batt. :—17. Totvanpet ‘branch, x 300.
Figs. 18-2 vea repens :—18. Plant in situ, x 10. 19. Po =e of same,
x 300. 20. Part of frond after the on us the spores, x 300. 21. Germi-

nating spores, x 300. 22. Young frond, x

RANUNCULUS ACER L.
By Frepertck Townsenp, M.A., F.L.S.

In the Journal of Botany for 1889, p. 140, I published a short
paper ra ey. the late Prof. Kerner’s views rH the Pidernn ds seer iestp
of Ranunculus Stevent and R. acer L.* He enized
these as ee species, one with and one without a aieéping ie ape
described tae forms of the latter, one of which—viz. R. Friesianus
nsidered identical with R. Steveni Andrz., whereas
other botanists believe them to be distinct and to represent two
subspec
Dr. Bos well Syme, in the third edition of English Botany, seems
to have ‘Yeoogiiised three forms or subspecies, though he corrects
= naming in his Report of the Lo ak Bot. Exch. Club, gare
n Journ. Bot. 1869, p. 187. The third subspecies alluded t
R. Friesianus Jord. Engl. Bot. ed. iii. vol. i. p. 89, the first tivo
being R. Bor@anus Jord. and R. Steveni Andrz. Messrs. Rouy an
Foucaud, i in their Flore de France now in course of publication, ‘is
recognise the same three subspecies, and their arrangement of these
an

Under 7 aii meas diy Bore a@anus, Messrs. Rouy and Foucaud
describe four — viz.:—(1) R. B reanus Jord. (pro specie), een
one

v:
specie), shy one subvar., pumilus’: ; (3) R. stipatus Jord. (pro pune): :
and (4) R. puscatintug Tord: (pro specie).

* A clerical error in that paper ~_* here be noticed and corrected: line 18
from the or for ‘ liangah ” read “ Fries

880 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Under Sooners II., R. Steveni, only one form is recognized
and descri
nder 2S IIl., R. Friesianus, three forms are described :
(1) A. vulgatus Jord. ( ro specie); (2) R. Friesianus Jord. (pro
specie) ; (3) R. nemorivagus Jord. (pro specie).
ave prepared the following dichotomous table of subspecies
and forms, followed by descriptions i in full ang - not “nea to
be a literal translation of the text of Messrs ouy and Fou
I have, in places, taken sodiiderahte liberty be the latter, so I the
authors must not be held responsible for any departure from the
original. I may here add that # have myself gathered in sitw all
the subspecies and forms, and that I am indebted to Mons. Rouy
for his examination of my collection.
Dicnotomous Taste or Susspecres anp Forms.
Lobes of the leaves overlapping or their borders
touching, or cut into narrow sublinear segments
Lobes of the leaves not overlapping, nor their bor-
oa touching, nor cut into narrow sublinear

—_

men
7 foie overlapping, longer than broad, finely divided
‘into narrow sublinear segments, rootstock short,

thick, rhizome none or, if any, coarse and thick Boreanus.

Var. 8 tomophyllus Jord. (pro specie). Plant eg covered with
soft hairs, rootstock less shor
Lobes touching or overlapping, nearly or aoe as
road as long, not cut into narrow linear seg-
ments, root creepin
2. Lobes much longer than broad, rootstock short,
thick, oblique
Lobes nearly as hia; as long, rootstock creeping,
more or less horizontal Stevent.
8. Plant jeamally distributed i in pastures, te I bes
eg less cut and more ee: Siinibiform
. Boreanus .
One wba. .» pumilus Rouy & Fouc. Plant dwarf, “iw. to wited
R, parvulus Clairy., non L. )
Plant alpine, smaller than the ay 2. less
divided, divisions more unequal, those of the
lower stem-leaves often stalked stipatus.
Plant alpine, very similar to the last, but ‘the
oe of the leaves os »carpels os
merous, and with shorter beak pascuicolus.
4, so om of pres very broad and pie a go as to
leave little or no sinus at the base of the lobes nemorivagus.
speci of lobes less broad, pobes foushing or
erlapping, bu ¢ with evident si
5. Lobes haking or overlapping, beak of carpels
strongly hooked, hook persistent vulgatus.
bes of leaves overlapping, _ of carpels less
hooked, hook evanescen Friesianus.

RANUNCULUS ACER L. 881

R. acer L. Spec. 779 (sensu lato); G. et G. Fl. Fr. i. p. 82;
Gren. Rev. Fi. Jura, p. 27; Lamotte, Prodr. Fl. Plat. Centr. p- 47.
—Rootstock with or without rhizome, producing buds furnished
with acuminate or subobtuse hairy or villous seales. Root-leaves

ee r
Sepals villous. ca 20-30, poeceae compresse sed, with more or less
hooked beak, beak less than half the length of the earpel.. 2.
May-July.

Three subspecies.

Sussrecies I.—R. Boraanus. Rootstock short, often fascicled,

broad, ultimate divisions numerous narro
Form I. Rk. Boreanus Jord. (pro specie), Obs. Fragm. 6, p. 19;
Diagn. p» T1; Bor. Fl. Centre, ed. 8, p. 16; Gren. Rev. Fl. Jura,

o. 18; Fre
DC, = iE Neapolitanus Crantz, non Ten.; R. napellifolius ae re
Exsicc.: Bill. nos. 1105 et 8504; Reliq. Maill. no. 158;
7

cence. Beak of carpels short. I have gathered this in Hampshire
Sussex, Surrey, Warwickshire, Wie ae Glanecseekic,
s-shire.

enshir Tnve n

tomophyllus Jord. (pro specie) Diagn. p. 71; Gren. /
Base of stem and petioles Laake clothed with ea or r ratlexed
fulvous hairs, rootstock with shortly developed oblique rhizome.
This I have gathered in Surrey, Devon, Berkshire, Worcestershire,
Aberdeenshire, and Inverness-shire.

I.—R. rectus Bor. (pro specie) Fl. Centre, ed. 8, p. 15

(J. Bauh. Hist. 3, p. 416, fig. 1); Lamotte, Prodr. Fl. Pl. Centr.

of the leaves wider, primary lobes more oblong-cuneiform, their
borders not touching; rootstock more prolonged; beak of carpels
longer.—This I have gathered in Hampshire, Surrey, Sussex,
iy gel Warwi Grabs, Cumberland, Aberdeenshire. It
has been gathered in Shetland by Mr. Bee

ae pumilus.—Plant dwarf, few- Bowed (A. parvulus Clairv.,
alam .)» Mr. Beeby has communicated plants he gathered in
Shet.

species, so that the adoption of Pir are ’s names on the wvibidetiy of sctbiheena
would only cause detrimental confus

3882 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Form IL.—R. ona Jord. (Pr ones Py . 72; R. cam-

marifolius Axrv.-Touv. Essai P tela Soc.
auph. no. 2736.— -Plans ae aoe tm the aareye ;
divisions of the leaves more unequal, less numerous,

ower stem-leaves then petioled ; carpels clearly but sho sere
ae peduneles stout. I have gathered this in Switzerland and
rol.

Form IV.—R. pascuicolus Jord. a — Diagn. p. 73;
R. rivularis Arv.-Touv. Notes, 1883, p. 2 n Banks et Sol.—
Plant cv nearly dated to the last, bat differs in the divisions
of the leaves being a little wider and su boblong, with smaller
flowers note smaller less numerous carpels, with the beak more
hooked. have gathered this in Switzerland in Cantons Berne
and Valai

<sieee II.—R. Sreven1 Andrz. (pro specie) Ap. Bess. Cat.
Pl. Volhyn, pp. 22-28; Bor. Fl. Centr. ed. 3, p.15; Reichb. Icon.
i. f. 4605: Gren. Rev. Fl. Jura, 4 28; Freyn, l.c. p. 938; fi. sil-
vaticus open Fi. Paris (p.p.); &. acris Jord. Observat. Fragm. 6,

pp. 15-17, non L. nec auct. plur. —Rootstock with prolonged oblique
or anigonial ieots me covered with long hairs. Plant villous, hairs
patent, at least on the petioles, stems few, leaves more or less broad,
reniform-cordate, less deeply 3-5-partite, lobes ovate- Ss m, eter
not overlapping.—Habit of R. nemorosus f. Amansii. I hav athered
his in = hain and Wiltshire, and have specimens 5 guthere
_ by Mr. Beeby in Shetland. I have also ameerieys it at Luchon in
the Pyrenees, and at Weissanstelt in Switze

Sussrecies III.—R. Frizsianus. Tadbensil with oblique or sub-
- horizontal prolonged rhizoma, more or less covered with fibres;
radical leaves more or less hirgute, shortly petioled, short, broad,
suborbicular, with broad lobes, less deeply cut, borders of lobes
touching or overlapping.

Form I.—R. vulgatus Jord. (pro specie) ap. Bor. Fl. Centre,
ed. 3, p. 15. eak of carpels strongly hooked, persistent, leaves
with whitish sabeseings, primary lobes of root-leaves more or less

ouching, rather deeply toothed, rootstock and Hike me ie tne t
slender, with few fibres. I have gathered this in Yorkshire, Car-
narvonshire, and ee I have it from Shetland, and also
have it from Orle

Ae aes Bits Jord. ee — Observat. Fragm. 6,

; Fl. Centre, ed. 8, p. 16.—Beak of carpels much less hooked
Seat the last, leaves greener, with shorter teeth, borders of the
primary lobes of root-leaves overlapping above, but with sinus
below, rootstock thicker than the last and with more fibres. I have
this from Shetland, communicated by Mr. Beeby, and named by
ah Rou uy. I have also gathered it in Canton Vaud, in Switzer-

toon III.—R. nemorivagus Jord. (pro specie) Diagn. p. 74, excl.
syn. ; Lamotte, l. c. p. 48.—Similar in habit to the last, but borders
of primary lobes of root-leayes completely overlapping, leaving little
or no sinus below. I have cs this in Canton Vaud in Switzer-

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACE 883

Thus all the subspecies, but not all the forms, are native in
Great Britain. i orms are—h. Boreanus and the var.
tomophyllus ; R. rectus and the subvar. pumilus; R. Steveni; R. vul-
gatus; R. Friesianus.

land by Mr. Beeby, I am not aware that it has been detected
elsewhere in Great Britain.

In practice I find that the forms can be recognized principally
by the root-leaves and the rootstock, but assisted by other characters.
Intermediate forms naturally and certainly do occur. nd these

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACE
(arrer WarnsrorF)
By K. Cuartes Horrexs, F.L.S.
(Continued from p. 353.)

§ vu. SpHacna sussecunpa Schimp.
Branch-leaves very small, small, medium size to very large,

sm.
strong border ; in most cases forming rows like strings of pearls on
he commissures, either numerous on the outer or on the inner

884 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

surface of the leaf, more rarely with few pores on both surfaces or
numerous pores on both; only in S. Pylaiei are the pores

altogether absent. Stem-cortex genera ally in one or two layers,

more rarely i in two to several layers, cells of median width to wide,

hat fim
ur grass- or grey-green, pene or golden-yellow, dnc
violet to — or red-brown, never pur

The section pea _— forty or fifty species, of which
eleven a inhebite s of Kur

e eer aien of sa belonging to this section it is
important that both the branch- and the stem-leaves should be
selected from the upper part of the stem, just below the capitulum.
33. S. conrorrum (Schultz.) Limpr. non Nees et Hornschuch.
he - S. laricinum qe MSS. 1847; S. contortum 3 laricinum
Bryol. Brit. 1855, 23; S. neglectum Angstr. 1864; S. curvi-
aoa (Wils, MSS.) Hunt, 1 1867.

Exsicc. Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exsice. No. 18 (1877).

Tufts generally loose, 7-15 em. in height (submerged forms up
to 80 and 40 cm. long and generally more slender), pale bee
green to light green or dark green, frequently variegated w
brown or light paren brown to dark brown or blackish, tbe
times somewhat violet.

Stem rotons rigid and dark-coloured, rarely greenish. Ste
_ cortea in two to three layers (rarely in four). dg cylinder bisque
less or ate frequently brownish red to dark brow

es with two to five branches, the two hi three spreading

oO
Q
°o
—

paler ay. ye fie sae ya sometimes longer, someti shorter ;
leaves rie rather closely arranged but not closely imbricate,
frequently s

Branch- rade small generally narrow-ovate i ovate, *7-1°5
1 ng; on the pen nt branches lanceolate ; somewhat concave with

the margin iacureae above, when dry Baiseaily chapel undulate.
Pores very small, weakly ringed and generally few On
the outer surface generally scattered, rarely SScitaiay seni n the
inner surface either quite without pores or with a few in the peices
part of the leaf.

Stem-leaves small, emma segegrerae 4 esained with the re ha

urved = apex ro ngs and w mbriate, °6-1°4

tie generally 1 mm. long, very r rarely ‘et ‘108 mm. a and shat

ngulate. Border generally widened below. Non- fibrillose or with
a ‘ne fibrils in the upper third. Pores on the outer surface very
few and very small; on the 1 inner surface larger, non-bordered, an

generally only near the apex or in the upper third. Hyaline aie

very rarely septate

Dioicous. t Perickssial bracts oblong, with the apex acuminate,
border of equal width all round, hyaline cells in the upper part rarely

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE 885

with fibrils and small pores. Spores rust-coloured, 28-82 p in
diameter, finely papillose

Hab very wet ein and especially in deep peat bogs,
ais, panstige

Throughout Europe; N. America. Petty Pool, Vale

Royal, “Cheshire (Whitehead) ; ; near Over, Cheshire (W. Wilson) ;
Barbon Low tee Westmoreland (Barnes); Grayrig, Westmoreland
(Barnes); Penzance, Cornwall (Ley); Newbridge Bog, Ashdown
Forest, Sussex “(Nicholson m).

84, ms Pett eees Warnst. in Flora, 1884, 481.

i iculatum Angst. in Oefv. Vet. Akad. xxi. 1864, ebro
Sch 0) 5 ne ectoceeneni B isophyllum Russ. Beitr. zur Kenntn
Torfm. 1 ,exparte; 8. laricinum vary. ter sstaeitih pathy
et cyelophyllum Lindb. in Not. iir Sallsk. pro Fauna et nn. xiii
1874, 402. S.laricinum var. subsimplea Lindb. Musci. Shai 1879, 11,

Easiec. Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exsicc. No. 14

Tufts very loose, ge 7-25 and 80 em. high, pale green,
green, greenish yellow or ae yellow, brownish green to dark
dirty green or dirty bro

Stems soft, wine colouties or brownish ; cortea in 14 to 2 layers,
rarely in three

‘ascicles aciltatibig of from 1-3 branches, which are caged
short ‘ana thick, but sometimes thin and of medium lengt
eee ee or sometimes when dry imbricate re very Rech
an llen

Branch-leaves large, ovate to broadly ovate-oval, with the apex
Lieiniied: and indistinctly toothed, very concave, with the margin
inrolled in the ge half or all r ound ; generally 1:8 mm. long
and 1-2 mm. wide; sometimes, however, up to 4 mm. in length.
Hyaline cells either celiibealy short, and rhomboid or rectangular,

or longer and bluntly spindle shaped nd somewhat sigmoid
res on the outer surface either small and scattered and inter-

mingled with pseudopores, or large re numerous and

arranged in rows on the commissures the inner surface w

with
scattered pores mixed with numerous pseudopores. Fibrils sep
and numerous throughout the leaf.

rs yllose cells in sctsian generally barrel-shaped, sometimes
very W
J Stem- ee sometimes resembling the branch-leaves in form,
size, and pore-structure, sometimes broadly jingu ulate-ovate, with

r

istrib. marl pe, rare; Russia, Denmark, Scandinavia, German
Wales. Asia; N. America. Aber, se cat ire ord coe)
35. S. susszounpum Limpr. Laubm. i. 1885, 119.
yn. S. subsecundum Nees in Sturm, ‘Deutechl, Flora, ii. 1819,
pro parte. 8. contortum var. subsecundum Wils. Bryol. Brit. 1855, 22.
Journat or Botany.—Von, 88. [Ocr. 1900.] 28

886 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Exsicc. Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exsicc. No. 15a (pro parte).
Tufts loose and soft, dark brownish green, yellow or reddish
yellow, rarely green alone. Stems woody, but thin and delicate,
with the branches generally densely arranged with loose, rarely
crisped capitulum.
ood-cylinder well developed, generally brown.
Stem-cortea in one layer, with scattered pores on the walls
1

Fascicles consisting of 8-5 branches, 2-3 spreading, short,
acuminate, and frequently recurved; leaves loosely arranged and

Branch-leaves very concave, ovate, shortly acuminate, narrowly
bordered, margin inrolled above, strongly fibrillose; pores on the
entire outer surface very numerous, small, round and strongly
b he inner

Chlorophyliose cells in section median, free on both surfaces,
barrel-shaped to rectangular ; lumen oval.
ioicous ; male branches brownish green, yellow to reddish

ab. In wet places in deep bogs
Distrib. Througho Asia; N. America. Brookwood,
Surrey (Sherrin); Widdy Bank Fell, Teesdale, Durham (Horrell) ;
Aldershot, Hants (Sherrin) ; Shappen’s Moss, Brockenhurst, Hants
(Ley) ; Stockton Forest, W. York (Stabler). ;

. subsecundum Limpr. does not appear to be very common in *
Britain, most of the plants under this name in herbaria belonging
to S. rufescens Warnst. or some other of the numerous segregates.
S. subsecundum in the restricted sense is almost always a much more
delicate plant than most other forms, and is less frequently found
floating or completely submerged.

36. S. inunparum Warnst. in litt, (1895) teste Cardot in Réper-

toire Sphagn. 1897, 81. .
yn. 8. inundatum Russ. Zur Kenntniss, &¢. 1894, 45, ex parte;
S. subsecundum varr. contortum et obesum Auct. ex parte.

Exsicc. Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exsicc. No. 155.

Plants more robust than S. subsecundum, but generally less so
than S. Gravetei and S. rufescens, completely submerged or in very
wet places. Generally green, or with some admixture of purple.

Wood-cylinder strongly developed, dark brown. :

Stem-cortex in one layer. .

HE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACER 387

Stem-leaves of medium size, from 1 mm. to 1:4 mm. in length,
lingulate, obtuse and rounded at the finely toothed apex, always
fibrillose in the upper sag rarely to the base; hyaline cells

he

Fasvisles of 8-5 branches, _ sj 3 ager =: recurved or ratratiil
rather short and acuminate, the leaves loosely imbricate or
spreading, sometimes closely bese seq UBtReS more or less
secun

Br wih: leaves small to medium size, ovate, obtuse and toothed

and in rows on the commissures, or sometimes few; on the inner
: e.

Chiorophyllose cells in section ores Soe with the thickened
walls free on both surfaces ; lumen
Hab. Submerged or in ver t ‘i n moorland pools.

- A urr
Trengwainton Bog, Pen ee (Ours Stonsall, ‘York patho
Au poe Burn, Killin (Coe/ ts).

he gaides Warnst. in Verh. d, Bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brandenb.
xh. hie’
yn. - "Graven Russ. Arch. Naturk. Liv. Est. und Kurlands,
ser. 2, Bd. x. Lfg. 4, 1894, 423, pro parte. 8. subsecundum Auct
Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exsice. 1877, No. 19¢ (sub

Tufts generally very robust, resembling a large S. A beicier
sometimes less robust and resembling S. subsecundum ; submerged
or in very wet places, green — brownish or pale below, some-
times with red or purple interm

Wood-cylinder aoe: penaeally brown.

Stem-cortex in one

Stem- ate ied tafe. from a narrower base, broadly lingulate,
toothed on the widely trations apex, border narrow, f
th se, on all inner surface almost without pores and only with
scattered small pores near the lateral margins, on the outer surface
numerous, in rows on the a i

Fascicles of 8-4 branches, 2 or 8 stronger spreading, rather
short, acuminate, leave s loosely arranged. Branch-leaves of m: edium
size, ovate-lanceolate, SREY, with 1 inrolled margin, toothed at the
truncate apex, pores the outer surface ite! numerous, in rows

e commissures, chet inner surface v ew.

rie ue ophyllose cells j in section tastariilae free on both surfaces,
umen

Ha b. in mossy pools.

Distri many; England; Wales. Broadgate Bog, Staveley,
Westureclans (Bar pea) ‘Nant Pedor, Carmarthenshire (Ley).

2 2

388 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

38. S. rurescens Warnst. in Hedwigia, 1888, 267.

Syn. 8S. rufescens Nees & Hornsch. Bryol. Germ. i. 15, 1828,
pro parte. S. subsecundum varr. contortum, squarrosulum, auricu-
latum et lawum Auct. pro parte.

Exsice. Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exsice. 1877, Nos. 15a pro

Wood-cylinder strongly developed, generally dark brown.
Stem-cortex in one layer.

commissures, with sometimes near the apex a row in the middle of
the cell-wall also, and on the inner surface with fewer weakly-ringed,
towards the base non-ringed pores, or with very numerous pores on
th surfaces.
Fascicles of 3-4 branches, of which the 2-3 spreading ones are
generally short and obtuse, but very tumid from the very large

ction median, barrel-shaped to rect-
angular, free on both surfaces of the leaf, lumen oval and centric;
walls non-papillose.

Hab.

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACE 389

(Wilson); Widdy Bank Fell, Teesdale, Durham (Horrell) ; see
Forest, Sussex (Horrell); Theydon Bois, Epping Forest, Ess
(Horrell) ; Linwood Warren, Market Rasen, Lincolnsh. (alien

(Anderson); Lyndhurst Bog, Hants (Ley); Shappen Bog, near
Brockenhurst, Hants (Ley); Glen Rosa, Arran (Ley); Alt Goch

awk Bog g, Carmarthen (Ley) ; Roseberry hee N.E

. 8. AQUATILE ated in ves ‘. Bot. ae Pio. Brandenb.
xli. 109, 31.
S. subsecundum Auct. pro parte.
Plants closely resembling in habit a robust S. rufescens; green
the upper part, with more or less violet intermixed; the greater
ged.

tem-cortex in one layer.

Wood-cylinder whitish or pale yellow

Stem-leaves lingulate, toothed on sr "proadly truncate apex,
border aif and of equal width all round, 1-86 mm. long and
1 mm. ; hyaline cells fibrillose to the base, i in the basal half
here att pe septate, on the inner surface with numerous small
bordered pores in rows on the commissures, on the outer surface,
on the contrary, with only a few scattered pores in the cell-
angles; in the lower part Jot the leaf on both sides with pores in
the upper cell-angles only.

Fascicles ae with three branches, of which the two
stronger are spreading, up to 10 mm. long, loosely leaved and
gradually Lontitinws : “brinch- leaves of F mais size, ovate-lanceo-
late, toothed on the truncate apex, border narrow, concave, margin
widely inrolled, when dry erecto-patent, when wet loosely imbricate.
Hyaline cells with numerous fibrils, on the outer surface with nu-
merous small ringed pores in rows on the tert fateh on the inner
surface with similar pores, but fewer in number not in rows.

Chlorophyllose cells in section rectangular ny almost
shaped, median, free on both surfaces; hyaline cells concave on
both surfaces.

merged in moorland pools

Dist Germany; England; Wales. Whitmoor, W. Lancs
(Wis a Wheldon) ; between Talsarnau and Maentwrog, Meri-

nethsh. (Jones € Horrell) ; Langdon Beck, Durham (Ingham).

40. 8. CRASsIcLApuM Warnst. Bot. Centralbl. xl. 1889, 165.

Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exsicc. 1877, No. 19a (sub
nom. 8. subsecundo var. auriculato).

Generally completely submerged or with the upper part above
water; very robust, and resembling in habit S. cymbifolium or a
long- branched S. rufescens ; in the upper part greyish green, below
pa aler or brownish
cortex in one layer, cells very thin- -walled, on one side of the
Sencistaleuis sometimes much wider than on the other, non-porose,

Z

890 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Wood-cylinder pale, yellowish or bro
Stem-leaves large, widely oval- a ee slightly erg ciety

what fimbriate on the rounded apex; border of equa all
round, 4-5 cells wide. Hyaline generally ibrillose the
leaf-base; on the inner surface in the upper two-thirds with

the outer oe with small pores in the upper, or the upper and

cells above the on only with a single pore in the upper cell- angle,
and with peer eee “rsa here and there.
Fascicles with generally three branches; the two spreading
ee and oo8 _ shortly pointed, beatieles of the capitulum
and

cells with numerous fibrils. Pores on ie inner surface ‘numerous,

he upper o
lower cell-angles only, in the basal half and especially near the
ae eral margins with numerous ringed bing ree are sometimes
rranged in interrupted rows on the comm
Chlorophyllose cells in section eackatinlad ‘ ‘trapezoid, free on
both surfaces of the leaf, lumen large, “oblong- oval, hyaline cells
Bsc convex on both sides

istrib, England; France; Belgium; Germany. Abbot's
Moss, Cheshire (Hoh): between Talsarnau and Maentwrog,
Merionethsh. (Jones & Horrell) ; Blackroot Pool, Sutton Park,
Warwick (Bagnall); Wimbledon Common, Surrey (Mayes); Trel-
leck Bog, Monmouth (Ley); Fixby, W. Yorkshire (Hobkirk) ;
th Sutherland (Dixon) ; near Tenthiins: Kent (Horrell).
S. BarumensE Warnst. in Schrift. der Naturforsch. Gesellsch.
in Danzig N.F. Bd. ix. Heft 2, 1896 160.
Plants very robust, with large capitula, forming low, greyish- or
bluish-green tufts
tem-cortex in one layer
Stem-leaves sie reich ovate, up to 2°57 mm. long and 1:48 mm.
wide, toothed or what fimbriate on the roundish-truncate
apex, margin more or of lobe inrolled, border narrow and of equal
width throughout. Hyaline rug generally fibrillose to the leaf-
base and divided here and there by a cross-wall; pores numerous,
small and bordered in the Peat: “half on both surfa aces, but some-
what more numerous on the outer surface and here interrupted by
hans oo and generally in rows on the commissures, towards
the base of a leaf with pores in the pres. or lower cell-angles only.

and have the leaves arranged uniformly ate d; the others are
appressed to the stem. Branch-leaves very ‘siete oblong-ovate, up

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACE® 891

to 4 mm. long and 2 mm. wide, toothed on the widely truncate
apex, margin little or not. . all inrolled, ponies narrow. Hyaline
cells with numerous fibrils, on the inner surface in the upper half
with small scattered pores in eg cell-angles ony, in the oH ti ua
much umerous and in part arranged in
missures; on the outer surface towards the ane almost pea
without pores, only in the middle of the leaf towards the lateral
margins with scattered small true pores, hich are nagar
immediately opposite pores on the inner surface, or also wit
numerous pseudopor

Chlorophyllose cells in section rectangular to barrel-shaped or
also, in part, trapezoid and then with the longer parallel side on the
outer surface; wall generally equally thickened all round, free on
both surfaces, hyaline cells convex on both sides.

Hab. Moorland pools

Distrib. Russia ; Germany.

42. 8. oszsum Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. xv. 1890, 247.

Syn. 8S. subsecundum var. turgidum C. Mull. Syn. i. 1849, 101 ?
S. contortum var. obesum Wils. Bryol. Brit. 1855, 22. S. subsecundum
var. obesum Schimp, Syn. ed. ii. 187

wee Braithw Goan Brit. Exsiee. 1877, No. 206 (sub

aa, ae ido var. auriculato forma imn

ie st always pe hs submerged or lating with frequently
a ssliitens habit. Very robust and turgid, resembling large aquatic
forms of S. rufescens. Proquantif dark eee ies frequently green,
or variegate

Wood- cylinder generally dark brown.

Stem-cortex in a single la brill

Stem-leaves large to very large, lingulate, generally fibrillose
throughout and with few

Fascicles of 2-8 re ig all of which are cea vd spreading
and similar, very robust and swollen from the very large leaves.
Branch- lsiees large, oval- oblong: with very few pores on each ..
face, or almost entirely non-porose; frequently a the hyaline

sometimes the pores are more numerous on the outer i but
are then in the cell-angles only, and not in rows on the com-
issures.
on cells in section rectangular, median and free on
both surfac a '
r an ools
5 Hat Submerged id mene eg ee oa Lindon Common,
Mobberley, Cheshire (W. hiteheddl),
43. 8. Pynarer Brid. Bryol. Univ. i. 1826, 749.
yn. 8S. sedoides Brid. 1
Tufts loose, above backish b brown, brown below.
Wood- -cylinder dar
raat -cortex in 1-2 as ers
aves large, yer very coneave, resembling the branch-

leaves in Soar _and anatomical structure, generally entirely without:

892 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

pores or in older leaves with resorption areas on the outer surface
between the strongly developed fibrils.

Branches short and slender, or clavate, generally only one or two
together and not forming fascicles; pendent branches wanting.

m_-leaves ; ‘since entirely absent on both surfac

Chlorophyllose cells in section rectangular, of ete ba same height as
the hyaline cells, free on both surfaces, wall equally thickened all
round; lumen small, oval to triangular-oval, centric or nearer the
inner surface. Ca apsule immer rsed, very small, almost spherical,
when empty with wide ar stomata absent. Lid very wide,
convex. tar pale ye

Hab. Peat bogs aa sagan pools.

res: "Fis nce, very rare; N. America, comm

This very charact séeiitio sien disatd be looked for in this
country ; it more closely “empacanp a an PME such as /1. sarmen-
tosum, than any species of its own

(To be AES

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES.
XXII1.—Dopertir-Tuovars.

Louis Marm Avsert Ausert Duprrir-Txovars, the celebrated
and teutiat eccentric botanist, was born in the Chateau de
Boumois, near Saumur, Noy. 5th, 1758.

He took to botany, he tells us («« Phyto eae [infra, No. 9],

133), in October, 1780, and in 1788 had skete a ‘‘ Flore des
Hnyitons de St. Malo,’’ and had studied more 5 patieuln the
plants of Anjou. He claims to have furnished n o Merlet de

la ae for his “ Herborisations ”’ a cit. p. 194, peor :

In 1787, when on garrison duty at Lille, he was invited to joi
a kant scientific society called the ‘ Collége des Philaléthes,”’ a nd
to this ee wro ote his first published pamphlet, the ‘‘ Enchaine-
ment des Htres.’

His brother Aristide, about 1790, endeavoured to equip an
expedition in search of La Pérouse, but subscriptions sufficient to

cover the cost not being received, the two brothers sold their

patrimony and so raised funds. Their vessel was about to sail
from Brest, when the Revolution broke out. Aubert was arrested by
the revolutionaries on his way to the port, and Aristide only avoided

join him at Mauritius. Aristide was, however, taken prone by the
Portuguese at Fernando do Noronha and sent to Lis

Aubert, on obtaining his release, sailed Oct. 2nd, 1792 (‘‘ Hist.
Végét.”” [infra, No. - As ace, p. viii. In the preface to the

: e five ae ng ther sy ond account in bot anizing ;
fifteen days at the Cape were esas utilized.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES } DUPETIT-THOUARS 8938

On May = 1798, he landed, penniless, in Mauritius, where he
spent two years re-mapping the island and investigating its Flora.

isit
Bourbon first. e, however, sent back to Jussieu the manuscript
of his ‘‘ Genera Nova Madagascariensia”’ [infra, No. 6].

In Bourbon he spent three and a half years in re-mapping the
island and ple its see — another year in Mauritius,
which he employed in arr g his RR he sailed for
France, landing at Rochefort Sept. 2nd, 1

rrived, with his herbarium and this paren as his sole
i h of what

nique,”’ besides many minor ones, for the first six volumes ns (1804-8),
when publication was suspended. In 1807 he was appointed ae
of the Royal Nursery Grounds at Roule, witha salary of 3600 fra

per annum, a post which he held till the abolition of the ‘edabialisnat
in 1827, delivering annually a course of lectures on botany, which
were but poorly attended—a fact of little wonder when the fragments
of his lectures which survive are investigated.

é had returned from his ieifels full of his goose as which
he oats ee he had but to announce to mand instant
attention and fame. Needless to say he was bitterly disappointed,

and he spent much time and energy in bewailing his fate.
after he had been made an Bees in 1820, he lamented the

uc
Rovai Gone ie Catal gue,” may be of some service

n its compilation I have to acknowledge very kind assistance
ay colleagues in the Printed Book De aoe | notably Mr. J.
Macfarlane ; from Mr. W. Botting Hemsley, as regards copies of
works at Kew; and from other friends.

The letters between the number of pages and the size of the
volume, in the various titles, indicate the London libraries in which
copies occur: n = Natural History Museum; 8 = British Museum ;

Gardens; r= Royal Society; ( ) = not as originally
issued, but in one or other of the different gatherings.

1. ‘ Dissertation sur l’Enchainement des tres.” Pp. 48.
-8yo. Lille, 1788,
eda,
fad
printed in the «“Méla nse &e., 1811 [infra, no. 8], where

its history will be found in the ‘‘ Discours préliminaire”’
to that collection [pp. 8-11 1).

894 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

2. ‘Plantes des iles de l'Afrique australe formant des genres
nouveaux, ou perfectionnant les anciens ; accompagnées de dis-
sertations sur différens points de Botanique.” 4to. Paris, 1804.

[‘* Flora,’ 1822, Bd. i, Beil. i, p. 2].
The title was ena altered to :

‘“‘ Histoire des Végétaux recueillis sur les isles de France, La Ré-

union (Bourbon) et Madagascar,” dc. Pt. i. Pp. avi, 40; 10 pls.

N, B, K. 4to. Paris, 1804.

In this edition the plates are in outlin

—— [Another edition entitled] ‘Histoire ia Végétaux recueillis
dans les isles australes d’Afrique.” Pt.i. Pp. avi, 64; pls. iii-va,
UUV-2LH. K. 4to. Paris, 1805.

A copy of this edition is oso in the Library at the
Royal Gardens, Kew. Pp. i-xvi and 1-24 are equivalent
- pp. i-xvi ong 15-88 of the 1804 edition. Plates xxv-

Xx are sha
=e Thoniier tion, same title aslast.] Pp. wvi, 72; 24 pls. N,B.
4to. Paris, 1806.
This differs ss the preceding in having additional pages,
e plates being consecutively numbered and all

haded.
The half-title reads: ‘ Voyages dans les Isles australes
d’Afrique. Partie Botanique.’
According to got (Bibl. Bot. col. 196) it was reissued in
1807 in four p
‘* Histoire iceieis a Plantes Orchidées, recueillies sur les
trois iles australes d’Afrique, de Geers de “apg et de Mada-
gascar.” Pp. vii, 32, 2 tabs.; 110 pls N, B
Wor Plorkas” '1804-] 1822.
The half- title reads :—* Flore des Iles australes de 1’ Afrique.
Famille des Orchidées.’’ Stated in advertisements on the
half- title of the Author’s “Essais” (1809) [No. 7] to as
be baer bese in 1804. Sixty-six a had been completed
in 1808 (‘‘ Mélanges” [No. 8]: Disc. prélim p. 28), an
serch -five in 1815 (* Recueil de Rapp. penn fruitiers ”
(No. 10], advt.).
‘‘ Kssais sur l’organisation des Plantes, considérée comme résultat
du cours annuel de la Mi ynet [pp.31.] 8vo. Paris, 1805.
[‘* Flora,”’ loc. cit.] See note to No. 7.
" Notice historique sur le genre Caniram, ou Strychnos de Lin-
neus.” Pp. 14. 8vo. Strassbourg, 1806.
[Flora loc. cit. Miltitz: op. cit., col. 236. Pritzel: No.
23.)

=

gg

2g

* Gee nova Madagascariensia,” de. Pp. 29.

Sd

8vo. [Paris, 1806.]

Both Pritzel and Baillon (Dict. Bot.) give the date of

publication as 1806, a statement I am unable to prove or
disprove. Flourens in his “ Bloge” (Mém. Acad. Sci.
Paris, tom. xx. 1849, p. xiii) puts it before the “‘ Plantes”

[No. 2], but this is babiae wrong. It is reviewed in

io.6)

9.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES : DUPETIT-THOUARS 395

the ‘‘Géttingische gelehrte Anzeigen” for July, 1808
p. 1144), and quoted as 1808 by Miltitz (op. cit., col. 196),
but this may have been a second issue. It was reprinted i in
. J. Roemer’s “ Collectanea,”’ 1809 pp. 195-218), and in
Du upetit-Thouars’ ‘*‘Mélanges’’ [No. 8] in 1811, with
introductory ‘‘ Observations sur les Genera nova Mada-
ae ” (4 pp.), and the second sheet filled up with
alphabeticus’’ and a “‘ Prodromus Phytologicus
Vegan exhibens nuperrimé insula Madagascar detecta
era et studio . . . F. Noronha” [2 pp.], which,
we are further in formed, was to have been printed in 1787
in the Ile de France, if the author had not died
‘« Essais sur L Abe ae ars considérée dans le Sections des
Bourgeons,”’ dc. Pp. wii. 304; 2 pls. N, B, K, RB.
8vo. Paris, 1809,
The two first essays in this work were issued in 1805
[No. 4], and re- soenee | in 1806 [‘ Flora,”’ loc. cit. Quérard,
loc. cit. See also preface to the present work, p. vii.
Quérard errs considerably when he states that the whole
were reproduced in the ‘‘ Mélanges

. ** Mélanges de Botanique et de Tosnaek . . . Premier recueil.”

N, B, K, R. 8vo. Paris, 1811.
This i 1s composed of a ‘‘ Discours préliminaire’’ [pp. 32] —

the ‘‘ Dissertation sur I’ eee des Etres”’ [No. 1,

pp. 48] —the *‘ Genera fos ’ (No. 7, pp. 82], noted above,
preceded by some * Observations”’ [pp. 4] —‘‘ Observations

Institute in 1810 and approved for printing, but never
published by that body. It is here printed as a projected
continuation of his ‘‘ Hssais”” [No. 5.

hy denen ou Tableau général de la ae. ” Pp.176 Ltab.;

i-s,® 8vo. [Paris, 1811 ?].
This work, which is without title-page, is not quoted in any
bibliography that I can find, though it appears in the
adver temnens of the Author’s works in his “ eee.
vue

396 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

publié sous peu de temps.” It is also cited on the verso of
some of the title-pages of the ‘‘ Cours” in 1828 [No. 18].
It appeared after the ‘‘ Mélanges,” to which allusion is
made on p. 112; and the folding table opposite p. 98,
that bears date 1811, is the scheme of the author’s lectures.
1-105 are a second edition of the Author’s article
Bs Botanique ” in the ‘‘ Dict. Sci. Nat.” vol. v, 180
Pp. 106-110, printed in the same type, contain remarks on
the onileavxtion of Plants, the foundation of the Royal
saved Grounds, and the arnad 3 appointment thereto.
These were reprinted in No.
The se mainder, in a ident pe eae meg ‘‘ Considéra-
tions sur ce Tableau,” ” de., pp. 111-120.—* Plan d’une
Histoire générale des Plantes, formée principalement de
Youvrage de M. Adanson, intitulé Hamilles des Plantes,”
pp. 121-182. This last was submitted to the Institute in

Aug. 1809.
The concluding portion, headed ‘‘ Notice sur mes Travaux
Botaniques,” pp. 133-176, with a plate of Orchids, amounts
a of his futile efforts to prevail upon the Institute
ace é same value to his works as they had in his
See eyes, and contains or eco of his iva as published
in the “Analyse des Trava . . Partie Physique’’ in
the Memoirs of the Japiithte,s

70, Recueil de Rapports et de ee sur la see ned Arbres
Fruiti Pp, wii, 256; 8 p 181
Eolaaed as :]

11. ‘Le Verger Frangais, ou Traité général de la culture des
Arbres Fruitiers . . . Second recueil . . contenant un mémoire
sur les effets de la Gelée dans les Plantes. ” Pp, alviti, 84. N, B.

8 Paris, 1817.

it i ae nies i ogtoone de Bois, soneaed d’un Essai sur la
Sé leurs autres morceaux [reprinted from the
‘Bulletin de la Societe Philomathique ] tendant 4 confirmer la
théorie de Physiologie végétale — dans les Essais sur la

Végétation,” etc. Pp. wxav, 192; I] pl. vn, B, R.
8vo. Paris, 1815.

13. ‘‘ Discours sur opens gt ae de la Botanique, Pager le
24 Mai 1814, &e.” Pp. 48. , R (B). 8vo. [Paris, 1819.]

The date of publishdisir 4 is ‘ive as 1814 in Pritzel and in

the Kew Catalogue; but both the Kew copy of the work

and that in the Natural History Museum have on p. 45

the following :—‘‘ Je me suis encore gasid de ce Discours

pour ouvrir ce Cours le 15 mai 1819, mais je l’ai terminé

de la maniére suivante.” This fixes the date of these

copies, and I can find no evidence that this discourse was

printed before; had it been, I think the number of =

would have differed. Pp. 84-35 were reprinted in

Possibly this was re- scadad @ again in 1824 [see note to No. 21).

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES : DUPETIT-THOUARS 897
14. ‘Revue générale des matériaux de Botanique et autres,” éc.
is, 1819.

pd De By aS vo.
Cited in the ‘‘ Bibliographie de la France” for 2 Jan. 1819.
It consists of a catalogue of his works published or to be
published.
= ‘Cours de Phytologie, ou de egy générale. Terry
nee. Introduction.” (x) 8, B). 8vo. Paris, 1819.
The copy in the Bank sian lisa [B. 158 (5)], which has
the title-page, consists of—i.) Introductory preface,
5-8; (i.) Portrait of Jung; (iii.) The ‘Cours,’

from the title-page, occurs, with the ‘ Tableau synop-
fique;” which is the same as oe published in the
See ” [No. 9], but dated 1
The copy at Kew has in addition a agrees title- _~
which reads :—‘* Second Cours. Application de la
logie aux Usages et & la Culture des Plantes en peaked,

believe it must have belonged to some edition of No. 17.

The “ Cours ” (iii.) se Bis circulated either by itself or in

company with the
16. ——<‘ Seconde séance. Diskette Pp. 118. N, K, B (8B).
' 8yo. [Paris, 1820.]

[Bibliog. Fr. 5 Feb. 1820.]

Without title-page.

These last three [Nos. 14-16] were subsequently sent out
together, and tear as one work under the title of the
first. [H.g. Sprengel: ‘Neue Entdeck. Pflanzenk.”
is li, (1821) p. 387. > Nos. 15 and 16 were possibly re-

(1884), p. 8
17. ‘Cours de “ee biel ie, ou de Botanique — appliquée
& l’Art de Cultiver les Plantes,” ¢c. Pp. 32. N,B
8vo. Paris, 1828.]
[Bibliog. Fr. pe Nong 1828. ]}
Without title-
18. ‘‘ Cours " Phytooge, ou de Botanique générale divisé en
vingt séances,” dc. vn, 8vo. Paris, 1828.
Under this béllbbiies ‘title were re-issued several different

consists of this preface, with Nos. 17 and 13 only.
The copy reviewed in Férussac’s “ Bull. Sci. Nat.’’ tom. xvii. |
(1829), p. 280, seems to have consisted of 17, 15, and 16;

898 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY
whilst the copy in the Natural History Museum consists

of 16 (ili.) and 16 only, with the addition of portraits of
ung and Brunfels.* The verso of the title-page being

blan

In the British Museum and Kew copies the verso of the
title-page bears the following scheme, which is interesting
as showing the author's own arrangement of his fragments.

‘*Recueil des Ouvrages publiés par opment qui concernent le
“Cours de Phytologie

Annonce de ce Cours ... . .. 1828. 2 feuilles.
TABLEAU GENERAL DE LA Boranique.
C’ rel —— Botanique du Diction-

e des Sone nee . . 1809. 11 feuilles.
asad | sur da Végéta 3 ig = EOOO, OR,
ais DE (Pave. :
Introduction 1819. Be
[re Agee Discours sur Enseigne-
ent de la Botanique 1819. ee

Ile § Beaton: Piytscnomie (sa ae ee \ a
Un vol. in 8vo de 44 feuilles.”

19. ‘‘ La Physiologie végétale devrait- pee oo exclue du concours
pour le prix fondé par M. de Mont es

"Pan
peel: o o. 2534. La France Littéraire. "420 aes oan
wer ued.

20. ‘Sur la as des Arbres,” dc. Pp. 16. x.
8vo. 1824.
ee s ‘‘ Bull. Sci. Nat.” tom. ii. (1824), p. os Dead
s the date as 1828: probably this was a re-issue. ]
PS Fa: Notice historique sur la Pépiniére du Roi au Roule; faisant
suite & un Discours sur eager corace de la Botanique, pro-
oncé 164 PS. ae Me

Hither the date of the ‘ Discours ” given in the title is a mis-

print for “« 1814,” or No. 13 was Seiecaed > onceagain in 1824.

22. ‘Conclusions de deux discours qui ont servi d’ouverture au
Cours de Phytologie,”’ ae Pp. 38-

" (Paris, 1826.]

{‘* Bibliog. Fr.’ 3 June, 1826, p. 493, te ere also the state-
ment occurs that the title on the wrapper reads: ‘‘ Suite
de Notice historique,” &c.}
Pp. 33-38 ave a reprint of pp. 106-110 of No. 9, and
pp. 39-56 of pp. 34-45 of No. 13.
i Te i sur un mémoire, ae une jialies d’ Anatomie
pera . par C. Romain,” dc.
oan {Paris, 1825.]

* This portrait is only in n and kr.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES : DUPETIT-THOUARS 899

[‘* Bibliog. Fr.’’ 26 Mar. 1825.
- Romain was Dupetit-Thouars’ old antagonist, C. Rom
Féburier. (Féburier’s “ Précis d’ Anat. Vég.” 1824, tase,
reprinted on pp. 51-2 of the above.)
“4. = Eclaireissemens sur un Rapport fait & l’Académie se eo des
Sciences.” Pp. 8vo. Paris, 1826.
[‘* Bibliog. Fr.” 10 June, 1826, and * France Litt.” No
fellostled elsewhere. |

25. [Anon.] ‘“ Examen de deux mémoires de ir dome végétale,
suivi de l’examen d’un passage d’un troisisme mém
Genéve, comme les deux oe sous le titre de Mongraphia
generis Polygont prodromus.” Pp, 32. 8yvo.

[Férussac’s “ Bull, Sci. fa ” tom. xiii. (1888), » p. "66, ae
recorded elsewhere. }

26. “Remarques lues & la Société Philomatique . 1816 sur
une note relative au Cambium et au Liber, lue par M. Mirbel.”’
Pp. 20. ; hihi oe

[Privately printed. Férussac’s ‘Bull. Sci. Nat.” tom
(1828), p. 860. Not recorded elsewhere.]

27. “ Explication Sommaire de quelques figures destinées 4 faire
voir jusqu’a quel point ces deux assertions sont vraies:

L’ Plone age de la Nature est toujours conforme 4 sa
eles trie. N. Grew... La Nature a plus de propension
mployer le nombre cing que tout autre. T. Brown....

(Extrait des Travaux académiques).” P. N.
[Paris, _ 2]

0.
Sixteen = = explanatory | text. There is an
allusion to this ‘* Mémoire” in Flourens’ Eloge

(op. ¢ it. P.

I have come to Bh conclusion —_ these eng were prepared
by Dupetit-Thouars to illustrate a paper read before the
Academy of Sciences in 1898, an Fitted of which, by
Cuvier, was — in the « Analyse des Travaux’’* for tha
year (Mém. Acad. Sci. Paris, tom. xi. 1832, pp. dix-clxi,

and, in sides e, in Férussac’s ‘‘ Bull. Sci. Nat.’’ tom. xxi.
1830, pp. 422- “435), That he hoped to induce the Academy
to publish the Hlasteatieea is evident from his statemeut at
the bottom of the title, «‘ Extrait des Travaux académiques.”’
They never did appear, his theories not being acceptable
to the authorities of shone days; but in one réepect
has brought siren? as the following extract from the
“Analyse” will sh

‘*Ces observations intéresbeld dichmnes aac M. DuPetit-

houars, parce qu’elles lui fournissent l'occasion de
présenter sous un nouveau jour . cette proposition,
que la fleur n'est autre chose qu'une ' transformation de la

* Probably a good many interesting observations by Dupetit-Thouars are
buried in these ae al sumnaaries, the bai of which have not been indexed
by the Royal Societ

400 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

feuille, ates depuis long-temps exposée par Lin-
nus,’

Dupeti Thouars also contributed articles to the first six volumes
(first edition, 1804 6) of the ‘‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences naturelles”
and to the ‘Dictionnaire d’Agriculture pratique,” &c., edited by
Count Francois de Neufchateau, the first edition of which appeared
in 1838, and the second in 1836.

B. B. Woopwarp.

SHORT NOTES.

Fossomsronia cristata Lindb.—Although there are few records
for this hepatic in Britain, it will probably be found to be widely
distributed. It is most generally confused with F’. pusilla feck

species. I also have it from Staffordshire (Rev. H. P. Reader) a

North-east Yorkshire (Mr. Wm. Ingham). This species can fre-

quently be known at sight from /. pusilla by its smaller size and

capitate terminal leaves; but examination of the spores, whic
e ca

in mind that the two species are occasionally to be found growing
together, as they have the same habitat—bare damp soil on foot-
paths, sides of ditches, and fallow fields; thus each gathering
must be minutely examined to avoid a mixture. The most frequent

power not being used. Under a low power the spores of the various
species appear much like otis plane As the literature of our species
is scattered, I add a key which may be of service until descriptions
are given in Mr. Pearson’s Hepatice of the British Isles:—
1, {Spores fnepishee. mith he ns econ 2.
* (Si ores W ee 3.
_ | Papille 20. mF ' ke and end of spore - . «= ca@spitiformes.
Papille about 100 on face and end of nore a ae Mittent
Crests in nearly parallel lines .

eae forming alveo lhe mens 5
Crests on spe 1isB4 de OER ee ew 0 pusilla.
4. | Crests on face 28-36 cristata.
Margin of aan winged; alveoli 7-10 on face of
angulosa.
* crentlate, not winged ‘alveoli at least a
Dumortiert.
—s

yMers M. aot
rea Esuna var. Pseupo-cyparissias in Berxs.—I gathered
spcalaiieite of this plant from one of two patches observed on the
bank of the Thames between Wallingford and Cholsey on vag 21st.
It appears to be new to the county. —Ricuarp F, Towxp

401

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

Handbook of British Rubi. By Witu1am Movie Rogers, F.L.S
London: Duckworth & Co. 8vo, cloth, pp. xiv, 111. Price 5s.

Turrty-one years ago Prof. Babington brought out his British
Rubi ; the Fr uticosi section then numbered forty-one, of which two

the Rev. W. Moyle Rogers. This volume presents a ee seonie

one h nd seventy forms are described, as species, sub-
species, or varieties, in an order and grouping which are set for

(pp- 2-80) in two Keys defining the groups and enumerating the
species which fall to each, and in nspectus of Species which
gives in brief the main points of specific distinction. In a ndix
the distribution is more exactly deta ~~ ; and a full Index of all the
Latin names brings the book to a e half-dozen English

names are not entered here, but sh in the text; exception may
be taken to the Dewberry being placed as a synonym o Blackberry
p. 2) instead of under R. cesius L., to which it more strictly
belongs.
It is not, however, only the numerical increase of forms that
called for, first, an Essay at a Key by the same author, and now
book m

English plants ; and it has required years of patient investigation
and toilsome correspondence with contenerieg specialists to establish
our present list on a sure foundation. In this labour Mr. Rogers

men’s schemes, but a judicious rearrangement, in which the clai
of every ‘species have been duly weighed. ‘That a perfect ance
JouRNAL oF Botany.—Vot. 38. [Oor. 1900.] 2¥

402 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

has been formed, or one that will satisfy every batologist, it
would be rash to affirm; for the cross-alliances and resemblances
in the species and subordinate forms are so numerous, that, with
a method of subdivision confessedly somewhat artificial, it is almost

unavoidably a case of quot homines, tot sententie ; and we have in
r. Rogers’s arrangement here and there an odd result; of which
the wide separation of No. 23, R. pulcherrimus Neum., No. 52,

case in point. The adoption of the intermediate rank of sub-
species, though at sight perplexing, really simplifies ; in this way
some less clearly marked species take a lower grade under their
nearest congener, and some varieties possessing more marked and
constant characters are raised to a similar level.

The lucidity of the subject-matter is occasionally marred by the
want of a like clearness in the arrangement of the type. The sub-
divisions lettered a, b, c (pp. 48-45, e. g.) are throughout the book
separated by a space only from what precedes, but are not spaced off
from what follows ; and when (as on p. 56) uo less than three sub-
divisions or grouplets follow one another immediately in as many
lines, without any spacing and without variation in the type, the
reader has not all the aid a more varied typography would afford to
help him through the maze of analysis.

r. Onp. wi
are told of a panicle ‘ with long, very strongly ascending pekbetias
and several 5-natel’’; and we seem to have met with a new epithet
in the last word, till it resolves itself into «5-nate 1.,”’ an abbrevi-
ation which a list of such translates into ‘leaves.’ °

This list of Abbreviations and Explanations (p. xiv) might with
advantage have een made more complete; for, however obvious

h 0
abbreviations are inserted, and the letters E., S., and W. set to
represent England, Scotland, and Wales respectively, notwith-
standing the fact that they usually stand for three of the cardinal
points, and are so employed throughout this work. So (on p. 104)
E. and W. signify both England and Wales and east and west, and
S. stands for south, though the reader is directed to understand
Scotland. With the Appendix, too (p. 99), we get at the sense of

ORGANOGRAPHY OF PLANTS 403

the square brackets ae vice-comital numbers, which are
there —- but not befo

~ It need not be supposed ‘that the Rubi can be easily mastered,
even with, the elp of so excellent a guide as Mr. Rogers has

shade. e stem is reddened by oe to light; the leaves,
which are of thicker texture and even rugose in sunny spots,

and copses. This cause of variation borne in mind, the student
will find the Hvmidlial a very se ssérisas its faults lie on the
surface, and are, as the papers say of minor Boer successes,
regrettable incidents that will not affect the main issue. T

volume before us is the fruit of long experience, matured judgment,
and unremitting toil; we trust that it will be widely used, and
thus lead to a more successful understanding of one of the most
labyrinthine puzzles in British botany. ee ee

Or peas ib aphs y of og especially of the Archegoniate and Sperma-

see ized English Edition by

x BL nee Ae M. A., M.D se “ S. Part I.—General Organo-

graphy. Royal 8vo, pp. 270; with 180 woodcuts.
Oxford : Chieanlot Press. 1900. Price 1 12s. 6d.

Eneuisx students will weleome Professor Balfour’s translation
of Dr. Goebel’s suggestive book on the Organogra phy of Plants,

the volume is a useful protest against a too mechanical system of
morphology which has threalened to devitalize the science. In his

and
the two. The title of "hie book is si bo a he tells us, on the idea
expressed by Herbert PRonOes; ‘‘ whose work is far too little valued
by botanists,” as follows :—‘‘ Everywhere, structures in great
measure determine functi : d everywhere functions are in-

Various part lant and in giving definiteness to our idea of
the plant- ae ioe which has at pushed too far, often leading to

~~
404 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

&e.—have arisen from certain indifferent primordia at the vege-

which nothing can be identified ; each is the result of a hypothetical
transformation of the abstract ‘leaf,’ according to the need of the
plant.

The doctrine which he condemns could never have been developed
if the less variable root, and not the protean leaf, had been the
dy

eration. ....
If we separate function from form, we are at once led into altogether
unfruitful speculations.”

These
‘General differentiation of the plant-body”; they are followed by

e second section, ‘ Relationships of Symmetry ”’ (pp. 65-138),
deals with ‘‘ the general relationships in space of the configuration

** zygomorphic. uch work remains to be done on the causes of
dorsiventrality of flowers and inflorescences; the fact that examples

GLOSSARY OF BOTANIC TERMS 405

occur in wind-pollinated flowers—e. g. grasses—excludes the action
of — isitors as a universal cause. rite suggests that the

frequency of ee inflorescences in grasses may be related to
their stillakin on by the wind, but it is not ensy 6 regard this as the
are or even as a very srt pootil

st fascinating subject, and full of possi billtsed 4 is that of
the third section (pp. 142-174): ‘‘ Differences in the formation of
organs at different meted stages. Juvenile forms.”
ma

seed-plants ‘‘ the cotyledons which so i differ in form from
the foliage-leaves are merely arrested forms of these, the arrest
being sometimes permanent, sometimes reeier ray is a far too
ibrar spoiler yi and leaves unexplained a very large number of
cases. This section consists chiefly of a useful ea of a number
of illustrative instances from different Sea -groups.

‘* Malformations and their significance in pitt ai age AO ” is the
subject of section iv. (pp. 177-202), the smallest of the five. The

of plant-organs are based on differences in nutritive material, a
theory which would be most difficult to prove, though it may afford
a useful working hypothesis.

The fifth and last eee be. 205-270), deals with ‘‘ the
influence of correlation and e ernal formative stimuli upon the

A. B. BR.

A brace ‘y of Botanic Terms with their Derivation and Accent. By
ngamiIn Daypon Jackson. 8yo, cloth, pp. xi, 827. Price 6s.

Londos : Duckworth & Co.
this volume, Mr. Jackson has given us another C those
results of a industry with which his name is associated—
value to

Jackson has suppli ed nd cig wantin,
r. Jackson’s preface is at once mae } infor orming and so modest,

406 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

anything serious in that direction to offer, and it would seem hardly
worth while to point out such trivial slips as are inevitable in a
book of this kind. What strikes one most is the extensiveness of
the vocabulary of botany, and the very small proportion of it which
is in actual use. Its ex sion too, increases almost daily, and Mr.
Jackson will soon - material for an enlarged edition; he will
find some in Mr. Horrell’s revision of Sphagnum now pu lis ing in
this Journal. We jal indeed, that the volume has n appendix
of peace pages of « additions during the printing "of the pre-
os pages.” The only quasi-popular term we miss is “slime-

oulds,” and with this we can ispense, as indeed we could with a
poe many which find a place. Among words of a Sctstls
‘*necrocoleopterophilous ’’ may claim a high posit

Th ossary is well printed, well bound, ra and useful—
qualities which cannot fail to ensure for it a large circulation.

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.*
Bot. Centralblatt. (No. 36). — F. Brand, ‘ Der Formenkreis von
A. J

Gleocapsa alpina’ (concl.). — . M. Gar <a ‘Ueber ein

monstréses Képfchen von Bellis perennis.’ — (Nos. 87-89). G. Gil-
lain, ‘ Zur ae der Palmen- und Paschesinaes Wurzeln ’ (1 a

Bu ll, Soe . Belgique (xxxix, 3: 29 Aug.).—C. van Bambek
‘ nineties a a Boletus luteus’ (1 pl.).—J. Chalon, ’ Harborisbtlons
& Banyuls, Pyréné

Bull, Soc. Bot. me (xlvi, 8: no date).—Ch, Flahault, ‘H. L.
de oeahatn (1843-1899 ; portr.).—M. Gandoger, ‘ Flore du Mont
Kosciusko, Australie Méridionale.’ — Id., ‘Plantes nouvelles de
) Himalaya.’ — D. Clos, ‘Les tuberculoides des Légumineuses.’—
id, Planchon, ‘Polymorphisme des Alternaria.’ — E. Boudier,
Lucien ni ane (1882-1899). — — EK. Roze, ‘ L’Escluse et l’idée de la
sexualité végétale.’ . de Vilmorin, Decaisnea Fargesii. — EK. A.
Finet, ‘ apes nouvelles du Calanthe’ (2 pl.).

‘Gardeners’ Chronicle (22 Sept.). — W. R. Fisher, ‘ Physiological
didieeenses between the Sessile and Pedunculate Oaks.

Journ. R. Microscopical Soc. (Aug.).—A. L. Smith, ‘ New Micro-
scopic Fungi’ (1 pl.).
Mem. de UV Herb. Meg (20 Aug.). — P. Carbi, ‘ Les-espéces du
genre Mathiola.’ — F. R. M. Wi tase ‘ Lichenes Kerguelenses.’ a
G. E. ies ‘Plante Postiane.’ — C. Me ylam, ‘Flore bryologique
du Jur

Goon (Sept.).—M. L. Fernald, ‘ The Bilberries of New Eng-
land.’

* The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or oe but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of
pub

407

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ée.

WE have lee a Flora of Skipton [West Yorkshire] and
District, ‘compiled by Lister Rotheray, and published by sub-
scription un nde the auspices of the Craven Naturalists’ pe
Scientific Association, 1900.” It is a well-printed pamphlet of
144 pages, and its completeness is ene rthy—the vascular and
cellular Red ire: being fully enumerated, so that the list con-

0 sp

type, and embrace such curiosities as “* Red Horn-of-Plenty-Lichen,”’
Koeler’ s Crested Grass,’’ ‘* Wood False Brome Grass,” and the
like.

n his Botanizing—*a guide to field-collecting and herbarium
stir (Preston & Rounds Co., Providence, R.I., price 75 cents) —
Prof. W. W. Bailey has given us, in small compass, all that we
su

chapter on “ equipment,” we have an essay on collecting generally,
followed by ‘directions for particular families,” including the
cryptogams. The herbarium next receives roman and ths book

every page ste evidence of practical knowledge, either from the
author or from some good authority whom he has laid under contri-
bution, or who ine contributed special information. The printer
has done his part well, and the result is an admirable little volume
which is certain of a large circulation in America, and which many
on this side the Atlantic will find suggestive and useful.
HE most recent part of the Icones Plantarum contains several
ortant items. The following new genera are established :—
Ratendieoes Stapf (Alismacew) ; Allospondias Stapf (Anacardiacez) ;
otrypleuron Hemsle y (Scrophulariacex)—the last for four species
enue placed in Oolabké bdos. Mr. Hemsley also describes, among
other novelties, a new Castilloa (C. Tunu), a new Pandanus (P
Cominsii) from the Solomon Islands, and a Chinese Cydonia
Me bene ant of which ‘‘a more detailed history will appear in
e Kew Bulletin.” From this we gather that it is intended to
en tn the Bulletin, which has been in abeyance for twelve
)

acking in special interest—e. g f the new fogpe the figure
. one of which (Quercus Editha) i i: eeaas poor

408 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

AyotHer Handbook of Plant Collecting comes to us from Messrs.
J. & R. Parlane, Paisley. It is the work of Mr. J. M. B. Taylor
Curator of the Free Museum, Paisley, and is published af, the

only visible by the aid of the microscope, to the most gigantic
ee of the tropics; while alike takes notice of the
on Wi by the roadside. Association with plants is very

close. These lines, common in use in the fourteenth century in the
struggle between rich and poor, remind us of its antiquity, viz. :—
‘When Adam delved and ni span,
Who was then a gentlem
This association with plants began to Eke the science we call
Botany.” The book is further disfigured by the crudest illustra-
tions which w & lave ever seen: it is inadequate to say that their
absence ould improve the book. Nevertheless the little _ work

friend with a blue pencil, it will be greatly improved in a second
edition.

We have received the first pari of saint seems likely to be an
important contribution to French botan ‘‘ Flore descriptive et
illustrée de la France de la Corse et des peter ae limairopes,” by
the Abbé H. Coste. Irom the prefatory remarks on the cover, we
gather that it is intended to replace Grenier and Godron’s admirable

work, which has long been out of print, and is moreover half a

nine salt pelea three volumes, which will not be sold separately,
and can y be ‘obs ained by subscribers; it will cost sixty francs
when aN sa but until the completion of Be first volume may be
had for forty-five francs paid in advance to ¢ e publisher, M. Paul
ere 8, Rue Corneille, Paris. The fac dregs of the work

n three years is guaran nteed. We reserve a more detailed notice
antl the Pos has farther advanced; meanwhile we warmly com-
mend it to the notice of British botanists. We note, however, that
the author claims to belong to ‘ l’école linnéenne et classique, et en
conséquence n’admet que les espéces de premier ordre urvues des

espe

das et les principales variéiés sont cependant mentionnées, mais

n figurées.” The absence of bibliographical citations and of
synonymy is to be regretted, but the inclusion of these would be
foreign to the plan of the book.

Price Three Shillings, or in Three Series 1s, each, or separately Id. each, =

ESSAYS ON UN-NATURAL HISTORY. —
By rae Very Rev. JOHN GERARD, 8.J.
I.—SCIENCE AND SCIENTISTS.

1. Mr. Grant Allen’s Botanical | 4. “ Behold the Birds of the Air.” :
How Theories are Manu- —

2. Sir John Lubbock on Flowers. actured. co

3. Some Wayside Problems. 6. Instinct and its Lessons.

II.—SCIENCE OR ROMANCE?

1. A Tangled Tale. 4. The Empire of Man.

2. Missing Links. 5. The New Genesis.

3. The Game of Speculation. 6. The Voices of Babel.

Pas __EVOLUTIONARY PHILOSOPHY AND COMMON SENSE. — ;
he Comfortable Word ‘Evo- | 5. Agnosticism in Theory and —
ution j

ractice.
2. The Euneations of Evolution. | 6. Evolution and Design.
3. The Mechanics of Evolution. | 7. Wisdom and Ignorance.
4. Evolution and Exact Thought. | 8. Un-Natural History.

CATHOLIC TRUTH SOCIETY,
69 Southwark Bridge Road, London, S.E.

BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX
Deceased British and Irish Botanists

BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S., & G. S. BOULGER, Pee.

First Suppleniéat to the Above
(1893—97)
PRICE 1s. 6d. “NET.

LONDON: WEST, NEWMAN & (0., 54 HATTON GARDE

OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS.
Volume I., pp. xii, 632, with many Illustrations, Royal 8vo, half-morocco, price £1 83,
HE PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS. os eggs Brow <a pork
bolism and Sources of Energy in Plants. By Dr. Rn, Professor of
Botany in the University of Leipzig. Second pane Revised Edition, Translated
and Edited by Arrrep J. Ewart, D.Sc., Ph.D., F.L.S. Vol.

Fue De oe ae ae NY. Edi ted oy! ee eel SS
M.A., M.D., F.B.S., of the cereus of Edi D. Scorr, Ph.D.,
F.L.S., of the Royal Gattens, = ; W. G. Fartow, ie ‘8 of farce Cnaveraity,

oe A, assisted by other Botanis
ecial Offer.—Complete Sets (Vols. I L-XIII., 1887-1899) are offered, for ‘the
present at the following price, viz. £18 10s. net unbound, £21 net bound.

The subscription pr oe of bgt volume is £1 10s.
nd their names, with Sh A oh to Mr. eee FROWDE.

London: HENRY FROWDE, Oxford So sec Press Warehouse,
Amen Corner,

Just out, New BOTANICAL CATALOGUES, free on s epntiation:

No. 52. PHANEROGAMZ. — FLORAS, pomp AND
OSSIL. — ANATOMY OF PLANTS.
No. 53. CRYPTOGAMIC BOTANY, containing the Library
of a Freneh Diaromisr.

FELIX L. DAMES, Berni, W., Lanperaren Sz. 12.

- BOTANICAL DRYING PAPER

For Drying Flowering Plants, Ferns, & Sea-weeds.

16 in. by 10 when folded, 15s. per ream, 1s. 1d. per quire,
18 il f 19s, 1s. 4d. .

ao: 8 é 238, a Tes
80 6 Bs 30s, me Qs. 2d. ra

London: WEST, NEWMAN «€& Co., 54, Hatton Garden. — =

foes. ESTABLISHED 1851. ae

SourHampron Buu CHancEry Lane, Lospon, W.C.

ACCOUNTS
on Ane minimum mo pene a 2h
ghee not drawn. belo

ae DEPOSIT pete onlties
ce dee on peposie,: repayable on demand. OS he
22 SPOCKS AND. SHARES ..

No. 455 | +. NOVEMBER, 1900

JOURNAL OF BOTANY |
BRITISH AND FOREIGN a

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S.

Senior Assistant, DEPARTMENT OF BoTaNy, British Mussum (NaTuRaL HisTorY)

CONTENTS ee
PAGE Page
gjeunea Maevicari _ sp. n. fera Royle. — Winter Buds Bis.
sare ate 415). 409 | Zannichellia.—Arum italicum in
pero gcmerey Moss e8. iB Wr. Dorset. — Cyperus fuscus in N. -
pwakp Nic . 4105 Somerset. — Jubula Hutchinsie —
Lepitium mee Sian: ag ere in Devon. —Spharotheca Mors- —
By Fre x Townsexp, M.A., uve Berkl. of = in Ireland -. 444

420 diptec or foc
The ‘European " Sphagnacee “(after An Ini ntrodation | to Pome
. CHARLES
Hoppe, F.L.S. gre mtinued) .. 422
A New gh Bae seers from
Japan. By E z S. Saumon,
. 426

EL wie
— Plants from "Central lAsia .. 428
. li Linn: Regnum | Vegetabile . 430 |
ibliographical Notes
XXIV. Tw o Editions of Sitgreave’s R. Cxor en. 449 |
Report. By F. V. Covinte & ; -aBhe Ganlie eee of Plants, By.
. 443 Joun CAMERON... «+. +» 400

J. x. Rose . OH z
Snort Notes. — Elymus | Articles in Journals =... -. -. 451
in Sussex.—Impatiens peat | Book-Notes, News, de. -- +. ++ 452

& 00., 80 SHO squ
Price One | Shaltng ling and Bite

NOTICE.

The Eprror will be glad to send the JournaL or Borany .
in exchange for other Journals of a similar character. Such
Journals, Books for review, and Communications intended
for publication, to be addressed to James Brirren, Esq.,

126, KENNINGTON PARK ROAD, 5.E.

He will be greatly obliged to the Secretaries of Local
Natural History Societies if they will forward him copies of
their Transactions, so that any paper of botanical interest may
be recorded in this Journal.

The JOURNAL OF BOTANY is printed and Published
Monthly by West, Newman & Co., 54, Hatton Garden,
London, E.C., to whom Subscriptions for 1900 (in advance,
‘Sixteen Shillings, post free ; if not paid in advance, chargeable
at the rate of 1s. 8d. per number) should be paid.

The Volumes for 1884 to 1895 can still be had, price 14s. each,
or £7 10s. the set. Of Vols. 1884 and 1885 very few copies remain.

The bound Volumes for 1896, 1897, 1898, and 1899 can be had
at the usual price, £1 1s. each; also covers for the 1899 Volume
wate is. 4d. post free).

r Volumes and back numbers for 1872—82 serplcentiags should be
a es Dutau & Co., Soho Square,

ADVERTISEMENTS.
Advertisements should be sent to Wrest, Newman & Co.,
§4, Hatton Garden, not later than the 24th of each month.

AUTHOR’S SEPARATE COPIES.
Contributors are presented with pe copies of their
_ artieles as printed in the Jounnat or Borany. Authors who require
- more are requested to order from the Publishers and to notify this —
and state the number required at head of their MS.; otherwise the —
_ type may be distributed before the order is ee The shatgee
oo for special separate copies are as under ;—

QB pages oe ds, > ce 25 copies 5s. ena 25 copies as. Od.

” _ 5s. 50 6s, 50 Od.
oS. 100 ” fab. MA Be 100 ,, 103.64.
aoe Ea mae fog fron igen ates Separate bones :

and not re-made
aire

For articles supplied as printed i in 7 the Journal,
the charg siderably less. ‘State é whe

4

Journ

+

*

409

LEJEUNEA MACVICARI Pearson, sp. n.
(Puate 415.)

Monorcous ; loosely cxspitose or =< upon mosses; minute
pale yellowish green in ee Stems slightly and siegdlaciy
branched. Laays es alternate, approxi ani or dissitous, patent to
erecto-patent (50°-30°), SAE oval, slightly concave, apex obtuse
or obtusate, rarely subacute; lobule half to a third smaller, oval or
cylindrical, ventricose, free angle sometimes notched; texture lax ;
cells small, 4-, 5-, and 6-angled, walls firm, no eae or thickened
phe Stipules somewhat similar in size to the lobules, broadly
oval, bifid to the middle or slightly more, sinus very narrow, seg-
ments acute. Female flowers terminal on short branches. Bracts
oval, lobule about half the size, oblong, apex obtuse. rages e

oblong, bifid to about a third, sinus narrow, segments acute.
Perianth projecting aboat half beyond the bracts, oval- aii tae
to orbicular-pyriform, ecarinate. Calyptra delicate, obovate ap-

sule globose, dark brown. Andrecia produced from side of main
iat globose, two pairs of perigonial bracts; antheridia single,
val.

Dimensions. Stems } in. long, ‘04 mm. diam., with leaves

‘5 mm. wide; leaves ‘3 mm. to *35 mm. x *16 a lobule - 15 mm.
x '75 mm.; cells ‘02 mm.; ~~ 125 mm. 5 mm., segments
05 mm., ‘15 *125 mm es ‘075 mm., 175 mm. X 15 mm.,

seg, ‘075 mm.; bract ‘3 pate -175 mm., lobule ‘175 mm. X

‘05 mm. ; bracteole bet me x “15 mm., seg. ‘075 mm.; perianth

mm. x -4mm., ‘5 m ‘3 mm. calyptra ‘8 mm. a mm.;
ane ‘175 mm. aa : andi Aa mm. X ‘175 m

tat. Creeping amongst mosses and ae Celia Allt-a-

Mhcillin, Kinlochmoidart, West iva 22/4/1898. On old elm

stem in ravine, Allt Allan, Moidart, West Inverness, 4/5/99, S. M.

Macvicar, Esq.
we distinguished at once

oth perianth ;

the leaves; these in outline som

diversiloba Spruce, but in that species the lobule varies in a re S:
able manner, an ture is rigi e stems especi

a ulicina Tayl. is dioicous. L. minutissuma ye) as Webule

most as large as the leaf, and the perianth is 5-a d.

None of the North American or other species of this genus are
like it, as far as I have been able to find out.

I have submitted specimens to Herr F. Stephani, who writes:
“The Hu- saawies areas is certainly a very good species, the
perianth not bei te.””

I have ee pleasure in ee it we Mr. Macvicar, the
discoverer of it, who has made more important additions to our
knowledge of the aeotabaiion of the British Hepatice than any
other botanist for many years.

Journat or Borany.—Vot. 38. [Nov. 1900.] a6

410 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Description or Prats 415. — Fig. 1. Plant, natural size. 2. Portion of
stem, postical view, x 64. 3. Ditto, pier view, x 85. 4. Leaf with lobule,

postical view, x 85. 5. Portion of leaf x 6. Stipule x 85. 7. Bract,
x 85. racteole, x 85. 9. rianth, with bracts and bracteole e, x 64.
10. Cross-section of ssiasith, x 24. 11. Andrecia, x 85 (Kinlochmoidart,

S. M. Macvicar, Esq.).

SUTHERLANDSHIRE MOSSES.
By Witu1am Epwarp Nicworson.

Tux following list of Sutherlandshire mosses is compiled from
observations made between the 6th and the 24th July, 1899. From
the 6th to the 17th July the district was explored by Mr. H. N.
Dixon, who traversed the country from Lairg to Altnaharra, whence

about six or seven miles to the south-west of Inchnadamph, and it

was on th is ater res that the most interesting plants were found.
he er mountains in the district were not very productive.

Ben Mais. Assynt (8278 ft.) and Coinnemheall (8234 ft.) are capped

to maintain a precarious existence there
Owing to this fact, the moss-flora of the district, notwith-
standing its high latitude, is ver r in northern or arctic
agile

—e,g. Tortula princeps and Weisia calcarea~—are characteristic of
southern rather than northern latitudes

A list compiled in so short a time is of necessity very incomplete,
but a sufficient number of species, several of them of interest, were
observed to make the list worth publishing, if only as an encourage-
ment to ee a may be tempted to investigate more fully so
promising a dist

The lirica sate to the vice-counties, 107 being East Suther-
land, which is separated from West Sutherland (108) by the line of
the watershed, which is so traced as to divide the south-eastern

SUTHERLANDSHIRE MOSSES 411

which to southern ears often -seems to bear but little relation to
their pronunciation. ot abbreviation ‘‘Inch.’”’ has been used for
Inchnadamph in the lis

Sphagnum ed Ehrh. 107 & 108.—S. i Seeeae ae 108.
No near Inch.—Var. confertum. 108. Inch.—S. rigidum
Schp. var. compactum ag 108. Not uncommon.—S,. mo sie *Sull.
var. Miilleri Braith. 108. Bog at the foot of Quinag, c.fr. —

108. Fairly typical, but with the ochreous tint generally associated
with S. laricinum. Near Inch. A very robus ey with long terete
branches occurred in springs on Canisp whi ich Mr. E. C. Horrell
referred to S. crassicladun Warnst., distinguished tous the other spe-
cies of the subsecundum group by having the pores very much mor

numerous on the inner than on the outer surface of both branch-leaves

the var. cyclophyllum
stem are in a layer on y. Meg obesum Schp. Inc
rosum Pers. 107 & 108.—S. epee Ehrh. Common sad very
variable in both divisions. — Var. rubellum Russ. 108. Loch-na-

uar-

below. — Var. aainguafaveen Ldb. 108. At the foot of Quinag; a
short-stemmed tek, of t fe vareh — Var. patulum Schp. 108.
Ben Hope; wood by Loch Assynt. — Var.
108. Ben Hope. A form ne occurred on Glas Bheinn with large
oblong widely-pointed stem-leaves, fibrose and porose for two- thirds
of their length ; cells lax, the border narrow and not greatly en-

Cardot.—S. Girgensohnii Russ

branches.—S. intermedium Hoffm. Com-

mon in both divisions. — S. cuspidatum Ehrh. 108. Inch. — Var.

plumosum N. & H. 108. Pools in a he below Quinag
Andreea petrophila Ehrh. mm s, ¢.fr. A
form was gathered near the summ of Quinag with the habit of

the var. alpestris Thed., but sees fie cells papillose. — A. alpina

—A,. Rothii W.& M. 108.

. 108.
Catharinea undulata W. & M. 107 & 108, c. fr.
Oligotrichum ineuroum Ldb. 108. Loose skrees on Ben More

Assynt, c. fr.
Polar “chum aloides Hedw. 108.—P. urnigerum L. 107 & 108.

— P. alpinum L. 108. — P- pilifer wn ape 107 & 108. —
P, BS at Willd. 108.—P. strictum* Banks. 108. Ben Hope.
107 & 108. :

P, formosum Hedw. 108.—P. commune L.
262

412 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Diphyscium i Mohr. 108. Ben More Assynt and Quinag ;
both specimens ster

Ditrichum erate Hpe. Common in both ies 3 c. fr.—

D, flewicaule Hpe. Common on limestone in 108. — Var. densum
Braith. 108. Glen Dubh

Swartzia eat Lab. vai common , ¢.fr.—3S. inclinata Khrh.
108. Cliffs by Sm Fight Durness. Growing with it was a smaller

which, although Setabinnély approaching the type, was on the
whole well marked.
Seligeria se apne M. 108. Limestone rocks, Allt-nan-Uamh,
e. fr. — S. pusilla B. 7 8. 108. Sandstone rocks near Inch.—
S. recurvata B. ‘s ‘s. 108. Wet rocks in Glen Dubh, c. fr.
Ceratodon purpureus Brid. Common in both divisions, ec. fr.
Rhabdoweisia denticulata B. & 8. 108. Earth-covered rocks on
Quinag, c. fr.
Cyn polycarpum Schp. 108. Boulders in a stream at
Altnahar

jis
Schp. 108, =D. squarrosa Shp. Common. 107. Near ng
c.fr.
Blindia acuta B.& 8. 107 & 108. Common and fruiting well in
places.
sass cranoweisia crispula Lab. 108. Crags on Ben Hope, c. fr.
pa te Schimpert Milde. 108. Gle sf eine em C.
08

Inch.—C. Bice is Brid. 108. Not uncommon, ec. fr.—C. fragilis
B. & 8. 108. Glen Dubh, Inch.; a fine tall form. —— C. atrovirens
De Not. Common in both divisions, — Var. faleatus Braith. 108.
Near Inch. — Var. epilosus Braith. 108. Ben Clibreck and near
Inch., common ; often very marked, but specimens occur with

ranodontium longirostre B. & 8. 108

sinane Schp. 108. Peaty ground near Inch.
Dicranum fulvellum Sm. 108. Glas Bheinn and conglomerate
rocks of Quinag, poor and with scanty fruit. — D. falcatum Hedw.
cog n Ben More Assynt, c. fr. Growing with the type
was a for aes short cells as in eee polycarpum, possibly
a eedikeh i induced by the ve a. bc ground in which it was
growing. — D. Starkei W. & bs - Ben Mas Assynt, c.fr.—
D, Bonjeani De Not. 107 & 1 ase scoparium Hedw. 107 & 108.
— Var. paludosum Schp. 108. Glen Dubh ; wet ground, with the

SUTHERLANDSHIRE MOSSES 413
leaves yo undulate when moist. — Var. orthophyllum. 108.
Boulders ood on Ben Hope. — D. majus

108.
by Tse Acsyat, &e. — D. fuscescens Turn. 108. Common; with

fruit. ‘

108. Glen Dab, very fine also in the wood by : Assynt and
other place aia), asperulum C. M. 108. Growing with D. unei-
natum, as is ae the case, in all the iecaliaess of fhe former.

Leucobryum glaucum Schp.

Fissidens bryoides Hedw. 108. — F. osmunideides Hedw. 108.
Wood by Loch Assynt.— F’. adiantoides Hedw. 108.— F’, decipiens
De Not. 108.—F, tazifolius Hedw. 108.

Grimmia apocarpa W.& M. 107 & 108.—Var. rivularis W. &

108. Rocky beds of torrents, Inch., c. fr. Robust and well coe

— G. pees At Turn. 108. ooks by the sea, ae » O.fr.—

G. funalis Schp. 108. Glas Bheinn and Quinag. — G. —
Hornsch. 108. — G. pulvinata Sm. Both anions, ce. fr. —
hee: 108. A robust form was gathered on rocks by Loek
Ass — G. decipiens Ldb. 108. Stones — a bridge at Scourie,
with eit and abundant fruit. — G. Hartmani Schp. 108, Glas
Bheinn ; rocks by Loch ncn got the alae very fine. — G. patens
B. & 8. 108. Ben Clibreck, c.fr. Glen Dubh, with faint traces
of a hyaline point to the leaves. — 2 bora 108. Not
common. Conglomerate rocks on Quinag, c. fr. — A small barren
tuft of maha: species of Grimmia citi. any described European
species was gathered in 108, near Inch., on a emg block of
limestone. ‘The species most elaealy resembling it s the American
G. calyptrata Hook. ; but it has good leaf- characters” to distinguish
it from this, and appears to be a new and distinct species.

Rhacomitrium co pees oh &S. 108. Giang ce. fr.—R. aciculare
Brid. 107. Com 108. Common, c.fr., Altnaharra, on alder
roots and twigs. cigs very remarkable form was gathered submerged
in a stream at an altitude of about 2500 ft. on Ben More sre aa
with elongate stems and distant squarrose-recurved leaves.—f. p
tensum Braun. 107 & 108. A black rigid form with brisd- punted
leaves was ered on wet rocks at the base of Quinag. —

Brid. Abundant in both divisions, c.fr. — Var. alopecurum Hub.
108.—Var. gracilescens B. & S. 108.—R. lanuginosum Brid. 107 &
_— — Forma epilosa. 108. Hollow on Ben More Assynt where
now had recently lain. Many of the stems had the leaves quite
aise oid of hair pee — R. canescens Brid. Common in both
divisions, ce. fr.— Forma epilora. 108. Ben Clibreck, in the sand of
a stream, with Saleen? fru
Ptychomitrium polyphylium ium. 08. Walls, c. fr.
Glyphomitrium Daviesii Brid. 108. Boulder mi the road near

Scourie, c. fr. Conglomerate rocks, Quinag, ¢./r., poor.
Hedwigia om Ehrh. 108. Common on dnkie ec. fr. — Var.
striata Wils. . Rocks by the stream and tarn on Glas Bheinn,

c. fr.; a well- ie form of the var.

414 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Tortula muralis Hedw. Walls in both divisions, ¢. fr.—T. subu-
lata Hedw. In both divisions, c.fr.—T. ruraliformis Dixon. 108.
Sandhills near Durness. — 7. princeps De Not. 108. Limestone
crags to the south of Inch.; in immense rounded cushions, with
abundant fruit. The leaves were _ interrupted than is often the
case, probably owing to the very dense habit.

Barbula rubella Mitt. In both dizicionii ce. fr. — Var. ruberrima
Braith. 108. Ben Uidhe, Inch. — B. tophacea Mitt. 108. — B.
fallaw Hedw. var. anne Schultz. 108. Alt-nan-Uamh. —
B. recurvifolia Schp. On the limestone near Inch. — B.
= =. me Sandy detritus by the stream in Glen Dubh,

w= BP, dula Mitt. Walls in both divisions, z fr., and with
the Ge caciscatic gemme. — B. cylindrica Schp. 108. Inch., not
ommon. — B. revoluta Brid. 107 & 108. — B. convoluta Hedw.
107 & 108.—B. unguiculata Hedw. 108.
Le crea maser a 108. Dry peaty ground on Brea-
—L. recurvifolium Ldb. 108. Moist rocks by waterfalls, poor.
Ran Uidhe and Coinnemheall.
eisia microstoma C.M. 108. Limestone rocks near Inch.,
ce. fr. — W. calecarea C. M. 108. Shallow limestone caves in Glen
Dubh ; a fine form, in deep tufts, va _ fragile. — W. rupestris
08.—VW. curvirostris C. M. . A remarkably robust and
apparently undescribed form oceurr me on stones by waterfalls and
et ihe in Glen Dubh.—VW. verticillata Brid. 108. Limestone rocks,
ne
ichostomum wey ase Bruch. 108. Limestone rocks, Inch. ;
robust broad-leaved form. A form with narrower less cuc riiiees
leaves occurred in ae Dubh.— 7. mutabile Bruch. 108. Not un-
ttorale Dixon. 108. Altnaharra; crags near
op

rked form with small short leaves. Growing with it was a more
robust form with larger leaves, but referable to the var. littorale
rather than to the type. — 7. tenuirostre Ldb. 108. Wet rocks on
Quinag and Ben Uidhe he. — T. inelinatum Dixon. 108. Limestone
rocks south of Inch. Some of the tufts are well characterized, but

others are much less so, and approach 7. ety through the
var. fr ae ae The plants gathered tend to confirm the i of
Boulay t when growing under ae carton pirtdiibionie T. incli-

ng is ck to recognize and well-characterized, but under less
favourable conditions it appears to connect itself with several allied
species.—T’. tortuosum Dixon. 108. Very common on the limestone
at on fruiting sparingly.—Var. Sragilifolium Dixon. Smoo Cave,

urn
Cinelidotus fontinaloides P. B. 108. Common by streams,
Encalypta ciliata Hoffm. 108. Loose earth in Glen eer C. ae
— FE. streptocarpa Hedw. 108. On = limestone
i 108.

Brid. 107. Birches near Lairg, c.fr. The
numerous stomata in several rows appear to be of some value in

SUTHERLANDSHIRE MOSSES 415

separating this moss from U. Bruchii. The capsule also matures
considerably later than that of U. Bruchii. 108. Altnaharra, on

alders by a stream, fine and abundant; trees by Loch Assynt and
Glen Dubh, e.fr.—U. Bruchii Hornsch. Common in both divisions

t not s
U. phyllantha Brid. syiblomanaina on trees and rocks in both divisions,
especially near the coast. — U. Hutchinsie Hamm. 108. Scourie,

rc anehs

Orthotrichum rupee sooae 107. The Crask near Altna-
harra, c. fr.; a form with the leaf-cells markedly bistratose above,
but the capsule a ‘istinetl of the Sturmii character ; nada
well developed. 108. Loch-na-Meide, Altnaharra, and r
Loch Assynt, robust forms, ¢. fr.—O. anomalum Hedw. 107. Stone
Bridge, near Altnaharra, c.fr.; capsules with the intermediate
striee fairly well marked. — Var. saxatile Milde. In both divisions,

r. nud

r.—O. cupulatum Hoffm. In both divisions, c. fr m
Braith. 108. By the stream in Glen Dubh, with the type, and
passing into it. — O. leiocarpum B. & 8. In both divisions, ¢. fr.—
O H.&T. 107. Lairg.—0. a chr 07. Wall near

Lairg, c.fr.; stone parapet of a bridge on the Crask. A tall robust
form with the calyptra often white, smooth, and membranous.
108. Walls and trees, not common. — O. stramineum Hornsch. In
both divisions, widely distributed, but not very fine, c. fr.—O. pul-
chellum 8m. 107. Lairg, abundant on bricks and also on a stone
wall near the hotel, c.fr. 108. Inch., ¢. fr.—O. diaphanum Schrad.

J's
Splachnum sphericum L. fil. 107. Moor near Lairg, c. fr. 108.
Sporadic throughout the district. :
a aplodon mnioides B. & 8. 108. Glas Bheinn and Ben More

Assynt, c, fr. — T. —— B. & §. 108. Glas Bheinn, a single
tuft with male flowers 0
"unaria ericetorum Dison 108.—F, hygrometrica Sibth

Amblyodon dealbatus P. B. Calcareous spring at Durness; lime-
stone rocks, Inch., c. fr.

Aulacomnium palustr e B. & S. 107 & 108. — A. androgynum
Schwer. 107. Lairg, a ‘tall robust form. 108.

Conostomum boreale Sw. 108. Near the summit of Ben More
Assynt, very poor and ster

Bartramia ithyphylla Brid, 108. Rocks,. fairly common, ¢. fr.
Very fine on Quinag.— B. pomiformis Hedw. In both divisions,

Philonotis fontana Brid. Abundant in both divisions, e. fr.—
Var. pumila Dixon. 108. Ben Clibreck, c. fr. and male.—P. adpressa
Ferg. 108. Fairly common and well — especially near the
heads of springs, with fruit on Coinnemheall. — P. seriata Mitt.
oem Abundant on Coinnemheall.—P. cial ea ‘Schp. 108. On the

mes

Seat arcuata Schp. In both divisions not uncommon.
Fruit rare, on the limestone near Inch.

Leptobryum pyriforme Wils, 108,

416 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Webera polymorpha Schp. 108. Ben More Assynt, ¢.fr.—
W. acuminata Schp. 108. Ben Clibreck. — W. elongata Schwer.

as in W, sh aati agus B. & 8. 108. In a peat cuttin ne;
Loch-na-Meide, c.fr.— W. annotina Schwegr. 108. at
boulders in a stream near Altnaharra; a remarkable form with
large hollow bulbils, which very probably belongs to W. bulbifera
Warnst. — Ludwigtt Schp. 107. Ben Cl ibreck. 108. Ben
Mare. Assynt, ¢. fr. ear ae Schp. 108. A robust form 8-4 in.
tall, with the foauia hardly so wide as is usual with var. latifolia
and more strongly toothed, but referable to the var. rather than to
the type, occurred on Canisp and Ben More Assynt. — W. commu-
tata Schp. 108. Ben Clibreck and Glen Dubh, c. fr. A laxly
tufted form with bulbils in the axils of the leaves on the barren
stems, and much resembling W. annotina in general appearance.—
W. carnea speed Pm W. albicans Schp. 108. Damp sandy
ground, not c

Plagio en Zierii Ldb. 108. Ben Ho ope.

Bryum filiforme Dicks. Not uncommon in both divisions; with
emir fruit on wet sandy ground near Inch. — B. pendulum
Schp. 108. Limestone crags below Inch., c.fr.—B. inelinatum
Bland. 108. Not common, c. fr.— B. pallens Sw. By streams in
both divisions, common, c ft.s with the tilia of the inner peristome
often imperfect. — B. Duvalii Voit. 108. Marshy ground near the
heads of springs on Coinnemheall, fine and abundant. — B. pseudo-
triquetrum Schwg. In both divisions abundant, ¢. fr. A form with
a rather short capsule was gathered in Glen Du bh.—B. intermedium
Brid. In both divisions, c. ae -—B. caspiticium Li. In both divisions,
¢. fr. — B. capillare L. Common in both divisions, ¢.fr. A
synoicous form was panel on a wall near Lairg. The capsule,
however, is not of the torquescens form, nor are the leaves, which
are but little twisted when dry, and denticulate above. — Var
Ferchelii B. & 8. 108. — caves, Allt-nan-Uamh, and
boulders in oe Dubh. — B, erythrocarpum Schwer. 108. Peaty
ground, Quinag, c. fr.; some of the capsules with very short necks.
—B,. alpinum Had. 107. Ben Clibreck. 108. Common; a com-
pact slender form with small leaves was gathered on Canisp ; ; Kyle-

ku, ¢. fr, — B. Miihlenbeckit B.& 8. 108. Protruding rocks in
streams, Glas Bheinn and Coinnemheall. The form from Glas

closely resembled it in a moist state. The resemblance disappeared
on drying. — B. Mildeanum nba. 108. Sandy débris and rocks by
emhea

divisions, ¢. fr. A form with the leaves homomallous on Ben Hope.

SUTHERLANDSHIRE MOSSES 417

Poe wore: —— 108. Glen Dubh and Breabag, ec. fr.—

little fruiting M. serratun.—M. punctatum L. 108. Inch., a small-
leaved form with somewhat the habit of a Cinclidium.—Var. elatum
Schp. 108. Marshy ground on Coinnemheall, principally the male
plant.

Cinclidium stygium Sw. 108. Wet peaty ape - koa head of
Loch Maol-a-Choire, abundant and fruiting well in

Fotial antipyretica 108. Streams, com sas — oe gra-
cilis Sch 108. Springs at 2000 ft. on Canisp. A rigid fom
sone eiieosiog when dry. — F. squamosa L. 108. Rocks ina

ream on Quin

Neckera crispa Hedw : ea Hibn.

Pterygophyllum lucens Brid. 108. A remarkable form “
gathered on —7 growing in springs with Sphagnum, &c.,
tall dense masses of a deep green colour, with erect crowded sae:

Leucodon sciur: a Schwer.

Pterogonium gracile Sw. 108. Rocks by Loch Assynt.

Antitrichia curtipendula Brid.

Porotrichum alopecurum Mitt. 108,

Anomodon viticulosus H. & T. 108. Limestone rocks, Inch.

Pterigynandrum filiforme Hedw. 108. Rocks by Loch Assynt,

> ya ali B. &8. 108. “amet in ae pe: a

otuasione B. é 8. 108. laos rocks at Scaieie ae Allt-n nan-
Uamh, fairly common. Growing with it was a paler form, softer
than the type, with longer more tapering and more denticulate
leaves, with longer cells. At first sight this plant appears Eh a.
tinct, and might be taken for the var. Slamantaes oul. of P. atro-
virens. Intermediates, however, betwee * e type were
present. It appears to be the same as Leskea Fouaier Schp. M
which was reduced by Wilson to a var. of catenulata.

Thuidium tamariscinum B. & §. 107 8.- TT. delicatulum

Tr
ot

— Ldb. 108. ae ary rocks,

Climacium dendroides W. & 108. Not uncommon, but poor.

Colindegin cium concinnum ie we. On the panna

Orthothecium rufescens B. & §. 108. Principally on the lime-
stone, — s anngle’ in very — places.—0. intricatum B. & 8.
108. Clefts ocks on the limes

concn ment um Brid., 1 3.

europus sericeus Dixon. 108. Not uncommon. A slender form

occurred at Cape Wrath resembling at first sight H. cupressiforme
var. resupinatum, with which it was growing.

Camptothecium lutescens B. & 8. 108. Common on the lime-
stone. A tall fine pinnate form oceurred on the Far-out Hea

Brena glareosum B, & 8. 108, — B. albicans B. & 8.

418 THE JOURNAL OF. BOTANY

& 108. — B. salebrosum B. & S. var. palustre i 107. —
prise B. & 8. 108.—B. rivulare B. & bundant on rocks
in streams in both aitkiote, —Var. chr ~ysophyllum Spe 108. Rocks
by the streams in Glen Dubh and elsewhere. Most of the speci-
mens, in fact, approached — form. — B. neat B.& S. 108.
—B. purum Dixon. 108. mon

Hyoevmium flagellare B. & 8. 107. Rocks by a stream. 108.
Quina

ren ur ieakie crassinervium B.& 8. 108. Limestone rocks, Glen
Dubh; a robust form. — FH. prelongum. 108. — Var. Stokesii.
108. Hh: Biodrteis Hook. 108.—Var. rigidum. 108. Limestone caves, .
Glen Dubh; not very well marked, but with erect rigid branches
and the leaves striate when dry, and not complanate. The plant
bears some resemblance to a small form of FE. striatum. — E.
abbreviatum Schp. 108.—F. tenellwn Milde. FE. myosuroides
Schp. In both divisions. A robust prostrate form without the
dendroid habit of the type was gathered among rocks on Ben
Clibreck. This form, which somewhat resembles a Brachythecium
in habit, has also been found on Quinag Hill, Skye, _ is certainly

deserving of a varietal name.—E. striatum B. &S. 8.—E. rusci-
forme Milde. 108. Common in streams, c. fr. — "Var . prolixum
Turn. (non Brid.). 108. In a waterfall on dame a marked

Meg with slender julaceous brown branches

Plagiothecinm Miillerianum. ree Rock-crevices on Ben Cli-
breck and Ben Uidhe, poor and scanty. It seems probable that
this species will be found to have a biome distribution in Scotland,

where suitable conditions occur. . Borrerianum Spr.

Mostly in rock-crevices, fairly common. — P. pulchellum B. & S.
108. Widely distributed, but not very falta ee aa
nitidulum Husn en Uidhe, ec. fr P bition Ldb.
108. An erect densely-tufted form under rocks on Coinnemheall.
—P. denticulatum form which grew in tall seorenan

bright green tufts, paler below, was common by springs and
rivulets on Canisp and Quinag. The leaves are large, tapering
to an almost acuminate point, and usually markedly denticulate at
the apex, very decurrent, with long double nerves reaching near ly
half the length of the leaf, and with large cells. The leaf-margin

is also slightly recurved. iP ener B. & ;
Amblystegium Sprucei B. & 8. 108. Limestone caves at Allt-

: but not s

versal as in the ar. depauperatum Boul moo Cave,
Du — A, filicinum De Not. 8. Common and variable.—
Var. trichodes Steudel Rocks in th by Loch Assynt

Very slender and delicate. Limpricht —— this var. from
gracilescens Schp. chiefly by the comparative absence of rhizoids.
A form having leaves with an excurrent nerve, but not otherwise
like the var. vallisclause Dixon, occurred in Glen Dubh. — A. com-
pactum Aust. 108. Limestone caves, Smoo Cave, Durness, Glen

Dubh, and Breabag. Two forms occurred in Smoo Cave, which,
lea intergraded ; one more compact and tufted, and the other

SUTHERLANDSHIRE MOSSES 419

a slender creeping form with more distant spreading leaves with
wider cells. The latter form emitted numerous rootlets from the

Hypnuum stellatum Schreb. 108. Marsh round, se se
oo e Srert ngly near Inch.—Var. protensum B. & 8. Brea-
bag.—H. fluitans L. In both divisions. A variety was ae in
a diteh by a peat moor‘on high ground between Loch Erriboll and
Tongue with wide go leaves closely resembling the var. pseudo-
stramineum C, Mill. only differing from it in the rac leaf-

ints, narrower at the apex peace a denticnlate margin. —

1. uncinatum Hedw. frei divisions common, —H. revolvens
Sw. In both afvaione common and variable ; Aeulttig cgi
near Inch. — H. inter ab ese Ldb. 108. A very variable plant

occurred in wet places on the rir near Inch., sometimes
slender and sometimes very robust, with every intermediate. The
leaves were often faintly striate, apache in the more slender
orms. — H. commutatum Hedw. mies Abundant, especially near

resupinatum. In both divisions. — Var. minus Wils. 108. Cape
Wrath.—Var. ericetorum B. & 8. 108.—Var. elatum. 108. Sand-
hills, Far-out Head and Smoo Cave, Durness. — H. hamulosum
B. & 8. 108. Quinag. — H. callichroum Brid. 108. Glen Dubh
nd Quinag, c. fr. A curious erect form was growing with Webera
Tudwigii on Ben More Assynt. — H. mollusrum Hedw. both
divisions. — H. crista-castrensis L. 108. Not pees a

Var. lowe eg 108. Glen Dubh. — H. ley itili Schp. 108.

Rocks by Loch Assynt. —H. ochraceum Tarn. Each Stones by and

in seeaiau common. — Var. flaccidum Milde. 108. Stream on

Quinag ; well- marked flaccidum with the leaves niby re aie
)

— H. trifarium W. & M. 108. By a stream on ot Bheinn. —
H. gigantewum Schp. 108. Ditch near Inch., abundant. — H. sar-
mentosum Wahl. 1 Common and variable ; with frit oh Glas

H.
to be the var. fallaciosum Milde. pi almost black form also
occurred on aus —H. cuspidatnm L. Common in both divisions.
—AH. Schreberi Willd. Abundant in both divisio

Hyiocomium splendens B. & 8. In both divisions: A very slender

420 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

poor ; mbes finer in the wood by Loch Assynt. — H. brevirostre
B. & 8. 108. Ben Hope, a tall erect form. — H. loreum B. &
In both divisions. — H. squarrosum B. & 8S. Abundant in both
divisions.—H, triquetrum B. & 8, In both divisions.

LEPIDIUM HETEROPHYLLUM Benruam.
By Frepericxk Townsenp, M.A., F.L.S.

Aw examination of specimens, in the Herbaria of Kew and the
British Museuin., of the genus Lepidium, and especially of L. pepkt
phyllum Benth., L. Smithit Hook., and of the var. alatostyla, led m
to enquire how the dehiscence of the silicules of the latter is effected.
None of the specimens were sufficiently advanced to show this
satisfactorily, so at the commencement of the month of September
in the present year I visited the original station at Redbridge, a
Sgeieaa dette where I found the plant so far advanced that

decay had already commenced ; but not one out of the 550 a Pe Fs
I examined had dehisced, though they were ripe and pera?
formed, and contained perfect seeds. The question arises—Is
indehiscent character constant? I can hardly imagine it to
otherwise, though it might be cocoa _ assert it Grainy
without the se Asa of more than one season.
normal forms of L. Smithii dahigueries commences at the

L. ons Rae haat * Fruit without a notch oe the apex,” 3

a new ch A
“Fruit notched at the apex.’ I thus de esignate Mr. Brown’s
characters because they are neither to be found in the ener
of Bentham nor of Gren. & Godr. Bentham’s original description
is in Cat. des Pl. tadigines a fat ah et du bas Languedoc, par
G. Bentham, 1826, p. siliculis ellipticis, alatis, vix
emarginatis, glabris ; Pir exserto filiform: ; caulibus diffusis, basi
ramosis, apice ascendentibus, simplicibus; foliis caulinis, sagittatis,
dentatis, glabris.”. Grenier and Godron also describe the silicules

LEPIDIUM HETEROPHYLLUM 421

thus :—‘‘ Ailes des silicules arrondies au sommet ou faiblement
échancrées.” A careful examination of authentic specimens in the
Kew Herbarium shows that many of the silicules are really notched.
There are two sheets of specimens with the following label :—
‘‘Lepidium heterophyllum Benth. In superiori vallis Kynes parte
a la Bagouta prope torrentem. Pyr. or. Unio itiner. Endress. ad
finem Junii 1830.” I find, even on the same specimen, silicules

th own
phyllum. M. Areasque prés les Eaux Bonnes. 5.8.89.” The left
hand plant of specimens gathered in the Vallée d’Hynes, 24-26,

similar to the Redbridge plant.
us Mr. Brown’s character—‘ Fruit without a notch at the
apex’’—would exclude from the L. heterophylium of Bentham
several specimens gathered and named by Bentham himself.
Grenier and Godron found the distinction between their a hetero-
hara

specific description. Their a pyrenaicum nob. is described thus—
‘Plante verte, & feuilles presque glabres”; their 8 canescens nob.—
‘‘Plante d’un vert blanchatre, feuilles trés velus.’”” = Lepidium
Smithii Hook. Thus, if Mr. Brown’s nomenclature were adopted,
confusion would be created, as var. alatostyla would come under his
typical L. heterophyllum, whereas it comes under the PB canescens of
Gren. odr.

I feel a diffidence in suggesting a nomenclature and arrange-
ment which would be most suitable. If we accept subspecies, both

ampe .; any way, in con-
sideration of the marked difference in character and of the different

specimens collected by Mr. James Groves has similar silicules,
some of which are slightly emarginate and some rounded at the
apex,

492, THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEA
(arreR WaRNsToRF)
By E. Cuartes Horretz, F.L.S.
(Continued from p. 392.)

§ va. Spuaena cymBrroiia Schimp.

Branch-leaves of medium size to large, iersabs or roundish- to
oblong-obovate, boat-shaped, with small teeth on the scarcely
bordered lateral margins; apex wide, oud aad cucullate,
never toothed, frequently with a hyaline border; the margin
Siege widely inrolled at the apex and for some distance down

e leaf; when dry never undulate, and frequently with a slight

narrowly isosceles-triangular or narrowly rectangular to barrel-
shaped, generally free on the inner surface of the leaf, more rarely
free on both surfaces of the leaf or completely enclosed by the
hyaline cells; hyaline cells, on the inner wall where united to the
chlorophyllose cells smooth, papillose, with so-called comb-fibrils

with 2-3 lon ngitudinal and almost parallel fibrils ; pore- -formation

branches not forming retort-cells, sie ss in the pendent
branches, always with fibrils and p Stem-leaves sometimes
ah small, sometimes large, soinotimen very large, in most cases

upper part; non- -fibrillose or with fibrils more or less eee

his very atti section comprises about forty-two species, of
which all the seven European species are found in this ee
ost of the members of this group are at once recogniz
belonging to the section = their robust size, and by the mene
poe of the branch-leayes

ag Serre (Harsh) Russ. Beitr. zur Kenntn. der
tortie: 1865,
Syn. S. fii Sulliv. apud eyil — Appal. 1870, 3.
8. afine Ren. & Card. in Rey. Bryol. 1
Exsice. Braithwaite, Sphagn. Brit, Tadlas Nos. 1 & 2 (1877).
Plants in looser or more compact tufts, 7-15 em. high, light to
rather dark green, grey-green, yellowish, brown to deep brown ;
generally more delicate than the other European species of the

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEA 423

section, but sometimes occurring in say robust forms, resembling
in habit S. centrale and S. cymbifolium

Stem sometimes thin, sometimes more robust, generally of a
dash colour. Cortex of 3-4, rarely : bes ers. Superfici al cells the

mallest ; inner cortical cells with very numerous fibrils which are
aes close together. grees eal pouaialle with few fibrils,
and with 1-7, generally 2-5 por

Fascicles poe of four beatolien which, with the exception
of those of t apitulum, have the leaves in most cases loosely

oO _
.B
“@
tae
°

very rarely brachy- or macro-cladous, eury-, dasy-, kata-, h
ano-, to ortho-cladous, frequently oxycladous, sometimes relatively ©
very thin and fine (leptocladous). gorse cells of the branches
with numerous fibrils; cross-walls n ent downwards as in
8. penton tcense, but sometimes curved or highly oblique.

anch- lain ovate to broadly ovate, near the apex of the
betes narrowly ovate, 1: (1:4-2°5) mm. long; at the apex

e e

absent; the leaves of the pendent branches with a broader border.
Fibrils "generally numerous, and pores in the upper half of the leaf

inner surface in the u upper ha a of the leaf few, “generally only a
single large round pore in the apical part of each hyaline cell,
sometimes, however, 1-5 in each cell. In the lower part of the
leaf, near the lateral margins, pores more numerous, and frequently

nce only here and t
for a short distance. Not rarely, and especially near the apex
of the leaf, the chlorophyllose cells are free on the inner surface,
and are then trapez
Stem-leaves _Hogulate ene eer! much smaller than
me branch-le 1-2 mm. (‘8 to 1:8) long, sometimes wider,

very numerous fibrils and p Hyaline cells in the entire or in
nearly the entire leaf septate, frequently with two or three crogs-
walls,

Dioicous; perichetial bracts somewhat secund, in the upper
one-third closely fimbriate all round, non-fibrillose, with irregular

494 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

membrane-gaps. Capsule dark brown. Spores rusty red. Male
inflorescence on the somewhat inflated apex of the comal branches.
Hab. On wet elevated heaths and in peat bogs.
Distrib. Scandinavia, Russia, eee raion ht ee
France, Scotland, England; Asia; N. Am Ss. Am
This very distinct species is not Drienselly "dnaiuerindal by the
pacers of the peculiar comb-fibrils, in some forms these being
entirely absent, but by the form pe position of the chlorophyllose
cells of the braneh- leaves, by the stem-leaves, and the very numerous
fibrils in the cortical cells of the stems and branches.
There are three main varieties
(1) Var. cristatum Warnst. in " Hedwigia, 1889, pp. 367-872.
Comb-fibrils numerous throughout the lower half of the branch-
leaves. Lyth Moss, Westmoreland (Barnes in Braithw. Sphagn.
Brit. Exsice. No. 1, 1877. A form intermediate between var.
eristatum and var. subleve) ; stn noe oe Ross (Braithwaite) ;
ween Stornoway and Garynahin Hebrides (Smith) ;
Raplock Moss, New Galloway, Kirkeudbright (fearon); Wither-
slack Moss, Westmoreland (Bar po Latheron, Caithness (Lillie) ;
Lochan-na-Lairge, Perthshire (Cocks) ; Meall-nan- Catal an,
Perthshire anpere ).
r, subleve Warnst. l.c. Comb-fibrils only slightly de-
Mc ah frequently with only slender beginnings of fibrils near the
leaf-bas
(3) fe affine Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. 1890, 250. Syn. S. afine
Ren. & Card.; S. imbricatum var. leve Warnst. in Hedwigia, 1889,
pp. 867-872. Comb-fibrils completely absent.
5. §. pegenerans Warnst. in Hons Centralbl. xlii. 1890, 102.
Plant completely submerged, green above, greyish below. Stem
slender, 20-30 cm. long, ne ba long, thin, stem-like branches from
the middle or is upper
Wood-cylinder whitish on ‘ue yellowish. Stem-cortex of the main
axis in 2-8 layers; cells very wide and thin-walled, either quite
without fibrils or with few very delicate fibrils; pores on the super-
ficial wall numerous up to six in each a” large and non-ringed.

gaps in the middle of the cell-walls. Leaves of the main branches
resembling those of the spreading branches in form and cell-structure,
but larger; sometimes quite without fibrils, more freque: ntly fibrillose
and porose to the base; not rarely in the upper one-third formed of
chlorophyllose cells only.

Fascicles distant, in the lower part of the plant composed of
three branches. of which two are stronger and spr the
third is weaker and appressed to the stem; the fascicles on the

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACER 425

main branches are generally very incompletely vagal be and form
fe h

at the apex of each branch a very small capitulum with obtuse
branches. Cortex of the branches with numerous fibrils and pores
Spreading branches very thin, about 1-1 ong, tapering
wards the apex, and either recurved or almost horizontal
Leaves s more or less loosely placed, on
he upper ones closely imbricate and with squarrose apex; from
a narrower ba c dened to the middle and then narrowed to

a shorter or longer, wide, obtuse, cucullate apex, as in S. cymbi-
folium f. squarrosula ; in the upper part frequently with 2-5 rows of
shorter and narrower chlorophyllose cells on the lateral margins,
the apex also peng Sores formed of such cells alone. Hyaline
cells remarkably narrow and long; the chlorophyllose cells, on the
contrary, seen Pees the inner side, very wide, showing, as is the

cells. Pores on the inner surface scattered; in the upper cell-
ang 2%; towards the lateral MBG Nes generally more numerous and
the middle of the cell-wall; on the entire outer surface with

niches round pores in almost mor cell-angle.

Chlorophyllose cells in section broadly isosceles-trapezoid, free on
both surfaces, the wall generally strongly convex on the inner sur-
face, slightly convex on the outer surface; lumen very wide, full of

wider than high, approaching the ie aline cells in form me size,
and, like these, are oe = a Robs surfaces.

Flow ers and fruit u

Distrib, England ee Moss, Cheshire, Holt, 1886);
Germ

"Whis’ outioad bog-moss at the first glance might be taken for a
submerged form of 8. cuspidatum or a slender and submerged form
of S. squarrosum, but it would not be suspected that it was a member
of the cym a group, ‘ui all the other members of which it is
abundantly di ag a method of branching is peculiar to this

plant and ¢

of fibrils in the stem-cortex; (2) the form and structure of the
beg leaves ; (8) the transection of the branch-leaves; and (4) the
ipmeeel of the branch-leaves.
6. §. rurFaceum Warnst. in Schrift. Naturf. Ges. in Danzig.
N. P. Bd. ix. Heft ii. p. 161, 1897.
Tufts dirty brown or green, resembling in habit S. baat ber
Stem-cortex in 8-4 layers; cells wide and thin-walled, with
numerous fibrils, each sn 8-6 (rarely more) pores.
Wood-cylinder browni
tem-leaves very tinge peal a narrower base widened to the
middle, and thence peodaded' into the broad, cucullate, obtuse apex,
Journat or Borany.—Vou. 38. [Nov. 1900.) 24

426 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

which has the margins incurved; fibrillose to the base ;
inner surface with numerous round pores, especially near the lacared
margins; on the outer surface with semi-elliptical pores in rows
on the ne a which pass over near the apex into large
ne -ga
eading aks elongated, acuminate at the apex, with the
vcontieal cells very fibrose and porose. Branch-leaves very large,
longly ovate, and with the upper sod distinctly squarrose (? always) ;
pore-formation as in the stem-leav
Chlorophyllose cells in eer broly trapezoid (up to 12 » wide)
(rarely broadly-triangular), with the longer parallel side exposed
on the inner surface of the tool generally free on both surfaces.
cra 5 not Deere
wet boggy pla
Dis istrib. ta Eastand: ee oe (Monington
d Horrell); Barnet Wood, Hayes Common, W. Kent (Cocks); Hole
Common, near Lyme Regis, Dorset (Miss Lister); Wild Moorstone
Wood, near Buxton, Gachyahiee (Ley); Tilgate Forest, Sussex
(Horrell); Trelleck Bog, Monmouth (Ley); Lon eridge Fell,
W. Lanes. (Wheldon); Clougha, W. Lanes. (Wheldon) ; Arkholme

(of ayes).

This species comes very near S, cymbifolium, but must, especi-
ally on account of the ered trapezoid chlorophyllose cells, be held
to be distinct. From S. degenerans, too, with which it agrees in the
— = its chlorophyllose cells, it differs in the strongly fibrose

d branch cortical cells, the wider and shorter hyaline cells
of “the | shee leaves, and the quite different habit.

(To be continued.)

A NEW SPECIES OF UNCINULA FROM JAPAN.
By Ernest §. Saumon, F.L.S.

an account of all the species known from Japan will be Peal in
my article “The Bhs peo of Japan” in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,

worked ae hawavt, | is shown by the hese tt of a very distinct
new species, described below, Belanginy, to the genus Uncinula.

A NEW SPECIES OF UNCINULA FROM JAPAN 427

pean en with Spherotheca Kusanoi P. Henn. & Shirai, on a
specimen (now in the Kew Herbarium) kindly sent to me by Dr.
citi
The following is a detailed description of the ape —
Uneinula septata, sp.nov. Hypophyllous; mycelium evan-
escent ; perithecia mora or less scattered, ae rou unded-lenticular,
6 in diameier, cells of outer wall of perithecium distinct,
small, 5- 40 p wide; appendages crowded, very numerous, 100-170
or more in number, unequal in length (50-100 p ne) on the same
perithecium, simple, smooth, 1-8- (usually about 5-) septate, amber-
coloured in the lower half, thin-walled throughout, about 5 » wide,
apex often belleath; asci 6-12 (immature).
Hab, Japan; Mt. Myogi,*Prov. Kozuké, on leaves of puerene
glandulifera Bl. (associated with Spherotheca Kusanoi P, Henn
Shirai) (Kusano, no. 128 (in part), Nov. 4, 1899).

- -*
Pd o
ail

. 3
CAA. ctl
ExpnanaTion oF Fiaures. — Fig. 1. Perithecium, with its mass of densely
crowded septate appendages, x 160. 2. Portion of need wall of perithecium,
with appendages, x . 3. Four appendages, x 400. wo appendages,
pee the helicoid apex, x 400. 5. Cells of aie outer wall of the perithecium,
400. mature ascus,
In habit, and in the large size of the geoetnry si septata
resembles ircinata Cooke and Peck, from which it is at once
ein.

eae

428 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

NEW PLANTS FROM CENTRAL. ASIA.

Tue following athe, were collected by Capt. H. H. P. Deasy,
in 1897 and 1898, in Northern Tibet and Chinese Turkestan. A
-sketch-map Hastentitiy his route. has been published by the Royal
aprile aa Society (April 2nd, 1900). The tens will be found

the eee riment of Botany of the British Muse

Lactuca (§ Bracnyruampuus) Deasyi S. Moor ‘Planta lid mil-
lima abiea Crepidis cujusdam ad sectionem Glomeratam pertinentis,
caule incrassato glabro, foliis parvis spathulatis obtusissimis integris
manifeste 3-nerviis plus minus araneoso-pilosis, capitulis ¢ caulis ex
apice aliquantulo dilatato convexo oriundis ibique dense aggregatis
et subsessilibus, capitulis anguste cylindricis 4-flosculosis, involucri
phyllis exterioribus 2 quam reliqua paullo brevioribus linearibus
deorsum parum dilatatis, phyllis intermediis 2 oblongis una cum

ibus sursum pilosis ceteroquin glabri ris, acheeniis compressis .
oblongis deorsum parum angustatis apice in rostrum brevissimum
abrupte contractis ee tatis

Hab. Aksu, Chin e Turkestan, alt. 16,500 ? ft., July, 1898.

Caulis 4:0 cm ait ‘0-7 em. diam. ., Sursum usque ad 1:0 cm.
dilatatum. Folia "a. 5-3°5 cm. long. -, 0°5-0°6 cm. lat., deorsum in
sicco corrugata et 0-2 cm. lat. | ea er siemens circa 8-0 cm.
diam. Pedunculi modo 0-1-0-15 cm. long. Involucrum 1:2 cm.
long., 0:4 em. lat.; phylla basin versus connata. Achenia 0°6 cm.
et pappi “st deorsum straminee sursum grisex 1:0 em. long.

very remarkable species, so extraordinarily like a C? vepis of
§ Glom grace ance extending even to the partial union of
the involucral leaves—that its true affinity was not suspected until
the achenes came under examination. There is, I think, no known
species of Lactuca with which this could possibly be salitnetiiad

Polygonum tibeticum Rendle. Herba minor caule simplici
tenui superne egram ocreis vix hypocraterimorphis hirsutulis,
limbo brevi vix patente setoso-ciliato ; foliis membranaceis cai
vel subovatis popcctomm vel acutis; petiolo tenui hirsutulo. infra

ocree medium inserto; lamina precipue venis ceermreret pilo-
sula; spica soba sessili, densa, oblonga, bracteis sanguineis late
ovatis subacutis, glabrescentibus, cum margine + ciliolato ; floribus
majusculis sanguineis, "perianth foliis 5, petalinis ; staminibus
cum squamulis perigynis alternantibus ; stigmatibus binis aoe
formibus; achzni

Slender plants 30- 85. cm. high, the lower internodes barely
. mm. thick, glabrous. Ocrea membranous, tubular, with scarcely

ead
(eluding petioles) to 5 em. long by 2 cm. broad, blade ao

m. lo
cGint wine almost glabrous; flowers crimson, closely FS ebbing
those of Eee or nape! L.; perianth-leaves ellipsoidal, 5 mm.
long by about m. broad; filaments peter ye about 3°5 mm
Tag, anthers atieched. in the middle, 1 mm, long; ovary round,

NEW PLANTS FROM CENTRAL ASIA 429

compressed, equal in length (barely 1°5 mm.) to the style with its
two subsessile cap- shaped s stigmas: fruit not present.
A member of Meisner’s section Amblygonon, aaa most nearly
allied to Polygonum or rite L., the flowers being almost identical
iffer

flower-spike ; the thinner texture A, ies elongated form of the
leaves also distinguish i it.

Hab. Northern Tibet.

ALLIUM consaNGuINEUM Kunth, var. rossum Rendle, var. nov.
Indistinguishable from the species except by its rose- -olonred
flowers ; those of the species are described as — yellow

ab. — Tuz — alt. 13,000 ft., —

Festuca rusra L. ropusta Rendle, . NOV
spitans, innova stabi “extra aginalibus — Enter ascendentibus,
m

tis, demum ascendentibus et caules basi robustos efformantibus ;
nodis, vaginis, foliisque glabris; foliis flaccidis plicatis vel con-
volutis ; panicula flexuosa mente: spiculis 4-5-floris, villosis iis
F. arenarie Osbeck (F. rubra var. arenaria Fr.) similibus.

at the base of the shoots, and the leaves, which are remarkably
flaccid for the species; the blades are generally between 7 and 14 cm.
long and about 8 mm. broad when opened out.

re Turkestan plant resembles somewhat specimens collected
by Bi t Karakorum, at 18,500 ft. (No. 30335 in
ice Y. but the latter she not the robust growth referred to ; and the
spikelets have more flowers, with slightly narrower fertile "glumes.

. Shiran Maidan Hunza Valley, five miles from Kilak Pass,
138,000 ft., October, 1897. .

Festuca Deasyi Rendle. —_ glabra, glauca, innovati-
onibus intravaginalibus, caulibus vaginis membranaceis mar-
cidis basi indutis, florentibus cum internadaie tribus que sepius a
vaginis striatis arcte inclusa sunt; ligula brevi membranacea tran-
cata, laminis — anguste linearibus, sepius conyolutis, venis

nibus scabridulis; panicula sublaxa, sepius

prominentibus,
stricta, axi eons ‘radiis cbapliaiiona, infimis ternis, ey a
4—6-floris,

n
obsoletis ; palea valde binervata, nervis viridibus seabridulis ; lodi-
culis suboblongis; antheris linearibus; stylis in floribus masculis
es _ et breviter pilosis

Plant t 14 ft. high, covered for 10-11 em. at the base with
withered pas shontbs ligule 4 mm. long, generally split, blades
20-25 em. or less in Gage by a little over 2 mm. or less in width

ee flat ‘punisle 10-12 em. long, branches subfiliform, scabrid-

480 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

ulous, longest branch at the lowest node 6 em., at the upper nodes
gradually shorter, apraee three, two, or a single spikelet. Spikelets
ultimately obovat -12 mm. long, pale green or ‘sometimes tinged
with purple, the oherieh becoming colourless and transparent in their
upper portion. Lowest barren glume 5:5 mm. long, very acute and
much narrower than the upper, negra is mm. long by1'75mm. a
Fertile glumes 9-7 mm. long by 2°5-2 mm. broad, pale 7-6 mm. by
1°3-1 mm. Lodioulasb Sitigdly Shinde, becoming po een obliquely
= at the top, 1:3 mm. long, anthers 5-4 mm. long.

Near Ff’. sibivica Hackel, but distinguished by its very acute
lower 1 a glume, longer lower fertile glumes and pales, and
other points of detail.

Hab. pote near Polu, 10,000 ft., June, 1898. Native name
‘* Kileb.”’

CAROLI LINNAI REGNUM VEGETABILE.

Linnzus’s Systema Nature, ed. i—a folio work 21 in. x 164 in.
—is so rare and difficult of access that it is thought a transcript of it,
so far as the botanical classification is concerned, m may be of interest.

5
the eth | 5 _ nonmtiers in Regnum —— ”; the second
and third, which face each other, give in tabular form the classifi-
cation. This is reproduced textually; the abbreviations (some of
them the result of want of space), orthography, punctuation, ete.
are those of the original; and the ont gt and other arrange-
ments are as nearly as possible adhered
The preface is dated from Leyden, J ‘ay 28, 1735.]

Avcrorss Systematici ea Rp. Ruppius.
A eta is R IVINUS.
B. Borrnaave. 8. Scheuchzer.
Bx. Buxbaum. T. Tournerortivs.
C. Csapinvs. V. Vaillantius.
D. Drmuentivs. VI. 100. Vide Hexandriam Hex-
G. Gronovius. qui multas me- agyniam, Ubi VI
cum communicavit plantas 100. Alism: Damason. posui,
peregrinas, e quibus nova id est: Damasonium Tour-
genera adposul. nefortii, est ejusdem generis
. Heicherus. cum Alisma in Hexand.
Hs. Heisterus. Pol
I. Jussieu. * — Indiecat plantarum flores, a
K. Knautius fil me hactenus non exa “
M tos, sed a4 fida ori
Mg. Maeno, descriptione vel Figura he
Mr. Martyn.
Pl. Plumier. t pam genera a me consti-
Pn. Pontedera. tuta.

CAROLI LINNEZI REGNUM VEGETABILE

MONANDRIA.
Stamen Unicum.
YNIA.
Hippuris. -ogr abo ¥i
anna. Cannacorus. T.
DIGYNIA.

Corispermum I.
Stellaria D.

DIANDRIA.
Stamina Duo.
MONOGYN

a. FLOS REGULARIS.

ronica.
Saliunca. Bx.
Beecabunga.
Veronicella. Hs.
Veronicastrum. Hs.
Circa.
. Fu. Inr. Anerosp.
Utricularia, Lentibularia R.

©. Clandestina T.
. Adhatoda T.
Bignonia T. Gelsemin. Rv.
- yy, FL, IRR, GYMNOSP.
Rosmarinus.
Lycopus. T
Salvia T. .
Horminum T.
Segre

TRIANDRIA.
Stamina Tria.
MONOGYNIA.
a, CALICE VIX ULLO.
Valeriana T.
hu Rp.
Valerianella T.
Boerhaavia V.
B.. CaLicE PERIANTHIO.
Tamarindus *.

Bannisteria *. + Soneri-ila.
Cneorum. Chamalea T.
y. Catice SparHa.
Crocus.
Gladiolus.
Antholyza t.
ris T.
Xiphium T
Sisyrinchium T.
Hermodactylus T.
Rumpfia. +
Commelina PI.
5. CaLIcE GLUMA.
Cyperus.

irpus.
Eriophorum. Linagrostis T.

DIGYNIA
a. GLuMost SPIcATi.

rde
Triticum

ecale.
Phalaris
Alopecuru
Phleum 1. “Gr. typhoides.
Loliu
Nardas Gr. Sparteum.

8. GLuMOSI PANIOULATI.
Panicum.

TA.
Montia M. Cameraria D.
Tillea M. *.
TETRANDRIA.
Stamina Quatuor.
MONOGYNIA.

a, Catice ComMuUnI.
Protea. Lesions ‘pod, B.
Conocarpodendron B.
Hypophyllocarpod. B.

431

432

Dipsacus.
Scabiosa.

cisa Kn.
Knautia. Lychni-scabios. B.
B. Srevxiatz. Rj.
Gallium.

Houstonia a G.
Sherardia D. Ditionia Hs.
Spermacoce

Crucianella.

hume

at G.
- a,
Lippi
Cacnars: Pl. Morobatind. V.
Poterim. aeaaatl ba Rp.
ia
Avicennia ae aH M.
Tithonat. hte ap. T,
ornus.

Mesomora Rudb.

Ossea Ry. Virg. - sang. D.
Rvongina us.
Ptelea. Frut. Virg. oh D.*
Ixorat Schetti H M

é. ES

Alchemilla.
Eleagnus.
Mimosa.
§. VI. 1. Conv. Unifolium D.
DIGYNIA.

Hypecoon.
Bocconia Pl. -.
Cuscuta.
Basella H M. B.
TETRAGYNIA,
Ilex. Aguifolium T.
Cassina ft.

Potamogeton.
§. V. 5. Lin. Radiola D.

THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

_PENTANDRIA.
Stamina Quinque.
MONOGYNIA.
a. Eu. ImperFectt. -
Herniaria.
Paronychia *.

Vitis.
Se VI. 2
Gla

Speer T. Cervispina XXII. 4.

B. Perat. 1. Semina 4.
ronan ee sa

Symph tum T. Consolida Rv.
Lycopsis. Echioides D.
Asperugo.

y. Peran. 1. Semin. 2.
Phyllis. Bupleuroides B.

d. Perau. 1. Sem. 1.
Mirabilis Ry. Jalapa T.
Plumbago T. Dentillaria R.

e. Prran. 1. caps. 1-LOcULAR.
See So tala
Swertia +. ane sp. aliis.
Sette B. Reprtophenink Rp.
molus

Sacaiyictttleen:

Soldanella.

Ruellia Pl. :

Primula. Prim. veris T.
Auricula ursi T.

CAROLI LINNEI REGNUM VEGETABILE 488

Androsa:
poet: BR ci D.
€. Per. 1. caps. 2-LOcuL.
Verbascum T.
oe 1s
Hyoscyam
Apolinais | Picasa Kn.
Nicot
Davai: ‘Suduiiall <
Myrsine +.
n. Pet. 1. Caps. 8-LOCUL.

Convolvulus
Conpolwulotiles Hs.
Ipomeea. to clit T.
Cam mpan
Phviaiins: Rapuncutus T.
Polemonium
Trachelium.
Polypremum. +

3. Perau. 1. Caps. 4-Locun.
Diervilla A.

s. Petan. 1. Caps. 5-Locun.
Diosma. + an Anisi stellati sp ?

Azalea. +. Chamerhododend. T,

x. Perau. 1. Baccrrer.
Atropwa. Belladonna T.
Mandragora.

Solanum,
elongena T.

jaernee T.
Capsicum
Physalis. " Alkekengi ca
ieee +. Vomica.

Gen

fournefortia. Pittonia Pl. *.
aycium. Jasminoides A.
i bas

Xylosteum T.
a. Preraua 5 /QUALIA.
Guminum. Cuminoides T.

Telephium T.
Brunia +. Levisanus Pet.

_ Gronovia. aout pee Mr.

pw. Per. 5 INEQUALIA.
Viola.
Impatiens Rv. D.
Balsamina Ry. T.
DIG

a, VARI.
Chenopodium.
Beta.

Ulmus.
Salsola. C. Kali T.
Panax *. Araliastrum Y.
Gentiana T.
Centaurium minus T.
Heuchera +. Cortusa Hr.
§. XII. > Agrimonoides
§. XX. 2
§. V-%. soe "Zanthaayt Ctb.
= Fr. BrroLuicuLaRIis.
Plumeria T.
Vines Rp. Pervinea T.
um.
Tabernemontana Pi. *
Cameraria Pl. *
Apocynum
y. Umperta SmpLex.

Astrantia.
>). Uns. Composita, INVOLUCRO
NULLO.

Carum Ry. Carvi T.
Feeniculum T.
m T.
Apium.
Anisum Rv.
Hgopodium Kn. Podagrar. Ry.
Pimpinella.

Pastinaca.
Heracleum. Sphondylium T.
Smyrnium.
Imperatoria Rv.
:. Umpetia Composit 1, Invo-

LUCRO PARTI
Cicuta +. Cicutaria Rv.

434 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Phellandrium.
nanthe.
Kthusa. Cynapium Rv.
Cherophyllum.
eee
Scand
Cer sfotum Ry.

us Ve
Odorata Rv.

Perfoliata Rv.

¢. Umpexra Composita INV. PART.
ET UNIVERS.

Laserpitium.

um.
Sisarum
Conium. Cicuta Rv.
oe a
Dau

Seapytins Rv.
calis

Pibietas
Achayiatiiva. | Guin SA
Levisticum Rv.
Cicutaria T.
Crithmum.
Cachrys.
TRIGYNIA.
marix. Tamariscus T.
viet:
er io T;
Ebulus Pn.
Opulus T.
Cotinus

V. 2. Chenop
TETRAGYNIA.
Parnassia.
PENTAGYNIA,

Linum IY. 4
hordes Rim Solis T.
Aralia T. V.

Statice 'T.
Limonium T.

Crassula D.
Cotyledon.

[T.
Siaphyia Vou, Sraphaietents.
§.

POLYGYNIA.
Myosurus Kn. D.

HEXANDRIA.

a. Fu. Incompt. VI-Petau.
Lirium

Martagon Rp.
Petilium. Corona Imper. T.
Fritillaria.

Tulipa.

Erythronium. Hew canis T.
honica A.

Asparagus
Leontice. ‘Leontopetalum L.
B. Fu. Incompn. 1-Peran.
Convallaria IV. 1. Lil, Conv. T.
“ha om gs ue
Hyacinth

et ge
. Tuberosa Hs.
Lil, Susianum.

odelus.
Hemerocallis. Lilio-asphod. T.

iliastrum T.

os
Yucca Ly,
y. Fu. Compietus.
anas T,

Bron elia Pl.
Tillandsia. Caraguata PI.
Tradescantia Rp. Ephemer, T.
Burmannia. +.
Lithocardium. * WSebestena D.
Berberis.

do. Fi. Sparaceus.
Aceh D.
Narcissu
Ammveyiie Lilio-Narciss. T.
Leucojum. Narcisso-Leuc.
Galanthu
Prasum. Seordopranun M.
Porrum.

epa.

Allium.
Pontederia +. G. Pet. Gaz. 1.12.

CAROLI LINNEI REGNUM VEGETABILE 435.

e. Fx. Invonucratus. Acer.
- Hemanthus. Cliffortia. To Urs
¢. Fi. Guumosus. Cesalpina Pl. *
Juncus. DIGYNIA.
n. Fi, APETALUs, Ga T.
: : alenia.
Peplis. Portula D. TRIGYNIA,

DIGYNIA. Bistorta,
Atraphaxis *. *, Atripl.or.acul.D. Polygonu
Oryz Helxine. Fisiayria a
§. Vi. se Persicaria. Seriana PI.
§. VI. 8. ses Acetosa. Ururu Pl.
Cardiospermum. Corindum T.
Grlietahbay : swe abide af. 8. TETRAGYNIA,

Triglochin. Rv. Juncago T. Paris VI.
Bumier. Lapathum T. Adoxa. Moschatellina » 9
Acetosa T, VI. 2. % VI. Sagina. in

BRIT ee Phalangium T. Potamopithys

Colchic §. X. 5. Sedum.

Modoola . Ipecacuanha ?

Menis ENNEANDRIA.
§. VIL 4. 4, Paris. Stamina Novem,

HEXAGYNIA. MONOGYNIA.

Camphora

§. VI. 100. Alis. Damason, T. Cinna i ne wi species.
POLYGYNIA. sagas are x

Alisma. VI. 6. Plantaginoid. Kn.

YNIA.
Rheum. as Hi

HEPTANDRIA. HEXAGYNIA
Stamina Septem. Butomus. ;
MONOGYNIA.
Trientalis Rp. x oe pir
Castanea. Hippocastanum. ’
OGYNIA.
OCTANDRIA. a, ANTHERZ BicorNEs.
Stamina Octo. gear 8.
ae Oe
Rivina Pl. Picea cea ia Leon Rj.
14
Dap. Think i i ed. sapiens Bi.
oak Vitis idea T. Polifolia B
~ Pyrola.
Ruta. ae 8. Stamina InREGuLaRIA
Monotropa. Hypopitys D. Dictamnus. Fraxinella T.
Oenothera. Onagra T. Cassia T.
Epilobium 'D. ‘Chamanerion T. Senna T.

pia Pl, Poinciana T.
Tropheum. Cardamindum T. Cercis. Siliquastrum T.
avia B. Hematoxylon rt "Despina sl.
Melianthus. Acinodendron. Plk. + Malab. off.

436

y: org REGULARIA.
Malpighia
Averrhoa. t “ Bikensth HM.
Zygophyllum. Fabago T.
Fagonia T.
Tribulus T.
Portulaca
Clethra +. ce wise Pik.
Anacardium.

3. CaLIx NULLUS.
Ledum Rp.
DIGYNIA.

Mitella T.
Saxifragia T.

eum T,
Dianthus. Caryophylius T.
Armeria H.
aponaria t.
Scleranthus. Anawel D.
TRIGYNIA

Garidellia A

Drypis M.

Silene. X: 5. Muscipula Rp.
Cucubalus.¥ : 10: X: 5.
Behen.
Alsine.
Arenaria Rp. Spergula D.
Lychnoides V.
PENTAGYNIA.
Lychnis.
Agrostema. Nigellastrum.
Cerastium D, Myosotis T.

acs Benzoé: an ?
zy.

g. X.-8. Cucub. Lychnis.
DECAGYNIA.
Phytolacca T.

DODECANDRIA.
Stamina Duodecim.
MONOGYNIA.,

Salicaria T.
DIGYNIA.

Agrimonia V. 2.
Agrimonoides T. V. 3.

Asarum.
Lythrum.

THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

TRIGYNIA.
g. XXX: 1. Euph. Tithymalus T.
Euph. Elutheria Pet. * G.
DODECAGYNIA.
Sempervivum Rp.

ICOSANDRIA.
Stamina Calici adnata.
OGYNIA..
a. Fructu Drupa.

Guajacum Fu.
B. Fr. Bacca vel —

us. S. 100.
Aurantium T.
Limon.

. Fr. Capsuna.
Philadelphus. Syringa T.
DIGYNIA.
Ribes. Spi steers, T, ¥< 2
Crateg
Dawaweithe Rp.
TRIGYNIA.
Sorbus.
Aucuparia Rp.
Cotoneaster.
PENTAGYNIA.
Mespilus.
Pyrus

POLYGYNIA.
Muntingia Pl. *
Rosa

Bubus.
Chamemorus Rj.

CAROLI LINNEI REGNUM VEGETABILE 4387

Fragari
Cam amaroides Pn.

Potentilla. bar chop sift

Quinguefolium T.

Tormentilla. XVI. 8
ryadea t.

Comarum +.

Geum. ” Carona ad

POLYANDRIA.
St. multa recept. adnata.
MONOGYNIA.
a, CaticE Capuco.
Acteea. Christophor

Podophy a m. daayo dept es
Corchoru
Bangathavik Dp:

Argemo

8. Catice PersisTenTE.
Peganum. Harmala.
Nymphea.

ymphea

Leuconymph
Michelia. + Samstravadi H M.
Anacampseros. Telephiastr. D.
Cistus.

Helianthemum T.
Varyopnyiee Car. arom. T.
Thea * 4,

Mesua +. Belutta H M.
Capparis.
linia. Pl. *

y. Catice TABESCENTE.
EKuphorbium L. 3.

ia T. Tuna D.
. Melocactus T.
§. N. 3. Delphinium.

DIGYNIA.

Peonia.

Anona. Guanabanus Pl.
TRIGYNIA

Pereskia Pl. *

Reseda T.
Luteola T.

et.
Saracens ae Coilophyllum Ms.
Tilia.

Hypericum N. 5
ndr osemum 7.
N. 5.

Staphisagria Rp.
TETRAGYNIA.
Tetragonia. T'etragonocarpos.
PENTAGYNIA.
Aquilegia.
Nigella.
Aizoum *, Ficoidea N.
ede ax. D.
.N. 8. Hyper. Ascyrum.
§. N. 8. Aconitum.
HEXAGYNIA.
Stratiotes. Aloides B.-
st a ear
eae Syalita H M.
Mag Fi. Tulipifera.
Clemat tis.
Atragens. Viticella D.
Pulsat
pa
dnanone ranunculus D.
Nemo p-
Caltha Rp. Pesudeas i
Helleborus. [B.
Trollius Rv. Helleboro- Ran,
Helleboroides B. Aconit. Rv.
ie iat

Tania’ doides V.
Ranuneulo- asphodel. H 8.

DIDYNAMIA.

Stam. 4. quor. 2 longiora.
GyMNOSPERMIA. i.e. Seminibus
Pericarpio nudis.

a. Peraui Las. Sup. NULLO.

i Bugula T.
Polium

Teuc

iPaaneo. " Chamapitys 57.

4388 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

8. Prratt Las. Sup. recto.

Betonica.

Glechoma. Calamintha T.
Chameclema B.

eee " Ecscbiaee B.

Ocymum

y- Paes Las. Sup, CONCAVO.
Mentha,
Menthastrum Rp.

Stachys.
Galeopsis.
Ladanum D. Tetrahit. D.
Lamium.
a
Cardi
Galeobdoon D.
Leonu

Zz. iin: Las. Sup. GaLEaTo.

Dracocephalon
Scutellaria Ry. Cassida T.
runella.
Phlomis.
ANGIOsPERMIA. i.e. Seminibus
tectis Pericarpio.
Antirrhinum ee

siiae Th, * Cymbalar: Rv.
ger es,
Digitalis.

‘sit Gratte
eaikinntta rs a, op, TE.
Chelone A
Orobanche.

Squammaria Rv. Anblatum T.

se hal
elampyr
Fistilewa. "Cr rista gallt Rv.
em! ris
Kuphr
anal D;
ben

. Camphorata.
ia *,

ea, T *,
Crescentia *. Cujete Pl.
elsia +.

Limosella. Plantaginella D.
as T.

AXginetia +. Tseemcumulu HM.

TETRADYNAM.,
Stam. 6, quor. 4 longiora.
FRUCTU SILICULOSO.
a. . Pertcarrto UNILOCULARI.

Crambe
Cakile
Myagrum
Bunias. Rapistrum Ty
B. Peric. BiL00. DISSEP. OPPOSITO.
Thlaspi T
Bursa pastoris T.
Iberis
Biscutella. Thlaspidium T.
Nasturtiu
Iberis R
Coronopus H. Rp
— ium

Armoracia Rp.
Cochlea
Sicuelarin: Rj. Juncifolia Rj.

y. PERIc. BILOC, DISSEP. PARALL.

Sinapis.

CAROLI LINNEHI REGNUM VEGETABILE

Alliaria Rp.
raced Hs.

Dent
Sophia.” ‘Accipitrina Ry.
Sis ium
Radicula D
Cardamine.
eer es
Raphanistrum T.
Cleome. rales um T.
Cheri. Leucojum T,
MONADELPH.
' St. Filam, coal, in 1 corp.
PENTANDRIA.
ermannia
Melochia

D. *
ersa. Beeler T,

Azedarach.
Geranium X: 1,
Gruinalis.
POLYANDBRIA.
Malva.
Alcea T.
Abutilon T.

Althza ed

rionu
Ibiscus. Ketmia

ia *. Tsubaki. Kp.
Sida. Althaades. Mg. .
Fevillea. Inga Pl.

DIADELPHIA.

St. Filamentis coalita in 2 corpora.

H
Fumaria T.

Capnorchis B.
Cysticapnos B,

439 —

- DECAN
i.e. Stamina ants lamentis 9
in unum corpus, & 1 libero.
a. Fruotu Ses atiosiy
Polygala.
Cicer.

Lens.
Onobrychis.
Sertula. Melilotus T,
Tai he ? simul.
reba. Lagopus Rv.
Authyite Rv. Vulneraria T.
8. FR. IncuRVO IRREGULARI.
Medica T. Falcata Ry.
Medicago T. Cochleata Ry.
Hippocrepis. Herrum Eqv.
Seorpiuran, Scorpioides T.
Ornithopodium
elis. Hanum Gracum T.
Hedysarum.
Meibomia Hs.

y. F'R. LEGUMINOSO ORDIN

Ternatea. Clitoris.
Corallodendron

Colutea

Ulex. Gonsta Spartium T.

Pisum.
Phaseolus.
>. Fr. Brrocunart.
Biserrula. Pelecinus T.
acantha.
Glycia. Astragalus T.

440
POLYADELPH.

Fil, coal. in plures part.

ent G. Alcee@ sp. aliis.
§.

XX. 1. Citrus.

SYNGENESIA.
St. Anthere coalite.
MONOGAMIA.
a. Fiore SmMp.icti.
Dortmanna Rd.

A teste T. Cardin. Rv.
Laur

Jasione t. | Bawiaoitiis scab, cap.

B. Semiruoscuosr T.

. Dens Leonis T.
Pilosella.

Scorzonera.
aa
. Froscuros: T,

Chrysocome: Linosyris Mg.
Eupatori
imatoacetatie. Echinopus T.
Santolina.
Vebesina. Bidens T. Pn.

Forbicina Pn.

viding
preerteare T. Stabe Ry.

Cin

Arctium, Lappa T.

Cnic

Potas

Siettk +. An Tithymaloides B.
POLYGAMIA SUPERFLODA.
a. RapDIO PETAL, DESTITUTO.

Artemisia.

Absinthium.

THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

oo

ago.
Ananthoeyelas V.
Tanacetum
Baccharis D.
Senecio.
B. ace = CALICE SEMI-
oso.

Achillea. Mitiefatines 7,
Ptarmica
Anthemis. Chamamelum J ia
te erg
Matric
Bellis
Leneanthoiium
Chrysanthemum.

ula.

y. Rapiati T. canick VENTRICOSO,

Calendula. Caltha
Dimorphotheca V.

Tussilago.

Rp.
Solidago. Doria D.
Virga aurea T,
Jacobeea.

Aster
Amellus +.
Helenium. Hnula Camp. Mg.

Tagetes
POLYGAMIA FRUSTRANEA.
a. Raprati T
Helianthus. Corona Solis T.
Rudbeckia. Obeliscotheca VY.

8B. Fuoscutosr T. .

rupina
POLYGAMIA NECESSARIA.
Parthenium. Partheniastrum D.
Milleria. Houst. apud Mr.
GYNANDRIA.
Stamina Pistillo adnata.
DRIA

Palmata Ry,

CAROLI LINNZI REGNUM VEGETABILE 441

Satyrium. Carex. oe oides T.
Orchioides. Trew Scirpoides Mg. Carea Rp.
Neottia. Corallorhiza Rp. Disses ss ri Mr.
Serapias. Helleborine T. VAND
Herminium. Monorchis M. Alnu
Cypripedium. Calceolus Mar. Bedelia
Epidendron +. G. Orchidiag. Hr. Buxus.
Ophris. §. V. 4. Urtica.
? Nidus Avis T. VAND
Amaranthus.
Bes errr Jatropha *. Manihot T.
: ndrachne. Telephioides.
‘TETRANDRIA. Oxydectes. Ricinoides x be
Nepenthes +. POLYAND.
PENTANDRIA. Stamina plus quam 7.

ne oe Sy goer D.

Asclepias. Vincetoxic. Rp.
sc par a shag oxic. Rp Myriophyllum

Pe alee Besides biaitlum D.
Stisseria. Crassa Rv. oo
Passiflora. Gi ahadilla 7; Ostr
Murucuja. T. Samia Tee
Clutia B. Fagus
HEXANDRIA. Castanea * me
Ari ‘ Quercus.
ristolochia. Tlea T.
ANDRIA. Suber T.
Hetieboreis Pik. Isora Pl. Sagittaria Rp. D.
POLYANDRIA. are ca
Grewia +. 2? Guidonia B. S MONAD.
Arum T. Pinus.
Dracunculus T. Abies.
Coen Rj. Larix. *
Arisarum T. Thuya. *
Calla. dnpains Trew. Cedrus. *
Arioides B. Xanthium.
Acorus VI: 1. bee L.
Ruppia *. Bucca ferrea M. Ricinus.
ee : SYNGENESIA.
MONGOCIA. ethers’ Z
omordica.
seit onal | oe Sicyos. Sicyoides T.
MON RIA.
= amnus.
Zannichella Me _-Apooget Pn. _[unffa Arab.
ajas *. Fluvial Anguria.
Cynomorion M. * Coloeynthis.
TRIANDRIA. Cucumis.
Rare dea gon ui Pa.
h Laerym Ee ee
Reilope. 8. oe spitia Cucurbita.
Anguina M,

Ischcemum *. Dactyloides.

Journa or Botany.—Vot. 88. [Nov. 1900.] 21

449 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

DIGCIA.
Pl. Mares & Femine.
II AND
Salix.
IT AND.
Phoenix *. Palma.
Osyris. Casia T.
IV AND.
Moru
Hippophas *, Rhamnoides T.
Myrica. Gale A.
Urtica. V. 4.
§. v: 1. Rham. 28 rvi Spina D,

Lentis

Spiumie
VI AND.
Smilax.
§. VI: 3. Rum. Acetosa.
VIII AND.
Populus.

Laurus.

Mercurialis.
Hydrocharis. Morsus rane D.
X AND.
Sassafras t+.
Nyssa +. G. Tupelo Cath.
§. X: 8. Cucub, Lychni
. 5. Cann. Cannabina Es

AND.

POL
Papaya T. *
Aruncus. Barba

Capre T.
Kiggelaria +. Arb. Llicis folio B.
MONAD.

Juniperus T.
Sabina R
Taxus *,
SYNG.

Ruscus *.

POLYGAMIA.

Species Hybrida.

MONGSCIA.

Veratrum. VI: 8
Valantia A. *. IV:1
Holcus +. III: 2

Sorghum M. IT:
Sehenanthuin M. Ill:
Halimus * Mg. X
Atriplex: V:
Parietaria. |
§.1V:1. Poterium N:

DIGCIA.
Fraxinus T. Pn. iy
Ornus Pn. i
Elichrysum. -:. M.
§. X. 5. Sedum. Rhodia.

TRIGCIA.

Tit: 1

bo do bd bd pb

Se gi

Empetrum.

CRYPTOGAMIA.
Flores absconditi.
ARBORES.
Ficus. Ii
Caprificus Pn.
Erinosyce Pn.
FILICES.
Equisetum
Ophioglosstum ee

Acrosticum +.

Muraria.
MUSCI.

Lycopodium D.

Selaginoides Bj.

Selago D.

Tpepaliiides Rj.

Fontinalis D.

Sphagnum D.

Mnium ae Muscoides V.

ichenastrum dD.

Lichen, Lichenoides D.

TWO EDITIONS OF SITGREAVE’S REPORT

ALGA. Lycoperdastrum M.
Fucus easter M.
lva RB Carpobolus M.
Hydrop Bx. Byssus Bj.
emna, Lenticula M Nostoc V.
Lenticularia M
Chara Rj. Hippuris D Spongia. Dee eae
Conferva Rj. Badiaga Bx.
FUNGI. Isis. Keratophyton B.
Agaricus D. Tubipora. Tubularia T.
Amanita D. Cellepora +.
Boletus D. Millepo
Hydna. Hrinaceus D. Madrepora.
Merulius B. Morchella D. Retipora
Ivela. Fungoides Corallium
Peziza D, Cyathoides M Acetabulum.
Coniplea. Lycoperdon T. Kschara.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES.
XXIV.—Two Eprrions or Sriterzave’s Report.
Ar ar ae editions were published uf Captain L. ay tant e 's

** Report n Expedition down the Zuni and Colora
Both pelea were Ae gis in Washington by the Government,
and both w

both were authorized

he first was published in 1858 a as

of the Second Session of the Thirty- -second Congress.

448

ivers.’

a OE te Document No. 53
Of this
iance with a resolution of
ording to the
The na arrative

Two of the plates refer to plants not enumerated in the main text
of the report, namely, pl. 2, Vernonia arkansana, and pl. 12, Hriogonum
umbellatum, both Texas plants, prepared for another Government
rt which was never published. The plant shown in Plate 21,
spopenea tp a although referred to in the text, is not given
in the list o
The second edition was published in 1854 as an unnumbered
he First Session of the Thirty-third
Congress. Of this edition 3000 copies were printed under order
f May 17, 1854. The peg was ‘Beverly Tucker, Senate
printer.” The text is the same as in the first edition, but has all
been reset in slightly different type. The general report extends
over 22 pages. The botanical report, however, covers exactly the
same pages as in the other edition, and the text on egeanae is
I

444 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

precisely. the same, except for the occasional running of a word
or syllable forward or backward on corresponding lines—as, for
example, the.word ‘‘flowers’”’ on page 155, which in the 1853
edition occurs on the fifth line from the bottom, in the 1854
edition on the fourth line from the bottom; and an occasional
typographical error, such as pavifolius on page 158 of the 1854
edition, second line from the bottom, which in the 1853 rye
reads correctly, parvifolius. The botanical plates are the s as
in the 1853 ances care pe lithographed by Ackerman, sada ‘eile
not to have been

Apparently a ae of 1853 was used as copy in setting type
for the edition of 18 854, and was not submitted to the author for
revision. The two therefore differ far less in their make-up than

ee

Indeed, for purposes of reference the second is as good as the first,
except that its title-page date is misleading.
F, V. Covinie.
J. N. Ross.

SHORT NOTES.

Exymus arenarius in Sussex.—I have been a by the ate
E. N. Bloomfield, of Guestling, Sussex, to place on record t

found this summer by Mr. L. B. Hall, who, noticing some of the
spikes to be ergotized, picked one or two and sent a specimen to
Mr. Bloomfield, not knowing the rarity of the plant in the South.
He gathered it at Camber, near Rye. In a letter to Mr. Bloomfield
he remarks: ‘‘ There were, as far as I recollect, three or four very
fine clumps, about two to four feet in diameter, or larger. There
were no rubbish heaps, or any other indication of its being intro-
duced. I saw about four spikes in flower, some of them very large.”

This brings it near the Kent coast, for which it is on record ; but the
authors of the Flora of Kent consider it requires confirmation, and
in this agree. E. arenarius is now on record for Es sex !, Sussex |,
*Hants, Dorset,t N. Somerset.t The Devon record has not been
confirmed, though the plant has been spegially sought, in the habitat
given, by the Rev. Moyle Rogers. On the west coast it occurs in
Nason F, C. Roper, 1892 ; Ratwareen, Gib on MS.” (Top.

ot.). i

either county in Mr. J. E. Griffiths’s Flor a of Anglesea and Carnarvon-
shire. On the French coast it occurs in Nor rmandy (La Manche), but
is absent from the Flore de l’Ouest of Messrs. Lloyd and Foucaud
(1886). In Belgium, Crépin records it as ‘assez rare.’’—ARTHUR

NNETT

‘ Sadak Bot. 1886, p. 284; by error as “ 8. Wilts. es
t Sp. c. p. 312, 1888,
g _ $ Record Club Report for 1883, p- 26 (1884).

SHORT NOTES * 445

_ Ivpatrens etanpuuirera Royle, (pp. 50, 87, 278).—I believe that
this plant is frequently grown in cottage and suburban gardens, and
remember cultivating it myself at Leicester forty-five years ago.
Also I have had it here (Balham) for several seasons recently, un-
attractive though it is.. In August, 1898, there were a number of
plants in the garden of a cottage on Weydown Common (Surrey),

1899 I was frequently at the spot, but saw no trace of any plants.
In so sheltered a spot as Weydown Common the species might
easily establish itself.—Witu1am WaitweLu.

W Buns iw Zannicuettia.—In August of this year, when
collecting Zannichellia polycarpa Nolte, which grows in great abun-
dance in the drains of brackish water near Belfast Harbour on the
Co. Down side, I found some tuber-like bodies among the tangled
masses of weed giving rise to young plants. They are irregular in

8

size and hape, about the size of a lentil-seed, and are probably

the localities claimed for it in my Flora of Dorset, questioned by
Mr. Linton on the negative evidence of himself and Mr. R. P.
Murray, on the insufficient ground that after a ‘“ ae .

Ww

of Dorse ave no hesitation in saying that both are un-
doubted Arum italicum. On returning them to me he asked what
characters I relied upon for separating them.

short and slender, colour uniformly yellow, and was almost con-
cealed within the spathe; that the lower lobes of the triangular-
shaped divari leaves are long and sharply pointed, resembling
Sagittaria sagittifolia ; that they appear in the autumn and not in

446 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

the following spring, as is the case with Arum italicum, ie spadix
he

is much taller and more robust and conspicuous, with xpanded
scape ; although i eras yellowish, it is invariably pipers 3c
with a decided reddish tinge. The lower lobes of the triangular-

ee leaves are Le nal tated and: only partially de-
current.—J. C. Manseu-Pie

Th e excellent ean: sbllooted by Messrs. Ridley a and
Fawcett at Tilly Whim, and placed by them in the National Her-
barium, leave no doubt as to the identity of their plant with
A, italicum.—Ep. Journ. Bot.]

PERUS Fuscus In N. Somerset. — In September last I found
Cyperus fuscus by a boggy diteh n near Clevedon, thus adding a fifth
to the counties—Middlesex, eg Dorset, S. FT aateseree on
record for the plant.—S. J. Cou

Jusuta Huroninsim IN ied —This summer I came across
Jubula -Fldcshaniy growl freely on a shady bank in a wood at
Wooda Bay, hanging down, and re es water thee a small stream
gently trickling over Rus

SPHSEROTHECA els: uve Berkl. s rie in IneLanp.—This, the
gps y Vectog ” appeared last spring at Whitehall, Brough-
, Co. Ant Mr. E. 8. Salmon tells me that this is its
= Sinemet in i Barope. —§. Artur Brenan

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

An Introduction to Vegetable Physiology. By J. Reynoups GREEN,
-D., F.R.S. 8vo, pp. xx, 459, he 184 figs. in the text.
London : Churchill. 1900. Price 10s. 6d.

advantages presented to it by its environment.” The me
adopted is excellent; the Titans of a good deal of structural

ELEMENTS DE PALEOBOTANIQUE 447

matter serving to elucidate both structure and functions, and to
emphasize that close relation between the two which cannot be
too much insisted upon. | :

e author has also endeavoured to impress upon the student
the points of resemblance between animal and plant life resulting
from the identity of all living substance. While, for instance, it
has long been recognized that respiration in plants and animals

he sa ivi

h
the nutrition of protoplasm generally, and the raw food materials
ich the green plant can absorb from without under certain

e

saprophyte, is on precisely the same lines, the foods being sub-

stances of a complex nature, mainly proteids, carbohydrates, fats,

or oils, In chapter xi. an excellent account is given of the work

of the chlorophyll apparatus and the first visible products of its

operations. 2
There are in all twenty-seven chapters. The earlier deal with

d

expenditure of energy, and the relation of the plant to its environ-
ment as expressed by general form and response to external

roduction.

The book is well written and very fairly illustrated; many of
the figures seem to be original. It is very heavy for its size, but
the widely ranging specific gravity of paper is a mystery into which
we cannot enter here. Professor Green is to be congra
having made a valuable addition to the teaching literature of botany.

A. B. R.

Eléments de Paléobotanique. Par R. ZErnuer. Paris: Carre et Naud.
1900. Pp. 421.

Studies in Fossil Botany. By Doxiwrmetp Henry Scort, Ph.D.,
-R.S., &e. aia oie & C. Black. 1900. Pp. 533.
Price 7s. 6d.

M. Zerier has rendered an important service to Paleobotany
by this valuable introduction. It presents a systematic view of the
various types of plants which have been discovered in a fossil
state. Prefixed to this view are two chapters, one on the various

448 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

ways in which fossil plants have been preserved, and the other on the
classification and nomenclature of fossil plants, a department of pale-
ontology which is in a very unsatisfactory state. The systematic
view is followed by an exhibition of the chief characteristics of the

successive floras of the earth, and a consideration of the evidence

But the earlier forms very rarely throw any light on the origin of
generic types, though he thinks Daneopsis of the Trias may be the
parent of Danea of the Lias. In the case of allied species he sees

was not gradual and imperceptible, but so sudden and rapid that we
are unable to detect it. The s a. hers which forms the bulk

of the volume, is carefully done. In the descriptions the author
does not deal with atsthine lower ok pa but these are slaty
described and ell illustrated.

Dr. Scott’s won consists of a series of studies of the vascular
cryptogams and gymnosperms, and incorporates: much of the
author’s original oak. It will be valuable to all students who
direct their attention to fossil plants. The work is clearly and
concisely written, — is fully illustrated with drawings of external
forms and with minute histological details which have been made
possible for text- Donic by the recently discovered ue of repro-
duction. It would not be possible to reproduce a portion of the

work which would give a fair notion of its ues ; it is a great gain
to botanists to have in our language so admirable a presentation of
the important facts —— with the structure and organization
of the palxozoic pla
cott needed with an inquiry into the relation. of the
subj ects a his study to the theory of the genetic evolution of the
vegetable kingdom. While accepting, like M. Zeiller, the theory,
he presents some of the many difficulties with which the story
of past life on the globe abounds. In speaking of the late appear-
ance of Angiosperms, he says that the facts at present known

ne be ye pie the Bryophytes, but Dr. Scott says emphaticall
that this theory receives no trace of support from fossil evidence,
whatever may be the verdict of comparative morphology, and he
concludes that the history of these two groups of plants may fairly
be regarded as favouring the view that the course of evolution of
the Vascular Cryptogams was altogether independent of that of the
Bryon ytes. It is obvious that a vivid imagination must be at the
command of any one who endeavours to discover, from the known
pear of fossil botany, the genetic history of the vegetable cag
But, leaving these speculative regions, as Dr. Scott calls them, w

LES ESPECES DU GENRE MATTHIOLA 449

again commend this volume, which may be accepted as a trustworthy
guide to the student of the past history of the Pteridophytes and
Gymnosperms, Ww. 0

Les espéces du genre Matthiola. Par Pascat Conti. Préface par R.
opat. (Mémoires de |’Herbier Boissier, No. 18, pp. 1-86,
20 Aug. 1900.) _

Pascat Conti, who died on Aug. 2nd, 1898, at the age of
twenty-four, was first a pupil and then an assistant to Prof.
Chodat in the Botanical Laboratory of the University of Geneva.
The work bef is of considerable merit, and shows a wide

owledge eg
promising has been so abruptly terminated. The species of Mathiola,
to adopt the original spelling, may be grouped in two categories—
the sand-loving species, of which European examples are M, sinuata
and M. tricuspidata; and the rock species, represented by M. tristis
and many others. Mathiola is primarily a Mediterranean genus,
being limited to the regions which border the great Aralo-Medi-
terranean depression. Few species are found beyond these limits,

Abyssinia, M. torulosa from the Cape, and M. songarica

su

unéqual in numerical strength, as the former includes only M. revo-

luta Bunge and M. khorassanica Bunge; the latter, the remaining
i e se

this organ is omitted; again, in group O, the group of M. elliptica
R

in groups A, B, D, E, we are entirely left in ignorance on this
point.

frequently unites plants which have been kept distinct by previous
authors; thus h d

series of Cheiran ( ‘
species is founded) are in the N ational Herbarium. A large number

450 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

of plants, collected by English collectors in Kashmir, have been
referred here which should have been placed under a very different
species—M. one Bunge. The area of distribution of M. odora-
tissima R. Br. is Crimea, Caucasus, and the valley of Harirond, in
Afghanistan, sghers it was collected by Dr. Aitchison ; the type has
runcinate pinnatisect leaves with Yobed irregularly sinuate or dentate,
while in M. revoluta they are oval, oblong-spathulate or rarely ob-
lanceolate, grossly dentate or crenulate-incise
or gives no list of excluded species, a and we are unable

to find that he anywhere in the work deals with the three be
Sprengel describes in his nega ii. p. 897 (1825)—i. e. M. n
M. macropetala, and M. lacera. M. macropetala he would doubtless
refer to M. oayceras DC., as it is stated to be synonymous with
M. longipetala DC. The following species seem to age ee —

M. nudicaulis Trautv. in Act. Hort. Petrop. i. (1871 ni

M. runcinata Regel in Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. xliii. Ti870), i.

254.

p.

M. Telum Pomel, Nouv. Mat. Fl. Atl. p. 872.

M. dimolehensis Bak. fil. in Journ. Bot. 1898, p. 2, a plan
allied to M. secmeot Brown, but differing in length of we ae
pubescence of calyx, etc.

M. Smithii Bak. fli n Journ. Bot. 1896, p. 50, a species inter-
mediate rehes the genera Mathiola and Morettia.

lleana Webb ex Christ in Engler, Jahrb. ix. . 88, from

the Siena of Biebtannikurs: E. G. B.

The shied! Names of Plants, Scottish, Lrish, and Mana, collected and

anged in scientific order, with notes on their et mology, uses,

ike superstitions, etc., among the Celts, with panes Gaelic

English, and scientific indices. By Jonn Cameron. New and

revised edition. Glasgow: John Mates 1900. " Byo, loth:
pp. xv, 160, portr. Price 7s. 6d.

E reviewed the first edition of this little book on its appear-
ance in 1883 (p. 187), and we are glad to note that the suggestion
we then made as to the inclusion of the Gaelic names published in
Threlkeld’s Synopsis Stirpium has been adopted, sen we find
no srr that Keogh’s Botanologia, which would add many
names to Mr. Cameron’s list, has been consu

The revision of this edition seems to have been very thorough,
on it would, we think, have been well to call special attention to

e of the numerous and important corrections (which migh

us that
even the accuracy of pee names themse or example, openi
at random, we find on p. 10, under Dro osera, ‘lus an Earnaich ;
‘ Farnach’ was the name given n toa distemper among cattle, —
by eating a poisonous herb—some say the St ndew.”’ This, in view
of English names and traditions concerning the plant, seems a “likely
explanation; but in the first edition (p. 8) it is called
fearnaich, the plant with shields (its leaves kaw us resemblance

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS 451

to shields).” There is nothing to show whether the revised
ing is a corr additional name, though the

is intended. On the same page we have a name for Saponaria
which finds no counterpart in the pi editio
It is much to be regretted that Mr. prea be did not entrust his
roofs to some botanical friend for.correction. The new edition is
far sa prolific She ay pr edecessor in miss pellings ; such slips as
“ Drosero,” ‘* Kun « Madragora,” ‘ palludocis” (for palu-

aioutis), « Hedgra’ Z "for “Hedera) abound. fhe is placed in

Rhamnaceex, and Daphne in Lauracee; ‘‘ Arenaria alsine ’’—a name
. . . . iti -

es

of his Gaelic names, nor does he tell us which are derived from
books and which are in actual use; a considerable number are
C eat

believe that his book has ‘‘ occupie spare time for many
years”; but it falls short of Wiss Se satisfactory.

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.*
Annals of Botany Asa pt —R. A. Harper, ‘ Sexual reproduction
in Pyronema confluens amd the morphology of the page a pl).
Ito, ‘Ito Keisuke’ (portr.). — . H. Scott & T.

: ‘ Structure of Isoetes Hystrix’ (2 pl.). — C3 Boodle, : aiaaeat of
Hymenophyllacea’ (8 pl.).— R. F. Shore, ‘Structure of stem of
Angiopteris’ (2 pl.). — HE. N. Thomas, « Double fertilization in
Caltha palustris’ (1 pl. ).
Bot. Centralblatt (Nos. 40-48).—. Hering, ‘ Zur Anatomie der
monopodialen Orchideen ’ (3 pl.). — No. 41).— K. Kroemer, ‘ Da (3

. Hildebrand, ‘ Ueber poping fs 0 mente zwischen aoe
Hepatica-Arten.’—(No. 48). C. Correns, ‘ Ueber Levkojénbaitarde.’
Bot. Notiser (hift. 4). — K. Bo Hie a exem mpel pa dmeesidig
Mad Hes mellan en fjill-och en Kust orm’ (Woodsia, &ec.).—
K.N ‘ Botaniska excursioner pa Ja Be
Bot. Peas (15 Sept. a —A. A. Law ‘ Multipolar spindle i in
Gladiolus’ (1 pl.).—H. G. Timberlake, Cell ‘pla ate in higher plants
2 — A. Rimbach, ‘Perennial herbs.’ — A. Nelson, Rocky
Mountain plants.
Bot. ae (1 Oct.).—H. Graf zu Solms- Laubach, ‘ Cruciferen-
studien ’ (1 pl
Bull. Toes Bot. Club (ps July & pee, not to es

The dates assigned to the numbers are those Rage appear on their covers
or sii tee but it must not aiways be inferred that this is the actual date of

452 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

oe _ Durand, ‘Classification of the fleshy Pezizinee’ (6 pl.)—
J. Hill, ‘ Celtis pumila’ (1 pl.). — G. E. Osterhout, ‘ New plants
mer Colorado.
Gar Seger’ Chronicle (29 Sept.). — C. T. Druery, ‘ Latent varia-
6 Oc :

ee ee erns), — ct.). Spirea Aitchisoni Hemsl., sp. n
(fig. 75).—(20 Oct.). Begonia oe Hemsl., sp. n
ed de Botanique (‘*Mai”: received 1 Oct.).—P. van

Tie eghem, Erythrospermum. — G. Rouy, ‘ Rosiers hybrides euro-
péens.’—F’. Guégnen, ‘ Tissu collecteur et conducteur des Phanéro-
gam es.’

m. del’ Herb, Boissier (25 Sept.). — M. Gottschall, ‘ Blatt der
eee (Miconia)’ (38 pl.). — (15 Oct.) H. Schinz, &e.,
‘Zur Kenntnis der africanischen Flora’ (Dintera, Stapf. gen. nov.
Scrophulariacew ; 2 pl.).—A. Usteri, ‘ Zur Kenntnis der Patan
(1 pl.).

Nuov, Giorn. pet Ital. (Oct.).—A. Colozza, ‘ Contribuzione all’
—T

roman . Ferraris, ‘ Contribuzione eR! Flor a del
Piem —C. Papi, ‘ Richerche sull’ Juniperus drupace

sie oe Zeitschrift (Sept.).—R. v. bap omens ge)
Nomenclatur.’ — A. v. Degen, ‘ Bornmullera Diec kit, $
Peter, ‘ Ueber hoch zusammengesetzte Stiirkekérner in Endosperm
von Weizen.’ . Bubak, ‘ Aussereuropiische Pilze’ (1 pl.).—
ss Celakoveky, « Sporan angien von Ginkgo.’ — (Sept. & Oct.).

‘Flora von Steiermark (Rubus).’ — A. v. ayek, ‘ Hine

biologische bemerkenswerthe Kigenschaft alpiner Compositen.’—
Oct.). H. Palla, ‘Zur Kenntniss der Pilobolus-Arten’ (1 pl.).—
R. v. Wettstein, Euphrasia Cheesemani, sp. n.

Rhodora (Oct.).—M. L. Fernald, ‘ Rubus Ideus in America.’

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ée.

deals w he Musacee; these rte been elaborat
n prospectus we learn that the work—which
is entitled Das Pflanzenreich—will consist of a plete series of

and doing for species what the earlier undertaking did for genera.
The task is a gigantic one, and will entail an enormous amount o
work, while its usefulness to systematic botanists cannot be over-
estimated. . We trust the rumour is incorrect which states rah oe
whole is to be undertaken by botanists of German nationality;

work of this kind the assistance of the best men should be shined,
and it is no disparagement to See ne! say that it has not a

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 453

servation of the date: ‘‘1900” on wrapper is not sufficient.
could have dispensed with the illustrations, ééneciaily some familiar
blocks es aoe habit which oa a whole page.

should be fully dated in a way which — necessitate the pre-
e

the particular groups to which the plant belongs; and it is hoped
that by so doing the weakest point in the Club’s work during pre-
vious years has been remedied. According to the —. the con-

Book,” as well as, apparently, a complete list of all the species with
localities distributed. Among the more interesting plants which
have been commented upon by various members are—Dicranella
Schreberi var. elata, Dicranodontium longirostre var. alpinum, Grimmia
arenaria, Weisia crispata, Weisia rupestris bow intermedia, Webera-
annotina, Amblystegium Serphus var. depauperata, Hypnum hamulosum
ond H, callichroum, and Fissidens ondnenaifeli The Club now

ontains some thirty-four mem ers, which is as many as can
pap BE be worked; but a beginner's section has just been
commenced, w

society , will shoontage pegtaner and help to wad ae ae the

procured. In the present reports we notice again the severe in-
difference with which bryologists regard certain ses the laws of
nomenclature, and particularly that on the abbreviation of authors’
names; for example, Who is intended by the cbbeviatiin Lidb.?
Is it Ledebour, Lindberg, Lindeberg, Lindenberg, or who is it?
Who are intended by the mysterious combinations of consonants
Schp., Schpr., Spr., Schwg., Schwgr.? If a name requires abbre-
viation at all (a two-syllable word of only five letters would hardly
require to be shortened), the rule to be observed 2 ‘the first
syllable and the first t letter of the following one, or the first two
letters, if they are both consonants "—e. g. Schimp. he Schimper ;
Rich. for Richard.

3. Groves rete — the second fasciculus of. their
admirable Chibi Britannice Exsiccate, which contains thirty
numbers, representing the tllowias species :—Chara fragilis Desv.,
C. aspera Willd., C. aspera subsp. desmacantha, C. baltica Bruzel
var. afinis, C. contraria Kuetz., C. tomentosa L., C. hispida x con
traria, C. hispida L., C. Braunii Gmel., Lamprothamnus alopecieviides

454 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

bi Tolypella glomerata Leonh., T. prolifera Leonh., T. intricata

nh., Nitella hyalina Ag., N. Nordstedtiana H. & J. re N. tenu-
issima Kuetz., N. gracilis Ag. .. N. mucronata Miquel, N. tr anslucens
Ag., N. flewilis Ag., N. opaca Ag. The two parts, which cost a
guinea each, comprise all but one of the Characee known to occur
in the British Isles. A few copies of the first fasciculus are still to
be obtained. Perhaps Mr. Bullock-Webster’s beautiful specimens
of Nitella hyalina, the latest addition to our Chara-flora, are the
most noteworthy feature of the present fasciculus

We note that Mr. Hemsley, in his aa disappointing
notice in Nature (for Oct. 4) of the Jilustrations to the Botany @
Cook’s Voyage, refers to the printing of * Endeavour's ” rather than
‘«¢ Bndeavour” River as a ‘ palpable error.’”” The names of places
are printed as Banks and Solander wrote them; and ‘‘ Endeavour’s
River” is the form they employ in the herbarium, the MSS., and
the drawings. Sir Joseph Hooker, indeed, in om edition of Banks's

ournal, uses ‘‘ Endeavour River ”’ but in o doing he rn:
from the transcript of the original frou shteke his copy was take
It is true that in Cook’s Journal (edited by Captain Wharton) Cook
speaks of naming it Endeavour River, but in the reproduction of
Cook’s ‘original rie ” which accompanies the Journal, it appears
as “ Endeavour’s River.’’ The matter is of very slight im mportance,
but it seems hardly fair to single out as a ‘“‘ palpable error’ a name
which was employed, though not exclusively, by Cook, and uniformly
adopted by his fellow-voyagers. Mr. Hemsley says that Mr. Britten
as been sede mitted to exercise (hi) will in this national publica-
” in the alia of nomenclature; but the rules followed are

pri ‘to enter taté the causes of the cessation.” The ats
much interest that it is to be hoped that Mr. Hemsley

Tue second part of M. E. de Haldesy’ s aah ae Flore Grace,
the first tustalment of which we noticed a As 234, has appeared,
bringing the enumeration down to Crassulac We regret that e
has not been found possible to adopt our peactlion of adding t
the heading of each page the name of the genus of ere it ress
this would greatly increase the usefulness of the wo

nE twenty-ninth Annual Report (for A ete of the Chester
Soriety of db sates Science contains a list of additions and notes by
iss Cummings, Miss Payne, and Miss A. Payne to the flora ver

book containing a detailed account and a water-colour
wing of almost every species in the library of the paris

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETO. 455

r. Freperto Srrarron sends us a pretty little i volume
contaitine a chatty account bi the Wild Flowers of the Isle of Wight,
which we agree with him in thinking may be usefal ‘ visitors.

cially as to Brambles and Roses. If it were not for the capital
map, the twenty pages of which the booklet consists would seem
penewnat dear at 1s. net: it is published at the County Press,
Newport

Mr. 0. R. P. Anprews, who has contributed interesting notes on
Channel Islands plants to our pages, is leaving England for Western
Australia, where he has been tapers first chlor of the new

ot the
oe will find a wide field for botanical pm in his
undings.

me regret to record the sudden death, from heart affection, of
Epwarp Gerorex, which took place at his house at Forest Hill on ~
the 10th of October. His retiring disposition made him little known
even to the students of those groups of plants to — he yi
valued

himself; but the few who knew him him true frien
Mr. George first “devia himself to aston of ish o made large
and valuable collections. For many years he gave himself wholly

to the study of alge, and spent his holidays in localities where he
could study and gather these plants. . He has left very extensive
collections, all beautifully laid out and carefully localized. woe
Mee he ees Seca the send pis first in the spring and th

n the late r, and so of his sharp-eyed, intelligent
ees ey ieee aa eg ae may be gathered from Mr.
Batters’s memoir on British Marine Algex in tke last anther of
this sen p. 272, &c. In recording three species new to the
algal flora of Britain, one the type of a new genus, which were sent
to him bs Mr. George, Mr. Batters says:—‘‘I have dedicated the
species (fh fae Georgii) to my friend Mr. George, an inde-
fatigable collector whom, as this paper proves, I am deeply

nificent specimens, of ‘mde scouting eetensd
for many “sce years, is little known to botanists; but
t is in v t I have repeatedly urged my friend to publish
his notes.”

Dr. K. Scuumann, of the Botanisches Museum, Berlin, will be
glad if authors will send him a copy of their publications, and
especially reprints of botanical articles published in the Proceedings,
Transactions, and other Journals of learned societies, in order that
such literature may be reviewed promptly for Just’s Botanischer
Jahresb bericht.

456 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

We are sorry to find that Mr. J. M. B. Taylor is not pleased
with the brief notice of his Handbook of Plant Collecting pub-
lished on p. 408. It seems best to let Mr. Taylor state his
objections in his own way, so we print his letter verbatim et
literatim ;—‘*It cannot be hidden from any one who cares to
look at your Review that it is = tinged with an element of
spleen. You take a quotation from the book without showing its
connection, yet with that you can

So far as Reviews go you stand alone in this matter, and it is clear
that you labour under spleenic error. As to the iluseeakiona they
do occupy too much space for the on of the book, that is due to an
error of the Publisher in making them too big. For you to say
that the book would do without the illustrations, it would be as
near ie mark to say that you would be improved without your
eyes, or any of your other five senses. As to the aan style of
the Sb, those who live in glass houses should not throw stones.
I have your Huropean Ferns, and no doubt you = rey on your
literary pe as amodel. Let me tell you that your style is stiff
in the me—and is that which will not suit this part of the
contr. ‘The language you make use of to describe the suit is that

ich turns many would be readers away from the study of such
ecatak objabta “| the ferns. My little book can only be looked
upon as a labou love, but “om Raw European Ferns it is

different—you came something of a ercial transaction for
your pocket. Now with my Fate 66k ‘ib is a guide to what it
professes, and its teachings are free from error—and gives to the
world what is new. This cannot be or of = European Ferns:
it — errors, and as long as r book is in use you are a
MaNvUFACTURER OF ERRORS—errors for “wish aie in your position is
fesponsible.”

Tue latest contribution to newspaper botany comes from a
recent number of Pearson’s Weekly. It appears under the heading

* half-a-crown is paid for every question used, and replies at the
rate of two guineas a column ”’ :—‘‘ 5223. Why baie so Many Plants
Leaves with Notched Edges? —A few years ago Professor Rudolph,
in a series of lectures on ‘The Great Wonders Around Us,’ pro-
pounded a theory of the function of the finely salad edges of
certain leaves. He considered that these points and edges served
to permit the escape of ‘electricity. which might otherwise accumu-
late on the surface of the earth in dangerous bereaehaly and give
Th

rise to ascending “ightnien strokes. e very same points and
edges overt convey away the electricity from oo omni and
thus to a great extent disarm the tempests. Professor Rudolph

mpe
papported his theory by pointing out that the bighaat ‘ee. such as
pines, have the most pointed leaves.

Price Three Shillings, or in Three Series 1s, each, or separately 1d. each.

ESSAYS ON UN-NATURAL HISTORY.

By tHe Very Rev. JOHN GERARD, S.J.
I.—SCIENCE AND SCIENTISTS.

1. Mr. Grant Allen’s Botanical | 4. “Behold the Birds of the Air.”
Fables. ow Theories are
2. Sir John Lubbock on Flowers. factured.
8. Some Wayside Problems. 6. Instinct and its Lessons,
II— SCIENCE OR ROMANCE?
ree, eae es. 4. The Empire of Man.
2. Missing L The New Genesis.
3. The dane en Speculation. 6. The Voices of Babel.

IlI.—EVOLUTIONARY PHILOSOPHY AND COMMON SENSE.

1. The bone Word ‘Evo-| 5. Agnosticism in Theory and :
lutio actice. ee

2. The Foardetions of Evolution. | 6. Evolution and Design.

8. The Mechanics of Evolution 7. Wisdom and Ignorance.

4, Evolution and Exact Thought, 8. Un-Natural History.

CATHOLIC TRUTH SOCIETY,
69 Southwark Bridge Road, London, S.E.

204 pp. Demy 8vo, Cloth extra, price 6s. 6d. net,

BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX
Deceased British ud Irish Botanists

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G.,F.L.S., & G, S. BOULGER, roe

First ‘Supplement to the Above
(1893—97 ) :
PRICE 41s. 6d. NET.

LONDON: WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54 HATTON GARDEN.

OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS.
Volume I., pp. xii, 632, with many Illustrations, Royal 8vo, half-morocco, price £16.
HE PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS. A ain at the Meta
bolism and Sources of Energy in Plants. By PFE el a

Botany in the University of 80a ae Second Fully Revised Edition, Transla!
and Edited by Aurrep J. Kwarr, D. Sc., Ph.D., F.L.8. Vol

THE, NES OF BOTANY. Edited by Isaac gay te
», of the University of Edinburgh; D. PBs we

E.L.S., z he R Oya i re dens, — W. G. Fartow, M.D., of ae “Universit

U. 9.A., assisted by other Botanists

Special Offer.— Complete Sets (Vols. I-XIII., 1887-1899) are sro: for the ~*
present at the following price, viz. £18 10s. net unbound, £21 ne bound.

The subscription lee of each volume is £1 10s. (payable in advance). Intending subscribers ahold
nd their names, with subscription, to Mr. Henny FRowpDsE.

London: HENRY FROWDE, Oxford University Press Warehouse,
en Corner, E.C.

CaewALD. WEIGEE
% Kontesstr. 1, LEIPZIG,
SECOND-HAND BOOKSELLER and SPECIAL DEALER —
IN BOTANICAL LITERATURE.
oo Catalogues, to be sent gratis and post-free on application

Cat. No. 95—-PHANEROGAM. GEOGRAPHICAL BO-
TANY. 121 pages. - —
» » 96.—GENERAL & HISTORICAL BOTANY. FOS- oS

SIL PLANTS. PERIODICALS. 74 pages. =

» » 97.—CRYPTOGAMZ. 68 pages.

ESTABLISHED 1851. ae
BIREKBECE See

SoutHampron Buitpines, CHancesy Lane, Lonpow, W.C.
= on the minimum mo min Be ge 3
Z£ fa when not drawn belo i

he DEPOSIT soeeiowen on
= 22 ts . ‘on Deposits; repayable on demand. oF
oe STOC AND SHARES “

: ~ FRANCIS BAVENSCRO mE, Me

SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR 1900 HAVE EXPIRED

No.456 © DECEMBER, 1900 Vol. zexvnt |}

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY
BRITISH AND FOREIGN

EDITED BY

¢

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S8.G., F.L.S.

Senor Assistant, DRPARTMENT OF BoTasy, British Moseum (NATURAL History)

CONTENTS 7

AGE PAGE ——

bastra ee —Part VIL. By: Bt oo tare Not
Spencer Le M. Moore, F.L.S. | REY bert du “Petit-Thouars. ae

(Plate a6) enatiened) cee eee By Ww. P. Hiern ee ae

The European speners (after | Suort Norges. — Castanea ‘satioa ae

—— ~ E. LES :
Horreuz, F.L. 5. 7 uae . 469 —

Note on Eriocaulon. as Jos
Barrren, F.L.S. . 48

Notes on esa Islands Plante
By C. BR. P. An

Mosses of — a eae By Common. — cao eristata.—
Wu introduction eee
Robert shoes rgan. By Jones Burrs, _ Articles in rats to ee oy ae
F.L.S. (with portrait . 489 | Book-Notes, News, ec. .. .. -. 498
LONDON

WEST. NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, B.C. _
DULAY & a SOHO SQUARE ee

a DRANSNT NNT ROSE Rte Dn ne Sangam “ ~ - -

agi

ss ——— as Seed the Journat or Botany. Authors who ae

= ar state the number required at head of their MS.; otherwise
_ type may be distributed before the order is Teceived. ae ——
ri—

NOTICE.

The Eprror will be glad to send the Journan or Borany
in exchange for other Journals of a similar character. Such
Journals, Books for review, and Communications intended
for publication, to be addressed to James Britten, Iisq.,

126, KENNINGTON PARK ROAD, S.E.

He will be greatly obliged to the Secretaries of Local
Natural History Societies if they will forward him copies of .
their Transactions, so that any paper of botanical interest may
be recorded in this Journal.

The JOURNAL OF BOTANY is printed and Published
Monthly by West, Newman & Co., 54, Hatton Garden,
London, E.C., to whom Subscriptions for 1901 (in advance, —

Sixteen Shillings, post free ; if not paid in advance, chargers
at the rate of 1s. 8d. per number) should be paid.

The Volumes for 1884 to 1895 can still be had, price 14s. each,

_ or £7 10s. the set. Of Vols. 1884 and 1885 very few copies remain.

. The bound Volumes for 1896, 1897, 1898, 1899, and 1900.

- ean be had at the usual price, £1 1s. each; also covers for the
- 1900 Volume (price 1s. 4d. post free).

For Volumes and back numbers for 1872—82 application should be =
made to Dutau & Co., Soho Square, W.

ADVERTISEMENTS. noe
Auisercannents should be sent to West, Newman & Co., :
54, Hatton Garden, not later than the 24th of each month. S

AUTHOR’S SEPARATE COPIES. sd
are presented with six copies of theit

uested to order from the Publishers, and to notify =

for special separate copies are as un
“2pages 25 — ds. | 4 pages “0 — bs. | 8 pages 25 sone Seon
eet a ¥ 50 5 6s, 50 paras
On : sci. See

Journ. Bot. Tab.416.

, ip L ke ie a gu 5 Me
aaa ia
N ys
ge 53 S/ pes

AY 2 7
a U0. 2 grok a.
Y) ¥ SS ee
BE Se SS

R.Morgan delet lit eee et
: A. Delamerea procumbens S Moore. oe es
B. Nicolasia heterophylla | WS Moe

457

ALABASTRA DIVERSA.—Parr VII.
By Spencer Le M. Moors, F.L.S.
(Puate 416.)
(Contiuued from p. 207.)
Delamerea,
Compositarum e tribu Inuloidearum genus novum (tab. 416 A). -

Capitula heterogama, disciformia, multiflosculosa, flosculis ex-
terioribus foemineis 2-3-serialibus, reliquis bisexualibus, omnibus
verisimiliter fertilibus. Involucri parvi campanulati phylla pauci-

m
branaceo-crustacea. Receptaculum planum, nudum. Flosculorum

parva, ¢ ressa, flosculo cem. calva, herma
setis 8-5 caducis se ipsa longe excedentibus coronata Suffrutex
parvus, procumbens, villosulus ol arva, alterna, iInciso-

Delamere (Herb. Mus. Brit.) :
Caulis puberulus, in longitudinem eximie striatus, 0°38 em. diam.

Rami raro 10-0 em. attingentes, modici cirea 8-0 em. long., graciles.

Folia plerumque 0-6-1-0 cm. long. et cirea 0°5 cm. lat. Involucri

tura) 0-18 em. long.; pappi sete 0-4 cm. long., im
The affinity of this little plant is clearly with Pluchea and its

have corymbose capitula, bifid outer florets, and inner florets with
exceedingly short style-arms ; moreover, though the outer florets
resemble those of Deiamerea in having no pappus, the pappus of the
inner florets takes the form of either one or two sete with strongly
Journat or Borany.—Vot. 88. [Dzc. 1900.] 2x

458 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

ee tips. a meet inspection one might suppose the new
plant to be a (ran hich in general appearance it greatly re-
seni but Saartian reveals important structural differences.
Its place would seem to be next to Denekia,

Nicolasia,
Compositarum e tribu Inuloidearum genus novum (tab. 416 B).

Capitula St pero disciformia, multiflosculosa, flosculis
serierum exteriorum fcemineis, interiorum hermaphroditis, omni-
Lae fertilibus. Pigiunit, late campanulati phylla pauciseriata,

mbricata, angusta, membranacea, extima quam reliqua breviora
oa a ie planum, nudum. Flosculorum fom. corolle fili-
formes, stylo suo breviores, apice minute denticulate; floscu-
lorum hermaph. tubulose, apice 5-fide. Anthere breviter apicu-
late, basi caudate, caudis sejunctis. Flosculorum hermaph. styli
filiformes hirtelli, indivisi. Achenia parva COMpreaes Om-
nium acheniorum pappi sete 3, attenuate, caduciss me.—Sufir
tices humiles. Folia alterna, integra vel dentic ulata, ieee hies inte
ramorum florigerorum = agaala Capitula parva, ad apicem ra-
morum solitaria vel pauc

his appears to be a well rds Series and one near to that
already described in this In many respects it resembles
Pluchea, but the habit, the fee tails to the anthers, the compressed
achenes, and, above all, the pappus with its three cadueous sete,
Hatch aac ‘points of distinction. Peg oally. | the affinity is closer
with Epaltes, Denekia, and Delamerea ; but, a g other characters,
the absence of a distinct pappus from the Nahiands of Epaltes and
om the circumferential ones of Denekia and Delamerea, and the
different pappus of the interior achenes of the two latter genera,
furnish ample grounds for establishing this as a new genus.

saree Cr3avis.

sa ater Folia juniora maxime abbreviata
vata. Capitula sabsoailia. Stiri
ekyllé lanceolata, spinuloso-acuminata. . 1. N. heterophylla.

Albo- -pubescens. Folia juniora obit cies . Capit
ula pedunculata. Involucri aye ie
cians . a Rag sicass

juxta apicem ramulorum oriundis, involucro 3-seriali hujus phyllis
lanceolatis spinuloso- Sacieeres at 22 -marginatis ciliolatis.
Hab. Damaraland, 1879; 7. G. Ke in rb. Mus. Brit.).

0'1
alia vero 0°5-0°8 cm. long. exstant. Pe eae circa 0-2 cm. long.
Capitula 0°6 om. diam. Involucri phylla extima 0-2 cm. long. et

ALABASTRA DIVERSA 459

0: m. lat., interiora 0°83 cm. long., 0:08 em. lat. Vloeeniorum
foem sale 0:2 cm. long., ima basi parum dilatata ; spe 1
hermaph. corolla a basi sensim amplificata, vix git

Anthere pe eee Flosculorum hermaph. styli pars gael
0:2 cm. long. Achenia oblonga, 0:06 cm. long.; pappi sete circa
0: — cm. ORB

ucro-

solitariis, involucro

guste lineari-lanceolatis obtuse puberais
Hab. Damaraland, 1879; T. G@ on (Herb. ust Brit.).

. lat., demum

‘ a 0
phylla extima 0:2 cm. long.; interiora circa ‘03 om. long., et
0-05 em. lat. Flosculorum fom. corolla 0:22 ¢
dilatata flosculorum hermaph. 0°32 cm
dilatata. Antherse re incluse.
sat validi pars exserta 0-2 cm. long. Achenia immatura oblonga ;
pappi sete vix 0°3 cm. oho

lt gi easure to associate ie this genus the name

A.L.8., who for nearly thirty

a. chrysops, sp. Nov. Caule s

lari aaa I biaristato onustis :
Hab. Laskarato, Somaliland, 1899; Dr. Donaldson Smith (Herb.

Mus. Brit.).

Folia 40-60 cm. long., 1°0-1°8 ¢ . lat., in sicco viridia,
petiolis hispidis 0°3 cm. long. fulta. “Cyme 6° -0-10°0 ¢ ng.
Pedunculi graciles. Capitula 1:5 cm. diam. Involucri phylla
arma 0 . long., 0°13 em. lat.; intima 0°4 em. long. et 0°3 cm
lat. Palex obovato-oblonge, oe tridentate chideindwie luteole,
nigro-unilineate, 0°5 ¢ seen 8 em. long., 0°5 cm
lat. Achenia disci 0°4 ¢ g. riste 0° 15.0: 25 em. long.

Sable from its congeners

An elegant species, readily vistinguis
by reason of vl ntire lanceolate leaves,
involucral leay

small capitula, and short

E ee Ascendens, humilis, sparsim
ramulosus, eas dense folios raibhaschibed albo- araneoso-pubes-

460 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

centibus, foliis seasilibus oblanceolatis obtusis integris vel apice

dibescsutl bus vel paberilie, “panel folia multo oe
glabris, capitulis mediocribus terminalibus, involucri late ca
panulati phyllis 11-12 sepe inequalibus plerisque lanceolatis val
lineari-lanceolatis nonnullis oblongo-ovatis glabris, acheniis
angulari- oaindcitie 10. costatis hispidulis

Hab. Somaliland, near Lake Marsabit, 1898 ; Lord Delamere

(Herb. Mus. Brit.).
Folia 2°0-3°0 cm. long., 0:2-0°6 em. lat. eager rhe 10:0 cm.
long., in eS striati. Capitula usque ad 1°5 cm. diam.

hei fn et ‘65-0°8 em. long., 0:13-0-2 cm. lat., raro usque
ad 0-4 ., Margine scariosa, ve um eminenter pluristriata.
Beceptaculum convexum, levissime alveolatum. Radii flosculi
circa 14. Ligule oblong, tridentate, 0-2 cm. lat.; disci floscu-
lorum interdum abortivorum corolla infundibularis. Achenia
02cm. long. Pappi set caducissime, scabride, 0:4 em. lon
very distinct species, most like FE. Dregeana Sch. Bip. ; its
leaves, ligules, &c., are, however, quite different from those of the
From a geographical point of view, this is extremely
interesting.
Tripteris angustissima, sp.nov. Suffrutex, caule ascendente
robusto cortice 585i eg circumdato foliorum evanidorum reliquiis
cerebro induto, ramulis foliosis oer foliis alternis lanceolatis
prpeniierpersans btn plus minus amplexicaulibus sparsim denti-
ulatis superioribus integerrimis hirto-puberulis, capitulis parvis

auriculis acutis, flosculorum hermaph. stylo obscurissime bifido,
radii aes lineari-clavatis angustissime 3-alatis
Gan Poa, Somaliland, 1899; Dr. gels Smith

(Herb. Mus. Bri

Caulis circa ae m. diam., radicibus Validis elongatis distanter
fibrilliferis suffultis, GH us que ad . lon at
(modica vero 4:0 x 0-8-1:0 cm.). Padaicut 5-0-10°0 cm. long.,
foliis pe 1- : ineuibus circa 0-5 cm. long. onusti. Involucri
phylla 0°5 ¢ ong. et circa 0°13 cm. lat. Ligule 1-0 cm. long.,
0°25 cm. sk 4-nervosa. Flosculorum hermaph. corolla vix
0°5 cm. oe juxta basin subito angustata. Radii achenia glabra,
0:6-0'7 ¢ ong., basi 0°06 cm. superne 0:14 em. diam.; ale

alba
At first sight this might pass for an Osteospermum; indeed, it is
not at all unlike O. herbaceum L. The fruit, however, is that of
Tripteris, tho at he wings are almost invisible un til the achenes —
have been moistened. The relatively long and ag achenes with
their subobsolete wings, together with the ne clothing, the
membranous denticulate leaves, and the small heads on long
peduncles, are the oes tive marks of the siaeiad

Fagelia (§ Scarosz) falklandica, sp. nov. op feacteacean: pilis
albidis pilulosa, foliis ‘Sadicalibus saat vel ovato-oblongis obtusis

ALABASTRA DIVERSA 461

serrato-dentatis basi cuneatim in petiolum longum et latum laminam
subequantem desinentibus ee oe papier folia —

ex se scapiformibus ap 4-floris sursum arcte et minute
glanduloso-pubescentibus, oalyeie “Tobia at ovatis oad Gata
labio superiori calyce breviore inferiori obovato obtusissimo basi

subito insigniter contracto ore ovato- sas ato.
Hab. Falkland Islands; Mrs. E. Nichol (Herb. Mus. Brit.).
Foliorum lamina 6:0-7°0 = . long., 2°5-4'0 cm. lat., membran-
_ margine presertim necnon pagina gee pilifera ; petioli
~ ie attinge

om a 5 cm. long., medio vix totidem lat., ima basi usque ad
0-6 cm. angustatum, flavum lis parvis purpureis conspersum.
Ovarium ovoideum, “anaes pubescens, 0°6 cm. long. Capsule
non suppetun
well- marked species, gael 2 nearest I’, plantaginea (Cal-
ceolaria Plongeaints Sm.), wi e forms of whi grees almost
exactly in the matter 2 foliage. The shape of the corolla, and

ane Gh and pronouncedly narrowed at the base. This cha-
racter alone at once suffices to distinguish the two plants.

Craterostigma hirsutum, sp. nov. Humilis, acaulis, foliis
parvi branaceis rosulatis oblongo-spathulatis obtusiusculis
integris utrinque albide piloso-hirsutis, scapo ascendente gracili
folia longe excedente piloso- hizeutalo, bracteis ovatis vel ovato- ~
lanceolatis entia extus piloso-hirsutis, pedicellis calycibus sub-
ethane toe calycis turbinati piloso-hirsuti lobis lanceolatis acutis
quam tubus duplo brevioribus, coro ce gla re tubo infundibulari
labio superiore oblongo emarginato margine leviter undulato labio
inferiore late trilobo lobis crispe po antheris per paria ap-
siheinintis, iri ovoideo-oblongo ac

Hab. ee British East Pe 1898; Dr. da We

Gregory (Hole M s. Brit.).

Planta cciekanait a ultra 6:0 cm. alt., basi fibras attenuatas
copiose emittens. Folia 15 ¢ m. long., ¢ ., circa 1-0 cm. lat., deorsum
decoloria ibique parallele 5- wads nervis diu persistentibus. Scapus
8-5-4'5 em. alt., 0-05 cm. diam., secundum spece. meos ante oculos
solitarius. Bractesee 0-5-0°7 cm. long., intus glabre. Pedicelli
0:45 em. long., piloso-hirsuti. Calyx totus 0°6 em. long.; tubus
0-4 long., sursum 0-2 cm. diam. ; lobi 0:2 cm ee Corolle
tubus 0-7 long., basi 0-1 cm. s limbo 0:25 ¢ iam. ;
labium superius 0:7 cm. long.; labii inferioris lobi Sai.

0°25 em. long. Capsula
A ery distinct servi easily recognized by its habit, indu-
mentum, small membranous leaves with persistent vascular

stigma Smithii, sp. nov. Planta acaulis radice e fibris
Pie Sat preset fibrilliferis sistente, foliis diversiformibus nunc

462 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

late ovatis nunc oblanceolato-oblongis semper obtusissimis basi in
petiolum latum satis elongatum desinentibus raro subsessilibus
supra glabris subtus appresse biréntolo- pubescentibus, scapo gracili
simplici folia longe excedente 3-4-floro, floribus fere omnino sessili-
bus, calycis gene apne subturbinati lobis deltoideis tubo duplo
brevioribus, corolle tubo infundibulari hujus labio superiore ob-
longo-ovato crane —— antheris per paria approximatis,
ovario pee com

ab. Jara, camatien’ Oct. 1899 ; Dr. Donaldson Smith (Herb.
Mus. Brit.).

Foliorum lamina usque 1-5 cm. long. et 1:3 cm. lat., plerumque
vero minor, flabellatim 3-5-nervis, petiolo usque 1-0 cm
(seepe vero a fulta, lete virens, firme membranacea. Scapus

°0-3°5 cm. long., albo-pilosus. Bractess: modice 0°6 cm. long.,
vix totidem lat., margine ciliate, floribus arcte applicate. Calyx
totus 0:45 em. lo ong.; lobi 0°15 em. long., basi 0:1 cm. lat., albo-
eee Flores eyanel. Corolle tubus 0°8 cm. long., juxta basin
0-2 cm. sub limbo 0°35 cm. diam. ; hujus labium superius 0°5 cm.
long. let 0:4 cm. sos labii infericris lobi laterales wens obtusis-
= Sat cm. lat., lobus intermedius late obovatus, 0°4 cm. lat.

apsula ——.

A very distinct species, agreeing in many details of its inflores-
cence with the Angolan C. scene Engl., but quite different
from it in habit and OT at In the latter character it is much
like C. ves i Hochs

Sopubia Eenii, sp.nov. Minute lepidoto-tomentella demum
fere glabra, caule erecto crebro ramoso tetragono folioso, foliis
oppositis lineari-lanceolatis obtusis vel obtuse acutis integris rarius
breviter =o aerial os Oppositis raro ternatim verticillatis
juxta medium bi eatis, bracteis linearibus acutis, calycis lobis
oblongis Sitastseiveds tubum excedentibus, corolle limbi lobis
obovatis calyce longioribus.

Damaraland; 7. G. en, 1879 (Herb. Mus. Brit.

Caulis 0:15-0-3 cm. diam. “is pig Sonal internodia pleraque circa
1-0-1'5 cm. long. Folia 1- 5-25 ¢ - long., 0°25-0°4 cm. lat.,
membranaceo-coriacea, sursum ditade ‘fere glabra. Pedicelli 0°5-
1:0 em. long. Bractez 0-2 em. sn Calycis tubus 0°15 em. long. ;
hujus soti 0-2 em. long., 0-12 cm. lat. Corolle tubus 0°35 cm.
long. ; limbus expansus circa 10 em. diam., lobi 0-45 cm. long. et
vix totidem lat. Capsula roses emarginata, 0-4 cm. long.
Semina ovoidea, vix 0:1 cm. dia

Closely allied to S. leprosa 8. Moore (vide p. 468), and differing
from it in indumentum, —_ of leaves, and larger flowers with
somewhat diverse calyx an

Crossandra Smithii, sp.nov. Caule ascendente verisimiliter
humili superne folioso pubescente, foliis parvis behiolnas ellipticis
obtusis basi angustatis molliter pubescentibus, pedunculis abbrevi-
atis oi eethie. tile Lite brevibus paucifloris, oaerw lanceolato-

ALABASTRA DIVERSA 463

postico binervi bidentato lateralibus ovatis acuminatis, ovario
Sialo, stylo pilosiusculo, capsula anguste ellipsoidea acuta 4-

Hab. egos East Africa, Msai, 1899; Dr. Donaldson Smith
(Herb. Mus. B
Spece. She. obviorum caulis 8:0 em. alt., demum puberulus
Folia circa 1:5 cm. long. et 1-0 cm. lat., subtus pallidiora, petiolis
circa 0°5 cm. long. fulia. Pedunculi circa 0-7 cm. lon g.
1-5 em. long., 0°8 cm. diam. Bractew 0°7-0°8 cm. long., 0°3—
0-4 cm. lat., trinerves. Bracteole 0-7 cm. long. Calycis seg-
ey posticum 0-6 cm. long. ; segmenta lateralia 0-4 cm. long.
Corolle tubus paberulus, 2-2 cm. long., ima basi 0:2 cm. medio
0-1 cm. sub lim ie eel em. diam. Anthere pilose. + Min
0°35 cm. et stylus . long. sone lg a: ng., 0°3 cm.
diam. Semina lepidibus ‘ciliatis stig 0-2 cm. dia
Nearest C. leikipiensis Schweinf., but the obtuse atiolais me
the extremely short peduncles, ‘i short and narrow spikes, an
differently shaped bracts afford good distinctive characters.
Dr. Ranv’s Ruopestan eee
Ocimum hians Benth. Salisbury, Sept. No.
Ocimum americanum Mill. Buluwayo, early Ja on and June.
Nos. 164, 516.
ma (§ Hrzrocruum) Randii, sp. nov. Caule erecto
puberulo basi lignoso superne sparsim ramoso rariulis ascendenti-

a aninr

flori qQ

aneciaes sursum anes: sie ae atts as eine
dense albo-tomentosos multo excedentibus, floribus parvis, calycis
ato-acu

rita 1°5-2°0 cm. long.,
Spice usque
m. long., nunc
Pedicelli ai 0-1 cm. long

oO.

Planta sat gracilis, circa 30° 0 em ue:

0°1-0'15 cm. (raro 0:25-0°35 cm. aitingentia) lat lat.
3° : te

alyx 0:3 cm. long., p
albo-puberulus ; lobus posticus decurrens, in si¢
0-2 cm. lat., dense albo-ciliatus; loborum att ig appendices

0°12 cm. lon roll tubus 0°3 em. long.; limbi lobus anticus
0-2 em. long. ; ise reliqui oblongo- -obovati, 0°15 em. long. Fila-
menta circa 0°8 em. lon ng., sta srutany beooaege ad 0°1 cm. supra

insertionem dense pilifera. Nuc

flower, it is a member of another sec ction. T
guishing points of O. Randii among its congeners of § Hierocimum

464 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

are the narrow pseudo-verticillate leaves, the relatively elongated

bracts and the densely woolly pedicels

Acrocephalus sericeus Briq. Buluwayo, early January. No. 146.
Basilicum myriostachyum O. Kze. Salisbury, July. No. 526.
Orthosiphon linearis Benth. Buluwayo, May. No. 386.
Orthosiphon Kirkii Baker. Buluwayo, May. No. 384.
Orthosiphon Elliottii Baker. Buluwayo, Dec. No. 167.
Orthosiphon bracteosum Benth, Salisbury, late Dec. No. 166.
Orthosiphon shirensis Baker. Buluwayo, early January. No. 148.
Hoslundia verticillata Vahl. Buluwayo, Dec. No. 163.
Plectranthus floribundus N. B. Br. Salisbury, Aug. No. 524.

oleus (§ Cancronus) palliolatus, sp. nov. Caule deorsum
procumbente sursum sparsim ramoso, ramis ascendentibus pilosis,
foliis late obovatis obtusissimis basi in petiolum brevem sensim

postico longioribus lanceolatis acutis, corolle tubo defracto calycem
bene excedente gracili labio inferiore stipitato cymbiformi.
J 9 14

a ear anuary, 18 ;
Caulis sat robustus, eleganter striatus, 0-3 cm. diam. Folia
circa 8-0 cm. long., usque ad 2 at. (ramulorum 2°0 x 1-3 cm.),

petiolis 0-3 cm. long. fulta. Spice usque 12-0 cm. long., pilosee.
Bractes tenuiter membranacee, expans@, fere 1-0 cm. long. et lat.
Calycis fructiferi lobus posticus 0-6 cm. lat., 0°25 em. long. ; lobi
reliqui 0-8 cm. long., ciliati. Corollz tubus 0°5 em, long., 0-2 cm.
lat.; labii inferioris stipes vix 0°38 em. long., pars cymbiformis
1-0 cm. long., acutus. Filamentorum vagina 0-5 cm. long. Nucule
ovoides, 0°15 cm. diam.

Allied to C. barbatus Benth., but its indumentum, extremely
broad bracts, different upper calyx-lobe, narrow corolla-tube, and
smaller cymbiform part of lower lip of corolla are well-marked
distinctive characters.

Pycnostachys urticifolia Hook. Salisbury, July. No. 525.

Mentha sylvestris L. Salisbury, late Dec. No. 145.

Salvia runcinata L. fil. Buluwayo, early January. No. 134.

Scutellaria Livingstonei Baker. Salisbury, Sept. No. 520.

Leucas martinicensis R. Br. Buluwayo, May. No. 385.

Leucas (§ Hemistoma) Randii, sp. nov. Caule procumbente
sparsim ramoso villoso-tomentoso, foliis brevipetiolatis oblongo-

latis calyci subsquilongis hispidis, calycis villosuli 10-dentati in

fructu recurvi tubo a basi sensim amplificato ore obliquo labii

ALABASTRA DIVERSA 465

superioris dentibus elongatis linearibus labii inferioris dentibus
abbreviatis deltoideis obtusis erectis, corolle tubo glabro labio

. ly, 1898. . 522.
aulis 0-2 cm. diam. intervallis 2-0-4 0 cm. long. sparsim
foliosus. Folia 8-0-4:0 em. long., 1°5-2°2 em. lat., firma, in ave
pallide viridia; petioli 0- z em. long. Verticillastri 3:0-4:0 ¢
diam. Bractes vix 1:5 cm. long. Calyx totus 1°5 cm. long., baal
0°25 nedio 0°5 cm. diam. ; dentes superiores 3, 0-4 cm. long. ;
dentes inferiores vix 0-1 em. lo ong. Corolle tubus vix 1:0 cm. long.,
. di ; galea tubo sequilonga ; labii inferioris lobus inter-
hetnis bifidus, 0°5 em. long.; lobi laterales vix 0°3 em. long.
Nuculz leviter triquetre, polite, 0-2 em
L. Randii should be placed near L. densi iflora Vatke and L.
Holstit Gos pe both of which it differs in several important
points. Ine aun rance it is much like L. nyasse Girke,

calyx are the chief characteristics of the spec

Dr. Rand notes of this plant :—‘ The yeotisillantsts are bell-
shaped and I fancy the seeds are dispersed by the rolling about of
these when detached, as the stems are procumbent.”

Lasiocorys capensis Benth. Buluwayo, Dec. No. 162.

Leonotis Randii, sp. nov. Caule sparsim ramoso €
breviter pubescente, foliis parvis subsessilibus ian soma ple
deorsum longe sensim angustatis margine grosse serratis basin

verticillastris circa 15-floris, bracteis lineari-subulatis breviter
spinoso-acuminatis, floribus breviter pedunculatis, calycis 8- dentati
minute puberuli dentibus spinoso-acuminatis dente postico reliquis

majori.
Hab. Buluwayo; Dec. 1897. No. 165.
Caulis circa 0°3 cm. diam., aliquantulo tetraqueter. Folia

3°0-5-0 cm. long., 0°5-0°8 cm. lat, summa nonnunquam integerrima
vel margine serraturis utrinque 1 ‘vel 2 interrupta, subtus eminenter
nervosa. Bracteew paullo ultra 1-0 cm. long., circa 0-1 cm . dat.,
versimiliter demum reflexa. Pedunculi 0-2 cm. lang _ pubescentes.

paiernles subeequales, lanceolati, circa 0°3 cm. long., dens posticus
la ibe vatus, 0-7 cm. Home Corolle tubus 1°5 cm. long.; galea

em. fere attingen

The SE week look much like those of L. dubia E. Mey.,
but the calyx of the latter is different in some e points, and its leaves
are altogether dissimilar. L. malacophylla Giirke, a ee Lagi is
somewhat like L. Randii in general appearance, but i h
larger and broader long-petioled leaves and calyces different in
several respects

466 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

The following re rate froin the list of Dr. Rand’s Acan-
thacese (Journ. Bot. x i, 201

Blepharis innocua C. ‘8. Clashes: Buluwayo, early January.
No. 281.

Monothecium abbreviatum, sp.nov. Caule eae 2
elato tereti geniculato pubescente, foliis graciliter petiolatis
guste ellipticis obtusiusculis basi cuneatis fere glabris, plata
pedunculatis abbreviatis densifloris, foliis floralibus ovato-lanceo-
latis acuminatis bracteas bracteolasque lanceolatas subsequantibus
una cum his et calycis segmentis minute pubescentibus, calycis
segmentis linearibus nec setaceis, corolle labio postico integro,
staminibus breviter exsertis, capsula claviformi puberula.

ab. Ka opnte, British Kast Africa; G. F’. Scott Elliot, No. 7016

pert rad Brit.).
orum lamina 8°0-5-0 cm. long., tenuiter membranacea ;
oatint rs 4-1:0 cm. long. Spica modo 1°5 em. long., 1:0 cm. diam. ~
Folia floralia circa 0°5 em. long. Ca here segmenta paullo in-
equalia, 0-4-0°5 em. long. Corolle tubus 0°8 em. long., 0°12 cm
lat., basi parum Petey ; limbi labium posticum lanceolatum,
anticum trifidum, late oblongum, ambo 0:4 cm. long. sula

short an d spikes and the linear, not setaceous, bracts and
Paeteales are its chief siesilliavitice:

Justicia (§ eo a. ‘parent sp.nov. Suffrutex ramo-
sus, rigidus, ramis sat raro foliatis crebro ramulosis minute pubes-
centibus, foliis parvis sessilis Poe vel lineari-oblongis obtusis
primo arcte albo-tomentellis mox pubescentibus vetustis “puberulis,
foliis aa i deta bracteolis oblongis acutiusculis
calycem semizquantibus, calycis 5-partiti tomentelli coroll@ tubum
subsequantis lobis bater se equalibus oblongis obtusis, corolle extus

minu c
antherarum loculis inequalibus vel subequalibus loc. inferiore
nonnunquam ecalearato vel etiam obsolete, capsula minute pubes-
cente
ab. British Hast Africa, Masailand, at 6000 ft.; G. I’. Scott
Elliot (Nos. 6593, 6637 in ae rb. Mus. Brit.
hore ere 9 0°6-1°0 cm. long., ramulorum vero sepe usque ad
0:2-0-3 cm. imminuta. Bracteole 0-2 em - long. Calyx 0-4 cm.
long. ; lobi. parum carinati. Corolla purpurea, in toto vix 1:0 cm.
long. ; hujus tubus 0°45 cm. long.; labium posticum ovato-
oblongum, rh 0°32 cm. lat., ejus lobi rotundati, undulati,
0°12 cm. long.; labii antici lobi late rotundati, lobus pe
. 3 cm a a quam laterales paullo latior. Ovarium oblongu
‘14 cm. long. Stylus pilosus. Capsula 0°7 cm. long., btasinscula
Somnie triangulari-oblonga, tuberculata, pallide brunnea, 0°22 ¢
ong.
Apparently nearest J. Urbaniana Lindau, which has strigose or
hispid branches, sparsely hairy leaves, a different calyx, normal
anthers, &c.

ALABASTRA DIVERSA 467

The occasional absence of a spur from the lower cell of the
anthers, and the possible reduction of these organs to the uni-
locular condition are matters worthy of mention

Dr. Ranp’s Raopestan ScROPHULARIACEE.

Aptosimum petite fe Bechuanaland, Oct. No. 641.

Aptosimum Randii 8. Moore. Buluwayo, Oct. No. 180.

Diclis edeiolanes Be Buluwayo, May. No. 872.

ra fissifolia, sp.nov. Minute glanduloso- uberula, ramulis

ascende nti bas sparsim ramosa, foliis superioribus alternis omnibus
brevipetiolatis ambitu ovatis vel ovato-oblongis obtusis pinnatifido-
lobatis lobis crenato-serratis integrisve nervis lateralibus utrinque

ilob
linearibus infi tis qua dicelli insigniter brevioribus,
calycis alte partiti lobis oblongo-spathulatis ob 1 obt
utis tub uplo superatis, corolle tubo deorsum

sat angusto cylindrico sub limbo subito amplificato lobis ovatis
obtusissimis, staminibus inclusis.
Buluwayo, early Jan. 1898. No. 1
Planta ascendens 30-0 em. alt. attingens. Gnas gracilis, paullo
ultra 0°1 cm. diam., +5 subteres, Foliorum maximorum |
long. vix usque em. lat., modice vero circa ar em. long. e
0:7 cm. |

0:5 em. long., deorsum 0-2 em. faucibus vix 0-4 cm, diam. ; limbi
0°6 cm. diam. lobis 0-2 cm. long. et lat. Staminum superioram
anthers fere exserte, inferiorum manifeste incluse. Capsulam non
vidi.
affinity of this seems to be with Sutera montana (Chenosto

montanum Diels), a Transvaal plant, from which its larger ate:
narrower calyx-lobes, and the relatively longer and narrower tube
and different limb of its yellow corollas serve as admirable points
of distinction.

Lyperia Burkeana Benth., var. Buluwayo, May. No. 871.

Lyperia atropurpurea Benth. Buluwayo, May. No. 870.

Mimulus gracilis R. Br. Buluwayo, Dee. and May. Nos. 156,

Lin mnophila gratioloides R. Br. Salisbury, July. No. 518.
Craterostigma gpa Hochst. a vil No. 157.
, elata,

ovatis vel kpersun eta obtusis caulinis < eatin anguste

calycem vix duplo superante pilos mbi lobis obovato-oblongis
obtusissimis fere omnino inter se sae boas.

468 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Hab. a July, aah No. 573.

Planta 16-85 cm. alt. ros ulis vix 0°1 cm. diam. Folia radicalia
1 Fgh m: long., "$506 ¢ . lat.; caulina 2-0-3-0 em. long.,
0°15 cm. lat. (intemodia 4: 0 7-0 ¢ m. long.), sursum vero minora.
hehe ae ultra 1°0 cm. long. Bractess modicz 0-5 em. long.
Bracteole setacew, vix 0°3 cm. long. Calyx 0°5 em. long., hujus
tubus vix 0:4 cm. et lobi 0:18 cm. long. Corolle 0:9 cm. lon ng.
tubus 0:075 om. lat., limbus nec ultra 0:3 cm. diam. et revera in
sicco modo 0:15 cm. Capsula

Apparently Beceem Bi Welwitschii Engl., its distinguishing
features being the somewhat different oe the larger
bracts, and, above all, the greatly reduced flow

Buchnera (§ Vacirtorm) rhodesiana, sp.nov. Tota planta
hispidulo-pubescens, caule sparsim ramoso ramis_patulo-ascen-
dentibus, foliis linearibus obtusis maxima pro parte ramulos
abbre viatos ornantibus, floribus inferioribus distantibus superiori-

a

corollz tubo — ‘ede pubescente calyce longiore limbi lobis
obovatis saturate ¢
Hab. Salisb 1897. No.1
Humilis et revera vix 16: 0 cm. ne iicecas ae teres, a
basi ramosa vel deorsum simplex. Folia 0-7-1:5 cm. long., 0-1-
0°15 cm. lat. Spice juveniles 1:5 cm. long., maturitate eo
metrales. ee a cag cia ovate, acute, modice 0:2-0°3 cm.
long. Calyx in toto 0-7 cm. long. et 0°15 em. lat., soaks lobi vix
0:2 cm. long., post Rabon divergentes. Co roll tubus —
1:0 cm. long., pleramque vero paullo brevior ; limbus circa 0°5 cm
diam. De fruc tu

At first sight ‘this seems identical with a species native to
Angola, B. Henriquesii Engl., both having the same general ap-
pearance, and calyx-lobes divaricate after flowering is over. But

SS.
PS
3's
1 Oe
~@
"Oo

are seen to be quite different, those of B. Henriquesii being shorter

‘Stri a ' Thunbergii R. Br. Salisbury, age No.
Rhamphicarpa fistulosa Benth. Buluw o, May. Ne. 387.
Cycnium adoense ey. Buluwa ne No. 161.
Sopubia Dregeana Benth. Batabiiry, ‘Dee. No. 159.

Sopubia leprosa, sp.nov. Partibus juvenilibus Sagan ex-
emptis) arcte ac minute leproso-tomentellis, caule stricto ramuloso
sat valido maturitate glabro, ramulis ee ne et aa crebro foliosis,
foliis oppositis rarissime verticillatim approximatis anguste lineari-
bus obtuse acutis integerrimis, pedicellis ee rarissime solitariis
nunquam verticillatis folia floralia excedentibus vel ea subsequanti-

rve limbi lobis obovato- are wins longioribus.
Hab. Sal lisbury ; Dec. 1897. No. 1

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEX 469

Caulis 0-2-0°3 cm. diam., subteres; internodia pleraque 1:0-
1-5 em. long. Folia 1-5-2°5 em. long., 0°1-0-2 em. lat. snares
noe em. et bractez a em. long. Calycis tubus

lobi 0- wi em one: at. Capsula nondum matura oblonga,
obscure emargin

This has cael the general appearance of S. cana Harv.,
but here the resemblance ceases; neither do I know of any species
for which it is likely to be mistaken.

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEA
(arTER WaARNSTORF)
By E. Cuartes Horrets, F.L.S.
(Concluded from p. 426.)
47. 8. ibicponigat Warnst. in litt. (1895) apud Cardot Repert.
ee 189
Syn. S. ainda Ebrh. Hannov. Mag. 1780, 235, ex ssi
Braithw. Sphagn. Brit. Exsice. 1877, Nos. 7 (va

Pp
glauco-paliens), 8 (var. fusco fuses’ 9 (var. glaucescens maa
arrosula).

less

Stem- cortex 2-4- (generally oe layered, the superficial layer
smaller than the inner ma bits with 1-9 (generally 3- oan ores, and
rather delicate, not numerous abril very rarely without

Fascicles of 8-5 branches, of which 2-8 are spreading ; leaves

pr aye forming compact tufts.
nch-leaves 1-7-8°5 (mean 2°3) mm. long, broadly ovate from
a br oud bee, or from a narrower base much widened above; apex

470 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

narrow-trapezoid or almost spindle-shaped; distinctly excentric,
with the wall usually of equal thickness all round, or rarely some-

hat thickened on the inner surface of the leaf; enclosed on the
outer surface by the strongly convex hyaline cells, or free as on the
inner surface ; hyaline cells never papillose.

Stem-leaves large, lingulate-spatulate, 1°5-3:1 (mean 2:1) mm.
long, rarely twice as long as wide, generally the width about two-
thirds the length. Rarely non-fibrillose or with a few delicate
fibrils, generally with numerous strong fibrils throughout the entire
leaf, and with a few to very numerous pores. Hyaline cells generally
non-septate, but not rarely, and especially in the lower half, here
and there divided. Border widest at the rounded apex, vanishing
more or less towards the base.

Dioicous; the male plant less robust, the antheridium-bearing
branches short and thick, olive-green. Inner perichetial leaves

the upper half resembling in structure the stem-leaves. Spores

with di y aracter to be chiefly relied upon for dis
tinguishing the species in the Cymbifolium section is the position
m of the chlorophyllose cells as a section from

the middle part of the branch-leaves. Purple or brown forms of
S. cymbifolium would appear to be rare in this country.

The varieties are based upon the colour of the tufts :—

1) Var. carneum Warnst. in Verh. Bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brandenb.
xli. 28. Flesh-coloured, especially in the capitulum, and with
usually more or less green or yellow intermixed.

Dallington Forest, Sussex (Vicholson).

(2) Var. flavo-glaucescens Russ. apud Warnst. in Schrift. d.
Naturf. Ges. in Danzig. N. F. Bd. 9, Heft 2 (1897). More or less
yellowish in the capitulum, at times mixed with some blue-green,
whitish below.

Moidart, Inverness (Macvicar) ; Cardiganshire (Fleure) ; Tilgate
Forest, Sussex (Horrell); Theydon Bois, Epping Forest, Essex
(Horrell); Oakmere, Cheshire (Wilson).

83) Var. fuscescens Warnst. Die Europ. Torfm. 1881, 136.
Tufts, especially in the upper part, a deep brown.

a

h
- Renfrewshire Abad Cantyre (Ewing); between Talsarnau and
Maentwrog, Merionethshire (Jones & Horrel ); Aber Waterfall,
Carnarvonshire (Ley); Harlech, Merionethshire (Horrell); Braemar

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACEE 471

(Miss Barton); Widdy Bank Fell, bist Durham (Horrell) ;
Budleigh Salterton, Devon (Ley); Ulpha Moss, Westmore eland
(Ley); Darnholme, Goathland, Yorkshire Salerion Tremethick
Moor, Pe enzance, Cornwall (Curnow); Oxfordshire (Bagster); Salters-
gate Beck, Yorkshire (Braithwaite) ; Heathfield Park, Sussex (Miss
Barton).

(5) Var. fusco-glaucescens Warnst. in Schrift. d. Naturf. Ges. in
Danzig. N. F. Bd. 9, Heft 2 (1897). The capitulum a dirty brown,
at times mixed with a little green, whitish belo

Chartley Moss, Stafford (Bagnall); Allt Dhubh Ghalair, Glen
nee (Cocks) ; Cwm Bychan, Merionethshire (Jones).

Var. Pisce pietient Warnst. /.c. The capitulum pale yellowish,
Seley brownish.

Corriegill, Arran (Ley); Ardbeg, Islay (Gilmour) ; Hole Common,
near nie Regis, Dorset (Miss Lister).

Var. fusco- fr te Wienst . Kur. Torfm. sie 323, 1894.
Tufts reddish-brow h when dry a sa tinge.
wm Bychan, Merionethshire (Jones)

(8) Var. glaucescens Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. xv. 1890, 251. Gene-
rally bluish. -green throughou

Cannock Chase, Stafford (Bagnall); Wardstone, W. Lan
(Wheldon. dé Wilson); Bont Newydd, Merionethshire (Bagnall)

tween Talsarnau and Maentwrog, Merionethshire (Jones &

Horreil); Rhaiddr Ddu, Merionethshire (Jones ¢ Horreli); Artro

ley, Merionethshire (Jones € Horrell) ; Ceunant Lleny rch,

ee (Jones &€ Horrell); Cwm Bychan, Metionudeetine
. Yorks

(Jones & Hor :

Islay (Gilmour) ; Trelleck, Monmouth (Ley); Widdy Bank Fell,
Teesdale, Durham (Horrell); Tilgate Forest, Sussex (Horrell) ;
Roseberry Topping, N.E. Yorks. (Horrell) ; ‘Brookwood, Surrey
(Monington if Horrell) ; Theydon Bois, Epping Forest, Essex
“aia ewby Bridge, N. Lanes. (Paul) ; ge Heath,
Middlesex rs: ; Liyffnant veeys Cardigan (Ellis

orma squarrosula (Bry.

Aran Mawddwy, Bont New rs, Merionethshire (Bagnall) ;
Wilderley Green, Salop (Benson) Artro Valle ey, Mer ionethshire
(Jones é Horrell) ; Auchmore, Killin (Cocks); Sutton Park, Warwick
(Bagnall); Little Brickhill, Bucks (Saunders); Bingley, Yorks.

és

(9 <5 Var. glauco-flavescens Russ. apud Warnst. Eur. Torfm.
No. 818, 1894. Colour a mixture of pale ee and bluish-green.

(10) Var. gevir- aliens Warnst. in Schrift. d. Naturf. Ges. in
Danzig. N.F. Bd. 9, Heft 2 (1897). ae ayaa white to pale
ip tle at times ice -green, whitish

s End, near Berkswell, Wacwink kee ; Blaze Moss,
Wrestle, W. Lan s. (Wilson) ; Ceunant Lle nyrch, Merionethshire
(Jones); Harlech, Means (Jones); Saltersgate Beck, Yorks.
ht Tilgate Forest, Sussex (Horrell).

Var. aside Warnst . Kur. Torfm. 8 9, 1888. Entire
plant pale or almost white, without a trace of green.
endle Hill, W. Lanes. (Wheldon) ; Upper Piieddahs. W. Lanes.

472 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

(Wilson); Calder Valley, W. Lanes. (Wilson); Artro Valley, Meri-
onethshire (Jones & Horrell); Islay (Ley); Keston Common, t
(Horrell); Burnham Common, Bucks (Sherrin); Owston Ferry,
N. Lincolnshire (Smith); Tilgate Forest, Sussex (Horrell); Goath-
land, N.E. Yorks. (Horrell).

2) Var. purpurascens Warnst. in Hedwigia, 1884, No. 7-8.
In the upper part, and especially in the capitulum, a beautiful
purple-red, paler below.

(18) Var. versicolor Warnst. Eur. Torfm. No. 7, 1888. Colour
in the upper part pale reddish-violet, in the middle whitish, towards
the base brownish.

Rhinog Fawr, Merionethshire (Jones ¢ Horrell); Tilgate Forest,
Sussex (Horrell) ; Sea Scales, Cumberland (Ley); Holt, E. Norfolk
(Burrell).

48, 9. cenrrate Jensen, Bihang Till K. Svenska Akad. Handl.
Bd. xxi. Afd. iii. No. 10, 1896.

yn. 8S. palustre Li. subsp. intermedium Russ. Zur Anat. der
Torfm. 1887, 28. . papillosum Warnst. var. intermedium (Russ.)
Warnst. in Hedwigia, 1891, 159. 8. intermedium Russ. in Archiv
Naturk. Liv-, Est-, & Kurlands, ser. ii. Bd. x. Lief 4, 468, 1894.

Plants generally robust to very robust, 7-20 and also 30-40 cm.
high, forming looser or denser tufts; light green, grey, grey-green,
greenish-yellow, pale yellow, yellow to brown, brownish-green or
dark brown; rarely submerged.

e

g
smaller than the inner, with numerous fibrils and 1-2 or a times
8-7 large round pores, sometimes almost without fibrils, and with
only a single pore.

Fascicles of 3-5 branches, of which 2-8 are spreading ; leaves
loosely or closely arranged; branches meso- and macro-cladous,
rarely brachycladous; eurycladous or more frequently dasycladous

very dense and compact; homalo pano-, or ano-cladous,
rarely katacladous. Cortical cells of branches strongly fibrillose
and porose.

Branch-leaves large to very large, very concave, resembling those
of S. cymbifolium. On the inner surface with numerous pores near
the margins only, or not rarely in the middle and especially in the
upper part of the leaf with 1-6, generally 1-2 large round pores on
each cell; on the outer surface generally with numerous pores along

Chlorophyllose ceils in section triangular-oval, rectangular-trape-
zoid, barrel-shaped, elliptical to narrow-elliptical or spindle-shaped ;

_ outer wall always more or less strongly thickened ; lumen always

rounded, triangular-elliptical, elliptical, or oval, hypocentric or
almost centric, sometimes also excentric.

Stem-leaves lingulate-spatulate, generally almost as large as the
branch-leaves, but not rarely much smaller ; two-thirds as Ain

delicate fibrils, sometimes with numerous fibrils; pores sometimes
numerous ; hyaline cells only very rarely here and there septate.

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACGER 478

Distrib. comer ee) Switzerland, England; Asia;
Africa; N. America. Foot of Ben More, Perthshire ( Doe: Stren-
sall Common, N. ear (Wheldon).

is fine species closely resem mbles S. ecymbifolium in general
habit, but is divtinguishia d from that sassnbaally by the form of the
chlorophyllose c ells as seen in section. They resemble those of
oe in form and position, but the lumen is generally
narrow r, and the all is quite without res It is probably
widely distributed, but has not been distingui

(1) Var.
1894. Pale yellowish, with scarcely any admixture of blue-green.

2) Var. jflavo- Fuss Russ. apud Warnst. in Schrift. d.
Naturf. Ges. in Danzig, N. F. Bd. ix. Heft 2, 1896, 162. Yellow
predominating, only a little brown.

(3) Var. flavo-glaucescens Russ. apud Warnst. Europ. Torfm.
No. ne 1894. Pale yellow, with some admixture of blue- -green

Var. fuscescens Russ. apud Warnst. in Schrift. d. Natarf.

Ges. in Danzig, N.F. Bd. ix. Heft 2, 1896, 162. Tufts almost
entirely noe yellow almost maton:

(5) fusco-flavescens Russ. apud Warnst. Europ. Torfm.
No. 3138, 1894. Bro wa peedaehin eel yellow only in the capitulum.

(6) Var. —— Russ. apud Warnst. in Schrift. d. Naturf.
Ges. in Dan N.F. Bd. ix. Heft 2, "1896, 162. Blue-green
throughout thie entire upper part.

Glen Lochay, Perthshire (Cocks).

N.F. Ba. ix. Heft 2, 1896, 162. Tufts almost white throughout.
49, §. papmosum Lindb. in Act. Soc. Sc. Fenn. x. p. 280 (1872).
Syn. 8S. cymbifolium var. papillosum Schimp. Syn. ed. 2, p. 848

Brai Sphagn. Brit. Exsicce. 1877, Nos. 3a (S. papil-

Exxsice. aithw,
losum ¢. fr. = var. normale), 3b (S. papillosum. ‘* Adden t." =
var. normale), papillosum, pl. masc. = var. subleve), 4b
(S. papillosum = var. normale), 3. papillosum = var. normale),

5 b (forma virens = var. normale), 8 b (S. cymbifolium = S. papillosum
var. ethiger! 10a (S. cymbifolium var. congestum = S. papillosum
var. normale
and habit not distinguishable from S. gpabresss/
strongly sapillbas forms, generally deep brown and somewhat
rigid.

Stem-cortex in 8-4 layers; cells very wide, thin-walled, and with
delicate fibrils; outer wall of the superficial layer with generally
1-2, more rarely 3-4 large pores. Wood-cylinder brown to dark
brown-red.
Stemi sometimes smaller, sometimes larger, ge cose on
the wide rounded apex with a broad hyaline border ; hyaline cells
in the u as part rhombic, generally divide by a oie call on
rally non-fibrillose and then with membrane- -gaps only on the outer
Journat or Borany.—Vot. 38. [Dexc. 1900.) 23

474 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

ee towards the apex, or in the apical half and further down
margins gi oy er mg with pores on the outer surface.

Hesitie with in s four branches; the two stronger
spreading, the others certs éortieal cells of the branches fibrillose
and porose. Branch-leaves large, wide-oval, with hyaline border on the
cucullate apex ; margin widely inrolled for some distance down the
leaf; on the inner oa only near the lateral mare ne, with large
round pores; on the r surface with membran e-gaps near the

with the cortex n 2-3 layers of ‘ae ela cells with strongly
developed abeils, “aia with 3-4 large pores on the outer wall of the
superficial layer. Perichetial bracts peer large, broadly ovate, in
the lower half, except near the hyaline border, with elongated,
rectangular, chlorophyllose cells only; in the apical half and near
the lateral margins down to the base, of both kinds of cells; pores
on the inner surface numerous near the margins; on the outer

os
Chlorophyllose cells in section narrow or wider, spindle- shaped to
narrow barrel-shaped or almost rectangular, with the lumen almost
or quite median, and with the outer wall much thickened and free
on the inner surface of the leaf; on the outer surface either com-
cane hg aatpnm by the more strongly convex hyaline cells or free
th sur
ioicous; antheridium- -bearing ina brown. Spores 28-
32 p» in diameter, yellow- brown, papillo
Hab. On moors both in the ewinnde and the highlands. Very

mmon.
Distrib. pci a Europe, up to 6000 ft. in the Alps;
N. America ;
This species is readily ea from all the — in the
the

Cymbiifolium section by the papille the wall commo
cr a and the hyaline utter” which are not found i in
rl othe ce gem. roe of the section wire papille, a

rey m
pactness or otherwise of the tufts. Most British forms are readily
istin, soma from S. cymbifolium by their brown colour and their
rigid habit.
(1) Var. normale Warnst. Europ. riba Pie 208, 1892. Walls
having densely arranged, conspicuous papill
Rhaiadr Ddu, Tyn-y-Groe ¢, Merionethshire (Jones & Horrell) ;
‘Cwm Idwal, Carnarvonshire (Horvell) ; near Llanbedr, Merioneth-

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACER 475

shire i Mackiehs between Talsarnau and Maentwrog, Merionethshire
(Jones ¢ Horrell); Rhinog Fawr, Merionethshire (Jones ¢ Horrell) ;
Afon Prysor, Merionethshire (Bagnall); Whittington Moor, W. Lanes.

(Wilson); Udale, W. Lanes. (Wheldon d Wilson); Clo s
eee Mallowdae Fell, W. Lanes. ( Wheldon & Wilson) ;. Harris
n nes. ( dingo & Wilson); Whitmoor, nes

(Wilson) ; ’ Stansfield Moor, W. R. Yorks (Nowell); Champernhay
Marsh, Wotton, W. Toke (Miss Lister); Roseberry Topping,
N.E. Yorkshire (Horrell); Trelleck Bog, Monmouth st hl Sutton
Park, Warwick (Bagnall) ; Witherslack Moss, Westmoreland (Ley) ;
Whixall Moss, Salop (Ley); Broadgate Bog, Stavele ey, Westmoreland

Common, Bucks (Sherrin) ; Brookwood, Surrey (Sherrin); Baildon
fae, Yorkshire ( West) ; Whitby, Yorks. (Crotch) ; Beamsley Beacon,
orks. (West); Trengwainton Bog, Penzance, Cornwall (Curnow) ;

New Forest, Hants (Boswell) ; Loch ago Ross ee ee
Aviemore, Easterness (Macvicar); Glen Rosa, Arran (Ley); Ben
Lomond, Stirlingshire ( eas Meall Ghaordie, Perthshire nt seit
Renfrewshire (Ewing) ; Can yre atta Loch amm
(Cocks); Ben Lawers, Perth (Cocks) ; Oncad Mhor Gen Lesher.
Perthshire (Cock

hese confer x (Lindb.) Warnst. Branches densely and closely
arran

Afon Prysor, Merionethshire (Bagnall) ; Cwm Moch, Merioneth-
shire ee £ ip tall ader iris, Merionethshire ee é

wm Idwal, Car
Grizedale, W. Lanes. (Wilson); Widdy Bank Fell, Tee pias Dur-
ham (Horrell); Hole Common, Lyme bee Dorset (Miss Lister) ;
Baildon, Yorks. (West); Goathland, N.E. Yorks. (Horrel/); Meathof
oss, Westmoreland (Vest) ; ‘Tremethick Moor, Penzance, Corn-

wall (Curnow); Tarnbrook Fell, W. Lanes. (Wheldon & Wilson) ;
Harris End Fell, W. Lanes. ‘Wheldn é Wilson) Sutton Park,
Warwick (Bagnall) ; ‘Ar rlary jes W, ae Meall- na n- Tar-

%
=
a §
Ss
S
Bu
te
B
re
SS
&
rg
i]
+ Ou
Pa
Ke
5
m
cr
ee
=)
Fe}
—
Cc
ba]
bg
-—
ie 2)
@
~
ae)
=)
Ss
_e
ES
ES

Udale, Ww. Ae s. (Wheldon ‘e Witom) Pee nner, Rat ig

476 HE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Kent (Horrell); Theydon Bois, Epping Forest, Essex (Horrell) ;
Hebden Bridge, Yorks. (Needham); Widdy Bank Fell, Teesdale,
Durham (Horrel/); Whixall Moss, Salop (Ley) ; Haylot Greave,
W. Lanes, (Wheldon & Wilson); Cockerham Moss, W. Lanes.
(Wheldon & Wilson); Calder Valley, W. Lanes. (Wilson); Brindley
ae: Staffordshire (Bagnall) ; eet ee Fell, W. Lanes. (Whel-

on); Jeffrey Hill, W. Lanes. (Wheldon); Whitmoor, W. Lanes.
(Wheldon é W . above Oakenclough, W. Lanes. (Wilson) ;
Fairsnape Clough, W. Lancs. (Wilson).

50. 8. oan Limpr. Bot. Centralbl. 1881,

Syn. 8S. cymbifolium varr. tee ‘purascens et sine p- p- Russ.
Beitr. zur Kenntniss d. Tor 5, 80.

Exsico. Braithw. Spliagn. Brit. Exsice. No. eed & cymbifolium

outer wall of the superficial layer of cells with 1-2 large pores; wood-
cylinder red.

Stem- tahees sometimes small, sometimes large, sometimes wider
and shorter, sometimes narrower and longer, = ibaa frequently

former case with membrane-gaps realy on ‘hs outer sities in the
apical half; in the latter case on the outer surface with pores in
rows on the commissures and with membrane-gaps at the apex

to the stem; cortical cells of all the branches with fibrils and
ores. Branch-leaves rather large, broadly ovate or oblong-ovate,
with cucullate apex; margin with small teeth and inrolled for a
considerable distance from the apex; on the inner surface with
arge round pores near the lateral margins, and with scattered
pseudopores on the remainder of the leaf; a the outer surface
with numerous semi-elliptical pores in rows on the commissures,
which near the lateral margins of the leat. ee to some extent
immediately opposite the pores on the inner surface

Upper perichatial bracts very large, broadly ovate, in the lower
half with rectangular chlorophyllose ‘cells only, above with both
kinds of cells, the hyaline ce onl Wi a or oct Bil on the
outer surface with numerous larg mbrane-gaps. Cortex of the
fruiting branches generally in bees ager of thin- wailed dae of
medium size, which are non-fibrillose or mite a few delicate fibrils ;
outer wall of the superficial layer with 1-2

Chlorophyllose cells of the branch- ee in ‘seotion ba tego
centric, with oval lumen, completely enclosed on both
biplanar hyaline cells, which are united together for sath ‘Aistalbe:
but without having the wall thickened ; hyaline cells on ei inner

surface, where united to the chlorophyllose cells, quite smoot

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACE 477

Dioicous; male branches purple. Spores 24-28 » in diameter,
reddish, finely punctulate.
Hab. On moors, chiefly in the mountains, but not usually in
very wet plac
ee “Throughout Europe, up to 4600 ft. in the Riesenge-
birge; Asia; N. America; 8. A
This species is very distinct in the position of the chlorophyllose
cells, and may generally be at once recognized from the other spe-
cies of the section by the colour, which is, in sacnld cases, “distinctly
red or purple.
The varieties are based ee the colour :—
(1) Var. albescens Warnst. in Bot. Gaz 0, 254 (ut var. leve
f. albescens). Plants comuleiely gs Me white paige
) Var. flavo-glaucescens Russ. apu arnst. in d.
Naturf. Ges. in Danzig, N.F. Bd. ix. Heft 2, 1896, 164. enn
yellowish, at ties blue- cama pale below.
3) Var. fuscescens Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. 1890, 254 (ut var. lave
f. fuscescens). Plants versie or less brown above, whitish or violet-
brown below.
ar. glaucescens Russ. apud Warnst. in Schrift. d. Naturf.
s. in Dan N.F. Bd. ix. Heft 2, 1896, 164. Blue-green
throughout the ‘whole nd ae part, ‘sea below or at times mixed
with some brown; red quite abse
5) Var . glauco- yaeerhatite Russ. 7.c. More or less red in the
capitulum (at times passing over inks a dirty brownish-red), some-
times green, whitish or more or less brown
6) Var. obscurum Warnst. Europ. Torfm. No. 23, 1888. In
upper part a dark dirty ieowsteh: -green, in the middle pale reddish,
paler below.
Brookwood, Surrey (Sherrin). :
(7) Var. purpurascens Warnst. in Flora, 1884. Red predomi-
nating in the entire tuft, which in the capitulum and in the lower
part frequently asin over into a brownish red; green and yellow
almost entirely abse
Jura (wing) ; Leelee Moss, Dumfries (B. é H. Hamilton) ;
Creag Mhor, Glen Lochay, Perthshire (Cocks); near Coleman’s
Hatch, Ashdown Forest, Sussex (Nicholson).
(8) Var. roseo-pallescens Warnst. Tufts a mixture of rose-red
and almost white
Chartley Moss (Bagnall); Cockerham Moss, W. Lanes. (Wheldon
& aang Wolf fhole Crag, W. Lanes. (Wilson) ; Middle Hill, Killin
ks).

Coe

“a (9) Var. roseum Warnst. Europ. Torfm. No. 19, 1888. The

capitulum and upper part a pale rose- or flesh-colour mixed with a

little green.
Widdy Bank Fell, Teesdale, Durham (Horrel/); Ulpha Moss,

Westmorslsed (Ley); ’Whixall me See ey); Keston Common,

Kent (Horrell); White Moss, Hin 4 Lanes. (Wheldon ¢

s. (Wheldon € Wilson); Tarn ook
Fell, W. Lanes. — oy Wilson) Allt Dhubh Ghalair, ‘Glen
Lochay, Perthshire (Cocks

478

THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Var. versicolor Warnst. in Bot. Gaz. 1890, 258 (ut var. leve

(10
f. versicolor).
t the base y salsa or Ww
1) Var. violascens Ware

Capitula more or less red, in the middle green, and

Tufts a uniform dark violet

Witherslack Moss, Warsi | Tu ec mel Ulpha Moss, West-
(Hi

moreland (Boswell); Holt, E.

12) Var. virescens Warnst
f. virescens). In t
brown, or ‘hitich, wide

INDEX TO

ve lk
n Bot. Gos, 1890, 254 (ut var. lave
e entire sere part pale-, grey-, or dark-green,

1éS).

SPECIES AND VARIETIES.

Eyaenya are in italics: the number in square brackets rer the name
s that attached to the species in the body of the work. }

acutifolium R. & W. 221 [7]
var. chlorinum Warnst. 222
var. flavescens Warnst. 22
var. flavo-glaucescens Warnst. 222

ar. flavo-rubellum Warnst. 222
var. fusco-glaucescens Warnst. 223
var. fusco-virescens War 223
var. griseum Warnst. 223
var. obscurum Warnst. 4
— bea ns Warnst. 2
pallido-glaucescens Warnet. 223
ae purpurascens Warns

. luridu

va bustum

v bellum 17

var. tenellum cee 17

var. tenue oe 28 rm. 163
a >

— Ste tye
Angstroemii i Mart, 358 [32]
dlapidstioliiac m Jens. 346
annulatum Lindb, ‘il, bah [27]

Faies i Balliv. &

balticum Russ. 346 [26]
batumense Warnst. 390 [41]

centrale Jensen, 472 [48]
var. flavescens Russ. 473
yar. flayo-fuscescens Russ. 473

var. flavo- Arce gorge ear 473

var.
Or abel DC. 352 [8 Ad

s. 385
. 389 [40]
curvifolium (Wils.) Hun t, 384
Seti Russ. & ge 313 [18]

4
3
=.
Cy
qy
@

ao,
var. majus Russ. 33
var. ladr
var. miquelone
var. iastiiestanone Rus

var. plumosum Sere a ieciosk. 315
var. serratum / oh egpe & James, 338
var. speciosum Russ. 310
var. submersum Behiinan. 314

var. subm, cen gg f. serrula-

tum ero

nse Ren. « Card 341

od ‘Braithw. 341

areng eet Mate 470

vi
var. glauco-flavescens Russ. 471
var. glauco-pallens Warnst. 471

THE EUROPEAN SPHAGNACES 479

var. pallescens Warnst. 471
a m

var. © seeds § Warnst. t. 472

dege a, Parag 424 [45]
Dusenii Russ. & Warnst. 338 [20]
arnst. 33}

vai 340
hie te rvisolioes' Wome 340
pers on arg = 312 [16]

var,
var. virescens Russ

alg: Russ. 163 [2]
Nha rs as 165
Sai

Vv "
var. stachyodes Russ. 166
. xerophilum Russ. 166

Gravetii Abe ci [37]
Gravetit Russ

paige Russ, 422 [44]
affine Warnst. 424

m. 34
caput Jens. 346
Mow riparium Lindb. 310, 342
intermedium Russ. 472
inundatum Warnst. 386 [36]
inundatum Russ. 386

Jensenii Lindb. fil. 348 [28 |

patho Angstr. 346

um Spruce, 340, 384

var. mesophyllum Warnst. 310
var. microphyllum Warnst. 310

——s Poe 476 (50)

ens Warn
ve ae. wert cescons Ban 477
var. fuscescens Warnst. 4
var. glaucescens ads nat
var. glau ee Russ. 477
. 477

Z nst. 477
ar. purpurascens Warnst. 477
ar. chest armrest s poo 477
ar. roseum nst.
ar. versicolor War nst. ie
ar. violascens Milne np

Rh Reh Bh eh Reh

io |
fo}
ao

ee 2B Bas
meee he
gce
oo B
=
vu

cta Roll aan:
. suberecta v. 350
monocladum Wart 313 [17]
Miilleri Schimp
neglectum Angstr. 384

obesum Warnst. 391 [42]

a icum Warnst
var. pseudo-Lindbergii Warnst. 343
ni Warnst.

var. teres Warnst. 344
palustre L. subsp. intermedium Russ.
4

crooner Lindb. 473 [49]
medium berger 472

Priaiel 'Brid. 391 [43]

480 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

oo genet Warnst. 252 [9] var. flavicomans Card. 220, 256
co-flavum Warnst. 254 var. flavo-rubellum Warnst. 256
va . pallens (Warnst.), 254 var. griseum Warnst. 256
var. pallescens Warnst. 254 var. obscurum Warnst. 256
var. pallido-viride Warnst. 254 var. pallens Warnst. 256
var. roseum Warnst. var. pallescens Warnst. 256
var. virescens Warnst. 254 var. purpurascens Schlieph. 256
var. viride Warnst. 254 var. versicolor Warnst. 256
var. violascens Warnst. 256
recurvum Russ. & Warnst. 344 [24] var. virescens bere 257
var. amblyphyllum Warnst. 345 ‘var. viride Warn
ar. mollissimum Russ. subsecundum “cee wot [35]
var. mucronatum Warnst. 345 tubsecundm Nees, 385, 387, 389
var. obtusum Limpr. 338, 342 var. awriculatum Auct. 388
var. parvifolium Warnst. 346 var. pi tum Auct. “386, 388
var. pulchrum Lindb. 340 var. isophyllum Russ. 385
rigidu i var. laxu
riparium Angstr. 310 [15] var. obesum Auct. 386, 391
robustu ll. var. epee Auct. 388
rubellum Wils. 217 [5] var. turgidum
var. flavum ns. 219
var. pallescens Warnst. 219 tenellum Ehrh. 349
var. pallido-glaucescens Warnst. 219 tenellwm Klinggr
var. purpurascens Wa. 2 m ©. Jen ~~
var. rubrum Gray. var. - pallescens Warnst 219
var. versicolor Russ. 219 var. pallido-glauc ucescens Warnst. 219
var. violaceum Warnst. 219 var. = ae ye Warnst
var. viride Warnst. 219 var. rubrum
rufescens Warnst. 388 [38] var. eniedor Bons: 219
ifescens Nees & Horn 388 var. violaceum Warnst. 219
Russowii Warnst. 166 [3] var. viride #21
var. flavescens Russ. 167 tenerum Warnst. 223 [8]
var. Girgensohnioides Russ. 167 teres Prat 304 [13]
var. peecilum Russ. 167 var. imbri catum Warnst. 305
var. purpurascens Russ. 167 “i, aquncienatallk Warnst. 305
var. rhodochroum Russ. 167 Ae mae arnst. 303

yar. virescens Russ. 167 var. subsq — forts 305

2 : Torreyanum | Bulli. 3 1 [22]
sedoides Brid. 391 trinitense C. Miill. 338 [19]

serratum Aust. 33 turfaceum Warket, 425 [46]
speciosum Klinger. 310
spectabile Schimp. 310 a. Russ. 215 [4]
squarrosulum Lesquer. 305 var. flay: s Warn
squarrosum Pers. 303 [12] var. Navilalaiauaabiiis Warnst. 217
var. imbricatum Schimp. 304 var. pallescens Warnst. 217
. lacum Braithw. 162 var, purpurascens Russ. 217
ee uarrosum Russ. 304 var. versicolor Russ.
var. spectabile Russ. 304 var. virescens Russ. 217
ar. subsquarrosum Russ. 304 ar. viride s. 217
var. teres Schimp. 304 WwW Girgens. 350 [30]
trictum Lin 3 quarrosulum Russ. 351
subnitens R. & W. > [10] var. versicolor Warnst. 351
var. carneum Russ. 256 var. viride Warnst. 351

var. flavescens Wasuah, 256

481

NOTE ON ERIOCAULON.
By James —_—— F.L.S.

quent botanists. They are included neither in Steudel’s Nomenclator
nor in the Index Kewensis ; nor does Kérnicke cite them in his

nograph in Linnea, xxvii. 560-692 (1854). It seems desirable
that these species s n0uld be brought into notice, as they involve

National Regia ony there is no difficulty in placing the species in
their proper positio
mith Bets oat his descriptions by the following paragra aay

‘The following 6 species we believe are hitherto entirely _ cript.
They will probably appear, with others, more ects illustrated here-
after from the pen of Mr. rown, when he ime to resume
the study of this genus, of which we believe af has ascertained
about 80 species. In the meantime, to secure his specific names
and our own thus far, we shall attempt definitions of what we have
determined from actual observation

v4! be six ape four be Australian, Two are cited from
Brown’s MSS., one from Sol r’s, and one is given without any
ital and is ‘hag to be mantel to Smith himself. The date of
this volume of Rees being December, 1809,* the publication here

be cited as from the Cyclopedia. So far as E. geen is con-
pressu

subsequently ae E. deustum. That this is so is evident from
Brown’s ticket in the herbarium and from his MSS., as well as
from Smith’s ee meee (where Brown has Poe it) and descrip-
tion, and as a consequence the name must stand as K. pEpRessum
Br. ex Sm. in Rees Cyclop. xiii. (1809), non ne Prodr. (1810),
taking F. deustum as a synon E., depressum of Br. Prodr. would
thus need a name, and would be called E. wererocynum F. Mue
assuming that Dparsunt a c. 197) is right in considering this identi cal

with Brown’s plant, as seems to be admitted by Mueller in his
Census (ed. 2, p. 07).

From the specimens and tickets in eh agora 2 ong we
also learn the identity of HF. nigricans Br. the earlier E. pye-
mMzum Soland., which of course must sr OL The. much later
E. pygmeum of Kornicke (in Fl. Bras. iii. pt. 1, p. 477) may be
called E. Kozrnicke1.

* See Journ. Bot. 1896, 310.

482 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

EK. scariosum of Smith is not the F. scariosum of Brown’s
Prodromus, but is the plant steed described by him as EF. Smithit.
This again is clear when Smith’s Herbarium is P onuetliol but a
specimen of the same plant in a ‘Satoudl Herbarium labelled by
Brown “ E. scariosum mscr. uost.” at first sight seems to suggest

es.
Brown's MSS., however, shows that he there entered the plant
“ #, scariosun § mith” ; and the specimen in question is a
fragment of Smith’s type given by him to Brown—Brown marks it
ex Herb. Smith,’’ and on Smith’s sheet is a memorandum, “ give
Mr. Brown.” Smith’s name must of course stand, with H. Smithit
Br. as a neu the scariosum of the Prodromus may be called
EK. Brunonis

gave the name to the sep and the type of Don’s LF. rivulare.
F., stupeum Sm., from Bourbon, may be referred to EK. striatum

Lam. Eneyel. iii. 275, so far as La 3 di sis is concerned ;
his synonymy and part of his detailed description belong to another
species, and his figure (t. 50, uld also, I think, be ex-

ded. Smith’s specime e shorter and

a
more rigid leaves which Kérnicke ae characterize specimens from
Commerson and Thouin n; our example from Commerson exactly
agrees with Smith’s type in these res

It may be convenient to tabulate the synonymy resulting from
these investigations :—
E. Brunonis, nom. n :
EF. scariosum Br. Tends, 255; Benth. Fl. Austr. vii. 197; et
auct.: non Sm.
. DEpRrEssum Br. MSS. ex Sm. in Rees Cyclop. xiii. (Dec. 1809),
non Br. Prodr. 255 (1810).
E. deustum Br. Prodr. 255.
FistuLosum Br. MSS. ex Sm. in Rees Cyclop. xiii. (Dec. 1809) ;
Br. Prodr. 255 (1810).
. HETEROGYNUM F’, Muell. Fragm. i. 93 (1858).
E. re. Br. Prodr. 255; Be ‘nor Fl. Austr. vii. 197; et auct. :
non Br. ag z Rees Cyc
K. Korrnicke1, nom
E. pygmaum Korn. in Fl. Bras. iii. pt. 1, 477; non Sol. nec
Dalz. nee Mar
Latirotium Sm. in Rees Cyclop. xiii. (Dec. 1809).
E. roar G. Don ex Benth. in Hook. Niger Flora, 547 (1849);
n Dalz.

ft

HH

me

E. pyemaum ane MSS. ex Smith in Rees Oyclop. xiii. (Dec.
ec K6rn.

1809), non Dalz. nec Mart. n
E. oe Be: Prodr. 254 (1810); Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 194.

NOTES ON CHANNEL ISLANDS PLANTS 4838
E. scartosum Sm. in Rees Cyclop. xiii. (Dec. 1809), non Br. Prodr.
x

E. Smithii Br. Prodr. 254 (1810).
E. stratum Lam. Encyel. iii. 275 (diagn.) (1789); Kérnicke in
Linnea, xxvii. :
E. stupeum Sm. in Rees Cyclop. xiii. (1809).

NOTES ON CHANNEL ISLANDS PLANTS.
By C. R. P. Anprews, M.A.

Polygala serpyllacea Weihe. Sparingly in the N.E. corner of
Guernsey. Not previously recorded in any of the Islands.

Lotus tenuis Waldst. & Kit. Amongst clumps of Juncus acutus
in marshy ground at Albecq, Guernsey. Not previously recorded
in any of the Islands

‘Arctium intermedium Lange. Dry ditch, Fort George, Guernsey.

d

iously 8
Statice lychnidifolia de Gir. East coast of Alderney, sparingly.
Not previously recorded within the limits of the British Flora. A

Mentha pubescens Willd., a palustris Sole. et meadow near
Ivy Castle, Guernsey. Not previously recorded in any of the
slands

Calamintha Clinopodium Spenn. ‘‘ Giants’ Graves,” Alderney.
Not previously recorded in any of the Islands.

Calamintha officinalis Moench. var. Briggstt Syme. In a hedge

Cornwall.

Teucrium Scordium L. Wet meadow near Grandes Roeques,
Guernsey, in fair quantity. Mr. Arthur Bennett tells me that it
corresponds to the Devonshire form of the plant. The only pre-
vious record for the Channel Islands is that of Prof. Lagasca for
Jersey, in Babington’s Flora Sarnica. Like the Professor’s records
of Hypericum montanum, Senecio paludosus, Cyperus fuscus, &e., this
has never been confirmed. ie.

Chenopodium botryodes Sm. In good quantity on the shingle
in Lihou Island, off the north-west point of Guernsey. Not re-
corded previously in any of the Is ands.

Orchis pyramidalis L. On page 319 Mr. Stanley Guiton men-
tions the discovery of one plant in Jersey this summer, and claims
that this is the first record for the Channel Islands.

Marquand, in his paper on the Flora of Alderney (reprinted from
the Transactions of the Guernsey Society of Natural Science for
1899), published last spring.

Phalaris minor Retz. in this Journal for February (p. 33) I

484 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

claimed that this grass had a right to be considered as a native of
the Channel Islands. This year I have obtained a striking con-
firmation of this view in the discovery of the herbarium of Joshua
Gosselin, whose list of Guernsey plants, compiled in 1790, was
published in Berry’s History of the Channel Islands, 1805. This
herbarium is now in the possession of Mr. Edgar Dupuy, The Arcade,
Guernsey. On a sheet labelled ‘‘ Phalaris canariensis,” I found three ©

ug
until last year it was confused with P. canariensis, which is really
far less common pee P. minor. The right of the latter to be
treated as a native can hardly now be doubted.

Equisetum maximum Lam. Hedge in a wet field-corner, Alder-
ney. The only previous record in the Channel Islands is Prof.
Lagasca’s for Jersey, whic s never been confirme

Iam indebted to Mr. erage Bennett for examining and con-
firming some of these plants.

MOSSES OF NORTH-EAST YORKSHIRE (V.-C. 62).
By Wm. Inenam, B.A.

Tue Mosses in this list I gathered during the years 1897-1900.
e most interesting habitats I have found to be the siliceous bogs
of Biracaels Common, Terrington Carr jpoee now rapidly dis-
appearing as bog-land), and Coatham Marshes. The limestone
districts of ate Howard and Kilburn (the Hambleton ie are
also interest I am much indebted to Mr, H. N. Dixon for
aa verifying. all doubtful mosses in the list, and ‘to Dr. Bra ith-
Sl Malton, and Mr. Bagnall for their kind

additional help with a few of the more critical mosses.
Sphagnum cymbifolium Ehrh. Strensall a Leckby Carr.
—Var. squarrosulum N. & H. Strensall Com n—-Var. congestum
Schimp. Strensall Common. ca magica “hindb. Strensall

sall Common. — S. medium Limpr. Leckby Carr, Sept. 1898.—

S. rigidum var. ae so Strensall Common.—S. tenellum
mae Strensall Common.—S. subsecundum me. Strensall Com-
ar. contortum + Sehimp Strensall Common. — Var. viride

Boal, Birenesll Com quarrosum Pers, Arncliffe Wood
Baie, 6 oooe Strensall Common.—S. acutifolium

rene mg Common, or.—Var. a? — Brait Stren-
1 Co n.—Var. patulum Schimp. Stren mmon.—Var
pyre ts Bchinnp. Leckby Carr. — S. fimiriaton Wils. Strensall
mmon, Terrington Carr, Askham Bog. — S. intermedium Hoffm.
Str ommon, Leck arr.—S cuspi tum trensall

y
Common. — Var. submersum Schimp. Top of Hambleton Hills,
Kilburn, June, 1899; with habit of var. Torreyanum Braithw., teste
Warnstorf and Ho rrell.

MOSSES OF NORTH-EAST YORKSHIRE 485

Tetraphis pellucida Hedw. Strensall Common, Helmsley, Leckby
Carr, c.fr.—T. Browniana Grev. Mallyam Spout, Goathland.

pSueagee He undulata W. & M. Castle Howard, Strensall Com-

—Var. minor W. & M. Strensall Common

ie ichum aloides =e —o Howard. — P. urnigerum L.
Strensall Common P. formosum Hedw. Helmsley, ses gah
Hackness.— P. pilifire um Sobreb, “ Siensal Common, Kirk
P. juniperinum Willd. Strensall Common, Kirkham, Kilburn, —
P. strictum Banks. Pilmoor. — P. gracile Py Huntingdon
P. commune Li. Terrington oe — Var. minus Weis. Strensall

Pleur idium awillare var. strictum Braithw. Terrington; verified

by Dr. Braithwaite.—P. subulatum Rabenh. R. Foss, York.
Ditrichum homomallum Hampe. Castle Howard.—D. flexicaule
m Kil

Hampe ilburn, abundant.

Seligeria pusilla B. & 8. Castle Howard, Kilburn.—S., recurvata
B. & 8S. Kilburn.—S. Doniana C. M. eee tle Howard

Br ce trichodes Fine! Castle Howard.

Ceratodon purpureus Brid. Roatan: Hammerton, Castle
Ho ae Strensall Common, Askham Bog, Terrington vas a
marke d form. — Near var. brevifolius Milde. Coatham Mar
C. conicus — Hackness, c.fr., Kilburn, the latter with anvet
coloured leav

Di hidentlatl pellucidum Schimp. Lastingham, in abundan
fruit; Mallyam Spout, in abundant =a Kirkham, Arnel
WwW

o0d.—D. flavescens Lindb. Mallyam Spout, ¢. fr.
Dicranella heteromalla Schimp. Reidy Strensall so
Castle Howard, Healaugh, tae Askham Bog. — D. varia

Schimp. Saltburn, Helmsley, Scarborough, ‘Biceneall Coiitas,
Filey.—D. — var. arid voce. Terrington.

being barren.
Dicranoweisia cirrata Lindb. Arncliffe Wood, Castle Howard.
Campylopus pyriformis Brid. Kilburn, ¢. poh Strensal Common.
pe _— Brid. St rensall Common C. fragilis B. & 8.
ilbur
Dien: anum majus Turn. Helmsley, ce. fr. — D. nage Hedw.
Goathland, c.fr., Helmsley, c./r., Castle Howar d. — D. Bonjeant
De Not. Strensa ll Common, Kilburn, Askham Bog. — Var. rugi-
peo a Strensall Common. — D. spurium Hedw. Strensall
ommo

Lattoobivd glaucum Schimp. Strensall Common, Hacknes

Fissidens viridulus Wahlenb. Appleton Roebuck, an interesting
form in having the border a obsolete, and yet it is not
var. Lyleii Wils. — F. pusilius Wils. Malton, Castle Howard.—
F, bryoides Hedw. R. Foss, Kilburn, Kirkham, Clifton, Strensall.
—F. crassipes Wils. Clifton. — F. decipiens De . Kilburn
F. taxifolius Hedw. em ie Spout, Clifton, Strensall Common.

Grimmia apocarpa Hed Kilburn. — G. pulvinata Sm. Kil-
a Pickering, Grosmont, | Rickhiden: —G. trichophylla Grey. Arn-

ffe Wood.

486 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Rhacomitrium aciculare Brid. Kirkham, Hackness, Arneliffe
Wood, Mallyam Spout.—R. fasciculare Brid. Kirkham.—R. lanu-
ginosum Brid. Strensall Common, Coatham Marshes.—R. canescens
Brid. Kirkham.

Ptychomitrium polyphyllum Firnr. Kirkham, Coatham Marshes,
on block of cinder

Cambalostaltan saxicola B. & 8. Arnecliffe Woo

ga cuspidatum Schreb. Clifton, R. Foo. Castle Howard,
ilbur

itis eit Fiirnr. Coatham oe very abundant; Thorp
li

Howard. — T. aloides De Not. Castle Howard. — 7. marginata
Spruce. Castle Howard. — 7. muralis Hedw. "Kilbora, Kirkham.
—T. subulata Hedw. Kilburn.—T7’. mutica Lindb. R. Foss, York.
—T. Es Berk. Kilburn, Terrington. — T. ruralis Ehrh.
Kilburn, Helmsley.—7’. ruraliformis Dixon. Coatham, Saltburn.
arbula rubella Mitt. Castle Howard, Coatham Marshes, -
abundance. — B. tophacea Mitt. Coatham Marshes, in abundance;
Scarborough, Saltburn, Askham Bog.—B. fallax pots Sireneall;
Jlifton, Lastingham. —Var. brevifolia Schultz. cogs Common,

Castle Howard. — B. recurvifolia Schimp. Clifton. — B. spadicea
Mitt. Castle Howard, Saltburn, Mallyam Spout. sty 5 rigidula Mitt.
Lastingham, Kilburn. — B. cylindrica Schimp. Kirkham, c./r.

(young). — B. vinealis Brid. BR. F Foss, York, Boston Spa. — B.
Hornschuchiana Schultz. Castle Howard, ce. fr. — B. Si a Brid.
Castle Howard. — B. convoluta Hedw. Grosmont, c. fr., Arncliffe
Wood, Saltburn, R. Foss.— B. unguiculata Hedw. Kilburn, Castle
Howard.

Weisia microstoma O.M. Kilburn.—Var. brachycarpum Schimp.
Kilburn. — Var. obliqua C. M. Strensall Common. — W. viridula
0

Saltburn.—W. tenuis C. M. Boston Spa.—W. calcarea var. viridula
C. M. Castle Howard.—VW. verticillata Brid. Saltburn.—W. curvi-
rostris C. M. Saltburn

Encalypta vulgaris Hedw. Leckby Carr.—F. streptocarpa Hedw.
Castle Howar

ygodon viridissimus R. Br. Helms ley

Orthotrichum affine Schrad. Geckiant Kilburn, Hackness, Salt-
burn, Helmsley.—0. leiocarpum B.& 8. Helmsley.—0. diaphanum
Schrad. Boston Spa, Helmsley, Gackae York. — O. Lyellit

H O. cupulatum var. nudum Braithw. Boston
—0O. Sprucei Mont. Clifton.—0O. stramineum Hornsch. Helms-
a pulchellum Sm ‘

altburn
lota Bruchii Hornsch. Helmsley. — U. crispa var. intermedia
Dixon. Castle Howard, Helmsley.—U. phyllantha Brid. Saltburn.
bos

Carr
Funaria hygrometrica Sibth. Askham Bog, Strensall. Coatham
Marshes, Thorparch, Castle ree (approaching var. calvescens

-& 5.
kinion dealbatus P.B. Coatham Marshes, in great abundance.

MOSSES OF NORTH-EAST YORKSHIRE 487

Aulacomnium palustre Schwaegr.. Terrington Carr, c. fr., Stren-
sa

Philonotis fontana Brid. Clifton Ings, Strensall, the latter ap-
proaching var. adpressa Ferg.—Probably var. pumila Dixon. Mall-

yam pou

Leptobryum pyriforme Wils, Malton. — Var. minus Limpr.
Coatham Marshes.

Webera nutans Hedw. Strensall fonenam, Askham Bhg.—Var.
longiseta B. & S. Leckby Carr. — W. a Schimp. Kilburn
Arncliffe Wood, We Sr. — W. annotina ieee Saltburn, Castle
Howard.—W. albicans : Schimp. Strensall Common

Plagiobryum “Zia ii Lindb. Kilburn.

Bryum lacustre Brid. Coatham Marshes. — B. Marratiit Wils.
Coatham Marshes. — B. calophyllum R. Br. “Coatham Marshes.—
B. pendulum Schimp. Coatham pg 9 Saltburn.— B. Warneum
Bland. Coatham Marshes. — B. intermedium Brid. Coatham
Marshes.—B. bimum Schreb. pee | on Askham Bog.—
B. caspiticium L. Kilburn, Terrington — Var. badium Brid.
Arncliffe Wood; verified by Dr. Braithwaite and Mr. Dixon.—

a

skha
—B. capillare L. Kirkham, Terrington iti Castle Howard.—
B. obcomicuom Hornsch. Terrington Carr. — B. rosewm Schreb.
Castle How
Mnium can Schrad. Thorparch, ¢.fr.— M. hornum L.
Strensall, in abundant fruit; Arncliffe Wood, Askham Bog.—
M. affine Bland. Clifton Ings, ’ probabl y var. rugicum ati he? —Var.
oe B. & bse Askham Bog.— M. undulatum L. Cast Howard,
Thorparch, ¢. fr. — M. punctatum L, be Kaban
Gaal ee Clifton Ings, Kirkham
Fontinalis antipyretica 3: Kirkham, Askham Bog.
Neckera crispa var. falcata Boul. Kilburn. — N. complanata
Hiiben. sley.
Homalia trichomanoides Brid. Castle Howard, c. fr.
Leucodon sciuroides Schwaegr. Helmsley
Porotrichum alopecurum Mitt. oma, Arncliffe Wood, Kirk-
ham, Thorparch.
Leskea polycar pa Ehrh. RB. Foss, York. — Probably var. tenella
B. & S. or ve ar it. Arncliffe Woo

ry n
Anomodon aes H. & ae Malton, Castle Howard.
Thuidium tamariscinum B. ‘ astle ete Strensall,
Askham Bog.—T’. recognitum Lindb, Castle Howard.

Climacium dendroides W. & M. Castle Howard, Askham Bog.

Isothecium myurum Brid. Hackness, Kilburn, Castle Howard,
Kirkdale.

Pleuropus sericeus Dixon. Helmsley, Kilburn, Castle Howard.

Camptothecium lutescens B. & 8. Kirkby Moorside.

Brachythecium albicans B. & S. Saltburn, Kilburn, Strensall,
Coatham Marshes, c.fr. — B. rutabulum B. & §. Castle Howard,
Grosmont, Strensall, Kirkham, Coatham Feehee. Saltburn.—Var.
robustum B. & 8. BR. Foss, York.—Var. longisetum B.& 8. Stren-

488 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

sall Common. — B. rivulare B.& 8. Castle Howard, Mallya
aa Kilburn. — iatanepediate between type and var. latsfoline
Husn. Mallyam Spout.—B. velutinum B. & 8. Kilburn, Helmsley,
Colton. — B. plumosum B. : 8. Goathland. — B. purum Dixon.
Strensall, Castle Howard, c.
Hyocomium flageliare B. & 8. Kilburn, small form; Mallyam
ut.

pou

Eurhynchium piliferum B. & 8. Bolton Perey. — EF. prelongum
B. & 8. Helmsley, Strensall, Askham Bog, Kirkham, Saltburn,
Healaugh, Coxwold, c. /r., Tockwith, D775, Mallyam Spout, Castle
Howard. — EF. speciosum Schimp. Clifton Ings. — E. pumilum
Schimp. Healaugh. — F. Swartzii Hobk. Castle Howard, c. /r.,
dark green ; Clifton Ings, c.fr., pale green; Strensall, herr te
Boston Spa, large form. — EF. pibroetetini chimp. Healaugh.—
Var. rigidum Boul. Kirkdale Cave. — EF. myosuroides Schimp.
Kirkdale, Arncliffe Wood, c. fr. — Var. cavernarum Mol. Kirkdale.
— KH. striatum B. & 8. Hackneas, Hessay. — FE. rusciforme Milde.

R. Foss, York, Castle Howard, Helmsley, Kirkham. — EF. murale
Milde. Castle Howard, Helmsley, Malton, R. Foss, Kilburn, Kirk-
— Var. julaceum Schimp. Kirkdale. — E. confertum Milde.

ham
Habindéy, Boston Spa.
we) sent depressum Dixon. Kirkdale Cave, Castle Howard.
— P. Borrerianum Spruce. eworth (York); Castle Howard ;
Goathland, large form; Arncliffe Wood, large form. — P. denticu-

s. urn, &
bas short form; Helmsley, c. fr., Castle Howard. — P. undulatum

ae d.

Amblystegium serpens B.& 8. Askham Bog, Castle Howard,
R. Foss, Coatham Marshes, Helmsley, Kirkdale, Saltburn, Scar-
borough.—A. — Lindb. Clifton Ings, c.fr., RB. Fo — Askham
Bog, ¢. fr. — A. irrigquum B. & S. Saltburn, ec. fr. — A. filicinum
De Not. Helmsley, Saltburn, R. Foss, Castle Howard (appro oaching
var. gractlescens pireesr se Clifton Ings, Strensall.—Var. V serene’
Dixon. Helmsley.—A. Kochii B. & S. Clifton Ings.—A. Juratzk

—H, reset Mes Sohatp Pilmoor. girs stellatum Schreb. tren-
sall, Heworth, Kilburn.—Var. protensum B. & Scarborough.—
Hi. chrysophylium Brid. Strensall. — H. lat ag tl Ter-
rington Carr, in gamers fruit; Thorparch. — H. elodes Spruce.
Strensall Com — H. aduncum Hedw. Askham Bog, Coatham
Marshes. og intormeum Schimp. Strensall Common. — Var.
paternum Sanio. Strensall Common. — Var. gracilescens Schimp.
Clifton Ings, Strensall Cauiatens: — Group Typicum, forma econ
Pasig: Coatham Marshes.— H. 1 he seetepe Schwaegr. Pilmoor.
Strensall.—H. fluitans L. Strensall, Terrington Carr.—Var. Arnellit
Sanio. Strensall, Terrington Carr. — Green obsoletum, Arnelifie

ROBERT MORGAN 489

Wood, with nerve often forking.—H. exannulatum Giimb. Birepsall,

H. uncinatum Hedw. Hackness. — Var. plumosum Schimp. Salt-
burn.—H. intermedium Lindb. Strensall Common.—H. commutatum
Hedw. Castle Howard, Kirkham, Goathland, ¢, fr. — — H. falea
Brid. Rig he Spout. — Var. virescens royal ee me Le
D ‘

n

sall. — Var. jfiliforme Brid. Castle Howard, c./r., =i soe Arn-

cliffe Wood, r minus Wil astle d. —

longirostre Schimp. Kilburn, ec. Var. resupinatum Schimp
Var. elatum B. & S. Kilburn

Goathland. — — Var.
st Brid. Strensall. — H. imponens Hedw. Strensall Com-
Patientia Lindb. weer Common. — H. molluscum
He a Strensall, Arncliffe Wood. — Var. fastigiatum Bosw. Kil-
burn (Hambleton Hills).—H. palustre L. Saltburn, Castle Howard,
ger Clifton. — H. ochraceum Turn. Arneliffe Wood, ec. fr.—
Var. jflaccidum Milde. Arncliffe Wood. — nS cordifolium Hedw.
Askham Bog, Strensall, R. Foss (York). — H. giganteum Schimp.
Strensall Common, Pilmoor (male plant), Askham Bog.—H. cuspt-
datum L. Askham Bog, c. Sis Strensall, c. fr., Helmsley, Pilmoor,
Saltburn, Kirkham, Clifton I ngs, Kilburn.—Very near var. pungens
Schimp. Saltburn Wood. — . Schreberi Willd. Strensall, Ask-
ham Bog.
Hylocomium squarrosum B. & §. Strensall, Askham Bog, Castle
Howard, R. Foss (York).—H. triquetrum B. & 8. Helmsley, e. fr.,
Strensall.—H. splendens B. & S. Askham Bog.

ROBERT MORGAN.

Ir is with great regret that we announce the death of one whose
name has been familiar to readers of this Journal for nineteen
years, and whom it will be difficult to replace. It was in February,
1882, that “ Robert Morgan del. et lith.” first appeared on one 0 of
= plates, and from that time . has rarely been absent from the

ae ree

pei ore their indebtedness. Robert drew plants i - 7 field,

and studied the excellent series of lessons by W. H. h pub-

lished in the Gardeners’ Chronicle. He obtained work in plisrns a

with the plates illustrating the voyage of the ‘ aig and
Journat or Borany.—Vou. 38. [Dec. 1900.]

490 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

became acquainted with Mr. Perey Highley, who rendered him
much assistance.

Robert ae ge cf first botanical plate was the one already
mentioned, and it is with his botanical work that we are here

Coleoptera and Barrett’s Lepidoptera—were illustrated by him.
Morgan’s work was characterized as a whole by conscientiousness
and ey. Ate than by genius, hee we accept the definition
x75: genius is ‘“‘an infinite capacity for g pains,” in whic
e he may lay claim to that gift. Anbilite qualification he had
itch only those who employ draughtsmen can estimate at its
proper value; he could be depended upon to complete punctually
any work which he undertook. A considerable number of his
n

g b e
see: in 1894 ; the ese were both drawn and lithographed by

s drawings of Banks’s Australian plants: these are
admirably executed, — it might be wished that the whole could
have foe thus reproduced.

was wanted, sha put are best work into the | late. Naturally,

1
vantage on the quarto sale of Mr. Fryer , an may be
doubted whether iol oo siti me bah dor sabia i in vasedeaiy
or elegance. He w o Chat o draw some of the plants, and
the original skotchtv) ah fhe a0 wall ultimately be placed by Mr.
ryer in the Department of Botany; and Mr. Fryer allows me to
uote from a letter received from him on the occasion of Morgan’s
death the following reminiscence of his visit, which is the more
interesting on account of the appreciation of character which it
contains :
‘“‘Mr. Morgan spent some days with us to learn what was
required in the illustrations of our book; he at once found his way
to our hearts. Simple, unassuming, with almost boyish high spirits,
controlled in all things by early religious training, always deferring
ee to duty, he viet Grae every relaxation until his long day’s
And his working hours were long, almost all the

ROBERT MORGAN 491

summer daylight would allow. Then in the twilight time, a short
wa

his drawing-board. He liked drawing from the living plants, and
wished to avail himself of the opportunity of doing so to the fullest
extent. Seeing his enthusiasm, I was unwilling to thwart him,

although I saw it would delay and to some extent injure our pro-

jected work. He often said in his letters that he liked drawing

Potamogetons better than any other rap a wished his life’s
i i em.

who admire them even more than I do—I who know how far Morgan
could have surpassed them if he had worked under more favourable

conditions.

492 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

of no mean ability—conscientious in his work, always ready to be
helpful even in matters outside his profession, he will be greatly
missed whether by those who knew him as artist or man; and his
loss leaves a blank which will not easily be fille

e portrait accompanying this Bates is from a photograph

taken in the early summer of this yea
James Brirren.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES.
XXV.—Avsert pu Perit-THovars.

Mr. . Woopwarp’s interesting article (pp. 892-400) “
Aubert “s Pati Thouars fairly raises the qu eg tion of date
several of the works dealt with. The work no. 2 in Mr. Wood.
ward’s list (p. 294), ‘‘ Plantes Sa iles fae l Afriqne australe formant
des genres nou ” or alternative titles, 4to, Paris, 1804-
1807, sbdinitiel seis: four plates retalagies of two plates of Cycas),
and was issued, or re-issued, as stated by Mr. Woodward, in four
fascicles. De Theis, Glossaire de Botanique, 8vo, Paris, 1
quoted most of the genera according to their fascicles; also
Pfeiffer, Nomencl. Bot. (1873-74), quoted all the genera according
to their fascicles and dates; there is a little discrepancy bet “wre
these two authorities. Jaume St. Hilaire, Expos. Fam. Nat.
Suppl. (1805), pales the first ee of the genera fioured on ws
twenty-four plates; he also supplied specific names to the plants

gured, most of which names are not contained in the Kew Index.
A ree ation of all the evidence gives the a dates and
fascicles of the twenty-four plates, as follows
tt. 1-4, 1804; fasc.
tt. 5-8, 1804; part ot fase. ii.

. 1-8 and the two plates of Cycas were included in livraison i.,
. 9-18 were intended to make up livraison ii., and tt. 19-24 to

eles to es iii. See Pet.-Th. Mélanges, Discours prélimi-
naire, p. 5 1).
Besides ths twenty-four plates illustrative of new genera and
the two plates of Cy yeas there appeared six plates, numbered ttt
they were issued a an additional fascicle or livraison, and ar
apparently the six ‘ates referred to and announced with the text
for sale in Pet.-Thouars, Rev. Gén. Mat. Bot. p. 5 (1819). These
plates are shaded in lithograph, and in the Kew (Bibl. orton copy
they are lettered with the names on the plates, as follows:

Pl. xxv. Haronca ovata

P], xxvi. OcHRocARPOS

Pl. xxvii. Brmvponta oxycarpa

Pl. xxviii. ( radicans
Pl. xxix. ARDINGHELLA
Pl. xxx. Hemisrema Aubertii Decand.

XY

' AUBERT DU PETIT-THOUARS 498

The corresponding text is not found in the Kew volume; neither
the plates nor text are mentioned in Pritzel’s Thesaurus,
ARONCA is Obviously a oe for Haronea; the latter
s at the foot of the text, p. 72, at the end of the

; the genus Haronga is described in the Nova Genera Mada-
piecntias ia, n. 49. e plate represents Harungana seg
Pers. (Arungana) (1806); Haronga ee Choisy. The
name Haronga ovata does not occur in the Index.

T. 26 rapreaalia apparently Ochrocar pos Goudotio Planch. &
Triana in Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 4, xiv. p. 365 ( 1860) (Coser
|. 27 is the same as Sieber, Exsice. tr Maurit. ii. n. 262,
and is Garcinia indica Choisy in DC. Prodr. i. p. 561 (1824);
Vesque, Monogr. Guttif. pp. 423, 656 (1893).
The name Brindonia oxycarpa does not occur in the Kew Index.
e genus Cerea is not recorded in the Kew Index; the

it may now be called E. radicans
. 29 is probably Ochrocarpus — Vesque, J. c. 4;
Mammea ? angustifolia Planch. & Triana, /. ¢. ve eee (1861). lt
does not belong to Ardinghelia Cailieae rs. uss. Tent,
—— b. p. 21, t. 4, fig. 14 (1824), which is a meat of Phyll-
anthus
pager gree —_— DC. Regn. Veg. Syst. Nat. i.
A

The work no. 6 (p. ee * Genera nova Madagascariensia .

liminaire, Bd 8, 9 (1811), but it ger not to have been printed
until many fore viene d i none he names are quoted fapes
it in Pers. Syn. Pl. (1806- 1807), * thodch Persoon, /.c¢. il.
p. 588 agin sles Hecate quotes “A. du Pe stit-Thouars, Pl. ie
Ate. austr. p. 27, t and I am unable to find any mention of it
made by any a ee or or noticed in any publication before 1808 ; it
is possible that he dates of 1804 and 1806 may have been attributed
to it by confusion with the work no. 2, previously discussed, on
r nr

account he occurrence in the e of the ds ‘genres
n ux.” The following register of Milititz, Handb t
column 196 (1829), which is referred to by Mr. Woodward, appears
accurately to supply the date: 1808.—Genera nova Madagas-
cariensia secundu ethod = ussieuanam disposita. Par
9 (R. Gétting. gel. Anz. 1808. ii. 1144).” About the same
time the work was Ese is in J. J. Roemer, Collect :

494 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

db not ccar there are found a few differences or aiciiek which

ot occur in the octavo edition—for instance, the no. 3, Ouvi-
randa, on p. 196, is printed ipaiced of Ouvirandra - p. 2 in the
octavo edition; at the end of the account of no. 38, p. 204,

Stburatia, the synonym “Mao, Forskel’’ is given, whereas in
the octavo edition, p. 12, it is ‘‘ Maesa, Forschal’’; the name of
no. 41, Dicophe, on p. 205, is an error for Dicoryphe, as it correctly
appears on p. 12 of the octavo edition; and no. 74, Trilepsium, on
p. 212 of the quarto edition, is 7 vilepisium on p. 22, of the octavo
edition. No. 86is wanting from both editions; both editions under
no. 70 quote Bruguiera, A. P. Dict. Se. Nat. [v. p. 875 (1806)]; and
under no. 66, Paropsia. Nor., both editions quote ‘‘ Nov. Gen.
Tab. xix. a referring doubtless to the work piaiey des iles, the

regi
Roemer Die ot Collect. ad omnem m botanicam ante
Partim e propriis, ce = amicorum sche . A anreihigt con-
cinnavit et edidit. Turi c. tab. en. 4, p. 3 (8 Thi. 10 gr.)

(R. Allg. Hall. Lit. Tait 1810. Nr. bas Ediib. Jahrb.
im Jahrg. 1 Heft.)’

The Collectanea apparently extended over three years, and not
improbably the part containing Petit-Thouars’ Nova genera ma vada-
gascariensia was published in 1808. It is not certain that the
octavo edition (of 1808,) of which the quarto edition was a reprint
Petit-Thouars, Mélanges, Disc. prélim. p. 19), was ever pub-

lished until it appeared in the Mélanges in 1811.
W. P. Hiern.

SHORT NOTES.

Castanza sativa Mill.—I do not know whether Messrs. Hanbury
and bag ot l’s opinion (as expressed in their Flora of Kent) con-

ce
a stasis, occurring in so excellent a work, is certainly due to
imperfect observation, it may be as well to correct it. The authors
remark of the Spanish Chestnut: “ Frequently planted in woods
and copses, but apparently never rhe itself from seed.”
I have paid some attention to Castanea sativa as we find it growing
in parks and plantations, and during the past ri years have in the
autumn frequently found abundance of ripe fruit where chestuut
trees grow. Previously I had arent the opinion that fruit was
rare. Chestnuts, brought from a Surrey copse, have in my pos-
session Bs act Mag into vigorous plants. ‘The reason, no doubt, why

chestnut trees are seldom seen where C. sativa is planted
is that che chestnuts have a market Nr and are seldom allowed
to lie about for long. In a Midhurst guide-book it is stated that
_ the celebrated avenue of chestnut trees in Cowdray Park

SHORT NOTES 495

wie bushels of chestnuts are annually sent to the London
arket. I have noticed seedling chestnut trees during the past
aa growing oe it, y> Sussex, and a few years ago in

evidently eat from chance-sown s
Potyconum Deasyi Rendle.—This name must be substituted for
P. tibeticum ‘Rendle (p. 428). I regret having overlooked the earlier
. tibeticum Hemsl. in Hook. Icon. No. 2471 (1896), a ps pci
plant (action preety collected by Dr. Littlodale. = ar

Fumaria Murauis Sonder 1x WorcesTeRsHIRE. — A Bh teh
species was gathered by Mr. W. J. Rendall in arable land at a
on October 4th, and I found pe his | roxas in an open place in
Dripshill Wood week later.—Ric WNDROW.
CINcLIDOTUS FONTINALOIDES Var. PSEUDO-AQUATICUS mihi.—I foun
this moss a a re0e8s — by a waterfall at Hawes, in

in
Wensleydale, v.-c. 65, on July 26th, 1900. Mr. Bagnall says it
is evidently a variety of C jontinaloides, and suggests the name
aenaaseas Ponmyf Dr. Braithwaite says:—‘‘ From its narrow

prance n. var. Tufts brown below, and dark green above;
stems and branches es curved ; a ps tapering, and
oad.—Wm _Inonam.

pia KISIA RUPESTRIS Var. HUM mihi. ae Bagnall pr. 4
commends me to publish this. silt reese. I foun
on the bank of the United Kilhope and aco burns, Srinciea

of the R. Wear at o ipseereet se on July 27 898. Mr. Bagnall
regards = as a much er marked variety than the var. intermedia
Jack, or certain ae varieties that have been named.— a

n bare ground in moet

rupestris var. humilis, n. va owing e

compact tuft; plants dwarf; leaves remarkably narrow and ac
areolation pellucid throughout the leaf; a very small but very roi
little plant.—Ww. Incnam.

Hieracrum ricipum in Worcestersume.—I gathered on July 21st,
1898, aid again this rent specimens of a Hieracium - ich Mr. F. J.
Hanbury determines to be a form of H. riyidum Hartm. They were
collected from a hedge-bank at Leigh Slaton: near Malvern, which
some forty years ago formed the boundary of a co
ploughed up and turned into arable land. ‘The very few remaining
plants seem “ be in danger of extermination by other species.—

ICHARD WNDEOW.

| Mane wortH Common.—In July last I had the pleasure

fa bri ief « visit scans the Rev. W. Moyle geo for the purpose of a
farther si a exploration of Wandsworth Common than he
- alr Sin" 2 e had spent rut or “age oars on the Common
m his a ae n the two occasions, and his

dsterminiatian | of a few herbarium specimens of my own representing

496 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

gatherings of 1885, the following list of Rubi has been drawn up.
The notes are in all cases Mr. Rogers’s :—Rubus Ideus L.—R. lasio-
élados Focke, var. angustifolius Rogers. — R. echinatus? Lindl. —
R. a Bell Salter. — R. rosaceus W. & N. A very strong
form of the large aggregate R. rosaceus W.& N. It is very near to,
if not ener with, the form for which Mr. Druce in his Fl. Berks
suggests the varietal name bercherien nsis, and a near ally of var.
hystrix, Yielding to Mr. Rogers's fuller study of the genus, Mr.
Druce Se in his opinion that bercheriensis is scarcely entitled
to varietal rank. — R. dasyphyllus Rogers = R. pallidus Bab., not
| dimetor um W. & N. var. britannicus Rogers. Perhaps
not quite typical, but better didek var. britannicus than under var.
Jerox, to which it makes some approach. — R. corylifolius Sm. var.
sublustris Lees.—Var. cyclophyllus Lindeb.—R. imbricatus Hort.
remarkable form. On Putney Common I have seen together with
it both the typical plant and an intermediate form.—R. carpinifolius
W.&N. Very abundant. — R. incurvatus Bab. — R. Lindleianus

F u mmon.
—R, argentatus P. J. Muell., var. Very abundant. — R. a
Mere.—R. rusticanus Merc c. flore pleno. For a number of years thi
very beautiful ‘‘double’’ bramble, in which all the stamens ar
converted into petals, has been known on the Common—three
bushes of it—on that margin which fibina one side of Dorlcote

The variety is, however, unrecorded as wild, but it is grown
“3 dieasealtuiints for shrubbery planting. I recently ascertained
that, before the College Park roads were laid out and houses creole
twelve to fourteen years ago, a nursery garden existed on the site
of Dorlcote Boed, hedged off from the Common at the a ‘of
private ownership ; and my informant—who had been an employé
in the pane eee this bramble as one of its specialities.
lts — on the Common is thus fully explained. I have since
seen a large clump of the same form in Kew aklipy under the
name Rh. fa gs var. flore pleno.— WILLIAM

ERIA oRIsTATA. — When at the Lizard, OE early in

June, this year, I came across a considerable patch of a 4g ie
to Koeleria cristata, though with marked characteristics of i
Mr. Arthur Bennett, who has kindly examined the plant, belive
that it is the variety villosa Lloyd, Fl. de l’Ouest ‘Ss la Fran
(4th ed. le p. 403).— ILLER.

Intropuctions.—In a pot sintée field near Edinburgh I gathered in
August a fins plant of Melilotus suleata Desf. Another alien, which
I found in considerable plenty on waste ground, Tunbridge Wells,
is Potentilla recta L., recorded in the Flora ae Kent gabe two localities,
but in different parts of the county.—W. F

497

ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.*

Bot. Centralblatt. (Nos. a 45).—L. tee ‘Zur Anatomie =
monopodialen Orchideen’ (3 pl.). (No. 4 74
jeanne, ‘ Zur Kenntniss anes Balls: kopfchen.’ —(No. 4

. Busse, ‘Zur Kenntniss des Leitgewebes in Fruchtknoten ee
Orchideen. —W. Taliew,.‘ Ueber die russischen myrmecophilen
Pflanzen.’ — (Nos. 47, 48). L. Cador, ‘Anatomische Versuchung
aise Mateblites '_(No. 48). B. Fedtschenko, ‘ Uber einige Hedy-
sarum-

Bot. gue (15 Oct. k —R. A. Harper, ‘ Cell and nuclear division

n Fuligo varians’ (1 pl.). — W. J. G. Land, ‘ Double fertilization
in see a (2 pl.). —M. Hefferan, ‘A new —— ¢ Micro-
coccus.’—K. R. Ho dson, Neovossta aaa sp.n

Bull. Torrey a pe Gon —D.S. Pektioba! : Minas sommes

of Saururus cernuus’ (1 pl.). — HE. P. Bicknell, Hydastylus (= Sisy
rinchium iA ale and allies). — K. M. Wiegand, ae aga sid
Primula.—C. V. Piper, ‘ New North Western Plants . Hassel-
bring, Globulina antennaria, sp. n. —(“ August’ ax G "Sep oc R. M.
Harper, ‘Flora of South Georgia.’—E. L. Sa mon, ‘Er SaGakaieis of
Japan’ (1 pl.). — A. McComb, ‘Development of karyokinetic spindle
in vegetative cells of higher poe Ae pl.). — in 6 Oct
Wiegand, ‘ Juncus tenuis Willd.’— Rydberg, ‘Rocky Mountain
Moss areaa eee L. Britton, ‘ ree as a botanist’ AB cee ae
—(14 Nov.). J.B. Ellis & J. M. Everhart, ‘New F
Long, ‘Fungi of Austin, Texas J. OU. B eines, : « Hetero-
morphism in Helianthemum.’

Gardeners’ Chronicle (3 Nov.).—Mormodes Oberlanderianum Lehm.
& Krinzl., sp. n. (fig. 96). — (10 ae - is rysum Gulielmt
(fig. 108). — HE. A. Bowles, Crocus n — W. G. Smith,
‘Abnormal growth of Agaricus albus’ hig. 104). At go:
Lysionotus carnosa ‘saps Passiflora europhylla Mast., sp

Journ. Linn. . (XXxIy, no. 241; 1 Nov.). — E. 5. Bs iy
‘ Halimeda from Ponalad’ (1. pL). — & Stapf ‘ Dicellandra and
Pheoneuron’ (1 pl.).

Malpighia (xiv, fase. 1-4; received 9 Nov.). — E. Chiovenda,
‘Contributo alla Flora ‘Veosenihs — O. Mattirolo, ‘ Gli Ipogei
di Sardegno e di Sicilia’ (1 pl.). — L. Petri, oe di

A. Baldacci & P.

en. Noy. ;
Saccardo, ‘ Onorio Belli e Prospero Alpino.’ — A. No alli, ‘ Infiores-
cenza anomala di un’ Orchis’ (1 pl.).—G. apaetets ‘ Lithothamnion’
1 pl.).—J. Zodda, Ophrys Nicotre, sp. n. (1 p
Mém. de U Herb. Boissier fod psi ane ‘Schle chter, ‘ Mono-
graphie der Podoehili: ine.’ — s, ‘Der Flechtengattung
Omphalodium.’

e dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers
or itle-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actuai date of
publication

498 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

. Bot. Zeitschrift Oy — K. fori — —K.

Palla, *v Pilo bolus-Arten’ (1 — J. Frey ‘Flora von Staion

mark’ (cont.: Sedum and gi late = ¢ ‘ ery ‘ Die

Achselknospen der Carpinus.’—L. Sarnthein, ‘ Pilzflora von Tyrol.’

C seatia (Nov.).— C. W. Bissell, ‘Abnormal flowers in Leonurus
‘ardiaca.’

” ie Linn, Soc. _ Ser. : vol. v. cog 18). — A. B. Rendle,
‘Supplementary Notes on Najas.’ — (part 14). W. C. Worsdell,
‘Comparative anatomy of. Encephalartos’ (1 pl.).

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, de.

Dr. C. A. M. Linpman, of the Swedish Beane! iran: to
Brazil, 1892-4, has recently published some interesting and
valuable results eb in the course of his ¢ ravels. tn . Vege:
tationen i Rio Gra do Sul”’ (Stoc kholm: Nordin & Josephson,
1900) we have a setae of sixty-nine sketches, mostly clever re-
productions from photographs, with accompanying letterpress to
illustrate the botanical topogra aphy of the ie es extremity of

Republic. The seri ee which is admirably sprapleke and presented
with much judgment, is designed to give the riag a good idea of
So

uth American subtropica al Yazetation, and does this with con-
spicuous success ra zur Palmenfiora ubeeedibas +
(extr. fro enska Vet-Akad. Handlingar, Band 26)

Journ. Bot. 1898, p. 355), and based upon material sone 26 largely
in the same districts, still adds considerably to our knowledge
of South American Palms. Another memoir ies the same pen is
‘‘ Nagra bilder frin den sydamerikanska vildmarken el gran chaco”

(extr. from Tidsk. af svenska sillskapet for antropologi och geo-
graphi, 1899), which, besides illustrating and describing fhe
botanical topography of the Gran Chaco, that little-known but
& Scart a region, deals also to some extent with its ethnology.

and is extracted from
twenty-fifth volume of the serial quoted above. This treats of the
So ;

including the curious several-faced leaves (‘‘folia tabulata’’) of

io
direction of me leaves of climbing plants (hanging eee
ter

oe

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETO. 499

oe constitute a series of excellent efforts, and the working out

Dr. Lindman’s phanerogams will, we think, oe no doubt that
the Regnell Expedition of 1892-4 is to be considered as one of the
most successful: — missions of the century just close

are the cause of the white and red rot of red cedar rere "Bo grea
is the damage done by these fungi, that one dealer estimated that
m least sixty per cent. of the trees in his locality were more or less

red and the wood rendered unfit for lumber. Mr. Herbert
Sch hrenk, the author of this Bulletin, gives us the result of his
careful study of the diseases. eat considers rtd ba? ae, of the
fungi enter the trunk by a dead branch, and pen o the centre
of the tree, the heart-wood being pecially teateopee The fruiting
body of the fungus causing white rot has only been found twice; it
belongs to the genus Polyporus, and is ped or es hoob-ahispods

to be a gion of P. fomentarius. rot is cause re a form ree
olyporus carneus, and the mature fungus is soe recdhe found in the
depression of the trunk where a dead branch has broken off. Mr.

Schrenk gives an seaeigthtre series of inte showing the damage
done to the wood, and he concludes by stating some methods o
mere S the pests. —A.L. 8.

Mr. E t §. Satmon publishes, in tue Memoirs of the Torrey
nae Club | (4 Oct.), A Monograph of the Erysiphacee. It occupies
292 pages, oe is illustrated by nine plates.

Mr. J. M. B. Tayzor, who is good enough to express his pleasure
at our publication of his letter on p. 456, will publish early in 1901

a ‘‘ Botanist’s Guide to Renfrewshire.” “ This work w a guide
to the Flora of Renfrewshire, pantegs dee with the peculiarities of the
native plants, tr sig by gray: grasses s, &c., their habitats, time
of flowering, c.,’ ook creat 6 it with interest.

Tue latest each ack ii. fasc. 2, 20 Oct.) of Symbole Antillane
contains the conclusion of Mr. Clarke’s Cyperacee (to which Dr,

Dr. Lindau ; paar of new Lauracee
Mez; and a larg mber of new Leguminose by Dr. reget! who
inimidentally "eerbes new species from Mexico. A new g
Heanane ie § established on Robinia | ? cubensis H. B. K. (Gliricidia
iar -
nse Se of the Linnean Society held on Nov. Ist, the
ees tee oe of. S. H. Vines, in the chair, Mr. J. E. § Loor e read
a paper on the character and origin of the ‘‘ Park-lands”’ in Central
Africa, which was illustrated by a series of lantern-slides. These
park-lands in the Tanganyika district have quite the appearance of

500 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

having been formed by the hand of man, but are really natural
2a due to _ fact that light surface- soil has been laid down

over what appear to have been lake-deposits. Any given line of
eee will aon a rge onrphe with quite a home-like look,
separated by grass-lands; and, as Tanganyika is approached, they

dwindle in size till they consist “of a few shrubs, overshadowed by
giant Euphorbias, cactus-like in appearance. Then come stretches
of grass, dotted with Euphorbias, and, last of all, the salt steppes
by the lake, which is now held to have had at one time an outlet to
the sea. Mr. Moore's explanation is that at first only the Ku-
phorbias would grow on the salt steppes; but as these sprang up
they afforded a shade and shelter to self-sown shrubs, each of
which, as it established a footing, contributed to the natural
planting of the area by the distribution a her seeds, till this
process reached its highest development in the large plantations
where the shrubs overtopped the Haphorbias. . which they owed
their growth.

We ventured last year to comment on the irrelevant details
oie into the biographical notices published in the Proceedings

the Linnean Society, and the pin ae issued seems to justify a
sept Gon of our strictures. In one case, six lines are devoted
the connection of a Fellow with the ‘bel Rifle Volunteers; he w
also a freemason of long standing, and an angler. This Scituate
however, did work which justifies his bitte in the biographies

of a learned society; but as much cannot be said for the Fellow
whose claims to distinction, apart oni is Wy aevicinchia of a pre-
paratory school, rest his comeing of single Dahlias, and his
success in showing them. ‘His first hobby in gardening was the

Rose, but he relinquished it in fvont nee a flower which came into
eae at a period of the year when he would pe more time
to it

Pr or. Dexprno publishes, in the Memoirs of the Accademia delle
Scienze dell’ Istituto di Bologna, a very interesting ‘‘ Comparazione
fries di due flore estreme artica ed antartica,’’ of which we may
give some account at a later date.

‘We a re glad to learn that Mr. Fraser Robinson _ eg are
steadily working at a Flora of the East Riding of Yor

Me. I. H. Burxm is leaving the Kew Herbarium net Calsatte,
where he will act as assistant to Dr. Watt, whom he will ultimately
succeed. Mr. Burkill leaves England in Januar

Vou. xvi. of the Acta Horti Petropolitana is occupied by an
enumeration of the plants collected in the Caucasus in 1890 by

. Sommier and E. Levier. It fects a volume of 586 pages,
aa is illustrated by forty-nine excellent plates, representing the
more interesting of the new species described. In vols. xvii. and
xviii. of the same Acta, M. J. Palibin gives a ‘‘Conspectus Flore
one, % extending to Salicaces, sna illustrated by four plates.

inaccuracy in dating toecronshemt to which we have fre-
quently called coset still continues. A new and important
work, which we return Tater—-Die Flora der Deutschen

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 501

Schutzebiete in der Siidsee, by Drs. Karl Schumann and Karl

a Ai
The fourth edition of Prof. E. Macé’s Traité pratique de Bactériologie,
bears on its title-page the date “1901”! it was received in this
country in October.

duty to congratulate Mr. G. C. Druce on his election as Mayor o

Oxford. are indebted to an unknown friend for a copy of the

Oxford Chronicle for Nov. 16, in which a full account of the pro-
e

‘did not think they were all acquainted with Mr. Druce’s position
in the outside world. If they would permit him, he would read
a short extract from Who's Who. There they saw that George
Claridge Druce was apprenticed to f pharmaceutical
chemists, and afterwards he became President of the Northampton
Pharmaceutical Society, Secretary of the Northampton Natural
History Society, and, he believed, he was the founder of that
Society. Also, he was a member for ten years of the Board of
Examiners of the Pharmaceutical Society of Great a He

an author of no mean power. Fic
(sic), and the University authorities, for his researches and erudition
in that direction, conferred upon him the honorary degree of Master
of Arts.”

of the century. The year’s issue at present consists of four ap-
pendices, but nothing has appeared of the volume to which they
are presumably supposed to be appended; and the Bulletin for
1899 is still incomplete.

Amone several papers which the pressure on our space has not
permitted us to notice may be mentioned that on “ Hybridization
viewed from the standpoint of Systematic Botany,” which Mr,
R. A. Rolfe contributed to the ‘Hybrid Conference” held in July,
1899, by the Horticultural Society, and of which we received a copy
reprinted from the Report of the Conference issued by the Society
in April last. The paper contains a vas amount of information

Clarke, will be read with interest:—‘‘ One of these very plants

502 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

[E. rosewm] had long previously been raised artificially, though

none of the cine prveno seems to have been aware of the

fact. Sir James E. Smith, in 1800, had remarked concerning
Epilobium roseum: ‘Is it mouths it may have originated from seeds
of the latter [#. post getsree! impregnated by the ‘pollen of E. mon-
tanum ?’ [Engl. Bot. x. t. 693). In order to test this suggestion
Dr. Bell-Salter, about the year 1842, fertilized H. tetragonum with
pollen of H. montanum; seeds were readily produced, and hybrids
obtained, which Megs a as intermediate between the parents,
but different from F. resewn. He then reversed the cross, but the
progeny Sahel indistinguicheble, These hybrids were raised true

from seed for four successive years, and up to the date of his writing
852) pate § connne? to make their eneigiei (Phytologist, iv.
he result of this ¢ experiment w as doubly interesting, for

oa th is ig roseum now recognized as a common and widely
diffused eoian but the hybrid has also long been known in a wild
rding to Haussknecht, ibs was decid as long ago
as es Lasch under the name E. subtetr pegs Sigg tbe
(inne vi. p. 495), and Celakoveky, in 1881, Fr
Prodr. Fi. Bohem., p. 881). It is found in cdkey ‘different
localities where its ‘parents grow raetta "gg
latest issue of the Transactions of the sie oo coro
of Natural Science (vol. iii. part _ contains a paper on the alpi
ora of Clova, by Miss M. Thomas, and the co ce of ae
admirable paper on ‘“ Plant Aabeisaionn of the Tay Basin,”’ by the
late Robert Smith, of whom we hope to say more later ; it is
ane by an excellent map and a siebeadh of the author.
Tue second instalment of Das Piette contains the T'yphacee
and Boar ganiacea, by Dr. P. Grae
We have received the first ae ‘a what seems likely to be an
important work on Cactacew—Bliihende Kakteen—which Mr. Neu-
n of Neudamm is publishing. It is edited by the indefatigable
humann, who describes a new species—LHchinocactus

contain fo

plates—those in the present number are excellent—at the cost
of four marks. The book will. be useful both to botanists and
horticulturists.

Tue Botanical Department of the British Museum has —

M. Bescherelle’s herbarium of exotic Musci and Hepatice

It consists of 14,800 specimens of Musci and 3500 specimens of
Hepatic. It contains the types of the many species describe
Bescherelle, and a large number of specimens collected in the
French Colonies seduce the last thirty years, = well as collections
made in the islands of Amsterdam and St. Paul, in Brazil, Para-
guay, Tahiti, Japan, Mexico, and the Marquise Islands, which
were described by Bescherelle. There are also numerous authentic
specimens from older workers, such as Schimper and Montagne,

and from the older French explorers, such as Beret! de St. Vincent,
D’Orbigny, D’Urville, and Du Petit Thouars

INDEX.

For iy Articles, see—Articles in
Rev ew genera, species,

Journals; County Records; Obitua

tuary ;

and varieties a in this volume, as

wae as + cae names, are distinguished by an as

Acromastigum, 238
Actinococcus, 13
Alchemilla alpestris, 138 ; filicaulis,
a
ge, Freshwater, 289 ; British Ma-
rine, t.
be Literature of 1899, 89,

36,
Aliens, *euitolk, 24

_2
aden. Grant, 62
llium consanguineum var.
seum,”* 429
Allospondias 8, 407
peer bs steginm compactum in Brit-

To-

Anew (C. A.) ‘Christmas Is-

and,’ 199
en C. R. P., Channel Islands
Plants - ae” 33, 483; leaving
Englan
Aven ee
Armitage, E., Qeatbighthire Mosses,

Artemisia Stelleriana, 160, 317
AL

N.

. Med. ‘Mexico, 151
Annals of Botany, 28, 237, 326,
Annuario Ist. Bot. di Roma, 61
Botanical Magazine, 80, 28
Botanical Magazine (Tokio), 147,

7
Bot. or ea 28, 61, 101,
“ 7, 285, 326, 367, 406,

’ 497

Bat, Gazette, 28, 61, 102, 147, 237,
5, 326, 367, 451, 497

Bot. ae, 28, 102, 237, 326,

Bot. Zeitung, 28, 102, 147, 237,

367

ao Bot. Soc. Belgique, 237, 286,

Bull. . Bot. France, 29, 102,
237, 326, cose 406
. Torr Bot. lub, 29, 61,
102, 147, 338, 286, 367, 451, aot
ll. U.S. De ept. o of Agri icultur

Essex Natar alist, 103
deners’ Chronicle, 29, 61, 102,
147, 151, 238, 327, 406, 4 52, 497
Icones Plantarum 7
Journal de Botanique, 29, 61, 102,
147, 238, 4

148, 288, 286, 327, 406, 452, 497
Minnesota aa nical Studies, 104
Nature Notes, 28
Nuovo Giorn, “Bot. Ttal., 148, 286,

. Zeitschrift, 29,
38, 286, 367, 452, p58

Revue Bryologique

Rhodora, 29, 62, ‘02, 327, 368,
406, 452, 498

Tra ns. Brit. Mycological Soc.,
25

Trans. Linn. Soc., 498
(See also poe Literature,
pp. 89-98, 186-141)
Arum italicum.
Ascherson’ s European Grasses (rev.),

s, 94
Aspilia pr eelag 459
Asplenium Bradleyi, 149

Backhouse’s ‘ Botanical Material,’

1
, 64| Bailey’s (F. a, Queensland Flora

(rev.), 1438, 3

Bailey’s (W. W) ) ‘ Botanizing,’ 407

504

Baitaria, 76

Baker, E. G., Species of Cracca,

(rev.), 99; on Eryngium (t. 411),
241; Conti’s ‘ Matthiola’ (rev.),
449

Baker, F’., Suffolk aliens, 24
ker

Barleria Delamerei,* 206; Randii,*

Barstow’s Melanospermez (rev.),237
Barton, E. 8., Algological Litera-

mogeton, 125; prea oe vul-
- gran ndifloru 279; Ely-
4

ha, 17; sericea,* 19
Berggren’s N. Zealand Hepatice
(rev.), 58

landier, 151
Ressherelie s Herbarium, 502
Bibliographical ee, 43 189, 224, 392,

Blepharis tenuiramea,* 205
Blodgett on Ouénasion Rust, 2
Botanical Exchange Club, 309, “364
Botrypleuron, 407
Boulger, G. S., ‘Notes by Plukenet,
ei History of Essex Botany,
Bo She tear of the Field’
v.), 19
ol sh fav ah densum, 175
erate J., Schoenus ferrugineus,

a 8. A., Spherotheca Mors-
tke

n, J. sag: of ene 12,53;
anatase ; Impati ens

rev.), 141; viaggio spa ——

rd ), 195; Rolland’s ‘ Flore Pop:
(rev.), Drosera
Banksii (t. 4108), 207; Paper by
ue. ists of

- -| Bryom arcticum

INDEX.

Philadelphia (rev. ‘ oh spe! 8
Flora Greca (rev.) n Er

of B
‘ Flora soe 5
Notes 315;
Plants a ct "322 ;
Cook’s ae oyage, 320;
Bourne
era Sighonsamnment te ev.), 362;
‘ Exchange Club Reports" (eer)
364; Jackson’s ‘ Botani
(rey.), = pliant ao
v.), 450; Eriocaulon,
481; R oben Morgan,
British Museum Bot. Dept. Report,
1898, 22; 1899, 356
Britton, C. E., Cerastium apetalum,
270 ; astanea sativa » 494
‘aaiheadie setepoides, * 71
831; formosum*
(t. 413), 829 ; Lawersianum, 331
Bubani’s ‘Flora Pyrenza’ (rev.),
——.. Randii,* 467; rhodes-
* 468
Bulbophyltum poe 71
ve ay ad H., on Roraima Plants,
aving England 500
randiiers aphylla, 279

Calandrinia, 76
ene (see Fagelia)
n’s ‘Gaelic Plant Names’

ce)
BS

(re v.), 4 50
Cape Plants, New, 170
Carruthers, J. B., leaving England,

64

Carruthers, W., pap serve of
Platyoortum, 123; Sco Me-
moirs (rev.), 14 Shiny of
Cook’s Vo ea v) 820 ; Zeil-
ler’s ‘ Puboboisiqne’ (rev.), 447;
Scott's‘ Fossil Botany’ (rev. y

Castanea sativa, 494

Catena, 32

Caulerpa, 140
atoscopium nigritum, 359

Cerastium apetalum ike are-

ticum var. ondst 364
Channel Islands lanka 31, 33, 278,
288, 819, 4
* Characez Wececs exsiccate,’

Cheirostrobus, 145

.

rata, 77
Costantin’ 8 ‘Blore Tropionie’ ye )

INDEX,
Christie, A. C., Draba muralis, 279
Ohristmas island "Plants,
Chinese Plants, uineation of, 80

s, En
oo clidotus fontinal ides
eudo-aquaticus,* 495
Grercainn pee fer: 70
Cladophora, 139, 370
Cla so C.-B., Impatiens glanduli-
fera, 278; his Cyperacee Antil-
ese ins v.), 4
‘ First ee of |

vu
usius’ Fungi, 151

Coleus palliolatus,* 464

Coley, ., Cyperus fuscus, 446

Colgan, N., Artemisia Bull siane,

17
Collabium nebulosum, 71

Conti’s a ome (rev.), 4
Cook’s Voyage, fee of,

320, 454
Cosmarium, 291; pericymatium var.

uadrivalvi

Coste’s ‘ Flore vi la ic 408
Count
Angles, 67
Beds,

83
Berka wy Ps 400
6; 7%

Cornwall, 20, ;
berland

Denbigh, 78
Derby, 182, 366
on, 20, 31,
Dorset, 51, 152, 169, 190, 361,
4

6
Durham, 3, ri 278, 359
Essex, 103, 44

87, 169, 230, 445,

JOURNAL OF eo 88.

din: Coville, F. V.,

Glamorgan, 6, 106, 168
Gloucester, 7, 365
— 51, 152, 169, 319, 361, 445,

Heat rd, 4, 7

Herts, 83, 106, 838

Kent, 3, 23, 82, 169, 190, 836, 387,
338, 421, 494, 496

Lancaster, 40, 51, 86, 87

Lincoln, 336, 387

Morionéth, 168,

Middlesex, 50, bse, "858

Monm nik 4

Norfolk, 62, 8, 106, 208, 268, 336
Pembroke,

Radnor

coma iie 319, 328, 337, 445, 446
Stafford, - 278, 400

Suffolk, 24, 62, 106

Surrey, 23, 61, "336, 387, 446, 495
Sussex, 67, 109, — 277, 445
Warwick, 5

Westmoreland x 4, 86, 229
Wilt

bib ad ae 88, 229, 49

Yorks, 4, 51, 67, a, 338, 400,
407, 485, 5, 495

also Mr. Horrell’s papers on

Sphagnum, and the

Algae, pp. 289-298, 869-378

Sitgreave’s Report,
+

Cracca, mpnien: pe 19. 6B s holo-
sericea wi Fe giniana), 15, 53
Seem #16; 5 Niginiana 12, 58

Craterostigana hirsutum 461 ;
Smithii,*

Crocodilodes Zeyher 160

* 462

Cyanophycee perion: i ), 232
Cymbidium Stephensi,*
Cyperus fuscus,

Dalia To rre’ s ‘Genera Siphono-
gamarum’ (rev.), 362
Dates of publications
» F. H., Cor nish Plants, 354
Davis’s ‘ Flowering Plant,’ 149
De Wildeman, E., on Con ngo Plan
™ V.)s 323; cscs: Horti Thenen-

o
2
4
oO
c.

, 328
‘beney! 8 New Tibet Plants, 428
Delamerea* procumbens * (t. 416),

mr ©
Or
=5

Delpino’s ‘Comparazione biologica,’
Demensia, 286

[Dxc. 1900.) 2N

506

Dendrobium Foxii,* 70

Dercmera, 101

- Detris fascicularis,* 159; simulans,*

; tenella,* 15

Didymium Trochus, 84

se moan oe corchorifolia, 68 ;
eyaneu

Diel’s Aitioons Combretacee (rev.),
9

Dintera, 452

Dixon, H. N., Pembrokeshire

133; Amblystegium
; ; Ben Lawers

3

Draba muralis, 279
Drift Seeds, 135
Drosera Banke (t. be B), 207
ruce, G. C., appointed Mayor of
ord, 50 1; ; proposed Flora, 240
Dupetit. Thouars 392, 492
Durand, T., on Congo Plants, 323

Echinodontium, 147

Ectocarpus, 89, 95

Elatine Alsinastrum, 190

Elymus arenarius, 4

Engler’s African Combretaceze ee )
si i ‘Das Pflanzenreich,’

E + anguatipetala,* 69

ieatlodinin hybrids, 501

riocaulon Brunonis,* 482; depres-

sum, 481; deu = um, 481 ; fistu

losum, 481 ; um, 481;

Koernickei,* 481; "latizolium, 482;

482
Smithii, 482 ; striatum, 482; sr
peum
Ernst, je 150
Eryngium, —— on (t. _ 941;
amethystinum, 245 uaticum
241 ; articulaiom, por Bald.
bere 248 ; filiforme, 244
um, 244; daaaitestiere: 945;
rinlenstila, AB ; pallescens, 246;
petiolatum, 244 ; yuceifolium, 243
Erythrodermis,* * 378 ; Alleni,* 378
(t. 414)

Erythropeltis discigera, 376
ga osice trichia Bertholdii,* 375 ;
aris,* 374
marae lobulatum, 290
Euphorbia Bouin var. pseudocy-
i , 400; portlandica, 277,

; Cardi-

INDEX,

Euryops somalensis,* 459

Fagelia ner neamarth
ginea,*

Fernald, ML. L., Artemisia Stelleri-
ana
estuca Deasyi,
robusta,* 429

Floridex, ‘Key to, 236

460; planta-
429; rubra var.

ower, T. B., 32
Flowers, Colours of, 53, 146
Fossombronia cristata, 400
France, Coste’s Flora of, 408
Franche £, 4
Bry 3 * Mycetozoa’ (rev.), 55
Fryer’s Po pres eg 64, 490
umaria muralis, 495
Funtumia, 32

Gagea fascicularis, 229
Geissorhiza pubescens,* 171

George, Edward, 45
Gepp, A., Hepatice of N. Zealand
and California (rev.), 58

Gerard, J., Colours of Flowers (rev.),

3, 14
Glyptostrobus, 5 57
Beeman rosulatum,* 156; Si-

Goebel’'s ‘ Organography (rev.), 403
ew

Green’s ‘ Se ee (rev.), 44
Groves, H. & J., unculus inter.
ane ‘ Charac

Exsiccate,’ 458
uernsey Pants, , 34

Gu pe S., Vicia ‘Intea, 278; Jersey
Plant 9

ctinben araneosa,* 153

"hes

integri- | Halicsy’s Flora —_ yen) 235,454

Hapalospongidiu
rms’s ‘ ened iia
rum’ (rev.), 362
Hershberger’ 8 a Bo-
ret (rev.), 2

8” BT Piixaanlerankhoiten, 823
Habeas lla, 187
emer B on Tibet Botany, 238
Hepatice of Zealand and Cali-

.), 58
Hervey’s ‘Colors of Flowers’ (rev.),
, W. P., Impatiens Roylei, 87
Bubani’s ‘ "Flora Pyrenza’ a” (ev),

Ba sea, British forms of, 51 ;| Hiern
orset, 290; Irish, 186;
250

283; Dupetit-Thouars, 4

-INDEX.

cosas clypeatus, 53; tomento-

Hieraciai murorum var. luci du-
lu 3; var. sangui — 4

a

sciaphiluin, 88; vage
vulgatum var. sonplifolinn,* 6;
var "mia *

Hofmania, 327

Hookeis s "Cashen Grasses (rev.), 191

Horrell, E. C., European Sphagna-
cer, 110, 161, 215, 252, 303, 338,
383, 4

Howe’ s Celifornia Hepatice (rev.),

Humboldt’s Centenar-Schrift (rev.),

Husnot’s Graminées (rev.), 59
Huttonella, 143

Hybridization, Rolfe on, 501
Hygrophila r rhodesians, * 201
Hypocheris glabra

Hypnum rugosum, "B50

Icones Flore J cs ws 368

glandulifera,
* 88

So agra ss 24, 359, 49

soe 130, 132, 184, 317,
358, fei 65, 445, 446

Ito on Loochoo Flora, 288

Jackson, A. B., Hants and Dors
Euphrasiee, 51; War vices
Mosses, 52; ’ Stratiotes, 819

Jackson, ., Linneeus’ ‘ Hortus
Uplandicus’ (rev.), ; Misuse
of ‘Index Kewensis,’ 135; Drift
Seeds, 135; Pallas’s ‘ Flora
sica,’ 189 Doubtful Kentish Re-
cor ; his ‘ Glossary ’ (rev.),

5
Jekyll’s ‘ ac ge and Garden,’ 199
Jersey Plant
Johns’

Jubula rei aol
— "195
Jun

ai x, 80
J aiticin steenatalas Me oka "Elliotii,*
466; exigua, 4
Keller’s ‘Flora der Schweiz’ (rev.),
282

Kew de 30, 103, 828, 501;
Gardens, lecturing forbidden in,
286

319
Powers of ford (rev.), 195 | -

507

Kirk, Thomas (portr.), 144; his
New Zealand Flora (rev.), 141

Keeleria crista ta, 496

Kriinzlin’s ‘Orchidearum Genera’

rev.
Krause’s‘ Synopsis Ruborum’ (rev.).
Kuntze, O., Nomenclature, 7, 47

Lactuca Deasyi,* 428

Lichens, Merionet peel 182
sejeunea Macvicari* (t. 415), 409
Lemmermannia, ee

] otis Randii,*

Topiaaink certo 420

Lett, H. , Hypocheris glabra,
358 5 Ir ish Mosses, 35

Leucas Mackinderi,* "206; Randii,*

Ley, A., Wel h Hawkweeds, 3

Lindwian’ s “eniarp in Brazil, 498

Linnean Society, 29, 30, 32, 88, 149,
150, 198, 238, te 499, 5
Linneus’ ‘ Hor Uplandicus
(rev.), 60; “Reguum Vegetabile,’

430
Linton, E. F., Moheruills oe
182; Norfolk Ae 208, 263
S alix hexandra, 229; his Bourne
mouth Flora (ev. ; 361; Rogers's
Handbook ee (rev.), 401

Lowe, E. J.,

—— s ‘Slime Moulds’ (rev.),
Macmillan’ s Minnesota Plants, 148
SM. Pi

acvicar. ., Pellia Neesiana,
275; Fo ssombronia cristata, 400
Malayan Plant
Malinvaud, E., " Bpetiis of Mentha,

-| 2a
nore! Pleydell, J. C., Arum itali-

Q47
assee on teal 63
Taxodium and

M ain, 168; incana,
169, 277; sinuata, 168, 230
Conti’s Monograph of (rev. > 440°

Matsu — “ n Lo ochoo Flora, 288

Be tices.

ee eete. Key to, 236

508

entha, species and hybrids of, 171

M

Mesembryanthemum calearatum,*
170

Milium scabrum & ae), ®

are W. us ——

; Koeleria at es 497; In-

ais ns, 497

Paap Jaspodinides, 333

Mon ce .. Sphagnum
Laney (t. 405), 1

Monothecium abbreviatum,* 466

Sa

ene, bei. n African ‘ park-
lands,” 49'
ore, Spencer le M., Alabas
diversa (tt 409, 410), 153, ty
457; Lactuca Deas 428
Morgan, Robert, 4
Mosses, Falmouth, 2 Warwick-
8 52 ; Bottke. 78 ;
Pembrokeshire, 133; Durham

en a 330 ; Suther-
485, A495;

5

‘ Pflanzenkrankheiten’ Pen - 323
acess (rev.), 55; of Midlands,
83

Myriotri chia, 94
Myurella julacea, 833

Najas, 328; British aLiray of, 105 ;

flexilis 107 ; 10
marina, 106; minor iG 308); 107

Nasturtium fonta:

Neevea * repens = ( yeep 373

Neo BCoEMORDOFS

Nereocystis, 138

Newspaper "Botany, 81, 200, 240,
456

Nicholson, W. E., Ulota phyllantha

var. act 184 ; Sutherland
Mosses, 410

Nicolas weer Ne ger * (t. 416),

8; unculata,

ea gs Rome and J.
Britten sa "7, 47; C.B. Clarke
on, 150; popular, 197

Notheia, 96

OxBITU

ARY :—
Allen, Charles Grant Blairfindie,

6
Ernst, Adolfo, 150
Flower, Thomas Bruges, 32
Franchet, Adrien, 104
rge, Edward, 455

INDEX,

Lowe, Edward Joseph, 152
Morgan, oe Ween —

haat Ser Jam
, oir — William, 63
a i Jo n, |

ndii,”

Orchidex, oe. s (rev.), 100;
Costa’ Rica, 294
Or nen vicetoram,

sterneri, 185
Seale Goebel’s “hl ), 401,
Or hess em amethystea
Owataria, 14
Oxalis sactiale 31; denticulata,*

170 ; versicolor var. latifolia,*

0

3862; Trauns-

Paget, Sir James, 62
Painter, W. H., Falmouth Mosses,

Pallas’s ‘ Flora mabye ed sen
Pearson on Andi e Flora, 2
arson _ rin ejeunea Mod:

Penium curtum var. obtusum,* 289
eroeral a (8. G.) ‘Banks’s Jour-

Percival’
(rev.),
Pfeffer’s ‘ * Physiology of Plants’

(rev
Phiwocephalus® gnidioides* (t. 409),

; giloamemnioa Botany’

ededics Collinsii, 3873

* 275
Platycerium, Mi culelicladaate of, 123
YF latienkaliie Simmleriana,* 274
Plukenet, MS. Notes by, 336
Pottia Neesiana, 2 5
ygo age Deasyi * (errore tibeti-
m), 4

Scouts juniperinu
Po : rphyrodiscus 2 eae (t. 414),
79

Potamogeton Claytonii, 128; cris-
us var

formis, 129; stenostachys,
urham Introductions,

Praeger on Irish plant distribution,
151 ‘

INDEX.

Prasinocladus lubricus, 370
Primrose, 6

Pesudoleckek che =
Pteronia decumbens,*

mr 9 ey Was Paneuseles Baudo-

Puligaria Phillipsie,* 157
Punctaria in 8 373
Pyrola min ;

pr aneeine Paper by, 224

Ranalisma, 407

Ranunculus acer, Baudotii,
23 ; intermedius, 134; scoticus,

Rawson, Sir R. W.,
Rea, C., Impatiens Rosie i, 88
Reader, fi: 2 ., Buxbaumia aphylla,

278
Rendle, A. B., Husnot’s a
: ; Juncus ten eo
7a, :

105, 106; Books on Grass, (rev.),
19

Led
3
ra Te
©
“©
=
far)
aa,
Ler J
oO

Th Gy ——
Q
io

Rm erer
[S —
cy

40
New Tibet | Plants, 428

WSs :—
Apnea Ruborum oe et
Virginie. E.H. L. Krause, 25
Colours of Flowers. E. W. "Her
vey, 53, 1
N. Ateriean Slime Moulds. T.H.

“Myoetozoa. Sir E. Fry and A.

Fry, 56
N. Zealand Hepatice. 8S. Berg-
gren, 58
Hepatice of California. M. A.

o
Gramin ées T. Husnot, 59

Linnei Hortus Uplandicus. JA,
. Hamma dT. M. Fries, 60
African rina core A. En gler
and L. Diels, 99
Orchideacearam Genera and Spe-
cies. F.

Algological Literature of 1899, 89,

ss
509

Flora of N. Zealand. T. Kirk, 141
Queensland Flora. F. M. Bailey,
143

Cheirostrobus; Spencerites; Me-
dullosa Anglica. D.H. Scott, 145
Flora of Ceylon. oe Trimen and
J, 0 cng 191
po Plan J. M. Wood, 192
“Sgn ot Mitteleuropiiischen
Flor cher and P.
Gras an
Plant Relations. J. M. Coulter,
2 of the bi fee Oe Johns
. 8. Boulge
La | Nature deovasale’ y Vom,

Flore Populaire. E. Rolland, 197
Botanists of Philadelphia. J. W.
hberger, 230

Cyanophycee Danice. J. Schmidt,

232
Conspectus oy de Grece. E. de
Halacs
bream et anaes ape oa
Key to Melanospermee and Flori
deze aA. Sakow; 236
Flora of Tropical Africa, 279
First Records of British Plants,
A. Clarke,
viene Schweiz. H. Schinz and
R. Kelle ry 288
Flora Pyrenea. P. — 283
ad sro Antillas CC, B
arke,

bouny of “Cook's Be 320

Congo Plants oa Wildeman
and T. Duran ons

fe iranthelen, R. Hartig,
32

Physiology of wae a W. Pfeffer
d A. J. Ewart, 3

Agricultural Bounty, J. Percival,

Flora of pode Sean K. F.
Linton, 3'

Genera pale Della
Torre and Harms, 362

Lehrbuch der Botanik. E. Stras-
burger,

Botanical Exchange Club Reports,

64

— of British Rubi. W.M
Rogers, 491

Giveniptecks. Ki K. Goebel (trans.
I. B. Balfour), 403

Glossary of Terms. B. D. Jack-
son, 405

510
Physio ology. J. R. Green, 446
nti
Gaelic Plant-names. - Cameron,

oe 827

Rhaphidiu
hinan any angustifolia, 301
a Composite, 159; Acan-

thace
Peadich ton Brebneri, 379 (t. 414)
Rhodophysema,* 877 ; Georgii,* 377

(t. 414
R

hne eh: n

316; Engleri,* 316 ;

incana, aa: javanica, 315; ln-
cida, 317

Rickia, 2

Ridley, H. N., New Malayan Plants,

LD,

Robinson, B. L., 64

Rogers, Patrick Kerr, 2

Rogers’s iY M.) Handbook of Rubi
(re rev.

Rolfe on * Hybridisation, 501

Rolland’s ‘ Flore Populaire ’ (rev.),
197

Romulea papyracea,* 170

Roraima Botany, 1

aia Melvini,

Rose, J. N. , Sitgreave’s Report, 434

ok of (rev.), 401; Wands-

Ruppia rostellata var. nana, 302
uskin, ‘John, 62; his ‘ Proserpina’

Russell, T. H., Jubula Hutchinsiz,
446

Saccolabium Seee a 72
Salix a 224

Salm yrola minor, 86;
§ eibaaada and a pag
Salmon, E. S. B formosum *

(t. 413), 329 ; Uncinula septala,*
iphexe, 499

Schimelia’ 356
_ Sehinz « ‘Bore dee Sehoia —:

Emme

- Toxicode

INDEX.

Schmidt’s Cyanophycee Danice
(rev.), 2

Scheenus nigricans, 319

Schumann’s Musacee, sot Flora
ern 500; Kakteen, 5

Scott, (D. H.), on Pi doal d
Spencerites and Medullosa Le .

s ‘ Fossil Botany’ (rev.), 44

Sestah ‘Plants, 3, 24, 64, 87, Prd
195, 275, 279, 299, 330, 364, 400,
409, 410, 496, 499

Seeds, Vitalit ty of, ~

Sitgreave’s Report,

Smith, A. L., ariel! Botany
(rev.),

Smith (Erwin) on Neocosmospora,

Smith, W. G., F apeeaiiaecag new
Ave Britain, 134
pubia Benii,* 462; leprosa,* 468
Bpunbarites, 145
Spher otheca Mors-uve, 446
Sphagnacee, European, 110, 161,
215, 252, 893 830, 383, 422; in-
dex to, 478
Sphagnum medium (t. 405), 1, 87
Stachys alpina, 365
os Diegllandra and Phxo-

Sta ee

n, 287; on Trapa, 327
Statice Iychnidifolis, 483
Staur mospinosum,* 299 ;

ieosselinas "296; gladiosum var.
delicatulum,* 29
Stephanclepiat centauroides*(t.409),

Strasburger’s ‘ Lehrbuch ‘ (rev.), 363
Stratton’s Wild Flowers, I. Wight,
meee
robilantho me — (t. 410).
nae fissifolia,
ymphytum mo Ee “79

Taxo ium, 3

Taylor’ s * Plant Collecting,’ 408, 456

Tephrosia spicata, 15; virginiana,
12, 58

Terms, Gossary of (rev.), 405
Thouars, Dupetit, 392,
— rgia Delameri,* 205; Ran-

‘iomiace, hk. F,, BS eracium scia-
philum, 88;

495
T. anunculas acer, 879;
Lepidium heterophyllum, , 420
ndron,

INDEX.

Tragopogon vulgaris var. grandi-
orus, 279
Trailliella intricata, 379 (t. 414)
Trimen’s ‘Flora of Ceylon’ (rev.),
191
Triodon

, 285
Tripteris ers dip ener aa
73

Tupistra grandis,”

460

Ulota phyllanthe. var. stricta,* 134
Uncinula septata

27
Urban’s : Synbelas Antillane,’ 103

Vernonia Bellinghamii,* 155; me
calyx,* 155; Phillipsiz,* % 154;
sip * ft
Vicia lut
Vitality OF ‘Seeds, 200

Waddell, C. H. Sod tt glabra,
328; Irish Mos , 359; Winter
buds in Zatuicnallza; 44 45

or lean T., Mathiola sinuata,

wate Exchange Club, 3
Webera commutata, 330; aiclinka

330
Weisia rupestris var. humilis,* 495

511

West, W. & G. S., Freshwater Algwe
(t. 412), 289

Wheldor, J. A., West Lancashire
Plants, 40; Sphagnum medium

8
ae J. W., Symphytum patens,

White ell, W., Euphorbia port-
lendipa, 277; Impatiens glandu-
— 445; Wandsworth Rubi,

Wilk: inson, W. H., Merionethshire
Lichens, 182
bel mig A., West Lancashire Plants,

Walley Dod, A. H., New Cape
Plant s, 170

Wood’s Natal Grasses (rev.), 1

Woodward, B. B., Dupetit ius

Worsdell on Encephalartos, 29

Xanthidium lori 291
Xyris Jupicai, 2

Zannichellia, Winter buds in, 445
Zeiller’s ‘ Paléobotanique’ (rev.),
447

ERRATA.
P. 15, 1. 9 from top, for Cracca virerntana L. read Cracca sPicaTa

. Kuntze (see p.

P. - L bes reer
L. (see p

FP; 78, 19 29 sen top, ‘peta

“my”? insert ‘

“ah i for CRACCA HOLOSERICEA read CRACCA VIR-
. 63

twenty-four in.”
rred.”

P. 170, 1. 9 from bottom, for ‘‘aperond ”’ read ‘ spu
“N

P. 198, 1. 17 from top, for

ich’ read ‘ Somme "

P. 245, 1. 11 from top, fpr atum pt articu

282, 1. 2 from botto

r ‘* boo
P. 327, 1. 23 from top, ray “present” = ag

ds ”’ read * 3s “hooks afford.”

esult.

P. 428, 1. 20 from bottom, for “ tibeticum ” read “* Deasyi ” (see
p. 495).

WEST, NEWMAN AND CO., PRINTERS, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.C.

On the Ist of every Month, a _ 6s. a year, post-free to any Bas of
he world. ‘

Per BE ENTOMOL OGIad:

An ie ey Journal of General Entomology. apse sao a Si:
best Entomological Artists, and frequent Wooder

Epitrep py RICHARD SOUTH, F.E.S.

_ Contents of DECEMBER br tn itorial. Lepi ape in South Devyon-

the 7
and Field Reports. Societies. R ecent Literature. Double Number, price Is.. a

On the 15th of every Month, eer ls. Annnal Subscription, 12s., post free

The Recognised MONTHLY JOURNAL of NATURAL HISTORY.

Eprrep sy W. L, DISTANT. ie

CONTENTS of fe aremt oo umber.—The Birds of Lleyn, Wes

shire, by O. V. Apri, F.L.S. ae of the Tufted Duck (F viral cristata
Shropshire Seek dustration), by H. E. Forrest. The Origin and Meanin

of British Birds, by A. H. Merk. esonn. Notes and Queries. Notice

toe Yo oks. Hiditorial Gleanings

London: WEST, NEWMAN & Co., 54, Hatton Garden.

BIOGRAPHICAL INDE?
Deceased British and Irish Botanists

BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G.,F.LS., & (. 8. BOULGER, F.

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), CROMWELL ROAD, S.W.

The following work has been recently issued, and may be obtained
on application at the Museum :—

ILLUSTRATIONS of the BOTANY of
Captain Cook’s Voyage Round the World

In H.M.S. ‘ENDEAVOUR’ in 1768—71,

_ By the Right Hon. Sir Joserx Banxs, Bart., 37 -“.B.8.; and Dr.
S Dante Sotanper, F.R.S. With Determing lone by Finnie Britten,
- F.L.S., Senior Assistant, Department of Botany, British Museum.

Part 1_—Australian Plants, 101 Copper-plates, after drawings by
‘4 F. P. Nodder, etc., with 31 pages of oo text. 1900, fol. 25s.

Svo, cloth, with Coloured Map, 7s. 6d. (post free 8s.).

e The Flora of West Yorkshire. By FREDERIC
~ Agnotp Legs, M.R.C.S., &e. This, which forms the 2nd volume of
_ the Botanical Series of the Ptaicattions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union,
is perhaps the most complete work of the kind ever issued for any district,
ineluding detailed and full records of 1044 Phanerogams and Vascular Orypto-
gams, 11 Characewe, 348 Mosses, 108 Hepatics, 258 Lichens, 1009 Fungi, and
_ 882 Freshwater Algx, making a total of 3160 species,
Ss Bonito: Lovet Reeve & Co., 6, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden; or the es
Sted be had idee the Hon. Secs, of the ¥.N.U., 259, a Park cours

pe

oN. SALE. — Fase. IV. Cun AND ees
= HEPATIC BRITANNICA: EXSICCATA:, containing
; remade enreE of BRITISH HEPATIC. | Reduced from :
. Od. to £1 Is. ae
W. H. PEARSON, Lecu Roap, Kxutsrorp.
ESTABLISHED 1851. -
BIRES BEC kx Se

UtHaMpTon Burnpenes, ——— Lane, Lospos, W.c,

on the shila mo ee balances, . ‘
when not drawn belo

circus
on hay seam repayable on denne. ov
ae STOCKS AND. SHARES

res purchased and Sold for cus st ©